| A hānau ʻia ʻo Iesū ma Betelehema i Iudea, i ke kau iā Herode ke aliʻi, aia hoʻi, maila nā māgoi mai ka ʻāina hikina mai a Ierusalema, | After Jesus was born in Bethlehem in Judea, during the time of King Herod, Magi from the east came to Jerusalem |
| I ka ʻī ʻana mai, Ai lā i hea ka mea i hānau iho nei i aliʻi no ka poʻe Iudaio? No ka mea, ua ʻike mākou ma ka ʻāina hikina i kona hōkū, a ua mai nei mākou e kukuli hoʻomaikaʻi iā ia. | and asked, "Where is the one who has been born king of the Jews? We saw his star in the east and have come to worship him." |
| ʻO ʻoe, e Betelehema, i ka ʻāina ʻo Iuda, ʻaʻole nō ʻoe ka mea ʻuʻuku loa i waena o ko Iuda poʻe aliʻi; no ka mea, mai loko mai ou e mai ana kekahi aliʻi, nāna e hoʻomalu i koʻu poʻe kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela. | " 'But you, Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, are by no means least among the rulers of Judah; for out of you will come a ruler who will be the shepherd of my people Israel.' " |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo ia iā lākou i Betelehema, ʻī akula, Ō uhaele ʻoukou, e ʻimi pono aku i ua keiki lā; a loaʻa hoʻi, a laila e haʻi mai iaʻu, i aku hoʻi au e kukuli hoʻomaikaʻi iā ia. | He sent them to Bethlehem and said, "Go and make a careful search for the child. As soon as you find him, report to me, so that I too may go and worship him." |
| A lohe aʻela i kā ke aliʻi, haele akula lākou; aia hoʻi, ka hōkū a lākou i ʻike ai ma ka ʻāina hikina, lele ʻē akula ia i mua o lākou, a akula, a kau ihola ma luna pono o kahi e noho ana o ua keiki lā. | After they had heard the king, they went on their way, and the star they had seen in the east went ahead of them until it stopped over the place where the child was. |
| Ala aʻela ia, lawe aʻela i ua keiki lā, a me kona makuahine, a akula i ka ʻāina o ka ʻIseraʻela. | So he got up, took the child and his mother and went to the land of Israel. |
| Akā, lohe aʻela ia, ʻo ʻArekelau ke aliʻi ma Iudea i pani no ka hakahaka o kona makua kāne ʻo Herode, makaʻu ihola ia i ka aku ma laila: a ao ʻia mai ai ma ka moeʻuhane, hoʻi aku ia i ka moku ʻo Galilaia. | But when he heard that Archelaus was reigning in Judea in place of his father Herod, he was afraid to go there. Having been warned in a dream, he withdrew to the district of Galilee, |
| Ia mau lā lā i mai ai ʻo Ioane Bapetite, e aʻo ana ma ka wao nahele i Iudea, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, | In those days John the Baptist came, preaching in the Desert of Judea |
| A laila, akula ko Ierusalema a me ko Iudea a pau i ona lā, a me ko nā wahi a pau e kokoke ana ma Ioredane. | People went out to him from Jerusalem and all Judea and the whole region of the Jordan. |
| A ʻike akula ia, he nui nā Parisaio a me nā Sadukaio i mai e bapetizo ʻia ai e ia, ʻī akula ʻo ia iā lākou, E ka hanauna moʻo niho ʻawa, na wai ʻoukou i ao aku e holo i pakele ai i ka inaina e kau mai ana? | But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to where he was baptizing, he said to them: "You brood of vipers! Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? |
| ʻO wau nō ke bapetizo aku nei iā ʻoukou i ka wai, no ka mihi; akā, ʻo ka mea e mai ana ma hope oʻu, he nui aku kona mana i koʻu, ʻaʻole au e pono ke lawe i kona mau kāmaʻa; nāna ʻoukou e bapetizo aku i ka ʻUhane Hemolele a me ke ahi. | "I baptize you with water for repentance. But after me will come one who is more powerful than I, whose sandals I am not fit to carry. He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire. |
| A laila, maila ʻo Iesū, mai Galilaia mai i Ioredane i o Ioane lā, e bapetizo ʻia ai e ia. | Then Jesus came from Galilee to the Jordan to be baptized by John. |
| Hōʻole akula ʻo Ioane iā ia, ʻī aku ia, ʻO wau kāu e bapetizo mai e pono ai; a ke mai nei anei ʻoe i oʻu nei? | But John tried to deter him, saying, "I need to be baptized by you, and do you come to me?" |
| A laila, ʻōlelo maila Iesū iā ia, E pēlā ʻoe, e Sātana; no ka mea, ua palapala ʻia, E hoʻomana aku ʻoe i ka Haku i kou Akua, a e mālama aku ʻoe iā ia wale nō. | Jesus said to him, "Away from me, Satan! For it is written: 'Worship the Lord your God, and serve him only.' " |
| A laila, haʻalele akula ka diabolō iā ia; aia hoʻi, maila nā ʻānela, a lawelawe nāna. | Then the devil left him, and angels came and attended him. |
| Lohe aʻela ʻo Iesū, ua hoʻolei ʻia ʻo Ioane i loko o ka hale paʻahao, akula ia i Galilaia. | When Jesus heard that John had been put in prison, he returned to Galilee. |
| Haʻalele aʻela ʻo ia iā Nazareta, akula a noho ma Kaperenauma ma ke kaha loko, ma ka mokuna ʻo Zabuluna a me Napetali. | Leaving Nazareth, he went and lived in Capernaum, which was by the lake in the area of Zebulun and Naphtali-- |
| akula ʻo Iesū ma ke kaʻe o ka loko ʻo Galilaia, ʻike maila ia i nā hoahānau ʻelua, ʻo Simona i kapa ʻia ʻo Petero, a me kona kaikaina ʻo ʻAnederea, e kuʻu ana i ka ʻupena i ka loko, no ka mea, he mau lawaiʻa lāua. | As Jesus was walking beside the Sea of Galilee, he saw two brothers, Simon called Peter and his brother Andrew. They were casting a net into the lake, for they were fishermen. |
| A akula ia ma laila aku, ʻike maila ia i nā hoahānau ʻē aʻe ʻelua, ʻo Iakobo ke keiki a Zebedaio, a me kona kaikaina ʻo Ioane, ma luna nō o ka moku me ko lāua makua kāne ʻo Zebedaio, e hono ana i kā lākou mau ʻupena, a kāhea maila ʻo ia iā lāua. | Going on from there, he saw two other brothers, James son of Zebedee and his brother John. They were in a boat with their father Zebedee, preparing their nets. Jesus called them, |
| ʻIke aʻela ʻo Iesū i ka nui o nā kānaka, piʻi akula ia i kekahi mauna; a noho ihola ia, akula kāna mau haumāna i ona lā. | Now when he saw the crowds, he went up on a mountainside and sat down. His disciples came to him, |
| Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i mai nei au e hōʻole i ke kānāwai a me ka poʻe kāula. ʻO ka hōʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu i mai nei, ʻaʻole ka hōʻole. | "Do not think that I have come to abolish the Law or the Prophets; I have not come to abolish them but to fulfill them. |
| E waiho ma laila ʻoe i kāu mōhai i mua o ke kuahu, e aku ʻoe e hoʻolauleʻa ʻē ma mua i kou hoahānau, a laila e hoʻi mai e kaumaha aku i kāu mōhai. | leave your gift there in front of the altar. First go and be reconciled to your brother; then come and offer your gift. |
| ʻO ka mea e koi mai iā ʻoe e i hoʻokahi mile, e pū me ia i ʻelua. | If someone forces you to go one mile, go with him two miles. |
| E mālama hoʻi iā ʻoukou no ka poʻe kāula hoʻopunipuni ke mai i o ʻoukou nei me ka ʻaʻahu hipa; akā, ma loko, he poʻe ʻīlio hihiu hae lākou. | "Watch out for false prophets. They come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ferocious wolves. |
| Aia hoʻi kekahi lēpero i mai i ona lā, moe ihola i mua ona, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, a i makemake ʻoe, e hiki nō iā ʻoe ke huikala mai iaʻu. | A man with leprosy came and knelt before him and said, "Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Iesū iā ia, E ao ʻoe, mai haʻi aku iā haʻi. Akā, e ʻoe e hōʻike aku iā ʻoe iho i ke kahuna, e hāʻawi i ka mōhai a Mose i kauoha mai ai, i mea e ʻike ai lākou. | Then Jesus said to him, "See that you don't tell anyone. But go, show yourself to the priest and offer the gift Moses commanded, as a testimony to them." |
| A hiki akula ʻo Iesū i Kaperenauma, maila kekahi luna haneri i ona lā, noi maila iā ia, | When Jesus had entered Capernaum, a centurion came to him, asking for help. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Iesū iā ia, E aku nō au e hoʻōla iā ia. | Jesus said to him, "I will go and heal him." |
| No ka mea, he kanaka aku wau ma lalo o ke aliʻi, he poʻe koa ma lalo iho oʻu; a ʻōlelo aku nō au i kekahi, E aku, a aku nō ia, a i kekahi hoʻi, E mai, a mai nō ia; a i kuʻu kauā, E hana ia mea, a hana nō ia. | For I myself am a man under authority, with soldiers under me. I tell this one, 'Go,' and he goes; and that one, 'Come,' and he comes. I say to my servant, 'Do this,' and he does it." |
| Ke ʻī aku nei au iā ʻoukou, he nui ka poʻe e mai, mai ka hikina a me ke komohana mai, a e noho pū lākou me ʻAberahama, a me ʻIsaʻaka, a me Iakoba i loko o ke aupuni o ka lani. | I say to you that many will come from the east and the west, and will take their places at the feast with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven. |
| maila kekahi kākau ʻōlelo, ʻī akula iā ia, E ke Kumu, e hahai aku nō au iā ʻoe i nā wahi a pau āu e ai. | Then a teacher of the law came to him and said, "Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go." |
| ʻŌlelo akula iā ia kekahi haumāna āna, E ka Haku, e ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e mua au e kanu i kuʻu makua kāne. | Another disciple said to him, "Lord, first let me go and bury my father." |
| A akula nā haumāna āna e hoʻāla iā ia, ʻī akula, E ka Haku, e hoʻōla mai iā mākou, o make mākou. | The disciples went and woke him, saying, "Lord, save us! We're going to drown!" |
| Aia hoʻi, nui maila ko ke kūlanakauhale i waho, e hālāwai me Iesū, a ʻike maila iā ia, nonoi nui maila lākou iā ia e aku ia mai ko lākou ʻāina aku. | Then the whole town went out to meet Jesus. And when they saw him, they pleaded with him to leave their region. |
| Ma hea ka hiki pono ke ʻōlelo, Ua kala ʻia kou hewa, a ke ʻōlelo paha, E ala aʻe a e? | Which is easier: to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? |
| A akula ʻo Iesū mai ia wahi aku, ʻike maila ia i kekahi kanaka e noho ana ma kahi hoʻokupu, ʻo Mataio kona inoa; ʻī maila ʻo ia iā ia, E hahai mai ʻoe iaʻu. Kū aʻela ia a hahai akula iā ia. | As Jesus went on from there, he saw a man named Matthew sitting at the tax collector's booth. "Follow me," he told him, and Matthew got up and followed him. |
| A i ko Iesū noho ʻana i ka ʻahaʻaina i loko o ka hale, aia hoʻi, he nui nā luna ʻauhau a me nā lawehala i mai, a noho pū me ia a me kāna poʻe haumāna. | While Jesus was having dinner at Matthew's house, many tax collectors and "sinners" came and ate with him and his disciples. |
| E hoʻi ʻoukou e aʻo i ke ʻano o kēia, ʻo ke aloha koʻu makemake, ʻaʻole ka mōhai: ua mai nei au e aʻo aku i ka poʻe hewa e mihi, ʻaʻole i ka poʻe pono. | But go and learn what this means: 'I desire mercy, not sacrifice.' For I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners." |
| A laila, maila nā haumāna a Ioane i ona lā, ʻī maila, Ke hoʻokē ʻai pinepine nei mākou a me ka poʻe Parisaio, he aha hoʻi ka mea e hoʻokē ʻai ʻole ai kāu poʻe haumāna? | Then John's disciples came and asked him, "How is it that we and the Pharisees fast, but your disciples do not fast?" |
| I kāna ʻōlelo ʻana ia mau mea iā lākou, aia hoʻi, mai kekahi luna, moe ihola ia, ʻī maila iā ia, Ua make iho nei kaʻu kaikamahine, akā, e mai ʻoe, a kau i kou lima ma luna ona, a e ola ia. | While he was saying this, a ruler came and knelt before him and said, "My daughter has just died. But come and put your hand on her, and she will live." |
| Aia hoʻi, he wahine heʻe koko i nā makahiki he ʻumikumamālua, akula ia ma hope iho ona, a hoʻopā akula i ka lepa o kona ʻaʻahu: | Just then a woman who had been subject to bleeding for twelve years came up behind him and touched the edge of his cloak. |
| A akula ʻo Iesū mai ia wahi aku, ʻelua kānaka makapō i hahai iā ia, kāhea maila lāua, ʻī maila, E ka mamo a Dāvida, e aloha mai ʻoe iā māua. | As Jesus went on from there, two blind men followed him, calling out, "Have mercy on us, Son of David!" |
| Komo aʻela ia i loko o ka hale, a mai ua mau makapō lā i ona lā, nīnau akula Iesū iā lāua, Ke manaʻoʻiʻo nei anei ʻolua, e hiki nō iaʻu ke hana i kēia mea? ʻĪ akula lāua iā ia, ʻAe, e ka Haku. | When he had gone indoors, the blind men came to him, and he asked them, "Do you believe that I am able to do this?" "Yes, Lord," they replied. |
| Akā, akula lāua, a hoʻokaulana akula iā ia ma ia ʻāina a puni. | But they went out and spread the news about him all over that region. |
| A akula lākou i waho, aia hoʻi, hali ʻia mai i ona lā he kanaka ʻāʻā, ua uluhia e ka daimonio. | While they were going out, a man who was demon-possessed and could not talk was brought to Jesus. |
| ʻO kēia poʻe ʻumikumamālua kā Iesū i hoʻouna aʻe ai, kauoha maila iā lākou, ʻī maila, Mai ʻoukou ma ke kuamoʻo o ko nā ʻāina ʻē, ʻaʻole hoʻi e komo i kekahi kūlanakauhale o ko Samaria: | These twelve Jesus sent out with the following instructions: "Do not go among the Gentiles or enter any town of the Samaritans. |
| Akā, e ʻoukou i ka poʻe hipa ʻauana o ka ʻohana o ʻIseraʻela. | Go rather to the lost sheep of Israel. |
| I ko ʻoukou ʻana, e aʻo aku, me ka ʻī ʻana, Ua kokoke mai nei ke aupuni o ka lani. | As you go, preach this message: 'The kingdom of heaven is near.' |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi he ʻaʻa no ko ʻoukou ʻana, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻelua ʻaʻahu, ʻaʻole hoʻi kāmaʻa, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi he koʻokoʻo; no ka mea, he pono ke loaʻa i ka mea hana ka ʻai nāna. | take no bag for the journey, or extra tunic, or sandals or a staff; for the worker is worth his keep. |
| A ʻo ke kūlanakauhale, a ʻo ke kauhale paha, a ʻoukou e komo aku ai, e nīnau aku i ko laila poʻe pono; ma laila nō e noho ai a hiki i ka manawa e aku ai ma laila aku. | "Whatever town or village you enter, search for some worthy person there and stay at his house until you leave. |
| A ʻo ka mea hoʻokipa ʻole iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻolohe i kā ʻoukou ʻōlelo, a aku ʻoukou i waho o kēlā hale, a ʻo kēlā kūlanakauhale paha, e lūlū iho i ka lepo o ko ʻoukou wāwae. | If anyone will not welcome you or listen to your words, shake the dust off your feet when you leave that home or town. |
| Mai manaʻo ʻoukou i mai nei au e lawe mai i ke kuʻikahi ma ka honua; ʻo ka pahi kaua kaʻu i mai nei e lawe mai, ʻaʻole ke kuʻikahi. | "Do not suppose that I have come to bring peace to the earth. I did not come to bring peace, but a sword. |
| No ka mea, i mai nei au e hoʻokūʻēʻē i ke kanaka i kona makua kāne, a i ke kaikamahine i kona makuahine, a i ka hūnōna wahine i kona makuahūnōai wahine. | For I have come to turn " 'a man against his father, a daughter against her mother, a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law-- |
| A oki aʻela kā Iesū aʻo ʻana aku i kāna poʻe haumāna he ʻumikumamālua, akula ia ma laila aku, e aʻo a e ʻōlelo aku i loko o ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale. | After Jesus had finished instructing his twelve disciples, he went on from there to teach and preach in the towns of Galilee. |
| Nīnau akula iā ia, ʻO ʻoe ʻiʻo nō anei ka mea e mai ana; e kali anei mākou i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe? | to ask him, "Are you the one who was to come, or should we expect someone else?" |
| Ua ʻike nā makapō, ua nā ʻoʻopa, ua huikala ʻia nā lēpero, ua lohe nā kuli, ua hoʻāla ʻia nā make, a ua haʻi ʻia aku ka ʻeuanelio i ka poʻe ʻilihune. | The blind receive sight, the lame walk, those who have leprosy are cured, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, and the good news is preached to the poor. |
| A hala akula lāua, hoʻomaka akula Iesū e ʻōlelo i ka poʻe kānaka no Ioane, ʻī akula, I lā ʻoukou i ka wao nahele e ʻike i ke aha? I ka ʻohe anei i luli i ka makani? | As John's disciples were leaving, Jesus began to speak to the crowd about John: "What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed swayed by the wind? |
| I hoʻi ʻoukou e ʻike i ke aha? He kanaka anei i kāhiko ʻia i ke kapa paheʻe? Aia nō ka poʻe i kāhiko ʻia i ke kapa paheʻe i loko o nā hale o nā aliʻi. | If not, what did you go out to see? A man dressed in fine clothes? No, those who wear fine clothes are in kings' palaces. |
| I hoʻi ʻoukou e ʻike i ke aha? He kāula anei? ʻO ia, ke haʻi aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻo ka mea hoʻi e ʻoi aku i ke kāula. | Then what did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I tell you, and more than a prophet. |
| Inā e hiki iā ʻoukou ke hoʻomaopopo, ʻo ia nei nō ua ʻElia lā, ka mea e mai ana. | And if you are willing to accept it, he is the Elijah who was to come. |
| No ka mea, i mai nei ʻo Ioane me ka ʻai ʻole a me ka inu ʻole, a ke ʻōlelo nei lākou, He daimonio kona. | For John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, 'He has a demon.' |
| I mai nei ke Keiki a ke kanaka me ka ʻai ʻana a me ka inu ʻana, a ke ʻōlelo nei lākou, Aia hoʻi, he kanaka pākela ʻai, pākela inu waina, a he hoalauna no nā luna ʻauhau a me nā lawehala. Akā, ua hoʻāpono ʻia ka naʻauao e kāna poʻe keiki. | The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and they say, 'Here is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and "sinners." ' But wisdom is proved right by her actions." |
| E mai ʻoukou a pau loa i oʻu nei, e ka poʻe luhi a me ka poʻe kaumaha, naʻu ʻoukou e hoʻomaha aku. | "Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest. |
| Ia wā lā, akula ʻo Iesū i ka lā Sābati ma waena o nā mahina ʻai, pōloli ihola nā haumāna āna, a hoʻomaka akula lākou e lālau i nā huhui palaoa, a ʻai ihola. | At that time Jesus went through the grainfields on the Sabbath. His disciples were hungry and began to pick some heads of grain and eat them. |
| akula ia mai ia wahi aku, a komo akula i loko o ko lākou hale hālāwai. | Going on from that place, he went into their synagogue, |
| akula ka poʻe Parisaio i waho, kūkākūkā aʻela lākou i mea e make ai ʻo ia iā lākou. | But the Pharisees went out and plotted how they might kill Jesus. |
| A ʻike ihola ʻo Iesū ia mea, akula ia mai ia wahi aku; a he nui ka poʻe kānaka i hahai aku iā ia, hoʻōla ihola ʻo ia iā lākou a pau. | Aware of this, Jesus withdrew from that place. Many followed him, and he healed all their sick, |
| I ka lā hoʻokolokolo e kūʻē mai auaneʻi ke aliʻi wahine o ke kūkulu hema i kēia hanauna, a e hoʻohewa mai iā lākou nei; no ka mea, i mai ia mai nā palena o ka honua e hoʻolohe i ka ʻōlelo naʻauao a Solomona; eia hoʻi, ma ʻaneʻi kekahi i ʻoi aku ma mua o Solomona. | The Queen of the South will rise at the judgment with this generation and condemn it; for she came from the ends of the earth to listen to Solomon's wisdom, and now one greater than Solomon is here. |
| A puka mai ka ʻuhane ʻino mai loko mai o kekahi kanaka, aku nō ia ma nā wahi panoa, e ʻimi ana i kahi e maha ai, a loaʻa ʻole. | "When an evil spirit comes out of a man, it goes through arid places seeking rest and does not find it. |
| A laila, aku nō ia, a lawe pū mai me ia i nā ʻuhane ʻē aʻe i ʻehiku, ua ʻoi aku ko lākou ʻino i kona iho; komo lākou i loko, a noho i laila: a hewa loa aku ka hope o ua kanaka lā i kona noho ʻana ma mua. Pēlā auaneʻi nō hoʻi kēia hanauna hewa. | Then it goes and takes with it seven other spirits more wicked than itself, and they go in and live there. And the final condition of that man is worse than the first. That is how it will be with this wicked generation." |
| Ia lā lā, akula ʻo Iesū i waho o ka hale, a noho ihola ia ma kapa o ka loko. | That same day Jesus went out of the house and sat by the lake. |
| Aʻo maila ʻo ia iā lākou i kēlā mea kēia mea ma nā ʻōlelo nane, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Aia hoʻi, akula kekahi kanaka lūlū hua e lūlū. | Then he told them many things in parables, saying: "A farmer went out to sow his seed. |
| maila kāna poʻe haumāna, nīnau akula iā ia, No ke aha lā ʻoe e ʻōlelo mai ai iā lākou ma nā ʻōlelo nane? | The disciples came to him and asked, "Why do you speak to the people in parables?" |
| ʻO kēlā mea kēia mea lohe i ka ʻōlelo no ke aupuni me ka hoʻomaopopo ʻole: a laila, mai no ka mea ʻino, a kāʻili aku ia i ka mea i lūlū ʻia i loko o kona naʻau. ʻO ia ka mea i lūlū ʻia ma kapa alanui. | When anyone hears the message about the kingdom and does not understand it, the evil one comes and snatches away what was sown in his heart. This is the seed sown along the path. |
| A i ka wā i hiamoe ai nā kānaka, maila kona ʻenemi, a lūlū ihola i ka zīzānia i loko pū me ka palaoa, a hoʻi akula. | But while everyone was sleeping, his enemy came and sowed weeds among the wheat, and went away. |
| maila nā kauā a ua mea hale lā, ʻī maila iā ia, E ka haku, ʻaʻole anei ʻoe i lūlū iho i ka hua maikaʻi ma kāu mahina ʻai? No hea maila hoʻi ka zīzānia? | "The owner's servants came to him and said, 'Sir, didn't you sow good seed in your field? Where then did the weeds come from?' |
| A laila, haʻalele akula Iesū i ka poʻe kānaka, a maila i loko o ka hale. akula nā haumāna i ona lā, ʻī akula, E hoʻākāka mai ʻoe iā mākou i ka ʻōlelo nane no ka zīzānia ma ka mahina ʻai. | Then he left the crowd and went into the house. His disciples came to him and said, "Explain to us the parable of the weeds in the field." |
| Eia hou, Ua like ke aupuni o ka lani me ka waiwai i hūnā ʻia i loko o kahi kīhāpai: a loaʻa ia i ke kanaka, hūnā hou iho nō ia, a aku me ka ʻoliʻoli, a kūʻai lilo aku nō i kāna mau mea a pau, a kūʻai lilo mai ia kīhāpai nona. | "The kingdom of heaven is like treasure hidden in a field. When a man found it, he hid it again, and then in his joy went and sold all he had and bought that field. |
| A ʻike aku ia i kekahi momi maikaʻi loa, aku nō ia, a kūʻai lilo aku i kāna mau mea a pau, a kūʻai lilo mai ia momi nona. | When he found one of great value, he went away and sold everything he had and bought it. |
| A oki aʻela ka Iesū ʻōlelo ʻana mai i kēia mau ʻōlelo nane, akula ia mai ia wahi aku. | When Jesus had finished these parables, he moved on from there. |
| Kiʻi akula kāna poʻe haumāna i ke kino, a kanu ihola; a maila lākou a haʻi maila iā Iesū. | John's disciples came and took his body and buried it. Then they went and told Jesus. |
| A ahiahi aʻela, maila kāna poʻe haumāna i ona lā, ʻī akula, He wahi wao nahele kēia, a ua hala aʻe nei ka hora; e hoʻihoʻi aku ʻoe i ua poʻe kānaka nei, i lākou i nā kauhale, e kūʻai i ʻai na lākou. | As evening approached, the disciples came to him and said, "This is a remote place, and it's already getting late. Send the crowds away, so they can go to the villages and buy themselves some food." |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, ʻAʻole e pono no lākou ke aku, na ʻoukou e hāʻawi aku i ʻai na lākou. | Jesus replied, "They do not need to go away. You give them something to eat." |
| I ka hā o ka wati o ka pō, maila Iesū i o lākou lā, e ana ma luna o ka loko. | During the fourth watch of the night Jesus went out to them, walking on the lake. |
| ʻIke akula nā haumāna iā ia e ana ma luna o ka loko, hopohopo ihola lākou, ʻī aʻela, He ʻuhane ia! A hoʻōho akula lākou i ka makaʻu. | When the disciples saw him walking on the lake, they were terrified. "It's a ghost," they said, and cried out in fear. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Petero iā ia, E ka Haku, a ʻo ʻoe nō ia, e ʻōlelo mai ʻoe iaʻu e aku i ou lā ma luna o ka wai. | "Lord, if it's you," Peter replied, "tell me to come to you on the water." |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, E mai. Iho ihola ʻo Petero mai luna o ka moku, a akula ia ma luna o ka wai e hālāwai me Iesū. | "Come," he said. Then Peter got down out of the boat, walked on the water and came toward Jesus. |
| maila ka poʻe ma luna o ka moku, moe ihola lākou i mua ona, ʻī akula, He ʻoiaʻiʻo ʻo ʻoe nō ke Keiki a ke Akua. | Then those who were in the boat worshiped him, saying, "Truly you are the Son of God." |
| A laila maila i o Iesū lā nā kākau ʻōlelo a me nā Parisaio no Ierusalema mai, nīnau maila, | Then some Pharisees and teachers of the law came to Jesus from Jerusalem and asked, |
| A laila, akula kāna poʻe haumāna, ʻī akula iā ia, Ke ʻike nei anei ʻoe, ua huhū ka poʻe Parisaio i ko lākou lohe ʻana i kēia ʻōlelo? | Then the disciples came to him and asked, "Do you know that the Pharisees were offended when they heard this?" |
| ʻAʻole anei ʻoukou i ʻike, ʻo ka mea komo ma ka waha, ua iho nō ia ma loko o ka ʻōpū, a ua hoʻolei ʻia aku ia ma ke kiʻona? | "Don't you see that whatever enters the mouth goes into the stomach and then out of the body? |
| akula ʻo Iesū mai ia wahi aku, a hiki akula ma nā mokuna ʻo Turo a me Sidona. | Leaving that place, Jesus withdrew to the region of Tyre and Sidon. |
| Aia i laila kekahi wahine Kanaʻana no ia ʻāina i mai ai, kāhea maila iā ia, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, ka mamo a Dāvida, e aloha mai ʻoe iaʻu, ua uluhia loa kuʻu kaikamahine e ka daimonio. | A Canaanite woman from that vicinity came to him, crying out, "Lord, Son of David, have mercy on me! My daughter is suffering terribly from demon-possession." |
| ʻAʻole ia i ʻōlelo iki aku iā ia. akula kāna mau haumāna, a noi akula iā ia, E hoʻihoʻi aku ʻoe iā ia; no ka mea, ke walaʻau mai nei ia ma hope o kākou. | Jesus did not answer a word. So his disciples came to him and urged him, "Send her away, for she keeps crying out after us." |
| maila ua wahine lā, moe ihola ia i mua ona, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, e kōkua mai ʻoe iaʻu. | The woman came and knelt before him. "Lord, help me!" she said. |
| akula ʻo Iesū ma ia wahi aku, a hiki akula ma ke kaʻe loko i Galilaia: piʻi akula ia i luna i kekahi mauna, a noho ihola i laila. | Jesus left there and went along the Sea of Galilee. Then he went up on a mountainside and sat down. |
| He nui ka poʻe kānaka i mai i ona lā, e halihali pū mai ana i nā ʻoʻopa, i nā makapō, i nā ʻāʻā, i nā mumuku, a me nā mea ʻē aʻe he nui wale, a waiho ihola iā lākou ma nā wāwae o Iesū; a hoʻōla ihola ʻo ia iā lākou. | Great crowds came to him, bringing the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute and many others, and laid them at his feet; and he healed them. |
| Mahalo akula ua poʻe kānaka lā i ko lākou ʻike ʻana aʻe i nā ʻāʻā e ʻōlelo ana, i nā mumuku e ola ana, i nā ʻoʻopa e ana, a i nā makapō e ʻike ana; a hoʻonani akula lākou i ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela. | The people were amazed when they saw the mute speaking, the crippled made well, the lame walking and the blind seeing. And they praised the God of Israel. |
| maila nā Parisaio a me nā Sadukaio; hoʻāʻo maila lākou iā ia, nonoi maila, e hōʻike aku iā lākou i hōʻailona mai ka lani mai. | The Pharisees and Sadducees came to Jesus and tested him by asking him to show them a sign from heaven. |
| Ke makemake nei kekahi hanauna ʻino moekolohe i hōʻailona; ʻaʻole hoʻi e hāʻawi ʻia ka hōʻailona iā lākou, ʻo ka hōʻailona a Iona a ke kāula wale nō. A haʻalele akula ʻo ia iā lākou a akula. | A wicked and adulterous generation looks for a miraculous sign, but none will be given it except the sign of Jonah." Jesus then left them and went away. |
| I ka ʻana aku o Iesū i ka ʻāina o Kaisareia Pilipi, nīnau maila ia i kāna poʻe haumāna, ʻī maila, ʻO wai lā wau, ke Keiki a ke kanaka, i kā nā kānaka ʻōlelo? | When Jesus came to the region of Caesarea Philippi, he asked his disciples, "Who do people say the Son of Man is?" |
| Mai ia wā mai i hoʻomaka ai ʻo Iesū e hōʻike mai i kāna poʻe haumāna, he pono nona ke aku i Ierusalema, a e hoʻomāinoino nui ʻia e ka poʻe lunakahiko, a me ka poʻe kāhuna nui, a me ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, e pepehi ʻia hoʻi ia a make, a pō ʻakolu aʻe e ala hou mai ai. | From that time on Jesus began to explain to his disciples that he must go to Jerusalem and suffer many things at the hands of the elders, chief priests and teachers of the law, and that he must be killed and on the third day be raised to life. |
| Hāliu aʻela kēlā, ʻī maila iā Petero, E ʻoe pēlā ma hope oʻu, e Sātana: He mea hihia ʻoe noʻu; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoe e manaʻo nei e like me kā ke Akua, ʻo kā ke kanaka kāu e manaʻo nei. | Jesus turned and said to Peter, "Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me; you do not have in mind the things of God, but the things of men." |
| A laila, ʻī maila ʻo Iesū i kāna poʻe haumāna, ʻO ka mea makemake e ma muli oʻu, e hōʻole kēlā iā ia iho, e hāpai hoʻi ia i kona keʻa, a e hahai mai iaʻu. | Then Jesus said to his disciples, "If anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross and follow me. |
| E mai nō ke Keiki a ke kanaka i loko o ka nani o kona Makua me kona poʻe ʻānela; a laila e uku aku ia i kēlā kanaka i kēia kanaka e like me kāna hana ʻana. | For the Son of Man is going to come in his Father's glory with his angels, and then he will reward each person according to what he has done. |
| He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, ʻO kekahi poʻe e kū mai nei, ʻaʻole lākou e hoʻāʻo ʻē i ka make, a ʻike lākou i ke Keiki a ke kanaka e mai ana i kona aupuni. | I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom." |
| maila ʻo Iesū, hoʻopā ihola iā lākou, ʻī maila, E ala aʻe, mai makaʻu ʻoukou. | But Jesus came and touched them. "Get up," he said. "Don't be afraid." |
| Nīnau akula nā haumāna āna iā ia, ʻī akula, No ke aha lā e ʻōlelo mai nei ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, ʻo ʻElia ke ʻē mai ma mua e pono ai? | The disciples asked him, "Why then do the teachers of the law say that Elijah must come first?" |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, ʻī maila, ʻO ʻElia nō ke ʻē mai ma mua e pono ai, a e hoʻoponopono i nā mea a pau. | Jesus replied, "To be sure, Elijah comes and will restore all things. |
| A hiki aʻela lākou i ka poʻe kānaka, maila kekahi kanaka i ona lā, kukuli ihola i mua ona, ʻī maila, | When they came to the crowd, a man approached Jesus and knelt before him. |
| A laila, malū akula nā haumāna i o Iesū lā, nīnau akula, No ke aha lā i hiki ʻole ai iā mākou ke mahiki aku iā ia? | Then the disciples came to Jesus in private and asked, "Why couldn't we drive it out?" |
| A hiki akula lākou i Kaperenauma, maila ka poʻe ʻauhau hapahā i o Petero lā, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole anei e hoʻokupu mai kā ʻoukou kumu i ka hapahā? | After Jesus and his disciples arrived in Capernaum, the collectors of the two-drachma tax came to Peter and asked, "Doesn't your teacher pay the temple tax ?" |
| Akā, o hoʻonāukiuki kākou iā lākou, e aku ʻoe i ka moana wai, e hoʻolei aku i ka makau, a e huki mai i ka iʻa mua e lou mai ana; a i ka wehe ʻana i kona waha, e loaʻa iā ʻoe kekahi hapalua: ʻo ia kāu e lawe ai, a e hāʻawi aku iā lākou no kāua. | "But so that we may not offend them, go to the lake and throw out your line. Take the first fish you catch; open its mouth and you will find a four-drachma coin. Take it and give it to them for my tax and yours." |
| Ia manawa, akula ka poʻe haumāna i o Iesū lā, ʻī akula, ʻO wai lā ka mea nui loa i loko o ke aupuni o ka lani? | At that time the disciples came to Jesus and asked, "Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven?" |
| A ua mai nei ke Keiki a ke kanaka e hoʻōla i ka mea i ʻauana. | For the Son of Man has come to save that which was lost. |
| He aha ko ʻoukou manaʻo? Inā paha hoʻokahi haneri hipa a kekahi kanaka, a ua ʻauana kekahi o lākou, ʻaʻole anei ia e waiho i ka poʻe kanaiwakumamāiwa, a aku ma nā mauna e ʻimi i ka mea i nalowale? | "What do you think? If a man owns a hundred sheep, and one of them wanders away, will he not leave the ninety-nine on the hills and go to look for the one that wandered off ? |
| Inā e hana hewa mai kou hoahānau iā ʻoe, e ʻoe e aʻo aku iā ia ʻolua wale nō. A i hoʻolohe mai ʻo ia iā ʻoe, ua loaʻa iā ʻoe kou hoahānau. | "If your brother sins against you, go and show him his fault, just between the two of you. If he listens to you, you have won your brother over. |
| A laila, akula ʻo Petero i ona lā, ʻī akula, E ka Haku, ʻehia nā hana hewa ʻana mai a koʻu hoahānau iaʻu, a kala aku au iā ia? ʻEhiku anei? | Then Peter came to Jesus and asked, "Lord, how many times shall I forgive my brother when he sins against me? Up to seven times?" |
| akula ua kauā lā i waho, a hālāwai me kekahi hoa kauā ona, i ʻaiʻē mai i kāna i hoʻokahi haneri denari, lālau akula iā ia, a ʻumi ihola i kona ʻāʻī, ʻī akula, E uku mai ʻoe iaʻu i kāu mea i ʻaiʻē. | "But when that servant went out, he found one of his fellow servants who owed him a hundred denarii. He grabbed him and began to choke him. 'Pay back what you owe me!' he demanded. |
| ʻAʻole ia i ʻae aku; akā, akula ia, a hoʻolei akula iā ia i loko o ka hale paʻahao, a pau loa ka ʻaiʻē i ka uku ʻia. | "But he refused. Instead, he went off and had the man thrown into prison until he could pay the debt. |
| A ʻike aʻela kona mau hoa kauā i ka mea āna i hana ai, minamina loa ihola lākou; a lākou, haʻi akula i ko lākou haku i nā mea a pau i hana ʻia. | When the other servants saw what had happened, they were greatly distressed and went and told their master everything that had happened. |
| A pau aʻela ia ʻōlelo ʻana a Iesū, akula ia mai Galilaia aku, a hiki akula ma ka mokuna ʻo Iudea ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane. | When Jesus had finished saying these things, he left Galilee and went into the region of Judea to the other side of the Jordan. |
| maila kekahi poʻe Parisaio i ona lā, e hoʻāʻo aku iā ia, ʻī maila, He mea pono anei ke hōʻoki ke kāne i kāna wahine i kēlā hala i kēia hala. | Some Pharisees came to him to test him. They asked, "Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any and every reason?" |
| ʻĪ maila Iesū, E kuʻu mai ʻoukou i nā kamaliʻi, me ka pāpā ʻole iā lākou i ka mai i oʻu nei; no ka mea, no ka poʻe e like me lākou nei ke aupuni o ka lani. | Jesus said, "Let the little children come to me, and do not hinder them, for the kingdom of heaven belongs to such as these." |
| A kau ihola ia i nā lima ma luna o lākou, a akula. | When he had placed his hands on them, he went on from there. |
| Aia hoʻi, maila kekahi kanaka, ʻī maila iā ia, E ke kumu maikaʻi, he aha ka mea maikaʻi aʻu e hana ai, i loaʻa iaʻu ke ola mau loa? | Now a man came up to Jesus and asked, "Teacher, what good thing must I do to get eternal life?" |
| ʻĪ akula Iesū iā ia, A i makemake ʻoe e hemolele, ʻeā, e ʻoe, e kūʻai lilo aku i kou waiwai a pau, a e hāʻawi aku na ka poʻe ʻilihune, a e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka waiwai i loko o ka lani; a e mai ʻoe e hahai mai iaʻu. | Jesus answered, "If you want to be perfect, go, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow me." |
| Lohe aʻela ua kanaka ʻōpiopio lā ia ʻōlelo, akula ia me ka minamina; no ka mea, he nui loa kona waiwai. | When the young man heard this, he went away sad, because he had great wealth. |
| No ka mea, ua like ke aupuni o ka lani me kekahi kanaka mea hale, i akula i kakahiaka nui e hoʻolimalima i ka poʻe paʻaua no kona pā waina. | "For the kingdom of heaven is like a landowner who went out early in the morning to hire men to work in his vineyard. |
| hou akula ia i waho i ke kolu o ka hora, ʻike akula ia i kekahi poʻe kānaka e kū hana ʻole ana ma kahi kūʻai. | "About the third hour he went out and saw others standing in the marketplace doing nothing. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ia iā lākou, E haele hoʻi ʻoukou i ka pā waina, a ʻo ka mea pono, naʻu ia e uku aku iā ʻoukou. A akula lākou. | He told them, 'You also go and work in my vineyard, and I will pay you whatever is right.' |
| hou akula ia i waho, i ke ono a i ka iwa o ka hora, a hana ihola e like ma mua. | So they went. "He went out again about the sixth hour and the ninth hour and did the same thing. |
| A i ka hora ʻumikumamākahi, akula ia i waho, ʻike akula i kekahi poʻe e kū hana ʻole ana, ʻī akula ʻo ia iā lākou, He aha kā ʻoukou e kū hana ʻole nei a pau ka lā? | About the eleventh hour he went out and found still others standing around. He asked them, 'Why have you been standing here all day long doing nothing?' |
| A maila ka poʻe i hoʻolimalima ʻia i ka hora ʻumikumamākahi, loaʻa pākahi iā lākou ka denari. | "The workers who were hired about the eleventh hour came and each received a denarius. |
| A maila ka poʻe i hoʻolimalima ʻia ma mua, manaʻo ihola lākou e loaʻa mai ka pākela uku, a loaʻa pākahi iā lākou ka denari. | So when those came who were hired first, they expected to receive more. But each one of them also received a denarius. |
| E lawe ʻoe i kāu, a e. ʻO koʻu makemake nō e hāʻawi aku na kēia poʻe ma hope e like me kāu. | Take your pay and go. I want to give the man who was hired last the same as I gave you. |
| I ko Iesū ʻana i Ierusalema, kaʻi akula ia i ka poʻe haumāna he ʻumikumamālua i kahi kaʻawale ma ke alanui, ʻī maila iā lākou, | Now as Jesus was going up to Jerusalem, he took the twelve disciples aside and said to them, |
| Pēlā hoʻi, ʻaʻole i mai ke Keiki a ke kanaka no ka lawelawe ʻia mai, akā, no ka lawelawe aku, a me ka hāʻawi aku i kona ola i kumu hoʻōla no nā mea he nui loa. | just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many." |
| I ko lākou ʻana aʻe mai Ieriko aku, he nui ka poʻe kānaka i hahai iā ia. | As Jesus and his disciples were leaving Jericho, a large crowd followed him. |
| ʻĪ akula iā lāua, E aku ʻolua i ke kauhale e kūpono mai ana iā ʻolua, a e loaʻa koke iā ʻolua ka hoki ua nakiki ʻia, a me ke keiki me ia: e wehe aʻe ʻolua, a e kaʻi mai i oʻu nei. | saying to them, "Go to the village ahead of you, and at once you will find a donkey tied there, with her colt by her. Untie them and bring them to me. |
| E haʻi aku ʻoukou i ke kaikamahine a Ziona, Aia hoʻi, ke akahai mai nei kou Aliʻi i ou lā, e noho ana ma luna o ka hoki, ʻo ke keiki hoʻi a ka hoki. | "Say to the Daughter of Zion, 'See, your king comes to you, gentle and riding on a donkey, on a colt, the foal of a donkey.' " |
| akula ua mau haumāna lā, a hana akula e like me kā Iesū i kauoha mai ai iā lāua. | The disciples went and did as Jesus had instructed them. |
| Hoʻokani aʻela ka poʻe ma mua, a me ka poʻe hahai ma hope, ʻī akula, Hōsana i ka Mamo a Dāvida! E hoʻonani ʻia ka Mea e mai nei ma ka inoa o ka Haku; Hōsana i ka lani kiʻekiʻe loa! | The crowds that went ahead of him and those that followed shouted, "Hosanna to the Son of David!" "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord!" "Hosanna in the highest!" |
| maila ka poʻe makapō a me ka poʻe ʻoʻopa i ona lā ma ka luakini, a hoʻōla akula ʻo ia iā lākou. | The blind and the lame came to him at the temple, and he healed them. |
| Haʻalele akula ʻo ia iā lākou, a akula i waho o ke kūlanakauhele i Betania, ma laila i noho ai a ao ka pō. | And he left them and went out of the city to Bethany, where he spent the night. |
| ʻIke aʻela ia i kekahi lāʻau fiku ma kapa alanui, akula ia i laila, a ʻo nā lau wale nō i loaʻa iā ia ma luna ona; ʻī aku ia i ua lāʻau lā, Mai noho a ulu ka hua ma luna ou ma ia hope a mau loa aku. Maloʻo koke ihola ua lāʻau fiku lā. | Seeing a fig tree by the road, he went up to it but found nothing on it except leaves. Then he said to it, "May you never bear fruit again!" Immediately the tree withered. |
| Iā ia i komo aku ai i loko o ka luakini, a aʻo maila i laila, maila i ona lā ka poʻe kāhuna nui, a me ka poʻe lunakahiko o nā kānaka, ʻī maila, Na wai mai kāu mana e hana aku ai i kēia mau mea? Na wai hoʻi i hāʻawi mai kēia mana iā ʻoe? | Jesus entered the temple courts, and, while he was teaching, the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him. "By what authority are you doing these things?" they asked. "And who gave you this authority?" |
| Akā, he aha kā ʻoukou manaʻo? He wahi kanaka iā ia nā keiki kāne ʻelua; a akula ia i ka mua, ʻī akula, E kuʻu keiki, e aku ʻoe e hana i kēia lā ma kuʻu pā waina. | "What do you think? There was a man who had two sons. He went to the first and said, 'Son, go and work today in the vineyard.' |
| Hōʻole maila kēlā, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole au e hiki. A ma hope mihi ihola ia, a akula. | " 'I will not,' he answered, but later he changed his mind and went. |
| akula hoʻi ʻo ia i kāna keiki muli, a ʻōlelo akula pēlā iā ia. ʻAe maila ia, ʻī maila, E nō wau, e kuʻu haku; ʻaʻole naʻe ia i. | "Then the father went to the other son and said the same thing. He answered, 'I will, sir,' but he did not go. |
| No ka mea, i mai nei ʻo Ioane i o ʻoukou nei ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka pono, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻoukou i manaʻoʻiʻo iā ia; akā, manaʻoʻiʻo ka poʻe luna ʻauhau a me nā wāhine hoʻokamakama iā ia; a iā ʻoukou i ʻike iā ia, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i mihi ma hope me ka manaʻoʻiʻo iā ia. | For John came to you to show you the way of righteousness, and you did not believe him, but the tax collectors and the prostitutes did. And even after you saw this, you did not repent and believe him. |
| E hoʻolohe mai ʻoukou i kekahi ʻōlelo nane hou: Kanu ihola kekahi mea hale i ka māla waina, hana ihola ia i pā a puni, ʻeli ihola i wahi kaomi waina i loko o laila, kūkulu ihola i hale kiaʻi, hāʻawi akula ia wahi i nā hoaʻāina, a akula ia i ka ʻāina ʻē. | "Listen to another parable: There was a landowner who planted a vineyard. He put a wall around it, dug a winepress in it and built a watchtower. Then he rented the vineyard to some farmers and went away on a journey. |
| Hoʻouna akula ia i kāna poʻe kauā e kiʻi i ka poʻe i ʻōlelo ʻia e mai i ka ʻahaʻaina; akā, ʻaʻole lākou i makemake e mai. | He sent his servants to those who had been invited to the banquet to tell them to come, but they refused to come. |
| Hoʻouna hou akula ia i nā kauā ʻē aʻe, ʻī akula, E ʻī aku ʻoukou i ka poʻe i ʻōlelo ʻia, Eia hoʻi, ua hoʻomākaukau nō wau i kaʻu ʻahaʻaina, ua kālua ʻia kaʻu mau bipi a me nā mea i kūpalu ʻia, ua mākaukau hoʻi nā mea a pau; e mai ʻoukou i ka ʻahaʻaina. | "Then he sent some more servants and said, 'Tell those who have been invited that I have prepared my dinner: My oxen and fattened cattle have been butchered, and everything is ready. Come to the wedding banquet.' |
| Hoʻowahāwahā maila lākou, akula; ʻo kekahi ma kona ʻāina, a ʻo kekahi ma kāna kūʻai ʻana. | "But they paid no attention and went off--one to his field, another to his business. |
| No laila, e aku ʻoukou ma nā huina alanui, a e koi aku i nā mea a pau i loaʻa iā ʻoukou, e mai i ka ʻahaʻaina. | Go to the street corners and invite to the banquet anyone you find.' |
| akula ua poʻe kauā lā i waho ma ke alanui, a hōʻuluʻulu maila i nā mea a pau i loaʻa iā lākou, ʻo ka poʻe ʻino a me ka poʻe maikaʻi; a nui ihola nā hoa ʻai ma ua ʻahaʻaina lā. | So the servants went out into the streets and gathered all the people they could find, both good and bad, and the wedding hall was filled with guests. |
| ʻĪ akula kēlā iā ia, E ka hoalauna, pehea lā ʻoe i mai nei, ʻaʻole i kāhiko ʻia i ke kapa ʻahaʻaina? Mumule loa ihola ia. | 'Friend,' he asked, 'how did you get in here without wedding clothes?' The man was speechless. |
| A laila akula ka poʻe Parisaio, kūkākūkā aʻela i ka mea e hoʻohihia iā ia i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana. | Then the Pharisees went out and laid plans to trap him in his words. |
| A lohe aʻela lākou, kāhāhā ihola, haʻalele maila lākou iā ia a akula. | When they heard this, they were amazed. So they left him and went away. |
| Ia lā hoʻi, maila i ona lā ka poʻe Sadukaio, ka poʻe i ʻōlelo, ʻAʻole ala hou ʻana; nīnau maila lākou iā ia, | That same day the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, came to him with a question. |
| No ka mea, ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻAʻole ʻoukou e ʻike hou mai iaʻu, a hiki i ka wā e ʻōlelo mai ai ʻoukou, e hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia ka mea e mai ana ma ka inoa o ka Haku. | For I tell you, you will not see me again until you say, 'Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.' " |
| I ko Iesū ʻana aku i waho, haʻalele akula ia i ka luakini, a maila kāna poʻe haumāna e kuhikuhi iā ia i nā hale o ka luakini. | Jesus left the temple and was walking away when his disciples came up to him to call his attention to its buildings. |
| I kona noho ʻana ma luna o ka mauna ʻOliveta, malū akula ka poʻe haumāna i ona lā, ʻī akula, E haʻi mai ʻoe iā mākou, i ka manawa hea e hiki mai ai ia mau mea? He aha hoʻi ka hōʻailona no kou hiki ʻana mai, a me ka hope o kēia ao? | As Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately. "Tell us," they said, "when will this happen, and what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?" |
| No ka mea, he nui nā mea e mai ma koʻu inoa, me ka ʻī ʻana mai, ʻO wau nō ka Mesia, a he nui nō ka poʻe e hoʻopunipuni ʻia e lākou. | For many will come in my name, claiming, 'I am the Christ, ' and will deceive many. |
| No laila, a i ʻōlelo mai lākou iā ʻoukou, Aia lā, ma ka wao nahele ʻo ia, mai aku ʻoukou i laila: Aia hoʻi ia ma ke keʻena mehameha; mai manaʻo ʻoukou he ʻoiaʻiʻo. | "So if anyone tells you, 'There he is, out in the desert,' do not go out; or, 'Here he is, in the inner rooms,' do not believe it. |
| A laila, e ʻikea mai ai ka hōʻailona no ke Keiki a ke kanaka ma ka lani; a e uē nā lāhui kanaka a pau o ka honua, aia ʻike lākou i ke Keiki a ke kanaka e mai ana ma luna o nā ao o ka lani, me ka mana a me ka nani nui. | "At that time the sign of the Son of Man will appear in the sky, and all the nations of the earth will mourn. They will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of the sky, with power and great glory. |
| A laila, e hoʻohālike ʻia ke aupuni o ka lani me nā wāhine puʻupaʻa he ʻumi, na lākou i lawe ko lākou mau kukui, a akula i waho e hālāwai me ke kāne mare. | "At that time the kingdom of heaven will be like ten virgins who took their lamps and went out to meet the bridegroom. |
| I ke aumoe he kāhea ʻana, Eia aʻe, ke maila ke kāne mare; e aku ʻoukou e hālāwai me ia. | "At midnight the cry rang out: 'Here's the bridegroom! Come out to meet him!' |
| ʻŌlelo aʻela ka poʻe naʻauao, ʻī aʻela, ʻAʻole paha e lawa ka ʻaila no kākou a pau; e aʻe ʻoukou i ka poʻe kūʻai, a kūʻai i ʻaila no ʻoukou. | " 'No,' they replied, 'there may not be enough for both us and you. Instead, go to those who sell oil and buy some for yourselves.' |
| Ma hope iho, mai ua poʻe wāhine puʻupaʻa lā i koe, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, e ka Haku ē, e wehe aʻe ʻoe iā mākou. | "Later the others also came. 'Sir! Sir!' they said. 'Open the door for us!' |
| Ua like hoʻi ia me ke kanaka e ana, hōʻuluʻulu aʻela ia i kāna poʻe kauā, a hāʻawi akula iā lākou i nā kumu kūʻai nona. | "Again, it will be like a man going on a journey, who called his servants and entrusted his property to them. |
| Hāʻawi akula ia i nā tālena ʻelima no kekahi, i ʻelua hoʻi no kekahi, a i hoʻokahi hoʻi no kekahi; i kēlā mea i kēia mea e like me kona akamai; a laila, koke akula ia. | To one he gave five talents of money, to another two talents, and to another one talent, each according to his ability. Then he went on his journey. |
| A ʻo ka mea iā ia nā tālena ʻelima, akula ia, a kūʻai aku me ia kumu, a loaʻa mai iā ia nā tālena hou ʻelima. | The man who had received the five talents went at once and put his money to work and gained five more. |
| Akā, ʻo ka mea iā ia ke tālena hoʻokahi, akula ia, ʻeli ihola ma ka lepo, a hūnā ihola i ka moni a kona haku. | But the man who had received the one talent went off, dug a hole in the ground and hid his master's money. |
| maila ka mea iā ia nā tālena ʻelima, a lawe pū maila me ia i nā tālena hou ʻelima, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, ua hāʻawi mai ʻoe iaʻu i nā tālena ʻelima; eia hoʻi ia me nā tālena hou ʻelima aʻu i loaʻa ai. | The man who had received the five talents brought the other five. 'Master,' he said, 'you entrusted me with five talents. See, I have gained five more.' |
| maila hoʻi ka mea iā ia nā tālena ʻelua, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, ua hāʻawi mai ʻoe iaʻu i nā tālena ʻelua; eia hoʻi ia me nā tālena hou ʻelua aʻu i loaʻa ai. | "The man with the two talents also came. 'Master,' he said, 'you entrusted me with two talents; see, I have gained two more.' |
| maila hoʻi ka mea iā ia ke tālena hoʻokahi, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, ua ʻike nō au iā ʻoe he kanaka ʻoʻoleʻa, e ʻoki ana ma kahi āu i lūlū ʻole aku ai, a e ʻohi ana ma kahi āu i kānana ʻole aku ai: | "Then the man who had received the one talent came. 'Master,' he said, 'I knew that you are a hard man, harvesting where you have not sown and gathering where you have not scattered seed. |
| Makaʻu ihola au, a akula, hūnā ihola au i kāu tālena ma ka lepo; eia mai nō kāu. | So I was afraid and went out and hid your talent in the ground. See, here is what belongs to you.' |
| A laila, e ʻōlelo aku ke aliʻi i ka poʻe ma kona lima ʻākau, E mai ʻoukou, e ka poʻe i hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia e koʻu Makua, e komo ʻoukou i ke aupuni i hoʻomākaukau ʻia no ʻoukou mai ka hoʻokumu ʻana mai o ka honua. | "Then the King will say to those on his right, 'Come, you who are blessed by my Father; take your inheritance, the kingdom prepared for you since the creation of the world. |
| He kapa ʻole koʻu, a hōʻaʻahu maila ʻoukou iaʻu; maʻi ihola au, a ʻike maila ʻoukou iaʻu; ma loko hoʻi o ka hale paʻahao, a maila ʻoukou iaʻu. | I needed clothes and you clothed me, I was sick and you looked after me, I was in prison and you came to visit me.' |
| Ināhea hoʻi i ʻike ai mākou iā ʻoe, he maʻi, a i loko o ka hale paʻahao, a aku mākou i ou lā? | When did we see you sick or in prison and go to visit you?' |
| A ʻo kēia poʻe lā, e aku lākou i kahi make mau loa; akā, ʻo ka poʻe maikaʻi i loko o ke ola mau loa. | "Then they will go away to eternal punishment, but the righteous to eternal life." |
| maila kekahi wahine i ona lā, me ka ipu ʻalabatero, ua piha i ka mea poni makamae, a ninini ihola ia ma luna o kona poʻo i kona noho ʻana e ʻai. | a woman came to him with an alabaster jar of very expensive perfume, which she poured on his head as he was reclining at the table. |
| A laila, akula kekahi o ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, ʻo Iuda ʻIsekariote kona inoa, i ka poʻe kāhuna nui, | Then one of the Twelve--the one called Judas Iscariot--went to the chief priests |
| I ka lā mua o ka ʻahaʻaina berena hū ʻole, akula ka poʻe haumāna i o Iesū lā, ʻī akula iā ia, Ma hea lā kahi āu e makemake ai e hoʻomākaukau mākou nāu e ʻai i ka mōliaola? | On the first day of the Feast of Unleavened Bread, the disciples came to Jesus and asked, "Where do you want us to make preparations for you to eat the Passover?" |
| E aku ana ke Keiki a ke kanaka, e like me ka mea i palapala ʻia nona; auē hoʻi ke kanaka nāna e kumakaia ke Keiki a ke kanaka! Pōmaikaʻi ua kanaka lā, inā ʻaʻole i hānau ʻia mai ia. | The Son of Man will go just as it is written about him. But woe to that man who betrays the Son of Man! It would be better for him if he had not been born." |
| Hīmeni aʻela lākou, a laila akula lākou ma ka mauna ʻOliveta. | When they had sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives. |
| Akā, ma hope iho o kuʻu ala hou ʻana, e aku nō au ma mua o ʻoukou i Galilaia. | But after I have risen, I will go ahead of you into Galilee." |
| A laila, akula ʻo Iesū me lākou ma kekahi wahi ʻo Getesemane ka inoa; ʻī maila ia i ka poʻe haumāna, E noho iho ʻoukou ma ʻaneʻi, a aku au e pule ma ʻō. | Then Jesus went with his disciples to a place called Gethsemane, and he said to them, "Sit here while I go over there and pray." |
| iki akula ia, moe ihola kona alo i lalo, pule akula ia, ʻī akula, E koʻu Makua ē, inā paha he mea hiki ia, e lawe aku ʻoe i kēia kīʻaha mai oʻu aku nei; akā hoʻi, aia i kou makemake, ʻaʻole i koʻu. | Going a little farther, he fell with his face to the ground and prayed, "My Father, if it is possible, may this cup be taken from me. Yet not as I will, but as you will." |
| hou akula ia, ka lua ia o ka ʻana; pule akula ia, ʻī akula, E koʻu Makua, inā paha ʻaʻole ia he mea hiki ke lawe ʻia aku kēia kīʻaha mai oʻu aku nei, i inu ʻole au, inā nō e hana ʻia kou makemake. | He went away a second time and prayed, "My Father, if it is not possible for this cup to be taken away unless I drink it, may your will be done." |
| Waiho maila ia iā lākou, hou akula, ʻo ke kolu kēia o ka pule ʻana, ma kēlā ʻōlelo hoʻokahi nō. | So he left them and went away once more and prayed the third time, saying the same thing. |
| A laila, maila ia i kāna poʻe haumāna, ʻī maila iā lākou, E hiamoe nui aku ʻoukou, a e hoʻomaha iho: aia hoʻi, ke kokoke mai nei ka hora, a e kumakaia ʻia ana ke Keiki a ke kanaka a lilo i nā lima o ka poʻe hewa. | Then he returned to the disciples and said to them, "Are you still sleeping and resting? Look, the hour is near, and the Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. |
| A i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana, aia hoʻi, maila ʻo Iuda, kekahi o ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, me ia pū ka poʻe kānaka he nui, me nā pahi kaua a me nā newa, i hoʻouna ʻia mai e nā kāhuna nui a me nā lunakahiko. | While he was still speaking, Judas, one of the Twelve, arrived. With him was a large crowd armed with swords and clubs, sent from the chief priests and the elders of the people. |
| A pololei akula ia i o Iesū lā, ʻī akula, Aloha ʻoe, e Rabi, a honi akula iā ia. | Going at once to Jesus, Judas said, "Greetings, Rabbi!" and kissed him. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, E ka hoalauna, he aha kāu i mai nei? A laila akula lākou, a kau akula i nā lima ma luna o Iesū, a hoʻopaʻa ihola iā ia. | Jesus replied, "Friend, do what you came for." Then the men stepped forward, seized Jesus and arrested him. |
| Ia hora nō, ʻōlelo akula Iesū i ka poʻe kānaka, Ke mai nei anei ʻoukou i waho nei me nā pahi kaua a me nā newa e lālau mai iaʻu, e like me ka lālau ʻana i ka pōwā? Ua noho pū au me ʻoukou i kēlā lā i kēia lā e aʻo ana i loko o ka luakini, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻoukou i lālau mai iaʻu. | At that time Jesus said to the crowd, "Am I leading a rebellion, that you have come out with swords and clubs to capture me? Every day I sat in the temple courts teaching, and you did not arrest me. |
| ʻAʻole naʻe i loaʻa. He nui nō hoʻi nā mea hōʻike wahaheʻe i mai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i loaʻa. Ma hope iho maila ʻelua mau mea hōʻike wahaheʻe, | But they did not find any, though many false witnesses came forward. Finally two came forward |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Iesū, ʻO ia kāu i ʻōlelo mai. A ke ʻōlelo aku nei hoʻi au iā ʻoukou, ma hope aku nei, e ʻike nō ʻoukou i ke keiki a ke kanaka e noho ana ma ka lima ʻākau o ka Mea mana, a e mai ana ma luna o nā ao o ka lani. | "Yes, it is as you say," Jesus replied. "But I say to all of you: In the future you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of the Mighty One and coming on the clouds of heaven." |
| Noho ihola ʻo Petero i waho ma ka pā hale; a maila kekahi kaikamahine i ona lā, ʻī maila, ʻO ʻoe nō hoʻi kekahi me Iesū no Galilaia. | Now Peter was sitting out in the courtyard, and a servant girl came to him. "You also were with Jesus of Galilee," she said. |
| akula ia i waho ma ka ʻīpuka, ʻike maila kekahi kaikamahine ʻē aʻe iā ia, a haʻi akula iā lākou i laila, ʻO ia nei nō hoʻi kekahi me Iesū no Nazareta. | Then he went out to the gateway, where another girl saw him and said to the people there, "This fellow was with Jesus of Nazareth." |
| Ma hope iho, maila ka poʻe e kū ana i laila, ʻī maila iā Petero, ʻOiaʻiʻo nō, ʻo ʻoe kekahi o lākou, no ka mea, ke hōʻike mai nei kāu ʻōlelo iā ʻoe iho. | After a little while, those standing there went up to Peter and said, "Surely you are one of them, for your accent gives you away." |
| A hoʻomanaʻo ihola ʻo Petero i ka mea a Iesū i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ia, Ma mua mai o ke ʻoʻoʻō ʻana o ka moa, e pākolu nō kāu hōʻole ʻana mai iaʻu. akula ia i waho, a uē walania ihola ia. | Then Peter remembered the word Jesus had spoken: "Before the rooster crows, you will disown me three times." And he went outside and wept bitterly. |
| Hoʻolei ihola ia i nā moni i lalo, ma loko o ka luakini, haʻalele akula a, a kāʻawe ihola iā ia iho. | So Judas threw the money into the temple and left. Then he went away and hanged himself. |
| I ko lākou ʻana i waho, loaʻa ihola iā lākou kekahi kanaka no Kurene, ʻo Simona kona inoa; koi akula lākou iā ia e amo i kona keʻa. | As they were going out, they met a man from Cyrene, named Simon, and they forced him to carry the cross. |
| ʻĪ maila kekahi poʻe, Alia, a ʻike kākou, e mai paha ʻo ʻElia e hoʻōla iā ia. | The rest said, "Now leave him alone. Let's see if Elijah comes to save him." |
| A maila i waho o nā hale kupapaʻu ma hope iho o kona ala hou ʻana mai, a komo akula i loko o ke kūlanakauhale hoʻāno, a ua ʻikea e nā mea he nui loa. | They came out of the tombs, and after Jesus' resurrection they went into the holy city and appeared to many people. |
| A ahiahi aʻela, maila kekahi kanaka waiwai no ʻArimataia, ʻo Iosepa kona inoa, he haumāna hoʻi ia na Iesū. | As evening approached, there came a rich man from Arimathea, named Joseph, who had himself become a disciple of Jesus. |
| akula ia i o Pilato lā, a noi akula i ke kino o Iesū. A laila kauoha akula ʻo Pilato, e hāʻawi ʻia mai ke kino. | Going to Pilate, he asked for Jesus' body, and Pilate ordered that it be given to him. |
| I ka lā ma hope iho o ka lā hoʻomalolo, ʻākoakoa akula ka poʻe kāhuna nui a me ka poʻe Parisaio i o Pilato lā, | The next day, the one after Preparation Day, the chief priests and the Pharisees went to Pilate. |
| No laila, e kauoha aku ʻoe i kiaʻi pono ʻia ai ka hale kupapaʻu a hiki i ka pō ʻakolu, o mai ka poʻe haumāna āna, a ʻaihue malū iā ia, a e ʻōlelo aku i nā kānaka, Ua ala mai ia mai ka make mai; a e nui loa aku ka hewa o kēia hoʻopunipuni hope i kēlā ma mua. | So give the order for the tomb to be made secure until the third day. Otherwise, his disciples may come and steal the body and tell the people that he has been raised from the dead. This last deception will be worse than the first." |
| akula lākou, hoʻopaʻa ihola i ka hale kupapaʻu, hōʻailona ihola i ka pōhaku, a hoʻonoho ihola i poʻe kiaʻi. | So they went and made the tomb secure by putting a seal on the stone and posting the guard. |
| A noa aʻela ka Sābati, a wehe aʻela ke alaula o ka lā mua o ka hebedoma, akula ʻo Maria no Magedala, a me kekahi Maria e nānā i ka hale kupapaʻu. | After the Sabbath, at dawn on the first day of the week, Mary Magdalene and the other Mary went to look at the tomb. |
| E haele koke ʻolua e haʻi aku i kāna poʻe haumāna, ua ala aʻe ia mai ka make mai; aia hoʻi, e aku ana ia ma mua o ʻoukou i Galilaia, ma laila ʻoukou e ʻike aku ai iā ia. Eia hoʻi, ua haʻi aku nō wau iā ʻolua. | Then go quickly and tell his disciples: 'He has risen from the dead and is going ahead of you into Galilee. There you will see him.' Now I have told you." |
| I ko lāua ʻana aku e haʻi i nā haumāna, aia hoʻi, hālāwai maila ʻo Iesū me lāua, ʻī maila, Aloha ʻolua! akula lāua, ʻapo aʻela ma kona wāwae, a hoʻomana akula iā ia. | Suddenly Jesus met them. "Greetings," he said. They came to him, clasped his feet and worshiped him. |
| A hala akula lāua, a laila, akula kekahi mau mea o ka poʻe kiaʻi i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, a haʻi akula i ka poʻe kāhuna nui i nā mea a pau i hana ʻia. | While the women were on their way, some of the guards went into the city and reported to the chief priests everything that had happened. |
| akula ka poʻe haumāna he ʻumikumamākahi i Galilaia, i ka mauna a Iesū i hōʻike mai ai iā lākou. | Then the eleven disciples went to Galilee, to the mountain where Jesus had told them to go. |
| maila ʻo Iesū, ʻōlelo maila iā lākou, ʻī maila, Ua hāʻawi ʻia mai iaʻu ka mana a pau ma ka lani a ma ka honua nei. | Then Jesus came to them and said, "All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. |
| E aʻe ʻoukou e hoʻohaumāna aku i nā lāhui kanaka a pau, e bapetizo ana iā lākou i loko o ka inoa o ka Makua, a ʻo ke Keiki, a ʻo ka ʻUhane Hemolele: | Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, |
| akula i ona lā ko ka ʻāina a pau ʻo Iudea, a me ko Ierusalema a pau, a bapetizo ʻia ihola lākou e ia i loko o ka muliwai ʻo Ioredane, me ka haʻi ʻana mai i ko lākou hewa. | The whole Judean countryside and all the people of Jerusalem went out to him. Confessing their sins, they were baptized by him in the Jordan River. |
| Aʻo maila ia, ʻī maila, E mai ana kekahi ma hope nei oʻu, ua ʻoi aku ia ma mua oʻu, ʻaʻole au e pono ke kūlou iho, e wehe i ke kaula o kona mau kāmaʻa. | And this was his message: "After me will come one more powerful than I, the thongs of whose sandals I am not worthy to stoop down and untie. |
| Eia kekahi, ia mau lā, maila ʻo Iesū, mai Nazareta o Galilaia mai, a bapetizo ʻia ihola ia e Ioane i loko o Ioredane. | At that time Jesus came from Nazareth in Galilee and was baptized by John in the Jordan. |
| Ma hope iho o ka paʻa ʻana o Ioane i loko o ka hale paʻahao, maila Iesū i Galilaia, me ka haʻi ʻana mai i ka ʻeuanelio no ke aupuni o ke Akua; | After John was put in prison, Jesus went into Galilee, proclaiming the good news of God. |
| I kona ʻana aʻe mai ka moana wai ʻo Galilaia, ʻike maila ʻo ia iā Simona, a me kona kaikaina, ʻo ʻAnederea, e kuʻu ana i ka ʻupena ma ka moana wai; no ka mea, he mau lawaiʻa lāua. | As Jesus walked beside the Sea of Galilee, he saw Simon and his brother Andrew casting a net into the lake, for they were fishermen. |
| A iki aʻela ia, ʻike maila ʻo ia iā Iakobo a Zebedaio, a me kona kaikaina ʻo Ioane, i luna pū lāua o ka moku e hono ana i nā ʻupena. | When he had gone a little farther, he saw James son of Zebedee and his brother John in a boat, preparing their nets. |
| aʻela lākou i Kaperenauma, komo koke aʻela ia i loko o ka hale hālāwai i ka lā Sābati, a aʻo maila. | They went to Capernaum, and when the Sabbath came, Jesus went into the synagogue and began to teach. |
| ʻĪ aʻela, ʻEā, he aha kāu iā mākou, e Iesū no Nazareta? I mai nei anei ʻoe e luku mai iā mākou? Ua ʻike nō au iā ʻoe; ʻo ʻoe nō ka mea hoʻāno a ke Akua. | "What do you want with us, Jesus of Nazareth? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are--the Holy One of God!" |
| A laila, maila ia, lālau ihola i kona lima, hoʻāla maila iā ia; a haʻalele koke ihola ke kuni iā ia, a lawelawe aʻela ia na lākou, | So he went to her, took her hand and helped her up. The fever left her and she began to wait on them. |
| A i ka pili o ke ao aʻe, i ka wā pōʻeleʻele, ala aʻela ia, akula i waho, a hiki i kahi mehameha, i laila ʻo ia i pule ai. | Very early in the morning, while it was still dark, Jesus got up, left the house and went off to a solitary place, where he prayed. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E kākou ma kēlā mau kūlanakauhale e aʻo aku ai au ma laila. ʻO koʻu mea ia i mai ai i waho nei. | Jesus replied, "Let us go somewhere else--to the nearby villages--so I can preach there also. That is why I have come." |
| akula kekahi maʻi lēpera i ona lā, kukuli ihola, nonoi aku iā ia, ʻī akula, Inā makemake ʻoe, e hiki nō iā ʻoe ke huikala mai iaʻu. | A man with leprosy came to him and begged him on his knees, "If you are willing, you can make me clean." |
| ʻĪ akula iā ia, E ao ʻoe, mai haʻi iki aku i kekahi; akā, e aku ʻoe e hōʻike aku iā ʻoe iho i ke kahuna, a e mōhai aku no kou huikala ʻia i ka mea a Mose i kauoha mai ai, i mea e ʻike ai lākou. | "See that you don't tell this to anyone. But go, show yourself to the priest and offer the sacrifices that Moses commanded for your cleansing, as a testimony to them." |
| A hiki aku ua kanaka lā i waho, hoʻolaha aʻela ia, a hoʻokaulana loa ia mea, no laila, i ʻole ai e hiki iā Iesū ke komo maopopo i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, i waho aku nō ia i nā wahi mehameha; a akula ko kēlā wahi, ko kēia wahi i ona lā. | Instead he went out and began to talk freely, spreading the news. As a result, Jesus could no longer enter a town openly but stayed outside in lonely places. Yet the people still came to him from everywhere. |
| A ma hope iho o ia mau lā, hou akula nō ʻo Iesū i Kaperenauma, a lohe ʻia aʻela kona noho ʻana i loko o ka hale. | A few days later, when Jesus again entered Capernaum, the people heard that he had come home. |
| maila lākou i ona lā, e halihali pū mai ana i kekahi maʻi lōlō, i kaʻikaʻi ʻia e nā mea ʻehā. | Some men came, bringing to him a paralytic, carried by four of them. |
| Ma hea ka hiki pono o ka ʻōlelo i ka maʻi lōlō, Ua kala ʻia kou hewa; a ʻo ka ʻōlelo paha, E ala aʻe, e kaʻikaʻi i kou wahi moe, a e? | Which is easier: to say to the paralytic, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up, take your mat and walk'? |
| Ala koke aʻela ia, kaʻikaʻi aʻela i kona wahi moe, a akula i waho, i mua o lākou a pau; no laila, mahalo akula lākou a pau, hoʻonani akula i ke Akua, ʻī ihola, ʻAkahi nō kākou i ʻike i kēia. | He got up, took his mat and walked out in full view of them all. This amazed everyone and they praised God, saying, "We have never seen anything like this!" |
| hou akula ia ma kapa o ka moana wai; a maila nā kānaka a pau i ona lā, a aʻo maila ʻo ia iā lākou. | Once again Jesus went out beside the lake. A large crowd came to him, and he began to teach them. |
| A i kona ʻana aʻe, ʻike ihola ʻo ia iā Levi a ʻAlapaio, e noho ana i kahi ʻauhau, ʻī maila iā ia, E hahai mai ʻoe iaʻu. Kū aʻela ia, a hahai akula iā ia. | As he walked along, he saw Levi son of Alphaeus sitting at the tax collector's booth. "Follow me," Jesus told him, and Levi got up and followed him. |
| Lohe aʻela Iesū, ʻī akula ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻAʻole no ka poʻe ola ke kahuna lapaʻau, no ka poʻe maʻi nō ia. I mai nei au e aʻo aku i ka poʻe lawehala e mihi, ʻaʻole i ka poʻe pono. | On hearing this, Jesus said to them, "It is not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick. I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners." |
| He poʻe hoʻokē ʻai nā haumāna a Ioane, a me nā Parisaio; a maila lākou, nīnau maila iā ia, No ke aha lā e hoʻokē ʻai ai nā haumāna a Ioane, a me nā Parisaio, ʻaʻole hoʻi hoʻokē ʻai kāu poʻe haumāna? | Now John's disciples and the Pharisees were fasting. Some people came and asked Jesus, "How is it that John's disciples and the disciples of the Pharisees are fasting, but yours are not?" |
| Eia kekahi, i kona ʻana i waena o nā mahina ʻai i ka lā Sābati, ʻako aku nā haumāna āna i nā huhui palaoa, i ko lākou ʻana. | One Sabbath Jesus was going through the grainfields, and as his disciples walked along, they began to pick some heads of grain. |
| akula ka poʻe Parisaio i waho, a me ko Herode poʻe, ʻōhumu ihola lākou e pepehi iā ia a make. | Then the Pharisees went out and began to plot with the Herodians how they might kill Jesus. |
| akula Iesū i ka moana wai, me kāna poʻe haumāna; he nui nō hoʻi ka poʻe i hahai aku iā ia, no Galilaia a no Iudea. | Jesus withdrew with his disciples to the lake, and a large crowd from Galilee followed. |
| A no Ierusalema, a no ʻIdumia, a no kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, a me ka poʻe e kokoke ana i Turo, a me Sidona, he poʻe nui loa: i ko lākou lohe ʻana i nā mea āna i hana ai, maila lākou i ona lā. | When they heard all he was doing, many people came to him from Judea, Jerusalem, Idumea, and the regions across the Jordan and around Tyre and Sidon. |
| A laila, piʻi aʻela ia i ka mauna, hea maila i ka poʻe āna i makemake ai, a akula lākou i ona lā. | Jesus went up on a mountainside and called to him those he wanted, and they came to him. |
| A lohe kona poʻe, mai lākou e lālau iā ia, no ka mea, ʻōlelo lākou, Ua hehena ia. | When his family heard about this, they went to take charge of him, for they said, "He is out of his mind." |
| A laila, akula kona makuahine a me kona mau hoahānau, kū ihola i waho, hoʻouna akula i ona lā e kiʻi iā ia. | Then Jesus' mother and brothers arrived. Standing outside, they sent someone in to call him. |
| E hoʻolohe mai; aia hoʻi, akula kekahi kanaka lūlū hua, e lūlū. | "Listen! A farmer went out to sow his seed. |
| Eia ka poʻe ma kapa alanui, ma kahi i lūlū ʻia ai ka ʻōlelo, a lohe lākou, a laila koke mai ʻo Sātana a kāʻili aku i ka ʻōlelo i lūlū ʻia i loko o ko lākou naʻau. | Some people are like seed along the path, where the word is sown. As soon as they hear it, Satan comes and takes away the word that was sown in them. |
| No ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻē aku Iesū iā ia, E ka ʻuhane ʻino, e aku ʻoe pēlā i waho o ia kanaka. | For Jesus had said to him, "Come out of this man, you evil spirit!" |
| I kona eʻe ʻana i luna o ka moku, akula i ona lā ka mea i uluhia e ka daimonio, nonoi akula iā ia, e noho pū ʻo ia me ia. | As Jesus was getting into the boat, the man who had been demon-possessed begged to go with him. |
| aʻela ia, a hoʻomaka aʻela e haʻi aku ma Dekapoli i nā mea a Iesū i hana ai nona; a kāhāhā ihola ka naʻau o nā kānaka a pau. | So the man went away and began to tell in the Decapolis how much Jesus had done for him. And all the people were amazed. |
| Aia hoʻi, maila kekahi luna hale hālāwai, ʻo Iaʻēro kona inoa, a ʻike ʻo ia iā ia, hāʻule ihola ia ma kona mau wāwae. | Then one of the synagogue rulers, named Jairus, came there. Seeing Jesus, he fell at his feet |
| A nonoi nui aʻela iā ia, ʻī aʻela, Ke waiho lā kuʻu kaikamahine i ka wēlau o ka make; e aʻe ʻoe, e kau iho i kou lima ma luna ona, a e ola nō ia. | and pleaded earnestly with him, "My little daughter is dying. Please come and put your hands on her so that she will be healed and live." |
| A pū akula Iesū me ia, he nui loa nā kānaka i hahai pū akula, a hoʻokē ihola iā ia. | So Jesus went with him. A large crowd followed and pressed around him. |
| A lohe akula ia no Iesū, a laila, maila ia ma hope, a i loko o ka ʻaha kanaka, hoʻopā akula i kona kapa. | When she heard about Jesus, she came up behind him in the crowd and touched his cloak, |
| Akā, ʻo ua wahine lā, maila ia me ka makaʻu, a me ka haʻalulu, no ka mea, ua ʻike pono ia i ka mea i hana ʻia aʻe i loko ona, a haʻi pololei akula iā ia. | Then the woman, knowing what had happened to her, came and fell at his feet and, trembling with fear, told him the whole truth. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā ia, E kuʻu kaikamahine, ua ola ʻoe i kou manaʻoʻiʻo! E pōmaikaʻi ʻoe, me ke ola ʻana o kou maʻi. | He said to her, "Daughter, your faith has healed you. Go in peace and be freed from your suffering." |
| A i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana, maila kekahi mea, no ka luna hale hālāwai, ʻī maila, Ua make kou kaikamahine, no ke aha lā ʻoe e hoʻoluhi hou aku ai i ke kumu? | While Jesus was still speaking, some men came from the house of Jairus, the synagogue ruler. "Your daughter is dead," they said. "Why bother the teacher any more?" |
| Ala koke aʻela ke kaikamahine, a aʻela; no ka mea, he ʻumikumamālua kona mau makahiki: a kāhāhā nui loa ihola ko lākou naʻau. | Immediately the girl stood up and walked around (she was twelve years old). At this they were completely astonished. |
| Haʻalele ihola ia i kēlā wahi, a i kona ʻāina iho; a hahai akula kāna poʻe haumāna iā ia. | Jesus left there and went to his hometown, accompanied by his disciples. |
| A kāhāhā ihola ia no ko lākou hoʻomaloka ʻana: aʻela ia i nā kauhale, e aʻo ana iā lākou. | And he was amazed at their lack of faith. Then Jesus went around teaching from village to village. |
| Pāpā maila ʻo ia iā lākou, mai lawe ʻoukou i kekahi mea no ka ʻana, i koʻokoʻo wale nō, ʻaʻohe pūʻolo, ʻaʻohe berena, ʻaʻohe kālā i loko o ka hīpuʻu. | These were his instructions: "Take nothing for the journey except a staff--no bread, no bag, no money in your belts. |
| A ʻo ka mea hoʻokipa ʻole mai iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻolohe mai i kā ʻoukou, a i ko ʻoukou ʻana aku, e lūlū i ka lepo ma lalo o ko ʻoukou mau wāwae, i mea hōʻike no lākou. ʻOiaʻiʻo ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, i ka lā hoʻopaʻi, e aho nō ka make ʻana o ko Sodoma a me Gomora, i ko ia kūlanakauhale. | And if any place will not welcome you or listen to you, shake the dust off your feet when you leave, as a testimony against them." |
| aʻela lākou i waho, aʻo akula i kānaka, e mihi lākou. | They went out and preached that people should repent. |
| akula ia i waho, ʻī akula i kona makuahine, He aha lā uaneʻi kaʻu mea e noi aku ai? ʻŌlelo maila ia, ʻO ke poʻo o Ioane Bapetite. | She went out and said to her mother, "What shall I ask for?" "The head of John the Baptist," she answered. |
| A wikiwiki aʻela ia i ke aliʻi, nonoi aʻela, ʻī aʻe, Makemake au e hāʻawi koke mai ʻoe iaʻu i ke poʻo o Ioane Bapetite, ma luna o kekahi pā. | At once the girl hurried in to the king with the request: "I want you to give me right now the head of John the Baptist on a platter." |
| Kēnā koke aʻela ke aliʻi i kekahi ilāmuku, ʻōlelo aʻela e lawe ʻia mai kona poʻo. akula ia, a ʻoki aʻela i kona poʻo i loko o ka hale paʻahao; | So he immediately sent an executioner with orders to bring John's head. The man went, beheaded John in the prison, |
| Lohe ihola kāna poʻe haumāna, maila lākou, a lawe akula i ke kino, a waiho ihola i loko o ka hale kupapaʻu. | On hearing of this, John's disciples came and took his body and laid it in a tomb. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E kaʻawale mai ʻoukou, a i kahi mehameha, ʻo ʻoukou wale nō, a e hoʻomaha iki: no ka mea, ua nui loa ka poʻe i mai, a i aku, no ia mea, ʻaʻole o lākou wā kaʻawale, e ʻai ai i ka ʻai. | Then, because so many people were coming and going that they did not even have a chance to eat, he said to them, "Come with me by yourselves to a quiet place and get some rest." |
| A aʻela Iesū i waho, ʻike maila ia i ka ʻaha kanaka he nui loa, haʻehaʻe ihola kona aloha iā lākou; no ka mea, ua like lākou me nā hipa kahu ʻole, a hoʻomaka ia e aʻo mai iā lākou i nā mea he nui. | When Jesus landed and saw a large crowd, he had compassion on them, because they were like sheep without a shepherd. So he began teaching them many things. |
| I ke kokoke ʻana e pō ka lā, akula kāna poʻe haumāna i ona lā, ʻī akula, He wahi wao nahele kēia, a kokoke e pō ka lā; | By this time it was late in the day, so his disciples came to him. "This is a remote place," they said, "and it's already very late. |
| E hoʻokuʻu aku ʻoe iā lākou, e lākou ma kahi mahina ʻai, a ma nā kūlanakauhale, e kūʻai i berena na lākou; no ka mea, ʻaʻole a lākou mea e pāʻina ai. | Send the people away so they can go to the surrounding countryside and villages and buy themselves something to eat." |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E hāʻawi aku ʻoukou i ʻai na lākou. ʻĪ akula lākou iā ia, E anei mākou e kūʻai lilo aku i ʻelua haneri denari, i mea e loaʻa mai ai ka berena e hāʻawi aku iā lākou e ʻai? | But he answered, "You give them something to eat." They said to him, "That would take eight months of a man's wages ! Are we to go and spend that much on bread and give it to them to eat?" |
| Nīnau maila ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻEhia nā pōpō berena a ʻoukou? E e nānā. A ʻike lākou, haʻi akula, ʻElima a me nā iʻa ʻelua. | "How many loaves do you have?" he asked. "Go and see." When they found out, they said, "Five--and two fish." |
| A pau kāna hoʻihoʻi ʻana aku iā lākou, akula ia i ka mauna e pule. | After leaving them, he went up on a mountainside to pray. |
| ʻIke aʻe ʻo ia iā lākou e hoʻoikaika ana ma ka hoe, no ka mea, ua pākuʻi mai ka makani ma mua o lākou; a hiki aʻela i ka hā o ka wati o ka pō, maila ia i o lākou lā, e ana ma luna o ka moana wai, a manaʻo ihola ia e māʻalo aʻe, ma ʻō aʻe o lākou. | He saw the disciples straining at the oars, because the wind was against them. About the fourth watch of the night he went out to them, walking on the lake. He was about to pass by them, |
| ʻIke aʻela lākou iā ia i ka ʻana ma luna iho o ka moana wai, manaʻo ihola lākou he ʻuhane, a hoʻōho nui akula; | but when they saw him walking on the lake, they thought he was a ghost. They cried out, |
| A laila, ʻākoakoa maila ka poʻe Parisaio i ona lā, a me kekahi poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, e ana, mai Ierusalema mai. | The Pharisees and some of the teachers of the law who had come from Jerusalem gathered around Jesus and |
| A laila, nīnau aʻela ka poʻe Parisaio, a me ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo iā ia, No ke aha lā e ʻole ai kāu poʻe haumāna ma nā kauoha a nā lunakahiko, akā, ke ʻai nei lākou i ka berena me nā lima haumia? | So the Pharisees and teachers of the law asked Jesus, "Why don't your disciples live according to the tradition of the elders instead of eating their food with 'unclean' hands?" |
| ʻEu aʻela ia i luna, a akula i nā mokuna ʻo Turo, a me Sidona, komo akula i loko o kekahi hale, ʻaʻole ia i makemake e ʻike mai kekahi kanaka iā ia, ʻaʻole naʻe ia i hiki ke nalo. | Jesus left that place and went to the vicinity of Tyre. He entered a house and did not want anyone to know it; yet he could not keep his presence secret. |
| No ka mea, ua lohe ʻē nona kekahi wahine nāna ke kaikamahine i uluhia e ka ʻuhane ʻino, maila ia, a moe ihola ma kona mau wāwae. | In fact, as soon as she heard about him, a woman whose little daughter was possessed by an evil spirit came and fell at his feet. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā ia, No kēia ʻōlelo, e hoʻi ʻoe, ua ka daimonio, mai loko aku o kāu kaikamahine. | Then he told her, "For such a reply, you may go; the demon has left your daughter." |
| Hiki akula ia i kona hale, ʻike akula ia, ua aku nō ka daimonio, mai loko aku, a ua hoʻomoe ʻia nō ke kaikamahine i luna o kahi moe. | She went home and found her child lying on the bed, and the demon gone. |
| Haʻalele akula ia i nā mokuna ʻo Turo, a me Sidona, a maila ia ma waena o nā ʻāina ʻo Dekapoli, a i ka moana wai ʻo Galilaia. | Then Jesus left the vicinity of Tyre and went through Sidon, down to the Sea of Galilee and into the region of the Decapolis. |
| Inā e hoʻokuʻu aku au iā lākou i ko lākou hale me ka pōloli, e māʻuleʻule nō lākou ma ke alanui; no ka mea, mai kahi lōʻihi ka ʻana mai o kekahi poʻe o lākou. | If I send them home hungry, they will collapse on the way, because some of them have come a long distance." |
| maila ka poʻe Parisaio, a hoʻomaka e ninaninau mai iā ia, me ka ʻimi i hōʻailona āna, mai ka lani mai, i hoʻāʻo ai lākou iā ia. | The Pharisees came and began to question Jesus. To test him, they asked him for a sign from heaven. |
| maila ia i Betesaida, a laila, halihali aʻela lākou i kekahi kanaka makapō i ona lā, nonoi akula iā ia, e hoʻopā mai iā ia. | They came to Bethsaida, and some people brought a blind man and begged Jesus to touch him. |
| Nānā aʻela ia i luna, ʻī akula. Ke ʻike nei au i kānaka, me he mau lāʻau lā e ana. | He looked up and said, "I see people; they look like trees walking around." |
| Hoʻihoʻi aʻela ʻo Iesū iā ia i kona hale, ʻī aʻela, Mai aku i ke kauhale, mai haʻi aku i ko ke kauhale. | Jesus sent him home, saying, "Don't go into the village. " |
| akula Iesū, a me kāna poʻe haumāna i nā kauhale o Kaisareia Pilipi; nīnau aʻela ia i kāna poʻe haumāna ma ke alaloa, i ka ʻī ʻana, ʻO wai lā wau i kā kānaka ʻōlelo? | Jesus and his disciples went on to the villages around Caesarea Philippi. On the way he asked them, "Who do people say I am?" |
| Hāliu aʻela Iesū, nānā aʻela i kāna mau haumāna, pāpā aʻela iā Petero, ʻī aʻela, E ʻoe pēlā ma hope oʻu, e Sātana, no ka mea, ʻaʻole i like kou manaʻo me ko ke Akua, akā, me ko nā kānaka. | But when Jesus turned and looked at his disciples, he rebuked Peter. "Get behind me, Satan!" he said. "You do not have in mind the things of God, but the things of men." |
| ʻO ka mea e hilahila mai iaʻu a me kaʻu ʻōlelo, i kēia hanauna kolohe a hana hewa, e hilahila nō hoʻi ke Keiki a ke kanaka iā ia i kona wā e mai ai me ka nani o kona Makua, me nā ʻānela hemolele. | If anyone is ashamed of me and my words in this adulterous and sinful generation, the Son of Man will be ashamed of him when he comes in his Father's glory with the holy angels." |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻOiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou; ke kū mai nei kekahi mau mea, ʻaʻole lākou e make ʻē, a ʻike nō lākou i ka ʻana mai o ke aupuni o ke Akua me ka mana. | And he said to them, "I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see the kingdom of God come with power." |
| Nīnau akula lākou iā ia, ʻī akula, No ke aha lā i ʻōlelo mai ai ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, ʻO ʻElia ke ʻē mai ma mua e pono ai? | And they asked him, "Why do the teachers of the law say that Elijah must come first?" |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻī maila, ʻOiaʻiʻo nō ʻo ʻElia ke ʻē mai ana, e hoʻoponopono i nā mea a pau loa. Ua palapala ʻia nō hoʻi ka hoʻomāinoino ʻia ʻo ke Keiki a ke kanaka, a me kona hoʻowahāwahā ʻia. | Jesus replied, "To be sure, Elijah does come first, and restores all things. Why then is it written that the Son of Man must suffer much and be rejected? |
| A maila ia i kāna poʻe haumāna, ʻike aʻela ia i nā kānaka he nui loa, a me ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, e ninaninau ana iā lākou. | When they came to the other disciples, they saw a large crowd around them and the teachers of the law arguing with them. |
| ʻIke maila Iesū i ka lulumi ʻana mai o kānaka, a laila, pāpā akula ia i ka ʻuhane ʻino, ʻī akula iā ia, Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ka ʻuhane ʻāʻā, a kuli, e aku ʻoe pēlā, mai loko aku ona, mai komo hou i loko ona. | When Jesus saw that a crowd was running to the scene, he rebuked the evil spirit. "You deaf and mute spirit," he said, "I command you, come out of him and never enter him again." |
| akula lākou, mai ia wahi aku, ma loko o Galilaia; ʻaʻole naʻe ia i makemake e ʻike mai kekahi. | They left that place and passed through Galilee. Jesus did not want anyone to know where they were, |
| A akula lākou i Kaperenauma; a i kona noho ʻana i loko o ka hale, a laila, nīnau maila ʻo ia iā lākou, He aha kā ʻoukou i kamaʻilio ai ma ke alaloa? | They came to Capernaum. When he was in the house, he asked them, "What were you arguing about on the road?" |
| A laila kū aʻela ia i luna, a akula ia ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, a i nā mokuna o Iudea; a ʻākoakoa hou maila nā kānaka i ona lā, aʻo hou maila ʻo ia iā lākou, e like me kāna ʻoihana ma mua. | Jesus then left that place and went into the region of Judea and across the Jordan. Again crowds of people came to him, and as was his custom, he taught them. |
| maila ka poʻe Parisaio i ona lā, me ka hoʻāʻo mai iā ia, ʻī maila, He mea pono anei i ke kāne ke hōʻoki i kāna wahine? | Some Pharisees came and tested him by asking, "Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife?" |
| ʻIke maila Iesū, a laila, huhū ihola ia, ʻī maila iā lākou, E ʻae aku ʻoukou i kamaliʻi ke mai i oʻu nei, mai pāpā aku hoʻi iā lākou; no ka mea, e like me lākou nei ke aupuni o ke Akua. | When Jesus saw this, he was indignant. He said to them, "Let the little children come to me, and do not hinder them, for the kingdom of God belongs to such as these. |
| I kona ʻana aku ma ke alaloa, holo kikī aʻela kekahi i ona lā, kukuli ihola i mua ona, ʻī aʻela, E ke Kumu maikaʻi ē, he aha lā kaʻu mea e hana ai, i loaʻa iaʻu ke ola loa? | As Jesus started on his way, a man ran up to him and fell on his knees before him. "Good teacher," he asked, "what must I do to inherit eternal life?" |
| Nānā maila Iesū iā ia, aloha ihola, a ʻōlelo maila iā ia, Hoʻokahi ou mea hemahema; e hoʻi aku ʻoe, e kūʻai lilo aku i kou waiwai a pau, a e hāʻawi aku i ka poʻe ʻilihune, a laila e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka waiwai ma ka lani; a e mai ʻoe e hāpai i ke keʻa, a e hahai mai iaʻu. | Jesus looked at him and loved him. "One thing you lack," he said. "Go, sell everything you have and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow me." |
| A laila kaumaha loa ihola kēlā ia ʻōlelo, a akula me ka minamina, no ka mea, ua nui loa kona waiwai. | At this the man's face fell. He went away sad, because he had great wealth. |
| Iā lākou ma ke alanui e piʻi ana i Ierusalema, akula Iesū ma mua o lākou; a kāhāhā ihola ko lākou naʻau; a i ko lākou hahai ʻana aku, makaʻu ihola lākou. Lawe hou maila ia i ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, a hoʻomaka e haʻi maila iā lākou i kona mea e hana ʻia mai ai; | They were on their way up to Jerusalem, with Jesus leading the way, and the disciples were astonished, while those who followed were afraid. Again he took the Twelve aside and told them what was going to happen to him. |
| No ka mea, ʻo ke Keiki a ke kanaka, ʻaʻole ia i mai no ka hoʻokauā ʻia mai, akā, no ka hoʻokauā aku, a e hāʻawi i kona ola i kumu hoʻōla no nā mea he nui loa. | For even the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many." |
| A hiki maila lākou i Ieriko; a i ko lākou ʻana, mai Ieriko aku, me kāna mau haumāna, a me nā kānaka he nui loa, e noho ana ma kapa alanui, ka makapō, ʻo Batimea, ke keiki a Timea, e nonoi ana. | Then they came to Jericho. As Jesus and his disciples, together with a large crowd, were leaving the city, a blind man, Bartimaeus (that is, the Son of Timaeus), was sitting by the roadside begging. |
| A lohe aʻela ia i ko Iesū ʻana aʻe, hoʻomaka ia e kāhea aʻe, ʻī aʻela, E Iesū ē, e ke Keiki a Dāvida, e aloha mai ʻoe iaʻu. | When he heard that it was Jesus of Nazareth, he began to shout, "Jesus, Son of David, have mercy on me!" |
| Haʻalele ihola ia i kona ʻaʻahu, kū aʻela i luna, a mai i o Iesū lā. | Throwing his cloak aside, he jumped to his feet and came to Jesus. |
| ʻĪ akula Iesū iā ia, Ō, ua ola ʻoe, i kou manaʻoʻiʻo. Loaʻa koke aʻela iā ia ka ʻike, a hahai akula iā Iesū, ma ke alaloa. | "Go," said Jesus, "your faith has healed you." Immediately he received his sight and followed Jesus along the road. |
| ʻĪ maila iā lāua, E ʻolua i kēlā kūlanakauhale ma mua o ʻolua; a i ko ʻolua komo ʻana i loko, e loaʻa koke nō iā ʻolua kekahi hoki keiki, ua nakinaki ʻia, ʻaʻole i noho ʻia e ke kanaka; e kala aʻe ʻolua, a e alakaʻi mai. | saying to them, "Go to the village ahead of you, and just as you enter it, you will find a colt tied there, which no one has ever ridden. Untie it and bring it here. |
| akula lāua, a loaʻa ihola iā lāua ka hoki keiki, ua nakinaki ʻia ma ka ʻīpuka ma waho, ma nā huina alanui. Kala aʻela lāua iā ia. | They went and found a colt outside in the street, tied at a doorway. As they untied it, |
| Hoʻokani akula ka poʻe i ma mua, a me lākou e hahai ana ma hope, ʻī akula, Hōsana; nani wale ka mea i mai ma ka inoa o ka Haku. | Those who went ahead and those who followed shouted, "Hosanna! " "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord!" |
| Pōmaikaʻi ke aupuni o ko kākou kupuna kāne, ʻo Dāvida, e mai ana ma ka inoa o ka Haku: Hōsana i luna lilo loa. | "Blessed is the coming kingdom of our father David!" "Hosanna in the highest!" |
| A komo akula ʻo Iesū i loko o Ierusalema, a i loko o ka luakini, a nānā aʻela ia i nā mea a pau loa; a ahiahi aʻela, akula ia me kāna poʻe haumāna i Betania. | Jesus entered Jerusalem and went to the temple. He looked around at everything, but since it was already late, he went out to Bethany with the Twelve. |
| ʻIke akula ia i kekahi lāʻau fiku, ma kahi mamao aku, he lau ma luna; aʻela ia e ʻimi i ko luna o ka lāʻau; a hiki aʻela ia i laila, loaʻa iā ia he lau wale nō; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia ʻo ka manawa fiku. | Seeing in the distance a fig tree in leaf, he went to find out if it had any fruit. When he reached it, he found nothing but leaves, because it was not the season for figs. |
| A ahiahi aʻela, akula ia i waho o ke kūlanakauhale. | When evening came, they went out of the city. |
| hou maila lākou i Ierusalema; a i kona ʻana i loko o ka luakini, maila i ona lā ka poʻe kāhuna nui, a me ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, a me ka poʻe lunakahiko, | They arrived again in Jerusalem, and while Jesus was walking in the temple courts, the chief priests, the teachers of the law and the elders came to him. |
| A laila, hoʻomaka ʻo ia e ʻōlelo mai iā lākou ma nā ʻōlelo nane. Kanu ihola kekahi kanaka i ka māla waina, a hana ihola ia i ka pā a puni, a kōhi i lalo i kahi e kaomi ai i ka waina, kūkulu ihola i ka hale kiaʻi, hāʻawi aʻela i nā hoaʻāina, a akula i ka ʻāina ʻē. | He then began to speak to them in parables: "A man planted a vineyard. He put a wall around it, dug a pit for the winepress and built a watchtower. Then he rented the vineyard to some farmers and went away on a journey. |
| No ia mea, pehea lā uaneʻi e hana mai ai ka haku o ia māla waina? E mai nō ia a e luku iho ia poʻe hoaʻāina, a e hāʻawi aku i ka māla waina no haʻi. | "What then will the owner of the vineyard do? He will come and kill those tenants and give the vineyard to others. |
| ʻImi ihola lākou e hopu iā ia, a makaʻu aʻela lākou i kānaka; no ka mea, ua ʻike lākou, ua ʻōlelo ʻo ia i kēia ʻōlelo nane no lākou: a haʻalele lākou iā ia, a aku. | Then they looked for a way to arrest him because they knew he had spoken the parable against them. But they were afraid of the crowd; so they left him and went away. |
| A laila, akula i ona lā, nā Sadukaio ka poʻe i ʻōlelo, ʻAʻole e ala hou mai; nīnau akula lākou iā ia, ʻī akula, | Then the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, came to him with a question. |
| maila kekahi o ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, a lohe i kā lākou kamaʻilio ʻana, a ʻike ia i ka pono o kā Iesū ʻōlelo ʻana, a laila, nīnau akula ʻo ia iā ia, He aha lā ke kānāwai nui o nā kānāwai a pau? | One of the teachers of the law came and heard them debating. Noticing that Jesus had given them a good answer, he asked him, "Of all the commandments, which is the most important?" |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou ma kāna aʻo ʻana, E ao ʻoukou no kā ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo; ke makemake nei lākou e me ke kapa lōʻihi, a me ke aloha ʻia mai ma kahi kūʻai, | As he taught, Jesus said, "Watch out for the teachers of the law. They like to walk around in flowing robes and be greeted in the marketplaces, |
| maila kekahi wahine kāne make hune, hoʻolei maila ia i ʻelua lepeta, a ʻo lāua pū, hoʻokahi ia keneta. | But a poor widow came and put in two very small copper coins, worth only a fraction of a penny. |
| A i kona ʻana mai loko aku o ka luakini, ʻōlelo akula kekahi o kāna poʻe haumāna iā ia, E ke kumu, e nānā ʻoe, nani wale ke ʻano o kēia mau pōhaku, a me nā hale. | As he was leaving the temple, one of his disciples said to him, "Look, Teacher! What massive stones! What magnificent buildings!" |
| No ka mea, he nui nā mea e mai ana ma koʻu inoa, me ka ʻōlelo mai, ʻO wau nō ia, a e alakaʻi hewa ʻia nā mea he nui loa. | Many will come in my name, claiming, 'I am he,' and will deceive many. |
| I laila lākou e ʻike ai i ke Keiki a ke kanaka e mai ana ma nā ao me ka mana nui, a me ka nani. | "At that time men will see the Son of Man coming in clouds with great power and glory. |
| E like auaneʻi ia me ke kanaka e ana i kahi lōʻihi, haʻalele ia i kona hale, kauoha aʻela i kāna poʻe kauā, a hāʻawi i kēlā, a i kēia i kāna hana, a kauoha mai i ke kiaʻi puka, e makaʻala. | It's like a man going away: He leaves his house and puts his servants in charge, each with his assigned task, and tells the one at the door to keep watch. |
| A aia ia i Betania, i loko o ka hale o Simona ka lēpero, e moe ana e ʻai i laila, maila kekahi wahine me ka ipu ʻalabata, he mea poni ko loko, he ʻaila ʻala, he mea kumu kūʻai nui; a wehe ia i ka ipu, a ninini ihola ia i luna iho o kona poʻo. | While he was in Bethany, reclining at the table in the home of a man known as Simon the Leper, a woman came with an alabaster jar of very expensive perfume, made of pure nard. She broke the jar and poured the perfume on his head. |
| ʻO ka mea hiki iā ia nei, ua hana ʻiʻo mai ia; a ua mua mai e poni i koʻu kino, no koʻu kanu ʻia. | She did what she could. She poured perfume on my body beforehand to prepare for my burial. |
| I laila ka ʻana o Iuda ʻIsekariota, kekahi o ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, i ka poʻe kāhuna nui, e kumakaia iā ia na lākou. | Then Judas Iscariot, one of the Twelve, went to the chief priests to betray Jesus to them. |
| A i ka lā mua o ka ʻahaʻaina berena hū ʻole, i ka wā e kālua ai i ka mōliaola, nīnau akula kāna poʻe haumāna iā ia, ʻAuhea lā kāu wahi makemake e ai mākou e hoʻomākaukau, i ʻai ʻoe i ka mōliaola? | On the first day of the Feast of Unleavened Bread, when it was customary to sacrifice the Passover lamb, Jesus' disciples asked him, "Where do you want us to go and make preparations for you to eat the Passover?" |
| A hoʻouna aʻela ia i nā haumāna āna ʻelua, ʻī aʻela iā lāua, E aku ʻolua i ke kūlanakauhale, a laila ʻolua e hālāwai ai me kekahi kanaka e hali ana i ke kīʻaha wai, e hahai aku ʻolua iā ia. | So he sent two of his disciples, telling them, "Go into the city, and a man carrying a jar of water will meet you. Follow him. |
| akula nā haumāna, a hiki akula i ke kūlanakauhale, loaʻa iā lāua e like me kāna mea i ʻōlelo mai ai iā lāua: a hoʻomākaukau lāua i ka mōliaola. | The disciples left, went into the city and found things just as Jesus had told them. So they prepared the Passover. |
| A i ke ahiahi maila ia me ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua. | When evening came, Jesus arrived with the Twelve. |
| Ke aku nei nō ke Keiki a ke kanaka, e like me ka mea i palapala ʻia mai ai nona; akā, auē ke kanaka nāna e kumakaia i ke Keiki a ke kanaka! E aho nō ia inā ʻaʻole i hānau ʻia mai ia. | The Son of Man will go just as it is written about him. But woe to that man who betrays the Son of Man! It would be better for him if he had not been born." |
| Hīmeni aʻela lākou, a laila akula i waho ma ka mauna ʻo ʻOliveta. | When they had sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives. |
| Akā, ma hope iho o koʻu ala hou ʻana mai, e aku au ma mua o ʻoukou i Galilaia. | But after I have risen, I will go ahead of you into Galilee." |
| A laila, maila lākou i kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Getesemane; ʻī maila ia i kāna poʻe haumāna, E noho ʻoukou ma ʻaneʻi, i kuʻu wā e pule ana. | They went to a place called Gethsemane, and Jesus said to his disciples, "Sit here while I pray." |
| iki akula ia a hina ihola ma ka lepo, a pule akula, inā e hiki ia mea, e lawe ʻia aku ia hora. | Going a little farther, he fell to the ground and prayed that if possible the hour might pass from him. |
| hou akula ia, a pule akula, ma ia ʻōlelo hoʻokahi ʻana nō. | Once more he went away and prayed the same thing. |
| hou maila ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻo ke kolu ia o kona ʻana mai, ʻī maila iā lākou, E hiamoe aku ʻoukou, e hoʻomaha. Ua pau, ua hiki mai nei ka hora; aia hoʻi, ua kumakaia ʻia ke Keiki a ke kanaka i ka lima o ka poʻe hewa. | Returning the third time, he said to them, "Are you still sleeping and resting? Enough! The hour has come. Look, the Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of sinners. |
| I kāna ʻōlelo ʻana, koke maila ʻo Iuda, kekahi o ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, a me ia nō nā kānaka he nui loa, me nā pahi kaua, a me nā newa, na ka poʻe kāhuna nui mai, a me ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, a me ka poʻe lunakahiko. | Just as he was speaking, Judas, one of the Twelve, appeared. With him was a crowd armed with swords and clubs, sent from the chief priests, the teachers of the law, and the elders. |
| A hiki maila ia, a laila koke akula ia i ona lā, ʻī akula, E Rabi, e Rabi; a honi akula iā ia. | Going at once to Jesus, Judas said, "Rabbi!" and kissed him. |
| ʻŌlelo maila Iesū, ʻī mai iā lākou, Ua mai nei anei ʻoukou i waho nei, me nā pahi kaua, a me nā newa e hopu mai iaʻu, me he pōwā lā? | "Am I leading a rebellion," said Jesus, "that you have come out with swords and clubs to capture me? |
| ʻŌlelo maila Iesū, ʻO wau nō ia; a e ʻike mai auaneʻi ʻoukou i ke Keiki a ke kanaka e noho ana ma ka lima ʻākau o ka Mana loa, a e mai ana ma nā ao o ka lani. | "I am," said Jesus. "And you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of the Mighty One and coming on the clouds of heaven." |
| I ko Petero noho ʻana ma lalo, ma ka pā, maila kekahi kaikamahine o ke kahuna nui. | While Peter was below in the courtyard, one of the servant girls of the high priest came by. |
| Hōʻole akula ia, ʻī akula, ʻAʻole au i ʻike iā ia, ʻaʻole hoʻi i maopopo iaʻu ka mea āu e ʻōlelo mai nei. A laila, akula ia i waho ma ka lānai, a ʻoʻoʻō maila ka moa. | But he denied it. "I don't know or understand what you're talking about," he said, and went out into the entryway. |
| A koi akula lākou i kekahi Simona no Kurenaio, e lawe i kona keʻa, e ana ia, mai ke kuaʻāina mai, ʻo ka makua kāne hoʻi ia o ʻAlekanedero, a me Rupo. | A certain man from Cyrene, Simon, the father of Alexander and Rufus, was passing by on his way in from the country, and they forced him to carry the cross. |
| Holo akula kekahi, a hoʻomaʻū i ka huʻahuʻakai i ka vīnega, kau ihola ma ka ʻohe, a hāʻawi aku iā ia e inu, ʻī aʻela, Alia; i ʻike kākou inā paha e mai ʻo ʻElia e wehe iā ia. | One man ran, filled a sponge with wine vinegar, put it on a stick, and offered it to Jesus to drink. "Now leave him alone. Let's see if Elijah comes to take him down," he said. |
| Ua hahai nō lākou ma muli ona, i kona wā ma Galilaia, a lawelawe akula nāna; a me nā wāhine ʻē he nui loa, a pū nō lākou me ia i Ierusalema. | In Galilee these women had followed him and cared for his needs. Many other women who had come up with him to Jerusalem were also there. |
| maila ʻo Iosepa no ʻArimataia, he luna kānāwai koʻikoʻi ia, e kakali ana i ke aupuni o ke Akua, akula ia i o Pilato lā, me ka hopohopo ʻole, a noi akula i ke kino o Iesū. | Joseph of Arimathea, a prominent member of the Council, who was himself waiting for the kingdom of God, went boldly to Pilate and asked for Jesus' body. |
| A hala aʻela ka Sābati, ua kūʻai ʻo Maria ka Magedala, a me Maria ka makuahine o Iakobo, a me Salome, i nā mea ʻala, a maila lākou e iʻaloa iā ia. | When the Sabbath was over, Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of James, and Salome bought spices so that they might go to anoint Jesus' body. |
| A i ke kakahiaka nui o ka lā mua o ka hebedoma i ka puka ʻana a ka lā, akula lākou i ka hale kupapaʻu. | Very early on the first day of the week, just after sunrise, they were on their way to the tomb |
| E hoʻi ʻoukou, e haʻi aku i kāna poʻe haumāna a me Petero, e aku ana ia ma mua o ʻoukou i Galilaia; ma laila ʻoukou e ʻike aku ai iā ia, e like me kāna i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoukou. | But go, tell his disciples and Peter, 'He is going ahead of you into Galilee. There you will see him, just as he told you.' " |
| aku lākou i waho, a holo mai ka hale kupapaʻu aku; a haʻalulu lākou me ka weliweli; ʻaʻole naʻe lākou i haʻi i kekahi, no ka mea, ua makaʻu lākou. | Trembling and bewildered, the women went out and fled from the tomb. They said nothing to anyone, because they were afraid. |
| akula ʻo ia, a haʻi akula i ka poʻe i noho pū me ia, iā lākou e ʻū ana, a e uē ana nō hoʻi. | She went and told those who had been with him and who were mourning and weeping. |
| A ma hope iho o ia mau mea, ʻike ʻia ʻo ia, me ke ʻano ʻokoʻa, e nā mea ʻelua, iā lāua e ana i ke kuaʻāina. | Afterward Jesus appeared in a different form to two of them while they were walking in the country. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E aku ʻoukou i nā ʻāina a pau, e haʻi aku i ka ʻEuanelio i nā kānaka a pau. | He said to them, "Go into all the world and preach the good news to all creation. |
| aʻe lākou, a aʻo akula ma nā wahi a pau; hana pū maila nō hoʻi ka Haku me lākou, e hōʻoiaʻiʻo ana i ka ʻōlelo, me nā hana mana e pili ana. ʻĀmene. okuna | Then the disciples went out and preached everywhere, and the Lord worked with them and confirmed his word by the signs that accompanied it. |
| Ua pono pū lāua i mua o ke Akua, e hala ʻole ana ma nā kānāwai a me nā ʻoihana a pau a ka Haku. | Both of them were upright in the sight of God, observing all the Lord's commandments and regulations blamelessly. |
| Ma muli o ka ʻoihana mua a ke kahuna, ʻo kāna hana kēia, e kuni i ka mea ʻala i kona ʻana i loko o ka luakini o ka Haku. | he was chosen by lot, according to the custom of the priesthood, to go into the temple of the Lord and burn incense. |
| E ana hoʻi ia ma mua ona, me ka ʻuhane a me ka mana o ʻElia, e hoʻohuli i ka naʻau o nā mākua i kā lākou mau keiki, a i ka poʻe lohe ʻole ma muli o ka naʻauao o ka poʻe pono; e hoʻoponopono ai i kānaka mākaukau no ka Haku. | And he will go on before the Lord, in the spirit and power of Elijah, to turn the hearts of the fathers to their children and the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous--to make ready a people prepared for the Lord." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Maria, Eia hoʻi ke kauā wahine a ka Haku; e like me kāu ʻōlelo, pēlā e hana ʻia mai ai noʻu. A laila, akula ka ʻānela mai ona aku. | "I am the Lord's servant," Mary answered. "May it be to me as you have said." Then the angel left her. |
| Ia mau lā, ʻeu aʻela ʻo Maria, a wikiwiki akula i ka ʻāina mauna, i kekahi kūlanakauhale o Iuda; | At that time Mary got ready and hurried to a town in the hill country of Judea, |
| No hea mai kēia iaʻu, i mai nei ka makuahine o koʻu Haku i oʻu nei? | But why am I so favored, that the mother of my Lord should come to me? |
| Eia kekahi, i ka walu o ka lā mai lākou e ʻoki poepoe i ke keiki; kapa aʻela lākou iā ia ma muli o ka inoa o kona makua kāne, ʻo Zakaria. | On the eighth day they came to circumcise the child, and they were going to name him after his father Zechariah, |
| A ʻo ʻoe, e ke keiki nei, e kapa ʻia aʻe ʻoe, He kāula na ka mea kiʻekiʻe loa; no ka mea, e ana ʻoe i mua o ka maka o ka Haku, e hoʻomākaukau i nā alanui nona; | And you, my child, will be called a prophet of the Most High; for you will go on before the Lord to prepare the way for him, |
| Pau nō i ka i kākau ʻia ai i ka palapala o kēlā mea kēia mea i kona kūlanakauhale iho. | And everyone went to his own town to register. |
| A aʻela hoʻi ia ma muli o ka ʻUhane i loko o ka luakini; a lawe aʻela nā mākua i ke keiki iā Iesū i loko, e hana aku ai nona ma muli o ka ʻoihana o ke kānāwai; | Moved by the Spirit, he went into the temple courts. When the parents brought in the child Jesus to do for him what the custom of the Law required, |
| nā mākua ona i Ierusalema i kēlā makahiki i kēia makahiki i ka ʻahaʻaina mōliaola. | Every year his parents went to Jerusalem for the Feast of the Passover. |
| Manaʻo nō lāua, aia nō ia ma loko o ka huakaʻi, nō lāua i ko kekahi lā ʻana; a ʻimi ihola lāua iā ia ma waena o nā hoahānau a me nā hoalauna. | Thinking he was in their company, they traveled on for a day. Then they began looking for him among their relatives and friends. |
| A laila ʻōlelo maila ʻo ia i nā ʻaha kanaka i aku i ona lā e bapetizo ʻia e ia, E ka poʻe hanauna moʻo niho ʻawa, na wai ʻoukou i ao aku e holo i pakele ai i ka inaina e kau mai ana? | John said to the crowds coming out to be baptized by him, "You brood of vipers! Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath? |
| A laila aʻela hoʻi nā luna ʻauhau e bapetizo ʻia, ʻī akula iā ia, E ke kumu, he aha kā mākou e hana ai? | Tax collectors also came to be baptized. "Teacher," they asked, "what should we do?" |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Ioane iā lākou a pau, ʻī maila, ʻO wau nō ke bapetizo nei iā ʻoukou me ka wai; akā, e mai ana kekahi, he ʻoi aku kona mana i koʻu, ʻaʻole au e pono ke wehe aʻe i nā kaula o kona mau kāmaʻa; ʻo ia ke bapetizo iā ʻoukou me ka ʻUhane Hemolele a me ke ahi. | John answered them all, "I baptize you with water. But one more powerful than I will come, the thongs of whose sandals I am not worthy to untie. He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire. |
| akula hoʻi Iesū, mai Ioredane aku me ka piha i ka ʻUhane Hemolele, a alakaʻi ʻia e ka ʻUhane i ka wao nahele; | Jesus, full of the Holy Spirit, returned from the Jordan and was led by the Spirit in the desert, |
| ʻŌlelo hou Iesū iā ia, ʻī aʻela, E pēlā ma hope oʻu, e Sātana; no ka mea, ua palapala ʻia, E hoʻomana ʻoe i ka Haku, i kou Akua, ʻo ia wale nō kāu e mālama aku ai. | Jesus answered, "It is written: 'Worship the Lord your God and serve him only.' " |
| A hoʻōki aʻela ka diabolō ia hoʻāʻo ʻana a pau, akula ia mai ona aku lā ia wā. | When the devil had finished all this tempting, he left him until an opportune time. |
| Akā, māʻalo aʻela ʻo ia i waenakonu o lākou, akula nō ia. | But he walked right through the crowd and went on his way. |
| A hoʻi ia i Kaperenauma i kekahi kūlanakauhale i Galilaia, a aʻo maila iā lākou i nā lā Sābati. | Then he went down to Capernaum, a town in Galilee, and on the Sabbath began to teach the people. |
| ʻĪ akula, ʻEā! He aha kāu iā mākou nei, e Iesū, no Nazareta? Ua mai anei ʻoe e luku iā mākou? Ua ʻike nō au iā ʻoe, ʻo ka mea hemolele nō ʻoe a ke Akua. | "Ha! What do you want with us, Jesus of Nazareth? Have you come to destroy us? I know who you are--the Holy One of God!" |
| A ia i waho o ka hale hālāwai, komo akula ia i loko o ka hale o Simona; ua loʻohia ka makuahōnōai wahine o Simona e ke kuni nui; nonoi akula lākou iā Iesū nona. | Jesus left the synagogue and went to the home of Simon. Now Simon's mother-in-law was suffering from a high fever, and they asked Jesus to help her. |
| A ao aʻela, akula i kahi nāhelehele; a ʻimi akula nā kānaka iā ia, a hiki i ona lā, kāohi ihola lākou iā ia e haʻalele ʻole ʻo ia iā lākou. | At daybreak Jesus went out to a solitary place. The people were looking for him and when they came to where he was, they tried to keep him from leaving them. |
| ʻIke akula ia i nā moku ʻelua e kū ana i ka moana wai; akā, ua ka poʻe lawaiʻa mai o lāua aku, e kaka ana i kā lākou mau ʻupena. | he saw at the water's edge two boats, left there by the fishermen, who were washing their nets. |
| A ʻike aʻela ʻo Simona Petero, a laila moe ihola ia ma nā kuli o Iesū, ʻī akula, E aku ʻoe mai oʻu aku nei, e ka Haku, no ka mea, he kanaka hewa wau. | When Simon Peter saw this, he fell at Jesus' knees and said, "Go away from me, Lord; I am a sinful man!" |
| Kauoha aʻela ʻo Iesū iā ia, mai haʻi aku iā haʻi, akā, e e hōʻike iā ʻoe iho i ke kahuna, a e hāʻawi aku hoʻi i ka mōhai no kou maʻemaʻe ʻana, e like me kā Mose i kauoha mai ai, i maopopo i kānaka. | Then Jesus ordered him, "Don't tell anyone, but go, show yourself to the priest and offer the sacrifices that Moses commanded for your cleansing, as a testimony to them." |
| akula ia i nā wahi mehameha, a pule ihola. | But Jesus often withdrew to lonely places and prayed. |
| Eia kekahi, i kekahi lā, i kāna aʻo ʻana, e noho kokoke ana nā Parisaio a me nā kumu aʻo kānāwai, nā mea i mai, mai nā kūlanakauhale a pau ma Galilaia a me Iudea mai, a mai Ierusalema mai hoʻi; a i laila ka mana o ka Haku e hoʻōla iā lākou. | One day as he was teaching, Pharisees and teachers of the law, who had come from every village of Galilee and from Judea and Jerusalem, were sitting there. And the power of the Lord was present for him to heal the sick. |
| Ma hea ka ʻuʻuku ke ʻōlelo, Ua kala ʻia nā hewa ou, a, ke ʻōlelo paha, e ala, a e? | Which is easier: to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'? |
| Akā, i ʻike ʻoukou he mana ko ke Keiki a ke kanaka ma ka honua e kala i ka hala, (ʻōlelo ia i ka mea maʻi lōlō,) Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ala, e kaʻikaʻi i kou wahi moe, a e aku i kou hale. | But that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins . . ." He said to the paralyzed man, "I tell you, get up, take your mat and go home." |
| Kū koke aʻela ia i mua o lākou, kaʻikaʻi aʻela i kona wahi moe, a akula i kona hale me ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻana i ke Akua. | Immediately he stood up in front of them, took what he had been lying on and went home praising God. |
| Ma hope iho o ia mau mea, aʻela ia, a ʻike ihola ia i ka luna ʻauhau, ʻo Levi kona inoa, e noho ana i kahi hoʻokupu; ʻī ihola ʻo ia iā ia, E hahai mai ʻoe iaʻu. | After this, Jesus went out and saw a tax collector by the name of Levi sitting at his tax booth. "Follow me," Jesus said to him, |
| ʻAʻole ka poʻe pono kaʻu i mai nei e aʻo aku, akā, ʻo ka poʻe hewa e mihi. | I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners to repentance." |
| Eia kekahi, a hala ka Sābati mua, a i ka lua, aʻela ia ma ka mahina huapalaoa; a ʻohi ihola kāna mau haumāna i nā huhui huapalaoa, ʻānaʻanai ihola i loko o nā lima, ʻai ihola. | One Sabbath Jesus was going through the grainfields, and his disciples began to pick some heads of grain, rub them in their hands and eat the kernels. |
| Eia kekahi, i kekahi lā Sābati aku, aʻela ʻo ia i loko o ka hale hālāwai a aʻo maila; a i laila ke kanaka ua maloʻo kona lima ʻākau. | On another Sabbath he went into the synagogue and was teaching, and a man was there whose right hand was shriveled. |
| Eia kekahi, ia mau lā nō, akula ia i ka mauna e pule; hoʻomau ihola ʻo ia i ka pule i ke Akua ia pō a ao. | One of those days Jesus went out to a mountainside to pray, and spent the night praying to God. |
| A iho maila ʻo ia me lākou, kū ihola ma kahi pāpū, a ʻo kāna poʻe haumāna, a me nā kānaka he lehulehu no Iudea a pau, no Ierusalema hoʻi, a no kahakai ʻo Turo a me Sidona, aku lākou e hoʻolohe iā ia, a e hoʻōla ʻia hoʻi ko lākou mau maʻi; | He went down with them and stood on a level place. A large crowd of his disciples was there and a great number of people from all over Judea, from Jerusalem, and from the coast of Tyre and Sidon, |
| ʻO ka mea i mai i oʻu nei, a i hoʻolohe mai i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo, a i mālama hoʻi ia mau mea, e hōʻike aku au iā ʻoukou i kona mea e like ai: | I will show you what he is like who comes to me and hears my words and puts them into practice. |
| A lohe aʻela ka luna haneri iā Iesū, hoʻouna akula ʻo ia i nā lunakahiko o ka poʻe Iudaio i ona lā, nonoi akula iā ia e mai e hoʻōla i kāna kauā. | The centurion heard of Jesus and sent some elders of the Jews to him, asking him to come and heal his servant. |
| A laila, pū maila Iesū me lākou. A kokoke maila ia i ka hale, hoʻouna akula ka luna haneri i nā hoaaloha i ona lā, e ʻōlelo aku iā ia, E ka Haku, mai hoʻoluhi ʻoe iā ʻoe iho; no ka mea, ʻaʻole oʻu pono e komo mai ai ʻoe i loko o kuʻu hale. | So Jesus went with them. He was not far from the house when the centurion sent friends to say to him: "Lord, don't trouble yourself, for I do not deserve to have you come under my roof. |
| No ia hoʻi ʻaʻole au i manaʻo e pono au ke aku i ou lā: akā hoʻi, e ʻī mai ʻoe i ka ʻōlelo, a e hoʻōla ʻia nō kuʻu kauā. | That is why I did not even consider myself worthy to come to you. But say the word, and my servant will be healed. |
| No ka mea, he kanaka nō wau i hoʻonoho ʻia ma lalo iho o ke aliʻi, he mau koa hoʻi koʻu ma lalo iho oʻu, a ʻī aku au i kekahi, E aku, a aku nō ia; a i kekahi, E mai, a mai nō ia; a i kuʻu kauā hoʻi, E hana ʻoe i kēia, a hana nō hoʻi ia. | For I myself am a man under authority, with soldiers under me. I tell this one, 'Go,' and he goes; and that one, 'Come,' and he comes. I say to my servant, 'Do this,' and he does it." |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi, ia lā aʻe, akula ia i ke kūlanakauhale, i kapa ʻia ʻo Naina; a he nui nā haumāna āna i pū me ia, a me nā kānaka he nui loa. | Soon afterward, Jesus went to a town called Nain, and his disciples and a large crowd went along with him. |
| aʻela Iesū a hoʻopā aʻela i ka mānele: kū mālie ihola ka poʻe e hali ana. ʻĪ aʻela ia, E ke kanaka hou, ke kauoha aku nei au iā ʻoe, E ala aʻe. | Then he went up and touched the coffin, and those carrying it stood still. He said, "Young man, I say to you, get up!" |
| Kāhea akula ʻo Ioane i kekahi mau haumāna āna ʻelua, hoʻouna akula i o Iesū lā e nīnau aku, ʻO ʻoe nō anei ka mea e mai ana? A ʻo ka mea ʻē aʻe anei kā mākou e kali ai? | he sent them to the Lord to ask, "Are you the one who was to come, or should we expect someone else?" |
| A hiki akula ua mau kānaka lā i o Iesū lā, ʻī akula, Na Ioane Bapetite māua i hoʻouna mai i ou nei e nīnau, ʻO ʻoe nō anei ka mea e mai ana? A, ʻo ka mea ʻē aʻe anei kā mākou e kali ai? | When the men came to Jesus, they said, "John the Baptist sent us to you to ask, 'Are you the one who was to come, or should we expect someone else?' " |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū, ʻī maila iā lāua, Ō uhoʻi, e haʻi aku ʻolua iā Ioane i kā ʻolua mea i ʻike iho nei, a i lohe iho nei; ua ʻike nā makapō, ua nā ʻoʻopa, ua hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia nā lēpero, ua lohe nā kuli, ua hoʻāla ʻia nā make, ua haʻi ʻia ka ʻōlelo maikaʻi i ka poʻe ʻilihune; | So he replied to the messengers, "Go back and report to John what you have seen and heard: The blind receive sight, the lame walk, those who have leprosy are cured, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, and the good news is preached to the poor. |
| A hala akula ua mau ʻelele lā a Ioane, hoʻomaka akula ʻo Iesū ē ʻōlelo i ka ʻaha kanaka, no Ioane, I lā ʻoukou i waho ma ka wao nahele e ʻike i ke aha? I ka ʻohe anei i hoʻoluli ʻia e ka makani? | After John's messengers left, Jesus began to speak to the crowd about John: "What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed swayed by the wind? |
| A i lā hoʻi ʻoukou i waho e ʻike i ke aha? I ke kanaka anei i kāhiko ʻia i ke kapa paheʻe? Aia hoʻi i loko o nā hale aliʻi ka poʻe i kāhiko ʻia i ke kapa nani, e noho leʻaleʻa ana. | If not, what did you go out to see? A man dressed in fine clothes? No, those who wear expensive clothes and indulge in luxury are in palaces. |
| A i lā hoʻi ʻoukou i waho e ʻike i ke aha? I ke kāula anei? ʻOiaʻiʻo, ke haʻi aku nei iā ʻoukou, a i ka mea hoʻi e ʻoi aku i ke kāula! | But what did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I tell you, and more than a prophet. |
| No ka mea, maila ʻo Ioane Bapetite me ka ʻai ʻole i ka berena, a me ka inu ʻole i ka waina; a ʻōlelo nō ʻoukou, He daimonio kona. | For John the Baptist came neither eating bread nor drinking wine, and you say, 'He has a demon.' |
| Ua mai hoʻi ke Keiki a ke kanaka e ʻai ana, a e inu ana; a ʻōlelo nō ʻoukou, Aia hoʻi, he kanaka pākela ʻai, pākela inu waina, he hoaaloha pū me nā luna ʻauhau a me nā lawehala! | The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and you say, 'Here is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and "sinners." ' |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia i ka wahine, Ua ola ʻoe i kou manaʻoʻiʻo ʻana; e aku ʻoe me ka pōmaikaʻi. | Jesus said to the woman, "Your faith has saved you; go in peace." |
| A ʻākoakoa maila nā kānaka he nui wale, ʻo nā mea hoʻi i mai i ona lā, mai loko mai o nā kūlanakauhale, ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia ma ka ʻōlelo nane; | While a large crowd was gathering and people were coming to Jesus from town after town, he told this parable: |
| akula ka mea lūlū hua e lūlū iho i kāna hua; a i kona lūlū ʻana, heleleʻi kekahi ma kapa alanui; a hehi ʻia ihola, a ua ʻai ʻia ihola e nā manu o ka lewa. | "A farmer went out to sow his seed. As he was scattering the seed, some fell along the path; it was trampled on, and the birds of the air ate it up. |
| A ʻo nā mea ma kapa alanui, ʻo ia nō ka poʻe i lohe; a laila mai ka diabolō, kāʻili aʻe ia i ka ʻōlelo mai loko aʻe o ko lākou mau naʻau, o manaʻoʻiʻo lākou a e hoʻōla ʻia. | Those along the path are the ones who hear, and then the devil comes and takes away the word from their hearts, so that they may not believe and be saved. |
| A ʻo ka mea i heleleʻi ma waena o ke kākalaioa, ʻo ia ka poʻe i lohe, a lākou, a hihia i nā manaʻo, a me ka waiwai, a me nā leʻaleʻa o nēia ola ʻana, ʻaʻole hoʻi lākou i hoʻohua mai i ka hua a oʻo. | The seed that fell among thorns stands for those who hear, but as they go on their way they are choked by life's worries, riches and pleasures, and they do not mature. |
| A laila akula iā ia kona makuahine a me kona mau hoahānau, ʻaʻole naʻe i hiki i ona lā, no ka ʻaha kanaka. | Now Jesus' mother and brothers came to see him, but they were not able to get near him because of the crowd. |
| akula ia ma uka, hālāwai maila me ia kekahi kanaka o ke kūlanakauhale, ua lōʻihi loa kona uluhia ʻana e nā daimonio, ʻaʻole ia i komo kapa, ʻaʻole hoʻi ia i noho ma ka hale maoli, akā, ma nā hale kupapaʻu. | When Jesus stepped ashore, he was met by a demon-possessed man from the town. For a long time this man had not worn clothes or lived in a house, but had lived in the tombs. |
| Nonoi maila lākou iā ia i hoʻokina ʻole ʻo ia iā lākou e i ka hohonu. | And they begged him repeatedly not to order them to go into the Abyss. |
| A akula nā daimonio i waho o ua kanaka lā, a komo akula i loko o ka poʻe puaʻa; a holo kikī ihola ka poʻe puaʻa ma kahi pali, i lalo i ka moana wai, a ʻumi ʻia ka hanu. | When the demons came out of the man, they went into the pigs, and the herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and was drowned. |
| A pau hoʻi ko Gadara a puni i ke noi aku iā ia e aku mai o lākou aku; no ka mea, ua loʻohia lākou e ka weliweli. Eʻe hou ihola ia i ka moku a hoʻi maila. | Then all the people of the region of the Gerasenes asked Jesus to leave them, because they were overcome with fear. So he got into the boat and left. |
| E hoʻi aku ʻoe i kou hale, a e hōʻike aku i nā mea nui a ke Akua i hana mai ai nou. A laila ia a hōʻike ma ia kūlanakauhale a pau, i nā mea nui a Iesū i hana mai ai nona. | "Return home and tell how much God has done for you." So the man went away and told all over town how much Jesus had done for him. |
| Aia hoʻi, maila kekahi kanaka, ʻo Iairo kona inoa, he luna hoʻi ia no ka hale hālāwai; moe ihola ia ma nā wāwae o Iesū, nonoi akula iā ia e mai i loko o kona hale: | Then a man named Jairus, a ruler of the synagogue, came and fell at Jesus' feet, pleading with him to come to his house |
| No ka mea, he kaikamahine kama kahi kāna, he ʻumikumamālua paha kona mau makahiki, a e make ana ia. A i ko Iesū ʻana, hoʻokē aʻela ka ʻaha kanaka iā ia. | because his only daughter, a girl of about twelve, was dying. As Jesus was on his way, the crowds almost crushed him. |
| maila ia ma hope ona, hoʻopā ihola i ke kihi o kona ʻaʻahu; paʻa koke ihola kona heʻe koko. | She came up behind him and touched the edge of his cloak, and immediately her bleeding stopped. |
| A ʻike ihola ua wahine lā, ʻaʻole ia i nalo, haʻalulu aʻela ia, moe ihola i mua ona, hōʻike aʻela iā ia i mua o nā kānaka a pau i kāna mea i hoʻopā ai iā ia, a me kona ola koke ʻana iho. | Then the woman, seeing that she could not go unnoticed, came trembling and fell at his feet. In the presence of all the people, she told why she had touched him and how she had been instantly healed. |
| ʻĪ maila Iesū iā ia, E ʻoliʻoli ʻoe, e ke kaikamahine; ua ola ʻoe i kou manaʻoʻiʻo; e hoʻi ʻoe me ka pōmaikaʻi. | Then he said to her, "Daughter, your faith has healed you. Go in peace." |
| A ʻōlelo maila ʻo ia iā lākou, Mai lawe ukana no ko ʻoukou ʻana, ʻaʻole i koʻokoʻo, ʻaʻole i ʻeke, ʻaʻole i berena, ʻaʻole i kālā, ʻaʻole hoʻi e pāpālua i ke kapa komo. | He told them: "Take nothing for the journey--no staff, no bag, no bread, no money, no extra tunic. |
| A ma ka hale a ʻoukou e komo ai, ma laila ʻoukou e noho ai, a ʻoukou mai kēlā wahi aku. | Whatever house you enter, stay there until you leave that town. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe e hoʻokipa ʻole iā ʻoukou, a aku ʻoukou mai kēlā kūlanakauhale aku, e lūlū aku i ka lepo mai ko ʻoukou mau wāwae aku, i mea hōʻike no lākou. | If people do not welcome you, shake the dust off your feet when you leave their town, as a testimony against them." |
| aku nō hoʻi lākou ma waena o nā kauhale e haʻi aku ana i ka ʻeuanelio, a e hoʻōla aku ana hoʻi, ma nā wahi a pau. | So they set out and went from village to village, preaching the gospel and healing people everywhere. |
| A hoʻi mai ka poʻe lunaʻōlelo, hōʻike akula lākou iā Iesū i nā mea a pau a lākou i hana ai: lawe pū aʻela ʻo ia iā lākou, malū akula i ka wao nahele no ke kūlanakauhale i kapa ʻia ʻo Betesaida. | When the apostles returned, they reported to Jesus what they had done. Then he took them with him and they withdrew by themselves to a town called Bethsaida, |
| A kokoke i ke ahiahi, akula ka ʻumikumamālua, ʻōlelo akula iā ia, E hoʻokuʻu i ka ʻaha kanaka e lākou i nā kauhale, a me ka ʻāina e kokoke mai ana, e moe ai, a e loaʻa ai hoʻi ka ʻai na lākou; no ka mea, ma ʻaneʻi kākou ma kahi wao nahele. | Late in the afternoon the Twelve came to him and said, "Send the crowd away so they can go to the surrounding villages and countryside and find food and lodging, because we are in a remote place here." |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E hāʻawi aku ʻoukou iā lākou e ʻai. ʻĪ akula lākou, ʻElima wale nō pōpō berena a mākou a me nā iʻa ʻelua, ke ʻole mākou e kūʻai i ʻai na kēia poʻe kānaka a pau. | He replied, "You give them something to eat." They answered, "We have only five loaves of bread and two fish--unless we go and buy food for all this crowd." |
| ʻŌlelo mai ʻo ia i nā mea a pau, Inā e makemake kekahi e mai ma muli oʻu, e hōʻole iho ʻo ia iā ia iho, e hāpai hoʻi i kona keʻa i kēlā lā i kēia lā, a e hahai mai iaʻu. | Then he said to them all: "If anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross daily and follow me. |
| Eia kekahi, i ko lāua ʻana aku, mai ona aku lā, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Petero iā Iesū, E ke Kumu, he mea maikaʻi no kākou e noho ma ʻaneʻi; e kūkulu hoʻi mākou i ʻekolu hale, nou kekahi, no Mose kekahi, a no ʻElia kekahi; ʻaʻole ia i ʻike iho i kāna mea i ʻōlelo ai. | As the men were leaving Jesus, Peter said to him, "Master, it is good for us to be here. Let us put up three shelters--one for you, one for Moses and one for Elijah." (He did not know what he was saying.) |
| A i kona ʻana mai, hoʻohina ihola ka daimonio iā ia me ke kūpaka. Pāpā akula ʻo Iesū i ka ʻuhane haukaʻe, a hoʻōla ihola i ke keiki, a hoʻihoʻi maila iā ia i kona makua kāne. | Even while the boy was coming, the demon threw him to the ground in a convulsion. But Jesus rebuked the evil spirit, healed the boy and gave him back to his father. |
| Eia kekahi, i ka hiki ʻana o nā lā e lawe ʻia aku ai ia, kau pono kona maka e nō ia i Ierusalema; | As the time approached for him to be taken up to heaven, Jesus resolutely set out for Jerusalem. |
| A hoʻouna akula ʻo ia i nā luna ma mua ona: a akula ua mau mea lā, a komo akula i kekahi kūlanakauhale o ko Samaria e hoʻomākaukau nona. | And he sent messengers on ahead, who went into a Samaritan village to get things ready for him; |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi lākou i hoʻokipa iā ia no ke kau pono ʻana o kona maka e i Ierusalema. | but the people there did not welcome him, because he was heading for Jerusalem. |
| No ka mea, ʻaʻole i mai ke Keiki a ke kanaka, e pepehi i nā kānaka, akā, e hoʻōla nō. A akula lākou i kekahi kauhale aku. | and they went to another village. |
| Eia kekahi, i ko lākou ʻana ma ke alanui, ʻōlelo akula kekahi kanaka iā ia, E ka Haku, e hahai aku wau iā ʻoe i nā wahi āu e ai. | As they were walking along the road, a man said to him, "I will follow you wherever you go." |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, Na ka poʻe make e kanu i ko lākou poʻe make; akā, e ʻoe e haʻi aku i ke aupuni o ke Akua. | Jesus said to him, "Let the dead bury their own dead, but you go and proclaim the kingdom of God." |
| A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, hoʻomaopopo maila ka Haku i kekahi poʻe ʻē he kanahiku, a hoʻouna pāpālua akula ʻo ia iā lākou ma mua ona, i nā wahi a pau āna i manaʻo ai e aku ana. | After this the Lord appointed seventy-two others and sent them two by two ahead of him to every town and place where he was about to go. |
| A ma ia hale e noho ai ʻoukou, e ʻai ana a e inu ana hoʻi i nā mea a lākou e hāʻawi mai ai; no ka mea, e pono ke uku ʻia mai ka paʻahana. Mai ia hale aku ia hale aku. | Stay in that house, eating and drinking whatever they give you, for the worker deserves his wages. Do not move around from house to house. |
| A ʻo ke kūlanakauhale a ʻoukou e komo aku ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi lākou e hoʻokipa iā ʻoukou, e ʻoukou i waho ma ko laila mau alanui, a e ʻōlelo aku; | But when you enter a town and are not welcomed, go into its streets and say, |
| Pēlā nō hoʻi kekahi pua na Levi, i kona hiki ʻana ma ia wahi, ia a nānā akula, māʻalo aʻela ia ma kekahi ʻaoʻao. | So too, a Levite, when he came to the place and saw him, passed by on the other side. |
| Akā, ʻo kekahi kanaka no Samaria, i kona ʻana, hiki akula ia i kahi ona e waiho ana; a ʻike akula iā ia, hū aʻela kona aloha iā ia. | But a Samaritan, as he traveled, came where the man was; and when he saw him, he took pity on him. |
| ihola i ona lā, a wahī ihola i kona mau ʻeha e ninini ana i ka ʻaila a me ka waina i loko, a kau aʻela iā ia ma luna o kona holoholona iho, a lawe aʻela iā ia i ka hale hoʻokipa, a mālama ihola iā ia. | He went to him and bandaged his wounds, pouring on oil and wine. Then he put the man on his own donkey, took him to an inn and took care of him. |
| A ia lā aʻe, i kona ʻana aku, unuhi aʻela ia i nā denari ʻelua, a hāʻawi aku i ka mea nona ka hale, ʻī akula iā ia, E mālama ʻoe iā ia nei; a ʻoi aku kāu mea lilo, a hoʻi mai au, naʻu e uku aku iā ʻoe. | The next day he took out two silver coins and gave them to the innkeeper. 'Look after him,' he said, 'and when I return, I will reimburse you for any extra expense you may have.' |
| Haʻi akula ia, ʻO ka mea i hana lokomaikaʻi iā ia. ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū, E ʻoe a e hoʻohālike me ia. | The expert in the law replied, "The one who had mercy on him." Jesus told him, "Go and do likewise." |
| Eia kekahi, i ko lākou ʻana, komo akula ia i loko o kekahi kauhale; a ʻo kekahi wahine, ʻo Mareta kona inoa, i hoʻokipa iā ia i kona hale. | As Jesus and his disciples were on their way, he came to a village where a woman named Martha opened her home to him. |
| Akā ʻo Mareta, ua paʻapū ia i ka lawelawe nui ʻana, a ia, a ʻōlelo aku, E ka Haku, he mea ʻole anei iā ʻoe ka haʻalele ʻana mai o koʻu kaikaina iaʻu e lawelawe hoʻokahi au? No laila, e ʻōlelo ʻoe iā ia e kōkua mai ia iaʻu. | But Martha was distracted by all the preparations that had to be made. She came to him and asked, "Lord, don't you care that my sister has left me to do the work by myself ? Tell her to help me!" |
| ʻŌlelo maila hoʻi ʻo ia iā lākou, Inā he makamaka ko kekahi o ʻoukou a aku hoʻi ia i ona lā i ke aumoe, a e ʻōlelo aku, E ka makamaka, hō mai hoʻi naʻu i ʻekolu pōpō berena: | Then he said to them, "Suppose one of you has a friend, and he goes to him at midnight and says, 'Friend, lend me three loaves of bread, |
| No ka mea, ʻo kekahi hoaaloha oʻu i kona ʻana ua kipa mai ia iaʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi aʻu mea e waiho aku ai i mua ona. | because a friend of mine on a journey has come to me, and I have nothing to set before him.' |
| A i puka aku ka ʻuhane ʻino mai loko aku o ke kanaka, nō ia ma waena o nā wahi panoa, e ʻimi ana i kahi e maha ai; a loaʻa ʻole, ʻōlelo ihola ia, E hoʻi au i kuʻu hale aʻu i puka mai ai. | "When an evil spirit comes out of a man, it goes through arid places seeking rest and does not find it. Then it says, 'I will return to the house I left.' |
| ʻO ke aliʻi wahine no ke kūkulu hema, e kūʻē mai ia i nā kānaka o kēia hanauna, i ka hoʻokolokolo ʻana, a e hoʻāhewa iā lākou; no ka mea, ua mai nō ia mai nā palena mai o ka honua, e hoʻolohe i ka ʻōlelo akamai a Solomona; eia hoʻi ma ʻaneʻi ka mea i ʻoi aku ma mua o Solomona. | The Queen of the South will rise at the judgment with the men of this generation and condemn them; for she came from the ends of the earth to listen to Solomon's wisdom, and now one greater than Solomon is here. |
| Pōmaikaʻi ka poʻe kauā a ka haku e ʻike ai e kiaʻi ana i kona wā e hiki mai ai. He ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou, e kākoʻo nō ʻo ia iā ia iho, a e hoʻonoho ʻo ia iā lākou e ʻai; a e mai ia e lawelawe na lākou. | It will be good for those servants whose master finds them watching when he comes. I tell you the truth, he will dress himself to serve, will have them recline at the table and will come and wait on them. |
| Ua mai nei au e hoʻolei i ke ahi ma ka honua, he aha hoʻi koʻu makemake ē, inā i hoʻā ʻia. | "I have come to bring fire on the earth, and how I wish it were already kindled! |
| Ke manaʻo nei anei ʻoukou ua mai nei au e hāʻawi i ke kuʻikahi ma ka honua? Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻAʻole; akā, i ke kūʻē. | Do you think I came to bring peace on earth? No, I tell you, but division. |
| A i kou pū ʻana i ke aliʻi me kou mea i lawehala ai, e hoʻoikaika ʻoe ma ke alanui i wehe ʻia ai ʻoe e ia, o kaʻi kēlā iā ʻoe i ka luna kānāwai, a na ka luna kānāwai ʻoe e hāʻawi i ka ilāmuku, a na ka ilāmuku hoʻi ʻoe e hahao i loko o ka hale paʻahao. | As you are going with your adversary to the magistrate, try hard to be reconciled to him on the way, or he may drag you off to the judge, and the judge turn you over to the officer, and the officer throw you into prison. |
| A ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia i kēia ʻōlelo nane; He lāʻau fiku kā kekahi kanaka, ua kanu ʻia i loko o kona pā waina; a mai ia e ʻimi i ka hua ma luna ona, ʻaʻole i loaʻa. | Then he told this parable: "A man had a fig tree, planted in his vineyard, and he went to look for fruit on it, but did not find any. |
| A laila ʻī akula ʻo ia i ka mea nāna i mālama i ka pā waina, Eia hoʻi, ʻekolu aʻe nei oʻu mau makahiki i mai nei e ʻimi ana i ka hua ma luna o kēia lāʻau fiku, ʻaʻole hoʻi i loaʻa iaʻu; e kua aku ia; no ke aha lā ʻo ia e hoʻopilikia ai i ka ʻāina? | So he said to the man who took care of the vineyard, 'For three years now I've been coming to look for fruit on this fig tree and haven't found any. Cut it down! Why should it use up the soil?' |
| ʻŌlelo akula ka luna hale hālāwai me ka huhū i ko Iesū hoʻōla ʻana ma ka lā Sābati, ʻī akula ia i kānaka, ʻEono nō lā e hana ai nā kānaka e pono ai; ia mau lā hoʻi e mai ai ʻoukou e hoʻōla ʻia, ʻaʻole i ka lā Sābati. | Indignant because Jesus had healed on the Sabbath, the synagogue ruler said to the people, "There are six days for work. So come and be healed on those days, not on the Sabbath." |
| A aʻela ia ma waena o nā kūlanakauhale, a me nā kauhale e aʻo ana, e ana hoʻi i Ierusalema. | Then Jesus went through the towns and villages, teaching as he made his way to Jerusalem. |
| A i kū i luna ka haku nona ka hale a i pani i ka puka, a kū ʻoukou ma waho e kīkēkē ana ma ka puka, me ka ʻōlelo, E ka Haku, e ka Haku, e wehe aʻe iā mākou; a e ʻōlelo nō ʻo ia iā ʻoukou, ʻAʻole au i ʻike i ko ʻoukou wahi i mai ai. | Once the owner of the house gets up and closes the door, you will stand outside knocking and pleading, 'Sir, open the door for us.' "But he will answer, 'I don't know you or where you come from.' |
| A e ʻōlelo hou ia, Ke ʻōlelo aku nei au iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole au i ʻike iā ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou wahi i mai ai; e aku ʻoukou mai oʻu aku nei, e ka poʻe hana hewa a pau. | "But he will reply, 'I don't know you or where you come from. Away from me, all you evildoers!' |
| A e mai nō ko ka hikina, a me ko ke komohana, a me ko ke kūkulu ʻākau, a me ko ke kūkulu hema, a e noho iho e ʻai i loko o ke aupuni o ke Akua. | People will come from east and west and north and south, and will take their places at the feast in the kingdom of God. |
| Ia lā lā, akula kekahi mau Parisaio i ona lā, ʻī akula iā ia, E puka aku ʻoe, a aku mai kēia wahi aku; no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻo Herode e pepehi iā ʻoe. | At that time some Pharisees came to Jesus and said to him, "Leave this place and go somewhere else. Herod wants to kill you." |
| A ʻī maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E ʻoukou e haʻi aku i kēlā ʻalopeke, Eia hoʻi, e mahiki ana au i nā daimonio, a e hoʻōla ana hoʻi i nā maʻi i kēia lā, a i ka lā ʻapōpō hoʻi, a i ke kolu o ka lā e hoʻopau wau. | He replied, "Go tell that fox, 'I will drive out demons and heal people today and tomorrow, and on the third day I will reach my goal.' |
| Aia hoʻi, ko ʻoukou hale e waiho neoneo ana no ʻoukou; he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei, ʻAʻole ʻoukou e ʻike ʻē iaʻu, a hiki i ka manawa e ʻōlelo mai ai ʻoukou, E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia aku ka mea i mai nei ma ka inoa o ka Haku. | Look, your house is left to you desolate. I tell you, you will not see me again until you say, 'Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.' " |
| Eia kekahi, iā ia i ai i ka hale o kekahi aliʻi Parisaio, i ka lā Sābati e ʻai i ka berena, hākilo ihola lākou iā ia. | One Sabbath, when Jesus went to eat in the house of a prominent Pharisee, he was being carefully watched. |
| A i ka wā i kono ʻia ai ʻoe e kekahi e i ka ʻahaʻaina mare, mai noho iho ʻoe ma kahi maikaʻi loa, malia paha ua kono ʻia aku e ia kekahi e ʻoi aku kona hanohano i kou; | "When someone invites you to a wedding feast, do not take the place of honor, for a person more distinguished than you may have been invited. |
| A mai ka mea nāna ʻolua i kono, a e ʻōlelo mai iā ʻoe, E hoʻokaʻawale aʻe ʻoe no ia nei; a laila ʻoe e neʻeneʻe aʻe i kahi haʻahaʻa, me ka hilahila. | If so, the host who invited both of you will come and say to you, 'Give this man your seat.' Then, humiliated, you will have to take the least important place. |
| Akā, i ka wā i kono ʻia ai ʻoe, e hoʻi ʻoe e noho iho ma kahi haʻahaʻa; a hiki mai ka mea nāna ʻoe i kono e ʻōlelo ʻo ia iā ʻoe, E ka hoaaloha, e ʻeu aʻe ʻoe i kahi maikaʻi aʻe; a laila e mahalo ʻia ʻoe i mua i ke alo o ka poʻe hoa ʻai e noho pū ana me ʻoe. | But when you are invited, take the lowest place, so that when your host comes, he will say to you, 'Friend, move up to a better place.' Then you will be honored in the presence of all your fellow guests. |
| A i ka manawa ʻahaʻaina, hoʻouna akula i kāna kauā e ʻōlelo aku i ka poʻe i kono ʻia, E mai; no ka mea, ʻānō ua mākaukau nā mea a pau. | At the time of the banquet he sent his servant to tell those who had been invited, 'Come, for everything is now ready.' |
| Pau pū aʻela lākou i ka ʻōlelo ʻē; ʻī maila kekahi, Ua kūʻai iho nei au i kahi ʻāina noʻu, e pono e au e nānā aku ia; ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e hoʻokuʻu mai iaʻu. | "But they all alike began to make excuses. The first said, 'I have just bought a field, and I must go and see it. Please excuse me.' |
| A ʻī maila kekahi, Ua kūʻai iho nei au i ʻelima bipi kaulua noʻu, e ana au e hoʻāʻo iā lākou; ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e hoʻokuʻu mai iaʻu. | "Another said, 'I have just bought five yoke of oxen, and I'm on my way to try them out. Please excuse me.' |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi kekahi, Ua mare iho nei au i ka wahine, no laila ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke aku. | "Still another said, 'I just got married, so I can't come.' |
| A hoʻi maila ua kauā lā, haʻi maila ia i kona haku ia mau mea. A laila huhū ihola ka mea hale, ʻī akula i kāna kauā, E koke aku ʻoe ma loko o nā alanui a me nā ala ʻololī o ke kūlanakauhale, a e lawe mai i loko nei i ka poʻe ʻilihune, a i ka poʻe mumuku, a i ka poʻe ʻoʻopa a me ka poʻe makapō. | "The servant came back and reported this to his master. Then the owner of the house became angry and ordered his servant, 'Go out quickly into the streets and alleys of the town and bring in the poor, the crippled, the blind and the lame.' |
| ʻŌlelo akula ka haku i ke kauā, E aku ma nā kuamoʻo, a me nā pilipā, e koi aku i kānaka e mai i piha ai koʻu hale; | "Then the master told his servant, 'Go out to the roads and country lanes and make them come in, so that my house will be full. |
| A pū aʻela ka ʻaha kanaka nui me Iesū; hāliu aʻela ia, ʻī maila iā lākou, | Large crowds were traveling with Jesus, and turning to them he said: |
| Inā i mai kekahi kanaka i oʻu nei me ka hoʻowahāwahā ʻole i kona makua kāne, a me kona makuahine, a me kāna wahine, a me kāna mau keiki, a me kona mau hoahānau, a me kona ola nei, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ia ke lilo mai i haumāna naʻu. | "If anyone comes to me and does not hate his father and mother, his wife and children, his brothers and sisters--yes, even his own life--he cannot be my disciple. |
| A ʻo wai lā hoʻi ke aliʻi e aku ana e kaua aku i kekahi aliʻi, ʻaʻole hoʻi e noho mua i lalo, e noʻonoʻo iho, e hiki paha iā ia e hoʻouka aku me nā kānaka he ʻumi tausani i ke aliʻi e hoʻouka mai ana iā ia me nā kānaka he iwakālua tausani? | "Or suppose a king is about to go to war against another king. Will he not first sit down and consider whether he is able with ten thousand men to oppose the one coming against him with twenty thousand? |
| A laila akula i ona lā ka poʻe luna ʻauhau a pau, a me ka poʻe hewa e hoʻolohe iā ia. | Now the tax collectors and "sinners" were all gathering around to hear him. |
| ʻAʻole nui nā lā ma hope iho, hōʻuluʻulu mai ke keiki pōkiʻi i kāna a pau, akula ia i ka ʻāina lōʻihi aku: a ma laila ia i hoʻomāunauna aku ai i kāna waiwai e noho ʻuhaʻuha ana. | "Not long after that, the younger son got together all he had, set off for a distant country and there squandered his wealth in wild living. |
| aʻela hoʻi ia a hoʻopili aku me kekahi kamaʻāina o ua ʻāina lā: a hoʻouna aʻela ʻo ia iā ia i kona mau ʻāina e hānai puaʻa. | So he went and hired himself out to a citizen of that country, who sent him to his fields to feed pigs. |
| E kū au a e aku i kuʻu makua kāne, a e ʻōlelo aku au iā ia, E kuʻu makua, ua hana hewa aku wau i ka lani a iā ʻoe; | I will set out and go back to my father and say to him: Father, I have sinned against heaven and against you. |
| A ʻeu aʻela ia a mai i kona makua kāne: a iā ia i kahi lōʻihi aku, ʻike akula kona makua kāne iā ia, hū aʻela kona aloha, holo akula ia, ʻapo akula i kona ʻāʻī, a honi akula iā ia. | So he got up and went to his father. "But while he was still a long way off, his father saw him and was filled with compassion for him; he ran to his son, threw his arms around him and kissed him. |
| A ʻo kāna keiki hiapo, aia nō ia ma ka waena; a i kona ʻana mai a kokoke i ka hale, lohe ihola ia i ka hula a me ka haʻa ʻana. | "Meanwhile, the older son was in the field. When he came near the house, he heard music and dancing. |
| Huhū ihola ia, ʻaʻole i makemake e komo i loko. No laila i aku ai kona makua kāne i waho, a nonoi aku iā ia. | "The older brother became angry and refused to go in. So his father went out and pleaded with him. |
| E ake ia e hānai ʻia mai i nā hunahuna i hāʻule mai luna iho o ka papa ʻaina o ua kanaka waiwai lā. A mai hoʻi nā ʻīlio a palu ihola i kona mau maʻi. | and longing to eat what fell from the rich man's table. Even the dogs came and licked his sores. |
| A he mea ʻē aʻe nō hoʻi, ua waiho ʻia mai he awāwa nui i waena o mākou a me ʻoukou, i ʻole ai e hiki ka poʻe e manaʻo ana e aku mai kēia wahi aku i o ʻoukou lā; a ʻo ko laila poʻe ʻaʻole e hiki ke mai o mākou nei. | And besides all this, between us and you a great chasm has been fixed, so that those who want to go from here to you cannot, nor can anyone cross over from there to us.' |
| A ʻī akula ʻo ia, ʻAʻole, e ka makua, e ʻAberahama; akā, inā e aku kekahi mai waena aku o ka poʻe make, e mihi nō lākou. | " 'No, father Abraham,' he said, 'but if someone from the dead goes to them, they will repent.' |
| ʻO wai kekahi o ʻoukou he kauā kāna e mahi ʻai ana, a e hānai holoholona ana paha, a hoʻi mai ia mai ka waena mai, e ʻōlelo aku, E koke mai ʻoe a e noho ʻoe i lalo e ʻai? | "Suppose one of you had a servant plowing or looking after the sheep. Would he say to the servant when he comes in from the field, 'Come along now and sit down to eat'? |
| Eia kekahi, i kona ʻana i Ierusalema, aʻela ia ma waena o Samaria, a me Galilaia. | Now on his way to Jerusalem, Jesus traveled along the border between Samaria and Galilee. |
| A ʻike maila, ʻī maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E ʻoukou e hōʻike iā ʻoukou iho i nā kāhuna. Eia kekahi, i ko lākou ʻana, hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia ai lākou. | When he saw them, he said, "Go, show yourselves to the priests." And as they went, they were cleansed. |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo ia iā ia, E kū ʻoe i luna, e aku; ua ola ʻoe i kou manaʻoʻiʻo. | Then he said to him, "Rise and go; your faith has made you well." |
| A ʻōlelo mai lākou iā ʻoukou, Eia hoʻi ma ʻaneʻi; a, aia hoʻi ma ʻō; mai aku ʻoukou, mai hahai aku hoʻi. | Men will tell you, 'There he is!' or 'Here he is!' Do not go running off after them. |
| A i ka lā i aku ai ʻo Lota ma waho o Sodoma, i ua maila ke ahi a me ka luaʻi pele, mai ka lani mai, a luku ihola iā lākou a pau. | But the day Lot left Sodom, fire and sulfur rained down from heaven and destroyed them all. |
| A ma kēlā kūlanakauhale kekahi wahine kāne make; a maila ia i ona lā, ʻī maila, E hoʻopono mai ʻoe iaʻu i koʻu ʻenemi. | And there was a widow in that town who kept coming to him with the plea, 'Grant me justice against my adversary.' |
| Akā hoʻi, no ke noi nui ʻana mai o kēia wahine kāne make iaʻu, e hoʻopono aku au iā ia nei, o hoʻoluhi mai ia iaʻu i kona pinepine ʻana mai. | yet because this widow keeps bothering me, I will see that she gets justice, so that she won't eventually wear me out with her coming!' " |
| aʻela nā kānaka ʻelua i ka luakini e pule; he Parisaio kekahi, a he luna ʻauhau kekahi. | "Two men went up to the temple to pray, one a Pharisee and the other a tax collector. |
| Akā, kāhea maila Iesū iā lākou e mai, ʻī maila, E ʻae aku i nā kamaliʻi e mai i oʻu nei, mai hōʻole aku iā lākou; no ka mea, no ka poʻe me nēia ke aupuni o ke Akua. | But Jesus called the children to him and said, "Let the little children come to me, and do not hinder them, for the kingdom of God belongs to such as these. |
| A lohe aʻela ʻo Iesū ia, ʻī maila ʻo ia iā ia, Hoʻokahi āu mea hemahema; e kūʻai lilo aku i kou waiwai a pau, a e hāʻawi i ka poʻe ʻilihune, a e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka waiwai ma ka lani; a laila e mai a hahai mai iaʻu. | When Jesus heard this, he said to him, "You still lack one thing. Sell everything you have and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow me." |
| A lohe aʻela i ka ʻaha kanaka e aʻe ana, nīnau maila ia i ke ʻano o ia mea. | When he heard the crowd going by, he asked what was happening. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe e mua ana, pāpā ihola lākou iā ia e noho mālie. Akā, kāhea nui hou aʻela ia, E ke Keiki a Dāvida, e aloha mai ʻoe iaʻu. | Those who led the way rebuked him and told him to be quiet, but he shouted all the more, "Son of David, have mercy on me!" |
| A komo aʻela ia i loko o Ieriko, a ma waena ia i aku ai. | Jesus entered Jericho and was passing through. |
| Holo aʻela hoʻi ia ma mua, piʻi aʻela i luna ma ka lāʻau sukomorea e ʻike iā ia, i kona ʻana aʻe ma laila. | So he ran ahead and climbed a sycamore-fig tree to see him, since Jesus was coming that way. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe i ʻike ia mea, ʻōhumu ihola lākou a pau, ʻī aʻela, Ua ia e hoʻokipa ʻia aʻe e ke kanaka hewa. | All the people saw this and began to mutter, "He has gone to be the guest of a 'sinner.' " |
| No ka mea, ua mai nei ke Keiki a ke kanaka e ʻimi a e hoʻōla i ka mea i nalowale. | For the Son of Man came to seek and to save what was lost." |
| No laila i ʻōlelo mai ai ʻo ia, ʻO kekahi aliʻi e ana i ka ʻāina lōʻihi aku e loaʻa iā ia ke aupuni, a e hoʻi mai; | He said: "A man of noble birth went to a distant country to have himself appointed king and then to return. |
| A laila maila ka mua, ʻī maila, E ka Haku, ua loaʻa mai i kāu pouna nā pouna hou he ʻumi. | "The first one came and said, 'Sir, your mina has earned ten more.' |
| A laila maila ka lua, ʻī maila, E ka haku, ua loaʻa mai i kāu pouna nā pouna hou ʻelima. | "The second came and said, 'Sir, your mina has earned five more.' |
| A maila kekahi, ʻī maila, E ka haku, eia kāu pouna aʻu i mālama ai e waiho ana ma loko o ke kāhei; | "Then another servant came and said, 'Sir, here is your mina; I have kept it laid away in a piece of cloth. |
| A pau kāna ʻōlelo ʻana ia mea, mua ia e piʻi ana i Ierusalema. | After Jesus had said this, he went on ahead, going up to Jerusalem. |
| ʻĪ maila, E aku ʻolua i kēlā kūlanahale e kū pono mai ana; a i ko ʻolua komo ʻana i loko, e ʻike aku nō ʻolua i ke keiki hoki i hīkiʻi ʻia, ʻaʻole i noho ʻia e ke kanaka, e wehe aʻe a e kaʻi mai iā ia. | "Go to the village ahead of you, and as you enter it, you will find a colt tied there, which no one has ever ridden. Untie it and bring it here. |
| akula ua mau mea lā i hoʻouna ʻia, a ʻike akula e like me kāna ʻōlelo ʻana iā lāua. | Those who were sent ahead went and found it just as he had told them. |
| ʻĪ akula, E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia ke Aliʻi i mai nei ma ka inoa o ka Haku; he malu ma loko o ka lani, a he hoʻonani i luna lilo loa. | "Blessed is the king who comes in the name of the Lord!" "Peace in heaven and glory in the highest!" |
| A laila ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia i kānaka i kēia ʻōlelo nane; Kanu ihola kekahi kanaka i ka māla waina, a waiho aku ia i nā hoaʻāina, a akula a liʻuliʻu loa ma ka ʻāina ʻē. | He went on to tell the people this parable: "A man planted a vineyard, rented it to some farmers and went away for a long time. |
| E mai nō ia a luku mai ia poʻe hoaʻāina, a e hāʻawi aku i ka māla waina i kekahi poʻe ʻē. ʻŌlelo ihola ka poʻe e hoʻolohe ana, ʻAʻole loa ia! | He will come and kill those tenants and give the vineyard to others." When the people heard this, they said, "May this never be!" |
| A laila aʻela kekahi o ka poʻe Sadukaio, ka poʻe i hōʻole i ke ala hou ʻana: nīnau akula lākou iā ia, | Some of the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, came to Jesus with a question. |
| E mālama iā ʻoukou iho i ka poʻe kākau ʻōlelo, ka poʻe i makemake e me ka lole hoʻoluʻeluʻe, a me ke aloha ʻia mai ma kahi kānaka, a me nā noho kiʻekiʻe ma loko o nā hale hālāwai, a me nā wahi maikaʻi loa i nā ʻahaʻaina; | "Beware of the teachers of the law. They like to walk around in flowing robes and love to be greeted in the marketplaces and have the most important seats in the synagogues and the places of honor at banquets. |
| A ʻōlelo maila ia, E mālama o puni ʻoukou; no ka mea, he nui ka poʻe e mai ana ma koʻu inoa, e ʻōlelo ana, ʻO wau nō ia; a e kokoke mai nei ka manawa; mai hahai aku hoʻi ʻoukou iā lākou. | He replied: "Watch out that you are not deceived. For many will come in my name, claiming, 'I am he,' and, 'The time is near.' Do not follow them. |
| A laila e ʻike ai lākou i ke Keiki a ke kanaka e mai ana ma luna iho o kekahi ao, me ka mana, a me ka nani nui. | At that time they will see the Son of Man coming in a cloud with power and great glory. |
| A i nā ao, e aʻo ana nō ia ma loko o ka luakini; a i nā pō, aʻela nō ia a noho ma ka mauna i kapa ʻia ʻo ʻOliveta. | Each day Jesus was teaching at the temple, and each evening he went out to spend the night on the hill called the Mount of Olives, |
| A i ke kakahiaka, maila nā kānaka i ona lā i loko o ka luakini, e hoʻolohe iā ia. | and all the people came early in the morning to hear him at the temple. |
| A akula ia, a kūkā pū me nā kāhuna nui, a me nā luna kiaʻi, i mea e hāʻawi aku ai ʻo ia iā ia iā lākou. | And Judas went to the chief priests and the officers of the temple guard and discussed with them how he might betray Jesus. |
| Hoʻouna aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia iā Petero, a me Ioane, ʻī maila, E ʻolua e hoʻomākaukau no kākou i ka mōliaola e ʻai ai kākou. | Jesus sent Peter and John, saying, "Go and make preparations for us to eat the Passover." |
| akula lāua, a ʻike akula e like me kāna ʻōlelo ʻana iā lāua; a hoʻomākaukau ihola lāua i ka mōliaola. | They left and found things just as Jesus had told them. So they prepared the Passover. |
| E ana nō hoʻi ke Keiki a ke kanaka e like me ka mea i hoʻomaopopo ʻia ai; akā, e pōʻino kēlā kanaka nāna ia e kumakaia! | The Son of Man will go as it has been decreed, but woe to that man who betrays him." |
| ʻĪ akula hoʻi ʻo ia iā ia, E ka Haku, ua mākaukau wau e pū me ʻoe i ka hale paʻahao, a i ka make. | But he replied, "Lord, I am ready to go with you to prison and to death." |
| A laila puka ia i waho, a i ka mauna ʻo ʻOliveta, me kāna i hana mau ai; a hahai akula kāna mau haumāna iā ia. | Jesus went out as usual to the Mount of Olives, and his disciples followed him. |
| A iā ia e ʻōlelo ana, aia hoʻi, ka lehulehu, a ʻo ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Iuda, ʻo kekahi o ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, aʻe ia ma mua o lākou, a hoʻokokoke nō ia i o Iesū lā e honi iā ia. | While he was still speaking a crowd came up, and the man who was called Judas, one of the Twelve, was leading them. He approached Jesus to kiss him, |
| A laila ʻōlelo maila Iesū i ka poʻe i kiʻi aku iā ia, i nā kāhuna nui, a me nā luna o ka luakini, a me nā lunakahiko, Ua mai anei ʻoukou ma waho me nā pahi kaua, a me nā newa, e like me ka hahai ʻana i ka pōwā? | Then Jesus said to the chief priests, the officers of the temple guard, and the elders, who had come for him, "Am I leading a rebellion, that you have come with swords and clubs? |
| A akula ʻo Petero i waho, uē mihi nui ihola ia. | And he went outside and wept bitterly. |
| A i ko lākou kaʻi ʻana aku iā ia, lālau iho lākou iā Simona no Kurene e mai ana mai ka ʻāina mai, kau akula lākou i ka lāʻau keʻa ma luna ona, e hali aku ia ma hope o Iesū. | As they led him away, they seized Simon from Cyrene, who was on his way in from the country, and put the cross on him and made him carry it behind Jesus. |
| Hoʻomāʻewaʻewa akula hoʻi nā koa iā ia, akula lākou, a hāʻawi aku i ka vīnega iā ia; | The soldiers also came up and mocked him. They offered him wine vinegar |
| akula ia i o Pilato lā, a noi akula i ke kino o Iesū. | Going to Pilate, he asked for Jesus' body. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe wāhine i pū me ia mai Galilaia mai, hahai akula lākou a ʻike i ka lua kupapaʻu, a me ka waiho ʻana o kona kino. | The women who had come with Jesus from Galilee followed Joseph and saw the tomb and how his body was laid in it. |
| A i ka lā mua o ka hebedoma, i ka wanaʻao, akula ua mau wāhine lā me kekahi poʻe, i ka lua kupapaʻu, e hali aku ana i nā mea ʻala a lākou i hoʻomākaukau ai. | On the first day of the week, very early in the morning, the women took the spices they had prepared and went to the tomb. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Petero i luna, a holo akula i ka lua kupapaʻu, kūlou ia i lalo, a ʻike akula i ka lole olonā wale nō e waiho ana, hoʻi ia mai laila aku e haʻohaʻo ana i ka mea i hana ʻia. | Peter, however, got up and ran to the tomb. Bending over, he saw the strips of linen lying by themselves, and he went away, wondering to himself what had happened. |
| Aia hoʻi, ʻelua o lākou e ana ia lā, i ke kūlanakauhale i mamao kanaono setadia aku mai Ierusalema aku, ʻo ʻEmausa ka inoa. | Now that same day two of them were going to a village called Emmaus, about seven miles from Jerusalem. |
| Eia kekahi, i ko lāua kamaʻilio ʻana me ke kūkā pū, hiki maila ʻo Iesū, a pū akula me lāua. | As they talked and discussed these things with each other, Jesus himself came up and walked along with them; |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ia iā lāua, He aha kēia mau mea a ʻolua e kamaʻilio nei i ko ʻolua ʻana me ke kaumaha? | He asked them, "What are you discussing together as you walk along?" They stood still, their faces downcast. |
| A ua pīhoihoi mākou i kekahi mau wāhine o mākou, ua aku lākou i kakahiaka nui nei i ka lua kupapaʻu; | In addition, some of our women amazed us. They went to the tomb early this morning |
| A ua aku kekahi mau mea o mākou i ka lua kupapaʻu, ʻike akula hoʻi e like me ka mea a nā wāhine i ʻōlelo mai ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻike iā ia. | Then some of our companions went to the tomb and found it just as the women had said, but him they did not see." |
| A kokoke akula lākou i ke kauhale i kahi o lāua e ai, hoʻohele loa akula nō hoʻi ia. | As they approached the village to which they were going, Jesus acted as if he were going farther. |
| maila ʻo ia i mea hōʻike, i hōʻike ai ia no ua mālamalama lā, i manaʻoʻiʻo ai nā kānaka a pau ma ona lā. | He came as a witness to testify concerning that light, so that through him all men might believe. |
| ʻAʻole nō ʻo ia ka mālamalama, akā, ua mai ia e hōʻike i ka mālamalama. | He himself was not the light; he came only as a witness to the light. |
| ʻO ka mālamalama ʻiʻo ia, ka mea nāna e hoʻomālamalama nā kānaka a pau e mai ana i ke ao nei. | The true light that gives light to every man was coming into the world. |
| maila ia i kona iho, ʻaʻole kona poʻe i mālama iā ia. | He came to that which was his own, but his own did not receive him. |
| Hōʻike akāka maila ʻo Ioane, ʻī maila, ʻO ia ka mea nona wau i ʻōlelo ai, ʻO ka mea e mai ana ma hope oʻu, ma mua oʻu ia; no ka mea, ua mua ia noʻu. | John testifies concerning him. He cries out, saying, "This was he of whom I said, 'He who comes after me has surpassed me because he was before me.' " |
| ʻO ia ka mea e mai ana ma hope oʻu, ma mua oʻu ia; ʻaʻole au e pono ke kala aʻe i ke kaula a kona kāmaʻa. | He is the one who comes after me, the thongs of whose sandals I am not worthy to untie." |
| A ia lā aʻe, ʻike aʻela ʻo Ioane iā Iesū e mai ana i ona lā, ʻī maila, E nānā i ke Keiki hipa a ke Akua, nāna e lawe aku ka hala o ke ao nei! | The next day John saw Jesus coming toward him and said, "Look, the Lamb of God, who takes away the sin of the world! |
| ʻO ia nei ka mea nona wau i ʻōlelo ai, E mai ana kekahi kanaka ma hope oʻu, ma mua oʻu ia, no ka mea, ua mua ia noʻu. | This is the one I meant when I said, 'A man who comes after me has surpassed me because he was before me.' |
| ʻAʻole naʻe au i ʻike pono iā ia; akā, i hōʻike ʻia ʻo ia i ka ʻIseraʻela, no laila au i mai nei e bapetizo ana me ka wai. | I myself did not know him, but the reason I came baptizing with water was that he might be revealed to Israel." |
| A ʻike akula iā Iesū e aʻe ana, ʻī maila ia, E nānā i ke Keiki hipa a ke Akua! | When he saw Jesus passing by, he said, "Look, the Lamb of God!" |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iā lāua, E mai, e ʻike. A akula lāua, a ʻike i kona wahi i noho ai; a noho ihola lāua me ia ia lā; ua kokoke ka ʻumi o ka hora. | "Come," he replied, "and you will see." So they went and saw where he was staying, and spent that day with him. It was about the tenth hour. |
| Ia lā aʻe, manaʻo ihola ʻo Iesū e i Galilaia, a loaʻa iā ia ʻo Pilipo, ʻī maila iā ia, E hahai mai ʻoe iaʻu. | The next day Jesus decided to leave for Galilee. Finding Philip, he said to him, "Follow me." |
| Nīnau maila ʻo Natanaʻela iā ia, E hiki mai anei kekahi mea maikaʻi no Nazareta mai? ʻĪ akula ʻo Pilipo iā ia, E mai, e ʻike. | "Nazareth! Can anything good come from there?" Nathanael asked. "Come and see," said Philip. |
| ʻIke aʻela ʻo Iesū iā Natanaʻela e mai ana i ona lā, e ʻōlelo maila ia nona, E nānā i ka ʻIseraʻela ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻaʻole he hoʻopunipuni i loko ona. | When Jesus saw Nathanael approaching, he said of him, "Here is a true Israelite, in whom there is nothing false." |
| Ua ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Iesū, a me nā haumāna āna, e i ua ʻahaʻaina mare lā. | and Jesus and his disciples had also been invited to the wedding. |
| akula ia i o Iesū lā i ka pō, ʻī akula iā ia, E Rabi, ua ʻike mākou he kumu ʻoe i mai nei mai ke Akua mai: no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi kanaka ke hana i kēia mau hana mana āu e hana nei, ke ʻole ke Akua me ia. | He came to Jesus at night and said, "Rabbi, we know you are a teacher who has come from God. For no one could perform the miraculous signs you are doing if God were not with him." |
| Ke pā nei ka makani i kāna wahi i makemake ai, a lohe nō ʻoe i kona halulu, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻoe i ʻike i kāna wahi i mai ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i kāna wahi e aku ai: pēlā hoʻi nā mea a pau i hānau ʻia e ka ʻUhane. | The wind blows wherever it pleases. You hear its sound, but you cannot tell where it comes from or where it is going. So it is with everyone born of the Spirit." |
| ʻO ka mea e hana ana i nā mea ʻino, ʻo ia ke hoʻowahāwahā i ka mālamalama, ʻaʻole hoʻi ia e mai i ka mālamalama, o ʻikea auaneʻi kāna hana ʻana. | Everyone who does evil hates the light, and will not come into the light for fear that his deeds will be exposed. |
| Akā, ʻo ka mea e hana ana ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻo ia ke mai i ka mālamalama, i akāka ai kāna hana ʻana, ua hana ʻia ma kā ke Akua. | But whoever lives by the truth comes into the light, so that it may be seen plainly that what he has done has been done through God." |
| A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, akula ʻo Iesū me kāna poʻe haumāna i ka ʻāina ʻo Iudea; a noho ihola ia i laila me lākou, a bapetizo ihola. | After this, Jesus and his disciples went out into the Judean countryside, where he spent some time with them, and baptized. |
| A e bapetizo ana nō hoʻi ʻo Ioane ma ʻAinona e kokoke ana i Salima, no ka mea, ua nui ka wai ma laila; a mai lākou, a bapetizo ʻia ihola. | Now John also was baptizing at Aenon near Salim, because there was plenty of water, and people were constantly coming to be baptized. |
| A akula lākou i o Ioane lā, ʻī akula iā ia, E Rabi, ʻo ka mea me ʻoe ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, nona āu i hōʻike ai, aia hoʻi, ke bapetizo lā ʻo ia, a ke nei nā kānaka a pau i ona lā. | They came to John and said to him, "Rabbi, that man who was with you on the other side of the Jordan--the one you testified about--well, he is baptizing, and everyone is going to him." |
| A he pono nō ia ke aku ma waena o Samaria. | Now he had to go through Samaria. |
| I laila ka pūnāwai o Iakoba. No ka māluhiluhi o Iesū i ka ʻana, noho ihola ia ma ua pūnāwai lā: ʻo ke ono paha ia o ka hora. | Jacob's well was there, and Jesus, tired as he was from the journey, sat down by the well. It was about the sixth hour. |
| aʻela kekahi wahine no Samaria e huki wai: ʻī maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, Hō mai noʻu e inu. | When a Samaritan woman came to draw water, Jesus said to her, "Will you give me a drink?" |
| ʻŌlelo akula ka wahine iā ia, E ka Haku, hō mai noʻu ua wai lā, i ʻole e make wai hou aku au, i ʻole hoʻi e hou mai i ʻaneʻi e huki. | The woman said to him, "Sir, give me this water so that I won't get thirsty and have to keep coming here to draw water." |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, Ō, e kāhea aku i kāu kāne, a e hou mai i ʻaneʻi. | He told her, "Go, call your husband and come back." |
| Akā, e mai ana ka manawa, a ʻo nei hoʻi ia, ʻo ka poʻe hoʻomana ʻoiaʻiʻo, e hoʻomana lākou i ka Makua me ka ʻuhane a me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo: no ka mea, ʻo ia ka poʻe a ka Makua i makemake ai e hoʻomana aku iā ia. | Yet a time is coming and has now come when the true worshipers will worship the Father in spirit and truth, for they are the kind of worshipers the Father seeks. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ka wahine iā ia, Ua ʻike nō au e mai ana ka Mesia, ka mea i ʻōlelo ʻia ʻo Kristo; aia hiki mai ia, nāna nō e hoʻākāka mai nā mea a pau iā mākou. | The woman said, "I know that Messiah" (called Christ) "is coming. When he comes, he will explain everything to us." |
| E mai, e ʻike i ke kanaka, nāna i haʻi mai iaʻu nā mea a pau aʻu i hana ai; ʻaʻole anei ʻo ia ka Mesia? | "Come, see a man who told me everything I ever did. Could this be the Christ ?" |
| A laila puka mai lākou no loko mai o ke kūlanakauhale, a i ona lā. | They came out of the town and made their way toward him. |
| A ʻo ko Samaria i aku i ona lā, nonoi akula lākou iā ia e noho me lākou; a noho ihola ia ma laila i nā lā ʻelua. | So when the Samaritans came to him, they urged him to stay with them, and he stayed two days. |
| A ma hope iho o nā lā ʻelua, akula ia mai laila aku, a hiki i Galilaia. | After the two days he left for Galilee. |
| A hiki maila ia i Galilaia, hoʻokipa maila ko Galilaia iā ia, no ko lākou ʻike ʻana i nā mea a pau āna i hana ai ma Ierusalema i ka ʻahaʻaina: no ka mea, ua nō lākou i ua ʻahaʻaina lā. | When he arrived in Galilee, the Galileans welcomed him. They had seen all that he had done in Jerusalem at the Passover Feast, for they also had been there. |
| A hou akula ʻo Iesū ma Kāna i Galilaia, kahi āna i hoʻolilo ai ka wai i waina. A ua maʻi ke keiki a kekahi aliʻi ma Kaperenauma. | Once more he visited Cana in Galilee, where he had turned the water into wine. And there was a certain royal official whose son lay sick at Capernaum. |
| A lohe aʻela ia, ua hiki mai ʻo Iesū i Galilaia mai Iudea mai, akula ia i ona lā, nonoi akula iā ia, e iho aʻe ia e hoʻōla i kāna keiki: no ka mea, ua kokoke ia e make. | When this man heard that Jesus had arrived in Galilee from Judea, he went to him and begged him to come and heal his son, who was close to death. |
| ʻO kēia ka lua o ka hana mana a Iesū i hana ai, i kona ʻana i Galilaia mai Iudea mai. | This was the second miraculous sign that Jesus performed, having come from Judea to Galilee. |
| ʻĪ akula ke kanaka maʻi iā ia, E ka Haku, ʻaʻohe oʻu kanaka, nāna au e lawe aku i loko o ka wai ʻauʻau, i ka wā i ʻaleʻale ai ka wai: akā, i koʻu ʻana aku, iho ʻē akula kekahi i loko ma mua oʻu. | "Sir," the invalid replied, "I have no one to help me into the pool when the water is stirred. While I am trying to get in, someone else goes down ahead of me." |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, E kū aʻe, e kaʻikaʻi i kou wahi moe, a. | Then Jesus said to him, "Get up! Pick up your mat and walk." |
| A ola koke aʻela ua kanaka lā, a lawe akula ia i kona wahi moe, a akula. ʻO ka lā Sābati nō ia. | At once the man was cured; he picked up his mat and walked. The day on which this took place was a Sabbath, |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻO ka mea nāna au i hoʻōla, ʻo ia kai ʻōlelo mai iaʻu, E kaʻikaʻi i kou wahi moe, a e. | But he replied, "The man who made me well said to me, 'Pick up your mat and walk.' " |
| Nīnau akula lākou iā ia, ʻO wai ke kanaka i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoe, E kaʻikaʻi i kou wahi moe, a e? | So they asked him, "Who is this fellow who told you to pick it up and walk?" |
| akula ia kanaka, a haʻi akula i nā Iudaio, ʻo Iesū ka mea nāna ia i hoʻōla. | The man went away and told the Jews that it was Jesus who had made him well. |
| A e mai i waho; ʻo ka poʻe i hana maikaʻi, e ala mai lākou no ke ola; akā, ʻo ka poʻe i hana ʻino, e ala mai lākou no ka make. | and come out--those who have done good will rise to live, and those who have done evil will rise to be condemned. |
| ʻAʻole o ʻoukou makemake e mai i oʻu nei, i loaʻa ai iā ʻoukou ke ola. | yet you refuse to come to me to have life. |
| Ua mai nei au ma ka inoa o koʻu Makua, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i mālama mai iaʻu; inā mai kekahi ma kona inoa iho, e mālama nō ʻoukou iā ia. | I have come in my Father's name, and you do not accept me; but if someone else comes in his own name, you will accept him. |
| ʻAlawa aʻela ko Iesū mau maka, ʻike akula i ka poʻe kānaka nui e mai ana i ona lā, nīnau maila ʻo ia iā Pilipo, Ma hea kākou e kūʻai ai i berena e ʻai iho kēia poʻe? | When Jesus looked up and saw a great crowd coming toward him, he said to Philip, "Where shall we buy bread for these people to eat?" |
| ʻŌlelo akula ka poʻe kānaka i ʻike i ka hana mana a Iesū i hana ai, He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻo ke kāula kēia e mai ana i ke ao nei. | After the people saw the miraculous sign that Jesus did, they began to say, "Surely this is the Prophet who is to come into the world." |
| A ʻike ihola ʻo Iesū, e kiʻi mai ana lākou e lawe iā ia, i hoʻolilo ai lākou iā ia i aliʻi, hou akula ia ma kekahi mauna, ʻo ia wale nō. | Jesus, knowing that they intended to come and make him king by force, withdrew again to a mountain by himself. |
| Hoe akula lākou i nā setadia he iwakāluakumamālima, he kanakolu paha, ʻike akula lākou iā Iesū e mai ana ma luna o ka moana wai, a kokoke ia ma ka moku: makaʻu ihola lākou. | When they had rowed three or three and a half miles, they saw Jesus approaching the boat, walking on the water; and they were terrified. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, ʻO wau nō ka berena e ola ai; ʻo ka mea e mai i oʻu nei, ʻaʻole loa ia e pōloli; a ʻo ka mea e manaʻoʻiʻo mai iaʻu, ʻaʻole loa ia e make wai. | Then Jesus declared, "I am the bread of life. He who comes to me will never go hungry, and he who believes in me will never be thirsty. |
| ʻO nā mea a pau a ka Makua e hāʻawi mai ai noʻu, e mai nō lākou i oʻu nei: a ʻo ka mea e mai i oʻu nei, ʻaʻole loa wau e kipaku aku iā ia. | All that the Father gives me will come to me, and whoever comes to me I will never drive away. |
| ʻAʻohe mea e hiki iā ia ke mai i oʻu nei, ke kauō ʻole mai iā ia ka Makua nāna au i hoʻouna mai; a naʻu ia e hoʻāla mai i ka lā ma hope. | "No one can come to me unless the Father who sent me draws him, and I will raise him up at the last day. |
| Ua palapala ʻia e nā kāula, E aʻo ʻia lākou a pau e ke Akua. No ia hoʻi, ʻo ka mea i hoʻolohe i kā ka Makua, a i aʻo ʻia hoʻi, ʻo ia ke mai i oʻu nei. | It is written in the Prophets: 'They will all be taught by God.' Everyone who listens to the Father and learns from him comes to me. |
| A ʻī maila ia, No kēia mea kaʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi, ke mai i oʻu nei, ke hāʻawi ʻole ʻia mai ia nāna e koʻu Makua. | He went on to say, "This is why I told you that no one can come to me unless the Father has enabled him." |
| Mai ia manawa, nui nā haumāna āna i hoʻi hope, ʻaʻole hoʻi i pū hou me ia. | From this time many of his disciples turned back and no longer followed him. |
| Nīnau maila ʻo Iesū i ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, ʻO ʻoukou anei kekahi i makemake e aku? | "You do not want to leave too, do you?" Jesus asked the Twelve. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Simona Petero iā ia, E ka Haku, i o wai lā mākou e aku ai? Iā ʻoe nō ka ʻōlelo o ke ola mau loa. | Simon Peter answered him, "Lord, to whom shall we go? You have the words of eternal life. |
| No ia mea, ʻōlelo akula kona mau hoahānau iā ia, E haʻalele ʻoe i kēia wahi, a e aku i Iudea, i ʻike ai kāu poʻe haumāna i nā hana āu e hana ai. | Jesus' brothers said to him, "You ought to leave here and go to Judea, so that your disciples may see the miracles you do. |
| Ua ʻike nō kākou i kahi i mai ai kēia: akā, aia hiki mai ka Mesia, ʻaʻole e ʻike kekahi i kona wahi i mai ai. | But we know where this man is from; when the Christ comes, no one will know where he is from." |
| No laila kāhea maila ʻo Iesū i kāna aʻo ʻana i loko o ka luakini, ʻī maila, Ua ʻike ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻike hoʻi ʻoukou i koʻu wahi i mai ai; ʻaʻole au i mai noʻu iho, akā, ʻo ka mea nāna au i hoʻouna mai, he ʻoiaʻiʻo ia, ka mea a ʻoukou i ʻike ʻole ai. | Then Jesus, still teaching in the temple courts, cried out, "Yes, you know me, and you know where I am from. I am not here on my own, but he who sent me is true. You do not know him, |
| No ia mea, nīnau ihola nā Iudaio iā lākou iho, Ma hea anei ʻo ia e ai, i loaʻa ʻole ai ʻo ia iā kākou? E anei ia i ka poʻe i puehu liʻiliʻi i waena o nā Helene, a e aʻo aku i nā Helene? | The Jews said to one another, "Where does this man intend to go that we cannot find him? Will he go where our people live scattered among the Greeks, and teach the Greeks? |
| I ka lā nui ma ka hope o ua ʻahaʻaina lā, kū aʻela ʻo Iesū, kāhea akula, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, Inā e make wai kekahi, e mai ia i oʻu nei e inu. | On the last and greatest day of the Feast, Jesus stood and said in a loud voice, "If anyone is thirsty, let him come to me and drink. |
| ʻŌlelo maila kekahi poʻe, ʻO ka Mesia kēia. Akā, nīnau aʻela kekahi poʻe, E mai anei ka Mesia no Galilaia mai? | Others said, "He is the Christ." Still others asked, "How can the Christ come from Galilee? |
| Nīnau aʻela ʻo Nikodemo iā lākou, (ʻo ka mea i i ona lā i ka pō, ʻo ia kekahi o lākou,) | Nicodemus, who had gone to Jesus earlier and who was one of their own number, asked, |
| akula ʻo Iesū i ka mauna ʻo ʻOliveta. | But Jesus went to the Mount of Olives. |
| A i ka wanaʻao hoʻi hou ia i ka luakini, a akula nā kānaka a pau i ona lā; a noho ihola ia, a aʻo maila iā lākou. | At dawn he appeared again in the temple courts, where all the people gathered around him, and he sat down to teach them. |
| A lohe aʻela lākou, a ua hoʻāhewa ʻia lākou e ko lākou lunaʻikehala, pākahi akula lākou i waho, mai nā lunakahiko ka hoʻomaka ʻana, a hiki i ka poʻe i lalo loa; a koe ihola ʻo Iesū wale nō, a me ka wahine e kū ana i waena. | At this, those who heard began to go away one at a time, the older ones first, until only Jesus was left, with the woman still standing there. |
| ʻĪ akula ia, ʻAʻole kekahi, e ka Haku. ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, ʻAʻole nō hoʻi au e hoʻopaʻi aku iā ʻoe: e ʻoe, mai hana hewa hou aku. | "No one, sir," she said. "Then neither do I condemn you," Jesus declared. "Go now and leave your life of sin." |
| ʻŌlelo hou maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, ʻī maila, ʻO wau nō ka mālamalama o ke ao nei: ʻo ka mea e hahai mai iaʻu, ʻaʻole ia e i ka pouli, akā, e loaʻa iā ia ka mālamalama e ola ai. | When Jesus spoke again to the people, he said, "I am the light of the world. Whoever follows me will never walk in darkness, but will have the light of life." |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū ʻī maila iā lākou, Inā e hōʻike aku au noʻu iho, he pono kaʻu hōʻike ʻana; no ka mea, ua ʻike au i koʻu wahi i mai ai, a me koʻu wahi e aku ai: akā, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i ʻike i koʻu wahi i mai ai, a me koʻu wahi e aku ai. | Jesus answered, "Even if I testify on my own behalf, my testimony is valid, for I know where I came from and where I am going. But you have no idea where I come from or where I am going. |
| ʻŌlelo hou maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, E aku ana au, a e ʻimi ʻoukou iaʻu, a e make ʻoukou i loko o ko ʻoukou hewa: a i koʻu wahi e ai, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke i laila. | Once more Jesus said to them, "I am going away, and you will look for me, and you will die in your sin. Where I go, you cannot come." |
| A laila ʻōlelo ihola nā Iudaio, E pepehi anei kēlā iā ia iho? No ka mea, ʻī maila ia, I koʻu wahi e ai, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoukou ke i laila. | This made the Jews ask, "Will he kill himself ? Is that why he says, 'Where I go, you cannot come'?" |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, Inā ʻo ke Akua ko ʻoukou Makua, inā ua aloha mai ʻoukou iaʻu; no ka mea, no ke Akua mai au a mai nei: ʻaʻole naʻu wale iho i mai nei, akā, nāna nō au i hoʻouna mai. | Jesus said to them, "If God were your Father, you would love me, for I came from God and now am here. I have not come on my own; but he sent me. |
| A laila lālau ihola lākou i nā pōhaku e pehi iā ia: malū akula ʻo Iesū i waho o ka luakini ma waena o lākou, pēlā ʻo ia i pakele ai. | At this, they picked up stones to stone him, but Jesus hid himself, slipping away from the temple grounds. |
| A i kona ʻana, ʻike nō ia i kekahi kanaka i makapō mai ka hānau ʻana mai. | As he went along, he saw a man blind from birth. |
| A ʻī maila iā ia, E ʻoe, e holoi ma ka wai ʻauʻau ʻo Siloama, (ma ka hoʻohālike ʻana, ʻO ka hoʻouna ʻia:) no laila akula ia, a holoi ihola, a hoʻi maila e ʻike ana. | "Go," he told him, "wash in the Pool of Siloam" (this word means Sent). So the man went and washed, and came home seeing. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ia, ʻī maila, He kanaka i kapa ʻia ʻo Iesū, nāna i hokahokai ka lepo, a hoʻopala i kuʻu maka, a ʻī maila iaʻu, E i ka wai ʻauʻau ʻo Siloama, a holoi. aku au, a holoi, a loaʻa iaʻu ka ʻike. | He replied, "The man they call Jesus made some mud and put it on my eyes. He told me to go to Siloam and wash. So I went and washed, and then I could see." |
| Ua ʻike nō mākou, ua ʻōlelo mai nō ke Akua ma o Mose lā: akā, ʻo kēia kanaka, ʻaʻole mākou i ʻike i kona wahi i mai ai. | We know that God spoke to Moses, but as for this fellow, we don't even know where he comes from." |
| ʻŌlelo akula ua kanaka lā, ʻī akula iā lākou, He mea kupanaha kā kēia, ʻo ko ʻoukou ʻike ʻole i kona wahi i mai, ua hoʻokaʻakaʻa mai nō naʻe ia i koʻu mau maka. | The man answered, "Now that is remarkable! You don't know where he comes from, yet he opened my eyes. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū, No ka hoʻoponopono kaʻu i mai ai i kēia ao, i lilo ai ka poʻe ʻike ʻole i poʻe ʻike; a i lilo ai ka poʻe ʻike i poʻe makapō. | Jesus said, "For judgment I have come into this world, so that the blind will see and those who see will become blind." |
| Aia kuʻu aku ia i kāna poʻe hipa ponoʻī ma waho, nō ia ma mua o lākou, a hahai mai nā hipa iā ia; no ka mea, ua hoʻomaopopo lākou i kona leo. | When he has brought out all his own, he goes on ahead of them, and his sheep follow him because they know his voice. |
| ʻO ka poʻe a pau i mai ma mua oʻu, he poʻe ʻaihue lākou a me ka pōwā: akā, ʻaʻole i hoʻolohe nā hipa iā lākou. | All who ever came before me were thieves and robbers, but the sheep did not listen to them. |
| ʻO ka ʻaihue, mai ia e ʻaihue wale nō, a e pepehi, a e luku aku: i mai hoʻi au, i loaʻa ai iā lākou ke ola, a nui loa. | The thief comes only to steal and kill and destroy; I have come that they may have life, and have it to the full. |
| Akā, ʻo ke kanaka i hoʻolimalima ʻia, ʻaʻole hoʻi ke kahu, ʻaʻole hoʻi nāna ponoʻī nā hipa, ʻike aku nō ia i ka ʻīlio hae e mai ana, a laila haʻalele aku ia i nā hipa, a holo akula; a hopu maila ka ʻīlio hae iā lākou, a hoʻopuehu akula i ka poʻe hipa. | The hired hand is not the shepherd who owns the sheep. So when he sees the wolf coming, he abandons the sheep and runs away. Then the wolf attacks the flock and scatters it. |
| hou akula ia ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, i kahi a Ioane i bapetizo ai i kinohi; a noho ihola i laila. | Then Jesus went back across the Jordan to the place where John had been baptizing in the early days. Here he stayed |
| A nui ka poʻe i aku i ona lā, ʻī ihola, ʻAʻole ʻo Ioane i hana i kekahi hana mana; akā, ʻo nā mea a pau a Ioane i ʻōlelo mai ai no ia nei, he ʻoiaʻiʻo ia. | and many people came to him. They said, "Though John never performed a miraculous sign, all that John said about this man was true." |
| Ma hope iho, ʻōlelo maila ia i nā haumāna, E hou kākou i Iudea. | Then he said to his disciples, "Let us go back to Judea." |
| ʻĪ akula nā haumāna iā ia, E Rabi, ua ʻimi iho nei nā Iudaio e hailuku iā ʻoe, a e hou anei ʻoe i laila? | "But Rabbi," they said, "a short while ago the Jews tried to stone you, and yet you are going back there?" |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū, ʻAʻole anei he ʻumikumamālua hora o ke ao? Inā e kekahi i ke ao, ʻaʻole ia e ʻōkupe, no ka mea, ua ʻike nō ia i ka mālamalama o kēia ao. | Jesus answered, "Are there not twelve hours of daylight? A man who walks by day will not stumble, for he sees by this world's light. |
| Akā, inā e kekahi i ka pō, e ʻōkupe nō ia, no ka mea, ʻaʻohe ona mālamalama. | It is when he walks by night that he stumbles, for he has no light." |
| Pau aʻela kāna ʻōlelo ʻana ia mea; a laila ʻī maila ʻo ia iā lākou, Ua hiamoe ʻo Lazaro ko kākou hoaaloha: akā, e aku au e hoʻāla mai iā ia. | After he had said this, he went on to tell them, "Our friend Lazarus has fallen asleep; but I am going there to wake him up." |
| A nui ka poʻe Iudaio i aku i o Mareta lā, a me Maria, e hōʻoluʻolu iā lāua no ko lāua kaikunāne. | and many Jews had come to Martha and Mary to comfort them in the loss of their brother. |
| A lohe aʻela ʻo Mareta, i ko Iesū ʻana mai, hoʻohālāwai akula kēlā me ia: akā, noho ihola ʻo Maria ma ka hale. | When Martha heard that Jesus was coming, she went out to meet him, but Mary stayed at home. |
| ʻĪ akula kēlā iā ia, ʻAe, e ka Haku, ke manaʻoʻiʻo nei au ʻo ʻoe ka Mesia, ke Keiki a ke Akua, ka mea mai i ke ao nei. | "Yes, Lord," she told him, "I believe that you are the Christ, the Son of God, who was to come into the world." |
| A lohe aʻela ia, kū koke aʻe, a akula i ona lā. | When Mary heard this, she got up quickly and went to him. |
| A ʻo nā Iudaio e noho pū ana me ia ma ka hale, a e hōʻoluʻolu ana iā ia, ʻike akula iā Maria e kū koke aʻe a i waho, hahai akula lākou iā ia, ʻī aʻela, Ua aku nei ia ma ka hale kupapaʻu e uē ai ma laila. | When the Jews who had been with Mary in the house, comforting her, noticed how quickly she got up and went out, they followed her, supposing she was going to the tomb to mourn there. |
| A ʻike maila ʻo Iesū iā ia e uē ana, a me ka poʻe Iudaio i pū mai me ia e uē ana, auē ihola ia ma ka naʻau, a ʻehaʻeha hoʻi, | When Jesus saw her weeping, and the Jews who had come along with her also weeping, he was deeply moved in spirit and troubled. |
| A nīnau maila ia, Ma hea lā ʻoukou i waiho ai iā ia? ʻĪ akula lākou iā ia, E ka Haku, e mai e nānā. | "Where have you laid him?" he asked. "Come and see, Lord," they replied. |
| A pau kāna ʻōlelo ʻana ia mea, kāhea akula ia me ka leo nui, E Lazaro, e mai ʻoe i waho. | When he had said this, Jesus called in a loud voice, "Lazarus, come out!" |
| A mai i waho ka mea i make, ua nākiʻi ʻia ma nā wāwae a ma nā lima i nā kahakahana lole; a ua kāʻei ʻia kona wahi maka a puni me ka hainakā. ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, E kala aʻe iā ia, a kuʻu aku iā ia e. | The dead man came out, his hands and feet wrapped with strips of linen, and a cloth around his face. Jesus said to them, "Take off the grave clothes and let him go." |
| No ia mea, nui ka poʻe o nā Iudaio i mai i o Maria lā, a ʻike i nā mea a Iesū i hana ai, manaʻoʻiʻo aku lākou iā ia. | Therefore many of the Jews who had come to visit Mary, and had seen what Jesus did, put their faith in him. |
| A aku kekahi poʻe o lākou i nā Parisaio, a haʻi akula iā lākou i nā mea a Iesū i hana ai. | But some of them went to the Pharisees and told them what Jesus had done. |
| Inā e waiho wale aku kākou iā ia pēlā, e manaʻoʻiʻo auaneʻi nā kānaka a pau iā ia; a e mai ko Roma, a e luku i ko kākou wahi a me ko kākou lāhui kanaka. | If we let him go on like this, everyone will believe in him, and then the Romans will come and take away both our place and our nation." |
| No ia mea, ʻaʻole i hōʻike hou ʻia akula ʻo Iesū i waena o nā Iudaio; akā, akula ia mai laila aku ma kahi kokoke i ka wao nahele, ma ke kūlanakauhale i kapa ʻia ʻo ʻEperaima, a ma laila ia i noho ai me kāna poʻe haumāna. | Therefore Jesus no longer moved about publicly among the Jews. Instead he withdrew to a region near the desert, to a village called Ephraim, where he stayed with his disciples. |
| A kokoke mai ka mōliaola a nā Iudaio: a nui nā mea i aku i Ierusalema mai ka ʻāina aku ma mua o ka mōliaola, i hoʻomākaukau ai lākou iā lākou iho. | When it was almost time for the Jewish Passover, many went up from the country to Jerusalem for their ceremonial cleansing before the Passover. |
| A laila ʻimi akula lākou iā Iesū, a nīnau aʻela lākou iā lākou iho e kū ana i loko o ka luakini, He aha ko ʻoukou manaʻo, ʻaʻole anei ia e mai i ka ʻahaʻaina? | They kept looking for Jesus, and as they stood in the temple area they asked one another, "What do you think? Isn't he coming to the Feast at all?" |
| ʻAono lā ma mua o ka mōliaola, maila ʻo Iesū i Betania, kahi o Lazaro ka mea i make, āna i hoʻāla aʻe mai ka make mai. | Six days before the Passover, Jesus arrived at Bethany, where Lazarus lived, whom Jesus had raised from the dead. |
| A ʻike aʻela hoʻi kekahi poʻe nui o nā Iudaio, aia nō ia i laila; ʻaʻole no Iesū wale nō lākou i mai ai, akā, i ʻike hoʻi lākou iā Lazaro, ka mea āna i hoʻāla aʻe mai ka make mai. | Meanwhile a large crowd of Jews found out that Jesus was there and came, not only because of him but also to see Lazarus, whom he had raised from the dead. |
| No ka mea, nui nā Iudaio i aku nona, a manaʻoʻiʻo iā Iesū. | for on account of him many of the Jews were going over to Jesus and putting their faith in him. |
| Ia lā aʻe, nui maila nā kānaka i ka ʻahaʻaina, i ko lākou lohe e ana ʻo Iesū i Ierusalema; | The next day the great crowd that had come for the Feast heard that Jesus was on his way to Jerusalem. |
| Lawe aʻela lākou i nā lālā pāma, a akula e hālāwai, a hoʻokani akula, Hōsana! Nani wale ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela e mai ana ma ka inoa o ka Haku. | They took palm branches and went out to meet him, shouting, "Hosanna! " "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord!" "Blessed is the King of Israel!" |
| Mai makaʻu ʻoe, e ke kaikamahine a Ziona, aia hoʻi, ke mai nei kou aliʻi e noho ana ma luna o ka hoki keiki. | "Do not be afraid, O Daughter of Zion; see, your king is coming, seated on a donkey's colt." |
| A laila ʻōlelo aʻela nā Parisaio iā lākou iho, E nānā ʻoukou, ʻaʻohe lanakila iki ʻoukou; aia hoʻi, ua ko ke ao nei ma hope ona. | So the Pharisees said to one another, "See, this is getting us nowhere. Look how the whole world has gone after him!" |
| He poʻe Helene kekahi o lākou i mai e hoʻomana ma ka ʻahaʻaina. | Now there were some Greeks among those who went up to worship at the Feast. |
| No laila mai lākou i o Pilipo lā, ka mea no Betesaida i Galilaia, ʻōlelo maila lākou iā ia, ʻī maila, E ka haku, ke makemake nei mākou e ʻike iā Iesū. | They came to Philip, who was from Bethsaida in Galilee, with a request. "Sir," they said, "we would like to see Jesus." |
| mai ʻo Pilipo, a haʻi aʻe iā ʻAnederea; a ʻo ʻAnederea a me Pilipo i haʻi hou aku iā Iesū. | Philip went to tell Andrew; Andrew and Philip in turn told Jesus. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, Me ʻoukou ka mālamalama i ka manawa pōkole loa. E ʻoukou ʻoiai ka mālamalama iā ʻoukou, o hiki mai ka pouli i o ʻoukou nei; a ʻo ka mea e ana i ka pouli, ʻaʻole ia e ʻike i kona wahi e ai. | Then Jesus told them, "You are going to have the light just a little while longer. Walk while you have the light, before darkness overtakes you. The man who walks in the dark does not know where he is going. |
| E manaʻoʻiʻo ʻoukou i ka mālamalama, ʻoiai ka mālamalama me ʻoukou, i lilo ʻoukou i poʻe keiki no ka mālamalama. ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū ia mau mea, a akula, a hoʻonalo iā ia iho mai o lākou aku. | Put your trust in the light while you have it, so that you may become sons of light." When he had finished speaking, Jesus left and hid himself from them. |
| I mai nei au i ke ao nei i mālamalama, i ʻole ai e noho i ka pouli nā mea e manaʻoʻiʻo mai iaʻu. | I have come into the world as a light, so that no one who believes in me should stay in darkness. |
| Inā e lohe kekahi i kaʻu ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole hoʻi e manaʻoʻiʻo, ʻaʻole au e hoʻāhewa aku iā ia; no ka mea, ʻaʻole au i mai e hoʻāhewa i ko ke ao nei, akā, e hoʻōla i ko ke ao nei. | "As for the person who hears my words but does not keep them, I do not judge him. For I did not come to judge the world, but to save it. |
| Ma mua o ka ʻahaʻaina mōliaola, ʻike ihola ʻo Iesū, ua hiki mai kona manawa e aku ai ia i ka Makua mai kēia ao aku, i ke aloha ʻana i kona poʻe ponoʻī i ke ao nei, ua aloha ʻo ia iā lākou a hiki i ka hope. | It was just before the Passover Feast. Jesus knew that the time had come for him to leave this world and go to the Father. Having loved his own who were in the world, he now showed them the full extent of his love. |
| ʻIke nō ʻo Iesū, ua hāʻawi mai ka Makua i nā mea a pau i kona lima, a ua mai ia mai ke Akua mai, a e hoʻi hou aku nō ia i ke Akua; | Jesus knew that the Father had put all things under his power, and that he had come from God and was returning to God; |
| A loaʻa iā ia ka hakina ʻai, koke akula ia i waho; a ua pō ihola. | As soon as Judas had taken the bread, he went out. And it was night. |
| E nā keiki aloha, he manawa pōkole koʻu me ʻoukou. E ʻimi mai auaneʻi ʻoukou iaʻu; a e like me kaʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai i nā Iudaio, Ma koʻu wahi e ai, ʻaʻole loa e hiki iā ʻoukou ke i laila; pēlā hoʻi kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou ʻānō. | "My children, I will be with you only a little longer. You will look for me, and just as I told the Jews, so I tell you now: Where I am going, you cannot come. |
| Nīnau akula Simona Petero iā ia, E ka Haku, ma hea ʻoe e ai? ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, ʻO koʻu wahi e ai, ʻaʻole e hiki iā ʻoe ʻānō ke hahai mai iaʻu; akā, ma muli e hahai mai nō ʻoe iaʻu. | Simon Peter asked him, "Lord, where are you going?" Jesus replied, "Where I am going, you cannot follow now, but you will follow later." |
| Ma ka hale o koʻu Makua he nui loa nā wahi e noho ai: inā ʻaʻole pēlā, inā ua haʻi aku au iā ʻoukou. Ke aku nei au e hoʻomākaukau i wahi no ʻoukou. | In my Father's house are many rooms; if it were not so, I would have told you. I am going there to prepare a place for you. |
| Inā e au a hoʻomākaukau i wahi no ʻoukou, e hoʻi hou mai nō wau, a e lawe iā ʻoukou i oʻu lā, i noho ai ʻoukou kekahi ma koʻu wahi e noho ai. | And if I go and prepare a place for you, I will come back and take you to be with me that you also may be where I am. |
| Ua ʻike ʻoukou i koʻu wahi e ai, ua ʻike hoʻi ʻoukou i ke ala. | You know the way to the place where I am going." |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Toma iā ia, E ka Haku, ʻaʻole o mākou ʻike i kou wahi e ai; a pehea lā e hiki ai iā mākou ke ʻike i ke ala? | Thomas said to him, "Lord, we don't know where you are going, so how can we know the way?" |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, ʻO wau nō ke ala, a me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, a me ke ola: ʻaʻole kekahi e hiki i ka Makua, ke ʻole ia ma oʻu nei. | Jesus answered, "I am the way and the truth and the life. No one comes to the Father except through me. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū, ʻī maila iā ia, Inā e aloha mai kekahi iaʻu, e mālama nō ia i kaʻu ʻōlelo; a e aloha mai nō hoʻi koʻu Makua iā ia, a e mai māua i ona lā, a e noho pū me ia. | Jesus replied, "If anyone loves me, he will obey my teaching. My Father will love him, and we will come to him and make our home with him. |
| Ua lohe nō ʻoukou i kaʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoukou, E aku au, a e hoʻi hou mai i o ʻoukou nei. Inā i aloha ʻoukou iaʻu, inā ua ʻoliʻoli ʻoukou i kaʻu ʻōlelo ʻana, e ana au i ka Makua; no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku koʻu Makua ma mua oʻu. | "You heard me say, 'I am going away and I am coming back to you.' If you loved me, you would be glad that I am going to the Father, for the Father is greater than I. |
| Ma kēia hope aku, ʻaʻole au e kamaʻilio nui me ʻoukou: no ka mea, e mai ana ke aliʻi o kēia ao, ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ia kekahi mea i loko oʻu. | I will not speak with you much longer, for the prince of this world is coming. He has no hold on me, |
| ʻAʻole ʻoukou i wae mai iaʻu, akā, ʻo wau kai wae aku iā ʻoukou, a i hoʻokaʻawale iā ʻoukou, i ai ʻoukou, a e hoʻohua mai ai i ka hua, a i mau ai hoʻi ko ʻoukou hua; i hāʻawi mai ai ka Makua iā ʻoukou i ka mea a ʻoukou e nonoi ai iā ia ma koʻu inoa. | You did not choose me, but I chose you and appointed you to go and bear fruit--fruit that will last. Then the Father will give you whatever you ask in my name. |
| Inā ʻaʻole au i mai, a ʻōlelo aku iā lākou, inā ʻaʻole o lākou hewa. ʻĀnō hoʻi, ʻaʻohe o lākou mea e uhi ai i ko lākou hewa. | If I had not come and spoken to them, they would not be guilty of sin. Now, however, they have no excuse for their sin. |
| Aia hiki mai ke Kōkua, ka mea e hoʻouna ʻia e aʻu mai ka Makua mai, ʻo ia ka ʻUhane ʻoiaʻiʻo, ka mea i mai mai ka Makua mai, nāna nō e hōʻike aku noʻu: | "When the Counselor comes, whom I will send to you from the Father, the Spirit of truth who goes out from the Father, he will testify about me. |
| ʻĀnō ke hoʻi aku nei au i ka mea nāna au i hoʻouna mai; ʻaʻole naʻe kekahi o ʻoukou e nīnau mai iaʻu, E ana ʻoe i hea? | "Now I am going to him who sent me, yet none of you asks me, 'Where are you going?' |
| He ʻoiaʻiʻo nō naʻe kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoukou; He pono nō ʻoukou e aku au: no ka mea, i ʻole au e aku, ʻaʻole e hiki mai ke Kōkua i o ʻoukou nei; akā, i aku au, naʻu nō ia e hoʻouna mai iā ʻoukou. | But I tell you the truth: It is for your good that I am going away. Unless I go away, the Counselor will not come to you; but if I go, I will send him to you. |
| I ka pono, no ka mea, e aku au i koʻu Makua, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e ʻike hou iaʻu: | in regard to righteousness, because I am going to the Father, where you can see me no longer; |
| A liʻuliʻu iki, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e ʻike iaʻu: a liʻuliʻu iki hou aku, a e ʻike nō ʻoukou iaʻu, no ka mea, e ana au i ka Makua. | "In a little while you will see me no more, and then after a little while you will see me." |
| No laila, nīnau aʻela kekahi poʻe o nā haumāna āna iā lākou iho, He aha kēia mea āna i ʻōlelo mai ai iā kākou, A liʻuliʻu iki, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e ʻike iaʻu; a liʻuliʻu iki hou aku, a e ʻike ʻoukou iaʻu; no ka mea, e ana au i ka Makua? | Some of his disciples said to one another, "What does he mean by saying, 'In a little while you will see me no more, and then after a little while you will see me,' and 'Because I am going to the Father'?" |
| No ka mea, ʻo ka Makua, ʻo ia ke aloha aku iā ʻoukou, no ko ʻoukou aloha ʻana iaʻu, a no ko ʻoukou manaʻoʻiʻo ʻana, ua mai au mai ke Akua mai. | No, the Father himself loves you because you have loved me and have believed that I came from God. |
| Mai ka Makua mai au i mai nei i kēia ao: eia hou, e haʻalele ana au i ke ao nei, a e hoʻi aku i ka Makua. | I came from the Father and entered the world; now I am leaving the world and going back to the Father." |
| ʻĀnō, ua maopopo iā mākou ua ʻike ʻoe i nā mea a pau, ʻaʻole ou hemahema e pono ai ke nīnau kekahi iā ʻoe: no kēia mea i manaʻoʻiʻo ai mākou, ua mai ʻoe mai ke Akua mai. | Now we can see that you know all things and that you do not even need to have anyone ask you questions. This makes us believe that you came from God." |
| No ka mea, ʻo ka ʻōlelo āu i hāʻawi mai iaʻu, ua hāʻawi aku au ia iā lākou; a ua ʻapo mai lākou ia, a ua ʻike pono hoʻi, i mai au mai ou mai lā, a ua manaʻoʻiʻo hoʻi lākou, ua hoʻouna mai ʻoe iaʻu. | For I gave them the words you gave me and they accepted them. They knew with certainty that I came from you, and they believed that you sent me. |
| ʻAʻole au e noho hou ana ma kēia ao, akā, e noho ana nō lākou ma kēia ao, a ke aku nei au i ou lā. E ka Makua Hemolele, e mālama ʻoe ma kou inoa iho i ka poʻe āu i hāʻawi mai ai iaʻu, i lilo ai lākou i hoʻokahi e like me kāua. | I will remain in the world no longer, but they are still in the world, and I am coming to you. Holy Father, protect them by the power of your name--the name you gave me--so that they may be one as we are one. |
| ʻĀnō lā ke aku au i ou lā; a ke ʻōlelo nei au i kēia mau mea ma kēia ao, i māhuahua ai ko lākou ʻoliʻoli iaʻu. | "I am coming to you now, but I say these things while I am still in the world, so that they may have the full measure of my joy within them. |
| A pau aʻe kā Iesū ʻōlelo ʻana i kēia mau mea, akula ia me kāna poʻe haumāna ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ke kahawai ʻo Kederona, ma laila kekahi māla, komo akula ia i laila, a me kāna poʻe haumāna. | When he had finished praying, Jesus left with his disciples and crossed the Kidron Valley. On the other side there was an olive grove, and he and his disciples went into it. |
| A loaʻa iā Iuda kekahi poʻe koa a me nā ilāmuku no nā kāhuna nui, a no nā Parisaio, akula ia i laila me nā lama, a me nā ipukukui a me nā mea kaua. | So Judas came to the grove, guiding a detachment of soldiers and some officials from the chief priests and Pharisees. They were carrying torches, lanterns and weapons. |
| ʻIke nō ʻo Iesū i nā mea a pau e hiki mai ana ma luna ona, a mai, a nīnau maila iā lākou, ʻO wai kā ʻoukou mea e ʻimi nei? | Jesus, knowing all that was going to happen to him, went out and asked them, "Who is it you want?" |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, Ua haʻi aku au iā ʻoukou, ʻO wau nō ia. Inā hoʻi ʻo wau kā ʻoukou e ʻimi mai nei, e kuʻu aku iā lākou nei e aku: | "I told you that I am he," Jesus answered. "If you are looking for me, then let these men go." |
| No ia hoʻi, maila ʻo Pilato i waho i o lākou lā, nīnau maila, He aha ka hewa a ʻoukou e hoʻāhewa ai i kēia kanaka? | So Pilate came out to them and asked, "What charges are you bringing against this man?" |
| No ia hoʻi, nīnau akula ʻo Pilato iā ia. He aliʻi nō anei ʻoe? ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoe, he aliʻi wau. No kēia mea i hānau mai ai au, a no ia hoʻi i mai ai au i ke ao nei, i hōʻike aku ai au i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo. ʻO ka mea no ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻo ia ke hoʻolohe i koʻu leo. | "You are a king, then!" said Pilate. Jesus answered, "You are right in saying I am a king. In fact, for this reason I was born, and for this I came into the world, to testify to the truth. Everyone on the side of truth listens to me." |
| Nīnau akula ʻo Pilato iā ia, He aha lā ka ʻoiaʻiʻo? A i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana i kēia, hou maila ia ma waho i nā Iudaio, a ʻī maila iā lākou, ʻAʻole i loaʻa iaʻu ka hewa iki i loko ona. | "What is truth?" Pilate asked. With this he went out again to the Jews and said, "I find no basis for a charge against him. |
| hou maila ʻo Pilato i waho, ʻī maila iā lākou, Aia hoʻi, ke alakaʻi mai nei au iā ia i waho i o ʻoukou lā, i ʻike ai ʻoukou, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu ka hewa iki i loko ona. | Once more Pilate came out and said to the Jews, "Look, I am bringing him out to you to let you know that I find no basis for a charge against him." |
| A laila maila ʻo Iesū i waho, e kau ana ma luna ona ka lei aliʻi kākalaioa, a me ka ʻaʻahu ʻulaʻula. A ʻī akula ʻo Pilato iā lākou, Eia hoʻi ke kanaka! | When Jesus came out wearing the crown of thorns and the purple robe, Pilate said to them, "Here is the man!" |
| A akula ia e hali ana i kona keʻa ma kahi i kapa ʻia ʻo Kaiwipoʻo, a ʻo Golegota ma ka ʻōlelo Hebera. | Carrying his own cross, he went out to the place of the Skull (which in Aramaic is called Golgotha). |
| A laila mai ka poʻe koa, a uhaʻi iā lākou nā wāwae o ke kanaka mua, a me ko kekahi i kāu pū ʻia me Iesū ma ke keʻa. | The soldiers therefore came and broke the legs of the first man who had been crucified with Jesus, and then those of the other. |
| Ma hope iho, noi akula ʻo Iosepa, no ʻArimataia iā Pilato, e ʻae iā ia e lawe aku i ke kino o Iesū, he haumāna hoʻi ia na Iesū, ua hūnā ʻia nō naʻe i ka makaʻu i nā Iudaio; a ʻae maila ʻo Pilato iā ia. akula ia, a lawe akula i ke kino o Iesū. | Later, Joseph of Arimathea asked Pilate for the body of Jesus. Now Joseph was a disciple of Jesus, but secretly because he feared the Jews. With Pilate's permission, he came and took the body away. |
| maila nō hoʻi ʻo Nikodemo, (ʻo ia ka mea i i o Iesū lā ma mua i ka pō,) e lawe mai ana i ka lāʻau, he mura i hui ʻia me ka ʻaloe, hoʻokahi haneri paona paha. | He was accompanied by Nicodemus, the man who earlier had visited Jesus at night. Nicodemus brought a mixture of myrrh and aloes, about seventy-five pounds. |
| I ka lā mua o ka hebedoma, i kakahiaka nui, e pouli ana nō, maila ʻo Maria Magedalene i ka hale kupapaʻu, a ʻike aʻela ia i ka pōhaku i huli ʻia aʻe mai ka hale kupapaʻu aku. | Early on the first day of the week, while it was still dark, Mary Magdalene went to the tomb and saw that the stone had been removed from the entrance. |
| A laila, akula ʻo Petero a me kēlā haumāna, a hiki ma ka hale kupapaʻu. | So Peter and the other disciple started for the tomb. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā ia, Mai hoʻopā mai ʻoe iaʻu; no ka mea, ʻaʻole au i piʻi aku i koʻu Makua: akā, e ʻoe i koʻu poʻe hoahānau, e ʻī aku iā lākou, E piʻi ana au i koʻu Makua, a i ko ʻoukou Makua; a i koʻu Akua, a i ko ʻoukou Akua. | Jesus said, "Do not hold on to me, for I have not yet returned to the Father. Go instead to my brothers and tell them, 'I am returning to my Father and your Father, to my God and your God.' " |
| akula ʻo Maria Magedalene, a ʻōlelo akula i nā haumāna, ua ʻike ia i ka Haku, a ua ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia i kēia mau mea iā ia. | Mary Magdalene went to the disciples with the news: "I have seen the Lord!" And she told them that he had said these things to her. |
| I ke ahiahi o ua lā mua lā o ka hebedoma, ua pani ʻia nā puka, ma kahi i ʻākoakoa ai nā haumāna, no ka makaʻu i nā Iudaio; maila ʻo Iesū a kū ihola i waena, ʻī maila iā lākou, Aloha ʻoukou. | On the evening of that first day of the week, when the disciples were together, with the doors locked for fear of the Jews, Jesus came and stood among them and said, "Peace be with you!" |
| ʻO kekahi o ka poʻe ʻumikumamālua, ʻo Toma, i kapa ʻia ʻo Didumo, ʻaʻole ia me lākou, i ka wā i mai ai ʻo Iesū. | Now Thomas (called Didymus), one of the Twelve, was not with the disciples when Jesus came. |
| A pō ʻawalu aʻela, ma loko hou kāna poʻe haumāna, a ʻo Toma kekahi me lākou. A ua pani ʻia nā puka, maila ʻo Iesū, a kū maila i waena, ʻī maila, Aloha ʻoukou. | A week later his disciples were in the house again, and Thomas was with them. Though the doors were locked, Jesus came and stood among them and said, "Peace be with you!" |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Simona Petero iā lākou, E ana au i ka lawaiʻa. ʻĪ mai lākou iā ia, ʻO mākou kekahi e pū me ʻoe. akula lākou, a eʻe koke aʻela i ka moku: ʻaʻohe mea i loaʻa iā lākou ia pō. | "I'm going out to fish," Simon Peter told them, and they said, "We'll go with you." So they went out and got into the boat, but that night they caught nothing. |
| aʻela ʻo Simona Petero, a huki mai i ka ʻupena i uka, ua piha i nā iʻa nui, hoʻokahi haneri a me kanalimakumamākolu; ʻaʻole naʻe i moku ka ʻupena i ko lākou lehulehu ʻana. | Simon Peter climbed aboard and dragged the net ashore. It was full of large fish, a hundred and fifty-three, but even with so many the net was not torn. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iesū iā lākou, E mai e ʻai. ʻAʻole i ʻaʻa kekahi o nā haumāna e nīnau aku iā ia, ʻO wai ʻoe? Ua ʻike nō lākou, ʻo ka Haku ia. | Jesus said to them, "Come and have breakfast." None of the disciples dared ask him, "Who are you?" They knew it was the Lord. |
| maila ʻo Iesū, a lālau ihola i ka berena, a hāʻawi maila iā lākou, a me ka iʻa nō hoʻi. | Jesus came, took the bread and gave it to them, and did the same with the fish. |
| ʻOiaʻiʻo, he ʻoiaʻiʻo kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku nei iā ʻoe, i kou wā ʻōpiopio, kāʻei ʻoe iā ʻoe iho, a akula i kāu wahi i makemake ai; akā, i kou wā ʻelemakule e kīkoʻo aku ʻoe i kou mau lima, a na haʻi ʻoe e kāʻei mai, a e alakaʻi aku i kahi āu e makemake ʻole ai. | I tell you the truth, when you were younger you dressed yourself and went where you wanted; but when you are old you will stretch out your hands, and someone else will dress you and lead you where you do not want to go." |
| A laila, hoʻi akula lākou i Ierusalema, mai ka mauna aku i kapa ʻia ʻo ʻOliveta, ua kokoke nō ia i Ierusalema, ʻo ko ka lā Sābati ʻana. | Then they returned to Jerusalem from the hill called the Mount of Olives, a Sabbath day's walk from the city. |
| No laila, ʻo nā kānaka i pū ai me kākou i nā wā a pau loa a ka Haku, a Iesū i mai ai, a i aku ai i waena o kākou, | Therefore it is necessary to choose one of the men who have been with us the whole time the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, |
| I lawe pū ia i kekahi o kēia ʻoihana, a me ko ka lunaʻōlelo, mai ia wahi mai ko Iuda hāʻule ʻana, i aku ia i kona wahi iho. | to take over this apostolic ministry, which Judas left to go where he belongs." |
| A laila ʻī maila ʻo Petero, ʻAʻole aʻu kālā, ʻaʻole he gula; akā, ʻo ka mea i loaʻa mai iaʻu, ʻo kaʻu ia e hāʻawi aku nāu; Ma ka inoa ʻo Iesū Kristo no Nazareta, e kū ʻoe, a e. | Then Peter said, "Silver or gold I do not have, but what I have I give you. In the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth, walk." |
| Lele akula ia, a kū i luna, a, a komo pū akula me lākou i loko o ka luakini, me ka holoholo, a me ka lelele, a me ka hoʻomaikaʻi aku i ke Akua. | He jumped to his feet and began to walk. Then he went with them into the temple courts, walking and jumping, and praising God. |
| A ʻike akula nā kānaka a pau iā ia e ana, a e hoʻomaikaʻi aku ana i ke Akua: | When all the people saw him walking and praising God, |
| A ʻike maila ʻo Petero, ʻōlelo maila ia i ua poʻe kānaka lā, E nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela, no ke aha lā i kāhāhā mai ai ko ʻoukou naʻau i kēia mea? No ke aha lā ʻoukou e haka pono mai ai iā māua me he mea lā na māua nō, i ko māua mana, a me ko māua hemolele iho, i hana aku ai iā ia e? | When Peter saw this, he said to them: "Men of Israel, why does this surprise you? Why do you stare at us as if by our own power or godliness we had made this man walk? |
| Kēnā maila lākou iā lāua e ma waho o kahi hoʻokolokolo, a laila kūkākūkā ihola lākou, | So they ordered them to withdraw from the Sanhedrin and then conferred together. |
| A kuʻu ʻia maila lāua, maila lāua i ko lāua poʻe, haʻi maila i nā mea a pau a ka poʻe kāhuna nui a me ka poʻe kahiko i ʻōlelo mai ai iā lāua. | On their release, Peter and John went back to their own people and reported all that the chief priests and elders had said to them. |
| No ia mea, lawe maila lākou i ka poʻe maʻi ma nā alanui, a waiho ihola iā lākou ma luna o nā moe hilinaʻi a me nā wahi moe, i malu aʻe paha ke aka o Petero ma luna o kekahi o lākou, i kona ʻana aʻe. | As a result, people brought the sick into the streets and laid them on beds and mats so that at least Peter's shadow might fall on some of them as he passed by. |
| He nui ka poʻe i mai i Ierusalema, no nā kūlanakauhale a puni, e lawe ana i ka poʻe maʻi, a me ka poʻe i loʻohia i nā ʻuhane ʻino; a hoʻōla ʻia lākou a pau. | Crowds gathered also from the towns around Jerusalem, bringing their sick and those tormented by evil spirits, and all of them were healed. |
| E ʻoukou, a e kū ma loko o ka luakini, e ʻōlelo aku i kānaka i nā hua ʻōlelo a pau o kēia ola. | "Go, stand in the temple courts," he said, "and tell the people the full message of this new life." |
| A laila, mai kekahi, haʻi maila iā lākou, ʻī maila, Aia hoʻi nā kānaka a ʻoukou i hahao ai i loko o ka hale paʻahao e kū ana ma loko o ka luakini, e aʻo aku ana i kānaka. | Then someone came and said, "Look! The men you put in jail are standing in the temple courts teaching the people." |
| akula lākou, mai ke alo aku o ka ʻaha luna kānāwai me ka ʻoliʻoli, no ka mea, ua manaʻo ʻia he pono ke hōʻino ʻia mai lākou no kona inoa. | The apostles left the Sanhedrin, rejoicing because they had been counted worthy of suffering disgrace for the Name. |
| A ʻī maila iā ia, E puka aku ʻoe, mai kou ʻāina aku, a mai kou poʻe hoahānau aku hoʻi, a e i ka ʻāina aʻu e kuhikuhi aku ai iā ʻoe. | 'Leave your country and your people,' God said, 'and go to the land I will show you.' |
| A laila, akula ia ma waho o ka ʻāina o ko Kaledaio, a noho ihola ma Harana: a make kona makua kāne, mai ia wahi mai i lawe mai ai ʻo ia iā ia, a i kēia ʻāina a ʻoukou e noho nei. | "So he left the land of the Chaldeans and settled in Haran. After the death of his father, God sent him to this land where you are now living. |
| A i ka lua [o ka ʻana] hōʻike mai ʻo Iosepa iā ia iho i kona poʻe hoahānau, a hōʻike ʻia akula ka ʻohana o Iosepa iā Paraʻo. | On their second visit, Joseph told his brothers who he was, and Pharaoh learned about Joseph's family. |
| A hala nā makahiki ona he kanahā, kupu ihola ka manaʻo ma loko o kona naʻau, e aku e ʻike i kona poʻe hoahānau, i ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | "When Moses was forty years old, he decided to visit his fellow Israelites. |
| I ka nānā ʻana, ua ʻike au i ka pōʻino ʻana o koʻu poʻe kānaka ma ʻAigupita, a ua lohe nō au i ko lākou kaniʻuhū ʻana, a ua iho mai nei au e hoʻopakele iā lākou: e mai hoʻi ʻoe, a e hoʻouna aku au iā ʻoe i ʻAigupita. | I have indeed seen the oppression of my people in Egypt. I have heard their groaning and have come down to set them free. Now come, I will send you back to Egypt.' |
| ʻĪ aʻela iā ʻAʻarona, E hana ʻoe i mau akua no kākou, e aku ma mua o kākou; no ka mea, ʻo ua Mose lā, ka mea i alakaʻi mai iā kākou nei, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, ʻaʻole kākou i ʻike i kona wahi i lilo aku ai. | They told Aaron, 'Make us gods who will go before us. As for this fellow Moses who led us out of Egypt--we don't know what has happened to him!' |
| A ʻōlelo maila ka ʻānela o ka Haku iā Pilipo, ʻī maila, E kū ʻoe, a e ma ke kūkulu hema, ma ke ala e iho aku ai, mai Ierusalema a Gaza, he wao nahele nō hoʻi ia. | Now an angel of the Lord said to Philip, "Go south to the road--the desert road--that goes down from Jerusalem to Gaza." |
| Kū aʻela ia a; aia hoʻi, he kanaka no ʻAitiopa, he luna nui na Kanedake, ke aliʻi wahine o ʻAitiopa, ʻo ia nō ma luna o kona waiwai a pau, a ua mai nō hoʻi ia i Ierusalema e hoʻomana; | So he started out, and on his way he met an Ethiopian eunuch, an important official in charge of all the treasury of Candace, queen of the Ethiopians. This man had gone to Jerusalem to worship, |
| ʻŌlelo maila ka ʻUhane iā Pilipo, E ʻoe, e hoʻopili aku ia hale kaʻa. | The Spirit told Philip, "Go to that chariot and stay near it." |
| A i ko lāua ʻana ma ke alaloa, hiki akula lāua ma kahi wai: ʻŌlelo aʻe ua luna lā, Aiʻa, he wai, he aha ka mea e keʻakeʻa mai iaʻu e bapetizo ʻia ai? | As they traveled along the road, they came to some water and the eunuch said, "Look, here is water. Why shouldn't I be baptized?" |
| ʻIkea aʻela ʻo Pilipo ma ʻAzoto. I kona ʻana, haʻi aʻela ia i ka ʻeuanelio ma nā kūlanakauhale a pau, a hiki akula i Kaisareia. | Philip, however, appeared at Azotus and traveled about, preaching the gospel in all the towns until he reached Caesarea. |
| E hā aku ana ʻo Saulo i ka ʻōlelo hoʻoweliweli, a me ka luku aku i nā haumāna a ka Haku, akula ia i ke kahuna nui, | Meanwhile, Saul was still breathing out murderous threats against the Lord's disciples. He went to the high priest |
| A i kona ʻana aku, a kokoke ia i hiki i Damaseko, ʻanapu koke mai a puni ihola ia i ka mālamalama mai ka lani mai. | As he neared Damascus on his journey, suddenly a light from heaven flashed around him. |
| ʻĪ akula ia me ka hopohopo a me ka haʻalulu, e ka Haku, he aha kou makemake e hana aku ai au? ʻĪ maila ka Haku iā ia, E ala ʻoe i luna, a e i ke kūlanakauhale, a e haʻi ʻia nō iā ʻoe ka mea pono nāu e hana aku ai. | "Now get up and go into the city, and you will be told what you must do." |
| A ʻo nā kānaka e pū ana me ia, kū ihola lākou me ka leo paʻa, ua lohe nō lākou i ka leo, ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻike aku i kekahi mea. | The men traveling with Saul stood there speechless; they heard the sound but did not see anyone. |
| ʻĪ maila ka Haku iā ia, E kū, a e ma ke kuamoʻo, i kapa ʻia ʻo Pololei, ma ka hale o Iuda, e ʻimi i kekahi mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Saulo, no Tareso, no ka mea, aia hoʻi, ke pule lā ia. | The Lord told him, "Go to the house of Judas on Straight Street and ask for a man from Tarsus named Saul, for he is praying. |
| A ma ka hihiʻo ʻo ia i ʻike aku ai i kekahi kanaka, ʻo ʻAnania kona inoa, e mai ana, a kau i ka lima ma luna ona, i ʻike ia. | In a vision he has seen a man named Ananias come and place his hands on him to restore his sight." |
| ʻĪ maila ka Haku iā ia, Ō: no ka mea, he ipu i koho ʻia naʻu ʻo ia nei, e lawe aku ai i koʻu inoa i mua o ko nā ʻāina ʻē, a me nā aliʻi, a me nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | But the Lord said to Ananias, "Go! This man is my chosen instrument to carry my name before the Gentiles and their kings and before the people of Israel. |
| akula ʻo ʻAnania a komo akula i ka hale; a kau akula i kona mau lima ma luna ona, ʻī akula, E Saulo, e ke kaikaina, ua hoʻouna mai nei ka Haku iaʻu, ʻo Iesū, ka mea āu i ʻike ai, ma ke ala āu i mai ai, i ʻike ʻoe, a i piha hoʻi i ka ʻUhane Hemolele. | Then Ananias went to the house and entered it. Placing his hands on Saul, he said, "Brother Saul, the Lord--Jesus, who appeared to you on the road as you were coming here--has sent me so that you may see again and be filled with the Holy Spirit." |
| Kāhāhā ihola ka poʻe a pau i lohe, ʻī aʻela; ʻAʻole anei kēia ka mea i luku ai i ka poʻe i hea aku ma kēia inoa ma Ierusalema, a mai hoʻi i ʻaneʻi e lawe iā lākou me ka paʻa, i nā kāhuna nui? | All those who heard him were astonished and asked, "Isn't he the man who raised havoc in Jerusalem among those who call on this name? And hasn't he come here to take them as prisoners to the chief priests?" |
| Me lākou pū ihola nō ia ma Ierusalema, i ka ʻana aku a i ka hoʻi ʻana mai. | So Saul stayed with them and moved about freely in Jerusalem, speaking boldly in the name of the Lord. |
| A maluhia ihola nā ʻekalesia ma Iudea a pau, a me Galilaia, a me Samaria hoʻi. Hoʻokūpaʻa ʻia ihola lākou, e ana me ka makaʻu i ka Haku, a me ka ʻoliʻoli o ka ʻUhane Hemolele, a māhuahua ihola lākou. | Then the church throughout Judea, Galilee and Samaria enjoyed a time of peace. It was strengthened; and encouraged by the Holy Spirit, it grew in numbers, living in the fear of the Lord. |
| Ua kokoke nō ʻo Luda ma Iope, a lohe aʻela nā haumāna i ko Petero hiki ʻana ma laila, hoʻouna akula lākou i ʻelua kānaka iā ia, nonoi akula lāua ʻaʻole e hoʻokaʻulua i kona ʻana i o lākou lā. | Lydda was near Joppa; so when the disciples heard that Peter was in Lydda, they sent two men to him and urged him, "Please come at once!" |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Petero i luna, a pū me lāua: a hiki akula ia, alakaʻi akula lākou iā ia i ua keʻena lā ma luna; a kū pū me ia nā wāhine kāne make a pau e uē ana, a e hōʻike ana i nā pālule, a me nā kapa komo a Doreka i hana ai i kona wā i noho pū ai me lākou. | Peter went with them, and when he arrived he was taken upstairs to the room. All the widows stood around him, crying and showing him the robes and other clothing that Dorcas had made while she was still with them. |
| Ma ka hora ʻaiwa paha o ka lā, ʻike pāka akula ia ma ka hihiʻo, i ʻānela o ke Akua, e mai ana i ona lā, a ʻī maila iā ia, E Korenelio. | One day at about three in the afternoon he had a vision. He distinctly saw an angel of God, who came to him and said, "Cornelius!" |
| A ia lā aʻe, i ko lākou ʻana, a hoʻokokoke ʻana aku i ke kūlanakauhale, piʻi aʻela ʻo Petero i kahi ma luna o ka hale e pule ai, i ke ono paha o ka hora. | About noon the following day as they were on their journey and approaching the city, Peter went up on the roof to pray. |
| ʻEā, e kū ʻoe, a e iho i lalo, a e pū me lākou, mai kānalua; no ka mea, naʻu nō lākou i hoʻouna. | So get up and go downstairs. Do not hesitate to go with them, for I have sent them." |
| Iho maila ʻo Petero i lalo i ua poʻe kānaka lā i hoʻouna ʻia mai i ona lā e Korenelio, ʻī maila, Eia nō wau ka mea a ʻoukou i ʻimi mai nei. He aha ka mea a ʻoukou i mai ai i ʻaneʻi? | Peter went down and said to the men, "I'm the one you're looking for. Why have you come?" |
| ʻĪ maila lākou, ʻO Korenelio, he luna haneri, he kanaka pono, e makaʻu ana nō hoʻi i ke Akua, ua ʻike maopopo ʻia e ka lāhui kanaka a pau o nā Iudaio, a ua kauoha ʻia ia e kekahi ʻānela hemolele, mai ke Akua mai, e kiʻi aku iā ʻoe e i kona hale, i lohe ʻo ia i nā ʻōlelo ma ou lā. | The men replied, "We have come from Cornelius the centurion. He is a righteous and God-fearing man, who is respected by all the Jewish people. A holy angel told him to have you come to his house so that he could hear what you have to say." |
| A laila hea akula ʻo ia iā lākou, a hoʻokipa maila. A ia lā aʻe, kū aʻela ia a pū me lākou, a pū aku nō me ia kekahi poʻe hoahānau no Iope. | Then Peter invited the men into the house to be his guests. The next day Peter started out with them, and some of the brothers from Joppa went along. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, Ua ʻike nō ʻoukou, he mea kapu i ke kanaka Iudaio, e nonoho pū a me ka aku i kekahi mea o ka ʻāina ʻē; akā, ua hōʻike mai ke Akua iaʻu, ʻaʻole e kapa aku i kekahi kanaka, he pono ʻole, a he haumia. | He said to them: "You are well aware that it is against our law for a Jew to associate with a Gentile or visit him. But God has shown me that I should not call any man impure or unclean. |
| No ia mea, i koʻu kiʻi ʻia aʻe nei, mai nō wau me ke kuʻipehi ʻole. No laila, ke nīnau aku nei au, no ke aha lā ʻoukou i kiʻi mai ai iaʻu. | So when I was sent for, I came without raising any objection. May I ask why you sent for me?" |
| No ia mea, hoʻouna koke akula au i ou lā, a ua hana pono ʻoe i kou ʻana mai. Eia hoʻi mākou a pau loa i mua i ke alo o ke Akua e hoʻolohe i nā mea a pau i kauoha ʻia mai ai iā ʻoe e ke Akua. | So I sent for you immediately, and it was good of you to come. Now we are all here in the presence of God to listen to everything the Lord has commanded you to tell us." |
| ʻO ka poʻe ma ke ʻoki poepoe i manaʻoʻiʻo, a i pū me Petero, kāhāhā ihola lākou, no ka mea, ua ninini ʻia mai ka haʻawina o ka ʻUhane Hemolele ma luna o ko nā ʻāina ʻē. | The circumcised believers who had come with Peter were astonished that the gift of the Holy Spirit had been poured out even on the Gentiles. |
| ʻĪ maila, ua kā ʻoe i ka poʻe ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia, a ua ʻai pū ʻoe me lākou. | and said, "You went into the house of uncircumcised men and ate with them." |
| ʻĪ maila ka ʻUhane iaʻu, e pū me lākou, me ke kānalua ʻole. pū akula kēia mau hoahānau ʻeono me aʻu, a komo akula mākou i loko o ka hale o ua kanaka lā: | The Spirit told me to have no hesitation about going with them. These six brothers also went with me, and we entered the man's house. |
| No laila, ʻo ka poʻe i hoʻopuehu ʻia i ka hoʻomaʻau ʻana i puka mai no Setepano, nō lākou a hiki i Poinike, a i Kupero, a i ʻAnetioka, e haʻi aku ana i ka ʻōlelo i nā Iudaio wale nō. | Now those who had been scattered by the persecution in connection with Stephen traveled as far as Phoenicia, Cyprus and Antioch, telling the message only to Jews. |
| Kaulana akula ia mea a hiki i nā pepeiao o ka ʻekalesia ma Ierusalema; hoʻouna aʻela lākou iā Barenaba e i ʻAnetioka. | News of this reached the ears of the church at Jerusalem, and they sent Barnabas to Antioch. |
| A laila akula ʻo Barenaba i Tareso, e ʻimi iā Saulo: | Then Barnabas went to Tarsus to look for Saul, |
| Ia mau lā maila kekahi mau kāula, mai Ierusalema mai a ʻAnetioka. | During this time some prophets came down from Jerusalem to Antioch. |
| akula hoʻi ia i waho, a hahai akula iā ia. ʻAʻole ia i ʻike, he ʻoiaʻiʻo ka mea i hana ʻia mai ai e ka ʻānela; manaʻo ihola ia, he hihiʻo kāna i ʻike ai. | Peter followed him out of the prison, but he had no idea that what the angel was doing was really happening; he thought he was seeing a vision. |
| A hala kekahi papa kiaʻi, a me ka lua o ka papa, a hiki aku lāua i ka pani hao e hiki aku ai i ke kūlanakauhale; wehe wale mai ka puka no lāua, a puka akula lāua ma waho, a akula, a hala kekahi alanui; haʻalele koke ihola ka ʻānela iā ia. | They passed the first and second guards and came to the iron gate leading to the city. It opened for them by itself, and they went through it. When they had walked the length of one street, suddenly the angel left him. |
| I kona hoʻomaopopo ʻana aʻe, maila ia i ka hale o Maria, ka makuahine o Ioane, i kapa ʻia ʻo Mareko; he poʻe nui hoʻi kai ʻākoakoa mai ma laila, e pule ana. | When this had dawned on him, he went to the house of Mary the mother of John, also called Mark, where many people had gathered and were praying. |
| I kona kīkēkē ʻana ma ka puka o ka hale, maila kekahi kaikamahine e hoʻolohe, ʻo Rode kona inoa. | Peter knocked at the outer entrance, and a servant girl named Rhoda came to answer the door. |
| Peʻahi maila me ka lima iā lākou, e noho mālie, a haʻi maila ʻo ia iā lākou i ka lawe ʻana mai o ka Haku iā ia mai loko mai o ka hale paʻahao. ʻĪ maila ia, E haʻi aku i kēia mau mea iā Iakobo, a me nā hoahānau. Haʻalele akula ʻo ia ia wahi, a akula i kahi ʻē. | Peter motioned with his hand for them to be quiet and described how the Lord had brought him out of prison. "Tell James and the brothers about this," he said, and then he left for another place. |
| ʻImi ihola ʻo Herode iā ia, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, a laila hoʻokolokolo akula ia i nā kiaʻi, kēnā aʻela, e make lākou. A akula ia mai Iudea aku a Kaisareia, a noho ihola i laila. | After Herod had a thorough search made for him and did not find him, he cross-examined the guards and ordered that they be executed. Then Herod went from Judea to Caesarea and stayed there a while. |
| Huhū loa ihola ʻo Herode i ko Turo, a me ko Sidona. lōkahi maila lākou i ona lā, hoʻomalimali maila iā Belaseto, i ka mea nāna i mālama kahi moe o ke aliʻi, nonoi maila lākou i kuʻikahi; no ka mea, ua hānai ʻia ko lākou ʻāina e ko ke aliʻi. | He had been quarreling with the people of Tyre and Sidon; they now joined together and sought an audience with him. Having secured the support of Blastus, a trusted personal servant of the king, they asked for peace, because they depended on the king's country for their food supply. |
| Na ka ʻUhane Hemolele lāua i hoʻouna aʻe, e aʻela lāua i Seleukia; a ma laila aku lāua i holo ai a hiki i Kupero. | The two of them, sent on their way by the Holy Spirit, went down to Seleucia and sailed from there to Cyprus. |
| A haʻalele ihola lāua iā Perege, a maila i ʻAnetioka no Pisidia, a komo aʻela i loko o ka hale hālāwai i ka lā Sābati, a noho ihola. | From Perga they went on to Pisidian Antioch. On the Sabbath they entered the synagogue and sat down. |
| A hoʻopau ʻo Ioane i kāna hana, nīnau maila ia, ʻO wai lā wau i ko ʻoukou manaʻo? ʻAʻole au ia. Aia hoʻi, ke mai nei kekahi ma hope oʻu, ʻaʻole au e pono ke wehe i nā kāmaʻa o kona mau kapuaʻi. | As John was completing his work, he said: 'Who do you think I am? I am not that one. No, but he is coming after me, whose sandals I am not worthy to untie.' |
| ʻIke ʻia maila nō ia i nā lā he nui e ka poʻe i pū me ia, mai Galilaia mai a Ierusalema, na lākou nō ia i hōʻike aku ai i kānaka. | and for many days he was seen by those who had traveled with him from Galilee to Jerusalem. They are now his witnesses to our people. |
| I ka ʻana o nā Iudaio i waho o ka hale hālāwai, nonoi akula nā kānaka e ʻae i haʻi hou ʻia mai kēia mau ʻōlelo iā lākou ia lā Sābati mai. | As Paul and Barnabas were leaving the synagogue, the people invited them to speak further about these things on the next Sabbath. |
| A lūlū akula lāua i ka lepo o ko lāua mau wāwae iā lākou, a maila lāua i ʻIkonio. | So they shook the dust from their feet in protest against them and went to Iconium. |
| E noho ana kekahi kanaka ma Lusetera, ua nāwaliwali nā wāwae, ua ʻoʻopa ia, mai ka ʻōpū mai o kona makuahine, ʻaʻole loa ia i: | In Lystra there sat a man crippled in his feet, who was lame from birth and had never walked. |
| ʻĪ maila ia me ka leo nui, E kū pololei aʻe i luna ma kou mau wāwae. Lelele aʻela ia a akula. | and called out, "Stand up on your feet!" At that, the man jumped up and began to walk. |
| I nā hanauna ma mua, waiho wale aku nō ia i ko nā ʻāina a pau, e ai ma ko lākou ʻaoʻao iho. | In the past, he let all nations go their own way. |
| maila kekahi poʻe Iudaio mai ʻAnetioka mai, a mai ʻIkonio mai, hoʻokonokono aʻela i ka ʻaha kanaka, a hailuku nō iā Paulo, a kauō akula iā ia ma waho o ke kūlanakauhale, manaʻo ihola lākou, ua make loa ia. | Then some Jews came from Antioch and Iconium and won the crowd over. They stoned Paul and dragged him outside the city, thinking he was dead. |
| Akā, i ke kū pōʻai ʻana mai o nā haumāna ma ona lā, ala maila ia, a maila i loko o ke kūlanakauhale. A ia lā aʻe, pū akula ia me Barenaba i Derebe. | But after the disciples had gathered around him, he got up and went back into the city. The next day he and Barnabas left for Derbe. |
| Nui ihola ke kamaʻilio kūʻē, a me ka hoʻopaʻapaʻa ʻana o lākou me Paulo lāua me Barenaba. Manaʻo ihola lākou e ʻo Paulo, me Barenaba, a me kekahi poʻe o lākou, i Ierusalema, i nā lunaʻōlelo, a me nā lunakahiko, no kēia manaʻo. | This brought Paul and Barnabas into sharp dispute and debate with them. So Paul and Barnabas were appointed, along with some other believers, to go up to Jerusalem to see the apostles and elders about this question. |
| Ua haʻi mai nei ʻo Simeona i ko ke Akua ʻana mai ma mua aku nei e ʻike i ko nā ʻāina ʻē, e lawe mai i kekahi poʻe kānaka no kona inoa, mai loko mai o lākou. | Simon has described to us how God at first showed his concern by taking from the Gentiles a people for himself. |
| No ka mea, ua lohe mākou i kekahi poʻe aku, mai o mākou aku, ua hoʻohihia iā ʻoukou i nā ʻōlelo, me ka hoʻohuli ʻē ʻana i ko ʻoukou ʻuhane, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, E ʻoki poepoe ʻia ʻoukou, a e mālama i ke kānāwai; ʻaʻole mākou i kauoha aku iā lākou pēlā. | We have heard that some went out from us without our authorization and disturbed you, troubling your minds by what they said. |
| I ko mākou ʻākoakoa lōkahi ʻana, manaʻo mākou, he mea maikaʻi ke hoʻouna aku iā ʻoukou i kekahi mau kānaka i koho ʻia, i pū me kā mākou mau mea i aloha ʻia, me Barenaba lāua ʻo Paulo. | So we all agreed to choose some men and send them to you with our dear friends Barnabas and Paul-- |
| A kuʻu ʻia maila lākou, lākou i ʻAnetioka; a hoʻākoakoa ihola lākou i ka ʻaha kanaka, hāʻawi akula lākou i ua palapala lā. | The men were sent off and went down to Antioch, where they gathered the church together and delivered the letter. |
| Noho ihola lākou i kekahi wā, kuʻu maikaʻi ʻia akula lākou, mai nā hoahānau aku, i aku i nā lunaʻōlelo. | After spending some time there, they were sent off by the brothers with the blessing of peace to return to those who had sent them. |
| A hala kekahi mau lā, ʻī maila ʻo Paulo iā Barenaba, E hou kāua e ʻike i ko kāua mau hoahānau ma nā kūlanakauhale a pau a kāua i haʻi aku ai i ka ʻōlelo a ka Haku, pehea i noho lā. | Some time later Paul said to Barnabas, "Let us go back and visit the brothers in all the towns where we preached the word of the Lord and see how they are doing." |
| ʻAʻole naʻe i makemake ʻo Paulo, e lawe pū i ka mea i haʻalele mai iā lāua ma Pamepulia, a pū ʻole aku me lāua i ka hana. | but Paul did not think it wise to take him, because he had deserted them in Pamphylia and had not continued with them in the work. |
| Koho akula ʻo Paulo iā Sila, a akula, me ka hāʻawi ʻia i ka lokomaikaʻi o ke Akua e nā hoahānau. | but Paul chose Silas and left, commended by the brothers to the grace of the Lord. |
| akula i Suria, a me Kilikia, e hoʻokūpaʻa aku ana i nā ʻekalesia. | He went through Syria and Cilicia, strengthening the churches. |
| A akula ia i Derebe a me Lusetera; aia hoʻi, ma laila kekahi haumāna, ʻo Timoteo kona inoa, he keiki ia na kekahi wahine Iudaio i manaʻoʻiʻo; a ʻo kona makua kāne hoʻi he Helene. | He came to Derbe and then to Lystra, where a disciple named Timothy lived, whose mother was a Jewess and a believer, but whose father was a Greek. |
| Makemake akula ʻo Paulo iā ia e pū me ia; lawe ihola ʻo ia iā ia, ʻoki poepoe ihola, no ka poʻe Iudaio i noho ma ia mau wahi; no ka mea, ua ʻike nō hoʻi lākou a pau i kona makua kāne, he Helene. | Paul wanted to take him along on the journey, so he circumcised him because of the Jews who lived in that area, for they all knew that his father was a Greek. |
| A lākou ma Perugia, a me ka ʻāina ʻo Galatia, pāpā maila ka ʻUhane Hemolele iā lākou, mai haʻi aku i ka ʻōlelo ma ʻĀsia: | Paul and his companions traveled throughout the region of Phrygia and Galatia, having been kept by the Holy Spirit from preaching the word in the province of Asia. |
| A hiki maila lākou i Musia, hoʻāʻo ihola e iā Bitunia; akā, ʻaʻole i ʻae mai ka ʻUhane iā lākou. | When they came to the border of Mysia, they tried to enter Bithynia, but the Spirit of Jesus would not allow them to. |
| A ʻikea maila e Paulo i ka pō ka hihiʻo; kū maila kekahi kanaka no Makedonia, nonoi maila iā ia, ʻī maila, E mai i Makedonia, e kōkua mai iā mākou. | During the night Paul had a vision of a man of Macedonia standing and begging him, "Come over to Macedonia and help us." |
| I kona ʻike ʻana i ka hihiʻo, ʻimi koke akula mākou, e iā Makedonia, no ka mea, i ko mākou manaʻo ua kāhea mai ka Haku iā mākou, e haʻi aku i ka ʻeuanelio iā lākou. | After Paul had seen the vision, we got ready at once to leave for Macedonia, concluding that God had called us to preach the gospel to them. |
| A i ka lā Sābati akula mākou i waho o ke kūlanakauhale ma kekahi kahawai, i kahi e pule mau ʻia ai; noho ihola mākou, e ʻōlelo aku i nā wāhine i ʻākoakoa ʻia. | On the Sabbath we went outside the city gate to the river, where we expected to find a place of prayer. We sat down and began to speak to the women who had gathered there. |
| A bapetizo ʻia ihola ia, a me ko kona hale, a nonoi maila ia, ʻī maila, Inā manaʻo ʻoukou ua mālama pono wau i ka Haku, e mai i koʻu hale, e noho ai. Koi maila ʻo ia iā mākou. | When she and the members of her household were baptized, she invited us to her home. "If you consider me a believer in the Lord," she said, "come and stay at my house." And she persuaded us. |
| I ko mākou ʻana i kahi e pule ai, hālāwai maila kekahi kaikamahine me mākou he ʻuhane kilokilo ko loko ona; ʻo ia nō kai waiwai nui ai kona mau haku, no kāna kilokilo ʻana. | Once when we were going to the place of prayer, we were met by a slave girl who had a spirit by which she predicted the future. She earned a great deal of money for her owners by fortune-telling. |
| A haʻi akula ka luna o ka hale paʻahao i kēia mau ʻōlelo iā Paulo, Ua hoʻouna mai nei nā luna e kuʻu wale aku iā ʻolua; no ia mea, e puka i waho, a e me ka maluhia. | The jailer told Paul, "The magistrates have ordered that you and Silas be released. Now you can leave. Go in peace." |
| aʻela lākou, nonoi aʻela iā lāua, a kaʻi akula ma waho, nonoi akula e haʻalele lāua ia kūlanakauhale. | They came to appease them and escorted them from the prison, requesting them to leave the city. |
| A akula lāua ma waho o ka hale paʻahao, a komo akula i loko o ka hale o Ludia; a ʻike lāua i nā hoahānau, hoʻoikaika akula iā lākou, a laila akula lāua. | After Paul and Silas came out of the prison, they went to Lydia's house, where they met with the brothers and encouraged them. Then they left. |
| A kaʻahele lāua ma ʻAmepipoli, a ma ʻApolonia, aʻela lāua i Tesalonike, a ma laila kekahi hale hālāwai o ka poʻe Iudaio. | When they had passed through Amphipolis and Apollonia, they came to Thessalonica, where there was a Jewish synagogue. |
| A i ka loaʻa ʻole o lāua, kauō maila lākou iā Iasona, a me kekahi poʻe hoahānau i nā luna o ua kūlanakauhale lā, ʻuāʻuā maila lākou, ʻO kēia poʻe nāna i hoʻohaunaele i ko nā ʻāina a pau, ua mai hoʻi lākou i ʻaneʻi; | But when they did not find them, they dragged Jason and some other brothers before the city officials, shouting: "These men who have caused trouble all over the world have now come here, |
| A ʻike ka poʻe Iudaio no Tesalonike ua haʻi ʻia ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua ma Beroia e Paulo, mai nō hoʻi lākou i laila, a hoʻohaunaele i kānaka. | When the Jews in Thessalonica learned that Paul was preaching the word of God at Berea, they went there too, agitating the crowds and stirring them up. |
| A laila hoʻouna koke aʻela nā hoahānau iā Paulo e i kai; akā, noho ihola ʻo Sila lāua me Timoteo ma laila. | The brothers immediately sent Paul to the coast, but Silas and Timothy stayed at Berea. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe alakaʻi aku iā Paulo, lawe akula lākou iā ia i ʻAtenai. A loaʻa iā lākou kahi kauoha no Sila lāua me Timoteo, e koke lāua i ona lā, a laila hoʻi maila lākou. | The men who escorted Paul brought him to Athens and then left with instructions for Silas and Timothy to join him as soon as possible. |
| No ka mea, i koʻu ʻana aʻe, nānā akula au i ko ʻoukou mea e hoʻomana ai, a ʻike au i kekahi lele, ua palapala ʻia ma luna penei, NO KE AKUA ʻIKE ʻOLE ʻIA. No laila ʻo ka mea a ʻoukou e hoʻomana naʻaupō aku ai, ʻo ia nō kaʻu e haʻi aku nei iā ʻoukou. | For as I walked around and looked carefully at your objects of worship, I even found an altar with this inscription: to an unknown god. Now what you worship as something unknown I am going to proclaim to you. |
| No ka mea, ma loko ona e ola nei, a e nei, a e noho nei kākou; e like me ka ʻōlelo ʻana a kekahi haku mele o ʻoukou, He poʻe keiki kākou nāna. | 'For in him we live and move and have our being.' As some of your own poets have said, 'We are his offspring.' |
| No ia mea, akula ʻo Paulo mai waena aku o lākou. | At that, Paul left the Council. |
| A ma hope iho o kēia mau mea, haʻalele ihola ʻo Paulo iā ʻAtenai, a aʻela i Korineto. | After this, Paul left Athens and went to Corinth. |
| A loaʻa iā ia kekahi Iudaio, ʻo ʻAkula kona inoa, i hānau ʻia ma Poneto, ia wā mua iho kona hiki ʻana mai, mai ʻItalia mai, me kāna wahine, ʻo Perisekila, (no ka mea, ua kauoha akula ʻo Kelaudio i ka poʻe Iudaio a pau e haʻalele iā Roma,) a maila ia i o lāua lā. | There he met a Jew named Aquila, a native of Pontus, who had recently come from Italy with his wife Priscilla, because Claudius had ordered all the Jews to leave Rome. Paul went to see them, |
| Kūʻēʻē akula lākou, ʻōlelo hōʻino maila, a laila lūlū ihola ia i kona kīhei, ʻī maila iā lākou, Aia ma luna o ko ʻoukou poʻo iho ko ʻoukou koko; ua maʻemaʻe au; ma kēia hope aku e au i ko nā ʻāina ʻē. | But when the Jews opposed Paul and became abusive, he shook out his clothes in protest and said to them, "Your blood be on your own heads! I am clear of my responsibility. From now on I will go to the Gentiles." |
| akula ia mai ia wahi aku, a kipa akula i ka hale o kekahi kanaka, ʻo Iouseto kona inoa, ua mālama i ke Akua; ua pili nō hoʻi kona hale ma ka hale hālāwai. | Then Paul left the synagogue and went next door to the house of Titius Justus, a worshiper of God. |
| A maila ia i ʻEpeso, a ma laila ia i haʻalele ai iā lāua; a komo akula ia i loko o ka hale hālāwai, a kamaʻilio akula i ka poʻe Iudaio. | They arrived at Ephesus, where Paul left Priscilla and Aquila. He himself went into the synagogue and reasoned with the Jews. |
| A pae akula i Kaisareia, piʻi akula ia, a uē aʻela i ka ʻekalesia, a laila aʻela ia i ʻAnetioka. | When he landed at Caesarea, he went up and greeted the church and then went down to Antioch. |
| A noho ma laila, i kekahi wā, a akula, kaʻahele aʻela i nā ʻāina a pau ʻo Galatia a me Perugia, e hoʻoikaika ana i nā haumāna a pau. | After spending some time in Antioch, Paul set out from there and traveled from place to place throughout the region of Galatia and Phrygia, strengthening all the disciples. |
| Aia kekahi Iudaio, ʻo ʻApolo kona inoa, i hānau ʻia ma ʻAlekanedero, he kanaka akamai i ka ʻōlelo, a aʻela i ʻEpeso, ua ikaika ia i nā palapala hemolele. | Meanwhile a Jew named Apollos, a native of Alexandria, came to Ephesus. He was a learned man, with a thorough knowledge of the Scriptures. |
| Manaʻo ihola ia e aku i ʻAkaia, a laila palapala akula nā hoahānau i nā haumāna, kauoha akula iā lākou e ʻapo mai iā ia. A hiki akula ia, kōkua nui akula ia i ka poʻe manaʻoʻiʻo, no ka lokomaikaʻi ʻia mai. | When Apollos wanted to go to Achaia, the brothers encouraged him and wrote to the disciples there to welcome him. On arriving, he was a great help to those who by grace had believed. |
| I ka wā a ʻApolo i noho ai ma Korineto, kaʻahele ʻo Paulo i nā ʻāina ma uka, a akula i ʻEpeso; a loaʻa iā ia kekahi mau haumāna, | While Apollos was at Corinth, Paul took the road through the interior and arrived at Ephesus. There he found some disciples |
| maila ia i loko o ka hale hālāwai, ʻōlelo wiwo ʻole maila, ʻekolu malama āna i hoʻoakāka ai, a i hoʻohuli mai ma nā mea o ke aupuni o ke Akua. | Paul entered the synagogue and spoke boldly there for three months, arguing persuasively about the kingdom of God. |
| He nui nā mea o ka poʻe manaʻoʻiʻo i mai, a haʻi mai, a hōʻike mai i kā lākou mau hana. | Many of those who believed now came and openly confessed their evil deeds. |
| A pau kēia mau mea i ka hana ʻia, manaʻo ihola ʻo Paulo ma ka ʻuhane, e kaʻahele ma Makedonia a me ʻAkaia, a laila, e i Ierusalema, ʻī aʻela, A hiki au i laila, ma ia hope aku, pono iaʻu ke ʻike iā Roma. | After all this had happened, Paul decided to go to Jerusalem, passing through Macedonia and Achaia. "After I have been there," he said, "I must visit Rome also." |
| Piha ihola ke kūlanakauhale a pau i ka haunaele. Hopu akula lākou iā Gaio, a me ʻArisetareko no Makedonia, he mau hoa no Paulo, a holo lōkahi akula lākou i ka hale kiaka. | Soon the whole city was in an uproar. The people seized Gaius and Aristarchus, Paul's traveling companions from Macedonia, and rushed as one man into the theater. |
| Ma hope iho o ka pau ʻana aʻe o kēia haunaele, hoʻākoakoa ihola ʻo Paulo i nā haumāna, a honi aʻela, a puka akula i waho, e i Makedonia. | When the uproar had ended, Paul sent for the disciples and, after encouraging them, said good-by and set out for Macedonia. |
| Kaʻahele aʻela ia ma ia mau ʻāina, a hoʻoikaika akula iā lākou me ka ʻōlelo nui, akula i Helene; | He traveled through that area, speaking many words of encouragement to the people, and finally arrived in Greece, |
| pū akula me ia a hiki i ʻĀsia ʻo Sopatero, no Beroia, a me ʻArisetareko lāua ʻo Sekunedo no Tesalonike, a me Gaio lāua ʻo Timoteo no Derebe, a me Tukiko lāua ʻo Teropima no ʻĀsia. | He was accompanied by Sopater son of Pyrrhus from Berea, Aristarchus and Secundus from Thessalonica, Gaius from Derbe, Timothy also, and Tychicus and Trophimus from the province of Asia. |
| mua akula lākou nei, a kakali ihola ma Teroa no mākou. | These men went on ahead and waited for us at Troas. |
| Piʻi hou akula ia, wāwahi aʻela i ka berena, ʻai ihola, kamaʻilio lōʻihi maila, a wanaʻao aʻe, a laila, akula ia. | Then he went upstairs again and broke bread and ate. After talking until daylight, he left. |
| mua akula mākou ma ka moku, a holo akula i ʻAso: manaʻo ihola ma laila e hoʻēʻe iā Paulo ma loko, no ka mea, pēlā ia i kauoha mai ai, no kona makemake e wāwae i laila. | We went on ahead to the ship and sailed for Assos, where we were going to take Paul aboard. He had made this arrangement because he was going there on foot. |
| Holo akula mākou mai laila aku, a ao aʻe hiki ma Kio, a ia lā aʻe, hiki mākou i Samo, a noho ma Terogulio; a ia lā aʻe, mai mākou a Mileto. | The next day we set sail from there and arrived off Kios. The day after that we crossed over to Samos, and on the following day arrived at Miletus. |
| Eia hoʻi au, ke paʻa aku nei ma ka ʻuhane i Ierusalema; ʻaʻole naʻe au i ʻike i nā mea e loʻohia ai iaʻu i laila: | "And now, compelled by the Spirit, I am going to Jerusalem, not knowing what will happen to me there. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi au e manaʻo i kēia mau mea, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi e manaʻo wau he mea makemake noʻu kuʻu ola nei, i hoʻopau wau i koʻu ʻana me ka ʻoliʻoli, a me ka ʻoihana i loaʻa mai iaʻu na ka Haku mai, na Iesū; i hōʻike aku nō hoʻi au i ka ʻeuanelio o ka lokomaikaʻi o ke Akua. | However, I consider my life worth nothing to me, if only I may finish the race and complete the task the Lord Jesus has given me--the task of testifying to the gospel of God's grace. |
| Aia hoʻi, ʻānō lā, ua ʻike nō wau, ʻaʻole e ʻike hou ʻia koʻu maka e ʻoukou a pau, ka poʻe aʻu i hōʻike aku ai i ke aupuni o ke Akua, i koʻu ʻana ma waena o ʻoukou. | "Now I know that none of you among whom I have gone about preaching the kingdom will ever see me again. |
| A i ka pau ʻana o kēia mau lā, haʻalele iho iā mākou ia wahi a akula; ukali aloha maila lākou a pau, a me nā wāhine, a me nā keiki iā mākou, a hiki ma waho o ua kūlanakauhale lā; kukuli ihola mākou ma kahakai, pule akula. | But when our time was up, we left and continued on our way. All the disciples and their wives and children accompanied us out of the city, and there on the beach we knelt to pray. |
| A ia lā aʻe, maila mākou ka poʻe me Paulo a hiki i Kaisareia; a komo akula i loko o ka hale o Pilipo, ʻo ke kahuna ʻeuanelio, ʻo ia kekahi o nā hiku, a noho pū ihola mākou me ia. | Leaving the next day, we reached Caesarea and stayed at the house of Philip the evangelist, one of the Seven. |
| pū akula nō me mākou kekahi poʻe o nā haumāna, no Kaisareia, e alakaʻi pū ana iā Menasona, no Kupero, he haumāna kahiko ia, a hoʻokipa ʻia mākou e ia. | Some of the disciples from Caesarea accompanied us and brought us to the home of Mnason, where we were to stay. He was a man from Cyprus and one of the early disciples. |
| A ia lā aʻe, pū akula ʻo Paulo me mākou i o Iakobo lā; ma laila nō nā lunakahiko a pau. | The next day Paul and the rest of us went to see James, and all the elders were present. |
| Ua lohe lākou nou, ua aʻo aku ʻoe i nā Iudaio a pau ma nā ʻāina ʻē, e haʻalele i ke kānāwai o Mose, a ua pāpā aku i ke ʻoki poepoe ʻana i nā keiki, ʻaʻole hoʻi e ma ia ʻaoʻao. | They have been informed that you teach all the Jews who live among the Gentiles to turn away from Moses, telling them not to circumcise their children or live according to our customs. |
| E lawe aʻe iā lākou, a e huikala iā ʻoe iho me lākou, a e hui pū me lākou ma ka waiwai makana, i āmū lākou i nā poʻo; i ʻike nā mea a pau, he mea ʻole kēia mau mea a lākou i lohe ai nou; akā, ua pololei ʻoe, ua mālama hoʻi i ke kānāwai. | Take these men, join in their purification rites and pay their expenses, so that they can have their heads shaved. Then everybody will know there is no truth in these reports about you, but that you yourself are living in obedience to the law. |
| Ua ʻike pono ke kahuna nui, a me ka papa a pau o nā lunakahiko; na lākou kaʻu palapala i loaʻa mai ai no nā hoahānau, a au ma Damaseko, e lawe mai i ka poʻe paʻa ma laila i Ierusalema, i hoʻopaʻi iā lākou. | as also the high priest and all the Council can testify. I even obtained letters from them to their brothers in Damascus, and went there to bring these people as prisoners to Jerusalem to be punished. |
| A i koʻu ʻana a kokoke i Damaseko, i ke awakea, ʻanapu koke maila ka mālamalama nui, mai ka lani mai, a puni au. | "About noon as I came near Damascus, suddenly a bright light from heaven flashed around me. |
| ʻĪ akula au, E ka Haku ē, he aha kaʻu e hana ai? ʻĪ maila ka Haku iaʻu, E kū, a e i Damaseko, a ma laila e haʻi ʻia mai ai iā ʻoe nā mea a pau i hoʻomākaukau ʻia ai nāu e hana ai. | " 'What shall I do, Lord?' I asked. " 'Get up,' the Lord said, 'and go into Damascus. There you will be told all that you have been assigned to do.' |
| A i ka hiki ʻole ʻana iaʻu ke ʻike, no ka nani o ia mālamalama, alakaʻi lima ʻia aku au e koʻu poʻe hoa, a hiki i Damaseko. | My companions led me by the hand into Damascus, because the brilliance of the light had blinded me. |
| ʻO ia kai mai iaʻu, kū mai, ʻī mai iaʻu, E Saulo, e ke kaikaina, e ʻike ʻoe. Ia hora nō ʻike akula au iā ia. | He stood beside me and said, 'Brother Saul, receive your sight!' And at that very moment I was able to see him. |
| A ʻike akula au iā ia i ka ʻī ʻana mai iaʻu, E wiki ʻoe, a e koke ʻoe ma waho o Ierusalema nei; no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou nei e mālama mai i ka mea āu e hōʻike aku ai noʻu. | and saw the Lord speaking. 'Quick!' he said to me. 'Leave Jerusalem immediately, because they will not accept your testimony about me.' |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iaʻu, Ō; no ka mea, e hoʻouna aku ana au iā ʻoe i kahi lōʻihi aku, i ko nā ʻāina ʻē. | "Then the Lord said to me, 'Go; I will send you far away to the Gentiles.' " |
| A lohe ka luna haneri, akula ia a haʻi akula i ka luna tausani, ʻī akula, He aha kāu e hana nei? No ka mea, he Roma kēia. | When the centurion heard this, he went to the commander and reported it. "What are you going to do?" he asked. "This man is a Roman citizen." |
| A laila, maila ka luna tausani, ʻī maila iā ia, E haʻi mai ʻoe iaʻu, he Roma anei ʻoe? ʻĪ akula ia, ʻAe. | The commander went to Paul and asked, "Tell me, are you a Roman citizen?" "Yes, I am," he answered. |
| A ia lā aʻe manaʻo ihola ia e ʻike pono i kona mea i hoʻopiʻi ʻia ai e nā Iudaio, wehe aʻela ʻo ia iā ia, a kauoha akula i nā kāhuna nui, a me ka ʻaha luna kānāwai a pau, e mai, a alakaʻi maila ʻo ia iā Paulo, a hoʻokū ihola iā ia i mua o lākou. | The next day, since the commander wanted to find out exactly why Paul was being accused by the Jews, he released him and ordered the chief priests and all the Sanhedrin to assemble. Then he brought Paul and had him stand before them. |
| maila lākou i nā kāhuna nui a me nā lunakahiko, ʻī maila, Ua hoʻohiki mākou iā mākou iho i kahi hōʻino nui, ʻaʻole loa mākou e ʻai a pepehi mākou iā Paulo. | They went to the chief priests and elders and said, "We have taken a solemn oath not to eat anything until we have killed Paul. |
| A lohe ke keiki kāne a ke kaikuahine o Paulo i ko lākou hoʻohālua ʻana, akula ia, komo akula i loko o ka pā kaua, a haʻi akula iā Paulo. | But when the son of Paul's sister heard of this plot, he went into the barracks and told Paul. |
| A laila, lālau aʻela ka luna tausani i kona lima, a malū aʻela, nīnau akula, He aha kāu mea e haʻi mai iaʻu? | The commander took the young man by the hand, drew him aside and asked, "What is it you want to tell me? |
| No laila, kiʻi akula ia i nā luna haneri ʻelua, ʻī akula, E hoʻomākaukau i nā koa, ʻelua haneri, e i Kaisareia, a me nā hoʻoholo lio, he kanahiku, a me nā kānaka ihe, ʻelua haneri, i ke kolu o ka hora o ka pō; | Then he called two of his centurions and ordered them, "Get ready a detachment of two hundred soldiers, seventy horsemen and two hundred spearmen to go to Caesarea at nine tonight. |
| A ia lā aʻe, waiho ihola lākou i ka poʻe hoʻoholo lio, e pū me ia, a hoʻi akula lākou i ka pā kaua. | The next day they let the cavalry go on with him, while they returned to the barracks. |
| Akā, maila ʻo Lusia, ka luna tausani, a kaʻi akula iā ia me ka ikaika nui, mai loko aku o ko mākou mau lima, | But Lysias the commander came along, and with much violence took him out of our hands. |
| Kēnā mai nō hoʻi ia i ka poʻe nāna ia i hoʻopiʻi e mai i oʻu nei. A inā hoʻokolokolo ʻoe, e ʻike auaneʻi ʻoe i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo o kēia mau mea a pau a mākou e hoʻopiʻi aku nei nona. | By examining him yourself you will be able to learn the truth about all these charges we are bringing against him." |
| A hala nā makahiki he nui, akula au e lawe i ka waiwai manawaleʻa, a me nā mōhai, no nā kānaka o koʻu ʻāina. | "After an absence of several years, I came to Jerusalem to bring my people gifts for the poor and to present offerings. |
| A laila, ʻōlelo akula ia i ka luna haneri e mālama iā Paulo, ʻaʻole hoʻi e paʻa maoli, ʻaʻole e pāpā aku i kekahi o kona mau makamaka, ke lawelawe nāna, a e mai hoʻi iā ia. | He ordered the centurion to keep Paul under guard but to give him some freedom and permit his friends to take care of his needs. |
| A koi aku nō hoʻi iā ia i ka lokomaikaʻi kūʻē iā ia e kiʻi aku kēlā iā ia, e mai i Ierusalema; e hoʻohālua ana lākou ma ke alanui e pepehi iā ia. | They urgently requested Festus, as a favor to them, to have Paul transferred to Jerusalem, for they were preparing an ambush to kill him along the way. |
| A laila, kamaʻilio ihola ʻo Peseto me ka poʻe ʻahaʻōlelo, ʻī akula ia, Ua hoʻopiʻi ʻoe iā Kaisara, ʻeā? Iā Kaisara ʻoe e ai. | After Festus had conferred with his council, he declared: "You have appealed to Caesar. To Caesar you will go!" |
| A i koʻu kānalua ʻana no kēia hoʻopaʻapaʻa ʻana, nīnau akula au, Ke makemake nei anei ʻoe e i Ierusalema, a ma laila e hoʻokolokolo ʻia ai, no kēia mau mea? | I was at a loss how to investigate such matters; so I asked if he would be willing to go to Jerusalem and stand trial there on these charges. |
| No ia mau mea i ai au i Damaseko, me ka mana a me ke ʻae ʻia na nā kāhuna nui mai, | "On one of these journeys I was going to Damascus with the authority and commission of the chief priests. |
| I ke awakea, e ke aliʻi ē, ʻike akula au ma ke alanui, he mālamalama mai ka lani mai, he mea ʻoi loa aku ma mua o ka mālamalama o ka lā, ua puni au i ka mālamalama, a me ka poʻe i pū me aʻu. | About noon, O king, as I was on the road, I saw a light from heaven, brighter than the sun, blazing around me and my companions. |
| A ia lā aʻe, pae mākou i Sidona. Hana lokomaikaʻi akula ʻo Iulio iā Paulo, ʻae akula iā ia e i kona mau makamaka e hoʻomaha iā ia iho. | The next day we landed at Sidon; and Julius, in kindness to Paul, allowed him to go to his friends so they might provide for his needs. |
| No laila hana ʻia aʻela kēia, ʻo kekahi poʻe ʻē i loʻohia i ka maʻi ma ia mokupuni, maila lākou, a hoʻōla ʻia ihola. | When this had happened, the rest of the sick on the island came and were cured. |
| A ma laila loaʻa iā mākou he mau hoahānau, kāohi mai lākou iā mākou e noho me lākou ʻehiku lā; a pēlā mākou i aku ai i Roma. | There we found some brothers who invited us to spend a week with them. And so we came to Rome. |
| A lohe mai nā hoahānau iā mākou, ma laila maila lākou i mai ai a ʻApioporo, a me Teriatubereno, e hālāwai me mākou. A ʻike ʻo Paulo iā lākou, hoʻomaikaʻi akula ia i ke Akua, a hoʻolana mai. | The brothers there had heard that we were coming, and they traveled as far as the Forum of Appius and the Three Taverns to meet us. At the sight of these men Paul thanked God and was encouraged. |
| ʻĪ maila lākou iā ia, ʻAʻole i loaʻa iā mākou ka palapala mai Iudea mai nou, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hōʻike mai a ʻōlelo mai paha kekahi o nā hoahānau i mai, i hewa ou. | They replied, "We have not received any letters from Judea concerning you, and none of the brothers who have come from there has reported or said anything bad about you. |
| A i ko lākou hoʻākāka ʻana i ka lā, a laila maila nā mea he nui loa i ona lā, i kona wahi; hoʻākāka akula ʻo ia, a mai kakahiaka a ahiahi kona hōʻike ʻana aku i ke aupuni o ke Akua, a me ka hoʻoikaika aku ma nā mea o Iesū, ma ke kānāwai iā Mose, a ma kā nā kāula. | They arranged to meet Paul on a certain day, and came in even larger numbers to the place where he was staying. From morning till evening he explained and declared to them the kingdom of God and tried to convince them about Jesus from the Law of Moses and from the Prophets. |
| A i ka like pū ʻole ʻana o ko lākou manaʻo kekahi i kekahi, aku lākou, ma hope iho o ka haʻi ʻana aku o Paulo i kahi ʻōlelo hou; Pololei wale ka ʻōlelo a ka ʻUhane Hemolele, ma o ʻIsaia lā, ʻo ke kāula, i ko kākou poʻe kūpuna, | They disagreed among themselves and began to leave after Paul had made this final statement: "The Holy Spirit spoke the truth to your forefathers when he said through Isaiah the prophet: |
| I ka ʻī ʻana mai, E i kēia poʻe kānaka, a e ʻī aku, I ka lohe ʻana, e lohe auaneʻi ʻoukou, ʻaʻole naʻe e ʻike i ke ʻano; i ka ʻike ʻana, e ʻike auaneʻi ʻoukou, ʻaʻole naʻe e hoʻomaopopo. | " 'Go to this people and say, "You will be ever hearing but never understanding; you will be ever seeing but never perceiving." |
| A i kāna haʻi ʻana aku i kēia mau mea, akula nā Iudaio, a nui loa ihola ko lākou hoʻopaʻapaʻa ʻana iā lākou iho, | When he had spoken these words, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves. |
| Noho ihola ʻo Paulo a hala nā makahiki ʻelua, i loko o kona hale hoʻolimalima ʻia, e hoʻokipa ana i ka poʻe a pau i aku i ona lā, | For two whole years Paul stayed there in his own rented house and welcomed all who came to see him. |
| E noi mau ana, inā e hiki i kekahi manawa, i kēia wā aku nei paha, e pōmaikaʻi aku wau me ka ʻae ʻana mai o ke Akua, a hiki i o ʻoukou lā. | in my prayers at all times; and I pray that now at last by God's will the way may be opened for me to come to you. |
| Eia hoʻi, ʻaʻole oʻu makemake e ʻike ʻole ʻoukou, e nā hoahānau, i kuʻu manaʻo pinepine ʻana e i o ʻoukou lā, (akā, ua kāohi ʻia a hiki i kēia wā,) i loaʻa mai hoʻi iaʻu kekahi hua ma waena o ʻoukou, e like me ia ma waena o nā lāhui kanaka ʻē. | I do not want you to be unaware, brothers, that I planned many times to come to you (but have been prevented from doing so until now) in order that I might have a harvest among you, just as I have had among the other Gentiles. |
| Ua pau lākou i ka hewa, ua lilo lākou i poʻe pono ʻole; ʻaʻole loa he mea e hana ana i ka maikaʻi, ʻaʻole loa hoʻokahi. | All have turned away, they have together become worthless; there is no one who does good, not even one." |
| A i makua no ka poʻe i ʻoki poepoe ʻia kekahi, ʻaʻole ka poʻe i ʻoki poepoe wale ʻia nō, akā, e ana hoʻi ma nā kapuaʻi o ko kākou makua ʻo ʻAberahama i kona noho ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia. | And he is also the father of the circumcised who not only are circumcised but who also walk in the footsteps of the faith that our father Abraham had before he was circumcised. |
| Akā hoʻi, ua lanakila maila ka make maiā ʻAdamu a iā Mose, ma luna o ka poʻe ʻaʻole i hana hewa, e like me ke ʻano o ko ʻAdamu hala, ʻo ia hoʻi ke kumu hoʻohālike o ka Mea e mai ana. | Nevertheless, death reigned from the time of Adam to the time of Moses, even over those who did not sin by breaking a command, as did Adam, who was a pattern of the one to come. |
| No laila, ua kanu pū ʻia kākou me ia, ma ka bapetizo ʻia i loko o ka make; a me Kristo hoʻi i hoʻāla ʻia ai mai waena mai o ka poʻe make ma ka nani o ka Makua, pēlā hoʻi kākou e pono ai ke ma ke ola hou. | We were therefore buried with him through baptism into death in order that, just as Christ was raised from the dead through the glory of the Father, we too may live a new life. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, ʻaʻole he hoʻohewa ʻia no ka poʻe i loko o Kristo Iesū, ka poʻe ʻole ma muli o ke kino, ma muli nō o ka ʻUhane. | Therefore, there is now no condemnation for those who are in Christ Jesus, |
| I hoʻokō ʻia ke kauoha o ke kānāwai i loko o kākou ka poʻe ʻole ma muli o ke kino, ma muli nō o ka ʻUhane. | in order that the righteous requirements of the law might be fully met in us, who do not live according to the sinful nature but according to the Spirit. |
| E pono kākou me ka ʻana i ka lā; ʻaʻole me ka ʻuhaʻuha ʻana a me ka ʻona ʻana, ʻaʻole me ka moekolohe ʻana a me ka makaleho ʻana, ʻaʻole me ka hakakā ʻana a me ka ukiuki ʻana. | Let us behave decently, as in the daytime, not in orgies and drunkenness, not in sexual immorality and debauchery, not in dissension and jealousy. |
| Inā ua ʻehaʻeha kou hoahānau, no ka ʻai, ʻaʻole ma ke aloha kou ʻana: mai hoʻopōʻino aku ʻoe me kāu ʻai, i ka mea nona i make ai ʻo Kristo. | If your brother is distressed because of what you eat, you are no longer acting in love. Do not by your eating destroy your brother for whom Christ died. |
| No laila, ua alalai nui ʻia au i kuʻu ʻana aku i o ʻoukou lā. | This is why I have often been hindered from coming to you. |
| Akā, ʻānō, ʻaʻole wahi e koe mai iaʻu i kēia mau ʻāina, a i koʻu makemake ʻana i kēia mau makahiki e i o ʻoukou lā; | But now that there is no more place for me to work in these regions, and since I have been longing for many years to see you, |
| I koʻu ʻana aku i Sepania, manaʻo nō wau e ʻike iā ʻoukou i koʻu ʻana aʻe, a e kōkua ʻia e ʻoukou i koʻu ʻana i laila, ke loaʻa ʻē iaʻu kauwahi ʻoluʻolu iā ʻoukou. | I plan to do so when I go to Spain. I hope to visit you while passing through and to have you assist me on my journey there, after I have enjoyed your company for a while. |
| Akā, ʻānō, e ana au i Ierusalema e kōkua i ka poʻe haipule: | Now, however, I am on my way to Jerusalem in the service of the saints there. |
| A pau kēia i ka hana ʻia, a hōʻoiaʻiʻo aku au i kēia hua no lākou, e aku nō wau i waena o ʻoukou i Sepania. | So after I have completed this task and have made sure that they have received this fruit, I will go to Spain and visit you on the way. |
| Ua ʻike nō hoʻi au, i koʻu ʻana i o ʻoukou lā, e nō wau me ka pono nui o ka ʻeuanelio a Kristo. | I know that when I come to you, I will come in the full measure of the blessing of Christ. |
| I aku hoʻi au i o ʻoukou lā me ka ʻoliʻoli, ke makemake mai ke Akua, a e hōʻoluʻolu pū ʻia au me ʻoukou. | so that by God's will I may come to you with joy and together with you be refreshed. |
| E nā hoahānau, i koʻu ʻana aku i o ʻoukou lā, e haʻi aku i ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua, ʻaʻole au i aku me ka hoʻohanohano ʻōlelo, a me ka hoʻākamai. | When I came to you, brothers, I did not come with eloquence or superior wisdom as I proclaimed to you the testimony about God. |
| Ma ko ke kino nō ʻoukou a hiki i kēia wā; no ka mea, i kā ʻoukou pāonioni ʻana, a me ka paio, a me ka mokuāhana, ʻaʻole anei ʻoukou ma ko ke kino, a hoʻi ma ko ke kanaka? | You are still worldly. For since there is jealousy and quarreling among you, are you not worldly? Are you not acting like mere men? |
| Akā, e koke aku nō au i o ʻoukou lā, ke ʻae mai ka Haku, a e ʻike auaneʻi au, ʻaʻole i ka ʻōlelo a ka poʻe i haʻanoʻu, akā, i ka ikaika ʻiʻo. | But I will come to you very soon, if the Lord is willing, and then I will find out not only how these arrogant people are talking, but what power they have. |
| He aha ko ʻoukou makemake? E paha wau i o ʻoukou lā me ka lāʻau hahau, me ke aloha paha, a me ka manaʻo akahai? | What do you prefer? Shall I come to you with a whip, or in love and with a gentle spirit? |
| ʻAʻole naʻe me ka poʻe moekolohe o kēia ao, a me ka poʻe makeʻe a me ka poʻe ʻālunu, a me ka poʻe hoʻomana kiʻi: no ka mea, inā pēlā, inā ua pono iā ʻoukou ke ma waho o ke ao nei. | not at all meaning the people of this world who are immoral, or the greedy and swindlers, or idolaters. In that case you would have to leave this world. |
| E like hoʻi me kā ka Haku hāʻawi ʻana mai i kēlā kanaka i kēia kanaka, e like nō me kā ke Akua hea ʻana mai i kēlā kanaka i kēia kanaka, pēlā nō ia e ai; a pēlā nō au e kauoha aku nei ma nā ʻekalesia a pau. | Nevertheless, each one should retain the place in life that the Lord assigned to him and to which God has called him. This is the rule I lay down in all the churches. |
| Inā i hea ʻia mai ʻoe, e hoʻokauā ana, mai manaʻo ʻoe ia mea; akā, inā e hiki ke kuʻu wale ʻia mai ʻoe, e nō. | Were you a slave when you were called? Don't let it trouble you--although if you can gain your freedom, do so. |
| ʻO wai ka mea i ke kaua me ka uku ʻole ʻia mai? ʻO wai ka mea kanu i ka māla waina, a ʻai ʻole i kona hua? ʻO wai hoʻi kai hānai i nā holoholona, a ʻai ʻole i ka waiū o nā holoholona? | Who serves as a soldier at his own expense? Who plants a vineyard and does not eat of its grapes? Who tends a flock and does not drink of the milk? |
| E nā hoahānau ē, ʻaʻole oʻu makemake, e naʻaupō ʻoukou i nā kūpuna o kākou. Ma loko o ke ao lākou a pau, a pau nō hoʻi lākou i ka ma waena o ke kai; | For I do not want you to be ignorant of the fact, brothers, that our forefathers were all under the cloud and that they all passed through the sea. |
| Inā e kono mai kekahi o ka poʻe hoʻomaloka iā ʻoe, a manaʻo ʻoe e, ʻo ka mea i waiho ʻia i mua ou, e ʻai, ʻaʻole hoʻi me ka ninaninau aku, no ka lunamanaʻo. | If some unbeliever invites you to a meal and you want to go, eat whatever is put before you without raising questions of conscience. |
| E nā hoahānau ē, inā e aku au i o ʻoukou lā, me ka ʻōlelo i ka ʻōlelo ʻē, pehea lā e pono ai ʻoukou iaʻu, ke ʻōlelo ʻole aku au ma ka hōʻike ʻana, a ma ka hoʻonaʻauao ʻana, a ma ka wānana ʻana, a ma ke aʻo ʻana aku? | Now, brothers, if I come to you and speak in tongues, what good will I be to you, unless I bring you some revelation or knowledge or prophecy or word of instruction? |
| Akā, inā wānana nā mea a pau, a mai kekahi mea hoʻomaloka, a naʻaupō paha, ua aʻo ʻia ʻo ia e nā mea a pau, ua ʻāhewa ʻia ʻo ia e nā mea a pau. | But if an unbeliever or someone who does not understand comes in while everybody is prophesying, he will be convinced by all that he is a sinner and will be judged by all, |
| Mai o ʻoukou mai anei ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua i mai ai? I aku anei ia i o ʻoukou lā wale nō? | Did the word of God originate with you? Or are you the only people it has reached? |
| E nīnau mai auaneʻi kekahi, Pehea lā e hoʻāla ʻia mai ai ka poʻe make? E mai lākou me ke kino hea? | But someone may ask, "How are the dead raised? With what kind of body will they come?" |
| A inā he pono ke au, e pū lākou me aʻu. | If it seems advisable for me to go also, they will accompany me. |
| I koʻu wā e aku ai ma waena o Makedonia, e nō wau i o ʻoukou lā; no ka mea, e ana au ma Makedonia. | After I go through Macedonia, I will come to you--for I will be going through Macedonia. |
| A e noho paha, a pau ka hoʻoilo me ʻoukou, a na ʻoukou wau e kaʻi aku i koʻu wahi e ai. | Perhaps I will stay with you awhile, or even spend the winter, so that you can help me on my journey, wherever I go. |
| No ka mea, ʻaʻole au e ʻike aku iā ʻoukou i kēia ʻana; ke manaʻo nei nō naʻe au e noho iki me ʻoukou, inā e ʻae mai ka Haku pēlā. | I do not want to see you now and make only a passing visit; I hope to spend some time with you, if the Lord permits. |
| A ʻo ʻApolo hoʻi ka hoahānau, ua makemake nui au e aku ia i o ʻoukou lā, me nā hoahānau; ʻaʻole naʻe ia ʻo kona manaʻo ke aku i o ʻoukou lā, i kēia wā: akā, e aku nō ke loaʻa iā ia ka wā pono. | Now about our brother Apollos: I strongly urged him to go to you with the brothers. He was quite unwilling to go now, but he will go when he has the opportunity. |
| Me kēia manaʻo maopopo, ua ake nō au e aku i o ʻoukou lā ma mua, i loaʻa hoʻi iā ʻoukou ka haʻawina hou; | Because I was confident of this, I planned to visit you first so that you might benefit twice. |
| A e aku ma o ʻoukou lā i Makedonia, a e hoʻi hou mai i o ʻoukou lā mai Makedonia mai, a e alakaʻi ʻia aku e ʻoukou i Iudea. | I planned to visit you on my way to Macedonia and to come back to you from Macedonia, and then to have you send me on my way to Judea. |
| Akā, ʻo kēia kaʻu i manaʻo ai, ʻaʻole e hou aku i o ʻoukou lā me ka ʻeha o ka naʻau. | So I made up my mind that I would not make another painful visit to you. |
| No laila, ua palapala aku au iā ʻoukou i ua mea lā, o ʻehaʻeha auaneʻi au i ka poʻe e pono ke hoʻohauʻoli mai iaʻu i kuʻu ʻana aku; ua manaʻo leʻa hoʻi au iā ʻoukou a pau, ʻo koʻu ʻoliʻoli ʻana, ʻo kā ʻoukou hoʻi ia a pau. | I wrote as I did so that when I came I should not be distressed by those who ought to make me rejoice. I had confidence in all of you, that you would all share my joy. |
| A i kuʻu ʻana i Teroa no ka ʻeuanelio a Kristo, a ua wehe ʻia aʻela ka puka iaʻu e ka Haku, | Now when I went to Troas to preach the gospel of Christ and found that the Lord had opened a door for me, |
| ʻAʻole oʻu maha ma kuʻu naʻau, i ka loaʻa ʻole iaʻu ʻo Tito ʻo koʻu hoahānau: akā, uē akula au iā lākou, a akula i Makedonia. | I still had no peace of mind, because I did not find my brother Titus there. So I said good-by to them and went on to Macedonia. |
| Akā, ua kipaku aku mākou i nā mea huna e hilahila ai, ʻaʻole mākou i me ka maʻalea, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hana i ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua me ka hoʻopunipuni; akā, ma ka hoʻākāka ʻana aku i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, ke hōʻike nei mākou iā mākou iho i nā naʻau a pau o kānaka, he pono i mua o ke Akua. | Rather, we have renounced secret and shameful ways; we do not use deception, nor do we distort the word of God. On the contrary, by setting forth the truth plainly we commend ourselves to every man's conscience in the sight of God. |
| A ke kenakena nei mākou me ke kaumaha e noho ana i loko o ua halelewa nei: ʻaʻole na ka makemake e ma waho, akā, e hoʻokomo ʻia ma loko, i ale ʻia ka make e ke ola. | For while we are in this tent, we groan and are burdened, because we do not wish to be unclothed but to be clothed with our heavenly dwelling, so that what is mortal may be swallowed up by life. |
| No ka mea, ke nei mākou ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo, ʻaʻole ma ka ʻike maka ʻana. | We live by faith, not by sight. |
| Pehea hoʻi e kū like ai ka luakini o ke Akua me ko nā kiʻi? No ka mea, ʻo ʻoukou ka luakini o ke Akua ola; e like me kā ke Akua i ʻōlelo mai ai, E noho pū auaneʻi au me lākou, a e pū hoʻi; ʻo wau auaneʻi ko lākou Akua, a ʻo lākou hoʻi auaneʻi koʻu poʻe kānaka. | What agreement is there between the temple of God and idols? For we are the temple of the living God. As God has said: "I will live with them and walk among them, and I will be their God, and they will be my people." |
| No ka mea, iā mākou i mai ai i Makedonia, ʻaʻole i loaʻa i ko mākou kino ka maha iki, ua pilikia mākou ma nā ʻaoʻao a pau; ma waho he hakakā, ma loko he makaʻu. | For when we came into Macedonia, this body of ours had no rest, but we were harassed at every turn--conflicts on the outside, fears within. |
| Akā, ʻo ke Akua nāna e hōʻoluʻolu mai i ka poʻe haʻahaʻa, ʻo ia kai hōʻoluʻolu mai iā mākou i ka ʻana mai o Tito; | But God, who comforts the downcast, comforted us by the coming of Titus, |
| ʻAʻole wale nō i kona ʻana mai; akā, i ka ʻoluʻolu ʻana i hōʻoluʻolu ʻia ai e ʻoukou, i ka haʻi ʻana mai iā mākou i ko ʻoukou ʻiʻini ʻana, i ko ʻoukou uē ʻana, a me ko ʻoukou manaʻo ikaika iaʻu; no laila, ua nui kuʻu ʻoliʻoli. | and not only by his coming but also by the comfort you had given him. He told us about your longing for me, your deep sorrow, your ardent concern for me, so that my joy was greater than ever. |
| No ka mea, ua hoʻolohe maila ia i ka ʻōlelo hoʻoikaika; akā, i ka ʻoi ʻana aku o kona ikaika, akula ia i o ʻoukou lā ma kona manaʻo iho. | For Titus not only welcomed our appeal, but he is coming to you with much enthusiasm and on his own initiative. |
| ʻAʻole kēia wale nō, akā, ua wae ʻia hoʻi ʻo ia e nā ʻekalesia i hoa no mākou me kēia haʻawina i lawe ʻia e mākou no ka nani o ka Haku, a me ka hōʻike ʻana aku i ko ʻoukou lokomaikaʻi. | What is more, he was chosen by the churches to accompany us as we carry the offering, which we administer in order to honor the Lord himself and to show our eagerness to help. |
| Malia paha o hilahila auaneʻi mākou, (ʻaʻole ʻo ʻoukou hoʻi kā mākou e ʻī aku nei,) i kēia kaena ikaika ʻana, ke pū aku nei ko Makedonia me aʻu, a loaʻa ʻoukou ʻaʻole i mākaukau. | For if any Macedonians come with me and find you unprepared, we--not to say anything about you--would be ashamed of having been so confident. |
| No ia mea, he pono i kuʻu manaʻo e noi aku i ua mau hoahānau lā e ʻē ma mua i o ʻoukou lā e hoʻomākaukau i ko ʻoukou haʻawina i ʻōlelo ʻē ʻia ma mua, i mākaukau ai ua mea lā, me he haʻawina lā, ʻaʻole me he mea ʻohi ʻia lā. | So I thought it necessary to urge the brothers to visit you in advance and finish the arrangements for the generous gift you had promised. Then it will be ready as a generous gift, not as one grudgingly given. |
| Ke noi aku nei au, i ʻaʻa ʻole koʻu naʻau me ʻoukou, e like me koʻu manaʻo e ʻaʻa aku i kekahi poʻe e manaʻo mai ana iā mākou, ua mākou ma muli o ke kino. | I beg you that when I come I may not have to be as bold as I expect to be toward some people who think that we live by the standards of this world. |
| ʻAʻole mākou i ma ʻō aku o ko mākou mokuna me he hiki ʻole aku i o ʻoukou lā; akā, ua hiki aku hoʻi mākou i o ʻoukou lā me ka ʻeuanelio a Kristo. | We are not going too far in our boasting, as would be the case if we had not come to you, for we did get as far as you with the gospel of Christ. |
| Inā paha e haʻi aku ka mea i mai i kekahi Iesū ʻokoʻa, ʻaʻole kā mākou i haʻi aku ai, a i loaʻa iā ʻoukou ka ʻuhane ʻokoʻa, i loaʻa ʻole iā ʻoukou ma mua, a i ka ʻeuanelio ʻokoʻa, a ʻoukou i lohe ʻole ai ma mua, inā ua pono nō ʻoukou ke hoʻomanawanui aku. | For if someone comes to you and preaches a Jesus other than the Jesus we preached, or if you receive a different spirit from the one you received, or a different gospel from the one you accepted, you put up with it easily enough. |
| He pinepine kuʻu ʻana, he pilikia i nā muliwai, he pilikia hoʻi i nā pōwā, he pilikia i oʻu hoa hanauna kanaka, he pilikia i kānaka ʻē, he pilikia i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, he pilikia hoʻi ma ka wao akua, he pilikia i ke kai, he pilikia hoʻi i waena o nā hoahānau hoʻopunipuni; | I have been constantly on the move. I have been in danger from rivers, in danger from bandits, in danger from my own countrymen, in danger from Gentiles; in danger in the city, in danger in the country, in danger at sea; and in danger from false brothers. |
| Aia hoʻi, eia ke kolu o kuʻu mākaukau e aku i o ʻoukou lā; ʻaʻole au e hoʻokaumaha iā ʻoukou; no ka mea, ʻo ʻoukou kaʻu e ʻimi nei, ʻaʻole kā ʻoukou: ʻaʻole e pono no nā keiki ke hoʻāhu aku na nā mākua, akā, ʻo nā mākua na nā keiki. | Now I am ready to visit you for the third time, and I will not be a burden to you, because what I want is not your possessions but you. After all, children should not have to save up for their parents, but parents for their children. |
| Noi akula au iā Tito, a hoʻouna pū akula au me ia i kekahi hoahānau: ua waiwai anei ʻo Tito iā ʻoukou? ʻAʻole anei mākou i ma ka manaʻo hoʻokahi, a ma ke kapuaʻi hoʻokahi? | I urged Titus to go to you and I sent our brother with him. Titus did not exploit you, did he? Did we not act in the same spirit and follow the same course? |
| Eia ke kolu o kuʻu ʻana aku i o ʻoukou lā; ma ka waha o nā mea ʻike ʻelua, a ʻekolu paha e hoʻokūpaʻa ʻia ai nā mea a pau. | This will be my third visit to you. "Every matter must be established by the testimony of two or three witnesses." |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi au i piʻi aku i Ierusalema, i ka poʻe lunaʻōlelo ma mua oʻu: akā, akula au i ʻArabia, a hoʻi hou maila i Damaseko. | nor did I go up to Jerusalem to see those who were apostles before I was, but I went immediately into Arabia and later returned to Damascus. |
| Ma ia hope mai, akula au i nā moku o Suria a me Kilikia; | Later I went to Syria and Cilicia. |
| A ʻike maila Iakobo me Kepa a me Ioane i manaʻo ʻia he mau kia, i ka maikaʻi i hāʻawi ʻia mai iaʻu, hāʻawi maila lākou iā māua me Barenaba i nā lima ʻākau e hoʻolauna pū ai; i māua i ko nā ʻāina ʻē, a ʻo lākou i ka poʻe ʻoki poepoe ʻia. | James, Peter and John, those reputed to be pillars, gave me and Barnabas the right hand of fellowship when they recognized the grace given to me. They agreed that we should go to the Gentiles, and they to the Jews. |
| A maila Petero i ʻAnetioka, kūʻē akula au iā ia i mua o kona alo, no ka mea, ua hewa ia. | When Peter came to Antioch, I opposed him to his face, because he was clearly in the wrong. |
| A ʻike akula au, ʻaʻole i kūpono ko lākou ʻana ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo o ka ʻeuanelio, ʻī akula au iā Petero i mua o lākou a pau, Inā ʻo ʻoe he Iudaio e noho like ana me ko nā ʻāina ʻē, ʻaʻole me ka poʻe Iudaio, pehea lā kāu e koi aku nei i ko nā ʻāina ʻē e noho like me ko ka Iudaio? | When I saw that they were not acting in line with the truth of the gospel, I said to Peter in front of them all, "You are a Jew, yet you live like a Gentile and not like a Jew. How is it, then, that you force Gentiles to follow Jewish customs? |
| A i noho kākou ma ko ka ʻUhane, e hoʻi kākou ma ko ka ʻUhane. | Since we live by the Spirit, let us keep in step with the Spirit. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe a pau e ma kēia manaʻo, ma luna o lākou ka malu a me ke aloha, a ma luna hoʻi o ka poʻe ʻIseraʻela o ke Akua. | Peace and mercy to all who follow this rule, even to the Israel of God. |
| Ma ia mau mea ʻoukou i ai ma mua, ma ka ʻaoʻao o kēia ao, ma muli o ke aliʻi ikaika o ka lewa, ʻo ka ʻuhane e hoʻoikaika ana i loko o nā keiki hoʻolohe ʻole. | in which you used to live when you followed the ways of this world and of the ruler of the kingdom of the air, the spirit who is now at work in those who are disobedient. |
| Ua mai hoʻi, a haʻi maila i ka ʻōlelo hoʻomalu iā ʻoukou i ka poʻe mamao aku a me ka poʻe kokoke. | He came and preached peace to you who were far away and peace to those who were near. |
| No ia mea, ʻo wau ka paʻahao no ka Haku, ke nonoi aku nei iā ʻoukou, e ʻoukou ma ka mea e kū i ke koho ʻana a ʻoukou i koho ʻia mai ai. | As a prisoner for the Lord, then, I urge you to live a life worthy of the calling you have received. |
| No laila, e nānā ʻoukou i pono e like me ka poʻe naʻauao, ʻaʻole me ka poʻe naʻaupō, | Be very careful, then, how you live--not as unwise but as wise, |
| No ka mea, he pilikia koʻu i waena o nā mea ʻelua, ʻo ke ake e a e noho me Kristo; ʻo ia ka maikaʻi loa; | I am torn between the two: I desire to depart and be with Christ, which is better by far; |
| E hana wale ʻoukou ma ka pono o ka ʻeuanelio a Kristo; a inā paha e aku au e ʻike iā ʻoukou, inā paha hoʻi ma kahi ʻē e lohe auaneʻi au i kā ʻoukou mau mea, e ʻike nō ua kūpaʻa ʻoukou ma ka ʻuhane hoʻokahi, me ka manaʻo hoʻokahi, a me ka hoʻoikaika pū ʻana i ka manaʻoʻiʻo o ka ʻeuanelio; | Whatever happens, conduct yourselves in a manner worthy of the gospel of Christ. Then, whether I come and see you or only hear about you in my absence, I will know that you stand firm in one spirit, contending as one man for the faith of the gospel |
| E nā hoahānau, e hoʻohālike pū ʻoukou me aʻu, e nānā pono hoʻi ʻoukou i ka poʻe like me mākou i kumu hoʻohālike na ʻoukou. | Join with others in following my example, brothers, and take note of those who live according to the pattern we gave you. |
| (No ka mea, he nui nō ka poʻe e ana, aʻu i haʻi pinepine aku ai iā ʻoukou, a ʻānō hoʻi ke haʻi aku nei au me ka uē ʻana, he poʻe ʻenemi lākou i ke keʻa o Kristo: | For, as I have often told you before and now say again even with tears, many live as enemies of the cross of Christ. |
| I ʻoukou ma ka pono o ka Haku, i nā mea a pau i ʻoluʻolu ʻia mai ai, e hua mai ana i ka hua ma nā hana maikaʻi a pau, me ka māhuahua ʻana aʻe o ka ʻike ʻana i ke Akua. | And we pray this in order that you may live a life worthy of the Lord and may please him in every way: bearing fruit in every good work, growing in the knowledge of God, |
| No laila hoʻi, no ka loaʻa ʻana mai o Kristo iā ʻoukou, e ʻoukou i loko ona; | So then, just as you received Christ Jesus as Lord, continue to live in him, |
| I laila hoʻi ko ʻoukou ʻana i kekahi manawa, iā ʻoukou i noho pū ai me lākou. | You used to walk in these ways, in the life you once lived. |
| E naʻauao ʻoukou ma mua o ka poʻe ma waho, e mālama pono ana i ka manawa. | Be wise in the way you act toward outsiders; make the most of every opportunity. |
| I pono ʻoukou ma ka pono o ke Akua, ka mea nāna ʻoukou i hea mai i loko o kona aupuni, a i kona nani. | encouraging, comforting and urging you to live lives worthy of God, who calls you into his kingdom and glory. |
| No ia mea, ʻo ko mākou manaʻo e aku i o ʻoukou lā, ʻo wau ʻo Paulo kekahi i kēlā manawa a i kēia manawa; akā, ua alalai maila ʻo Sātana iā mākou. | For we wanted to come to you--certainly I, Paul, did, again and again--but Satan stopped us. |
| Eia hou nēia, e nā hoahānau, ke nonoi aku nei mākou me ka hoʻoikaika aku iā ʻoukou ma o Iesū Kristo lā, e like me ka pono a ʻoukou i lohe mai ai iā mākou e ai ʻoukou, a e hōʻoluʻolu ai i ke Akua, pēlā hoʻi ʻoukou e hoʻomāhuahua mau aku ai. | Finally, brothers, we instructed you how to live in order to please God, as in fact you are living. Now we ask you and urge you in the Lord Jesus to do this more and more. |
| I pono kā ʻoukou ʻana i mua o ka poʻe o waho, a i nele ʻole hoʻi ʻoukou i kekahi mea. | so that your daily life may win the respect of outsiders and so that you will not be dependent on anybody. |
| Ke kauoha aku nei hoʻi mākou iā ʻoukou, e nā hoahānau, ma ka inoa o ko kākou Haku, ʻo Iesū Kristo, e hoʻokaʻawale iā ʻoukou iho, mai kēlā hoahānau a me kēia hoahānau e hōkai ana, ʻaʻole ma muli o ka haʻawina i kauoha ʻia aku ai e mākou. | In the name of the Lord Jesus Christ, we command you, brothers, to keep away from every brother who is idle and does not live according to the teaching you received from us. |
| Ua ʻike nō hoʻi ʻoukou, e pono ʻoukou e hoʻohālike me mākou; no ka mea, ʻaʻole mākou i hōkai i waena o ʻoukou. | For you yourselves know how you ought to follow our example. We were not idle when we were with you, |
| Ua lohe hoʻi mākou, ē, aia hoʻi i waena o ʻoukou kekahi poʻe e hōkai ana, ʻaʻole e hana maoli ana, akā, he poʻe hana lapuwale. | We hear that some among you are idle. They are not busy; they are busybodies. |
| Me aʻu i nonoi aku ai iā ʻoe e noho ʻoe ma ʻEpeso, i kuʻu ʻana aku i Makedonia, i kauoha ʻoe i kekahi poʻe, i aʻo ʻole aku lākou i ka ʻōlelo ʻē, | As I urged you when I went into Macedonia, stay there in Ephesus so that you may command certain men not to teach false doctrines any longer |
| Eia hoʻi ka ʻōlelo ʻoiaʻiʻo, e pono e mālama nui ʻia mai, ua mai ʻo Kristo Iesū i ke ao nei, e hoʻōla i ka poʻe hewa; ʻo wau nō ko lākou mea ʻoi. | Here is a trustworthy saying that deserves full acceptance: Christ Jesus came into the world to save sinners--of whom I am the worst. |
| ʻO kēia mau mea kaʻu e palapala aku nei iā ʻoe, me ka manaʻo e koke aku i ou lā; | Although I hope to come to you soon, I am writing you these instructions so that, |
| ʻO nā hewa o kekahi poʻe kānaka, ua akāka ʻē nō ia e mua ana i ka hoʻohewa ʻia mai; a e hahai ana nō hoʻi nā hewa ma muli o kekahi poʻe. | The sins of some men are obvious, reaching the place of judgment ahead of them; the sins of others trail behind them. |
| No ka mea, ua mākaukau au no ka ninini ʻia aku, a ua kokoke mai nei ka manawa oʻu e aku ai. | For I am already being poured out like a drink offering, and the time has come for my departure. |
| E hoʻoikaika ʻoe e koke mai i oʻu nei. | Do your best to come to me quickly, |
| No ka mea, ua haʻalele ʻo Dema iaʻu, ua makemake ia i ke ao nei, a ua akula ia i Tesalonike, ʻo Keresena hoʻi i Galatia, ʻo Tito hoʻi i Dalematia. | for Demas, because he loved this world, has deserted me and has gone to Thessalonica. Crescens has gone to Galatia, and Titus to Dalmatia. |
| ʻO Luka wale nō hoʻokahi me aʻu. E kono ʻoe iā Mareko e pū mai me ʻoe; no ka mea, he mea ia e pono ai noʻu ma ka ʻoihana kahuna. | Only Luke is with me. Get Mark and bring him with you, because he is helpful to me in my ministry. |
| ʻO ka ʻaʻahu aʻu i waiho aku ai ma Teroa iā Karepo, ʻo kāu ia e lawe pū mai i kou ʻana mai, a me nā buke, a me nā ʻili palapala hoʻi. | When you come, bring the cloak that I left with Carpus at Troas, and my scrolls, especially the parchments. |
| E hoʻoikaika ʻoe e mai ma mua o ka hoʻoilo. Ke aloha aku nei ʻo ʻEubulo iā ʻoe, a ʻo Poude, a ʻo Lino, a ʻo Kelaudia, a ʻo ka poʻe hoahānau a pau. | Do your best to get here before winter. Eubulus greets you, and so do Pudens, Linus, Claudia and all the brothers. |
| Aia hoʻouna aku au iā ʻAretema paha, iā Tukiko paha i ou lā, e hoʻoikaika ʻoe e mai i oʻu nei i Nikopoli; no ka mea, ʻo koʻu manaʻo e noho ma laila i ka hoʻoilo. | As soon as I send Artemas or Tychicus to you, do your best to come to me at Nicopolis, because I have decided to winter there. |
| E kōkua maikaʻi ʻoe iā Zena i ke kākāʻōlelo, a me ʻApolo, i ko lāua ʻana mai, i hemahema ʻole lāua. | Do everything you can to help Zenas the lawyer and Apollos on their way and see that they have everything they need. |
| ʻO wai lā ka poʻe i lohe, a laila hoʻonāukiuki akula? ʻAʻole anei ʻo ka poʻe a pau i mai, ma o Mose lā, mai ʻAigupita mai? | Who were they who heard and rebelled? Were they not all those Moses led out of Egypt? |
| E hiki nō iā ia ke lokomaikaʻi aku i ka poʻe naʻaupō, a me ka poʻe hewa; no ka mea, ʻo ia nō kekahi i hoʻopuni ʻia mai e ka nāwaliwali; | He is able to deal gently with those who are ignorant and are going astray, since he himself is subject to weakness. |
| No laila e waiho ana i nā hua mua o nā ʻōlelo a Kristo, e aku kākou i mua a hiki i ke oʻo loa ʻana; ʻaʻole e hoʻonoho hou ana i ke kumu no ka mihi ʻana i nā hana e make ai, a no ka manaʻoʻiʻo i ke Akua, | Therefore let us leave the elementary teachings about Christ and go on to maturity, not laying again the foundation of repentance from acts that lead to death, and of faith in God, |
| I kahi i komo ai no kākou ʻo Iesū ʻo ko kākou mea mua, i hoʻolilo ʻia aʻe hoʻi i kahuna nui mau loa ma muli o ke ʻano o Melekisedeka. | where Jesus, who went before us, has entered on our behalf. He has become a high priest forever, in the order of Melchizedek. |
| A ʻo nā mamo a Levi, ka poʻe i lawe i ka ʻoihana a ke kahuna, ua kauoha ʻia mai lākou ma ke kānāwai e lawe i ka hapaʻumi o ka waiwai o kānaka, ʻo ko lākou poʻe hoahānau, a ua mai nō naʻe lākou mai loko mai o ko ʻAberahama pūhaka: | Now the law requires the descendants of Levi who become priests to collect a tenth from the people--that is, their brothers--even though their brothers are descended from Abraham. |
| No ia mea, e hiki mau ai iā ia ke hoʻōla i ka poʻe i mai i ke Akua ma ona lā, no kona ola mau loa ʻana e ʻuao ana no lākou. | Therefore he is able to save completely those who come to God through him, because he always lives to intercede for them. |
| A laila, ʻī ihola au, Eia hoʻi, ua mai nei au, (ua palapala ʻia noʻu ma ka buke palapala,) e hana aku i kou makemake, e ke Akua. | Then I said, 'Here I am--it is written about me in the scroll-- I have come to do your will, O God.' " |
| A laila, ʻōlelo hou aʻela, Eia hoʻi, ua mai nei au e hana aku i kou makemake, e ke Akua. Ua hoʻokae ʻo ia i ka mea mua, e hoʻokūpaʻa ai ia i ka lua. | Then he said, "Here I am, I have come to do your will." He sets aside the first to establish the second. |
| Akā, he mea hiki ʻole ke hōʻoluʻolu i ke Akua me ka manaʻoʻiʻo ʻole; no ka mea, ʻo ka mea e ana i ke Akua, e pono nō e manaʻoʻiʻo ʻo ia, he mea ʻiʻo nō ia, a, he mea hoʻi e uku mai ana i ka poʻe i ʻimi ikaika iā ia. | And without faith it is impossible to please God, because anyone who comes to him must believe that he exists and that he rewards those who earnestly seek him. |
| Ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo hoʻi i hoʻolohe ai ʻo ʻAberahama, i ka wā i hea ʻia mai ai e aku i kahi e loaʻa mai ai iā ia ka noho ʻana; a akula ia me ka ʻike ʻole i kona wahi i ai. | By faith Abraham, when called to go to a place he would later receive as his inheritance, obeyed and went, even though he did not know where he was going. |
| Ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo, i ka pau ʻana o kona ea, i ʻōlelo ai ʻo Iosepa i ka ʻana aku o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela; a ua kauoha akula no kona mau iwi. | By faith Joseph, when his end was near, spoke about the exodus of the Israelites from Egypt and gave instructions about his bones. |
| Ma ka manaʻoʻiʻo i ai lākou ma waena o ke Kaiʻula me he ʻana lā ma ka ʻāina maloʻo, ka mea a ko ʻAigupita i hoʻāʻo ai a make ihola i ke kai. | By faith the people passed through the Red Sea as on dry land; but when the Egyptians tried to do so, they were drowned. |
| Eia hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i mai i ka mauna e hiki ke hoʻopā kino ʻia aku, a me ke ahi e lapalapa ana, a me nā ao ʻeleʻele, a me ka pouli, a me ka ʻino, | You have not come to a mountain that can be touched and that is burning with fire; to darkness, gloom and storm; |
| Akā, ua mai nō ʻoukou i ka mauna Ziona, a i ke kūlanakauhale o ke Akua ola, i ko ka lani Ierusalema, a i ke anaina hiki ʻole ke helu ʻia o nā ʻānela; | But you have come to Mount Zion, to the heavenly Jerusalem, the city of the living God. You have come to thousands upon thousands of angels in joyful assembly, |
| E hoʻomanaʻo i ko ʻoukou mau alakaʻi, nā mea nāna i haʻi mai i ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua iā ʻoukou; e noʻonoʻo pono i ka hope o kā lākou hana ʻana, e hoʻi ma muli o ko lākou manaʻoʻiʻo. | Remember your leaders, who spoke the word of God to you. Consider the outcome of their way of life and imitate their faith. |
| No ia mea, e aku kākou i ona lā ma waho o kahi e hoʻomoana ai, e ʻauamo ana i kona hōʻino ʻia ʻana. | Let us, then, go to him outside the camp, bearing the disgrace he bore. |
| A i ʻī aku kekahi o ʻoukou iā lāua, Ō ʻolua me ka pōmaikaʻi, a e hoʻopumahana ʻia, a e māʻona nō hoʻi; ʻaʻole naʻe ʻoukou e hāʻawi ʻiʻo aku iā lāua i ka mea e pono ai ke kino; he aha lā ka waiwai? | If one of you says to him, "Go, I wish you well; keep warm and well fed," but does nothing about his physical needs, what good is it? |
| E ʻoukou, e ka poʻe e ʻōlelo ana, E mākou i kēia lā paha, ʻapōpō paha i kahi kūlanakauhale, a ma laila mākou e noho ai i hoʻokahi makahiki, a e kūʻai aku, kūʻai mai, a e loaʻa ka waiwai; | Now listen, you who say, "Today or tomorrow we will go to this or that city, spend a year there, carry on business and make money." |
| E ʻoukou, e ka poʻe waiwai, e uē ʻoukou me ka ʻaoa aku no nā ʻehaʻeha e kau mai ana ma luna o ʻoukou. | Now listen, you rich people, weep and wail because of the misery that is coming upon you. |
| E nā hoahānau, inā e hewa kekahi o ʻoukou, mai ka ʻoiaʻiʻo aʻe, a e hoʻohuli mai kekahi iā ia; | My brothers, if one of you should wander from the truth and someone should bring him back, |
| E ʻike pono ʻo ia, ʻo ka mea e hoʻohuli mai ana i ka mea hewa, mai kona hewa ʻana mai, nāna nō i hoʻopakele aʻe ka ʻuhane i ka make, a nāna hoʻi i hoʻōki i ka hewa he nui loa. | remember this: Whoever turns a sinner from the error of his way will save him from death and cover over a multitude of sins. |
| Ua mai ʻoukou i ona lā, ka pōhaku ola, ua haʻalele ʻia nō naʻe ia e kānaka, akā, ua wae ʻia mai e ke Akua, he maikaʻi ʻiʻo. | As you come to him, the living Stone--rejected by men but chosen by God and precious to him-- |
| No ka mea, ua like ʻoukou me nā hipa e hewa ana; akā, ua hoʻihoʻi ʻia mai nei ʻoukou i ke Kahu hipa, a me ka Luna kiaʻi o ko ʻoukou mau ʻuhane. | For you were like sheep going astray, but now you have returned to the Shepherd and Overseer of your souls. |
| Pēlā ia i ai, a aʻo aku nō hoʻi i nā ʻuhane e noho nei ma kahi paʻahao; | through whom also he went and preached to the spirits in prison |
| ʻO ka mea i aku i ka lani, a ʻo ia hoʻi ia e noho lā ma ka lima ʻākau o ke Akua; a ua hoʻonoho ʻia ma lalo iho ona, nā ʻānela, a me nā mea kiʻekiʻe a me nā mea mana. | who has gone into heaven and is at God's right hand--with angels, authorities and powers in submission to him. |
| Ua haʻalele lākou i ke ala o ka pono, ua hewa me ka hahai aku ma ka ʻaoʻao o Balaʻama a Bosora, ka mea i makemake i ka uku o ka hewa; | They have left the straight way and wandered off to follow the way of Balaam son of Beor, who loved the wages of wickedness. |
| E ʻike mua ʻoukou i kēia; i nā lā ma hope, e hiki mai ana nō ka poʻe hoʻowahāwahā, hilahila ʻole, a e ana nō hoʻi lākou ma muli o ko lākou kuko iho, | First of all, you must understand that in the last days scoffers will come, scoffing and following their own evil desires. |
| Inā e ʻōlelo kākou, ua aloha pū kākou me ia, a hoʻi ma ka pouli, ua wahaheʻe kākou, ʻaʻole kākou i hana ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo. | If we claim to have fellowship with him yet walk in the darkness, we lie and do not live by the truth. |
| Akā, inā i kākou ma ka mālamalama e like me ia e noho lā ma ka mālamalama, a laila, ua aloha pū kākou i kekahi i kekahi; a na ke koko o Iesū Kristo ʻo kāna Keiki, e huikala mai iā kākou i ko kākou hewa a pau. | But if we walk in the light, as he is in the light, we have fellowship with one another, and the blood of Jesus, his Son, purifies us from all sin. |
| ʻO ka mea e ʻōlelo ana, ke noho nei ʻo ia i loko ona, he mea pono nona ke e like me ko ia ala ʻana. | Whoever claims to live in him must walk as Jesus did. |
| Akā, ʻo ka mea e inaina aku ana i kona hoahānau, aia nō ia ma loko o ka pouli, a ke nei nō ia ma ka pouli, ʻaʻole ia i ʻike i kona wahi e ai, no ka mea, ua paʻa kona mau maka i ka pouli. | But whoever hates his brother is in the darkness and walks around in the darkness; he does not know where he is going, because the darkness has blinded him. |
| aku lākou mai o kākou aku, akā, ʻaʻole loa lākou no kākou; no ka mea, inā lākou no kākou, inā ua noho lākou me kākou; akā, lākou i maopopo ai, ʻaʻole lākou a pau no kākou. | They went out from us, but they did not really belong to us. For if they had belonged to us, they would have remained with us; but their going showed that none of them belonged to us. |
| ʻĀnō lā, e nā keiki aloha, e noho ʻoukou i loko ona; i wiwo ʻole ai kākou i kona wā e ʻikea mai ai, i ʻole ai kākou e hilahila i mua ona, i kona ʻana mai. | And now, dear children, continue in him, so that when he appears we may be confident and unashamed before him at his coming. |
| E nā punahele, mai manaʻoʻiʻo aku ʻoukou i nā ʻuhane a pau, akā, e hoʻāʻo aku i nā ʻuhane, no ke Akua mai paha, ʻaʻole paha: no ka mea, ua nui nō nā kāula wahaheʻe i aku i waena o ke ao nei. | Dear friends, do not believe every spirit, but test the spirits to see whether they are from God, because many false prophets have gone out into the world. |
| ʻO kēlā ʻuhane ʻo kēia ʻuhane e hōʻoiaʻiʻo ʻole ana, ua hiki mai ʻo Iesū Kristo ma ke kino, ʻaʻole no ke Akua kēlā: a ʻo ko ʻAnikristo kēia a ʻoukou i lohe ai e mai ana; a eia mai nei i loko o ke ao nei i kēia manawa. | but every spirit that does not acknowledge Jesus is not from God. This is the spirit of the antichrist, which you have heard is coming and even now is already in the world. |
| Ua hauʻoli nui aku au i koʻu ʻike ʻana i kekahi o kāu poʻe keiki e ana ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, e like me ke kauoha i loaʻa iā kākou, mai ka Makua mai. | It has given me great joy to find some of your children walking in the truth, just as the Father commanded us. |
| Eia nō ke aloha, i kākou ma kāna mau kauoha. Eia nō ke kauoha, e like me ko ʻoukou lohe ʻana, mai kinohi mai, i ʻoukou ma laila. | And this is love: that we walk in obedience to his commands. As you have heard from the beginning, his command is that you walk in love. |
| Inā e mai kekahi i o ʻoukou lā, ʻaʻole i halihali mai i ua ʻōlelo lā, mai hoʻokipa ʻoukou iā ia i loko o ka hale, ʻaʻole hoʻi e ʻī aku iā ia, Aloha. | If anyone comes to you and does not bring this teaching, do not take him into your house or welcome him. |
| Nui nō kaʻu mea e palapala aku ai iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole au i makemake ma ka pepa a me ka ʻīnika; no ka mea, he manaʻolana koʻu e aku i o ʻoukou lā, e kamaʻilio pū, he waha nō he waha, i nui ai ko kākou ʻoliʻoli ʻana. | I have much to write to you, but I do not want to use paper and ink. Instead, I hope to visit you and talk with you face to face, so that our joy may be complete. |
| Ua hauʻoli nui nō wau i ka wā i hiki mai ai ʻo ka poʻe hoahānau, a hōʻike mai i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo ou, me kou ʻana ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo. | It gave me great joy to have some brothers come and tell about your faithfulness to the truth and how you continue to walk in the truth. |
| ʻAʻole oʻu ʻoliʻoli nui ʻē aku i kēia, ʻo ka lohe ʻana i ka ʻana o kaʻu mau keiki ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo. | I have no greater joy than to hear that my children are walking in the truth. |
| No ka mea, ua aku lākou no kona inoa, ʻaʻole lākou i lawe i kekahi mea no ko nā ʻāina ʻē mai. | It was for the sake of the Name that they went out, receiving no help from the pagans. |
| No ia hoʻi, i koʻu ʻana aku e hoʻomanaʻo wau i ka hana āna i hana ai, ua hoʻohuahualau mai ia iā mākou me kāna ʻōlelo ʻinoʻino: ʻaʻole hoʻi ia i hoʻomaha ia mau mea, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i hoʻokipa i ka poʻe hoahānau, a ʻo ka poʻe i makemake aku, ua hōʻole ʻia mai e ia, a kipaku aku nō hoʻi ʻo ia iā lākou ma waho o ka ʻekalesia. | So if I come, I will call attention to what he is doing, gossiping maliciously about us. Not satisfied with that, he refuses to welcome the brothers. He also stops those who want to do so and puts them out of the church. |
| Wānana mai nō ʻo ʻEnoka ia mau mea, ʻo ka hiku ia mai ʻAdamu mai, ʻī maila, Eia hoʻi, e mai ana ka Haku me ka ʻumi tausani o kona poʻe hoʻāno, | Enoch, the seventh from Adam, prophesied about these men: "See, the Lord is coming with thousands upon thousands of his holy ones |
| ʻO ia ka poʻe ʻōhumu, ʻoluʻolu ʻole, e ana ma ko lākou kuko iho: haʻanui ihola ko lākou waha me ka ʻōlelo hoʻokano aku, mahalo aʻela hoʻi i ko ke kino no ka uku ʻia mai. | These men are grumblers and faultfinders; they follow their own evil desires; they boast about themselves and flatter others for their own advantage. |
| I ko lākou haʻi ʻana mai iā ʻoukou, i ka hope o ka manawa, e hiki mai ai ka poʻe haʻakei e ana ma ko lākou kuko ʻaiā iho. | They said to you, "In the last times there will be scoffers who will follow their own ungodly desires." |
| Aia hoʻi ke maila ia me nā ao; a e ʻike aku nā maka a pau iā ia, a ʻo ka poʻe hoʻi nāna ia i ʻō aku; a iā ia nō e uē ai nā ʻohana a pau o ka honua. ʻO ia, ʻĀmene. | Look, he is coming with the clouds, and every eye will see him, even those who pierced him; and all the peoples of the earth will mourn because of him. So shall it be! Amen. |
| E palapala aku ʻoe i ka ʻānela o ka ʻekalesia ma ʻEpeso; Ke ʻī mai nei ka mea nāna e paʻa ana nā hōkū ʻehiku ma kona lima ʻākau, a e ana hoʻi ma waena o nā ipukukui gula ʻehiku, penei; | "To the angel of the church in Ephesus write: These are the words of him who holds the seven stars in his right hand and walks among the seven golden lampstands: |
| No laila, e hoʻomanaʻo ʻoe i kou wahi i hāʻule ai, a e mihi hoʻi, a e hana hoʻi i nā hana mua; a i ʻole, ʻeā, e koke aku au i ou lā, a e lawe aku i kou ipukukui, mai kona wahi aku, ke mihi ʻole ʻoe. | Remember the height from which you have fallen! Repent and do the things you did at first. If you do not repent, I will come to you and remove your lampstand from its place. |
| No laila, e mihi ʻoe; a i ʻole, ʻeā, e koke aku au i ou lā, a e kaua aku iā lākou, me ka pahi kaua o kuʻu waha. | Repent therefore! Otherwise, I will soon come to you and will fight against them with the sword of my mouth. |
| E hoʻomanaʻo hoʻi i nā mea āu i loaʻa ai, a i lohe ai hoʻi, a e mālama aku, a e mihi. A i ʻole ʻoe e makaʻala, ʻeā, e aku au i ou lā, me he ʻaihue lā, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e ʻike i koʻu hora e hiki aku ai iā ʻoe. | Remember, therefore, what you have received and heard; obey it, and repent. But if you do not wake up, I will come like a thief, and you will not know at what time I will come to you. |
| He mau inoa nō naʻe kou ma Saredeisa, ʻaʻole i hoʻohaumia lākou i ko lākou mea ʻaʻahu; e pū lākou me aʻu, ma ke keʻokeʻo; no ka mea, ua pono lākou. | Yet you have a few people in Sardis who have not soiled their clothes. They will walk with me, dressed in white, for they are worthy. |
| Aia hoʻi, e hoʻolilo aku au i hale hālāwai o Sātana, i ka poʻe i ʻōlelo iā lākou iho, he poʻe Iudaio, ʻaʻole kā, ua wahaheʻe lākou; e hana aku nō au iā lākou, a e mai lākou a e kukuli hoʻomaikaʻi i mua o kou wāwae, a e ʻike auaneʻi lākou, ʻo wau nō kai aloha aku iā ʻoe. | I will make those who are of the synagogue of Satan, who claim to be Jews though they are not, but are liars--I will make them come and fall down at your feet and acknowledge that I have loved you. |
| E koke mai nō wau; e mālama ʻoe i kāu mea i loaʻa ai, o lawe aku auaneʻi kekahi i kou lei aliʻi. | I am coming soon. Hold on to what you have, so that no one will take your crown. |
| maila ia, lawe ihola i ka buke, mai ka lima ʻākau aku o ka Mea e noho ana ma ka noho aliʻi; | He came and took the scroll from the right hand of him who sat on the throne. |
| Nānā akula au, a ʻākaʻa aʻela ke Keiki hipa i ka mua o nā wepa ʻehiku, a lohe ihola au i kekahi o nā mea ola ʻehā, e ʻōlelo ana, e like me ka halulu hekili, E mai e ʻike. | I watched as the Lamb opened the first of the seven seals. Then I heard one of the four living creatures say in a voice like thunder, "Come!" |
| A nānā akula au, aia hoʻi, he lio keʻokeʻo; a ʻo ka mea e noho ana ma luna iho ona, he kakaka kāna, a ua hāʻawi ʻia mai nona kekahi pāpale aliʻi; a lanakila ia, a e lanakila ana. | I looked, and there before me was a white horse! Its rider held a bow, and he was given a crown, and he rode out as a conqueror bent on conquest. |
| A wehe aʻela ia i ka lua o ka wepa, a lohe akula au i ka lua o ka mea ola, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E mai e ʻike. | When the Lamb opened the second seal, I heard the second living creature say, "Come!" |
| A akula kekahi lio hou, he ʻulaʻula; a ʻo ka mea e noho ana ma luna ona, ua hāʻawi ʻia nāna e lawe aku i ke kuʻikahi like, mai ka honua aku, i pepehi lākou i kekahi i kekahi: a ua hāʻawi ʻia nāna he pahi kaua nui. | Then another horse came out, a fiery red one. Its rider was given power to take peace from the earth and to make men slay each other. To him was given a large sword. |
| A i ka wā āna i wehe ai i ke kolu o ka wepa, lohe akula au i ke kolu o ka mea ola, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E mai e ʻike. Nānā akula au, aia hoʻi, he lio ʻeleʻele; a ʻo ka mea e noho ana ma luna iho ona, aia nō i kona lima ka mea kaupaona. | When the Lamb opened the third seal, I heard the third living creature say, "Come!" I looked, and there before me was a black horse! Its rider was holding a pair of scales in his hand. |
| A wehe aʻela ia i ka hā o ka wepa, lohe akula au i ka hā o nā mea ola, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E mai e ʻike. | When the Lamb opened the fourth seal, I heard the voice of the fourth living creature say, "Come!" |
| ʻĪ maila kekahi o nā lunakahiko, nīnau maila iaʻu, ʻO wai lākou nei i ʻaʻahu ʻia i ka ʻaʻahu lole keʻokeʻo? A mai hea maila lākou i mai ai? | Then one of the elders asked me, "These in white robes--who are they, and where did they come from?" |
| ʻĪ akula au iā ia, E kuʻu haku, ua ʻike nō ʻoe. ʻĪ mai kēlā iaʻu, ʻO ia ka poʻe i mai, mai loko mai o ka pilikia nui, a ua holoi lākou i ko lākou ʻaʻahu, a hoʻokeʻokeʻo, ma loko o ke koko o ke Keiki hipa. | I answered, "Sir, you know." And he said, "These are they who have come out of the great tribulation; they have washed their robes and made them white in the blood of the Lamb. |
| A aʻela kekahi ʻānela hou, a kū maila ma ke kuahu, he ipu ʻala gula kāna; a ua hāʻawi ʻia mai he mea ʻala iā ia he nui loa, i ʻāmama pū ʻo ia ia mea me nā pule a ka poʻe haipule a pau, ma ka lele gula aia i mua o ka noho aliʻi. | Another angel, who had a golden censer, came and stood at the altar. He was given much incense to offer, with the prayers of all the saints, on the golden altar before the throne. |
| A mai loko mai o ka uahi i mai ai ma luna o ka honua nā ʻūhini; a ua hāʻawi ʻia mai na lākou ka mana, e like me ka mana o nā moʻo huelo ʻawa o ka honua. | And out of the smoke locusts came down upon the earth and were given power like that of scorpions of the earth. |
| A ʻo kānaka i koe, ka poʻe i make ʻole i kēia mau mea ʻino, ʻaʻole lākou i mihi i nā hana a ko lākou mau lima, i ʻole ai lākou e hoʻomana aku i nā daimonio, a me nā akua kiʻi, o ke gula, a me ke kālā, a me ke keleawe, a me ka pōhaku, a me ka lāʻau; nā mea ʻaʻole hiki ke nānā, ʻaʻole hoʻi ke lohe, ʻaʻole hoʻi ke. | The rest of mankind that were not killed by these plagues still did not repent of the work of their hands; they did not stop worshiping demons, and idols of gold, silver, bronze, stone and wood--idols that cannot see or hear or walk. |
| A ʻo ka leo aʻu i lohe ai, mai ka lani mai, ʻōlelo hou mai iaʻu, ʻī maila, Ō ʻoe, e lawe i ka palapala liʻiliʻi e hāmama ana ma ka lima o ka ʻānela, e kū maila ma ke kai a ma ka ʻāina. | Then the voice that I had heard from heaven spoke to me once more: "Go, take the scroll that lies open in the hand of the angel who is standing on the sea and on the land." |
| akula au i ua ʻānela lā, ʻī akula iā ia, Hō mai naʻu ka palapala liʻiliʻi. ʻĪ maila kēlā iaʻu, E lawe, a e ʻai hoʻi; e hōʻawahia ia i kou ʻōpū, akā, ma kou waha he mea ʻono ia e like me ka meli. | So I went to the angel and asked him to give me the little scroll. He said to me, "Take it and eat it. It will turn your stomach sour, but in your mouth it will be as sweet as honey." |
| Inaina akula ka deragona i ka wahine, a akula ia e kaua me ka poʻe i koe o kāna poʻe keiki, ʻo ka poʻe i mālama i ke kānāwai o ke Akua, a hoʻomau i ka hōʻike ʻana iā Iesū. | Then the dragon was enraged at the woman and went off to make war against the rest of her offspring--those who obey God's commandments and hold to the testimony of Jesus. |
| Inā e alakaʻi pio aku kekahi, ʻo ia kekahi e pio. ʻO ka mea pepehi aku me ka pahi kaua, e pepehi ʻia ʻo ia me ka pahi kaua. Eia ka hoʻomanawanui a me ka manaʻoʻiʻo o ka poʻe haipule. | If anyone is to go into captivity, into captivity he will go. If anyone is to be killed with the sword, with the sword he will be killed. This calls for patient endurance and faithfulness on the part of the saints. |
| ʻO ia ka poʻe, ʻaʻole i haumia i nā wāhine; no ka mea, he poʻe puʻupaʻa lākou. ʻO ia ka poʻe hahai i ke Keiki hipa i kona wahi a pau i aku ai. ʻO ia ka poʻe i kūʻai hoʻōla ʻia mai waena aʻe o nā kānaka, i hua mua no ke Akua a no ke Keiki hipa. | These are those who did not defile themselves with women, for they kept themselves pure. They follow the Lamb wherever he goes. They were purchased from among men and offered as firstfruits to God and the Lamb. |
| ʻO wai ka mea e makaʻu ʻole iā ʻoe, e ka Haku, a e hoʻonani ʻole i kou inoa? No ka mea, ʻo ʻoe wale nō ka Hemolele; a e mai nō hoʻi ko nā ʻāina a pau, a e kukuli hoʻomaikaʻi i mua ou; no ka mea, ua maopopo ka pono o kou hoʻopaʻi ʻana. | Who will not fear you, O Lord, and bring glory to your name? For you alone are holy. All nations will come and worship before you, for your righteous acts have been revealed." |
| A lohe akula au i ka leo nui mai ka luakini mai, e ʻōlelo ana i nā ʻānela ʻehiku, Ō ʻoukou, a e ninini aku i nā hue ʻehiku o ko ke Akua inaina ma luna iho o ka honua. | Then I heard a loud voice from the temple saying to the seven angels, "Go, pour out the seven bowls of God's wrath on the earth." |
| akula ka mua, ninini akula i kona hue ma luna iho o ka honua; a puʻu maila ka hēhē, ʻinoʻino pono ʻole ma luna o ka poʻe kānaka i loaʻa ka hōʻailona o ka holoholona, a i hoʻomana aku i kona kiʻi. | The first angel went and poured out his bowl on the land, and ugly and painful sores broke out on the people who had the mark of the beast and worshiped his image. |
| He poʻe ʻuhane daimonio kēia, e hana ana i nā mea kupanaha, e ana hoʻi i nā aliʻi o ka honua nei a pau, e hoʻākoakoa iā lākou i ke kaua o kēlā lā nui o ke Akua mana loa. | They are spirits of demons performing miraculous signs, and they go out to the kings of the whole world, to gather them for the battle on the great day of God Almighty. |
| Aia hoʻi, e mai au me he ʻaihue lā. Pōmaikaʻi ka mea makaʻala, a mālama hoʻi i kona ʻaʻahu, i ʻole ia e kapa ʻole, a ʻike mai lākou i kona hilahila. | "Behold, I come like a thief ! Blessed is he who stays awake and keeps his clothes with him, so that he may not go naked and be shamefully exposed." |
| maila kekahi o nā ʻānela ʻehiku, iā lākou nā hue ʻehiku, a kamaʻilio mai iaʻu, ʻī maila, mai; naʻu nō e hōʻike aku iā ʻoe i ke ʻāhewa ʻia o ka wahine hoʻokamakama nui e noho ana ma luna o nā wai nui. | One of the seven angels who had the seven bowls came and said to me, "Come, I will show you the punishment of the great prostitute, who sits on many waters. |
| ʻO ka holoholona āu i ʻike ai, ma mua ia, i kēia wā hoʻi, ʻaʻole; a ma hope e piʻi mai nō ia mai loko mai o ka lua hohonu, a e ana i ka make. E kāhāhā hoʻi ka poʻe noho ma ka honua, ka poʻe ʻaʻole i kākau ʻia ko lākou inoa ma ka buke o ke ola mai ka hoʻokumu ʻana mai o ka honua, i ko lākou ʻike ʻana i ka holoholona, i ka mea ma mua, a i kēia wā ʻaʻole, a e noho ana hoʻi. | The beast, which you saw, once was, now is not, and will come up out of the Abyss and go to his destruction. The inhabitants of the earth whose names have not been written in the book of life from the creation of the world will be astonished when they see the beast, because he once was, now is not, and yet will come. |
| A ʻo ka holoholona, ka mea ma mua, ʻaʻole hoʻi i nēia wā, ʻo ia ka walu, a no nā mea ʻehiku nō hoʻi ia, a ke aku nei i ka make. | The beast who once was, and now is not, is an eighth king. He belongs to the seven and is going to his destruction. |
| A ʻo nā pepeiaohao he ʻumi āu i ʻike ai, a me ka holoholona, e huhū lākou nei i ka wahine hoʻokamakama, a e hao lākou iā ia, a e wale ʻo ia, a e ʻai hoʻi lākou i kona ʻiʻo, a e puhi aku iā ia i ke ahi. | The beast and the ten horns you saw will hate the prostitute. They will bring her to ruin and leave her naked; they will eat her flesh and burn her with fire. |
| A lohe hou akula au i kekahi leo, mai ka lani mai, e ʻōlelo ana, E koʻu poʻe kānaka, e mai ʻoukou ma waho ona, i ʻole ʻoukou e lilo i mau hoa lawe pū i kona hewa, a i loaʻa ʻole iā ʻoukou kona mau pilikia. | Then I heard another voice from heaven say: "Come out of her, my people, so that you will not share in her sins, so that you will not receive any of her plagues; |
| A ʻike akula au i kekahi ʻānela e kū ana ma ka lā, a hea maila ia me ka leo nui, ʻī maila i nā manu a pau e lele ana ma ka lewa, E mai, e ʻākoakoa ʻoukou i ka ʻahaʻaina a ke Akua nui; | And I saw an angel standing in the sun, who cried in a loud voice to all the birds flying in midair, "Come, gather together for the great supper of God, |
| A e hou ia e hoʻowalewale i ko nā ʻāina, ma nā kihi ʻehā o ka honua, iā Goga a me Magoga, e hoʻākoakoa iā lākou i ke kaua; a ua like ka nui o lākou me ke one o ke kai. | and will go out to deceive the nations in the four corners of the earth--Gog and Magog--to gather them for battle. In number they are like the sand on the seashore. |
| A lākou ma ka pālahalaha o ka honua, a puni ihola kahi hoʻomoana ai ka poʻe hoʻāno a me ke kūlanakauhale aloha. Iho maila ke ahi mai ke Akua, mai ka lani mai, a luku ihola iā lākou. | They marched across the breadth of the earth and surrounded the camp of God's people, the city he loves. But fire came down from heaven and devoured them. |
| maila kekahi o nā ʻānela ʻehiku e paʻa ana i nā hue ʻehiku i piha i nā ʻino hope loa ʻehiku, a kamaʻilio mai iaʻu, ʻī maila, E mai, a e hōʻike aku au iā ʻoe i ka wahine mare, ʻo ka wahine hoʻi a ke Keiki hipa. | One of the seven angels who had the seven bowls full of the seven last plagues came and said to me, "Come, I will show you the bride, the wife of the Lamb." |
| A e nā lāhui kanaka i hoʻōla ʻia ma ko laila mālamalama; a e lawe aku nō nā aliʻi o ka honua i ko lākou nani a me ka hanohano ma loko o ia wahi. | The nations will walk by its light, and the kings of the earth will bring their splendor into it. |
| Eia hoʻi, e koke mai nō au, pōmaikaʻi ka mea mālama i nā ʻōlelo o ka wānana o kēia buke. | "Behold, I am coming soon! Blessed is he who keeps the words of the prophecy in this book." |
| Eia hoʻi, e koke mai au, a eia nō iaʻu kaʻu uku, a e hāʻawi aku au i kēlā mea a i kēia mea e like me kāna hana ʻana. | "Behold, I am coming soon! My reward is with me, and I will give to everyone according to what he has done. |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ka ʻUhane a me ka wahine mare; E mai. A e ʻōlelo hoʻi ka mea lohe, E mai. A ʻo ka mea make wai lā, e mai ia. A ʻo ka mea makemake, e lawe wale ia i ka wai o ke ola. | The Spirit and the bride say, "Come!" And let him who hears say, "Come!" Whoever is thirsty, let him come; and whoever wishes, let him take the free gift of the water of life. |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ka mea nāna i hōʻike mai i kēia mau mea, E ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, e koke mai nō au. ʻĀmene. E mai ʻoe, e ka Haku, e Iesū. | He who testifies to these things says, "Yes, I am coming soon." Amen. Come, Lord Jesus. |
| akula ʻo Kaina mai ke alo aku o Iēhova, a noho ihola ma ka ʻāina ʻo Noda, ma ka hikina o ʻEdena. | So Cain went out from the Lord’s presence and lived in the land of Nod, east of Eden. |
| pū aʻela ʻo ʻEnoka me ke Akua, ʻekolu haneri makahiki ma hope mai o ka hānau ʻana o Metusala, a nāna mai nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine: | After he became the father of Methuselah, Enoch walked faithfully with God 300 years and had other sons and daughters. |
| pū aʻela ʻo ʻEnoka me ke Akua, ʻaʻole ia i make; no ka mea, na ke Akua ia i lawe aku. | Enoch walked faithfully with God; then he was no more, because God took him away. |
| Eia ka moʻoʻōlelo no Noa: He kanaka pono ʻo Noa, a he hemolele i waena o nā hanauna ona, a pū ʻo Noa me ke Akua. | This is the account of Noah and his family. Noah was a righteous man, blameless among the people of his time, and he walked faithfully with God. |
| ʻO nā manu ma ko lākou ʻano, a ʻo nā holoholona, ma ko lākou ʻano, a ʻo kēlā mea kolo kēia mea kolo o ka honua, ma kona ʻano iho, e pāpālua mai lākou i ou lā, i mālama ola iā lākou. | Two of every kind of bird, of every kind of animal and of every kind of creature that moves along the ground will come to you to be kept alive. |
| E aku ʻoe i waho o ka hale lana, ʻo ʻoe, me kāu wahine, me āu mau keiki kāne, a me nā wāhine a kāu mau keiki kāne me ʻoe. | “Come out of the ark, you and your wife and your sons and their wives. |
| akula ʻo Noa me kāna mau keiki kāne, a me kāna wahine, a me nā wāhine a kāna mau keiki kāne me ia: | So Noah came out, together with his sons and his wife and his sons’ wives. |
| ʻO nā holoholona hoʻi a pau, ʻo nā mea kolo a pau, me nā manu a pau, a me nā mea a pau e kolo ana ma luna o ka honua, ma ko lākou mau ʻano iho, akula lākou i waho o ka hale lana. | All the animals and all the creatures that move along the ground and all the birds — everything that moves on land — came out of the ark, one kind after another. |
| E kau mai auaneʻi ka makaʻu iā ʻoukou a me ka weliweli ma luna o nā holoholona a pau o ka honua, ma luna hoʻi o nā manu a pau o ka lewa, a ma luna hoʻi o nā mea a pau e ana ma ka honua, a ma luna nō hoʻi o nā iʻa a pau o ke kai; ua hāʻawi ʻia aku lākou i loko o nā lima o ʻoukou. | The fear and dread of you will fall on all the beasts of the earth, and on all the birds in the sky, on every creature that moves along the ground, and on all the fish in the sea; they are given into your hands. |
| ʻO nā mea a pau e ola ana, na ʻoukou ia e ʻai; me kaʻu i hāʻawi aku ai i nā lau nahele ʻōpiopio na ʻoukou, pēlā kaʻu e hāʻawi aku nei i nā mea a pau. | Everything that lives and moves about will be food for you. Just as I gave you the green plants, I now give you everything. |
| A me nā mea ola a pau me ʻoukou, ʻo nā manu, ʻo nā holoholona laka a me nā holoholona hihiu o ka honua me ʻoukou: mai ka poʻe a pau i mai i waho o ka hale lana, a i nā holoholona a pau o ka honua. | and with every living creature that was with you — the birds, the livestock and all the wild animals, all those that came out of the ark with you — every living creature on earth. |
| Lālau akula ʻo Sema lāua ʻo Iapeta i ka ʻaʻahu, a kau ihola ma luna o ko lāua mau poʻohiwi, a hope akula lāua, a uhi ihola i kahi hilahila o ko lāua makua kāne: ua huli hope ko lāua mau maka, a ʻike ʻole aku lāua i kahi hilahila o ko lāua makua kāne. | But Shem and Japheth took a garment and laid it across their shoulders; then they walked in backward and covered their father’s naked body. Their faces were turned the other way so that they would not see their father naked. |
| Ma ia ʻāina aku i aku ai ʻo ʻAsura, a kūkulu ihola iā Nineva, a me ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Rehobota, a me Kala, | From that land he went to Assyria, where he built Nineveh, Rehoboth Ir, Calah |
| A ʻo ka mokuna ʻāina o ka Kanaʻana, mai Sidona ia, i kona ʻana mai i Gerara, a hiki i Gaza; i kou ʻana aku i Sodoma, me Gomora, a me ʻAdema, a me Geboima, a hiki i Lasa. | and the borders of Canaan reached from Sidon toward Gerar as far as Gaza, and then toward Sodom, Gomorrah, Admah and Zeboyim, as far as Lasha. |
| A ʻo ko lākou wahi noho ai, mai Mesa aku nō ia, i kou ʻana a hiki i Separa, i kekahi mauna o ka hikina. | The region where they lived stretched from Mesha toward Sephar, in the eastern hill country. |
| A i ko lākou ʻana mai ka hikina mai, loaʻa iā lākou kahi pāpū ma ka ʻāina ʻo Sinara; a noho ihola lākou i laila. | As people moved eastward, they found a plain in Shinar and settled there. |
| Lawe aʻela ʻo Tera i kāna keiki iā ʻAberama, a me kāna moʻopuna iā Lota, ke keiki a Harana, a me Sarai kāna hūnōna wahine, ʻo ka wahine a kāna keiki a ʻAberama; a haele pū maila lākou mai ʻUra mai no ko Kaledea, i ka ʻana ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana: hiki maila lākou i Harana, a noho ihola i laila. | Terah took his son Abram, his grandson Lot son of Haran, and his daughter-in-law Sarai, the wife of his son Abram, and together they set out from Ur of the Chaldeans to go to Canaan. But when they came to Harran, they settled there. |
| I ʻōlelo mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻAberama, E aku ʻoe mai kou ʻāina aku, a mai kou poʻe hoahānau aku, a mai ka hale o kou makua kāne aku, a hiki i ka ʻāina aʻu e kuhikuhi aku ai iā ʻoe. | The Lord had said to Abram, “Go from your country, your people and your father’s household to the land I will show you. |
| akula ʻo ʻAberama e like me kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ia; a pū ʻo Lota me ia. He kanahikukumamālima nā makahiki o ʻAberama, i kona wā i mai ai mai Harana mai. | So Abram went, as the Lord had told him; and Lot went with him. Abram was seventy-five years old when he set out from Harran. |
| Lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAberama i kāna wahine iā Sarai, a me Lota ke keiki a kona kaikuaʻana, a me ka waiwai a pau a lākou i hōʻiliʻili ai, a me nā ʻōhua a pau i loaʻa iā lākou ma Harana; a puka maila lākou e mai i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana; a hiki maila lākou i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana. | He took his wife Sarai, his nephew Lot, all the possessions they had accumulated and the people they had acquired in Harran, and they set out for the land of Canaan, and they arrived there. |
| akula ia mai ia wahi aku a ka puʻu ma ka hikina o Betela, a kūkulu ihola i kona halelewa, ʻo Betela ma ke komohana, a ʻo Hai ma ka hikina: ma laila ʻo ia i hana ai i kuahu no Iēhova, a hea akula ia i ka inoa ʻo Iēhova. | From there he went on toward the hills east of Bethel and pitched his tent, with Bethel on the west and Ai on the east. There he built an altar to the Lord and called on the name of the Lord. |
| hou akula ʻo ʻAberama e neʻeneʻe ana i ke kūkulu hema. | Then Abram set out and continued toward the Negev. |
| He wī ma ia ʻāina; a akula ʻo ʻAberama i lalo i ʻAigupita e noho malihini ma laila, no ka mea, ua nui loa ka wī ma ka ʻāina. | Now there was a famine in the land, and Abram went down to Egypt to live there for a while because the famine was severe. |
| No ke aha lā ʻoe i ʻōlelo mai ai, ʻO koʻu kaikuahine ia, i mea e lawe ai au iā ia i wahine naʻu? Eia hoʻi kāu wahine, e lawe ʻoe iā ia, a e aku. | Why did you say, ‘She is my sister,’ so that I took her to be my wife? Now then, here is your wife. Take her and go!” |
| aʻela ia i kona ʻana mai ke kūkulu hema mai a Betela, kahi i kū ai ʻo kona halelewa ma mua, ma waena o Betela a me Hai; | From the Negev he went from place to place until he came to Bethel, to the place between Bethel and Ai where his tent had been earlier |
| A ʻo Lota hoʻi, ka mea i pū me ʻAberama, he hipa nō kāna me nā bipi a me nā halelewa. | Now Lot, who was moving about with Abram, also had flocks and herds and tents. |
| ʻAʻole anei ma kou alo ka ʻāina a pau? Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hoʻokaʻawale kāua: inā ʻoe ma ka lima hema, a laila e au ma ka lima ʻākau; a ma ka lima ʻākau ʻoe, a laila e au ma ka lima hema. | Is not the whole land before you? Let’s part company. If you go to the left, I’ll go to the right; if you go to the right, I’ll go to the left.” |
| ʻAlawa aʻela ko Lota mau maka, ʻike akula i nā wahi pāpū ʻo Ioredane, he nui ka wai ma ia wahi a pau i kou ʻana mai i Zoara, ma mua o ko Iēhova luku ʻana iā Sodoma a me Gomora, e like me ka mahina ʻai o Iēhova, a e like me ka ʻāina i ʻAigupita. | Lot looked around and saw that the whole plain of the Jordan toward Zoar was well watered, like the garden of the Lord, like the land of Egypt. (This was before the Lord destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah.) |
| A laila, wae ihola ʻo Lota i ka pāpū a pau ʻo Ioredane: a akula ʻo Lota ma ka hikina, a hoʻokaʻawale aʻela lāua i ke kekahi me kekahi. | So Lot chose for himself the whole plain of the Jordan and set out toward the east. The two men parted company: |
| A laila lawe aʻela ʻo ʻAberama i kona halelewa, akula ia a noho ihola ma nā lāʻau ʻoka no Mamere, aia nō ma Heberona, a hana ihola ia i laila i kuahu no Iēhova. | So Abram went to live near the great trees of Mamre at Hebron, where he pitched his tents. There he built an altar to the Lord. |
| A i ka makahiki ʻumikumamāhā, maila ʻo Kedorelaomera, a me ia pū ua mau aliʻi lā, a hahau maila i ka Repaima ma ʻAseterota Kanaima, me ka Zuzima ma Hama, a me ka ʻEmima me Sehave ma Kiriataima. | In the fourteenth year, Kedorlaomer and the kings allied with him went out and defeated the Rephaites in Ashteroth Karnaim, the Zuzites in Ham, the Emites in Shaveh Kiriathaim |
| akula ke aliʻi o Sodoma me ke aliʻi o Gomora, me ke aliʻi o ʻAdema, a me ke aliʻi o Zeboima, a me ke aliʻi o Bela, ʻo ia hoʻi ʻo Zoara; a kaua akula lākou me kēlā poʻe ma ke awāwa ʻo Sidima; | Then the king of Sodom, the king of Gomorrah, the king of Admah, the king of Zeboyim and the king of Bela (that is, Zoar) marched out and drew up their battle lines in the Valley of Siddim |
| Lawe pio akula lākou i ka waiwai a pau o Sodoma a ʻo Gomora, a me kā lākou ʻai a pau, a akula. | The four kings seized all the goods of Sodom and Gomorrah and all their food; then they went away. |
| maila kekahi o ka poʻe i pakele, a haʻi maila iā ʻAberama ka Hebera; no ka mea, i noho ai ʻo ia ma nā lāʻau ʻoka no Mamere ka ʻAmori, ka hoahānau o ʻEsekola, a ʻo ʻAnera: a ua hoʻolauna pū lākou nei me ʻAberama. | A man who had escaped came and reported this to Abram the Hebrew. Now Abram was living near the great trees of Mamre the Amorite, a brother of Eshkol and Aner, all of whom were allied with Abram. |
| aku ke aliʻi o Sodoma i waho e hālāwai me ʻAberama, ma hope o kona hoʻi hou ʻana mai mai ka luku ʻana iā Kedorelaomera a me nā aliʻi me ia, ma ke awāwa ʻo Save, ʻo ia ke awāwa o ke aliʻi. | After Abram returned from defeating Kedorlaomer and the kings allied with him, the king of Sodom came out to meet him in the Valley of Shaveh (that is, the King’s Valley). |
| ʻO ka mea wale nō a ka poʻe kānaka ʻōpiopio i ʻai ai, a me ka puʻu waiwai pio a ka poʻe kānaka i pū ai me aʻu, ʻo ʻAnera, ʻo ʻEsekola a ʻo Mamere; e lawe lākou i ko lākou puʻu. | I will accept nothing but what my men have eaten and the share that belongs to the men who went with me — to Aner, Eshkol and Mamre. Let them have their share.” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAberama, E ka Haku, e Iēhova ē, he aha kāu mea e hāʻawi mai ai iaʻu, no ka mea, ke keiki ʻole nei au, a ʻo ka puʻukū o kuʻu hale, ʻo ia ʻo ʻEliezera no Damaseko. | But Abram said, “Sovereign Lord, what can you give me since I remain childless and the one who will inherit my estate is Eliezer of Damascus?” |
| Aia hoʻi, hiki maila ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā ia, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, ʻAʻole kēia o kou hoʻoilina; akā, ʻo ka mea e mai ana mai loko mai ou iho, ʻo kou hoʻoilina ia. | Then the word of the Lord came to him: “This man will not be your heir, but a son who is your own flesh and blood will be your heir.” |
| A loaʻa ʻo ia i ka ʻānela o Iēhova ma ka pūnāwai i loko o ka wao nahele, ma ka pūnāwai o ke alanui e ai i Sura. | The angel of the Lord found Hagar near a spring in the desert; it was the spring that is beside the road to Shur. |
| ʻĪ maila ia, E Hagara, e ke kauā wahine a Sarai, no hea mai ʻoe? E ana hoʻi ʻoe i hea? ʻĪ akula kēlā, Ke mahuka aku nei au mai ke alo o koʻu haku wahine, mai o Sarai aku. | And he said, “Hagar, slave of Sarai, where have you come from, and where are you going?” “I’m running away from my mistress Sarai,” she answered. |
| I ke kanaiwakumamāiwa o nā makahiki o ʻAberama, ʻikea maila ʻo Iēhova e ʻAberama, ʻī maila iā ia, ʻO wau nō ke Akua Mana; e ʻoe i mua o koʻu alo, a e hemolele ʻoe. | When Abram was ninety-nine years old, the Lord appeared to him and said, “I am God Almighty; walk before me faithfully and be blameless. |
| ʻĪ akula ia, E kuʻu haku, inā i loaʻa iaʻu ke aloha ʻia i mua o kou mau maka, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, mai wale aku ʻoe mai kāu kauā aku. | He said, “If I have found favor in your eyes, my lord, do not pass your servant by. |
| E lawe mai nō hoʻi au i wahi berena, a e hōʻoluʻolu iho i ko ʻoukou naʻau; a ma hope iho ʻoukou e aku ai; no ka mea, no laila ko ʻoukou ʻana mai i ko ʻoukou kauā. ʻĪ maila lākou, Me kāu i ʻōlelo mai ai, pēlā ʻoe e hana ai. | Let me get you something to eat, so you can be refreshed and then go on your way — now that you have come to your servant.” “Very well,” they answered, “do as you say.” |
| Wikiwiki aʻela ʻo ʻAberahama i ka i loko o ka halelewa i o Sara lā, ʻī akula, E hoʻomākaukau koke ʻoe i ʻekolu sato palaoa wali; e hoʻokāwili a e pūlehu i papa berena. | So Abraham hurried into the tent to Sarah. “Quick,” he said, “get three seahs of the finest flour and knead it and bake some bread.” |
| Kū aʻela ua mau kānaka lā, nānā akula ma Sodoma; a pū ʻo ʻAberahama me lākou e hoʻokuʻu aku iā lākou. | When the men got up to leave, they looked down toward Sodom, and Abraham walked along with them to see them on their way. |
| Huli aʻela ua mau kānaka lā i nā maka o lāua mai laila aku, a akula i Sodoma: akā, kū ihola ʻo ʻAberahama i mua o Iēhova. | The men turned away and went toward Sodom, but Abraham remained standing before the Lord. |
| A pau aʻela kā Iēhova kamaʻilio ʻana me ʻAberahama, akula ʻo Iēhova; a hoʻi hou maila ʻo ʻAberahama i kona wahi. | When the Lord had finished speaking with Abraham, he left, and Abraham returned home. |
| ʻĪ akula, E kuʻu mau haku, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻolua, e kipa mai ʻolua ma loko o ka hale o kā ʻolua kauā nei, e moe nō a ao ka pō, a e holoi i ko ʻolua wāwae, a kakahiaka nui e ala aʻe ʻolua a e aku. ʻĪ maila lāua, ʻAʻole, e moe nō māua ma ke alanui a ao ka pō. | “My lords,” he said, “please turn aside to your servant’s house. You can wash your feet and spend the night and then go on your way early in the morning.” “No,” they answered, “we will spend the night in the square.” |
| Kāhea maila lākou iā Lota, ʻī maila iā ia, ʻAuhea nā kānaka i mai i ou lā i kēia pō? E kaʻi mai iā lāua i waho i o mākou nei, i ʻike mākou iā lāua. | They called to Lot, “Where are the men who came to you tonight? Bring them out to us so that we can have sex with them.” |
| akula ʻo Lota i waho ma ka puka i o lākou lā; a papani aʻela i ka puka ma hope ona. | Lot went outside to meet them and shut the door behind him |
| Eia hoʻi iaʻu nā kaikamāhine ʻelua i ʻike ʻole i ke kāne; e ʻae mai ʻoukou iaʻu e lawe mai iā lāua i waho i o ʻoukou nei, a e hana aku ʻoukou iā lāua i ka mea pono ma ko ʻoukou maka: akā, mai hana aku ʻoukou i kekahi mea i kēia mau kānaka; no ka mea, no laila lāua i mai nei ma ka malumalu o kuʻu hale. | Look, I have two daughters who have never slept with a man. Let me bring them out to you, and you can do what you like with them. But don’t do anything to these men, for they have come under the protection of my roof.” |
| ʻĪ maila lākou, E hoʻokaʻawale ʻoe. ʻĪ aʻela hoʻi lākou, I mai nō ʻo ia nei e noho wale ma ʻaneʻi, a e lilo ana kā ia i luna kānāwai: ʻānō hoʻi, e ʻoi aku kā mākou hana ʻino ʻana iā ʻoe i ko lāua lā. A hoʻokēkē nui maila lākou i ua kanaka nei, iā Lota, a neʻeneʻe maila e wāwahi i ke pani puka. | “Get out of our way,” they replied. “This fellow came here as a foreigner, and now he wants to play the judge! We’ll treat you worse than them.” They kept bringing pressure on Lot and moved forward to break down the door. |
| akula ʻo Lota i waho, ʻōlelo akula i kona mau hūnōna kāne i mare me nā kaikamāhine āna, ʻī akula, E ala aʻe, e holo aku i waho o kēia wahi; no ka mea, e luku mai ana ʻo Iēhova i nēia kūlanakauhale. Akā, ua like ia i ka manaʻo o nā hūnōna kāne me ka mea hoʻomāʻewaʻewa. | So Lot went out and spoke to his sons-in-law, who were pledged to marry his daughters. He said, “Hurry and get out of this place, because the Lord is about to destroy the city!” But his sons-in-law thought he was joking. |
| akula ʻo ʻAberahama mai laila aku ma ka ʻāina kūkulu hema, a noho hoʻi ia ma waena o Kadesa a ʻo Sura, a ma Gerara kona noho malihini ʻana. | Now Abraham moved on from there into the region of the Negev and lived between Kadesh and Shur. For a while he stayed in Gerar, |
| A maila ke Akua i o ʻAbimeleka lā ma ka moeʻuhane i ka pō, ʻī maila iā ia, Aia hoʻi, he kanaka make ʻoe, no ka wahine āu i lawe iho nei, no ka mea, he wahine mea kāne ia. | But God came to Abimelek in a dream one night and said to him, “You are as good as dead because of the woman you have taken; she is a married woman.” |
| Ala aʻela ʻo ʻAberahama i ke kakahiaka nui, lālau akula ia i ka berena a me ka wai i loko o ka hue a hāʻawi aʻela iā Hagara, a kau akula ma luna o kona poʻohiwi, a me ke keiki nō hoʻi, a kuʻu akula iā ia: aku nō ia, a kuewa wale aʻela ma loko o ka wao nahele ʻo Beʻereseba. | Early the next morning Abraham took some food and a skin of water and gave them to Hagar. He set them on her shoulders and then sent her off with the boy. She went on her way and wandered in the Desert of Beersheba. |
| akula ia, a noho ihola i kahi kūpono iā ia, e mamao aku ana e like me ka pana ʻana o ka pua: no ka mea, ʻī ihola ia, ʻAʻole au e pono ke ʻike i ka make ʻana o ke keiki. Noho akula ia i kahi kūpono, a hoʻokiʻekiʻe aʻela ia i kona leo, a uē ihola. | Then she went off and sat down about a bowshot away, for she thought, “I cannot watch the boy die.” And as she sat there, she began to sob. |
| Hoʻokaʻakaʻa aʻela ke Akua i kona mau maka, a ʻike akula ia i kekahi luawai: akula ia, ukuhi ihola a piha ka hue wai i ka wai, a hoʻoinu ihola i ke keiki. | Then God opened her eyes and she saw a well of water. So she went and filled the skin with water and gave the boy a drink. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia, E lawe aku ʻoe i kāu keiki i kāu ponoʻī, iā ʻIsaʻaka, i kāu mea āu e aloha nei, a e aku ʻoe i ka ʻāina ʻo Moria; ma laila ʻoe e kaumaha aku ai iā ia i mōhai kuni ma luna o kekahi puʻu aʻu e hōʻike aku ai iā ʻoe. | Then God said, “Take your son, your only son, whom you love — Isaac — and go to the region of Moriah. Sacrifice him there as a burnt offering on a mountain I will show you.” |
| Ala aʻela ʻo ʻAberahama i kakahiaka nui, hoʻēʻe akula ia i ka noho ma luna o kona hoki, kono pū aʻela i nā kānaka uʻi ʻelua ona me ia, a me ʻIsaʻaka kāna keiki, kākā ihola i ka wahie no ka mōhai kuni, kū aʻela a akula i kahi a ke Akua i ʻī mai ai iā ia. | Early the next morning Abraham got up and loaded his donkey. He took with him two of his servants and his son Isaac. When he had cut enough wood for the burnt offering, he set out for the place God had told him about. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAberahama i kona mau kānaka uʻi, E noho iho ʻolua ma ʻaneʻi me ka hoki, a nō māua me ke keiki i ʻō e hoʻomana ai; a hoʻi hou mai i o ʻolua nei. | He said to his servants, “Stay here with the donkey while I and the boy go over there. We will worship and then we will come back to you.” |
| ʻAlawa aʻela nā maka o ʻAberahama i luna, ʻike akula, aia hoʻi, ma kona kua he hipa kāne, ua hihia kona pepeiaohao i ka nāhelehele: akula ʻo ʻAberahama, lālau akula i ua hipa kāne lā, a kaumaha akula iā ia i mōhai kuni, i kala no kāna keiki. | Abraham looked up and there in a thicket he saw a ram caught by its horns. He went over and took the ram and sacrificed it as a burnt offering instead of his son. |
| Hoʻi hou akula ʻo ʻAberahama i kona mau kānaka uʻi, kū aʻela lāua a pū akula i Beʻereseba; a noho ihola ʻo ʻAberahama i Beʻereseba. | Then Abraham returned to his servants, and they set off together for Beersheba. And Abraham stayed in Beersheba. |
| A make akula ʻo Sara ma Kiriatareba, ʻo ia ʻo Heberona ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana; a maila ʻo ʻAberahama e uē a e kanikau iā Sara. | She died at Kiriath Arba (that is, Hebron) in the land of Canaan, and Abraham went to mourn for Sarah and to weep over her. |
| Akā, e aku ʻoe i koʻu ʻāina, a i koʻu poʻe hoahānau, a e lawe mai i wahine na kaʻu keiki na ʻIsaʻaka. | but will go to my country and my own relatives and get a wife for my son Isaac.” |
| ʻĪ maila ua kauā nei iā ia, Inā paha ʻaʻole e makemake ka wahine e hahai mai iaʻu a hiki i kēia ʻāina: e pono anei iaʻu e kaʻi aku i kāu keiki i ka ʻāina āu i mai nei? | The servant asked him, “What if the woman is unwilling to come back with me to this land? Shall I then take your son back to the country you came from?” |
| Lālau akula ua kauā lā i nā kāmelo o kona haku he ʻumi, no ka mea, ma kona lima ka waiwai a pau o kona haku: kū aʻela ia, a akula i Mesopotamia, i ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Nahora. | Then the servant left, taking with him ten of his master’s camels loaded with all kinds of good things from his master. He set out for Aram Naharaim and made his way to the town of Nahor. |
| Hoʻokukuli ihola ia i kona mau kāmelo ma waho o ke kūlanakauhale, ma ka luawai, i ke ahiahi, i ka manawa e mai ai nā wāhine e huki wai. | He had the camels kneel down near the well outside the town; it was toward evening, the time the women go out to draw water. |
| Eia au ke kū nei ma ka luawai; a e mai ana nā kaikamāhine a nā kānaka o ke kūlanakauhale e huki i ka wai: | See, I am standing beside this spring, and the daughters of the townspeople are coming out to draw water. |
| Mahalo ihola ka naʻau o ua kanaka lā iā ia, ʻaʻole ia i ʻekemu aku, i mea e ʻike ai ʻo ia, i ka hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻana mai paha o Iēhova i kona ʻana mai, ʻaʻole paha. | Without saying a word, the man watched her closely to learn whether or not the Lord had made his journey successful. |
| A ʻike akula ia i ke apo no ka ihu, a me nā kūpeʻe lima ma nā lima o kona kaikuahine, a lohe akula ia i ka ʻōlelo a kona kaikuahine a Rebeka, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Pēlā i ʻōlelo mai ai ke kanaka iaʻu; maila ia i ua kanaka nei; aia hoʻi, kū ihola ia me nā kāmelo ma ka luawai. | As soon as he had seen the nose ring, and the bracelets on his sister’s arms, and had heard Rebekah tell what the man said to her, he went out to the man and found him standing by the camels near the spring. |
| A lawe ʻia mai ka ʻai nāna: ʻī akula ʻo ia, ʻAʻole au e ʻai, a haʻi ʻē aku au ma mua i kaʻu mea i mai nei. ʻĪ maila kēlā, E haʻi mai. | Then food was set before him, but he said, “I will not eat until I have told you what I have to say.” “Then tell us,” Laban said. |
| Akā, e ʻoe i ka ʻohana a kuʻu makua kāne, a i koʻu poʻe hoahānau, a e lawe mai ʻoe i wahine na kuʻu keiki. | but go to my father’s family and to my own clan, and get a wife for my son.’ |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iaʻu, Na Iēhova, na ka Mea i mua ona koʻu ʻana, nāna nō e hoʻouna aku i kona ʻānela me ʻoe, a e hoʻopōmaikaʻi i kou ʻana; a e lawe mai ʻoe i wahine na kuʻu keiki no koʻu poʻe hoahānau, a no ka ʻohana a koʻu makua kāne: | “He replied, ‘The Lord, before whom I have walked faithfully, will send his angel with you and make your journey a success, so that you can get a wife for my son from my own clan and from my father’s family. |
| A hiki maila au i kēia lā i ka luawai, ʻī akula, E Iēhova ke Akua o kuʻu haku ʻo ʻAberahama, inā ʻoe e hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai i kuʻu ʻana e nei: | “When I came to the spring today, I said, ‘Lord, God of my master Abraham, if you will, please grant success to the journey on which I have come. |
| Eia wau, ke kū nei ma ka luawai, a i ka manawa e mai ai ka wahine puʻupaʻa e huki wai ai, a e ʻī aku au iā ia, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hāʻawi mai noʻu i wahi wai o kou bākeke e inu; | See, I am standing beside this spring. If a young woman comes out to draw water and I say to her, “Please let me drink a little water from your jar,” |
| Aia hoʻi ʻo Rebeka i mua o kou alo, e lawe ʻoe iā ia a e aku, i lilo ai ia i wahine na ke keiki a kou haku, e like me kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai. | Here is Rebekah; take her and go, and let her become the wife of your master’s son, as the Lord has directed.” |
| ʻAi ihola lākou a inu hoʻi, ʻo ia a me nā kānaka me ia, a moe ihola ia pō. Ala aʻela lākou i kakahiaka, ʻī akula ia, E kuʻu aku ʻoukou iaʻu e i koʻu haku. | Then he and the men who were with him ate and drank and spent the night there. When they got up the next morning, he said, “Send me on my way to my master.” |
| ʻĪ maila kona kaikunāne lāua ʻo kona makuahine, E noho nō ke kaikamahine me mākou i kekahi mau lā, i ʻumi paha: a ma hope aku e nō ia. | But her brother and her mother replied, “Let the young woman remain with us ten days or so; then you may go.” |
| ʻĪ akula kēlā iā lāua, Mai keʻakeʻa mai ʻolua iaʻu, no ka mea, ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai ʻo Iēhova i kuʻu ʻana mai; e kuʻu aku ʻoukou iaʻu e aku ai i koʻu haku. | But he said to them, “Do not detain me, now that the Lord has granted success to my journey. Send me on my way so I may go to my master.” |
| Hea akula lāua iā Rebeka, nīnau akula iā ia, E ake ʻoe e pū me kēia kanaka? ʻĪ maila kēlā, E wau. | So they called Rebekah and asked her, “Will you go with this man?” “I will go,” she said. |
| I maila ʻo ʻIsaʻaka ma ke alanui o ka pūnāwai Lahairoi; no ka mea, i noho nō ia ma ka ʻāina kūkulu hema. | Now Isaac had come from Beer Lahai Roi, for he was living in the Negev. |
| akula ʻo ʻIsaʻaka ma ke kula e noʻonoʻo ai i ka wā ahiahi: ʻalawa aʻela kona mau maka i luna, aia hoʻi nā kāmelo e hoʻi mai ana. | He went out to the field one evening to meditate, and as he looked up, he saw camels approaching. |
| No ka mea, ua nīnau aku ia i ua kauā lā, ʻO wai ia kanaka e mai ana i ke kula e hālāwai me kākou? A ua ʻī mai ke kauā, ʻO kuʻu haku nō ia: no ia mea, lawe aʻela ia i ka pale, a hoʻouhi ihola iā ia iho. | and asked the servant, “Who is that man in the field coming to meet us?” “He is my master,” the servant answered. So she took her veil and covered herself. |
| Akā, hāʻawi akula ʻo ʻAberahama i nā makana na nā keiki kāne a nā haiā wahine a ʻAberahama, a hoʻokuʻu akula iā lākou, i kona wā e ola ana, mai kāna keiki ʻo ʻIsaʻaka aku, e i ka ʻāina o ka hikina. | But while he was still living, he gave gifts to the sons of his concubines and sent them away from his son Isaac to the land of the east. |
| Noho ihola lākou mai Havila a hiki i Sura, ma ke alo o ʻAigupita, i kou ʻana i ʻAsuria; pēlā ʻo ia i noho ai ma ke alo o kona poʻe hoahānau a pau. | His descendants settled in the area from Havilah to Shur, near the eastern border of Egypt, as you go toward Ashur. And they lived in hostility toward all the tribes related to them. |
| ʻOni pū aʻela nā keiki i loko ona; ʻī ihola ia, A i pēlā ia, i aha kēia mea aʻu? A akula ia e nīnau iā Iēhova. | The babies jostled each other within her, and she said, “Why is this happening to me?” So she went to inquire of the Lord. |
| A laila, hāʻawi akula ʻo Iakoba na ʻEsau i ka berena a me nā pāpapa i hoʻolapalapa ʻia; ʻai ihola ia a inu hoʻi, kū aʻela ia a akula i kona wahi i ai: pēlā ʻo ʻEsau i hoʻowahāwahā ai i kāna pono o ka hānau mua. | Then Jacob gave Esau some bread and some lentil stew. He ate and drank, and then got up and left. So Esau despised his birthright. |
| He wī nō ma ia ʻāina, he ʻokoʻa ka wī mua i hiki mai ai i ka wā iā ʻAberahama. A akula ʻo ʻIsaʻaka i o ʻAbimeleka lā, i ke aliʻi o ko Pilisetia ma Gerara. | Now there was a famine in the land — besides the previous famine in Abraham’s time — and Isaac went to Abimelek king of the Philistines in Gerar. |
| ʻIkea akula ʻo Iēhova e ia, ʻī maila, Mai ʻoe i lalo i ʻAigupita. E noho iho ma ka ʻāina aʻu e haʻi aku ai iā ʻoe: | The Lord appeared to Isaac and said, “Do not go down to Egypt; live in the land where I tell you to live. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAbimeleka iā ʻIsaʻaka, E aku ʻoe mai o mākou aku, no ka mea, ua nui loa aku kāu, i kā mākou. | Then Abimelek said to Isaac, “Move away from us; you have become too powerful for us.” |
| akula ʻo ʻIsaʻaka, a kūkulu ihola i kona halelewa ma ke awāwa ʻo Gerara, a noho ihola i laila. | So Isaac moved away from there and encamped in the Valley of Gerar, where he settled. |
| A laila, maila i ona lā ʻo ʻAbimeleka mai Gerara mai, ʻo ia me ʻAhuzata kekahi hoalauna ona, a me Pikola ka luna koa o kona poʻe kaua. | Meanwhile, Abimelek had come to him from Gerar, with Ahuzzath his personal adviser and Phicol the commander of his forces. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻIsaʻaka iā lākou, He aha kā ʻoukou i mai ai i oʻu nei, no ka mea, ke inaina mai nei ʻoukou iaʻu, a ua hoʻokuke mai nei ʻoukou iaʻu mai o ʻoukou aku. | Isaac asked them, “Why have you come to me, since you were hostile to me and sent me away?” |
| Ia lā hoʻokahi nō, maila nā kauā a ʻIsaʻaka, a haʻi maila iā ia no ka luawai a lākou i ʻeli iho ai, ʻī maila iā ia, Ua loaʻa iā mākou ka wai. | That day Isaac’s servants came and told him about the well they had dug. They said, “We’ve found water!” |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e lawe ʻoe i kāu mau mea pana, i kāu ʻaʻa pua a me kāu kakaka, e aku ʻoe i ka nāhelehele e ʻimi i kahi ʻiʻo naʻu; | Now then, get your equipment — your quiver and bow — and go out to the open country to hunt some wild game for me. |
| Lohe aʻela ʻo Rebeka i ka wā a ʻIsaʻaka i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻEsau i kāna keiki. A aku ʻo ʻEsau i ka nāhelehele e ʻimi aku a e lawe mai i ka ʻiʻo o ka holoholona hihiu. | Now Rebekah was listening as Isaac spoke to his son Esau. When Esau left for the open country to hunt game and bring it back, |
| E koke aku ʻoe i ka poʻe holoholona, a e lawe mai i nā keiki kao maikaʻi i ʻelua; a naʻu nō e hana i ka mea ʻono na kou makua kāne, i kāna mea i ʻono ai: | Go out to the flock and bring me two choice young goats, so I can prepare some tasty food for your father, just the way he likes it. |
| A akula ia i kona makua kāne, ʻī akula, E kuʻu makua kāne: ʻī maila kēlā, Eia nō wau; ʻo wai lā ʻoe, e kuʻu keiki? | He went to his father and said, “My father.” “Yes, my son,” he answered. “Who is it?” |
| ʻŌlelo maila kona makua kāne ʻo ʻIsaʻaka iā ia, E mai ʻoe a honi iaʻu, e kuʻu keiki. | Then his father Isaac said to him, “Come here, my son, and kiss me.” |
| akula ʻo Iakoba, a honi aʻela iā ia: honi ihola ʻo ʻIsaʻaka i ke ʻala o kona ʻaʻahu, hoʻomaikaʻi maila iā ia, ʻī maila, Aiʻa, ʻo ke ʻala o kuʻu keiki, ua like me ke ʻala o ka mahina ʻai a Iēhova i hoʻomaikaʻi ai: | So he went to him and kissed him. When Isaac caught the smell of his clothes, he blessed him and said, “Ah, the smell of my son is like the smell of a field that the Lord has blessed. |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, Ua mai nei kou kaikaina me ka maʻalea, a ua lawe aku i kou hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia. | But he said, “Your brother came deceitfully and took your blessing.” |
| E kū aʻe, e aku ʻoe i Padanarama, i ka hale o Betuʻela ʻo ka makua kāne o kou makuahine; a e lawe ʻoe i wahine nāu no laila, no nā kaikamāhine a Labana a ke kaikunāne o kou makuahine. | Go at once to Paddan Aram, to the house of your mother’s father Bethuel. Take a wife for yourself there, from among the daughters of Laban, your mother’s brother. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻIsaʻaka iā Iakoba: a akula ia i Padanarama i o Labana lā, i ke keiki a Betuʻela no Suria, i ke kaikunāne o Rebeka, ʻo ka makuahine o Iakoba lāua ʻo ʻEsau. | Then Isaac sent Jacob on his way, and he went to Paddan Aram, to Laban son of Bethuel the Aramean, the brother of Rebekah, who was the mother of Jacob and Esau. |
| A ʻike iho ʻo ʻEsau, ua hoʻomaikaʻi mai ʻo ʻIsaʻaka iā Iakoba, a ua hoʻouna aku iā ia e i Padanarama, e lawe i wahine nāna mai ia wahi mai; a i kāna hoʻomaikaʻi ʻana iā ia, kauoha akula ia, i ka ʻī ʻana, Mai lawe ʻoe i wahine nāu no nā kaikamāhine a ko Kanaʻana; | Now Esau learned that Isaac had blessed Jacob and had sent him to Paddan Aram to take a wife from there, and that when he blessed him he commanded him, “Do not marry a Canaanite woman,” |
| A laila, akula ʻo ʻEsau i o ʻIsemaʻela lā, a hui maila me kāna mau wāhine, iā Mahalata i ke kaikamahine a ʻIsemaʻela a ke keiki a ʻAberahama, ʻo ia ke kaikuahine o Nebaiota, i wahine nāna. | so he went to Ishmael and married Mahalath, the sister of Nebaioth and daughter of Ishmael son of Abraham, in addition to the wives he already had. |
| akula ʻo Iakoba mai Beʻereseba aku, i kona ʻana i Harana. | Jacob left Beersheba and set out for Harran. |
| Aia hoʻi, me ʻoe nō wau, a e mālama auaneʻi iā ʻoe i nā wahi a pau āu e ai, a e hoʻihoʻi mai nō wau iā ʻoe i kēia ʻāina; no ka mea, ʻaʻole au e haʻalele iā ʻoe, a pau i ka hana ʻia e aʻu ka mea aʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoe. | I am with you and will watch over you wherever you go, and I will bring you back to this land. I will not leave you until I have done what I have promised you.” |
| Hoʻohiki akula ʻo Iakoba i ka hoʻohiki ʻana, ʻī akula, Inā e noho pū ke Akua me aʻu, a e mālama mai iaʻu ma kēia ala aʻu e nei, a e hāʻawi mai i ʻai naʻu e ʻai ai, a i kapa hoʻi e ʻaʻahu ai, | Then Jacob made a vow, saying, “If God will be with me and will watch over me on this journey I am taking and will give me food to eat and clothes to wear |
| A laila, akula ʻo Iakoba i kona ʻana, a hiki akula i ka ʻāina o nā kānaka o ka hikina. | Then Jacob continued on his journey and came to the land of the eastern peoples. |
| ʻĪ akula ia iā lākou, E ola ana anei ʻo ia? ʻĪ maila lākou, E ola ana nō, aia hoʻi, ke maila ʻo Rāhela, ʻo kāna kaikamahine me ka pūʻā hipa. | Then Jacob asked them, “Is he well?” “Yes, he is,” they said, “and here comes his daughter Rachel with the sheep.” |
| ʻĪ akula ia, Aia hoʻi, he lā ʻokoʻa kēia; ʻaʻole i hiki ka manawa e hōʻuluʻulu ai i nā bipi: e hoʻohāinu ʻoukou i nā hipa, a e hānai. | “Look,” he said, “the sun is still high; it is not time for the flocks to be gathered. Water the sheep and take them back to pasture.” |
| akula ʻo Reubena i nā lā o ka ʻohi palaoa ʻana, a loaʻa iā ia ma ke kula nā hua dudaima, a lawe maila ia mau mea i kona makuahine iā Lea. A laila, ʻī maila ʻo Rāhela iā Lea, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hāʻawi mai naʻu i kekahi mau dudaima a kāu keiki kāne. | During wheat harvest, Reuben went out into the fields and found some mandrake plants, which he brought to his mother Leah. Rachel said to Leah, “Please give me some of your son’s mandrakes.” |
| I ke ahiahi, hoʻi maila ʻo Iakoba mai ke kula mai, a akula ʻo Lea e hālāwai me ia, ʻī akula, E komo mai ʻoe i oʻu nei; no ka mea, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, ua hoʻolimalima au iā ʻoe me nā dudaima a kaʻu keiki. A moe pū ihola ʻo ia me ia ia pō. | So when Jacob came in from the fields that evening, Leah went out to meet him. “You must sleep with me,” she said. “I have hired you with my son’s mandrakes.” So he slept with her that night. |
| I ka manawa a Rāhela i hānau ai iā Iosepa, ʻī akula ʻo Iakoba iā Labana, E hoʻihoʻi aku ʻoe iaʻu, i aku ai au i koʻu wahi, a i koʻu ʻāina. | After Rachel gave birth to Joseph, Jacob said to Laban, “Send me on my way so I can go back to my own homeland. |
| E hāʻawi mai ʻoe i kaʻu mau wāhine, a me kaʻu mau kamaliʻi, i nā mea aʻu i hoʻoikaika aku ai nāu, a e kuʻu aʻe ʻoe iaʻu e: no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻoe i ka hana āu i hana aku ai nāu. | Give me my wives and children, for whom I have served you, and I will be on my way. You know how much work I’ve done for you.” |
| No ka mea, he mea ʻuʻuku kāu ma mua o koʻu hiki ʻana mai, a ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻia aʻe ia he lehulehu loa: a ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe, ma hope mai o kuʻu ʻana mai: ʻānō hoʻi, āhea lā au e hoʻolako ai i ko ka hale oʻu kekahi? | The little you had before I came has increased greatly, and the Lord has blessed you wherever I have been. But now, when may I do something for my own household?” |
| E aʻe au i waena o kāu poʻe holoholona a pau i nēia lā, a e hoʻokaʻawale aku i nā holoholona kikokiko a ʻōniʻoniʻo, a me nā mea ʻeleʻele a pau o ka poʻe hipa, a me nā mea ʻōniʻoniʻo a kikokiko o ka poʻe kao: a ʻo ia kaʻu uku. | Let me go through all your flocks today and remove from them every speckled or spotted sheep, every dark-colored lamb and every spotted or speckled goat. They will be my wages. |
| A hoʻokaʻawale aʻela ʻo Labana i nā lā i ʻekolu ma waena ona a ʻo Iakoba: a hānai akula ʻo Iakoba i nā poʻe holoholona a Labana i koe. | Then he put a three-day journey between himself and Jacob, while Jacob continued to tend the rest of Laban’s flocks. |
| Kūkulu ihola ia i nā lāʻau āna i ihi ai, i mua o nā holoholona, ma nā pā wai hoʻoinu, i ka wā i ai lākou e inu, i hāpai ai lākou i ka wā i ai lākou e inu. | Then he placed the peeled branches in all the watering troughs, so that they would be directly in front of the flocks when they came to drink. When the flocks were in heat and came to drink, |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Iakoba e kāhea iā Rāhela lāua ʻo Lea e mai ma ke kula i kona poʻe holoholona. | So Jacob sent word to Rachel and Leah to come out to the fields where his flocks were. |
| A lawe akula ia i kāna poʻe holoholona a pau, a me kona waiwai a pau i loaʻa iā ia, ʻo nā holoholona āna, i loaʻa iā ia ma Padanarama, e aku ai i o ʻIsaʻaka lā i kona makua kāne, ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana. | and he drove all his livestock ahead of him, along with all the goods he had accumulated in Paddan Aram, to go to his father Isaac in the land of Canaan. |
| Pēlā ʻo ia i mahuka ai me kāna mau mea a pau: kū aʻela ia, maila ma kēia ʻaoʻao o ka muliwai, a pololei maila i ka mauna ʻo Gileada. | So he fled with all he had, crossed the Euphrates River, and headed for the hill country of Gilead. |
| Kono akula ia i kona poʻe hoahānau e pū me ia, alualu mai ma hope ona i nā lā ʻehiku, a hiki maila i o Iakoba lā ma ka mauna ʻo Gileada. | Taking his relatives with him, he pursued Jacob for seven days and caught up with him in the hill country of Gilead. |
| maila ke Akua i o Labana lā ka Suria ma ka moeʻuhane i ka pō, ʻī maila iā ia, E ao iā ʻoe iho, mai ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā Iakoba i ka mea aloha, ʻaʻole hoʻi ka mea hōʻino. | Then God came to Laban the Aramean in a dream at night and said to him, “Be careful not to say anything to Jacob, either good or bad.” |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, i ka ʻana ua hala akula ʻoe, no kou ʻiʻini nui ʻana i ka hale o kou makua kāne; no ke aha hoʻi ʻoe i ʻaihue ai i koʻu mau akua? | Now you have gone off because you longed to return to your father’s household. But why did you steal my gods?” |
| Komo akula ʻo Labana i loko o ka halelewa o Iakoba, a i loko o ka halelewa o Lea, i loko hoʻi o nā halelewa o nā kauā wahine ʻelua, ʻaʻole i loaʻa. A laila, akula ia i waho o ka halelewa o Lea, a komo akula i loko o ka halelewa o Rāhela. | So Laban went into Jacob’s tent and into Leah’s tent and into the tent of the two female servants, but he found nothing. After he came out of Leah’s tent, he entered Rachel’s tent. |
| He mea hōʻikeʻike kēia ahu, he mea hōʻikeʻike hoʻi kēia pōhaku kūkulu, i ʻole aku ai au ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o kēia ahu i ou lā, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e mai ma kēia ʻaoʻao o ua ahu nei a me kēia pōhaku kūkulu i oʻu nei, e hana ʻino. | This heap is a witness, and this pillar is a witness, that I will not go past this heap to your side to harm you and that you will not go past this heap and pillar to my side to harm me. |
| I kakahiaka nui, ala aʻela ʻo Labana, honi aʻela i kāna mau moʻopuna a me kāna mau kaikamāhine, a hoʻomaikaʻi ihola iā lākou; akula ʻo Labana, a hoʻi akula i kona wahi. | Early the next morning Laban kissed his grandchildren and his daughters and blessed them. Then he left and returned home. |
| akula ʻo Iakoba i kona ʻana, a hālāwai maila nā ʻānela o ke Akua me ia. | Jacob also went on his way, and the angels of God met him. |
| Hoʻi hou maila nā ʻelele i o Iakoba lā, ʻī maila, akula mākou i kou kaikuaʻana i o ʻEsau lā; a ke mai nei hoʻi ʻo ia e hālāwai me ʻoe, a me ia nā haneri kānaka ʻehā. | When the messengers returned to Jacob, they said, “We went to your brother Esau, and now he is coming to meet you, and four hundred men are with him.” |
| ʻĪ akula, Inā e mai ʻo ʻEsau, a pepehi mai i kekahi poʻe, a laila e pakele ka poʻe i koe. | He thought, “If Esau comes and attacks one group, the group that is left may escape.” |
| ʻAʻole au e pono no nā lokomaikaʻi a pau a me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo a pau āu i hōʻike mai ai, i kāu kauā nei; no ka mea, me kuʻu koʻokoʻo iho i mai ai au ma kēia kapa ʻo Ioredane; a ua lilo nō wau ʻānō i ʻelua poʻe. | I am unworthy of all the kindness and faithfulness you have shown your servant. I had only my staff when I crossed this Jordan, but now I have become two camps. |
| Ke pule aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hoʻopakele aʻe ʻoe iaʻu mai ka lima aku o kuʻu kaikuaʻana, mai ka lima o ʻEsau: no ka mea, ke makaʻu nei au iā ia, o mai nei ʻo ia e pepehi mai iaʻu me ka makuahine a me nā kamaliʻi. | Save me, I pray, from the hand of my brother Esau, for I am afraid he will come and attack me, and also the mothers with their children. |
| Hāʻawi akula ʻo ia ia mau mea i ka lima o kāna poʻe kauā, a kaʻawale kekahi poʻe me kahi poʻe; ʻī akula ia i kāna poʻe kauā, E ʻē aku ʻoukou ma mua oʻu, a e hoʻokaʻawale i kahi poʻe me kahi poʻe. | He put them in the care of his servants, each herd by itself, and said to his servants, “Go ahead of me, and keep some space between the herds.” |
| Kauoha akula ia i ka mea i ma mua, ʻī akula, A hālāwai mai koʻu kaikuaʻana ʻo ʻEsau me ʻoe, a nīnau mai iā ʻoe, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, No wai ʻoe? Ma hea ʻoe e nei? Na wai hoʻi kēia poʻe ma mua ou? | He instructed the one in the lead: “When my brother Esau meets you and asks, ‘Who do you belong to, and where are you going, and who owns all these animals in front of you?’ |
| E ʻī aku hoʻi ʻoukou, Eia aʻe kāu kauā ʻo Iakoba ma hope o mākou. No ka mea, ʻī ihola ia, E hoʻolauleʻa aku au iā ia i ka makana e lā ma mua oʻu, a ma hope iho e ʻike aku au i kona maka; a e maliu mai paha ia iaʻu. | And be sure to say, ‘Your servant Jacob is coming behind us.’” For he thought, “I will pacify him with these gifts I am sending on ahead; later, when I see him, perhaps he will receive me.” |
| Pēlā i aku ai ka makana ma kēlā kapa i mua ona: a moe pū ihola ʻo ia ia pō me ka huakaʻi. | So Jacob’s gifts went on ahead of him, but he himself spent the night in the camp. |
| Ala aʻela ʻo ia ia pō, lālau akula ia i kāna mau wāhine ʻelua, me kāna mau kauā wahine ʻelua, a me kāna mau keiki kāne he ʻumikumamākahi, a akula ma kahi pāpaʻu ʻo Iaboka ma kēlā kapa. | That night Jacob got up and took his two wives, his two female servants and his eleven sons and crossed the ford of the Jabbok. |
| Puka maila ka lā ma luna ona i kona ʻana aʻe ma luna o Penuʻela, kapeke aʻela ʻo ia ma luna o kona ʻūhā. | The sun rose above him as he passed Peniel, and he was limping because of his hip. |
| ʻē akula ia ma mua o lākou; kūlou pāhiku ihola ia ma ka honua, a hiki akula ia i kona kaikuaʻana. | He himself went on ahead and bowed down to the ground seven times as he approached his brother. |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, e neʻeneʻe aku kākou i ko kākou ʻana, a e hoʻi au i mua ou. | Then Esau said, “Let us be on our way; I’ll accompany you.” |
| Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻē aku kuʻu haku ma mua o kāna kauā ma kēlā kapa; a naʻu nō e mālie aku, e like me ka hiki ʻana o nā holoholona a me nā kamaliʻi ke i mua oʻu, a hiki aku au i kuʻu haku ma Seira. | So let my lord go on ahead of his servant, while I move along slowly at the pace of the flocks and herds before me and the pace of the children, until I come to my lord in Seir.” |
| A hoʻi hou akula ʻo ʻEsau ia lā i kona ʻana i Seira. | So that day Esau started on his way back to Seir. |
| akula ʻo Iakoba i Sukota, a kūkulu ia i hale nona, a hana ihola i hale kāmala no kona poʻe holoholona: no laila, i kapa ʻia ai ka inoa o ia wahi, ʻo Sukota. | Jacob, however, went to Sukkoth, where he built a place for himself and made shelters for his livestock. That is why the place is called Sukkoth. |
| pōmaikaʻi akula ʻo Iakoba i kekahi kūlanakauhale ʻo Sekema, ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana iā ia i hoʻi mai ai mai Padanarama mai, a kūkulu ihola ia i kona halelewa i mua o ua kūlanakauhale lā. | After Jacob came from Paddan Aram, he arrived safely at the city of Shechem in Canaan and camped within sight of the city. |
| akula ʻo Dina ʻo ke kaikamahine a Lea i hānau ai na Iakoba, e ʻike i nā kaikamāhine o ia ʻāina. | Now Dinah, the daughter Leah had borne to Jacob, went out to visit the women of the land. |
| akula ʻo Hamora, ka makua kāne o Sekema i waho i o Iakoba lā e kamaʻilio me ia. | Then Shechem’s father Hamor went out to talk with Jacob. |
| Akā, ke hoʻolohe ʻole ʻoukou i kā mākou, e ʻoki poepoe ʻia ai; a laila e lawe aku mākou i kā mākou kaikamahine, a e. | But if you will not agree to be circumcised, we’ll take our sister and go.” |
| akula ʻo Hamora, lāua ʻo Sekema ʻo kāna keiki ma ka ʻīpuka o ko lāua kūlanakauhale, a kamaʻilio pū ihola me nā kānaka o ko lāua kūlanakauhale, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, | So Hamor and his son Shechem went to the gate of their city to speak to the men of their city. |
| A i ke kolu o ka lā, iā lākou i ʻeha ai, ʻo nā keiki kāne ʻelua a Iakoba, ʻo Simeona lāua ʻo Levi, nā kaikunāne o Dina, lālau akula lāua i nā pahi kaua a lāua, akula lāua i ua kūlanakauhale lā me ka makaʻu ʻole, a pepehi akula i nā kāne a pau. | Three days later, while all of them were still in pain, two of Jacob’s sons, Simeon and Levi, Dinah’s brothers, took their swords and attacked the unsuspecting city, killing every male. |
| Pepehi akula lāua iā Hamora, lāua, ʻo Sekema ʻo kāna keiki me ka maka o ka pahi kaua, lawe akula hoʻi iā Dina i waho o ka hale o Sekema, a akula i waho. | They put Hamor and his son Shechem to the sword and took Dinah from Shechem’s house and left. |
| maila nā keiki a Iakoba i ka poʻe i pepehi ʻia, a lawe pio aʻela i ka waiwai o ke kūlanakauhale; no ka mea, ua hoʻohaumia lākou i ko lākou kaikuahine. | The sons of Jacob came upon the dead bodies and looted the city where their sister had been defiled. |
| A e kū aʻe kākou, e piʻi aku i Betela; ma laila au e hana ai i kuahu no ke Akua nāna au i maliu mai i ka lā o koʻu pōpilikia, a i pū me aʻu i kuʻu ala i ai. | Then come, let us go up to Bethel, where I will build an altar to God, who answered me in the day of my distress and who has been with me wherever I have gone.” |
| akula lākou: a kau maila ka weliweli mai ke Akua mai ma luna o nā kūlanakauhale ma kēlā ʻaoʻao a kēia ʻaoʻao o lākou, a alualu ʻole maila lākou i nā keiki o Iakoba. | Then they set out, and the terror of God fell on the towns all around them so that no one pursued them. |
| akula lākou mai Betela aku, a ua kokoke e hiki i ʻEperata, haʻakōhi ihola ʻo Rāhela, a puʻua iho i ka hānau keiki ʻana. | Then they moved on from Bethel. While they were still some distance from Ephrath, Rachel began to give birth and had great difficulty. |
| Make ihola ʻo Rāhela, a kanu ʻia ʻo ia ma ke alanui e ai i ʻEperata, ʻo ia ʻo Betelehema. | So Rachel died and was buried on the way to Ephrath (that is, Bethlehem). |
| akula ʻo ʻIseraʻela, a kūkulu ihola i kona halelewa ma ʻō aku o ka hale kiaʻi o ʻEdara. | Israel moved on again and pitched his tent beyond Migdal Eder. |
| A i ka noho ʻana o ʻIseraʻela ma ia ʻāina, akula ʻo Reubena, a moe pū ihola me Bileha me ka haiā wahine a kona makua kāne; a lohe aʻela ʻo ʻIseraʻela. ʻO nā keiki kāne a Iakoba he ʻumikumamālua: | While Israel was living in that region, Reuben went in and slept with his father’s concubine Bilhah, and Israel heard of it. Jacob had twelve sons: |
| akula ʻo Iakoba i kona makua kāne iā ʻIsaʻaka ma Mamere, ma ke kūlanakauhale ʻo ʻAreba, (ʻo ia ʻo Heberona,) kahi i noho ai ʻo ʻAberahama a me ʻIsaʻaka. | Jacob came home to his father Isaac in Mamre, near Kiriath Arba (that is, Hebron), where Abraham and Isaac had stayed. |
| Lālau akula ʻo ʻEsau i kāna mau wāhine, me kāna mau keiki kāne, a me kāna mau kaikamāhine, a me nā kānaka a pau o kona hale, i nā holoholona liʻiliʻi, a me nā holoholona nui, a me kona waiwai a pau i loaʻa iā ia ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana; a akula ma ka ʻāina ʻē, mai ka maka aku o kona kaikaina ʻo Iakoba. | Esau took his wives and sons and daughters and all the members of his household, as well as his livestock and all his other animals and all the goods he had acquired in Canaan, and moved to a land some distance from his brother Jacob. |
| Haʻi akula ia i kona makua kāne, a i kona poʻe kaikuaʻana. Pāpā maila kona makua kāne, ʻī maila iā ia, He aha kēia moe āu i moe ai? E anei au i ou lā, a me kou makuahine, a me kou poʻe hoahānau, e kūlou i lalo i ka honua i mua ou? | When he told his father as well as his brothers, his father rebuked him and said, “What is this dream you had? Will your mother and I and your brothers actually come and bow down to the ground before you?” |
| akula kona poʻe kaikuaʻana i Sekema, e hānai i ka poʻe holoholona a ka makua kāne o lākou. | Now his brothers had gone to graze their father’s flocks near Shechem, |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ia iā ia, ʻEā, ō ʻoe e ʻike i ka pono o kou poʻe kaikuaʻana, a me ka pono o nā holoholona, a e haʻi mai iaʻu. Hoʻouna akula ʻo ia iā ia, i waho o ke awāwa ʻo Heberona, a hiki akula ia i Sekema. | So he said to him, “Go and see if all is well with your brothers and with the flocks, and bring word back to me.” Then he sent him off from the Valley of Hebron. When Joseph arrived at Shechem, |
| A loaʻa ia i kekahi kanaka, aia hoʻi, ua hewa ia i ke kula. Nīnau maila ua kanaka lā iā ia, ʻī maila, He aha kāu mea e ʻimi nei? | a man found him wandering around in the fields and asked him, “What are you looking for?” |
| ʻŌlelo maila ia kanaka, Ua hala akula lākou: ua lohe au i ka ʻōlelo ʻana a lākou, Ē, e kākou i Dotana. Hahai akula ʻo Iosepa i kona poʻe kaikuaʻana, a loaʻa akula lākou i Dotana. | “They have moved on from here,” the man answered. “I heard them say, ‘Let’s go to Dothan.’” So Joseph went after his brothers and found them near Dothan. |
| ʻŌlelo aʻela lākou i kekahi i kekahi, Eia aʻe ka mea nāna nā moe, ke mai nei. | “Here comes that dreamer!” they said to each other. |
| A noho ihola lākou e ʻai i ka ʻai. ʻAlawa aʻela ko lākou maka, ʻike akula, aia hoʻi kekahi poʻe mamo a ʻIsemaʻela, e mai ana, mai Gileada mai, me ko lākou mau kāmelo, ua kaumaha i ka mea ʻala, a me ka bama, a me ka mura, e lawe ana i ʻAigupita. | As they sat down to eat their meal, they looked up and saw a caravan of Ishmaelites coming from Gilead. Their camels were loaded with spices, balm and myrrh, and they were on their way to take them down to Egypt. |
| aʻela ua poʻe kānaka kūʻai lā, no Midiana, huki maila lākou, a hāpai aʻela iā Iosepa, mai loko mai o ka lua, a kūʻai akula iā ia, i ka ʻIsemaʻela, i nā hapakālā, he iwakālua. A lawe aʻela lākou iā Iosepa i ʻAigupita. | So when the Midianite merchants came by, his brothers pulled Joseph up out of the cistern and sold him for twenty shekels of silver to the Ishmaelites, who took him to Egypt. |
| A hoʻi akula ia i kona poʻe hoahānau, ʻī akula, ʻAʻole loa ke keiki; a ʻo wau, i hea lā wau e ai? | He went back to his brothers and said, “The boy isn’t there! Where can I turn now?” |
| A laila, ʻī akula ʻo Iuda iā Tamara, E noho kāne ʻole ʻoe ma ka hale o kou makua kāne, a ka manawa e nui ai kuʻu keiki kāne ʻo Sela: no ka mea, ʻī ihola ia, O make paha hoʻi ʻo ia, e like me kona mau kaikuaʻana. akula ʻo Tamara a noho ihola ma ka hale o kona makua kāne. | Judah then said to his daughter-in-law Tamar, “Live as a widow in your father’s household until my son Shelah grows up.” For he thought, “He may die too, just like his brothers.” So Tamar went to live in her father’s household. |
| Wehe aʻela ia i kona mau kapa makena, a uhi ihola iā ia iho i ka pale maka, ʻaʻahu ihola iā ia iho, a noho ihola ma ka puka pā o ʻEnaima ma kapa alanui e ai i Timenata: no ka mea, ʻike akula ia, ua nui aʻela ʻo Sela, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hāʻawi ʻia ʻo ia i wahine nāna. | she took off her widow’s clothes, covered herself with a veil to disguise herself, and then sat down at the entrance to Enaim, which is on the road to Timnah. For she saw that, though Shelah had now grown up, she had not been given to him as his wife. |
| Kū aʻela ia, akula, a waiho ihola i kona pale maka, a ʻaʻahu hou ihola i kona mau kapa no ka noho wahine kāne make ʻana. | After she left, she took off her veil and put on her widow’s clothes again. |
| Kāhea akula ua wahine lā i nā kānaka o kona hale, ʻōlelo akula iā lākou, ʻī akula, E nānā ʻoukou, ua lawe mai nei kēlā i ke kanaka no ka poʻe Hebera i o kākou nei, e hoʻomāʻewaʻewa mai iā kākou. maila ʻo ia i oʻu nei e moe me aʻu, a kāhea akula au me ka leo nui; | she called her household servants. “Look,” she said to them, “this Hebrew has been brought to us to make sport of us! He came in here to sleep with me, but I screamed. |
| A ao aʻela, akula ʻo Iosepa i o lāua lā, nānā akula iā lāua, aia hoʻi, ua kaumaha ihola lāua. | When Joseph came to them the next morning, he saw that they were dejected. |
| A laila hoʻouna akula ʻo Paraʻo, e kiʻi iā Iosepa: hoʻolalelale aʻela lākou iā ia, mai kahi paʻa mai; kahi aʻela ʻo ia i ka ʻumiʻumi, komo ihola ia i ke kapa hou, a akula i o Paraʻo lā. | So Pharaoh sent for Joseph, and he was quickly brought from the dungeon. When he had shaved and changed his clothes, he came before Pharaoh. |
| Kapa akula ʻo Paraʻo i ka inoa ʻo Iosepa ʻo Sapenapanea; a hāʻawi akula ʻo ia iā ʻAsenata, i ke kaikamahine a Potipera a ke kahuna o ʻOna, i wahine nāna. A akula ʻo Iosepa a puni ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita. | Pharaoh gave Joseph the name Zaphenath-Paneah and gave him Asenath daughter of Potiphera, priest of On, to be his wife. And Joseph went throughout the land of Egypt. |
| He kanakolu ko Iosepa mau makahiki, i ka wā āna i kū ai i mua o Paraʻo ʻo ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita. A hoʻi akula ʻo Iosepa mai ke alo aku o Paraʻo, a akula i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita a pau. | Joseph was thirty years old when he entered the service of Pharaoh king of Egypt. And Joseph went out from Pharaoh’s presence and traveled throughout Egypt. |
| Oki loa ihola ka ʻāina a pau i ʻAigupita, i ka wī, a uē akula nā kānaka iā Paraʻo i ka ʻai. ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Paraʻo i nā kānaka a pau o ʻAigupita, Ō aku i o Iosepa lā; a i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana mai iā ʻoukou, ma laila aku ʻoukou. | When all Egypt began to feel the famine, the people cried to Pharaoh for food. Then Pharaoh told all the Egyptians, “Go to Joseph and do what he tells you.” |
| A maila ko nā ʻāina a pau i ʻAigupita i o Iosepa lā e kūʻai: no ka mea, ua nui loa ka wī ma nā ʻāina a pau. | And all the world came to Egypt to buy grain from Joseph, because the famine was severe everywhere. |
| akula ka poʻe kaikuaʻana o Iosepa he ʻumi i lalo i ʻAigupita e kūʻai i ʻai. | Then ten of Joseph’s brothers went down to buy grain from Egypt. |
| pū aʻela nā keiki a ʻIseraʻela i waena o ka poʻe, e kūʻai i ʻai, no ka mea, ua wī loa ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana. | So Israel’s sons were among those who went to buy grain, for there was famine in the land of Canaan also. |
| ʻO Iosepa nō ke kiaʻāina o laila, a nāna nō i kūʻai na nā kānaka a pau o ia ʻāina. maila ka poʻe kaikuaʻana o Iosepa, a kūlou ihola lākou i mua ona, me nā maka i ka honua. | Now Joseph was the governor of the land, the person who sold grain to all its people. So when Joseph’s brothers arrived, they bowed down to him with their faces to the ground. |
| Hoʻomanaʻo ihola ʻo Iosepa i nā moe āna i moe ai no lākou, ʻī akula ʻo ia iā lākou, He poʻe kiu ʻoukou; ua mai ʻoukou e nānā i ka hemahema o ka ʻāina. | Then he remembered his dreams about them and said to them, “You are spies! You have come to see where our land is unprotected.” |
| ʻŌlelo maila lākou iā ia, ʻAʻole ia, e kuʻu haku. I mai kāu poʻe kauā e kūʻai i ʻai. | “No, my lord,” they answered. “Your servants have come to buy food. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ia iā lākou, ʻAʻole, ua mai nei ʻoukou e nānā i ka hemahema o ka ʻāina. | “No!” he said to them. “You have come to see where our land is unprotected.” |
| Hoʻoili aʻela lākou i ka ʻai i luna iho o ko lākou mau hoki, a akula. | they loaded their grain on their donkeys and left. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ia, ʻAʻole e iho aku kaʻu keiki me ʻoukou i laila, no ka mea, ua make kona kaikuaʻana, ʻo ia nei wale nō koe: inā pōʻino kēia, ma ke alanui a ʻoukou e ai, a laila, lawe iho ʻoukou i koʻu oho hina i ka lua me ke kaniʻuhū. | But Jacob said, “My son will not go down there with you; his brother is dead and he is the only one left. If harm comes to him on the journey you are taking, you will bring my gray head down to the grave in sorrow.” |
| A pau i ka ʻai ʻia e lākou ka ʻai a lākou i lawe mai ai, mai ʻAigupita mai, ʻōlelo maila ko lākou makua kāne iā lākou, Ō hou ʻoukou, e kūʻai i wahi ʻai iki na kākou. | So when they had eaten all the grain they had brought from Egypt, their father said to them, “Go back and buy us a little more food.” |
| A ʻōlelo akula ʻo Iuda iā ia, ʻī akula, Ua ʻōlelo ikaika mai ua kanaka lā iā mākou, ua ʻī mai, ʻAʻole ʻoukou e ʻike i kuʻu maka, ke ʻole mai ko ʻoukou kaikaina me ʻoukou. | But Judah said to him, “The man warned us solemnly, ‘You will not see my face again unless your brother is with you.’ |
| A i hoʻouna ʻoe i ko mākou kaikaina me mākou, a laila, aku mākou i lalo, e kūʻai i ʻai nāu. | If you will send our brother along with us, we will go down and buy food for you. |
| Akā, i hoʻouna ʻole ʻoe iā ia, ʻaʻole mākou e aku i lalo, no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mai ua kanaka lā iā mākou, ʻAʻole ʻoukou e ʻike i kuʻu maka, ke ʻole mai ko ʻoukou kaikaina me ʻoukou. | But if you will not send him, we will not go down, because the man said to us, ‘You will not see my face again unless your brother is with you.’” |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Iuda iā ʻIseraʻela i kona makua kāne, E kuʻu mai ʻoe i ke keiki me aʻu, a laila kū aʻe mākou e aku; i ola kākou; ʻaʻole e make ʻo mākou, a ʻo ʻoe, a me kā kākou poʻe kamaliʻi. | Then Judah said to Israel his father, “Send the boy along with me and we will go at once, so that we and you and our children may live and not die. |
| Inā ʻaʻole mākou i hoʻokaʻulua, inā ua hoʻi hou mai mākou, mai ka lua o ka ʻana. | As it is, if we had not delayed, we could have gone and returned twice.” |
| E lawe aku hoʻi ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou kaikaina, a e kū nui i luna, e hou aku i ua kanaka lā. | Take your brother also and go back to the man at once. |
| Lawe aʻela nā kānaka i ua makana lā, a lawe pāpālua nō hoʻi lākou i ke kālā ma ko lākou lima, a iā Beniamina hoʻi; kū aʻela lākou, a akula i lalo i ʻAigupita, a kū akula i mua o Iosepa. | So the men took the gifts and double the amount of silver, and Benjamin also. They hurried down to Egypt and presented themselves to Joseph. |
| ʻĪ akula lākou, E kuʻu haku ē, i ko mākou ʻana mai ma mua, ua mai mākou e kūʻai i ʻai. | “We beg your pardon, our lord,” they said, “we came down here the first time to buy food. |
| Hoʻomākaukau ihola lākou i ka makana i ka ʻana mai o Iosepa i ke awakea; no ka mea, ua lohe lākou, e ʻai ana lākou i ka ʻai i laila. | They prepared their gifts for Joseph’s arrival at noon, because they had heard that they were to eat there. |
| Holoi aʻela ia i kona maka, akula i waho, a ʻuʻumi ihola ia i kona aloha, a ʻōlelo akula, E hō mai i ka ʻai. | After he had washed his face, he came out and, controlling himself, said, “Serve the food.” |
| A akula ʻo Iuda a me kona poʻe hoahānau i ka hale o Iosepa, aia nō ia; a moe ihola lākou i mua ona i lalo i ka honua. | Joseph was still in the house when Judah and his brothers came in, and they threw themselves to the ground before him. |
| A ʻōlelo maila ʻoe i kāu poʻe kauā, A i ʻole mai ko ʻoukou kaikaina me ʻoukou, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e ʻike hou mai i kuʻu maka. | But you told your servants, ‘Unless your youngest brother comes down with you, you will not see my face again.’ |
| A ʻōlelo maila ko mākou makua kāne, Ō hou ʻoukou e kūʻai i wahi ʻai iki na kākou. | “Then our father said, ‘Go back and buy a little more food.’ |
| ʻŌlelo aku mākou, ʻAʻole loa mākou e hiki ke i lalo; akā, i pū ko mākou kaikaina me mākou, a laila e aku mākou i lalo, no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hiki iā mākou ke ʻike aku i ka maka o ua kanaka lā, ke pū ʻole ko mākou kaikaina me mākou. | But we said, ‘We cannot go down. Only if our youngest brother is with us will we go. We cannot see the man’s face unless our youngest brother is with us.’ |
| A akula kekahi mai oʻu aku nei, a ʻī akula au, He ʻoiaʻiʻo nō ua weluwelu ia; ʻaʻole hoʻi au i ʻike hou aku iā ia. | One of them went away from me, and I said, “He has surely been torn to pieces.” And I have not seen him since. |
| A laila ʻaʻole e hiki iā Iosepa ke ʻuʻumi iho i ke aloha i loko ona i mua o lākou a pau, ʻo ka poʻe i kū pū maila me ia: a hea akula ia, E aku nā kānaka a pau i waho, mai oʻu aku nei. ʻAʻole i noho mai kekahi kanaka me ia, i ka manawa a Iosepa i hōʻike ai iā ia iho i kona poʻe hoahānau. | Then Joseph could no longer control himself before all his attendants, and he cried out, “Have everyone leave my presence!” So there was no one with Joseph when he made himself known to his brothers. |
| E wikiwiki ʻoukou, e hoʻi aku i koʻu makua kāne, a e ʻī aku iā ia, Penei i ʻōlelo mai ai kāu keiki ʻo Iosepa, Ua hoʻolilo mai ke Akua iaʻu, i haku no ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita a pau; e mai ʻoe i lalo i oʻu nei, mai hoʻokaʻulua aku ʻoe. | Now hurry back to my father and say to him, ‘This is what your son Joseph says: God has made me lord of all Egypt. Come down to me; don’t delay. |
| E kiʻi i ko ʻoukou makua kāne, a me nā mea o ko ʻoukou hale, a e mai i oʻu nei, a naʻu nō e hāʻawi aku na ʻoukou i ka maikaʻi o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, a e ʻai hoʻi ʻoukou i ka momona o ka ʻāina. | and bring your father and your families back to me. I will give you the best of the land of Egypt and you can enjoy the fat of the land.’ |
| Ua kauoha ʻia ʻoe, e hana hoʻi i kēia, E lawe i mau kaʻa no ʻoukou, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita aku, no kā ʻoukou kamaliʻi a no kā ʻoukou wāhine, a e kiʻi i ko ʻoukou makua kāne, a e mai. | “You are also directed to tell them, ‘Do this: Take some carts from Egypt for your children and your wives, and get your father and come. |
| A ʻōlelo akula ʻIseraʻela, Ua nui ia, ua ola ʻo Iosepa kuʻu keiki; e aku au e ʻike iā ia ma mua o kuʻu make ʻana. | And Israel said, “I’m convinced! My son Joseph is still alive. I will go and see him before I die.” |
| maila ʻo ʻIseraʻela me kāna mau mea a pau loa, a hiki maila i Beʻereseba, a mōhai akula ia i nā mōhai i ke Akua o kona makua kāne ʻo ʻIsaʻaka. | So Israel set out with all that was his, and when he reached Beersheba, he offered sacrifices to the God of his father Isaac. |
| Lawe aʻela lākou i kā lākou mau holoholona, a me ka waiwai a lākou i loaʻa ai ma ka ʻāina ma Kanaʻana, a mai i ʻAigupita; ʻo Iakoba, lākou pū me nā keiki āna a pau: | So Jacob and all his offspring went to Egypt, taking with them their livestock and the possessions they had acquired in Canaan. |
| Eia nā inoa o nā keiki kāne a ʻIseraʻela i i ʻAigupita; ʻo Iakoba a me kāna mau keiki kāne: ʻo Reubena, kā Iakoba makahiapo. | These are the names of the sons of Israel (Jacob and his descendants) who went to Egypt: Reuben the firstborn of Jacob. |
| ʻO nā kānaka a pau i pū me Iakoba i ʻAigupita, ʻo ka poʻe mai loko mai o kona pūhaka; kanaono lākou, a me kumamāono, ʻaʻole hoʻi i helu ʻia nā wāhine a kāna mau keiki. | All those who went to Egypt with Jacob — those who were his direct descendants, not counting his sons’ wives — numbered sixty-six persons. |
| A ʻo nā keiki a Iosepa, i hānau ʻia nāna ma ʻAigupita, ʻelua lāua. ʻO nā kānaka a pau ma ka hale o Iakoba i mai i ʻAigupita, kanahiku lākou. | With the two sons who had been born to Joseph in Egypt, the members of Jacob’s family, which went to Egypt, were seventy in all. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Iosepa i kona poʻe hoahānau a me ka poʻe o kona makua kāne, Ē, e piʻi aku au, e hoʻākāka aku iā Paraʻo, a e haʻi aku au iā ia; ʻO koʻu poʻe hoahānau, a me ka poʻe o koʻu makua kāne i noho ai i ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, ua mai i oʻu nei: | Then Joseph said to his brothers and to his father’s household, “I will go up and speak to Pharaoh and will say to him, ‘My brothers and my father’s household, who were living in the land of Canaan, have come to me. |
| He poʻe kānaka mālama hipa lākou, he poʻe kānaka hānai holoholona, a ua mai lākou me kā lākou hipa, a me kā lākou holoholona, a me kā lākou mea a pau. | The men are shepherds; they tend livestock, and they have brought along their flocks and herds and everything they own.’ |
| aʻela ʻo Iosepa, haʻi akula iā Paraʻo, ʻī akula, Ua hiki mai nei koʻu makua kāne a me koʻu poʻe hanauna, a me kā lākou hipa, a me kā lākou holoholona, a me kā lākou mea a pau, mai ka ʻāina mai o Kanaʻana, aia hoʻi lākou ma ka ʻāina, i Gosena. | Joseph went and told Pharaoh, “My father and brothers, with their flocks and herds and everything they own, have come from the land of Canaan and are now in Goshen.” |
| ʻĪ hou maila lākou iā Paraʻo, Ua mai nei mākou e noho ma kēia ʻāina, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻai na ka poʻe holoholona a kāu poʻe kauā, no ka nui o ka wī ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana. No ia mea, ke noi aku nei mākou iā ʻoe, e noho mākou ma ka ʻāina i Gosena. | They also said to him, “We have come to live here for a while, because the famine is severe in Canaan and your servants’ flocks have no pasture. So now, please let your servants settle in Goshen.” |
| Hoʻomaikaʻi akula ʻo Iakoba iā Paraʻo, a akula mai ke alo aku o Paraʻo. | Then Jacob blessed Pharaoh and went out from his presence. |
| Pau ihola ke kālā ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, a ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, a maila ko ʻAigupita a pau i o Iosepa lā, ʻī maila, Hō mai i ʻai na mākou, no ke aha lā mākou e make ai i mua o kou alo i ka pau ʻana o ke kālā? | When the money of the people of Egypt and Canaan was gone, all Egypt came to Joseph and said, “Give us food. Why should we die before your eyes? Our money is all gone.” |
| A pau aʻela ia makahiki, maila lākou iā ia, i ka lua o nā makahiki, ʻī maila iā ia, ʻAʻole mākou e hūnā mai ko mākou haku aku, i ka pau ʻana o ko mākou kālā, a me kā mākou holoholona iā ʻoe i ko mākou haku. ʻAʻohe mea i koe i mua ou, ʻo ko mākou kino, a me ko mākou ʻāina wale nō. | When that year was over, they came to him the following year and said, “We cannot hide from our lord the fact that since our money is gone and our livestock belongs to you, there is nothing left for our lord except our bodies and our land. |
| A haʻi aʻela kekahi iā Iakoba, ʻī aʻela, Eia aʻe kāu keiki ʻo Iosepa, ke maila i ou nei. Hoʻoikaika aʻela ʻo ʻIseraʻela, a noho ihola ma kahi moe. | When Jacob was told, “Your son Joseph has come to you,” Israel rallied his strength and sat up on the bed. |
| A ʻo nā keiki āu ʻelua, i hānau ʻia mai nāu ma ka ʻāina i ʻAigupita nei, i ka wā ma mua aku o koʻu ʻana mai iā ʻoe i ʻAigupita nei, naʻu nō lāua. ʻO ʻEperaima a ʻo Manase, e like me Reubena a me Simeona, pēlā nō lāua naʻu. | “Now then, your two sons born to you in Egypt before I came to you here will be reckoned as mine; Ephraim and Manasseh will be mine, just as Reuben and Simeon are mine. |
| I koʻu ʻana mai, mai Padana mai, make aʻela ʻo Rāhela ma koʻu ʻaoʻao, ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, ma ke ala, kokoke e hiki aku i ʻEperata, a kanu ihola au iā ia ma laila ma ke ala ma ʻEperata, ʻo ia hoʻi ʻo Betelehema. | As I was returning from Paddan, to my sorrow Rachel died in the land of Canaan while we were still on the way, a little distance from Ephrath. So I buried her there beside the road to Ephrath” (that is, Bethlehem). |
| Hoʻomaikaʻi maila ʻo ia iā Iosepa, ʻī maila, Na ke Akua, ka mea a koʻu mau mākua o ʻAberahama a me ʻIsaʻaka i aʻe i mua ona, na ke Akua nāna wau i mālama mai, mai koʻu wā ʻuʻuku a hiki loa mai i nēia lā; | Then he blessed Joseph and said, “May the God before whom my fathers Abraham and Isaac walked faithfully, the God who has been my shepherd all my life to this day, |
| Ma ko lāua wahi ʻōhumu ʻaʻole e aku kuʻu ʻuhane, ma ko lāua hālāwai ʻaʻole e hui pū ʻia aku koʻu nani: no ka mea, no ko lāua inaina pepehi ihola lāua i ke kanaka, a no ko lāua makemake ʻoki ihola lāua i ke olonā wāwae o ka bipi. | Let me not enter their council, let me not join their assembly, for they have killed men in their anger and hamstrung oxen as they pleased. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Paraʻo, Ō e kanu i kou makua kāne, e like me kāu i hoʻohiki ai nāna. | Pharaoh said, “Go up and bury your father, as he made you swear to do.” |
| A pau ke kanu ʻana i kona makua kāne, hoʻi akula ʻo Iosepa i ʻAigupita, ʻo ia, a me kona poʻe hoahānau a pau i pū me ia e kanu i kona makua kāne. | After burying his father, Joseph returned to Egypt, together with his brothers and all the others who had gone with him to bury his father. |
| aʻela hoʻi kona poʻe kaikuaʻana, hāʻule ihola ma kona alo, ʻī aʻela, ʻO kāu mau kauā mākou. | His brothers then came and threw themselves down before him. “We are your slaves,” they said. |
| Eia nā inoa o nā keiki a ʻIseraʻela, i aku me Iakoba i ʻAigupita, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i aku me ko ka hale ona. | These are the names of the sons of Israel who went to Egypt with Jacob, each with his family: |
| Iho ihola ke kaikamahine a Paraʻo e ʻauʻau ma ka muliwai, aʻela hoʻi kona mau wāhine ma kapa o ka muliwai: a ʻike akula kēlā i ka waʻa i waena o nā kaluhā, hoʻouna akula ia i kona wahine e lawe mai. | Then Pharaoh’s daughter went down to the Nile to bathe, and her attendants were walking along the riverbank. She saw the basket among the reeds and sent her female slave to get it. |
| A laila, ʻōlelo akula kona kaikuahine i ke kaikamahine a Paraʻo, E hoʻi hā wau, e kiʻi aku nou i kekahi wahine Hebera i kahu nāna e hānai i ke keiki nāu? | Then his sister asked Pharaoh’s daughter, “Shall I go and get one of the Hebrew women to nurse the baby for you?” |
| ʻĪ maila ke kaikamahine a Paraʻo iā ia, Ō. A akula ke kaikamahine, a kiʻi akula i ka makuahine o ua keiki lā. | “Yes, go,” she answered. So the girl went and got the baby’s mother. |
| Ia mau lā mai, i ko Mose wā kanaka makua, akula ia i kona poʻe hoahānau, nānā akula ia i ko lākou luhi ʻana; ʻike akula ia i kekahi kanaka o ʻAigupita e pepehi ana i ka Hebera, i kekahi o kona poʻe hoahānau. | One day, after Moses had grown up, he went out to where his own people were and watched them at their hard labor. He saw an Egyptian beating a Hebrew, one of his own people. |
| A i ka lua o ka lā, hou akula nō ia, aia hoʻi, ʻelua kānaka Hebera e hakakā ana; ʻī akula ia i ka mea nona ka hewa, No ke aha lā ʻoe e pepehi aku nei i kou hoa? | The next day he went out and saw two Hebrews fighting. He asked the one in the wrong, “Why are you hitting your fellow Hebrew?” |
| He mau kaikamāhine ʻehiku na ke kahuna ma Midiana. maila lākou a hukihuki i ka wai, a ninini i loko o nā holowaʻa, e hoʻoinu ai i nā holoholona a ko lākou makua kāne. | Now a priest of Midian had seven daughters, and they came to draw water and fill the troughs to water their father’s flock. |
| maila kekahi poʻe kahu hipa, a kipaku aʻela iā lākou. Kū aʻela ʻo Mose i luna, a kōkua iā lākou, a hoʻoinu akula i kā lākou poʻe holoholona. | Some shepherds came along and drove them away, but Moses got up and came to their rescue and watered their flock. |
| No laila lā, e mai ʻoe, a naʻu nō ʻoe e hoʻouna aku i o Paraʻo lā, i lawe mai ai ʻoe i oʻu poʻe kānaka, i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai loko aʻe o ʻAigupita. | So now, go. I am sending you to Pharaoh to bring my people the Israelites out of Egypt.” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose i ke Akua, ʻO wai lā wau, i aku ai au i o Paraʻo lā, a i lawe mai ai hoʻi au i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai loko mai o ʻAigupita? | But Moses said to God, “Who am I that I should go to Pharaoh and bring the Israelites out of Egypt?” |
| Ō ʻoe, a e hoʻākoakoa aʻe i ka poʻe lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela, a e ʻōlelo aku iā lākou, Ua ʻike ʻia aku e aʻu ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o ko ʻoukou poʻe kūpuna, ke Akua o ʻAberahama, ʻo ʻIsaʻaka a ʻo Iakoba; ua ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia, Ua ʻike ʻiʻo nō au iā ʻoukou, a me ka mea i hana ʻia mai iā ʻoukou ma ʻAigupita. | “Go, assemble the elders of Israel and say to them, ‘The Lord, the God of your fathers — the God of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob — appeared to me and said: I have watched over you and have seen what has been done to you in Egypt. |
| A e hoʻolohe mai lākou i kou leo: a e pū ʻoe me ka poʻe lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela i ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita, a e ʻōlelo aku ʻoukou iā ia, Ua hālāwai mai me mākou o Iēhova ke Akua o ka poʻe Hebera: no ia mea, e hoʻokuʻu mai ʻoe iā mākou e ma ka wao nahele, i ʻekolu lā, e kaumaha aku ai na Iēhova ko mākou Akua. | “The elders of Israel will listen to you. Then you and the elders are to go to the king of Egypt and say to him, ‘The Lord, the God of the Hebrews, has met with us. Let us take a three-day journey into the wilderness to offer sacrifices to the Lord our God.’ |
| A e hāʻawi aku wau i ka lokomaikaʻi i kēia poʻe kānaka i mua o nā maka o ko ʻAigupita, a i ka wā a ʻoukou e mai ai, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e nele mai. | “And I will make the Egyptians favorably disposed toward this people, so that when you leave you will not go empty-handed. |
| No laila, ō, a ʻo wau pū nō me kou waha, e aʻo aku ana iā ʻoe i ka mea āu e ʻōlelo aku ai. | Now go; I will help you speak and will teach you what to say.” |
| Wela maila ka inaina o Iēhova iā Mose, ʻī maila kēlā, ʻAʻole anei ke kaikuaʻana ou ʻo ʻAʻarona ka Levi? Ua ʻike nō au e hiki nō iā ia ke ʻōlelo; aia hoʻi ke mai nei ia e hālāwai me ʻoe: aia ʻike mai kēlā iā ʻoe, e ʻoliʻoli auaneʻi ʻo ia ma kona naʻau. | Then the Lord’s anger burned against Moses and he said, “What about your brother, Aaron the Levite? I know he can speak well. He is already on his way to meet you, and he will be glad to see you. |
| A laila akula ʻo Mose a hoʻi akula i o Ietero lā i kona makuahōnōwai kāne, ʻī akula iā ia, E paha au, a hoʻi hou i oʻu poʻe hoahānau aia ma ʻAigupita, i ʻike ai au i ko lākou ola ʻana. ʻĪ maila ʻo Ietero iā Mose, Ō ʻoe me ka maluhia. | Then Moses went back to Jethro his father-in-law and said to him, “Let me return to my own people in Egypt to see if any of them are still alive.” Jethro said, “Go, and I wish you well.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose ma Midiana, E ʻoe, a e hoʻi hou i ʻAigupita, no ka mea, ua make nā kānaka a pau, ka poʻe i ʻimi e lawe i kou ola. | Now the Lord had said to Moses in Midian, “Go back to Egypt, for all those who wanted to kill you are dead.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, I kou ʻana aku e hoʻi i ʻAigupita, e ao ʻoe, e hana aku i mua o Paraʻo i nā hana mana a pau aʻu i waiho ai ma loko o kou lima: a naʻu nō e hoʻopaʻakikī i kona naʻau, i hoʻokuʻu ʻole ai ia i nā kānaka. | The Lord said to Moses, “When you return to Egypt, see that you perform before Pharaoh all the wonders I have given you the power to do. But I will harden his heart so that he will not let the people go. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā ʻAʻarona, E ʻoe e hālāwai me Mose ma ka wao nahele. akula ia, a hālāwai ihola ma ke kuahiwi o ke Akua, a honi aʻela iā ia. | The Lord said to Aaron, “Go into the wilderness to meet Moses.” So he met Moses at the mountain of God and kissed him. |
| akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona, hoʻākoakoa ihola lāua i nā lunakahiko a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | Moses and Aaron brought together all the elders of the Israelites, |
| Ma hope iho, akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona, a haʻi akula iā Paraʻo, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela penei, E hoʻokuʻu mai ʻoe i koʻu poʻe kānaka, i ʻahaʻaina lākou naʻu ma ka wao nahele. | Afterward Moses and Aaron went to Pharaoh and said, “This is what the Lord, the God of Israel, says: ‘Let my people go, so that they may hold a festival to me in the wilderness.’” |
| ʻĪ akula lāua, ua hālāwai mai me mākou ke Akua o ka poʻe Hebera; no ia mea, e hoʻokuʻu ʻoe iā mākou e i ka wao nahele, i kahi ʻekolu lā hiki, e kaumaha aku ai na Iēhova ʻo ko mākou Akua, o kau mai ia ma luna o mākou i ke ahulau a me ka pahi kaua. | Then they said, “The God of the Hebrews has met with us. Now let us take a three-day journey into the wilderness to offer sacrifices to the Lord our God, or he may strike us with plagues or with the sword.” |
| Mai hāʻawi hou aku i ka mauʻu i kānaka no nā pōhaku lepo, e like ma mua. E lākou e hōʻiliʻili i kā lākou mauʻu. | “You are no longer to supply the people with straw for making bricks; let them go and gather their own straw. |
| A ʻo ka nui o nā pōhaku lepo a lākou i hana ai ma mua, pēlā ʻoukou e hāʻawi hou aku ai iā lākou; mai hoʻēmi iki ia mea; no ka mea, ua molowā lākou: no ia mea, ke uē mai nei lākou, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E mākou e kaumaha aku na ko mākou Akua. | But require them to make the same number of bricks as before; don’t reduce the quota. They are lazy; that is why they are crying out, ‘Let us go and sacrifice to our God.’ |
| akula nā luna hoʻoluhi o nā kānaka, a me ko lākou poʻe luna iho, ʻōlelo aʻela i kānaka, ʻī aʻela, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Paraʻo penei, ʻAʻole au e hāʻawi aku i mauʻu iā ʻoukou. | Then the slave drivers and the overseers went out and said to the people, “This is what Pharaoh says: ‘I will not give you any more straw. |
| E ʻoukou, e kiʻi i mauʻu na ʻoukou iho i kahi e loaʻa ai iā ʻoukou; no ka mea, ʻaʻole loa e hoʻēmi iki ʻia kā ʻoukou mea hana. | Go and get your own straw wherever you can find it, but your work will not be reduced at all.’” |
| akula nā luna o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a uē akula iā Paraʻo, ʻī akula, No ke aha lā ʻoe e hana mai ai pēlā i kāu poʻe kauā nei? | Then the Israelite overseers went and appealed to Pharaoh: “Why have you treated your servants this way? |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, Ua palela ʻoukou, ua palela ʻoukou; no ia mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoukou, E hoʻokuʻu mai ʻoe iā mākou e, e kaumaha aku na Iēhova. | Pharaoh said, “Lazy, that’s what you are — lazy! That is why you keep saying, ‘Let us go and sacrifice to the Lord.’ |
| E hoʻi ʻoukou pēlā e hana, no ka mea, ʻaʻole loa e hāʻawi ʻia aku ka mauʻu na ʻoukou, akā, e hoʻolawa ʻoukou i ka hana o nā pōhaku lepo. | Now get to work. You will not be given any straw, yet you must produce your full quota of bricks.” |
| Hālāwai lākou me Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona, e kū ana ma ke alanui i ko lākou ʻana mai, mai o Paraʻo mai. | When they left Pharaoh, they found Moses and Aaron waiting to meet them, |
| No ka mea, mai ka manawa aʻu i aku ai i o Paraʻo lā e ʻōlelo aku ma kou inoa, ua hana ʻino mai kēlā i kēia poʻe kānaka, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe i hoʻokuʻu iki mai i kou poʻe kānaka. | Ever since I went to Pharaoh to speak in your name, he has brought trouble on this people, and you have not rescued your people at all.” |
| E ʻoe, e ʻōlelo aku iā Paraʻo i ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita, e hoʻokuʻu aku ʻo ia i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai kona ʻāina aku. | “Go, tell Pharaoh king of Egypt to let the Israelites go out of his country.” |
| akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona i o Paraʻo lā, hana ihola lāua e like me ke kauoha ʻana a Iēhova, a kiola ihola ʻo ʻAʻarona i kona koʻokoʻo i mua o Paraʻo, a i mua o kāna poʻe kauā, a lilo ihola ia i nahesa. | So Moses and Aaron went to Pharaoh and did just as the Lord commanded. Aaron threw his staff down in front of Pharaoh and his officials, and it became a snake. |
| A kakahiaka aʻe, e ʻoe i o Paraʻo lā, aia e ana nō ia i ka wai; e kū ʻoe ma ke kapa o ka muliwai e hālāwai me ia: a e lawe ʻoe ma kou lima i ke koʻokoʻo i lilo ai i nahesa. | Go to Pharaoh in the morning as he goes out to the river. Confront him on the bank of the Nile, and take in your hand the staff that was changed into a snake. |
| A laila, ʻī maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, Ō ʻoe i o Paraʻo lā, a e ʻī aku iā ia, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, E hoʻokuʻu mai ʻoe i koʻu poʻe kānaka, i hoʻokauā mai lākou naʻu. | Then the Lord said to Moses, “Go to Pharaoh and say to him, ‘This is what the Lord says: Let my people go, so that they may worship me. |
| A e hoʻopuka nui mai ka muliwai i nā rana, a e mai lākou i loko o kou hale, a me kou keʻena moe, a ma luna o kou hikieʻe, a i loko o ka hale o kāu poʻe kauā, a ma luna o kou poʻe kānaka, a ma loko o kou mau imu, a ma loko hoʻi o kou mau pā wili ʻai. | The Nile will teem with frogs. They will come up into your palace and your bedroom and onto your bed, into the houses of your officials and on your people, and into your ovens and kneading troughs. |
| A e mai auaneʻi nā rana ma luna ou, a ma luna o kou poʻe kānaka, a ma luna o kāu poʻe kauā a pau. | The frogs will come up on you and your people and all your officials.’” |
| akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona mai o Paraʻo aku lā: uē akula ʻo Mose iā Iēhova no nā rana āna i lawe mai ai ma luna o Paraʻo. | After Moses and Aaron left Pharaoh, Moses cried out to the Lord about the frogs he had brought on Pharaoh. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, A kakahiaka nui, e ala aʻe ʻoe, a e kū i mua i ke alo o Paraʻo, aia hoʻi, e mai nō ia i waho i ka wai, a e ʻī aku ʻoe iā ia, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, E hoʻokuʻu ʻoe i koʻu poʻe kānaka, i hoʻokauā mai lākou naʻu. | Then the Lord said to Moses, “Get up early in the morning and confront Pharaoh as he goes to the river and say to him, ‘This is what the Lord says: Let my people go, so that they may worship me. |
| Hea maila ʻo Paraʻo iā Mose a me ʻAʻarona, ʻī maila, E ʻoukou, a e kaumaha aku i ko ʻoukou Akua ma loko o ka ʻāina nei. | Then Pharaoh summoned Moses and Aaron and said, “Go, sacrifice to your God here in the land.” |
| E nō mākou i ʻekolu lā i loko o ka wao nahele, a e kaumaha aku na Iēhova ko mākou Akua, e like me kāna e kauoha mai ai iā mākou. | We must take a three-day journey into the wilderness to offer sacrifices to the Lord our God, as he commands us.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Paraʻo, E hoʻokuʻu aku nō wau iā ʻoukou, i kaumaha aku ai ʻoukou na Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua, ma ka wao nahele: akā, mai aku ʻoukou i kahi mamao. E pule aku ʻolua noʻu. | Pharaoh said, “I will let you go to offer sacrifices to the Lord your God in the wilderness, but you must not go very far. Now pray for me.” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose, Aia hoʻi, ke aku nei au mai ou aku nei, a e nonoi aku au iā Iēhova e lawe aku ia i nā nalo nahu mai o Paraʻo aku, a mai kāna poʻe kauā aku, a mai kona poʻe kānaka aku; aia ʻapōpō. Akā, mai hoʻopunipuni hou mai ʻo Paraʻo, i ka hoʻokuʻu ʻole i nā kānaka e kaumaha aku na Iēhova. | Moses answered, “As soon as I leave you, I will pray to the Lord, and tomorrow the flies will leave Pharaoh and his officials and his people. Only let Pharaoh be sure that he does not act deceitfully again by not letting the people go to offer sacrifices to the Lord.” |
| akula ʻo Mose mai o Paraʻo aku, a nonoi akula iā Iēhova. | Then Moses left Pharaoh and prayed to the Lord, |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E ʻoe i o Paraʻo lā, a e ʻī aku iā ia, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o nā Hebera penei, E hoʻokuʻu mai ʻoe i koʻu poʻe kānaka, i hoʻokauā mai ai lākou naʻu. | Then the Lord said to Moses, “Go to Pharaoh and say to him, ‘This is what the Lord, the God of the Hebrews, says: “Let my people go, so that they may worship me.” |
| akula ʻo Mose ma waho o ke kūlanakauhale, mai o Paraʻo aku, a kīkoʻo akula i kona mau lima i mua o Iēhova; a ua pau ihola ke hekili a me ka huahekili, ʻaʻole i ninini hou ʻia mai ka ua ma luna o ka honua. | Then Moses left Pharaoh and went out of the city. He spread out his hands toward the Lord; the thunder and hail stopped, and the rain no longer poured down on the land. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E aku ʻoe i loko i o Paraʻo lā, no ka mea, ua hoʻopaʻakikī au i kona naʻau, a me ka naʻau o kāna poʻe kauā, i hōʻike aku ai au i kēia mau hōʻailona oʻu i waena o lākou; | Then the Lord said to Moses, “Go to Pharaoh, for I have hardened his heart and the hearts of his officials so that I may perform these signs of mine among them |
| akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona i loko i o Paraʻo lā, ʻī akula iā ia, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua o nā Hebera, penei, Pehea lā ka lōʻihi o kou hoʻohaʻahaʻa ʻole ʻana iā ʻoe iho i mua oʻu? E hoʻokuʻu mai ʻoe i koʻu poʻe kānaka, i hoʻokauā mai lākou naʻu. | So Moses and Aaron went to Pharaoh and said to him, “This is what the Lord, the God of the Hebrews, says: ‘How long will you refuse to humble yourself before me? Let my people go, so that they may worship me. |
| E hoʻopiha hoʻi lākou i nā hale ou, a me nā hale o kāu poʻe kauā a pau, a me nā hale o ko ʻAigupita a pau: ʻaʻole i ʻike kou poʻe mākua i kēia mea, ʻaʻole hoʻi nā mākua o kou poʻe mākua, mai ka wā i noho mai ai lākou ma ka honua, a hiki i kēia lā. Hāliu aʻela ia, a akula mai o Paraʻo aku. | They will fill your houses and those of all your officials and all the Egyptians — something neither your parents nor your ancestors have ever seen from the day they settled in this land till now.’” Then Moses turned and left Pharaoh. |
| Ua lawe hou ʻia aku ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona i o Paraʻo lā, ʻī maila ia iā lāua, E ʻoukou, e hoʻokauā na Iēhova na ko ʻoukou Akua. ʻO wai, ʻo wai hoʻi ka poʻe? | Then Moses and Aaron were brought back to Pharaoh. “Go, worship the Lord your God,” he said. “But tell me who will be going.” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose, E pū nō mākou me ko mākou poʻe ʻōpiopio a me ko mākou poʻe ʻelemākule, me nā keiki kāne a me nā kaikamāhine a mākou, me kā mākou hipa, a me kā mākou bipi mākou e aku ai: no ka mea, he ʻahaʻaina kā mākou no Iēhova. | Moses answered, “We will go with our young and our old, with our sons and our daughters, and with our flocks and herds, because we are to celebrate a festival to the Lord.” |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iā lāua, ʻo Iēhova kekahi pū me ʻoukou, ke hoʻokuʻu aku au iā ʻoukou, e me kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki. E mālama iā ʻolua, no ka mea, aia nō ka hewa ma ko ʻolua alo. | Pharaoh said, “The Lord be with you — if I let you go, along with your women and children! Clearly you are bent on evil. |
| ʻAʻole pēlā: ʻo ʻoukou nā kānaka ke, e hoʻokauā aku na Iēhova; no ka mea, ʻo ia kā ʻoukou mea i ʻimi mai nei. A ua kipaku ʻia mai lāua, mai ke alo mai o Paraʻo. | No! Have only the men go and worship the Lord, since that’s what you have been asking for.” Then Moses and Aaron were driven out of Pharaoh’s presence. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E ʻō aku kou lima, ma luna o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita no nā ʻūhini, i mai ai lākou ma luna o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, a e ʻai iho i nā lāʻau iki ʻai a pau o ka ʻāina, i nā mea a pau i waiho ʻia e ka huahekili. | And the Lord said to Moses, “Stretch out your hand over Egypt so that locusts swarm over the land and devour everything growing in the fields, everything left by the hail.” |
| akula ia mai o Paraʻo aku, a nonoi akula iā Iēhova. | Moses then left Pharaoh and prayed to the Lord. |
| Hea maila ʻo Paraʻo iā Mose, ʻī maila, Ō uhaele ʻoukou, e hoʻokauā aku na Iēhova; akā, ʻo kā ʻoukou hipa, a me kā ʻoukou bipi, e waiho iā lākou: e pū nō hoʻi kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki. | Then Pharaoh summoned Moses and said, “Go, worship the Lord. Even your women and children may go with you; only leave your flocks and herds behind.” |
| E pū nō hoʻi kā mākou holoholona, ʻaʻole e waiho ʻia kekahi ma ʻaneʻi; no ka mea, e lawe ana mākou i nā mea o lākou e mālama ai iā Iēhova i ko mākou Akua: ʻaʻole naʻe mākou e ʻike i nā mea o lākou kā mākou e mālama ai iā Iēhova, a hiki aku mākou i laila. | Our livestock too must go with us; not a hoof is to be left behind. We have to use some of them in worshiping the Lord our God, and until we get there we will not know what we are to use to worship the Lord.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Paraʻo iā ia, E aku ʻoe pēlā, mai oʻu aku nei, e mālama iā ʻoe iho, ʻaʻole e ʻike hou mai i koʻu maka, no ka mea, i ka lā āu e nānā hou mai ai i koʻu maka, e make ʻoe. | Pharaoh said to Moses, “Get out of my sight! Make sure you do not appear before me again! The day you see my face you will die.” |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Mose, Penei kā Iēhova i ʻī mai nei, A hiki i ke aumoe, e aku nō au i waenakonu o ʻAigupita nei. | So Moses said, “This is what the Lord says: ‘About midnight I will go throughout Egypt. |
| A ʻo kēia poʻe kauā āu, e mai nō lākou i oʻu nei, a e kūlou i lalo i mua oʻu, a e ʻī mai, E aku ʻoe, a me nā kānaka a pau ma muli ou. A ma hope iho e puka aku nō wau. aʻela ia mai o Paraʻo mai me ka wela o kona huhū. | All these officials of yours will come to me, bowing down before me and saying, ‘Go, you and all the people who follow you!’ After that I will leave.” Then Moses, hot with anger, left Pharaoh. |
| No ka mea, e aku ana au ma ka ʻāina a pau o ʻAigupita i kēia pō, a e pepehi nō wau i nā hiapo a pau ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, ʻo kā ke kanaka a me kā ka holoholona: a e hoʻopaʻi aku nō wau i nā akua a pau o ʻAigupita: ʻo wau nō Iēhova. | “On that same night I will pass through Egypt and strike down every firstborn of both people and animals, and I will bring judgment on all the gods of Egypt. I am the Lord. |
| No ka mea, e aʻe ana ʻo Iēhova e pepehi i ko ʻAigupita, a ʻike mai ia i ke koko ma ka hoaka a ma nā lapauila, e waiho nō ʻo Iēhova ia puka, ʻaʻole ia e ʻae mai i ka mea luku e komo i ko ʻoukou mau hale e pepehi mai. | When the Lord goes through the land to strike down the Egyptians, he will see the blood on the top and sides of the doorframe and will pass over that doorway, and he will not permit the destroyer to enter your houses and strike you down. |
| akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, hana ihola e like me ka mea a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona, pēlā lākou i hana ai. | The Israelites did just what the Lord commanded Moses and Aaron. |
| Hea maila ʻo ia iā Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona i ka pō, ʻī maila, E kū aʻe ʻolua e aku mai waena aku o koʻu poʻe kānaka, ʻo ʻolua a me nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela: e, e hoʻokauā aku na Iēhova, e like me kā ʻolua i ʻōlelo mai ai. | During the night Pharaoh summoned Moses and Aaron and said, “Up! Leave my people, you and the Israelites! Go, worship the Lord as you have requested. |
| E lawe pū aku nō i kā ʻoukou poʻe hipa, a me kā ʻoukou poʻe bipi, e like me kā ʻolua i ʻōlelo ai, a e: a e hoʻomaikaʻi hoʻi ʻolua iaʻu. | Take your flocks and herds, as you have said, and go. And also bless me.” |
| maila nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai Ramese a hiki i Sukota, ʻeono paha haneri tausani kāne i wāwae, a he ʻokoʻa nā kamaliʻi. | The Israelites journeyed from Rameses to Sukkoth. There were about six hundred thousand men on foot, besides women and children. |
| pū maila ka poʻe ʻē he nui loa, i hui pū ʻia mai, a me nā hipa, a me nā bipi, he nui loa nā holoholona. | Many other people went up with them, and also large droves of livestock, both flocks and herds. |
| A pau akula ia mau makahiki ʻehā haneri a me ke kanakolu, ia lā nō, maila ka poʻe koa a pau o Iēhova, mai ka ʻāina mai o ʻAigupita. | At the end of the 430 years, to the very day, all the Lord’s divisions left Egypt. |
| I kēia lā ʻoukou i mai ai, i ka malama ʻo ʻAbiba. | Today, in the month of Aviv, you are leaving. |
| Akā, alakaʻi puni aʻela ke Akua i nā kānaka ma ke ala o ka wao nahele o ke Kaiʻula: mākaukau maila nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai. | So God led the people around by the desert road toward the Red Sea. The Israelites went up out of Egypt ready for battle. |
| Lawe pū maila ʻo Mose me ia i nā iwi o Iosepa; no ka mea, ua kauoha ikaika mai ʻo ia i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, He ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, e mai ke Akua e ʻike iā ʻoukou; a e lawe aku hoʻi ʻoukou i koʻu mau iwi me ʻoukou. | Moses took the bones of Joseph with him because Joseph had made the Israelites swear an oath. He had said, “God will surely come to your aid, and then you must carry my bones up with you from this place.” |
| akula lākou mai Sukota aku, a hoʻomoana ma ʻEtama, ma ke kihi o ka wao nahele. | After leaving Sukkoth they camped at Etham on the edge of the desert. |
| akula ʻo Iēhova ma mua o lākou ma loko o ke kia ao i ke ao, e alakaʻi iā lākou ma ke ala; a ma loko o ke kia ahi i ka pō, e hoʻomālamalama mai iā lākou; i lākou i ke ao a me ka pō. | By day the Lord went ahead of them in a pillar of cloud to guide them on their way and by night in a pillar of fire to give them light, so that they could travel by day or night. |
| A hoʻokokoke maila ʻo Paraʻo, ʻalawa aʻela nā maka o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, aia hoʻi, e mai ana ko ʻAigupita ma hope o lākou; makaʻu loa ihola lākou: a uē akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela iā Iēhova. | As Pharaoh approached, the Israelites looked up, and there were the Egyptians, marching after them. They were terrified and cried out to the Lord. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, No ke aha lā ʻoe e kāhea mai nei iaʻu? E ʻī aku ʻoe i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, e aku lākou i mua. | Then the Lord said to Moses, “Why are you crying out to me? Tell the Israelites to move on. |
| Akā, E hāpai ʻoe i kou koʻokoʻo, a e ʻō aku kou lima ma luna o ke kai, a e hoʻokaʻawale ia: a e aku nō nā mamo o ʻIseraʻela ma waena o ke kai, ma kahi maloʻo. | Raise your staff and stretch out your hand over the sea to divide the water so that the Israelites can go through the sea on dry ground. |
| A ʻo ka ʻānela o ke Akua i ma mua o ke kahua hoʻomoana o ka ʻIseraʻela, hoʻi akula ia ma hope o lākou; a aʻela hoʻi ke kia ao mai mua aʻe o lākou, a kū ihola ma hope o lākou. | Then the angel of God, who had been traveling in front of Israel’s army, withdrew and went behind them. The pillar of cloud also moved from in front and stood behind them, |
| maila ia ma waena o ko ʻAigupita poʻe a me ka ʻIseraʻela: a lilo ia i ao pouli; a hoʻomālamalama mai nō naʻe i ka pō; no laila, ʻaʻole i hoʻokokoke mai kēlā poʻe i kēia mai ia pō a ao. | coming between the armies of Egypt and Israel. Throughout the night the cloud brought darkness to the one side and light to the other side; so neither went near the other all night long. |
| maila nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ma waena o ke kai ma kahi maloʻo: a lilo ka wai i pali no lākou ma ko lākou lima ʻākau a me ko lākou lima hema. | and the Israelites went through the sea on dry ground, with a wall of water on their right and on their left. |
| Hahai maila ko ʻAigupita, a mai ma hope o lākou, ʻo nā lio a pau o Paraʻo, a me kona mau kaʻa kaua, a me nā hoʻoholo lio i waena o ke kai. | The Egyptians pursued them, and all Pharaoh’s horses and chariots and horsemen followed them into the sea. |
| Hoʻohemohemo ihola ia i nā huila o ko lākou mau kaʻa kaua, i pupū ai lākou; no ia mea, ʻōlelo maila ko ʻAigupita, E ʻauheʻe kākou mai ke alo aku o ka ʻIseraʻela; no ka mea, ua kaua mai nō ʻo Iēhova me lākou pū i ko ʻAigupita. | He jammed the wheels of their chariots so that they had difficulty driving. And the Egyptians said, “Let’s get away from the Israelites! The Lord is fighting for them against Egypt.” |
| Hoʻi hou akula ke kai, a popoʻi ihola ma luna o nā kaʻa kaua, a me nā hoʻoholo lio, a me ka poʻe koa a pau o Paraʻo i mai i loko o ke kai ma hope o lākou: ʻaʻole loa kekahi o lākou i koe. | The water flowed back and covered the chariots and horsemen — the entire army of Pharaoh that had followed the Israelites into the sea. Not one of them survived. |
| Akā, ʻo nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, maila lākou ma kahi maloʻo i waenakonu o ke kai: a ʻo nā wai, he pali ia no lākou ma ko lākou lima ʻākau, a me ko lākou lima hema. | But the Israelites went through the sea on dry ground, with a wall of water on their right and on their left. |
| No ka mea, aʻela ka lio o Paraʻo, Me kona kaʻa kaua, a me nā hoʻoholo lio ona,A i loko o ke kai, A hoʻihoʻi maila ʻo Iēhova i nā wai o ke kai ma luna o lākou; Akā, ʻo nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, aʻela lākou ma kahi maloʻo ma waenakonu o ke kai. | When Pharaoh’s horses, chariots and horsemen went into the sea, the Lord brought the waters of the sea back over them, but the Israelites walked through the sea on dry ground. |
| Pēlā i lawe mai ai ʻo Mose i ka ʻIseraʻela, mai ke Kaiʻula mai, a maila lākou i ka wao nahele i Sura; maila lākou ma loko o ka wao nahele i nā lā ʻekolu, ʻaʻole hoʻi i loaʻa ka wai. | Then Moses led Israel from the Red Sea and they went into the Desert of Shur. For three days they traveled in the desert without finding water. |
| A maila lākou i ʻElima, ma laila nā pūnāwai he ʻumikumamālua, a me nā lāʻau pāma he kanahiku: noho ihola lākou i laila ma kahi o nā wai. | Then they came to Elim, where there were twelve springs and seventy palm trees, and they camped there near the water. |
| maila lākou, mai ʻElima mai, a hiki maila ka poʻe mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela i ka wao nahele i Sina, he wahi ia ma waena o ʻElima a me Sinai, ʻo ka lā ʻumikumamālima ia o ka malama ʻalua, mai ko lākou puka ʻana mai i waho, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai. | The whole Israelite community set out from Elim and came to the Desert of Sin, which is between Elim and Sinai, on the fifteenth day of the second month after they had come out of Egypt. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, Aia hoʻi, e hoʻoua aku au i ka ʻai, mai ka lani aku; a e aku nā kānaka ma waho, e hoʻoʻuluʻulu i ko ka lā ma ia lā, i hoʻāʻo aku ai au iā lākou, e paha lākou ma koʻu kānāwai, ʻaʻole paha. | Then the Lord said to Moses, “I will rain down bread from heaven for you. The people are to go out each day and gather enough for that day. In this way I will test them and see whether they will follow my instructions. |
| ʻŌlelo aʻela ʻo Mose iā ʻAʻarona, E ʻī aku ʻoe i ka poʻe mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela, E mai lākou i mua i ke alo o Iēhova: no ka mea, ua lohe ia i kā ʻoukou ʻōhumu ʻana. | Then Moses told Aaron, “Say to the entire Israelite community, ‘Come before the Lord, for he has heard your grumbling.’” |
| A hiki i ka lā ʻeono, hōʻiliʻili pāpālua ihola lākou i ka ʻai, ʻelua ʻomera a ke kanaka hoʻokahi: a akula nā luna a pau o nā kānaka, a haʻi akula iā Mose. | On the sixth day, they gathered twice as much — two omers for each person — and the leaders of the community came and reported this to Moses. |
| A i ka hiku o ka lā, akula nō kekahi o nā kānaka e hoʻoʻuluʻulu, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa iā lākou. | Nevertheless, some of the people went out on the seventh day to gather it, but they found none. |
| E nānā hoʻi, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi aku ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoukou i ka sābati: no ia mea, ua hāʻawi akula ia na ʻoukou ma ke ono o ka lā, i ʻai no nā lā ʻelua; e noho ʻoukou, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka ma kona wahi iho; mai ke kanaka mai kona wahi aku i ka lā sābati. | Bear in mind that the Lord has given you the Sabbath; that is why on the sixth day he gives you bread for two days. Everyone is to stay where they are on the seventh day; no one is to go out.” |
| maila ka poʻe mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela, mai ka wao nahele ʻo Sina, i ko lākou ʻana, e like nō me ke kauoha a Iēhova, a hoʻomoana ihola lākou ma Repidima: ʻaʻohe hoʻi wai e inu no nā kānaka. | The whole Israelite community set out from the Desert of Sin, traveling from place to place as the Lord commanded. They camped at Rephidim, but there was no water for the people to drink. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E aʻe ʻoe ma mua o nā kānaka; a e lawe pū aku me ʻoe i nā lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela; a e lawe nō hoʻi ma kou lima i ke koʻokoʻo āu i hahau ai i nā wai, a e: | The Lord answered Moses, “Go out in front of the people. Take with you some of the elders of Israel and take in your hand the staff with which you struck the Nile, and go. |
| maila ka ʻAmeleka, a kaua mai i ka ʻIseraʻela ma Repidima. | The Amalekites came and attacked the Israelites at Rephidim. |
| ʻŌlelo aʻela ʻo Mose iā Iosua, E wae aʻe ʻoe i kānaka no kākou, a e e kaua aku i ka ʻAmeleka: ʻapōpō e kū wau ma luna pono o ka puʻu, me ke koʻokoʻo o ke Akua ma koʻu lima. | Moses said to Joshua, “Choose some of our men and go out to fight the Amalekites. Tomorrow I will stand on top of the hill with the staff of God in my hands.” |
| maila i o Mose lā ʻo Ietero, ka makuahōnōwai kāne o Mose, a me kāna mau keiki kāne, a me kāna wahine, ma ka wao nahele, i kahi āna i hoʻomoana ai ma ka mauna o ke Akua: | Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, together with Moses’ sons and wife, came to him in the wilderness, where he was camped near the mountain of God. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ia iā Mose, ʻO wau nō Ietero, kou makuahōnōwai kāne, ua mai au i ou nei a me kāu wahine, a me kāu mau keiki kāne ʻelua. | Jethro had sent word to him, “I, your father-in-law Jethro, am coming to you with your wife and her two sons.” |
| akula ʻo Mose e hālāwai me kona makuahōnōwai kāne, a kūlou ihola ia, a honi akula iā ia: a nīnau kekahi i kekahi, i ka maikaʻi o ko lāua noho ʻana; a komo aʻela lāua i loko o ka halelewa. | So Moses went out to meet his father-in-law and bowed down and kissed him. They greeted each other and then went into the tent. |
| Lawe ihola ʻo Ietero, ka makuahōnōwai kāne o Mose, i mōhai kuni, a me nā ʻālana no ke Akua, a maila ʻo ʻAʻarona, a me nā lunakahiko a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, e ʻai pū ai me ka makuahōnōwai kāne o Mose, i mua o ke Akua. | Then Jethro, Moses’ father-in-law, brought a burnt offering and other sacrifices to God, and Aaron came with all the elders of Israel to eat a meal with Moses’ father-in-law in the presence of God. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose i kona makuahōnōwai kāne, No ka mea, ua mai nā kānaka i oʻu nei e nīnau i ke Akua: | Moses answered him, “Because the people come to me to seek God’s will. |
| Inā loaʻa iā lākou kekahi mea, mai lākou iaʻu; a naʻu nō e hoʻoponopono aku ma waena o ke kanaka, a me kona hoa; a naʻu nō e hōʻike aku iā lākou i ka ʻōlelo kūpaʻa a ke Akua, a me kona kānāwai. | Whenever they have a dispute, it is brought to me, and I decide between the parties and inform them of God’s decrees and instructions.” |
| A e aʻo aku ʻoe iā lākou i nā ʻoihana a me nā kānāwai, a e hōʻike aku ʻoe iā lākou i ke ala e ai lākou, a me ka hana e hana ai lākou. | Teach them his decrees and instructions, and show them the way they are to live and how they are to behave. |
| Inā e hana mai ʻoe i kēia mea, a kauoha mai ke Akua iā ʻoe pēlā, a laila e hiki iā ʻoe ka mau loa ʻana, a e nō hoʻi kēia poʻe kānaka a pau i ko lākou wahi me ka malumaluhia. | If you do this and God so commands, you will be able to stand the strain, and all these people will go home satisfied.” |
| A maila lākou, mai Repidima mai, a hiki ma ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai, a hoʻomoana ihola lākou ma ka wao nahele; ma laila ka ʻIseraʻela i hoʻomoana ai ma kahi e pili ana i ka mauna. | After they set out from Rephidim, they entered the Desert of Sinai, and Israel camped there in the desert in front of the mountain. |
| aʻela ʻo Mose, a hea akula i nā lunakahiko a kānaka, a hoʻonoho ihola i mua o lākou i kēia mau ʻōlelo a pau a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā ia. | So Moses went back and summoned the elders of the people and set before them all the words the Lord had commanded him to speak. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, Aia hoʻi, e mai ana au i ou nei ma loko o ke ao panopano, i lohe nā kānaka i kaʻu kamaʻilio ʻana me ʻoe, a e manaʻoʻiʻo mau loa mai iā ʻoe. A haʻi akula ʻo Mose i nā ʻōlelo a kānaka iā Iēhova. | The Lord said to Moses, “I am going to come to you in a dense cloud, so that the people will hear me speaking with you and will always put their trust in you.” Then Moses told the Lord what the people had said. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E ʻoe i kānaka, e hoʻolaʻa iā lākou i kēia lā, a ʻapōpō; e holoi hoʻi lākou i ko lākou kapa. | And the Lord said to Moses, “Go to the people and consecrate them today and tomorrow. Have them wash their clothes |
| Mai hoʻopā aku kekahi lima ia mea, no ka mea, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, e hailuku ʻia ʻo ia, a hou ʻia; inā he holoholona, a he kanaka, ʻaʻole ia e ola: a i kani lōʻihi ka pū, a laila e mai lākou i ka mauna. | They are to be stoned or shot with arrows; not a hand is to be laid on them. No person or animal shall be permitted to live.’ Only when the ram’s horn sounds a long blast may they approach the mountain.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia, Ō, e iho ʻoe i lalo, a e piʻi hou mai ʻoe, ʻo ʻoe, a me ʻAʻarona pū; akā, ʻo nā kahuna a me kānaka, mai hemo mai lākou, e piʻi mai i o Iēhova nei, o pohā aku ia ma luna o lākou. | The Lord replied, “Go down and bring Aaron up with you. But the priests and the people must not force their way through to come up to the Lord, or he will break out against them.” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose i kānaka, Mai weliweli ʻoukou; no ka mea, ua mai ke Akua e hoʻāʻo iā ʻoukou, i mau kona makaʻu ʻia ma luna o ʻoukou, i lawehala ʻole ʻoukou. | Moses said to the people, “Do not be afraid. God has come to test you, so that the fear of God will be with you to keep you from sinning.” |
| E hana ʻoe i kuahu lepo noʻu, a e mōhai mai ma luna iho i kou mōhai kuni, a me kou mōhai hoʻomalu, i kāu mau hipa, a me kāu mau bipi; i nā wahi a pau aʻu e hoʻopaʻa ai i koʻu inoa, ma laila au e aku ai i ou lā, a e hoʻomaikaʻi ai iā ʻoe. | “‘Make an altar of earth for me and sacrifice on it your burnt offerings and fellowship offerings, your sheep and goats and your cattle. Wherever I cause my name to be honored, I will come to you and bless you. |
| Inā i komo mai ʻo ia i loko, ʻo kona kino wale nō, a laila, e aku nō ʻo ia i waho, ʻo kona kino wale nō: akā, inā i mare ʻia ʻo ia, a laila e pū aku nō kāna wahine me ia. | If he comes alone, he is to go free alone; but if he has a wife when he comes, she is to go with him. |
| Inā ua hāʻawi mai kona haku i wahine nāna, a ua hānau mai ʻo ia i mau keiki kāne nāna, a i mau kaikamāhine paha, a laila no ka haku ka wahine a me kāna mau keiki, a e aku nō ke kāne, ʻo ia wale nō. | If his master gives him a wife and she bears him sons or daughters, the woman and her children shall belong to her master, and only the man shall go free. |
| Akā, inā ʻōlelo ikaika mai ke kauā, Ua aloha au i kuʻu haku, a me kuʻu wahine, a me kaʻu mau keiki, ʻaʻole au e kuʻu wale ʻia; | “But if the servant declares, ‘I love my master and my wife and children and do not want to go free,’ |
| Inā ala hou ʻo ia a i waho ma kona koʻokoʻo, a laila, e pakele nō ka mea nāna ia i pepehi; akā, e uku nō ʻo ia, no kona hoʻōki ʻana i kāna hana, a nāna nō hoʻi e hoʻōla loa aku iā ia. | the one who struck the blow will not be held liable if the other can get up and walk around outside with a staff; however, the guilty party must pay the injured person for any loss of time and see that the victim is completely healed. |
| Inā hālāwai ʻoe me ka bipi a kou hoalauna e hewa ana, me kona hoki paha, e ʻoiaʻiʻo nō e hoʻihoʻi mai ʻoe ia mea i ona lā. | “If you come across your enemy’s ox or donkey wandering off, be sure to return it. |
| E mālama ʻoe i ka ʻahaʻaina o ka berena hū ʻole: ʻEhiku lā ʻoe e ʻai ai i ka berena hū ʻole, me aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe, i ka manawa i hāʻawi ʻia, ma ka malama ʻo ʻAbiba; no ka mea, ia wā ʻoe i mai ai mai loko mai o ʻAigupita: Mai ʻike ʻia naʻe kekahi i mua oʻu me ka waiwai ʻole: | “Celebrate the Festival of Unleavened Bread; for seven days eat bread made without yeast, as I commanded you. Do this at the appointed time in the month of Aviv, for in that month you came out of Egypt. “No one is to appear before me empty-handed. |
| No ka mea, e ana koʻu ʻĀnela ma mua ou, a e kaʻi aku iā ʻoe i kahi o ka ʻAmora a me ka Heta a me ka Pereza, a me ko Kanaʻana, a me ka Heva a me ka Iebusa, a naʻu nō lākou e ʻānai aku. | My angel will go ahead of you and bring you into the land of the Amorites, Hittites, Perizzites, Canaanites, Hivites and Jebusites, and I will wipe them out. |
| Naʻu nō e hāʻawi i ka makaʻu ma mua ou, a naʻu nō e luku aku i nā kānaka a pau, ma kahi āu e aku ai, a naʻu nō e hana aku i kou poʻe ʻenemi, i huli ai ko lākou kua iā ʻoe. | “I will send my terror ahead of you and throw into confusion every nation you encounter. I will make all your enemies turn their backs and run. |
| A ʻo Mose wale nō ka mea mai a kokoke i o Iēhova nei: akā, ʻo lākou ʻaʻole mai a kokoke; ʻaʻole hoʻi e piʻi pū nā kānaka me ia. | but Moses alone is to approach the Lord; the others must not come near. And the people may not come up with him.” |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E mai ʻoe i oʻu nei i ka mauna, a e noho ma laila; a e hāʻawi aku au iā ʻoe i pōhaku papa, me ke kānāwai, a me nā kauoha aʻu i palapala ai, i aʻo aku ʻoe ia mea. | The Lord said to Moses, “Come up to me on the mountain and stay here, and I will give you the tablets of stone with the law and commandments I have written for their instruction.” |
| ʻŌlelo ihola ia i nā lunakahiko, E kakali ʻoukou no māua, a hoʻi mai māua iā ʻoukou: aia hoʻi, me ʻoukou ʻo ʻAʻarona lāua me Hura; a ʻo ka mea loaʻa kahi pilikia, e aʻe ia i o lāua lā. | He said to the elders, “Wait here for us until we come back to you. Aaron and Hur are with you, and anyone involved in a dispute can go to them.” |
| akula ʻo Mose i loko pono o ka ʻohu, a piʻi akula i ka mauna, a ma laila nō ʻo Mose ma ka mauna hoʻokahi kanahā ao, hoʻokahi kanahā pō. | Then Moses entered the cloud as he went on up the mountain. And he stayed on the mountain forty days and forty nights. |
| A e lawe ʻo ʻAʻarona i nā inoa o nā keiki a ʻIseraʻela ma ka pale umauma o ka hoʻoponopono ma kona naʻau, i ka wā e aku ai ia i kahi kapu, i mea e hoʻomanaʻo mau ai i mua o Iēhova. | “Whenever Aaron enters the Holy Place, he will bear the names of the sons of Israel over his heart on the breastpiece of decision as a continuing memorial before the Lord. |
| A e kau ʻoe i loko o ka pale umauma o ka hoʻoponopono i ka ʻUrima, a me ke Tumima, a e mau nō lāua ma ka naʻau o ʻAʻarona, iā ia e aku ai i mua o Iēhova. A lawe mau nō ʻo ʻAʻarona i ka hoʻoponopono ʻana o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ma kona naʻau, i mua o Iēhova. | Also put the Urim and the Thummim in the breastpiece, so they may be over Aaron’s heart whenever he enters the presence of the Lord. Thus Aaron will always bear the means of making decisions for the Israelites over his heart before the Lord. |
| A ma luna ia o ʻAʻarona e lawelawe ai; a e lohe ʻia kona kani ʻana, i kona wā e aku ai i kahi kapu, i mua o Iēhova, a i kona wā e puka aku ai i waho, i ʻole ia e make. | Aaron must wear it when he ministers. The sound of the bells will be heard when he enters the Holy Place before the Lord and when he comes out, so that he will not die. |
| Ma luna o ʻAʻarona ia mea, a ma luna o kāna mau keiki kāne, iā lākou e mai ai i loko o ka halelewa o ka ʻaha kanaka, a iā lākou e hoʻokokoke mai ai i ke kuahu, e lawelawe ma kahi kapu, i kau ʻole ai ka hewa ma luna o lākou a make. He kānāwai mau loa ia nona, a no kāna poʻe mamo ma hope ona. | Aaron and his sons must wear them whenever they enter the tent of meeting or approach the altar to minister in the Holy Place, so that they will not incur guilt and die. “This is to be a lasting ordinance for Aaron and his descendants. |
| A ʻo ke keiki e lilo ana i kahuna ma kona hakahaka, nāna nō e hoʻokomo ia mau mea i ʻehiku lā, i kona manawa e mai ai i loko o ka halelewa o ke anaina kanaka, e lawelawe ma kahi hoʻāno. | The son who succeeds him as priest and comes to the tent of meeting to minister in the Holy Place is to wear them seven days. |
| Eia kā lākou e hāʻawi mai ai, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea e aʻe ma waena o ka poʻe i helu ʻia, he hapalua o ka sekela, ma ka sekela o ke keʻena kapu, (he iwakālua gera hoʻokahi ia sekela,) a he hapalua o ka sekela, ʻo ia ka haʻawina iā Iēhova. | Each one who crosses over to those already counted is to give a half shekel, according to the sanctuary shekel, which weighs twenty gerahs. This half shekel is an offering to the Lord. |
| ʻO kēlā mea kēia mea e aʻe i waena o ka poʻe i helu ʻia, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, e hāʻawi nō ʻo ia i haʻawina iā Iēhova. | All who cross over, those twenty years old or more, are to give an offering to the Lord. |
| A lākou i loko o ka halelewa o ke anaina kanaka, a laila, e holoi lākou me ka wai, i ʻole ai lākou e make; a i ka manawa hoʻi e hoʻokokoke mai ai lākou i ke kuahu e lawelawe ai, e puhi i mōhai ahi no Iēhova: | Whenever they enter the tent of meeting, they shall wash with water so that they will not die. Also, when they approach the altar to minister by presenting a food offering to the Lord, |
| A ʻike akula nā kānaka i ko Mose hoʻokaʻulua ʻana i ka iho mai, mai ka mauna mai, ʻākoakoa ihola na kānaka i o ʻAʻarona lā, ʻōlelo aʻela iā ia, E kū ʻoe, e hana i akua no kākou, i mea ma mua o kākou: no ka mea, ʻo ua Mose lā, ke kanaka nāna kākou i alakaʻi mai nei, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai; ʻaʻole kākou ʻike i kona wahi i lilo aku ai. | When the people saw that Moses was so long in coming down from the mountain, they gathered around Aaron and said, “Come, make us gods who will go before us. As for this fellow Moses who brought us up out of Egypt, we don’t know what has happened to him.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, Ō ʻoe, e iho i lalo; ua hana hewa kou poʻe kānaka āu i lawe mai ai, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai. | Then the Lord said to Moses, “Go down, because your people, whom you brought up out of Egypt, have become corrupt. |
| No ka mea, ʻōlelo mai lākou iaʻu, E hana ʻoe i nā akua no kākou, e aku i mua o kākou; no ka mea, ʻo ua Mose nei, ke kanaka nāna kākou i lawe mai nei, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, ʻaʻole kākou i ʻike i kona wahi i lilo aku ai. | They said to me, ‘Make us gods who will go before us. As for this fellow Moses who brought us up out of Egypt, we don’t know what has happened to him.’ |
| A laila kū maila ʻo Mose ma ka puka o kahi a lākou i hoʻomoana ai, ʻī maila, ʻO wai ka mea ma ko Iēhova ʻaoʻao? E mai ia i oʻu nei. A ʻākoakoa pū maila nā mamo a pau a Levi i ona lā. | So he stood at the entrance to the camp and said, “Whoever is for the Lord, come to me.” And all the Levites rallied to him. |
| ʻĪ maila ia iā lākou, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova ʻo ke Akua o ʻIseraʻela penei, E kau nā kānaka a pau i nā pahi kaua a lākou ma ko lākou ʻaoʻao, e aʻe lākou a hoʻi mai, ma kēlā ʻīpuka a kēia ʻīpuka o kahi hoʻomoana, a e pepehi ke kanaka i kona hoahānau, a ʻo ke kanaka i kona makamaka, a ʻo ke kanaka i kona hoalauna. | Then he said to them, “This is what the Lord, the God of Israel, says: ‘Each man strap a sword to his side. Go back and forth through the camp from one end to the other, each killing his brother and friend and neighbor.’” |
| No ia mea, ō ʻoe, e alakaʻi ia poʻe kānaka i kahi aʻu i ʻōlelo ai iā ʻoe: aia hoʻi, e nō koʻu ʻānela ma mua ou, akā hoʻi, i koʻu lā e hoʻopaʻi ai, e hoʻopaʻi aku au i ko lākou hewa ma luna o lākou. | Now go, lead the people to the place I spoke of, and my angel will go before you. However, when the time comes for me to punish, I will punish them for their sin.” |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, ō, e piʻi aku, ʻo ʻoe a me nā kānaka āu i alakaʻi mai nei, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, a i ka ʻāina aʻu i hoʻohiki ai iā ʻAberahama, a iā ʻIsaʻaka, a iā Iakoba, i ka ʻī ʻana iho, Ke hāʻawi nei au ia na kāu poʻe mamo. | Then the Lord said to Moses, “Leave this place, you and the people you brought up out of Egypt, and go up to the land I promised on oath to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, saying, ‘I will give it to your descendants.’ |
| A lawe aʻela ʻo Mose i ka halelewa, a kūkulu ihola ma waho o kahi e hoʻomoana ai, ma kahi mamao aku o ke kahua i hoʻomoana ai; a kapa aʻela ʻo ia ia mea, ʻo ka Halelewa o ke anaina kanaka. A ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea i ʻimi iā Iēhova, akula ia i waho i ka halelewa o ke anaina kanaka, ka mea ma waho o kahi i hoʻomoana ai. | Now Moses used to take a tent and pitch it outside the camp some distance away, calling it the “tent of meeting.” Anyone inquiring of the Lord would go to the tent of meeting outside the camp. |
| A i ka ʻana aku o Mose i ka halelewa, ala aʻela nā kānaka a pau i luna, a kū nō kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka ma ka puka o kona halelewa, a nānā akula ma hope o Mose, a hala ia i loko o ka halelewa. | And whenever Moses went out to the tent, all the people rose and stood at the entrances to their tents, watching Moses until he entered the tent. |
| A kamaʻilio maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, he maka nō he maka, e like me ke kamaʻilio ʻana o ke kanaka me kona hoa. A hoʻi akula ia i loko o kahi e hoʻomoana ai, a me kāna kauā, ʻo Iosua, ke keiki a Nuna, he kanaka ʻōpiopio; akā, ʻaʻole ia i i waho o ka halelewa. | The Lord would speak to Moses face to face, as one speaks to a friend. Then Moses would return to the camp, but his young aide Joshua son of Nun did not leave the tent. |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, E pū nō koʻu maka, a naʻu nō ʻoe e hoʻomaha aku. | The Lord replied, “My Presence will go with you, and I will give you rest.” |
| ʻĪ akula kēia, I ʻole e pū kou maka, mai lawe aku ʻoe iā mākou. | Then Moses said to him, “If your Presence does not go with us, do not send us up from here. |
| Ma hea lā e ʻike ʻia ai ua loaʻa iaʻu a me kou poʻe kānaka ka lokomaikaʻi ʻia i kou maka? ʻAʻole anei ma kou pū ʻana me mākou? A pēlā mākou e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia ai, ʻo wau a me koʻu poʻe kānaka, mai nā kānaka ʻē aku a pau loa e noho ana ma luna o ka honua. | How will anyone know that you are pleased with me and with your people unless you go with us? What else will distinguish me and your people from all the other people on the face of the earth?” |
| A i ka wā e aʻe koʻu nani, e hoʻokomo nō wau iā ʻoe i loko o ka mauae o ka pōhaku, a e uhi aku au iā ʻoe i koʻu lima, iaʻu e ana aʻe. | When my glory passes by, I will put you in a cleft in the rock and cover you with my hand until I have passed by. |
| Mai pū mai kekahi kanaka me ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e ʻikea kekahi kanaka ma ka mauna a pau; ʻaʻole hoʻi e ʻai nā hipa a me nā holoholona ma ke alo o ia mauna. | No one is to come with you or be seen anywhere on the mountain; not even the flocks and herds may graze in front of the mountain.” |
| aʻela ʻo Iēhova ma mua o kona alo, haʻi maila ia, ʻO Iēhova, ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua lokomaikaʻi, a manawaleʻa, a ahonui, ua nui kona maikaʻi a me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo. | And he passed in front of Moses, proclaiming, “The Lord, the Lord, the compassionate and gracious God, slow to anger, abounding in love and faithfulness, |
| ʻĪ akula ia, A inā i loaʻa iaʻu ka lokomaikaʻi ʻia mai i mua ou, e ka Haku ē, ke nonoi aku nei au e pū aku koʻu Haku me mākou: (he poʻe kānaka ʻāʻī ʻoʻoleʻa naʻe kēia;) a e kala mai ʻoe i ko mākou hala me ko mākou hewa, a e lawe ʻoe iā mākou i hoʻoilina nou. | “Lord,” he said, “if I have found favor in your eyes, then let the Lord go with us. Although this is a stiff-necked people, forgive our wickedness and our sin, and take us as your inheritance.” |
| E mālama ʻoe iā ʻoe, o hana auaneʻi ʻoe i berita me ka poʻe e noho ana i ka ʻāina, kahi āu e ai, o lilo ia i ʻūpiki i waena o ʻoukou. | Be careful not to make a treaty with those who live in the land where you are going, or they will be a snare among you. |
| Ō hana ʻoe i berita me nā kānaka o ka ʻāina, a moekolohe lākou ma muli o ko lākou mau akua, a mōhai aku na ko lākou mau akua, a hea mai iā ʻoe, a ʻai ʻoe i kāna mōhai. | “Be careful not to make a treaty with those who live in the land; for when they prostitute themselves to their gods and sacrifice to them, they will invite you and you will eat their sacrifices. |
| A lawe paha ʻoe i kā lākou kaikamāhine na kā ʻoukou keiki kāne; a moekolohe kā lākou kaikamāhine ma muli o ko lākou poʻe akua, a hoʻomoekolohe lākou i kā ʻoukou keiki kāne ma muli o ko lākou poʻe akua. | And when you choose some of their daughters as wives for your sons and those daughters prostitute themselves to their gods, they will lead your sons to do the same. |
| A e mai nō nā mea naʻau akamai a pau, a e hana i nā mea a pau a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai; | “All who are skilled among you are to come and make everything the Lord has commanded: |
| A akula ke anaina kanaka a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, mai ko Mose alo aku. | Then the whole Israelite community withdrew from Moses’ presence, |
| A mai nō lākou, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea i hoʻoʻeuʻeu ʻia e kona naʻau, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea hoʻi i hoʻoikaika ʻia e kona ʻuhane, a lawe mai lākou i ko Iēhova haʻawina no ka hana o ka halelewa o ke anaina kanaka, a no kāna hana a pau, a no nā kāhiko laʻa. | and everyone who was willing and whose heart moved them came and brought an offering to the Lord for the work on the tent of meeting, for all its service, and for the sacred garments. |
| A mai lākou, ʻo nā kāne, a me nā wāhine, ʻo ka poʻe a pau i makemake ma ka naʻau, a lawe maila i nā kūpeʻe lima, a me nā gula pepeiao, a me nā apo, a me nā gula ʻāʻī, a me nā mea gula a pau loa; a ʻo kēlā mea, kēia mea i hāʻawi, hāʻawi ʻo ia i gula no Iēhova. | All who were willing, men and women alike, came and brought gold jewelry of all kinds: brooches, earrings, rings and ornaments. They all presented their gold as a wave offering to the Lord. |
| A hea akula ʻo Mose iā Bezalela, a me ʻAholiaba, a me nā kānaka a pau i akamai ma ka naʻau, a Iēhova i hāʻawi mai ai i naʻau akamai, i nā mea a pau hoʻi i ikaika ma ko lākou naʻau e e kōkua i ka hana. | Then Moses summoned Bezalel and Oholiab and every skilled person to whom the Lord had given ability and who was willing to come and do the work. |
| A maila nā kānaka akamai a pau, ka poʻe i hana i nā hana a pau o ke keʻena kapu, mai ka hana mai, a lākou i hana ai. | So all the skilled workers who were doing all the work on the sanctuary left what they were doing |
| He beka no kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka, he hapalua sekela hoʻi, ma ka sekela o ke keʻena kapu, no kēlā mea kēia mea i aʻe i ka helu ʻana, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, no nā kānaka ʻeono haneri kumamākolu tausani, ʻelima haneri, a me kanalima. | one beka per person, that is, half a shekel, according to the sanctuary shekel, from everyone who had crossed over to those counted, twenty years old or more, a total of 603,550 men. |
| A i ka piʻi ʻana o ke ao mai ka halelewa aku, a laila, akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i ko lākou ʻana a pau. | In all the travels of the Israelites, whenever the cloud lifted from above the tabernacle, they would set out; |
| A i ʻole e piʻi aku ke ao, a laila, ʻaʻole lākou i, a hiki i ka lā i piʻi aku ai ia. | but if the cloud did not lift, they did not set out — until the day it lifted. |
| No ka mea, aia nō ma luna o ka halelewa, ua ao lā o Iēhova i ke ao, a he ahi hoʻi ma luna o laila i ka pō, i mua o nā maka o ko ka hale a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, i ko lākou ʻana a pau. | So the cloud of the Lord was over the tabernacle by day, and fire was in the cloud by night, in the sight of all the Israelites during all their travels. |
| ʻŌlelo akula hoʻi ʻo Mose iā ʻAʻarona, E ʻoe i ke kuahu, a e kaumaha aku i kāu mōhai lawehala, a me kāu mōhai kuni, a e hana i kalahala nou iho, a no nā kānaka; a e ʻālana aku i ka mōhai a nā kānaka, a e hana i kalahala no lākou, e like me kā Iēhova kauoha. | Moses said to Aaron, “Come to the altar and sacrifice your sin offering and your burnt offering and make atonement for yourself and the people; sacrifice the offering that is for the people and make atonement for them, as the Lord has commanded.” |
| No laila, aʻela ʻo ʻAʻarona i ke kuahu, a pepehi ihola i ke keiki bipi mōhai lawehala, ka mea nona iho. | So Aaron came to the altar and slaughtered the calf as a sin offering for himself. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e ma waho o ka puka o ka halelewa o ke anaina, o make ʻoukou; no ka mea, ma luna o ʻoukou ka ʻaila poni o Iēhova. A hana ihola lākou e like me ka ʻōlelo a Mose. | Do not leave the entrance to the tent of meeting or you will die, because the Lord’s anointing oil is on you.” So they did as Moses said. |
| Mai inu i ka waina a me ka mea ʻona, ʻo ʻoe a me kāu mau keiki me ʻoe, i ka wā e ai ʻoukou i loko o ka halelewa o ke anaina, o make ʻoukou: he kānāwai mau nō ia i nā hanauna o ʻoukou; | “You and your sons are not to drink wine or other fermented drink whenever you go into the tent of meeting, or you will die. This is a lasting ordinance for the generations to come, |
| ʻO nā manu kolo e ana ma nā hā, he mea ia e hoʻowahāwahā ʻia e ʻoukou. | “‘All flying insects that walk on all fours are to be regarded as unclean by you. |
| Eia naʻe nā mea e pono ke ʻai ʻoukou, ʻo nā mea lele e kolo ana, nā mea ma nā hā, he mau wāwae hoʻi ko lākou ma luna o nā kapuaʻi, e mahiki ai ma ka honua; | There are, however, some flying insects that walk on all fours that you may eat: those that have jointed legs for hopping on the ground. |
| ʻO ka mea ma kona mau kapuaʻi manamana, ʻo ko nā holoholona a pau e ana ma nā hā, he haumia ia iā ʻoukou; a ʻo ka mea i pā i ko lākou kupapaʻu e haumia ia a hiki i ke ahiahi. | Of all the animals that walk on all fours, those that walk on their paws are unclean for you; whoever touches their carcasses will be unclean till evening. |
| A ʻo ka mea kolo ma ka ʻōpū, a ʻo ka mea ma nā hā, a ʻo ka mea he nui kona mau kapuaʻi, i waena o nā mea kolo a pau e kolo ana ma ka lepo, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e ʻai iā lākou; no ka mea, he mau mea hoʻowahāwahā ʻia. | You are not to eat any creature that moves along the ground, whether it moves on its belly or walks on all fours or on many feet; it is unclean. |
| A inā i ʻano hou ka ʻiʻo, a lilo ia i keʻokeʻo, e hou mai nō ia i ke kahuna pule; | If the raw flesh changes and turns white, they must go to the priest. |
| A e aku ke kahuna mai loko aku o kahi hoʻomoana, a e nānā ke kahuna, aia hoʻi, inā ua ola ka maʻi lēpera i loko o ka lēpero; | The priest is to go outside the camp and examine them. If they have been healed of their defiling skin disease, |
| A ʻo ka mea e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻia ana, e holoi ʻo ia i kona kapa, a e koli i kona lauoho a pau, a e ʻauʻau ia i ka wai, i maʻemaʻe ia; a ma hope iho, e mai ia i kahi hoʻomoana, a e noho ma waho o kona halelewa i nā lā ʻehiku. | “The person to be cleansed must wash their clothes, shave off all their hair and bathe with water; then they will be ceremonially clean. After this they may come into the camp, but they must stay outside their tent for seven days. |
| A mai ka mea nona ka hale e haʻi i ke kahuna pule, e ʻī mai ana, I kuʻu manaʻo, ʻeā, me he ʻino lēpera lā i loko o ka hale: | the owner of the house must go and tell the priest, ‘I have seen something that looks like a defiling mold in my house.’ |
| A laila e kauoha ke kahuna e hoʻokaʻawale i ka hale ma mua o ke komo ʻana o ke kahuna e ʻike i ka ʻino, i ʻole ai e pau i ka haumia ko loko o ka hale; a ma hope iho e aʻe ke kahuna i loko e nānā i ka hale. | The priest is to order the house to be emptied before he goes in to examine the mold, so that nothing in the house will be pronounced unclean. After this the priest is to go in and inspect the house. |
| A laila e mai ke kahuna a e nānā, aia hoʻi, inā ua pālahalaha aʻe ka ʻino ma loko o ka hale, he lēpera ia e ʻaʻai ana i loko o ka hale, he haumia ia. | the priest is to go and examine it and, if the mold has spread in the house, it is a persistent defiling mold; the house is unclean. |
| ʻO ka mea hoʻi i aʻe i loko o ka hale i kona wā a pau i papani ʻia ai, e haumia ʻo ia a hiki i ke ahiahi. | “Anyone who goes into the house while it is closed up will be unclean till evening. |
| A i ka walu o ka lā, e lawe ʻo ia nona i nā kuhukukū ʻelua, a i ʻole ia, i ʻelua manu nūnū ʻōpiopio, a e mai i mua o ke alo o Iēhova, ma ka puka o ka halelewa o ke anaina, a e hāʻawi ia mau mea i ke kahuna. | On the eighth day he must take two doves or two young pigeons and come before the Lord to the entrance to the tent of meeting and give them to the priest. |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, E ʻōlelo aʻe ʻoe iā ʻAʻarona i kou kaikuaʻana, i ʻole ai ia e mai i nā wā a pau i loko o kahi hoʻāno, ma loko o ka pākū, ma ke alo o ka noho aloha, ka mea ma luna o ka pahu, o make ia; no ka mea, e ʻikea au i loko o ke ao, ma luna o ka noho aloha. | The Lord said to Moses: “Tell your brother Aaron that he is not to come whenever he chooses into the Most Holy Place behind the curtain in front of the atonement cover on the ark, or else he will die. For I will appear in the cloud over the atonement cover. |
| A e hailona iho ʻo ʻAʻarona no nā kao ʻelua, ʻo kekahi no Iēhova, ʻo kekahi no ke kao. | He is to cast lots for the two goats — one lot for the Lord and the other for the scapegoat. |
| Akā ʻo ke kao i lilo i kao, ʻo ia ke hōʻike ola ʻia ma ke alo o Iēhova, e hana i kalahala me ia, a e hoʻokuʻu ʻia aʻe e ia i kao i loko o ka wao nahele. | But the goat chosen by lot as the scapegoat shall be presented alive before the Lord to be used for making atonement by sending it into the wilderness as a scapegoat. |
| A e aʻe ia i waho i ke kuahu, ka mea ma ke alo o Iēhova, a e hana i kalahala nona; a e lawe ʻo ia i kauwahi o ke koko o ka bipi kāne, a me kauwahi o ke koko o ke kao, a e kau ma nā pepeiaohao o ke kuahu a puni. | “Then he shall come out to the altar that is before the Lord and make atonement for it. He shall take some of the bull’s blood and some of the goat’s blood and put it on all the horns of the altar. |
| A e komo ʻo ʻAʻarona ma loko o ka halelewa o ke anaina, a e hoʻohemo aʻe i kona kapa olonā, āna i hoʻokomo ai i kona wā i ai i loko o kahi hoʻāno, a e waiho iho ia mau mea ma laila. | “Then Aaron is to go into the tent of meeting and take off the linen garments he put on before he entered the Most Holy Place, and he is to leave them there. |
| A e holoi ʻo ia i kona ʻiʻo i ka wai, ma kahi hoʻāno, a e hoʻokomo ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e i waho, a e kaumaha i kona mōhai kuni, a me ka mōhai kuni o nā kānaka, a e hana hoʻi ʻo ia i kalahala nona iho, a no nā kānaka. | He shall bathe himself with water in the sanctuary area and put on his regular garments. Then he shall come out and sacrifice the burnt offering for himself and the burnt offering for the people, to make atonement for himself and for the people. |
| A ʻo ka mea nāna i hoʻokuʻu i ke kao i ka wao akua, e holoi ʻo ia i kona kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a ma hope iho e mai ia i loko o kahi hoʻomoana. | “The man who releases the goat as a scapegoat must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water; afterward he may come into the camp. |
| A ʻo ka mea i puhi ia mau mea, e holoi ʻo ia i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i ka wai, a ma hope iho e mai ia i loko o kahi hoʻomoana. | The man who burns them must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water; afterward he may come into the camp. |
| ʻAʻole e kaumaha hou lākou i kā lākou mau mōhai i nā daimonio, ma muli o ia mau mea lākou i moekolohe ai. He kānāwai e mau ana kēia no lākou i ko lākou mau hanauna. | They must no longer offer any of their sacrifices to the goat idols to whom they prostitute themselves. This is to be a lasting ordinance for them and for the generations to come.’ |
| Ma muli o nā hana a ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, kahi i noho ai ʻoukou, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hana aku; a ma muli o nā hana a ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, kahi e lawe aʻe ai au iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hana aku; ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e ma kā lākou mau ʻoihana. | You must not do as they do in Egypt, where you used to live, and you must not do as they do in the land of Canaan, where I am bringing you. Do not follow their practices. |
| E hana hoʻi ʻoukou ma koʻu mau kānāwai, a e mālama i kaʻu mau ʻoihana, e ma laila: ʻo wau nō Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua. | You must obey my laws and be careful to follow my decrees. I am the Lord your God. |
| Mai ʻoe i ʻō i ʻaneʻi me he holoholo ʻōlelo lā i waena o kou poʻe kānaka; ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e kūʻē i ke koko o kou hoalauna: ʻo wau nō Iēhova. | “‘Do not go about spreading slander among your people. “‘Do not do anything that endangers your neighbor’s life. I am the Lord. |
| A laila, naʻu nō e hoʻokūʻē i kuʻu maka i ua kanaka lā a me kona ʻohana, a e ʻoki aku au iā ia, a me ka poʻe a pau e moekolohe ma muli ona, e moekolohe me Moleka, mai waena aku o ko lākou poʻe kānaka. | I myself will set my face against him and his family and will cut them off from their people together with all who follow him in prostituting themselves to Molek. |
| A ʻo ke kanaka huli ma muli o nā mea nīnau ʻuhane, a ma muli hoʻi o nā kupua, e moekolohe ma muli o lākou, e hoʻokūʻē au i kuʻu maka i kēlā kanaka, a e ʻoki aku hoʻi au iā ia mai waena aku o kona poʻe kānaka. | “‘I will set my face against anyone who turns to mediums and spiritists to prostitute themselves by following them, and I will cut them off from their people. |
| Mai ʻoukou ma nā ʻoihana a nā lāhui kanaka, aʻu e kiola aku ai i mua o ʻoukou: no ka mea, ua hana lākou i kēia mau mea a pau, no laila i hoʻowahāwahā aku ai au iā lākou. | You must not live according to the customs of the nations I am going to drive out before you. Because they did all these things, I abhorred them. |
| ʻO kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka o nā keiki a ʻAʻarona he kīnā kona, ʻaʻole ia e hoʻokokoke mai e kaumaha i nā mōhai no Iēhova i kaumaha ʻia ma ke ahi; he kīnā kona, ʻaʻole ia e kokoke mai e kaumaha i ka berena a kona Akua. | No descendant of Aaron the priest who has any defect is to come near to present the food offerings to the Lord. He has a defect; he must not come near to offer the food of his God. |
| E ʻōlelo aku iā lākou, ʻO ka mea o kā ʻoukou mau keiki a pau i waena o ko ʻoukou mau hanauna, e i nā mea hoʻāno a nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i hoʻolaʻa aku ai iā Iēhova, me kona haumia ma luna ona, e ʻoki ʻia aku ʻo ia mai koʻu alo aku: ʻo wau nō Iēhova. | “Say to them: ‘For the generations to come, if any of your descendants is ceremonially unclean and yet comes near the sacred offerings that the Israelites consecrate to the Lord, that person must be cut off from my presence. I am the Lord. |
| ʻO kēlā kanaka, kēia kanaka he keiki a ʻAʻarona, he lēpero, a he hilo kahe kona; ʻaʻole ia e ʻai i nā mea hoʻāno a hiki i kona maʻemaʻe ʻana. A ʻo ke kanaka hoʻopā aku i ka mea haumia no ka mea make, a ʻo ke kanaka ua aku kona ʻanoʻano mai ona aku; | “‘If a descendant of Aaron has a defiling skin disease or a bodily discharge, he may not eat the sacred offerings until he is cleansed. He will also be unclean if he touches something defiled by a corpse or by anyone who has an emission of semen, |
| A ʻo ke keiki a ka wahine o ka ʻIseraʻela, he kanaka ʻAigupita kona makua kāne, ua aʻe ia i waena o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela: a ʻo kēia keiki a ka ʻIseraʻela, a me kekahi kanaka ʻIseraʻela, ua hakakā pū i kahi hoʻomoana; | Now the son of an Israelite mother and an Egyptian father went out among the Israelites, and a fight broke out in the camp between him and an Israelite. |
| Inā i ʻilihune aʻe kou hoahānau, a ua kūʻai lilo aku i kauwahi o kona ʻāina, a mai kekahi o kona poʻe hoahānau, e kūʻai hou, a laila e kūʻai lilo mai ʻo ia i ka mea a kona hoahānau i kūʻai lilo aku. | “‘If one of your fellow Israelites becomes poor and sells some of their property, their nearest relative is to come and redeem what they have sold. |
| A laila e aku ʻo ia, mai ou aku lā, ʻo ia pū me kāna mau keiki me ia, a e hoʻi aku nō i kāna ʻohana, a i ka ʻāina o kona mau mākua. | Then they and their children are to be released, and they will go back to their own clans and to the property of their ancestors. |
| A inā i ʻole e kūʻai lilo hou ʻia mai, ma ia mau mea, a laila e aku nō ia i ka makahiki Iubilē, ʻo ia pū me kāna mau keiki me ia. | “‘Even if someone is not redeemed in any of these ways, they and their children are to be released in the Year of Jubilee, |
| Inā e ʻoukou ma koʻu mau kānāwai, a e mālama hoʻi i kaʻu mau kauoha, a e hana hoʻi ma ia mau mea; | “‘If you follow my decrees and are careful to obey my commands, |
| A e hāʻawi aku nō wau i ka malu ma ko ʻoukou ʻāina, a e moe iho ʻoukou i lalo, ʻaʻohe mea nāna ʻoukou e hoʻoweliweli; a e hoʻopau aku au i nā holoholona ʻino mai loko aku o ko ʻoukou ʻāina; ʻaʻole hoʻi e aʻe ka pahi kaua ma waena aʻe o ko ʻoukou ʻāina. | “‘I will grant peace in the land, and you will lie down and no one will make you afraid. I will remove wild beasts from the land, and the sword will not pass through your country. |
| A e au i waena o ʻoukou, a ʻo wau nō ko ʻoukou Akua, a e noho ʻoukou i kānaka noʻu. | I will walk among you and be your God, and you will be my people. |
| ʻO wau nō Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua ka mea nāna ʻoukou i lawe mai nei, mai ka ʻāina mai o ʻAigupita, i ʻole ai ʻoukou e noho kauā paʻa no lākou; a ua moku iaʻu nā mea e paʻa ai kā ʻoukou ʻauamo, a hoʻokūpono iā ʻoukou i ka ʻana. | I am the Lord your God, who brought you out of Egypt so that you would no longer be slaves to the Egyptians; I broke the bars of your yoke and enabled you to walk with heads held high. |
| A inā e kūʻē ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻolohe mai iaʻu, e hoʻoili pāhiku hou aku au i nā mea ʻino ma luna o ʻoukou, e like me ko ʻoukou mau hewa. | “‘If you remain hostile toward me and refuse to listen to me, I will multiply your afflictions seven times over, as your sins deserve. |
| A inā ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hoʻopono ʻia e aʻu ma kēia mau mea, akā, e kūʻē nō ʻoukou iaʻu, | “‘If in spite of these things you do not accept my correction but continue to be hostile toward me, |
| A laila e kūʻē aku au iā ʻoukou, a e hoʻopaʻi pāhiku aku au iā ʻoukou no ko ʻoukou mau hewa. | I myself will be hostile toward you and will afflict you for your sins seven times over. |
| A inā ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hoʻolohe mai iaʻu no kēia, akā, e kūʻē nō ʻoukou iaʻu; | “‘If in spite of this you still do not listen to me but continue to be hostile toward me, |
| A laila e kūʻē aku au iā ʻoukou, me ka huhū; a naʻu, naʻu nō ʻoukou e hahau pāhiku aku no ko ʻoukou hewa. | then in my anger I will be hostile toward you, and I myself will punish you for your sins seven times over. |
| Inā e haʻi mai lākou i ko lākou hewa, a me ka hewa o ko lākou mau mākua, a me ka lawehala a lākou i hana hewa mai ai iaʻu, a ua kūʻē hoʻi lākou iaʻu; | “‘But if they will confess their sins and the sins of their ancestors — their unfaithfulness and their hostility toward me, |
| A kūʻē hoʻi au iā lākou, a ua lawe aʻe hoʻi iā lākou ma ka ʻāina o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi; inā hoʻi e hoʻohaʻahaʻa ʻia ko lākou mau naʻau ʻokipoepoe ʻole ʻia, a i laila e ʻae ai lākou i ka hoʻopaʻi ʻana i ko lākou hewa; | which made me hostile toward them so that I sent them into the land of their enemies — then when their uncircumcised hearts are humbled and they pay for their sin, |
| A no ka hapaʻumi o ka ʻohana bipi, a ʻo ka ʻohana hipa, a ʻo nā mea e aʻe ma lalo aʻe o ke koʻokoʻo, e laʻa nō ka hapaʻumi iā Iēhova. | Every tithe of the herd and flock — every tenth animal that passes under the shepherd’s rod — will be holy to the Lord. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, ma ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai, i loko o ka halelewa o ke anaina i ka lā mua o ka lua o ka malama, i ka lua o ka makahiki ma hope iho o ko lākou ʻana mai, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, ʻī maila, | The Lord spoke to Moses in the tent of meeting in the Desert of Sinai on the first day of the second month of the second year after the Israelites came out of Egypt. He said: |
| Mai nā makahiki he iwakālua a ma laila aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela e pono ke i ke kaua; na ʻolua me ʻAʻarona lākou e helu ma ko lākou mau poʻe koa. | You and Aaron are to count according to their divisions all the men in Israel who are twenty years old or more and able to serve in the army. |
| A ʻo nā mamo a Reubena, a ka hiapo a ʻIseraʻela, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou mau kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa ma ko lākou mau poʻo; ʻo nā kāne a pau ma ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau i hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Reuben the firstborn son of Israel: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, one by one, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| A ʻo nā mamo a Simeona, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, ʻo ka poʻe o lākou i helu ʻia ma ka huina o nā inoa, ma ko lākou mau poʻo, ʻo nā kāne a pau, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Simeon: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were counted and listed by name, one by one, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā mamo a Gada, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ko lākou makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Gad: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā mamo a Iuda, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka huina o nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Judah: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā keiki a ʻIsakara, me ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou mau kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Issachar: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā keiki a Zebuluna, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Zebulun: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā mamo a Iosepa, ʻo ia ʻo nā mamo a ʻEperaima, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the sons of Joseph: From the descendants of Ephraim: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā mamo a Manase, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Manasseh: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā mamo a Beniamina, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Benjamin: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā mamo a Dana, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Dan: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā mamo a ʻAsera, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka helu ʻana o nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Asher: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| ʻO nā mamo a Napetali, ma ko lākou mau hanauna, ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna e like me ka helu ʻana i nā inoa, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ʻo ka poʻe a pau e hiki ke i ke kaua; | From the descendants of Naphtali: All the men twenty years old or more who were able to serve in the army were listed by name, according to the records of their clans and families. |
| Pēlā i helu ʻia ai lākou a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ma ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, mai ka iwakālua o ka makahiki a keu aku, ka poʻe a pau i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela e hiki ke i ke kaua; | All the Israelites twenty years old or more who were able to serve in Israel’s army were counted according to their families. |
| A i ka manawa e aku ai ka halelewa, a laila na nā Levi e wāwahi iho ia; a i ka manawa e kūkulu ʻia ai ka halelewa, na nā Levi ia e kūkulu: a ʻo ke kanaka ʻē ke mai a kokoke, e make ia. | Whenever the tabernacle is to move, the Levites are to take it down, and whenever the tabernacle is to be set up, the Levites shall do it. Anyone else who approaches it is to be put to death. |
| ʻO nā mea a pau i helu ʻia, ma kahi hoʻomoana o ka Iuda, hoʻokahi ia haneri a me kanawalukumamāono tausani, a me nā haneri keu ʻehā, ma ko lākou poʻe kaua; ʻo kēia poʻe ke ma mua. | All the men assigned to the camp of Judah, according to their divisions, number 186,400. They will set out first. |
| ʻO ka poʻe a pau i helu ʻia ma kahi hoʻomoana o ka Reubena, hoʻokahi ia haneri me kanalimakumamākahi tausani, ʻehā haneri a me kanalima keu, ma ko lākou poʻe kaua: a ʻo lākou ke ma ka lua o ka huakaʻi. | All the men assigned to the camp of Reuben, according to their divisions, number 151,450. They will set out second. |
| ʻO ka poʻe a pau i helu ʻia no kahi hoʻomoana o ka ʻEperaima, hoʻokahi ia haneri me kumamāwalu tausani me ka haneri hoʻokahi, ma ko lākou mau poʻe kaua: a e aku hoʻi lākou ma ke kolu o ka huakaʻi. | All the men assigned to the camp of Ephraim, according to their divisions, number 108,100. They will set out third. |
| ʻO ka poʻe a pau i helu ʻia ma kahi hoʻomoana o Dana, hoʻokahi haneri me kanalimakumamāhiku tausani a me nā haneri keu ʻeono: a ʻo lākou nei ke ma hope me ko lākou mau hae. | All the men assigned to the camp of Dan number 157,600. They will set out last, under their standards. |
| A hana ihola nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela e like me nā mea a pau a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā Mose: pēlā lākou i hoʻomoana ai ma ko lākou mau hae, a pēlā hoʻi lākou i aku ai, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea ma muli o ko lākou mau ʻohana, e like me ko ka hale o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna. | So the Israelites did everything the Lord commanded Moses; that is the way they encamped under their standards, and that is the way they set out, each of them with their clan and family. |
| E kauoha aku ʻoe iā ʻAʻarona a me kāna mau keiki, a e lawelawe lākou ma kā ke kahuna ʻoihana; a ʻo ke kanaka ʻē ke mai a kokoke, e make ia. | Appoint Aaron and his sons to serve as priests; anyone else who approaches the sanctuary is to be put to death.” |
| Akā, ʻo ka poʻe hoʻomoana ma ke alo o ka halelewa, ma ka ʻaoʻao hikina, i mua o ka halelewa anaina ma ka hikina, ʻo ia ʻo Mose a me ʻAʻarona a me kāna mau keiki, i mea e mālama ai i ke keʻena kapu, no ka ʻoihana a nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela: a ʻo ke kanaka ʻē ke mai a kokoke, e make nō ia. | Moses and Aaron and his sons were to camp to the east of the tabernacle, toward the sunrise, in front of the tent of meeting. They were responsible for the care of the sanctuary on behalf of the Israelites. Anyone else who approached the sanctuary was to be put to death. |
| I ka wā e aku ai ka poʻe hoʻomoana, e haele mai ʻo ʻAʻarona me kāna mau keiki kāne, a e hoʻokuʻu i lalo lākou i ka pale uhi, a e hoʻouhi iho i ka pahu kānāwai ia mea; | When the camp is to move, Aaron and his sons are to go in and take down the shielding curtain and put it over the ark of the covenant law. |
| A pau aʻela ka uhi ʻana o ʻAʻarona a me kāna mau keiki kāne i ke keʻena kapu, i nā ipu a pau o ke keʻena kapu, no ka neʻeneʻe ʻana aku o ka poʻe hoʻomoana: a ma hope iho, e mai nā mamo a Kohata e halihali: akā, ʻaʻole lākou e hoʻopā aku i kekahi mea i laʻa, o make lākou. ʻO kēia mau mea ka ukana a ka poʻe mamo a Kohata ma ka halelewa o ke anaina. | “After Aaron and his sons have finished covering the holy furnishings and all the holy articles, and when the camp is ready to move, only then are the Kohathites to come and do the carrying. But they must not touch the holy things or they will die. The Kohathites are to carry those things that are in the tent of meeting. |
| ʻO kēia kā ʻolua e hana aku ai no lākou, i ola ai lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e make, i ko lākou ʻana mai a kokoke i nā mea hoʻāno loa: na ʻAʻarona me kāna mau keiki kāne e komo aʻe, a e hāʻawi aku i kēlā kanaka i kēia kanaka a pau i kāna hana, a me kāna ukana. | So that they may live and not die when they come near the most holy things, do this for them: Aaron and his sons are to go into the sanctuary and assign to each man his work and what he is to carry. |
| Mai ke kanakolu o nā makahiki a keu aku, a hiki i ke kanalima o nā makahiki, ʻo nā mea a pau i mai e hana i ka ʻoihana lawelawe, a me ka ʻoihana o ka hali ukana ma ka halelewa o ke anaina: | All the men from thirty to fifty years of age who came to do the work of serving and carrying the tent of meeting |
| I nā lā a pau o kona noho kaʻawale ʻana no Iēhova, ʻaʻole ia e a pili aku i ke kupapaʻu. | “‘Throughout the period of their dedication to the Lord, the Nazirite must not go near a dead body. |
| Eia hoʻi ke kānāwai no ka Nazarite: aia pau nā lā o kona kaʻawale ʻana, e mai ia ma ka puka o ka halelewa o ke anaina: | “‘Now this is the law of the Nazirite when the period of their dedication is over. They are to be brought to the entrance to the tent of meeting. |
| A ua hāʻawi aku au i nā Levi i haʻawina no ʻAʻarona a no kāna mau keiki, mai waena o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, e hana i ka hana a ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela ma ka halelewa anaina, a e hoʻokalahala no nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ʻole e luku ʻia nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ka wā e mai ai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela a kokoke i ke keʻena kapu. | From among all the Israelites, I have given the Levites as gifts to Aaron and his sons to do the work at the tent of meeting on behalf of the Israelites and to make atonement for them so that no plague will strike the Israelites when they go near the sanctuary.” |
| Eia ka mea no nā Levi; mai ka iwakālua a me kumamālima o nā makahiki a keu aku, e lākou i loko e hana i ka hana o ka halelewa o ke anaina: | “This applies to the Levites: Men twenty-five years old or more shall come to take part in the work at the tent of meeting, |
| A ʻo kekahi mau kānaka, ua haumia lākou i ke kupapaʻu o ke kanaka, a pono ʻole iā lākou ke mālama i ka moliaola ia lā: a mai lākou i mua o Mose, a i mua o ʻAʻarona ia lā. | But some of them could not celebrate the Passover on that day because they were ceremonially unclean on account of a dead body. So they came to Moses and Aaron that same day |
| E ʻōlelo aku ʻoe i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ka ʻī ʻana, Inā he haumia ko kekahi kanaka o ʻoukou a ʻo kā ʻoukou poʻe mamo paha, i ke kupapaʻu, a ua mamao aku paha ia i ka ʻana, e mālama nō hoʻi ia i ka mōliaola no Iēhova. | “Tell the Israelites: ‘When any of you or your descendants are unclean because of a dead body or are away on a journey, they are still to celebrate the Lord’s Passover, |
| Akā, ʻo ke kanaka haumia ʻole, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hala i ka ʻana, a ua mālama ʻole i ka mōliaola, e hōʻoki ʻia aku ʻo ia mai kona poʻe kānaka aku; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia i lawe mai i ka mōhai na Iēhova i kona manawa i kauoha ʻia ai; e lawe ia kanaka i kona hewa iho. | But if anyone who is ceremonially clean and not on a journey fails to celebrate the Passover, they must be cut off from their people for not presenting the Lord’s offering at the appointed time. They will bear the consequences of their sin. |
| Ma ke kauoha a Iēhova i ai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a ma ke kauoha a Iēhova i hoʻomoana ai lākou: i nā lā a pau i kū mālie ai ke ao ma luna o ka halelewa, noho ihola lākou ma nā hale lole o lākou. | At the Lord’s command the Israelites set out, and at his command they encamped. As long as the cloud stayed over the tabernacle, they remained in camp. |
| Aia kū liʻuliʻu ihola ke ao ma luna o ka halelewa a nui nā lā, a laila mālama nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i ka ʻoihana a Iēhova, ʻaʻole nō i aku. | When the cloud remained over the tabernacle a long time, the Israelites obeyed the Lord’s order and did not set out. |
| Inā hoʻi i noho ke ao ma luna o ka halelewa i nā lā ʻelua, i ka malama paha, a i ka makahiki paha, e kau ana ma laila, noho ihola nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i loko o ko lākou mau hale lole, ʻaʻole lākou i: aia i ka wā i piʻi aʻe ia, lākou. | Whether the cloud stayed over the tabernacle for two days or a month or a year, the Israelites would remain in camp and not set out; but when it lifted, they would set out. |
| E hana ʻoe i ʻelua pū kālā nou; no ka ʻāpana kālā ʻokoʻa kāu e hana ai ia mau mea, i mea nāu e hōʻuluʻulu aʻe ai i ke anaina kanaka, a no ka ʻana o ka poʻe hoʻomoana. | “Make two trumpets of hammered silver, and use them for calling the community together and for having the camps set out. |
| Aia puhi ʻoukou i ka pū waikaua, a laila ʻo ka poʻe hoʻomoana ma ka ʻaoʻao hikina ke i mua. | When a trumpet blast is sounded, the tribes camping on the east are to set out. |
| A puhi hou ʻoukou i ka pū waikaua, a laila ʻo ka poʻe hoʻomoana ma ke kūkulu hema ke aku: e puhi lākou i ka pū waikaua no ko lākou ʻana. | At the sounding of a second blast, the camps on the south are to set out. The blast will be the signal for setting out. |
| Inā paha e ʻoukou i ke kaua ma ko ʻoukou ʻāina, e kūʻē i ka poʻe ʻenemi hoʻoluhi mai iā ʻoukou; a laila ʻoukou e puhi ai i ka pū waikaua ma nā pū: a e hoʻomanaʻo ʻia auaneʻi ʻoukou i mua o Iēhova ʻo ko ʻoukou Akua, a e hoʻōla ʻia ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻenemi. | When you go into battle in your own land against an enemy who is oppressing you, sound a blast on the trumpets. Then you will be remembered by the Lord your God and rescued from your enemies. |
| A akula ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai loko aku o ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai; a kū mālie ihola ke ao ma ka wao nahele ʻo Parana. | Then the Israelites set out from the Desert of Sinai and traveled from place to place until the cloud came to rest in the Desert of Paran. |
| ʻO ka mua kēia o ko lākou ʻana, e like me kā Iēhova kauoha ʻana mai ma ka lima o Mose. | They set out, this first time, at the Lord’s command through Moses. |
| mua akula ka hae o ka poʻe hoʻomoana o nā mamo a Iuda, ma ko lākou poʻe kaua: a ʻo Nahesona ke keiki a ʻAminadaba, ʻo ia nō ma luna o kona poʻe kaua. | The divisions of the camp of Judah went first, under their standard. Nahshon son of Amminadab was in command. |
| Ua wāwahi ʻia aʻe ka halelewa: a akula nā mamo a Geresona, a me nā mamo a Merari, e hali ana i ka halelewa. | Then the tabernacle was taken down, and the Gershonites and Merarites, who carried it, set out. |
| A akula ka hae o ko Reubena poʻe hoʻomoana, ma ko lākou poʻe kaua: a ʻo ʻElizura ke keiki a Sedeura, ʻo ia nō ma luna o kona poʻe kaua. | The divisions of the camp of Reuben went next, under their standard. Elizur son of Shedeur was in command. |
| A akula ka Kohata, e hali ana i nā mea hoʻāno; a na kēlā poʻe i kūkulu aʻe i ka halelewa no ka wā i hiki aku ai lākou nei. | Then the Kohathites set out, carrying the holy things. The tabernacle was to be set up before they arrived. |
| akula hoʻi ka hae o ka poʻe hoʻomoana o nā mamo a ʻEperaima, ma ko lākou mau poʻe kaua: a ʻo ʻElisama ke keiki a ʻAmihuda, ʻo ia nō ma luna o kona poʻe kaua. | The divisions of the camp of Ephraim went next, under their standard. Elishama son of Ammihud was in command. |
| akula hoʻi ka hae o ka poʻe hoʻomoana o nā mamo a Dana, ʻo ia nō ka hope o nā poʻe hoʻomoana a pau ma ko lākou poʻe kaua: a ʻo ʻAhiezera ke keiki a ʻAmisadai, ʻo ia ka luna o kona poʻe kaua. | Finally, as the rear guard for all the units, the divisions of the camp of Dan set out under their standard. Ahiezer son of Ammishaddai was in command. |
| Pēlā nā ʻana o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ma ko lākou mau poʻe kaua, i ka wā i aku ai lākou. | This was the order of march for the Israelite divisions as they set out. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Mose iā Hobaba, i ke keiki kāne a Reuʻela ka Midiana, ka makuahōnōwai kāne o Mose, Ke aku nei mākou i kahi a Iēhova i ʻī mai ai, E hāʻawi ana au ia no ʻoukou: e pū ʻoe me mākou, a e hana aku mākou iā ʻoe i ka maikaʻi; no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mai ʻo Iēhova i ka maikaʻi no ka ʻIseraʻela. | Now Moses said to Hobab son of Reuel the Midianite, Moses’ father-in-law, “We are setting out for the place about which the Lord said, ‘I will give it to you.’ Come with us and we will treat you well, for the Lord has promised good things to Israel.” |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iā ia, ʻAʻole au e, e hoʻi hou ana au i koʻu ʻāina iho, a i koʻu poʻe hoahānau. | He answered, “No, I will not go; I am going back to my own land and my own people.” |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi, a i pū ʻoe me mākou, he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, ʻo ka maikaʻi a Iēhova e hana mai ai iā mākou, ʻo ia kā mākou e hana aku ai iā ʻoe. | If you come with us, we will share with you whatever good things the Lord gives us.” |
| Haele akula lākou i ʻekolu lā, mai ka mauna o Iēhova aku: a akula ka pahu berita o Iēhova i mua o lākou i ua mau lā lā i ai ʻekolu, e ʻimi ana i kahi e oʻioʻi ai lākou. | So they set out from the mountain of the Lord and traveled for three days. The ark of the covenant of the Lord went before them during those three days to find them a place to rest. |
| Uhi ihola ke ao o Iēhova ma luna o lākou i ke ao i ko lākou ʻana aku ma waho o kahi hoʻomoana. | The cloud of the Lord was over them by day when they set out from the camp. |
| Aia i ka ʻana aku o ka pahu i mua, a laila, ʻī akula ʻo Mose, E kū aʻe ʻoe i luna, e Iēhova, a e hoʻopuehu ʻia aʻe kou poʻe ʻenemi; a e hoʻoʻauheʻe ʻia aku i mua ou ka poʻe inaina iā ʻoe. | Whenever the ark set out, Moses said, “Rise up, Lord! May your enemies be scattered; may your foes flee before you.” |
| A aʻela nā kānaka, a hōʻiliʻili ihola, a wāwahi ihola ma loko o nā mea wili; a i ʻole ia, kuʻi ihola lākou i loko o nā ipu kuʻi, kahu ihola a moʻa ma nā pā, a hana ihola ia i pōpō. A ʻo ka hoʻāʻo ʻana o ia mea, ua like me ka hoʻāʻo ʻana i ka ʻaila hou. | The people went around gathering it, and then ground it in a hand mill or crushed it in a mortar. They cooked it in a pot or made it into loaves. And it tasted like something made with olive oil. |
| Akā, he malama ʻokoʻa, a puka mai ia i waho ma ko ʻoukou mau puka ihu, a hoʻopailua ʻoukou ia: no ka mea, ua hoʻowahāwahā ʻoukou iā Iēhova e noho ana i waena o ʻoukou, a ua uē ʻoukou i mua ona, me ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, No ke aha lā kākou i mai ai mai ʻAigupita mai? | but for a whole month — until it comes out of your nostrils and you loathe it — because you have rejected the Lord, who is among you, and have wailed before him, saying, “Why did we ever leave Egypt?”’” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose, ʻO ka poʻe kānaka aʻu e noho nei i waena, he ʻeono haneri tausani lākou, ka poʻe wāwae, a ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoe, E hāʻawi nō au i ʻiʻo na lākou e ʻai ai a pau ka malama ʻokoʻa. | But Moses said, “Here I am among six hundred thousand men on foot, and you say, ‘I will give them meat to eat for a whole month!’ |
| akula ʻo Mose, a haʻi akula i nā kānaka i nā ʻōlelo a Iēhova, a hōʻuluʻulu aʻela ia i nā kānaka, he kanahiku o ka poʻe lunakahiko no nā kānaka, a hoʻokū aʻela iā lākou a puni ka halelewa. | So Moses went out and told the people what the Lord had said. He brought together seventy of their elders and had them stand around the tent. |
| ʻElua kānaka i koe aku ma kahi hoʻomoana, ʻo ʻEledada, ka inoa o kekahi, a ʻo Medada ka inoa o kekahi. Kau maila ka ʻUhane ma luna o lāua: no ka poʻe lāua i kākau ʻia, ʻaʻole naʻe lāua i aku i ka halelewa, a wānana maila lāua ma kahi hoʻomoana. | However, two men, whose names were Eldad and Medad, had remained in the camp. They were listed among the elders, but did not go out to the tent. Yet the Spirit also rested on them, and they prophesied in the camp. |
| A huaʻi maila ka makani mai o Iēhova mai, a hoʻopuka maila i nā sēlū mai ka moana mai, a hoʻohāʻule ihola iā lākou ma kahi hoʻomoana, e like me kekahi lā ma kēia ʻaoʻao, a me kēlā ʻaoʻao, a puni i kahi hoʻomoana, ʻelua paha kūbita ma luna o ka honua. | Now a wind went out from the Lord and drove quail in from the sea. It scattered them up to two cubits deep all around the camp, as far as a day’s walk in any direction. |
| akula nā kānaka mai Kiberotahataʻava aku a hiki i Hazerota, a noho ihola lākou i Hazerota. | From Kibroth Hattaavah the people traveled to Hazeroth and stayed there. |
| ʻŌlelo koke maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose me ʻAʻarona a me Miriama, E mai ʻoukou a ʻekolu i ka halelewa anaina. A akula lākou a ʻekolu. | At once the Lord said to Moses, Aaron and Miriam, “Come out to the tent of meeting, all three of you.” So the three of them went out. |
| Iho ihola ʻo Iēhova ma loko o ke kia ao, kū maila ia ma ka puka o ka halelewa, kāhea maila iā ʻAʻarona lāua ʻo Miriama; a akula lāua. | Then the Lord came down in a pillar of cloud; he stood at the entrance to the tent and summoned Aaron and Miriam. When the two of them stepped forward, |
| A ua kipaku ʻia ʻo Miriama i waho o kahi hoʻomoana i nā lā ʻehiku; ʻaʻole ka poʻe kānaka i, a hoʻi hou mai ʻo Miriama ma loko. | So Miriam was confined outside the camp for seven days, and the people did not move on till she was brought back. |
| Piʻi akula lākou a mākaʻikaʻi aʻela i ka ʻāina, mai ka wao nahele ʻo Zina a hiki aku i Rehoba, ma ke ala e aku ai i Hamata. | So they went up and explored the land from the Desert of Zin as far as Rehob, toward Lebo Hamath. |
| A aku lākou i ke kahawai i ʻEsekola, a ʻoki ihola i kekahi lālā me ka hui waina hoʻokahi, a amo maila ma luna o ka māmaka ma waena o nā kānaka ʻelua. ʻO nā pomeraite kekahi a me nā fiku. | When they reached the Valley of Eshkol, they cut off a branch bearing a single cluster of grapes. Two of them carried it on a pole between them, along with some pomegranates and figs. |
| maila lākou a hiki i o Mose lā a me ʻAʻarona, a me ke anaina kanaka a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ka wao nahele ʻo Parana, i Kadesa; a hoʻākāka maila lākou iā lāua, a i ke anaina kanaka a pau, a hōʻike maila i ka hua o ka ʻāina. | They came back to Moses and Aaron and the whole Israelite community at Kadesh in the Desert of Paran. There they reported to them and to the whole assembly and showed them the fruit of the land. |
| ʻŌlelo maila lākou iā ia, ʻī maila, Ua aku mākou i ka ʻāina āu i hoʻouna aku ai iā mākou, a he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō e kahe ana ka waiū a me ka meli i laila; eia hoʻi ka hua o ia wahi. | They gave Moses this account: “We went into the land to which you sent us, and it does flow with milk and honey! Here is its fruit. |
| Hoʻomālielie iho ʻo Kaleba i kānaka i mua o Mose, ʻī maila, E koke aku kākou, a e komo i ka ʻāina; no ka mea, e hiki pono nō iā kākou ke lanakila ma luna ona. | Then Caleb silenced the people before Moses and said, “We should go up and take possession of the land, for we can certainly do it.” |
| Akā, ʻī maila nā kānaka i pū me ia, ʻAʻole e hiki iā kākou ke kūʻē i ua poʻe kānaka lā; no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku ko lākou ikaika i ko kākou. | But the men who had gone up with him said, “We can’t attack those people; they are stronger than we are.” |
| A e haʻi aku lākou ia i nā kānaka o kēia ʻāina. Ua lohe lākou, e Iēhova, ʻo ʻoe nō me kēia poʻe kānaka, a ua ʻike ʻia hoʻi ʻoe, e Iēhova, he maka nō he maka; a ua kū hoʻi kou ao ma luna o lākou; a ua hoʻi ʻoe i mua o lākou i ke ao ma ke kia ao, a ma ke kia ahi i ka pō. | And they will tell the inhabitants of this land about it. They have already heard that you, Lord, are with these people and that you, Lord, have been seen face to face, that your cloud stays over them, and that you go before them in a pillar of cloud by day and a pillar of fire by night. |
| Akā, ʻo kaʻu kauā, ʻo Kaleba, no ka mea, he manaʻo ʻokoʻa ma loko ona, a ua hahai pono mai ʻo ia iaʻu, ʻo ia kaʻu e hoʻokomo ai i ka ʻāina āna i aku ai; a e loaʻa i kāna poʻe keiki ia ʻāina. | But because my servant Caleb has a different spirit and follows me wholeheartedly, I will bring him into the land he went to, and his descendants will inherit it. |
| Akā, ʻo Iosua ke keiki a Nuna, a ʻo Kaleba ke keiki a Iepune, ʻo lāua kekahi mau mea i e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻāina, ola nō lāua. | Of the men who went to explore the land, only Joshua son of Nun and Caleb son of Jephunneh survived. |
| Ala aʻela lākou i kakahiaka nui, a piʻi aʻela ma luna pono o ka puʻu, me ka ʻī ʻana, Eia nō kākou, e aku hoʻi kākou i kahi a Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai; no ka mea, ua hana hewa mākou. | Early the next morning they set out for the highest point in the hill country, saying, “Now we are ready to go up to the land the Lord promised. Surely we have sinned!” |
| Akā, ua ʻaʻa lākou e piʻi ma luna pono o ka puʻu: ʻaʻole naʻe i aku ka pahu berita o Iēhova a me Mose, i waho o kahi hoʻomoana. | Nevertheless, in their presumption they went up toward the highest point in the hill country, though neither Moses nor the ark of the Lord’s covenant moved from the camp. |
| A e lilo iho ia no ʻoukou i pihapiha, e nānā iho ai, a e hoʻomanaʻo i nā kauoha a pau a Iēhova, a e mālama hoʻi iā lākou; i ʻole ai ʻoukou e ʻimi aku ma muli o ko ʻoukou mau naʻau, a me ko ʻoukou mau maka; ma muli o ia mau mea kā ʻoukou i moekolohe ai: | You will have these tassels to look at and so you will remember all the commands of the Lord, that you may obey them and not prostitute yourselves by chasing after the lusts of your own hearts and eyes. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Mose, e kiʻi iā Datana lāua ʻo ʻAbirama nā keiki a ʻEliaba; ʻī maila hoʻi lāua, ʻAʻole māua e aku. | Then Moses summoned Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab. But they said, “We will not come! |
| ʻAʻole nō hoʻi ʻoe i lawe aku iā mākou i ka ʻāina e kahe ana ʻo ka waiū a me ka meli, me ka hāʻawi mai no mākou i nā kula a me nā māla waina. E pōʻalo anei ʻoe i nā maka o kēia poʻe kānaka? ʻAʻole nō māua e aku. | Moreover, you haven’t brought us into a land flowing with milk and honey or given us an inheritance of fields and vineyards. Do you want to treat these men like slaves? No, we will not come!” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose iā Kora, ʻApōpō, e ʻoe me ou poʻe a pau i mua o Iēhova, ʻo ʻoe, ʻo lākou a me ʻAʻarona. | Moses said to Korah, “You and all your followers are to appear before the Lord tomorrow — you and they and Aaron. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Mose, a akula i o Datana a me ʻAbirama lā, a hahai akula nā lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela iā ia. | Moses got up and went to Dathan and Abiram, and the elders of Israel followed him. |
| I mea hoʻomanaʻo no nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ʻole ai ke kanaka ʻē, ka mea ʻaʻole na ka hua a ʻAʻarona, e mai a kokoke e kuni i ka mea ʻala i mua o Iēhova, i like ʻole ai ia me Kora, a me kona poʻe; me kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ia ma ka lima o Mose. | as the Lord directed him through Moses. This was to remind the Israelites that no one except a descendant of Aaron should come to burn incense before the Lord, or he would become like Korah and his followers. |
| akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona i mua o ka halelewa o ke anaina. | Then Moses and Aaron went to the front of the tent of meeting, |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose iā ʻAʻarona, E lawe ʻoe i wahi ipu kuni ʻala, a e hahao i ke ahi ma loko mai luna mai o ke kuahu, e kau hoʻi i ka mea ʻala ma luna, a e koke aku i ke anaina kanaka, a e hoʻokalahala no lākou; no ka mea, ua akula ka inaina mai o Iēhova aku; ua hoʻomaka ʻia ke ahulau. | Then Moses said to Aaron, “Take your censer and put incense in it, along with burning coals from the altar, and hurry to the assembly to make atonement for them. Wrath has come out from the Lord; the plague has started.” |
| ʻO ka mea a kokoke aku i ka halelewa o Iēhova, e make ia: e pau loa nō anei mākou i ka make? | Anyone who even comes near the tabernacle of the Lord will die. Are we all going to die?” |
| A e mālama lākou i kāu ʻoihana a me ka ʻoihana o ka halelewa a pau: ʻaʻole naʻe lākou e mai a kokoke i nā ipu o ke keʻena kapu, a i ke kuahu, i ʻole ai lākou e make, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoukou. | They are to be responsible to you and are to perform all the duties of the tent, but they must not go near the furnishings of the sanctuary or the altar. Otherwise both they and you will die. |
| A e hui pū ʻia lākou me ʻoe, a e mālama lākou i ka ʻoihana o ka halelewa o ke anaina, no ka hana a pau o ka halelewa: ʻaʻole nō e mai ke kanaka ʻē, a kokoke i o ʻoukou lā. | They are to join you and be responsible for the care of the tent of meeting — all the work at the tent — and no one else may come near where you are. |
| No laila lā, e mālama ʻoe a me āu mau keiki me ʻoe i kā ʻoukou ʻoihana kahuna no nā mea a pau o ke kuahu, a ma loko o ka pākū: a e mālama ʻoukou; ua hāʻawi aku au na ʻoukou i ka ʻoihana kahuna i ʻoihana i hāʻawi lokomaikaʻi ʻia; a ʻo ke kanaka ʻē aʻe e wale mai a kokoke, e make ia. | But only you and your sons may serve as priests in connection with everything at the altar and inside the curtain. I am giving you the service of the priesthood as a gift. Anyone else who comes near the sanctuary is to be put to death.” |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi e mai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela a kokoke i ka halelewa o ke anaina ma kēia hope aku, o lawehala lākou e make ai. | From now on the Israelites must not go near the tent of meeting, or they will bear the consequences of their sin and will die. |
| A laila e holoi ke kahuna i kona mau kapa, a e ʻauʻau i kona kino i ka wai, a ma hope iho e mai ia i loko o kahi hoʻomoana, a e haumia ke kahuna a hiki i ke ahiahi. | After that, the priest must wash his clothes and bathe himself with water. He may then come into the camp, but he will be ceremonially unclean till evening. |
| A laila maila ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ʻo ke anaina kanaka a pau i ka wao nahele ʻo Zina, i ka malama mua: a noho ihola nā kānaka ma Kadesa; ma laila i make ai ʻo Miriama, a ua kanu ʻia ihola ia ma ia wahi. | In the first month the whole Israelite community arrived at the Desert of Zin, and they stayed at Kadesh. There Miriam died and was buried. |
| akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona mai ke alo o ke anaina kanaka aku a ka puka o ka halelewa o ke anaina, a moe ihola lāua i lalo ke alo; a ʻikea maila ka nani o Iēhova iā lāua. | Moses and Aaron went from the assembly to the entrance to the tent of meeting and fell facedown, and the glory of the Lord appeared to them. |
| Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai ʻoe iā mākou e aku ma waena o kou ʻāina: ʻaʻole mākou e ma waena o nā mahina ʻai, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma waena o nā pā waina, ʻaʻole hoʻi mākou e inu i ka wai o nā pūnāwai; e nō mākou ma ke alaloa o ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole mākou e kipa ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema, a hala aku mākou i nā palena ou. | Please let us pass through your country. We will not go through any field or vineyard, or drink water from any well. We will travel along the King’s Highway and not turn to the right or to the left until we have passed through your territory.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻEdoma iā ia, Mai aʻe ʻoe ma oʻu nei, o aku au e kūʻē iā ʻoe me ka pahi kaua. | But Edom answered: “You may not pass through here; if you try, we will march out and attack you with the sword.” |
| ʻĪ akula ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela iā ia, E nō mākou ma ke alaloa, a inā e inu au a me koʻu poʻe holoholona i kou wai, a laila e uku aku nō au ia mea: e wale nō mākou ma ko mākou mau wāwae, ʻaʻole e hana i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe. | The Israelites replied: “We will go along the main road, and if we or our livestock drink any of your water, we will pay for it. We only want to pass through on foot — nothing else.” |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, ʻAʻole loa ʻoe e ma waena mai. A puka maila ko ʻEdoma e kūʻē mai iā ia, me nā kānaka he nui loa, a me ka lima ikaika. | Again they answered: “You may not pass through.” Then Edom came out against them with a large and powerful army. |
| akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ʻo ke anaina kanaka a pau, mai Kadesa aku a hiki i ke kuahiwi ʻo Hora. | The whole Israelite community set out from Kadesh and came to Mount Hor. |
| A lohe aʻela ke aliʻi o ʻArada ka Kanaʻana, e noho ana ma ke kūkulu hema, e mai ana ka ʻIseraʻela ma ke ala e hiki ai i nā wahi ona, a laila, kaua maila ia i ka ʻIseraʻela, a lawe pio akula i kekahi poʻe o lākou. | When the Canaanite king of Arad, who lived in the Negev, heard that Israel was coming along the road to Atharim, he attacked the Israelites and captured some of them. |
| akula lākou mai ke kuahiwi ʻo Hora aku, ma ke alanui o ke Kaiʻula, e puni i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻEdoma: a ua pau ke aho o nā kānaka no ke alanui. | They traveled from Mount Hor along the route to the Red Sea, to go around Edom. But the people grew impatient on the way; |
| No ia mea, maila nā kānaka i o Mose lā, ʻī maila, Ua hana hewa mākou; no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻino aku mākou iā Iēhova a iā ʻoe: e pule aku ʻoe iā Iēhova, e lawe aku ia i nā nahesa mai o mākou aku nei. A pule akula ʻo Mose no nā kānaka. | The people came to Moses and said, “We sinned when we spoke against the Lord and against you. Pray that the Lord will take the snakes away from us.” So Moses prayed for the people. |
| A akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻObota. | The Israelites moved on and camped at Oboth. |
| A lākou mai ʻObota aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻIieabarima, i ka wao nahele ma ke alo o Moaba, ma ka hikina o ka lā. | Then they set out from Oboth and camped in Iye Abarim, in the wilderness that faces Moab toward the sunrise. |
| Mai laila aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ke kahawai ʻo Zareda. | From there they moved on and camped in the Zered Valley. |
| Mai laila aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ʻArenona, ma ka wao nahele e mai ana mai loko mai o nā palena o ka ʻAmora; no ka mea, ʻo ʻArenona ʻo ia ka palena ʻo Moaba, ma waena o Moaba a me ka ʻAmora. | They set out from there and camped alongside the Arnon, which is in the wilderness extending into Amorite territory. The Arnon is the border of Moab, between Moab and the Amorites. |
| A ma ke kahe ʻana o nā kahawai, ka mea ma ka noho ʻana o ʻAra, a moe iho ma ka palena ʻo Moaba. | and the slopes of the ravines that lead to the settlement of Ar and lie along the border of Moab.” |
| E ʻae mai ʻoe e aku wau ma waena o kou ʻāina: ʻaʻole mākou e kipa ma nā mahina ʻai, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma nā pā waina: ʻaʻole mākou e inu i ka wai o ka pūnāwai; e aku nō mākou ma ke alanui o ke aliʻi, a hala akula mākou mai kou mau palena aku. | “Let us pass through your country. We will not turn aside into any field or vineyard, or drink water from any well. We will travel along the King’s Highway until we have passed through your territory.” |
| ʻAʻole nō i ʻae mai ʻo Sihona e aku ka ʻIseraʻela ma waena o kona mau palena: akā, hoʻākoakoa aʻela ʻo Sihona i kona poʻe kānaka a pau, a akula i loko o ka wao nahele e kūʻē i ka ʻIseraʻela: a maila ia i Iahaza, a kaua maila i ka ʻIseraʻela. | But Sihon would not let Israel pass through his territory. He mustered his entire army and marched out into the wilderness against Israel. When he reached Jahaz, he fought with Israel. |
| No ia mea, ʻī maila nā haku mele, E ʻoukou i loko o Hesebona, e hana hou ʻia Ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Sihona e hoʻokumu ʻia: | That is why the poets say: “Come to Heshbon and let it be rebuilt; let Sihon’s city be restored. |
| No ka mea, mai Hesebona i aku ai ke ahi, He lapalapa ahi ma ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Sihona aku: Ua hoʻopau ʻo ia iā ʻAra o Moaba, A me nā haku o nā wahi kiʻekiʻe o ʻArenona. | “Fire went out from Heshbon, a blaze from the city of Sihon. It consumed Ar of Moab, the citizens of Arnon’s heights. |
| Hāliu aʻela lākou, a piʻi akula ma ke alanui o Basana: a maila ʻo ʻOga ke aliʻi o Basana e kūʻē mai iā lākou, ʻo ia a me kona poʻe kānaka a pau, i ke kaua ma ʻEderei. | Then they turned and went up along the road toward Bashan, and Og king of Bashan and his whole army marched out to meet them in battle at Edrei. |
| akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a hoʻomoana ihola ma nā pāpū ʻo Moaba, ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane e kū pono ana i Ieriko. | Then the Israelites traveled to the plains of Moab and camped along the Jordan across from Jericho. |
| No ia mea, hoʻouna akula ia i mau ʻelele i o Balaʻama lā ke keiki a Beora i Petora ma ka muliwai o ka ʻāina o nā keiki o kona poʻe kānaka, e kiʻi iā ia, ʻī akula, Eia hoʻi, he poʻe kānaka i mai nei mai ʻAigupita mai: aia hoʻi, ke uhi paʻapū nei lākou i ka ʻāina, a e noho kūpono ana lākou i oʻu nei. | sent messengers to summon Balaam son of Beor, who was at Pethor, near the Euphrates River, in his native land. Balak said: “A people has come out of Egypt; they cover the face of the land and have settled next to me. |
| No laila lā, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e mai ʻoe e ʻōlelo hōʻino aku noʻu i kēia poʻe kānaka; no ka mea, ua ʻoi aku ko lākou ikaika i koʻu: malia e loaʻa paha iaʻu ka ikaika e hahau aku ai mākou iā lākou, a e kipaku au iā lākou ma waho o ka ʻāina: no ka mea, ua ʻike nō wau, ʻo kāu e hoʻomaikaʻi aku ai, ʻo ia ke hoʻopomaikaʻi ʻia; a ʻo kāu e ʻōlelo hōʻino aku ai, ʻo ia ke hoʻopōʻino ʻia. | Now come and put a curse on these people, because they are too powerful for me. Perhaps then I will be able to defeat them and drive them out of the land. For I know that whoever you bless is blessed, and whoever you curse is cursed.” |
| akula nā lunakahiko o Moaba me nā lunakahiko o Midiana, me ka uku no ka ʻanāʻanā ʻana: a hiki akula lākou i o Balaʻama lā, a haʻi akula iā ia i ka ʻōlelo a Balaka. | The elders of Moab and Midian left, taking with them the fee for divination. When they came to Balaam, they told him what Balak had said. |
| maila ke Akua i o Balaʻama lā, nīnau maila, ʻO wai kēia poʻe kānaka me ʻoe? | God came to Balaam and asked, “Who are these men with you?” |
| Aia hoʻi he poʻe kānaka i mai nei mai ʻAigupita mai, uhi paʻapū lākou i ka ʻāina: e mai hoʻi ʻoe e ʻōlelo hōʻino aku iā lākou noʻu; malia paha e lanakila au i ke kaua ʻana aku iā lākou, a e kipaku aku iā lākou. | ‘A people that has come out of Egypt covers the face of the land. Now come and put a curse on them for me. Perhaps then I will be able to fight them and drive them away.’” |
| ʻŌlelo maila ke Akua iā Balaʻama, Mai aku ʻoe me lākou: mai ʻōlelo hōʻino aku i ua poʻe kānaka lā; no ka mea, ua hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia lākou. | But God said to Balaam, “Do not go with them. You must not put a curse on those people, because they are blessed.” |
| Ala aʻela ʻo Balaʻama i kakahiaka, ʻī akula i nā luna o Balaka, E hoʻi ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou ʻāina; no ka mea, ʻaʻole i ʻae mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu e me ʻoukou. | The next morning Balaam got up and said to Balak’s officials, “Go back to your own country, for the Lord has refused to let me go with you.” |
| Kū aʻela nā luna o Moaba, a hoʻi akula i o Balaka lā, ʻī akula, Ua hōʻole mai ʻo Balaʻama ʻaʻole e mai me mākou. | So the Moabite officials returned to Balak and said, “Balaam refused to come with us.” |
| akula lākou i o Balaʻama lā, ʻī aku iā ia, Penei kā Balaka kā ke keiki a Zipora e ʻōlelo mai nei, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, i keʻakeʻa ʻole kekahi mea iā ʻoe i ka ʻana mai i oʻu nei: | They came to Balaam and said: “This is what Balak son of Zippor says: Do not let anything keep you from coming to me, |
| No ka mea, e hoʻohanohano loa aku au iā ʻoe, a e hana aku au i nā mea a pau āu e ʻōlelo mai ai iaʻu: ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e mai hoʻi, e ʻōlelo hōʻino aku noʻu i kēia poʻe kānaka. | because I will reward you handsomely and do whatever you say. Come and put a curse on these people for me.” |
| maila ke Akua i o Balaʻama lā ia pō iho, ʻī maila iā ia, Inā paha e mai ua mau kānaka lā e hea mai iā ʻoe, e ala aʻe ʻoe e pū me lākou; akā, ʻo ka ʻōlelo aʻu e haʻi aku ai iā ʻoe, ʻo ia kāu e hana ai. | That night God came to Balaam and said, “Since these men have come to summon you, go with them, but do only what I tell you.” |
| Ala aʻela ʻo Balaʻama i kakahiaka, hoʻēʻe akula i ka noho ma luna o kona hoki, a pū akula me nā luna o Moaba. | Balaam got up in the morning, saddled his donkey and went with the Moabite officials. |
| Ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina o ke Akua, no kona ʻana; a kū maila ka ʻānela o Iēhova ma ke alanui, i mea kūʻē mai iā ia. E holo ana ia ma luna o kona hoki, ʻelua āna mau kauā me ia. | But God was very angry when he went, and the angel of the Lord stood in the road to oppose him. Balaam was riding on his donkey, and his two servants were with him. |
| ʻIke akula ka hoki i ka ʻānela o Iēhova e kū ana ma ke ala, a me kāna pahi kaua i unuhi ʻia ma kona lima; huli aʻela ka hoki ma waho o ke ala, a akula ma ke kula; a hahau ihola ʻo Balaʻama i ka hoki, e hoʻohuli hou iā ia ma ke ala. | When the donkey saw the angel of the Lord standing in the road with a drawn sword in his hand, it turned off the road into a field. Balaam beat it to get it back on the road. |
| A hou akula ka ʻānela o Iēhova, a kū ihola ma kahi hāiki, ʻaʻole wahi e huli aʻe ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema. | Then the angel of the Lord moved on ahead and stood in a narrow place where there was no room to turn, either to the right or to the left. |
| ʻĪ maila ka ʻānela o Iēhova iā ia, No ke aha lā ʻoe i hahau ai i kou hoki, ʻekolu hahau ʻana? Aia hoʻi, i mai nei au e kūʻē iā ʻoe; no ka mea, ua kekeʻe kou ʻaoʻao i mua oʻu. | The angel of the Lord asked him, “Why have you beaten your donkey these three times? I have come here to oppose you because your path is a reckless one before me. |
| ʻĪ maila ka ʻānela o Iēhova iā Balaʻama, E pū ʻoe me ia mau kānaka; akā, ʻo ka ʻōlelo aʻu e haʻi aku ai iā ʻoe, ʻo ia wale nō kāu e ʻōlelo aku ai. A akula ʻo Balaʻama me nā luna o Balaka. | The angel of the Lord said to Balaam, “Go with the men, but speak only what I tell you.” So Balaam went with Balak’s officials. |
| A lohe aʻela ʻo Balaka, ua hiki mai ʻo Balaʻama, aku kēlā e hālāwai me ia ma kekahi kūlanakauhale ʻo Moaba ma ka palena ʻo ʻArenona, ʻo ia nō ka palena mamao loa. | When Balak heard that Balaam was coming, he went out to meet him at the Moabite town on the Arnon border, at the edge of his territory. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Balaka iā Balaʻama, ʻAʻole anei au i hoʻouna ikaika aku i ou lā, e kiʻi iā ʻoe? He aha hoʻi kāu i ʻole mai ai i oʻu nei? ʻAʻole anei e hiki iaʻu ke hoʻohanohano iā ʻoe? | Balak said to Balaam, “Did I not send you an urgent summons? Why didn’t you come to me? Am I really not able to reward you?” |
| pū aʻela ʻo Balaʻama me Balaka, a hiki aʻela lāua i Kiriatahuzota. | Then Balaam went with Balak to Kiriath Huzoth. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Balaʻama iā Balaka, E kū iho ʻoe ma kāu mōhai kuni, a e aku wau; malia paha e mai nō ʻo Iēhova e hālāwai me aʻu: a ʻo ka mea āna e hōʻike mai ai iaʻu, ʻo ia kaʻu e haʻi aku ai iā ʻoe. A akula ia i kahi kiʻekiʻe. | Then Balaam said to Balak, “Stay here beside your offering while I go aside. Perhaps the Lord will come to meet with me. Whatever he reveals to me I will tell you.” Then he went off to a barren height. |
| Hāpai aʻela ia i kāna ʻōlelo nane, ʻī akula, Na Balaka ke aliʻi o Moaba au i lawe mai nei Mai ʻArama mai, mai nā mauna o ka hikina; E mai, e hōʻino noʻu i ka Iakoba, E mai, e hoʻohewa aku i ka ʻIseraʻela. | Then Balaam spoke his message: “Balak brought me from Aram, the king of Moab from the eastern mountains. ‘Come,’ he said, ‘curse Jacob for me; come, denounce Israel.’ |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Balaka iā ia, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e pū kāua ma kahi ʻē, ma laila e ʻike aku ai ʻoe iā lākou: e ʻike ʻoe i kēlā ʻaoʻao wale nō, ʻaʻole nō e ʻike iā lākou a pau; a ma laila ʻoe e hōʻino ai iā lākou noʻu. | Then Balak said to him, “Come with me to another place where you can see them; you will not see them all but only the outskirts of their camp. And from there, curse them for me.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Balaka iā Balaʻama, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e mai, a e kaʻi aku au iā ʻoe i kahi ʻē; malia paha e ʻoluʻolu ke Akua i hōʻino aku ai ʻoe iā lākou ma laila. | Then Balak said to Balaam, “Come, let me take you to another place. Perhaps it will please God to let you curse them for me from there.” |
| A ʻike ihola ʻo Balaʻama, ua leʻaleʻa ʻo Iēhova i ka hoʻomaikaʻi aku i ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻaʻole ia i hou aku e like ma mua e ʻimi i nā kilokilo ʻana; akā, hāliu aʻela ia i kona maka ma ka wao nahele. | Now when Balaam saw that it pleased the Lord to bless Israel, he did not resort to divination as at other times, but turned his face toward the wilderness. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Balaʻama, akula ia, a hoʻi akula i kona wahi; a akula hoʻi ʻo Balaka i kona ʻaoʻao. | Then Balaam got up and returned home, and Balak went his own way. |
| Koi maila lākou i nā kānaka e aku i nā ʻahaʻaina hoʻomana a nā akua o lākou: ʻai ihola nā kānaka, a kūlou ihola i nā akua o lākou. | who invited them to the sacrifices to their gods. The people ate the sacrificial meal and bowed down before these gods. |
| Aia hoʻi, mai kekahi mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a lawe maila i kekahi wahine no Midiana i nā hoahānau ona, i mua o nā maka o Mose, a i mua o nā maka o ke anaina kanaka a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, e uē ana lākou ma ka puka o ka halelewa o ke anaina. | Then an Israelite man brought into the camp a Midianite woman right before the eyes of Moses and the whole assembly of Israel while they were weeping at the entrance to the tent of meeting. |
| E helu ʻolua i ke anaina kanaka a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i nā mea o nā makahiki he iwakālua a keu aku, ma ka ʻohana o ko lākou kūpuna, i nā mea a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela e hiki ke i ke kaua. | “Take a census of the whole Israelite community by families — all those twenty years old or more who are able to serve in the army of Israel.” |
| [E helu ʻoukou i nā kānaka,] o nā makahiki he iwakālua a keu aku, e like me kā Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā Mose a i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i mai mai loko mai o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita. | “Take a census of the men twenty years old or more, as the Lord commanded Moses.” These were the Israelites who came out of Egypt: |
| A laila mai nā kaikamāhine a Zelopehada, ke keiki a Hepera, ke keiki a Gileada, ke keiki a Makira, ke keiki a Manase, no nā ʻohana a Manase ke keiki a Iosepa: eia hoʻi nā inoa o kāna mau kaikamāhine; ʻo Mahela, ʻo Noa, ʻo Hogela, ʻo Mileka a me Tireza. | The daughters of Zelophehad son of Hepher, the son of Gilead, the son of Makir, the son of Manasseh, belonged to the clans of Manasseh son of Joseph. The names of the daughters were Mahlah, Noah, Hoglah, Milkah and Tirzah. They came forward |
| Nāna e aku i mua o lākou, nāna hoʻi e hou mai i mua o lākou; nāna lākou e kaʻi aku, nāna hoʻi lākou e kaʻi mai; i like ʻole ai ke anaina kanaka o Iēhova me nā hipa kahu ʻole. | to go out and come in before them, one who will lead them out and bring them in, so the Lord’s people will not be like sheep without a shepherd.” |
| A e kū mai ia i mua o ʻEleazara ke kahuna, nāna e nīnau mai nona ma ka ʻōlelo a ka ʻUrima i mua o Iēhova: ma kāna ʻōlelo e aku ai lākou, a ma kāna ʻōlelo hoʻi lākou e hoʻi mai ai, ʻo ia a me nā mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela me ia, ʻo ke anaina kanaka a pau. | He is to stand before Eleazar the priest, who will obtain decisions for him by inquiring of the Urim before the Lord. At his command he and the entire community of the Israelites will go out, and at his command they will come in.” |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Mose i nā kānaka, ʻī akula, E hoʻomākaukau i kekahi poʻe o ʻoukou no ke kaua, a e kuʻu aku iā lākou e kūʻē i ka Midiana, a e hoʻopaʻi aku i ko Iēhova ma luna o ka Midiana. | So Moses said to the people, “Arm some of your men to go to war against the Midianites so that they may carry out the Lord’s vengeance on them. |
| akula ʻo Mose me ʻEleazara ke kahuna, a me nā luna a pau o ke anaina kanaka e hālāwai me lākou ma waho o kahi hoʻomoana. | Moses, Eleazar the priest and all the leaders of the community went to meet them outside the camp. |
| Huhū akula ʻo Mose i nā luna kaua, i nā luna tausani a me nā luna haneri, i mai, mai ke kaua mai. | Moses was angry with the officers of the army — the commanders of thousands and commanders of hundreds — who returned from the battle. |
| ʻŌlelo akula hoʻi ʻo ʻEleazara ke kahuna i nā koa i aku i ke kaua, Eia ka ʻoihana o ke kānāwai a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā Mose; | Then Eleazar the priest said to the soldiers who had gone into battle, “This is what is required by the law that the Lord gave Moses: |
| A i ka hiku o ka lā, e holoi ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau ʻaʻahu, a e maʻemaʻe ʻoukou; a ma hope iho e mai auaneʻi ʻoukou ma loko o kahi hoʻomoana. | On the seventh day wash your clothes and you will be clean. Then you may come into the camp.” |
| A e puʻunaue i ka waiwai pio i nā puʻu ʻelua; no ka poʻe i lawe i ke kaua ma luna o lākou iho, ka poʻe i aku i ke kaua kekahi, a no ke anaina kanaka a pau kekahi. | Divide the spoils equally between the soldiers who took part in the battle and the rest of the community. |
| A e ʻauhau ʻoe no Iēhova i nā kānaka kaua, i ka poʻe i aku i ke kaua: i hoʻokahi kino no loko mai o nā haneri ʻelima, o nā kānaka, ʻo nā bipi, ʻo nā hoki, a ʻo nā hipa. | From the soldiers who fought in the battle, set apart as tribute for the Lord one out of every five hundred, whether people, cattle, donkeys or sheep. |
| A ʻo ka hapalua, ka puʻu a ka poʻe i aku i ke kaua, ma ka helu ʻana, he ʻakolu haneri me kanakolukumamāhiku nā tausani hipa, a me nā haneri keu ʻelima. | The half share of those who fought in the battle was: 337,500 sheep, |
| maila nā luna o nā tausani o ke kaua, a kokoke i o Mose lā, ʻo nā luna tausani a me nā luna haneri: | Then the officers who were over the units of the army — the commanders of thousands and commanders of hundreds — went to Moses |
| maila nā mamo a Gada a me nā mamo a Reubena, a ʻōlelo maila iā Mose, a iā ʻEleazara ke kahuna, a i nā luna o ke anaina kanaka, ʻī maila, | So they came to Moses and Eleazar the priest and to the leaders of the community, and said, |
| Nīnau akula ʻo Mose i nā mamo a Gada, a i nā mamo a Reubena, E nō anei ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau i ke kaua, a e noho nō ʻoukou ma neʻi? | Moses said to the Gadites and Reubenites, “Should your fellow Israelites go to war while you sit here? |
| No ke aha lā hoʻi e hoʻonāwaliwali ai ʻoukou i nā naʻau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ʻole ai lākou i ka ʻāina a Iēhova i hāʻawi mai ai no lākou? | Why do you discourage the Israelites from crossing over into the land the Lord has given them? |
| No ka mea, i ka manawa i piʻi aku ai lākou ma ke awāwa ʻo ʻEsekola, a ʻike akula i ka ʻāina, hoʻonāwaliwali lākou i ka naʻau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ʻole aku ai lākou i ka ʻāina a Iēhova i hāʻawi mai ai no lākou. | After they went up to the Valley of Eshkol and viewed the land, they discouraged the Israelites from entering the land the Lord had given them. |
| He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻaʻole kekahi o nā kānaka i mai nei mai ʻAigupita mai, nā mea o nā makahiki he iwakālua a keu aku, e ʻike aku i ka ʻāina aʻu i hoʻohiki ai no ʻAberahama, no ʻIsaʻaka a no Iakoba; no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i hahai pono ma muli oʻu: | ‘Because they have not followed me wholeheartedly, not one of those who were twenty years old or more when they came up out of Egypt will see the land I promised on oath to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob — |
| mai lākou a kokoke i ona lā, ʻī maila, E hana nō mākou i nā pā hipa no ko mākou holoholona, a me nā kūlanakauhale no nā keiki a mākou: | Then they came up to him and said, “We would like to build pens here for our livestock and cities for our women and children. |
| Akā, e mākaukau nō mākou i ke kaua i mua o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a alakaʻi mākou iā lākou i ko lākou wahi: a e noho nā keiki a mākou i nā kūlanakauhale i paʻa i ka pā, no nā kānaka o ka ʻāina. | But we will arm ourselves for battle and go ahead of the Israelites until we have brought them to their place. Meanwhile our women and children will live in fortified cities, for protection from the inhabitants of the land. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose iā lākou, Inā paha ʻoukou e hana ia mea, a e me ka mākaukau i ke kaua i mua o Iēhova, | Then Moses said to them, “If you will do this — if you will arm yourselves before the Lord for battle |
| A e ʻoukou a pau me ka mākaukau ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane i mua o Iēhova, a pau kona poʻe ʻenemi i ka hoʻokuke ʻia aku e ia mai kona alo aku, | and if all of you who are armed cross over the Jordan before the Lord until he has driven his enemies out before him — |
| Akā, ʻo kāu poʻe kauā, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea e mākaukau i mua o Iēhova i ke kaua, e like me ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai a kuʻu haku. | But your servants, every man who is armed for battle, will cross over to fight before the Lord, just as our lord says.” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Mose iā lākou, Inā e pū aku me ʻoukou nā mamo a Gada, a me nā mamo a Reubena ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, ʻo kēlā kanaka ʻo kēia kanaka me ka mākaukau i ke kaua i mua o Iēhova, a e hoʻopio ʻia ka ʻāina i mua o ʻoukou; a laila e hāʻawi ʻoukou i ka ʻāina ʻo Gileada i kuleana no lākou: | He said to them, “If the Gadites and Reubenites, every man armed for battle, cross over the Jordan with you before the Lord, then when the land is subdued before you, you must give them the land of Gilead as their possession. |
| A i ʻole lākou e mākaukau aku me ʻoukou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao, a laila e loaʻa iā lākou ko lākou kuleana i waena o ʻoukou ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana. | But if they do not cross over with you armed, they must accept their possession with you in Canaan.” |
| E mākaukau aku nō mākou i mua o Iēhova i loko o ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, i lilo ai no mākou ka ʻāina o ko mākou kuleana ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane. | We will cross over before the Lord into Canaan armed, but the property we inherit will be on this side of the Jordan.” |
| A akula nā keiki a Makira ke keiki a Manase i Gileada, a lawe pio ihola ia wahi, a hoʻokuke akula i ka ʻAmora e noho ana i loko o laila. | The descendants of Makir son of Manasseh went to Gilead, captured it and drove out the Amorites who were there. |
| akula hoʻi ʻo Iaira ke keiki a Manase, a lawe pio akula i nā kauhale o ia wahi, a kapa akula i ko lākou inoa, ʻo Havota-iaira. | Jair, a descendant of Manasseh, captured their settlements and called them Havvoth Jair. |
| A akula ʻo Noba a lawe pio akula iā Kenata, a me nā kauhale ona, a kapa aku ia wahi, ʻo Noba, ma muli o kona inoa iho. | And Nobah captured Kenath and its surrounding settlements and called it Nobah after himself. |
| Eia nā ʻana o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ʻo ka poʻe i puka aʻe mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, me ko lākou poʻe kaua, ma lalo o ka lima o Mose lāua ʻo ʻAʻarona. | Here are the stages in the journey of the Israelites when they came out of Egypt by divisions under the leadership of Moses and Aaron. |
| Kākau ihola ʻo Mose i ko lākou mau puka ʻana aku e like me nā ʻana o lākou ma ke kauoha a Iēhova: eia hoʻi nā ʻana o lākou, e like me ko lākou mau puka ʻana. | At the Lord’s command Moses recorded the stages in their journey. This is their journey by stages: |
| akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai Ramese aku, hoʻomoana ihola ma Sukota. | The Israelites left Rameses and camped at Sukkoth. |
| A lākou mai ʻEtama aku, a huli aʻela ma Pihahirota, kahi e kū pono ana i mua o Baʻalazepona; a hoʻomoana ihola i mua o Migedola. | They left Etham, turned back to Pi Hahiroth, to the east of Baal Zephon, and camped near Migdol. |
| A lākou mai ke alo aku o Pihahirota, a lākou i waena o ke kai i loko o ka wao nahele, a, i ʻekolu lā o ka ʻana i loko o ka wao nahele ʻo ʻEtama, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Mara. | They left Pi Hahiroth and passed through the sea into the desert, and when they had traveled for three days in the Desert of Etham, they camped at Marah. |
| A akula lākou mai Mara aku a hiki i ʻElima: a ma ʻElima he ʻumikumamālua nā pūnāwai, a me nā lāʻau pāma he kanahiku; a hoʻomoana ihola lākou i laila. | They left Marah and went to Elim, where there were twelve springs and seventy palm trees, and they camped there. |
| lākou mai ʻElima aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ke Kaiʻula. | They left Elim and camped by the Red Sea. |
| A lākou mai ke Kaiʻula aʻe, a hoʻomoana ma ka wao nahele ʻo Sina. | They left the Red Sea and camped in the Desert of Sin. |
| A mai ka wao nahele aku o Sina lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Dopeka. | They left the Desert of Sin and camped at Dophkah. |
| hoʻi lākou mai Dopeka aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻAlusa. | They left Dophkah and camped at Alush. |
| lākou mai ʻAlusa aku, a hoʻomoana ma Repidima, he wahi wai ʻole ia e inu ai nā kānaka. | They left Alush and camped at Rephidim, where there was no water for the people to drink. |
| Mai Repidima aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai. | They left Rephidim and camped in the Desert of Sinai. |
| aku hoʻi lākou mai ka wao nahele ʻo Sinai aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Kiberota-hataʻava. | They left the Desert of Sinai and camped at Kibroth Hattaavah. |
| lākou mai Kiberota-hataʻava aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Hazerota. | They left Kibroth Hattaavah and camped at Hazeroth. |
| Mai Hazerota aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Ritema. | They left Hazeroth and camped at Rithmah. |
| lākou mai Ritema aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Rimonepareza. | They left Rithmah and camped at Rimmon Perez. |
| lākou mai Rimonepareza aku, a hoʻomoana ma Libena. | They left Rimmon Perez and camped at Libnah. |
| A mai Libena aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Risa. | They left Libnah and camped at Rissah. |
| A mai Risa aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Kehelata. | They left Rissah and camped at Kehelathah. |
| lākou mai Kehelata aku, a hoʻomoana ma ka mauna Sapera. | They left Kehelathah and camped at Mount Shepher. |
| Mai ka mauna Sapera aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Harada. | They left Mount Shepher and camped at Haradah. |
| hoʻi lākou mai Harada aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Makehelota. | They left Haradah and camped at Makheloth. |
| Mai Makehelota aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Tahata. | They left Makheloth and camped at Tahath. |
| hoʻi lākou mai Tahata aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Tara. | They left Tahath and camped at Terah. |
| Mai Tara aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Miteka. | They left Terah and camped at Mithkah. |
| Mai ʻEberona aku lākou i, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻEziona-gebera. | They left Abronah and camped at Ezion Geber. |
| akula hoʻi lākou mai ʻEziona-gebera aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ka wao nahele ʻo Zina, ʻo ia ʻo Kadesa. | They left Ezion Geber and camped at Kadesh, in the Desert of Zin. |
| hoʻi lākou mai Kadesa aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ka mauna Hora, ma ka palena o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻEdoma. | They left Kadesh and camped at Mount Hor, on the border of Edom. |
| A ʻo ke aliʻi ʻo ʻArada ka Kanaʻana, ka mea i noho ma ke kūkulu hema o ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, lohe aʻela ia i ka ʻana mai o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | The Canaanite king of Arad, who lived in the Negev of Canaan, heard that the Israelites were coming. |
| A lākou mai ka mauna Hora aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Zalemona. | They left Mount Hor and camped at Zalmonah. |
| aku hoʻi lākou mai Zalemona aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Punona. | They left Zalmonah and camped at Punon. |
| Mai Punona aku lākou i ai, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻObota. | They left Punon and camped at Oboth. |
| akula hoʻi lākou mai ʻObota aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻIieabarima. | They left Oboth and camped at Iye Abarim, on the border of Moab. |
| aku hoʻi lākou mai ʻIieabarima aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Dibonagada, | They left Iye Abarim and camped at Dibon Gad. |
| A aku lākou mai Dibonagada aku, a hoʻomoana ma ʻAlemonadibelataima. | They left Dibon Gad and camped at Almon Diblathaim. |
| A hoʻi lākou mai ʻAlemonadibelataima aku, a hoʻomoana ma nā mauna ʻo ʻAbarima i mua o Nebo. | They left Almon Diblathaim and camped in the mountains of Abarim, near Nebo. |
| hoʻi lākou mai nā mauna ʻo ʻAbarima aku, a hoʻomoana ihola ma nā pāpū ʻo Moaba, ma Ioredane o Ieriko. | They left the mountains of Abarim and camped on the plains of Moab by the Jordan across from Jericho. |
| A e huli aʻe ko ʻoukou palena mai ka ʻaoʻao hema aʻe i ka puʻu ʻo ʻAkerabima, a aku i Zina: a ʻo ka ʻana aku o ia mai ka ʻaoʻao hema aku a Kadesa-banea, a e hou aku ia i Hazaradara, a hiki aku i ʻAzemona: | cross south of Scorpion Pass, continue on to Zin and go south of Kadesh Barnea. Then it will go to Hazar Addar and over to Azmon, |
| A pōʻai aku no ka palena mai ʻAzemona aku a ke kahawai ʻo ʻAigupita, a e puka aku nō ia i ke kai. | where it will turn, join the Wadi of Egypt and end at the Mediterranean Sea. |
| Mai ka mauna Hora aku, e hōʻailona ʻoukou a hiki i ke komo ʻana o Hamata: a e aku no ka palena a hiki i Zedada. | and from Mount Hor to Lebo Hamath. Then the boundary will go to Zedad, |
| A e hou aku nō ka palena i Ziperona, a e puka aku nō ia i Hazarenana: ʻo ia ko ʻoukou palena ʻākau. | continue to Ziphron and end at Hazar Enan. This will be your boundary on the north. |
| A e aku ka palena mai Sepama a Ribela, ma ka ʻaoʻao hikina o ʻAina: a e iho aku ka palena, a hiki aku ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka loko o Kinerota ma ka hikina. | The boundary will go down from Shepham to Riblah on the east side of Ain and continue along the slopes east of the Sea of Galilee. |
| I mai a kokoke nā luna makua o nā ʻohana keiki a Gileada, ke keiki a Makira, ke keiki a Manase, no nā ʻohana o nā keiki a Iosepa; a ʻōlelo mai lākou i mua o Mose, i mua hoʻi o nā luna, nā lunakahiko o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela: | The family heads of the clan of Gilead son of Makir, the son of Manasseh, who were from the clans of the descendants of Joseph, came and spoke before Moses and the leaders, the heads of the Israelite families. |
| (He ʻumikumamākahi lā mai Horeba, ma ke ala o Mauna Seira, a hiki i Kadesabanea.) | (It takes eleven days to go from Horeb to Kadesh Barnea by the Mount Seir road.) |
| E huli aʻe ʻoukou, a i ka ʻana, e ʻoukou i ka mauna o ka ʻAmora, a i kona poʻe e noho ana a pau, ma nā pāpū, ma nā puʻu, a ma ke awāwa, a ma ke kūkulu hema, a ma kahakai, i ka ʻāina o ko Kanaʻana, a i Lebanona, a i ka muliwai nui, ka muliwai ʻo ʻEuperate. | Break camp and advance into the hill country of the Amorites; go to all the neighboring peoples in the Arabah, in the mountains, in the western foothills, in the Negev and along the coast, to the land of the Canaanites and to Lebanon, as far as the great river, the Euphrates. |
| A iā kākou i haʻalele ai iā Horeba, kākou ma loko o kēlā wao nahele nui weliweli a pau, a ʻoukou i ʻike ai ma ke ala o ka mauna o ka ʻAmora, e like me kā Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā kākou; a hiki kākou ma Kadesabanea. | Then, as the Lord our God commanded us, we set out from Horeb and went toward the hill country of the Amorites through all that vast and dreadful wilderness that you have seen, and so we reached Kadesh Barnea. |
| A maila ʻoukou a pau i oʻu nei, ʻī maila, E hoʻouna aku kākou i nā kānaka i mua o kākou, a e mākaʻikaʻi lākou i ka ʻāina no kākou, a e haʻi mai iā kākou i ke ala a kākou e piʻi aku ai, a me nā kūlanakauhale a kākou e aku ai. | Then all of you came to me and said, “Let us send men ahead to spy out the land for us and bring back a report about the route we are to take and the towns we will come to.” |
| ʻO Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua, ka mea i mua o ʻoukou, nāna nō e kaua aku no ʻoukou, e like me nā mea a pau āna i hana ai no ʻoukou ma ʻAigupita i mua o ko ʻoukou maka: | The Lord your God, who is going before you, will fight for you, as he did for you in Egypt, before your very eyes, |
| A ma ka wao nahele, kahi āu i ʻike ai iā Iēhova kou Akua, e like me kā ke kanaka hali ʻana i kāna keiki, pēlā ia i hali ai iā ʻoe ma ke ala a pau a ʻoukou i ai, a hiki mai ʻoukou ma kēia wahi. | and in the wilderness. There you saw how the Lord your God carried you, as a father carries his son, all the way you went until you reached this place.” |
| ʻO ia kai aʻe ma ke ala i mua o ʻoukou, ma ke ahi i ka pō, a ma ke ao i ke ao, e ʻimi ana i wahi no ʻoukou e kūkulu ai i ko ʻoukou mau halelewa, e kuhikuhi ana iā ʻoukou i ke ala e ai. | who went ahead of you on your journey, in fire by night and in a cloud by day, to search out places for you to camp and to show you the way you should go. |
| Huhū mai nō hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iaʻu no ʻoukou, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoe e i laila. | Because of you the Lord became angry with me also and said, “You shall not enter it, either. |
| ʻO Iosua, ke keiki a Nuna, e kū ana i mua ou, ʻo ia ke i laila: e hoʻoikaika ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, nāna nō ia e hoʻoili aku no ka ʻIseraʻela. | But your assistant, Joshua son of Nun, will enter it. Encourage him, because he will lead Israel to inherit it. |
| ʻO kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki ʻuʻuku a ʻoukou i ʻī mai ai e lilo auaneʻi i poʻe pio, a me nā keiki a ʻoukou, ka poʻe ʻike ʻole i ka pono a i ka hewa ia lā, ʻo lākou ke i laila, a naʻu ia e hāʻawi aku no lākou, a e komo nō lākou ia wahi. | And the little ones that you said would be taken captive, your children who do not yet know good from bad — they will enter the land. I will give it to them and they will take possession of it. |
| Akā, ʻo ʻoukou, e hāliu aʻe ʻoukou, a e ma ka wao nahele ma ke ala o ke Kaiʻula. | But as for you, turn around and set out toward the desert along the route to the Red Sea.” |
| A ʻo ka ʻAmora e noho ana ma ua puʻu lā, mai lākou e kūʻē iā ʻoukou, a hahai mai lākou iā ʻoukou, e like me kā ka nalo meli hana ʻana, a pepehi mai iā ʻoukou ma Seira a hiki mai i Horema. | The Amorites who lived in those hills came out against you; they chased you like a swarm of bees and beat you down from Seir all the way to Hormah. |
| A laila huli aʻela kākou, a akula i ka wao nahele ma ke ala o ke Kaiʻula, e like me kā Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iaʻu; a hoʻopuni aʻela kākou i ka mauna ʻo Seira i nā lā he nui. | Then we turned back and set out toward the wilderness along the route to the Red Sea, as the Lord had directed me. For a long time we made our way around the hill country of Seir. |
| A e kauoha aku ʻoe i nā kānaka, penei, E ana ʻoukou ma ka mokuna o ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau, ʻo nā mamo a ʻEsau e noho ana ma Seira; a e makaʻu mai auaneʻi lākou iā ʻoukou: no laila e mālama nui ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho: | Give the people these orders: ‘You are about to pass through the territory of your relatives the descendants of Esau, who live in Seir. They will be afraid of you, but be very careful. |
| No ka mea, ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā ʻoe ma nā hana a pau a kou lima; ua ʻike nō ia i kou ʻana ma kēia wao nahele nui; me ʻoe nō ʻo Iēhova kou Akua i nēia mau makahiki he kanahā; ʻaʻole ʻoe i nele i kekahi mea. | The Lord your God has blessed you in all the work of your hands. He has watched over your journey through this vast wilderness. These forty years the Lord your God has been with you, and you have not lacked anything. |
| A iā kākou i māʻalo aʻe mai ko kākou poʻe hoahānau aku, nā mamo a ʻEsau, e noho ana ma Seira, ma ke ala o ka pāpū mai ʻElata aku, a mai ʻEzionagabera, huli aʻe kākou a i ke ala ma ka wao nahele ʻo Moaba. | So we went on past our relatives the descendants of Esau, who live in Seir. We turned from the Arabah road, which comes up from Elath and Ezion Geber, and traveled along the desert road of Moab. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e kū i luna, a e aku ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ke kahawai ʻo Zareda: a aku kākou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ke kahawai ʻo Zareda. | And the Lord said, “Now get up and cross the Zered Valley.” So we crossed the valley. |
| A ʻo nā makahiki o ko kākou ʻana mai Kadesabanea mai, a hiki kākou ma ke kahawai ʻo Zareda, he kanakolu ia a me kumamāwalu; a pau ka hanauna a pau o nā kānaka koa i ka nalowale i waena o ka poʻe kaua, e like me kā Iēhova i hoʻohiki ai iā lākou. | Thirty-eight years passed from the time we left Kadesh Barnea until we crossed the Zered Valley. By then, that entire generation of fighting men had perished from the camp, as the Lord had sworn to them. |
| E ana ʻoe i ka mokuna ʻo Moaba i ʻAra i kēia lā: | “Today you are to pass by the region of Moab at Ar. |
| E kū ʻoukou i luna, e aku, a hiki ma kēlā kapa o ke kahawai ʻo ʻArenona: aia hoʻi, ua hāʻawi aku au iā Sihona no ka ʻAmora, ke aliʻi o Hesebona, a me kona ʻāina i loko o kou lima; e hoʻomaka ʻoe e komo, a e kūʻē aku iā ia i ke kaua. | “Set out now and cross the Arnon Gorge. See, I have given into your hand Sihon the Amorite, king of Heshbon, and his country. Begin to take possession of it and engage him in battle. |
| E ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e au ma kou ʻāina: e au ma ke ala loa, ʻaʻole au e kāpae ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema. | “Let us pass through your country. We will stay on the main road; we will not turn aside to the right or to the left. |
| E kūʻai mai ʻoe i ʻai naʻu no ke kālā, i ʻai iho ai au; a e hāʻawi mai i wai noʻu no ke kālā, i inu ai hoʻi au; e wāwae wale nō au; | Sell us food to eat and water to drink for their price in silver. Only let us pass through on foot — |
| Akā, ʻaʻole i ʻae mai ʻo Sihona, ke aliʻi o Hesebona, e kākou ma ona lā; no ka mea, hoʻopaʻakikī maila ʻo Iēhova kou Akua i kona naʻau, a hoʻokūʻē ʻo ia i kona manaʻo, i hoʻolilo ai ʻo ia iā ia i loko o kou lima, e like me ia i kēia lā. | But Sihon king of Heshbon refused to let us pass through. For the Lord your God had made his spirit stubborn and his heart obstinate in order to give him into your hands, as he has now done. |
| A laila kūʻē maila ʻo Sihona iā kākou, ʻo ia a me kona poʻe kānaka a pau, i ke kaua ma Iahaza. | When Sihon and all his army came out to meet us in battle at Jahaz, |
| ʻAʻole naʻe ʻoe i ma ka ʻāina o nā mamo a ʻAmona, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma nā wahi o ke kahawai ʻo Iaboka, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma nā kūlanakauhale o nā mauna, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma kekahi wahi a Iēhova ko kākou Akua i pāpā mai ai iā kākou. | But in accordance with the command of the Lord our God, you did not encroach on any of the land of the Ammonites, neither the land along the course of the Jabbok nor that around the towns in the hills. |
| A laila hāliu aʻela kākou, a piʻi akula ma ke alanui o Basana; a maila ʻo ʻOga ke aliʻi o Basana e kūʻē iā kākou, ʻo ia a me kona poʻe kānaka a pau i ke kaua ma ʻEderei. | Next we turned and went up along the road toward Bashan, and Og king of Bashan with his whole army marched out to meet us in battle at Edrei. |
| Kauoha akula au iā ʻoukou i kēlā manawa, ʻī akula, Ua hāʻawi mai ʻo Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i kēia ʻāina iā ʻoukou e lilo no ʻoukou: ʻo ʻoukou ka poʻe koa ke me ke kāhiko i ke kaua i mua o ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau, ʻo nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | I commanded you at that time: “The Lord your God has given you this land to take possession of it. But all your able-bodied men, armed for battle, must cross over ahead of the other Israelites. |
| Kauoha akula hoʻi au iā Iosua i kēlā manawa, ʻī akula, Ua ʻike kou maka i nā mea a pau a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i hana mai ai i kēia mau aliʻi ʻelua: pēlā ʻo Iēhova e hana aku ai i nā aupuni a pau āu e ai. | At that time I commanded Joshua: “You have seen with your own eyes all that the Lord your God has done to these two kings. The Lord will do the same to all the kingdoms over there where you are going. |
| Ke noi aku nei au, e ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e aku au e ʻike i ka ʻāina maikaʻi ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, i kēlā kuahiwi maikaʻi o Lebanona. | Let me go over and see the good land beyond the Jordan — that fine hill country and Lebanon.” |
| E piʻi aku ʻoe ma luna pono o Pisega, a e nānā aku kou maka ma ke komohana, a ma ke kūkulu ʻākau, a ma ke kūkulu hema, a ma ka hikina, a e ʻike me kou mau maka; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoe e ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane nei. | Go up to the top of Pisgah and look west and north and south and east. Look at the land with your own eyes, since you are not going to cross this Jordan. |
| Akā, e kauoha ʻoe iā Iosua, e hōʻeuʻeu aku, a e hoʻoikaika aku iā ia; no ka mea, ʻo ia ke aku i mua o kēia poʻe kānaka, a nāna nō lākou e hoʻonoho ma ka ʻāina āu i ʻike ai. | But commission Joshua, and encourage and strengthen him, for he will lead this people across and will cause them to inherit the land that you will see.” |
| Aia hoʻi, ua aʻo aku au iā ʻoukou i nā kānāwai a me nā ʻōlelo kūpaʻa, e like me kā Iēhova koʻu Akua i kauoha mai ai iaʻu, e mālama ʻoukou pēlā ma ka ʻāina a ʻoukou e aku ai e noho. | See, I have taught you decrees and laws as the Lord my God commanded me, so that you may follow them in the land you are entering to take possession of it. |
| kokoke mai ʻoukou, a kū aʻela ma lalo o ka mauna; a ua wela ka mauna i ke ahi, a i waena o ka lani me ka pōʻeleʻele, me ke ao, a me ka pouli nui. | You came near and stood at the foot of the mountain while it blazed with fire to the very heavens, with black clouds and deep darkness. |
| A kauoha mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu i kēlā manawa e aʻo aku iā ʻoukou i nā kānāwai a me nā ʻōlelo kūpaʻa, e mālama ʻoukou ia mau mea ma ka ʻāina a ʻoukou e ai a noho. | And the Lord directed me at that time to teach you the decrees and laws you are to follow in the land that you are crossing the Jordan to possess. |
| A huhū mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu no ʻoukou, a hoʻohiki iho, ʻaʻole au e ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, ʻaʻole hoʻi au e komo i loko o kēlā ʻāina maikaʻi a Iēhova kou Akua i hoʻoili mai ai no ʻoukou: | The Lord was angry with me because of you, and he solemnly swore that I would not cross the Jordan and enter the good land the Lord your God is giving you as your inheritance. |
| No ka mea, e make nō wau ma kēia ʻāina, ʻaʻole au e ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane: akā, e nō ʻoukou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao, a e lilo kēlā ʻāina maikaʻi no ʻoukou. | I will die in this land; I will not cross the Jordan; but you are about to cross over and take possession of that good land. |
| Ke haʻi aku nei au i kēia lā, he ʻike maka ka lani a me ka honua iā ʻoukou, e make koke ana ʻoukou, mai ka ʻāina aku a ʻoukou e aku ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane e noho ai; ʻaʻole e noho lōʻihi ʻoukou ma laila, akā, e luku loa ʻia aku ʻoukou. | I call the heavens and the earth as witnesses against you this day that you will quickly perish from the land that you are crossing the Jordan to possess. You will not live there long but will certainly be destroyed. |
| Ua hoʻāʻo anei ke Akua e a e lawe i lāhui kanaka nona mai waena mai o kekahi lāhui kanaka, ma nā hoʻāʻo ʻana, a ma nā hōʻailona, a ma nā mea kupanaha, a ma ke kaua, a ma ka lima ikaika, a ma ka lima kākāuha, a ma nā mea weliweli nui, e like me nā mea a pau a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i hana mai ai no ʻoukou ma ʻAigupita i mua o kou maka? | Has any god ever tried to take for himself one nation out of another nation, by testings, by signs and wonders, by war, by a mighty hand and an outstretched arm, or by great and awesome deeds, like all the things the Lord your God did for you in Egypt before your very eyes? |
| ʻO ia nā kauoha a me nā kānāwai, a me nā ʻōlelo kūpaʻa a Mose i ʻōlelo mai ai i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ma hope o kā lākou ʻana mai ʻAigupita mai; | These are the stipulations, decrees and laws Moses gave them when they came out of Egypt |
| E ʻoe, e ʻōlelo aku iā lākou, E hoʻi hou aku ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou mau halelewa. | “Go, tell them to return to their tents. |
| E ʻoukou ma nā ʻaoʻao a pau a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i kauoha mai ai iā ʻoukou i ola ai ʻoukou, a i pōmaikaʻi ai ʻoukou, i lōʻihi ai hoʻi ko ʻoukou mau lā ma ka ʻāina e ili mai ana no ʻoukou. | Walk in obedience to all that the Lord your God has commanded you, so that you may live and prosper and prolong your days in the land that you will possess. |
| Eia nā kauoha, nā kānāwai, a me nā ʻōlelo kūpaʻa, a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i kauoha mai ai e aʻo aku iā ʻoukou, i mālama aku ai ʻoukou ma ka ʻāina e aku nei ʻoukou e noho: | These are the commands, decrees and laws the Lord your God directed me to teach you to observe in the land that you are crossing the Jordan to possess, |
| A e aʻo pono aku ʻoe ia mau mea i āu mau keiki, a e kamaʻilio aku ia mau mea i kou noho ʻana ma kou hale, a i kou ʻana ma ke ala, i kou moe ʻana i lalo, a me kou ala ʻana i luna. | Impress them on your children. Talk about them when you sit at home and when you walk along the road, when you lie down and when you get up. |
| Mai aku ʻoukou ma muli o nā akua ʻē, ʻo nā akua o nā kānaka e noho ana a puni ʻoukou; | Do not follow other gods, the gods of the peoples around you; |
| Aia kaʻi aku ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā ʻoe i ka ʻāina āu e aku nei e noho i laila, a hoʻokuke aku ia i nā lāhui kanaka, he nui ma mua ou, i ka Heta, i ka Giregasa, me ka ʻAmora, me ka Kanaʻana, me ka Periza, me ka Heva, a me ka Iebusa, i ʻehiku lāhui kanaka, ua ʻoi aku ko lākou nui a me ko lākou ikaika i kou; | When the Lord your God brings you into the land you are entering to possess and drives out before you many nations — the Hittites, Girgashites, Amorites, Canaanites, Perizzites, Hivites and Jebusites, seven nations larger and stronger than you — |
| No ia hoʻi, e mālama ʻoe i nā kauoha a Iēhova a kou Akua, e ʻoe me kona mau ʻaoʻao, a e makaʻu iā ia. | Observe the commands of the Lord your God, walking in obedience to him and revering him. |
| A inā ʻoe e hoʻopoina iki iā Iēhova i kou Akua, a e ma muli o nā akua ʻē, e mālama, a e hoʻomana aku iā lākou, ke hōʻike aku nei au iā ʻoukou i kēia lā, he ʻoiaʻiʻo, e make ʻoukou. | If you ever forget the Lord your God and follow other gods and worship and bow down to them, I testify against you today that you will surely be destroyed. |
| E hoʻolohe, e ka ʻIseraʻela; e ana ʻoe i kēia lā ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, e komo a hoʻolilo nou i nā lāhui kanaka, he ʻoi aku ka nui a me ka ikaika o lākou i kou, a i nā kūlanakauhale nui, ua paʻa i ka pā pōhaku, a hala i ka lani. | Hear, Israel: You are now about to cross the Jordan to go in and dispossess nations greater and stronger than you, with large cities that have walls up to the sky. |
| E ʻike pono ʻoe i kēia lā, ʻo Iēhova kou Akua, ka mea e ana i mua ou, he ahi ia e hoʻopau ana, nāna lākou e luku aku, a nāna lākou e hoʻohaʻahaʻa iho i mua o kou maka: a e hoʻokuke aku ʻoe iā lākou, a e luku koke aku iā lākou, e like me kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoe. | But be assured today that the Lord your God is the one who goes across ahead of you like a devouring fire. He will destroy them; he will subdue them before you. And you will drive them out and annihilate them quickly, as the Lord has promised you. |
| ʻAʻole no kou pono, a me ka pololei o kou naʻau, kou ʻana e noho ma ko lākou ʻāina; akā, no ka hewa o kēlā mau lāhui kanaka, e kipaku aku ai ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā lākou mai kou alo aku, a e hoʻokō hoʻi ia i ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova i hoʻohiki ai i kou mau kūpuna, iā ʻAberahama, iā ʻIsaʻaka, a me Iakoba. | It is not because of your righteousness or your integrity that you are going in to take possession of their land; but on account of the wickedness of these nations, the Lord your God will drive them out before you, to accomplish what he swore to your fathers, to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. |
| A akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai Beʻerota o Bene-iaʻakana a Mosera: ma laila i make ai ʻo ʻAʻarona, a ma laila i kanu ʻia ai ʻo ia; a lilo ihola ʻo ʻEleazara kāna keiki i kahuna, i mea pani i kona hakahaka. | (The Israelites traveled from the wells of Bene Jaakan to Moserah. There Aaron died and was buried, and Eleazar his son succeeded him as priest. |
| akula lākou mai laila aku a Gudegoda: a mai Gudegoda a Iotebata, he ʻāina o nā kahawai. | From there they traveled to Gudgodah and on to Jotbathah, a land with streams of water. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, E kū aʻe ʻoe, a aku i mua o nā kānaka, i komo ai lākou, a lilo iā lākou ka ʻāina aʻu i hoʻohiki ai i ko lākou mau kūpuna e hāʻawi iā lākou. | “Go,” the Lord said to me, “and lead the people on their way, so that they may enter and possess the land I swore to their ancestors to give them.” |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e ka ʻIseraʻela, he aha lā ka mea a Iēhova kou Akua i kauoha mai ai iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole anei ʻo ka makaʻu iā Iēhova kou Akua, ʻo ka ma kona mau ʻaoʻao, a ʻo ke aloha iā ia, a ʻo ka hoʻokauā na Iēhova na kou Akua me kou naʻau a pau, a me kou ʻuhane a pau, | And now, Israel, what does the Lord your God ask of you but to fear the Lord your God, to walk in obedience to him, to love him, to serve the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul, |
| iho kou poʻe kūpuna ma ʻAigupita, he kanahiku lākou; ʻānō hoʻi, ua hoʻolilo mai ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā ʻoe, a like me nā hōkū o ka lani ka lehulehu. | Your ancestors who went down into Egypt were seventy in all, and now the Lord your God has made you as numerous as the stars in the sky. |
| E mālama nō ʻoukou i nā kauoha a pau aʻu e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoukou i kēia lā, i ikaika ai ʻoukou, a i ʻoukou a komo i ka ʻāina, kahi a ʻoukou e ai e noho; | Observe therefore all the commands I am giving you today, so that you may have the strength to go in and take over the land that you are crossing the Jordan to possess, |
| No ka mea, ʻaʻole like ka ʻāina a ʻoukou e aku nei e noho ai, me ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, kahi a ʻoukou i mai nei, kahi a ʻoukou i lūlū ai i kā ʻoukou hua, a hoʻokahe i ka wai me ko ʻoukou wāwae, e like me ke kīhāpai mea kanu: | The land you are entering to take over is not like the land of Egypt, from which you have come, where you planted your seed and irrigated it by foot as in a vegetable garden. |
| Akā, ʻo ka ʻāina a ʻoukou e aku nei e noho, he ʻāina puʻu, a me nā awāwa, e inu ana i ka wai ua o ka lani; | But the land you are crossing the Jordan to take possession of is a land of mountains and valleys that drinks rain from heaven. |
| A e aʻo aku ʻoukou ia mau mea i kā ʻoukou kamaliʻi, e ʻōlelo ana ma ia mau mea i kou noho ʻana ma kou hale, a i kou ʻana ma ke ala, a i kou moe ʻana i lalo, a me kou ala ʻana i luna. | Teach them to your children, talking about them when you sit at home and when you walk along the road, when you lie down and when you get up. |
| No ka mea, inā paha e mālama pono ʻoukou i kēia mau kauoha a pau aʻu e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoukou e hana ia mea, e aloha aku iā Iēhova i ko ʻoukou Akua, a e ma kona ʻaoʻao a pau, a e hoʻopili aku iā ia; | If you carefully observe all these commands I am giving you to follow — to love the Lord your God, to walk in obedience to him and to hold fast to him — |
| I ka pōʻino, ke hoʻolohe ʻole ʻoukou i nā kauoha a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua; a huli aʻe ʻoukou mai ka ʻaoʻao aku, aʻu e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoukou i kēia lā, a ma muli o nā akua ʻē, a ʻoukou i ʻike ʻole ai. | the curse if you disobey the commands of the Lord your God and turn from the way that I command you today by following other gods, which you have not known. |
| Aia hoʻokomo aku ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā ʻoe i ka ʻāina āu e aku nei a noho i laila, e kau aku ʻoe i ka pōmaikaʻi ma ka puʻu ʻo Gerizima, a i ka pōʻino ma ka puʻu ʻo ʻEbala. | When the Lord your God has brought you into the land you are entering to possess, you are to proclaim on Mount Gerizim the blessings, and on Mount Ebal the curses. |
| No ka mea, e ana ʻoukou ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane e komo i loko o ka ʻāina a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua e hāʻawi mai ai no ʻoukou, a e komo nō ʻoukou, a e noho ʻoukou ma laila. | You are about to cross the Jordan to enter and take possession of the land the Lord your God is giving you. When you have taken it over and are living there, |
| Akā, ma kahi a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua e wae ai no loko mai o ko ʻoukou mau ʻohana, a waiho i kona inoa ma laila, ma kona hale, ma laila ʻoukou e ʻimi ai, a ma laila e ai. | But you are to seek the place the Lord your God will choose from among all your tribes to put his Name there for his dwelling. To that place you must go; |
| Aia ʻoukou ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, a noho ʻoukou ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua e hoʻolilo mai ai no ʻoukou, a hāʻawi mai ia i ka maha no ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻenemi a puni, a noho ʻoukou me ka maluhia; | But you will cross the Jordan and settle in the land the Lord your God is giving you as an inheritance, and he will give you rest from all your enemies around you so that you will live in safety. |
| ʻO kāu mau mea i hoʻolaʻa ʻia wale nō, a me nā mea āu i hoʻohiki ai, ʻo ia kāu e lawe, a ma kahi a Iēhova i wae ai. | But take your consecrated things and whatever you have vowed to give, and go to the place the Lord will choose. |
| Aia hōʻoki aku ʻo Iēhova kou Akua i nā lāhui kanaka mai kou alo aku, kahi āu e e hoʻolilo ʻia ai lākou nou, a lilo lākou nou, a noho iho ʻoe ma ko lākou ʻāina: | The Lord your God will cut off before you the nations you are about to invade and dispossess. But when you have driven them out and settled in their land, |
| A kō ʻiʻo ka hōʻailona, a ka mea kupanaha paha, āna i ʻōlelo ʻē mai ai iā ʻoe, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E kākou ma muli o nā akua ʻē, i nā mea āu i ʻike ʻole ai, a e mālama kākou iā lākou: | and if the sign or wonder spoken of takes place, and the prophet says, “Let us follow other gods” (gods you have not known) “and let us worship them,” |
| E ʻoukou ma muli o Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua, e makaʻu iā ia, a e mālama i kāna mau kauoha, e hoʻolohe i kona leo, e hoʻokauā aku ʻoukou nāna, a e hoʻopili aku iā ia. | It is the Lord your God you must follow, and him you must revere. Keep his commands and obey him; serve him and hold fast to him. |
| A ʻo ua kāula lā, a ʻo ua mea moeʻuhane lā paha, e pepehi ʻia ʻo ia; no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo hoʻokipi ʻo ia iā Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua, nāna ʻoukou i lawe mai, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, a hoʻopakele mai iā ʻoukou mai loko mai o ka hale hoʻoluhi, i mea e hoʻoʻauana ai iā ʻoe mai ke ala aku a Iēhova kou Akua i kauoha mai ai iā ʻoe e. Pēlā ʻoe e hoʻolei aku ai i ka mea hewa mai ou aku lā. | That prophet or dreamer must be put to death for inciting rebellion against the Lord your God, who brought you out of Egypt and redeemed you from the land of slavery. That prophet or dreamer tried to turn you from the way the Lord your God commanded you to follow. You must purge the evil from among you. |
| A ʻo kou hoahānau kāne, ke keiki a kou makuahine, a ʻo kāu keiki iho paha, a ʻo kāu kaikamahine paha, a ʻo ka wahine o kou poli, a ʻo kāu mea aloha paha e like me kou ʻuhane iho, ke hoʻowalewale malū mai iā ʻoe, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E kāua e mālama i nā akua ʻē, i nā mea āu i ʻike ʻole ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi kou mau kūpuna; | If your very own brother, or your son or daughter, or the wife you love, or your closest friend secretly entices you, saying, “Let us go and worship other gods” (gods that neither you nor your ancestors have known, |
| Ua nā kānaka, he poʻe hewa mai ou aku lā, a ua koi aku lākou i nā kānaka o ko lākou kūlanakauhale, e ʻī aku ana, Inā kākou e, a e mālama aku i nā akua ʻē a ʻoukou i ʻike ʻole ai: | that troublemakers have arisen among you and have led the people of their town astray, saying, “Let us go and worship other gods” (gods you have not known), |
| A laila e hoʻolilo aku ʻoe ia i mea kālā, a e hoʻopaʻa iho i ke kālā ma kou lima, a aku ma kahi a Iēhova kou Akua i wae ai: | then exchange your tithe for silver, and take the silver with you and go to the place the Lord your God will choose. |
| A ʻo ka Levi, (no ka mea, ʻaʻohe ona kuleana, ʻaʻohe ona ʻāina hoʻoili me ʻoe,) a ʻo ka malihini, a ʻo ka mea makua ʻole, a me ka wahine kāne make i loko o kou mau ʻīpuka, ʻo lākou ke mai, a e ʻai a māʻona; i hoʻopōmaikaʻi ai ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā ʻoe ma nā hana a pau a kou lima e lawe ai. | so that the Levites (who have no allotment or inheritance of their own) and the foreigners, the fatherless and the widows who live in your towns may come and eat and be satisfied, and so that the Lord your God may bless you in all the work of your hands. |
| Inā paha e ʻōlelo ʻo ia iā ʻoe, ʻAʻole au makemake e mai ou aku lā, no kona aloha iā ʻoe a me kou ʻōhua, a no kona pōmaikaʻi iā ʻoe; | But if your servant says to you, “I do not want to leave you,” because he loves you and your family and is well off with you, |
| Mai ʻai pū ʻoe me ia i ka berena hū: i nā lā ʻehiku e ʻai ʻoe i ka berena hū ʻole me ia, i ka berena o ka pōʻino; no ka mea, ua mai ʻoe mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai me ka lalelale, i hoʻomanaʻo ʻoe i ka lā āu i mai ai mai loko mai o ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita i nā lā a pau o kou ola ʻana. | Do not eat it with bread made with yeast, but for seven days eat unleavened bread, the bread of affliction, because you left Egypt in haste — so that all the days of your life you may remember the time of your departure from Egypt. |
| A ua aku ia, a ua mālama aku i nā akua ʻē, a ua hoʻomana aku iā lākou, i ka lā paha, i ka mahina paha, a i kekahi paha o ko ka lani mau mea, aʻu i kauoha ʻole aku ai: | and contrary to my command has worshiped other gods, bowing down to them or to the sun or the moon or the stars in the sky, |
| A aku i nā kāhuna, i ka Levi, a i ka luna kānāwai e noho ana o ia mau lā, a e nīnau aku; a e haʻi mai lākou iā ʻoe i ka ʻōlelo o ka hoʻoponopono ʻana. | Go to the Levitical priests and to the judge who is in office at that time. Inquire of them and they will give you the verdict. |
| Inā paha e mai kekahi o ka Levi mai loko mai o kekahi o kou mau ʻīpuka o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau āna i noho malihini ai; a e mai ia me ka makemake a pau o kona naʻau ma kahi a Iēhova e wae ai; | If a Levite moves from one of your towns anywhere in Israel where he is living, and comes in all earnestness to the place the Lord will choose, |
| ʻAʻole e ʻike ʻia i waena o ʻoukou ka mea nāna e kuʻu aku i kāna keiki kāne a i kāna kaikamahine paha e ma waena o ke ahi; ʻaʻole hoʻi he kahuna ʻanāʻanā, ʻaʻole he mea nānā i ke ao, ʻaʻole hoʻi he mea nānā moʻo, ʻaʻole ka mea kilo; | Let no one be found among you who sacrifices their son or daughter in the fire, who practices divination or sorcery, interprets omens, engages in witchcraft, |
| A ʻo ka mea e aku i ka ulu lāʻau me kona hoalauna e kua lāʻau, a hahau iho kona lima me ke koʻi lipi e ʻoki i ka lāʻau, a hemo akula ke koʻi lipi mai ke ʻau aku, a pā i kona hoalauna a make ia, e holo aku ia i kekahi o ia mau kūlanakauhale, a ola; | For instance, a man may go into the forest with his neighbor to cut wood, and as he swings his ax to fell a tree, the head may fly off and hit his neighbor and kill him. That man may flee to one of these cities and save his life. |
| Inā paha ʻoe e mālama i kēia mau kauoha a pau e hana aku ia mea aʻu e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoe i kēia lā, e aloha aku iā Iēhova kou Akua, a e ma kona ʻaoʻao i nā lā a pau, a laila e hoʻokaʻawale ʻoe nou i nā kūlanakauhale hou ʻekolu me kēlā mau mea ʻekolu: | because you carefully follow all these laws I command you today — to love the Lord your God and to walk always in obedience to him — then you are to set aside three more cities. |
| Aia ʻoe e kaua aku i kou poʻe ʻenemi, a ʻike aku i nā lio a me nā hale kaʻa, a i nā kānaka he nui aku i kou, mai makaʻu iā lākou: no ka mea, me ʻoe nō ʻo Iēhova ʻo kou Akua, nāna ʻoe i lawe mai nei mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai. | When you go to war against your enemies and see horses and chariots and an army greater than yours, do not be afraid of them, because the Lord your God, who brought you up out of Egypt, will be with you. |
| No ka mea, ʻo Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua, ʻo ia ke me ʻoukou e kaua aku no ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻenemi, a e hoʻopakele iā ʻoukou. | For the Lord your God is the one who goes with you to fight for you against your enemies to give you victory.” |
| A e ʻōlelo aku nā luna i nā kānaka, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, ʻO wai ke kanaka i kūkulu i hale hou, ʻaʻole naʻe i hoʻolilo aku? E ia a hoʻi aku i kona hale, o make auaneʻi ia i ke kaua, a ʻo ke kanaka ʻē ke hoʻolilo aku ia. | The officers shall say to the army: “Has anyone built a new house and not yet begun to live in it? Let him go home, or he may die in battle and someone else may begin to live in it. |
| ʻO wai lā ke kanaka i kanu i ka māla waina, ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻohi i ka hua? E ia, a hoʻi aku i kona hale, o make auaneʻi ia i ke kaua, a e ʻohi ke kanaka ʻē i ka hua. | Has anyone planted a vineyard and not begun to enjoy it? Let him go home, or he may die in battle and someone else enjoy it. |
| ʻO wai ke kanaka i hoʻopalau i ka wahine, ʻaʻole naʻe i lawe iā ia? E nō ia, a hoʻi aku i kona hale, o make auaneʻi ia i ke kaua, a e lawe ke kanaka ʻē iā ia. | Has anyone become pledged to a woman and not married her? Let him go home, or he may die in battle and someone else marry her.” |
| A e ʻōlelo hou nā luna i nā kānaka, a e ʻī aku, ʻO wai lā ke kanaka makaʻu a nāwaliwali ma ka naʻau? E nō ia, a e hoʻi aku i kona hale, o heʻe auaneʻi ka naʻau o kona poʻe hoahānau e like me kona naʻau. | Then the officers shall add, “Is anyone afraid or fainthearted? Let him go home so that his fellow soldiers will not become disheartened too.” |
| A laila e mai kou poʻe lunakahiko a me kou poʻe luna kānāwai, a e ana aku lākou a hiki i nā kūlanakauhale e puni ana i ka mea i pepehi ʻia. | your elders and judges shall go out and measure the distance from the body to the neighboring towns. |
| Aia aku ʻoe e kaua aku i kou poʻe ʻenemi, a e hoʻolilo mai ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā lākou i loko o kou lima, a e lawe pio aku ʻoe iā lākou, | When you go to war against your enemies and the Lord your God delivers them into your hands and you take captives, |
| A inā ʻaʻole ʻoe e makemake iā ia, e kuʻu aku ʻoe iā ia e i kona wahi e makemake ai; mai kūʻai aku ʻoe iā ia no ke kālā, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e hoʻolilo iā ia i waiwai nāu, no ka mea, ua hoʻohaʻahaʻa ʻoe iā ia. | If you are not pleased with her, let her go wherever she wishes. You must not sell her or treat her as a slave, since you have dishonored her. |
| A ʻōlelo ʻino iā ia, a hoʻokaulana i kona inoa ma ka hewa, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, Ua lawe au i kēia wahine, a i kuʻu ʻana i ona lā, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu ia he puʻupaʻa. | and slanders her and gives her a bad name, saying, “I married this woman, but when I approached her, I did not find proof of her virginity,” |
| No ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i mai i o ʻoukou lā me ka berena a me ka wai ma ke ala i ko ʻoukou ʻana, mai ʻAigupita mai; a no kā lākou uku ʻana aku iā Balaʻama, ke keiki a Beora o Petora ma Mesopotamia e kūʻē iā ʻoukou, a e hōʻino aku iā ʻoukou. | For they did not come to meet you with bread and water on your way when you came out of Egypt, and they hired Balaam son of Beor from Pethor in Aram Naharaim to pronounce a curse on you. |
| A aku ka poʻe kaua e kūʻē i kou poʻe ʻenemi, e mālama iā ʻoe iho i nā mea ʻino a pau. | When you are encamped against your enemies, keep away from everything impure. |
| Inā paha ma waena ou kekahi kanaka maʻemaʻe ʻole no ka haumia i hiki mai iā ia i ka pō, e ia i waho o kahi e hoʻomoana ai, ʻaʻole ia e mai i loko o kahi e hoʻomoana ai: | If one of your men is unclean because of a nocturnal emission, he is to go outside the camp and stay there. |
| Aia i ka manawa e hiki mai ana ke ahiahi, e holoi iā ia iho i ka wai; a i ka napoʻo ʻana o ka lā, e mai ia i loko o kahi e hoʻomoana ai. | But as evening approaches he is to wash himself, and at sunset he may return to the camp. |
| A e hoʻokaʻawale ʻoe i kauwahi nou ma waho o kahi hoʻomoana, i aku ai ʻoe ma laila: | Designate a place outside the camp where you can go to relieve yourself. |
| No ka mea, e ana ʻo Iēhova kou Akua i waena o kou wahi e hoʻomoana ai e hoʻopakele iā ʻoe, a e hoʻolilo i kou poʻe ʻenemi i mua ou: no laila, i maʻemaʻe kou wahi e hoʻomoana ai, o ʻike mai auaneʻi ia i ka mea ʻino i loko ou, a huli aʻe ia mai ou aku lā. | For the Lord your God moves about in your camp to protect you and to deliver your enemies to you. Your camp must be holy, so that he will not see among you anything indecent and turn away from you. |
| E pono e hāʻawi ʻaiʻē aku i ke kanaka ʻē i uku hoʻopaneʻe mai; akā, mai hāʻawi ʻaiʻē i kou hoahānau, i uku nui mai; i hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai ai ʻo Iēhova ʻo kou Akua iā ʻoe i nā mea a pau a kou lima e lawe ai ma ka ʻāina āu e aku nei e hoʻolilo ʻia nou. | You may charge a foreigner interest, but not a fellow Israelite, so that the Lord your God may bless you in everything you put your hand to in the land you are entering to possess. |
| Inā paha e ʻoe ma ka māla waina o kou hoalauna, e ʻai iho ʻoe i nā hua waina, a māʻona ʻoe e like me kou makemake; akā, mai waiho i kekahi i loko o kāu ipu. | If you enter your neighbor’s vineyard, you may eat all the grapes you want, but do not put any in your basket. |
| A hala kēlā i waho o kona hale, e nō ia e lilo i wahine na kekahi kāne hou. | and if after she leaves his house she becomes the wife of another man, |
| Aia lawe ke kanaka i wahine hou nāna, mai aku ia me ka poʻe kaua, ʻaʻole hoʻi e kau ʻia ma luna ona kekahi hana: e noho kaʻawale ia ma kona wahi i hoʻokahi makahiki, a e hōʻoluʻolu aku i kāna wahine āna i lawe ai. | If a man has recently married, he must not be sent to war or have any other duty laid on him. For one year he is to be free to stay at home and bring happiness to the wife he has married. |
| E hoʻomanaʻo i ka mea a Iēhova kou Akua i hana mai ai iā Miriama ma ke ala, i ko ʻoukou ʻana mai ʻAigupita mai. | Remember what the Lord your God did to Miriam along the way after you came out of Egypt. |
| A i hāʻawi lilo ʻole ʻoe i kekahi mea i kou hoalauna, mai aku i loko o kona hale e kiʻi i kona uku pānaʻi. | When you make a loan of any kind to your neighbor, do not go into their house to get what is offered to you as a pledge. |
| Aia ʻoki iho ʻoe i kāu palaoa ma kāu mahina ʻai, a hoʻopoina ʻoe i kekahi pua ma ka mahina ʻai, mai hou ʻoe e kiʻi ia mea; na ka malihini nō ia, a na ka mea makua ʻole, a na ka wahine kāne make; i hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai ai ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā ʻoe i nā hana a pau a kou mau lima. | When you are harvesting in your field and you overlook a sheaf, do not go back to get it. Leave it for the foreigner, the fatherless and the widow, so that the Lord your God may bless you in all the work of your hands. |
| Inā he mea e hakakā ai i waena o nā kānaka, a mai lākou ma kahi hoʻokolokolo, i hoʻoponopono ai nā luna kānāwai iā lākou; a laila e hoʻāpono aku lākou i ka mea i pono, a e hoʻāhewa aku i ka mea i hewa. | When people have a dispute, they are to take it to court and the judges will decide the case, acquitting the innocent and condemning the guilty. |
| Inā e noho pū nā hoahānau kāne, a make kekahi o lākou, ʻaʻohe āna keiki, mai mare ka wahine a ka mea i make i ka malihini ma waho: na ka hoahānau o kāna kāne e i loko i ona lā, a e lawe iā ia i wahine nāna, a e mālama aku i ka ʻoihana a ka hoahānau o kāna kāne. | If brothers are living together and one of them dies without a son, his widow must not marry outside the family. Her husband’s brother shall take her and marry her and fulfill the duty of a brother-in-law to her. |
| A laila e mai ka wahine a kona hoahānau iā ia i mua o nā lunakahiko, a e kala aʻe i kona kāmaʻa mai kona wāwae, a e kuha aku i kona maka, me ka ʻōlelo aku, Pēlā e hana ʻia aku ai i ke kanaka, i ka mea kūkulu ʻole i ka hale o kona hoahānau. | his brother’s widow shall go up to him in the presence of the elders, take off one of his sandals, spit in his face and say, “This is what is done to the man who will not build up his brother’s family line.” |
| E hoʻomanaʻo i ka mea a ka ʻAmaleka i hana mai ai iā ʻoe ma ke ala i ko ʻoukou ʻana, mai ʻAigupita mai. | Remember what the Amalekites did to you along the way when you came out of Egypt. |
| E kiʻi ʻoe i kekahi o nā hua mua a pau o ka honua, a ʻo kāu ia e lawe no ka ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua i hāʻawi mai ai nou, a e waiho i loko o ka hīnaʻi, a e aku ʻoe ma kahi a Iēhova kou Akua i wae ai e hoʻopaʻa i kona inoa ma laila. | take some of the firstfruits of all that you produce from the soil of the land the Lord your God is giving you and put them in a basket. Then go to the place the Lord your God will choose as a dwelling for his Name |
| A e ʻoe i ke kahuna e noho ana ia mau lā, a e ʻī aku iā ia, Ke hōʻoia aku nei au iā Iēhova kou Akua i kēia lā, no ka mea, ua hiki mai nei au ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova i hoʻohiki ai i ko kākou mau kūpuna e hāʻawi mai no kākou. | and say to the priest in office at the time, “I declare today to the Lord your God that I have come to the land the Lord swore to our ancestors to give us.” |
| I kēia lā ua hōʻoia aku ʻoe iā Iēhova, i Akua nou, a e ma kona mau ʻaoʻao, a e mālama i kona mau kānāwai, a i kāna mau kauoha, a me kāna mau ʻōlelo kūpaʻa, a e hoʻolohe i kona leo. | You have declared this day that the Lord is your God and that you will walk in obedience to him, that you will keep his decrees, commands and laws — that you will listen to him. |
| A i ka lā a ʻoukou e aku ai ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, i ka ʻāina a Iēhova kou Akua i hāʻawi mai ai iā ʻoe, e kūkulu ʻoe i nā pōhaku nui, a e hāpala ia mau mea i ka puna. | When you have crossed the Jordan into the land the Lord your God is giving you, set up some large stones and coat them with plaster. |
| E pōmaikaʻi ʻoe i kou komo ʻana i loko, e pōmaikaʻi hoʻi ʻoe i kou ʻana i waho. | You will be blessed when you come in and blessed when you go out. |
| ʻO Iēhova ka mea e pepehi ʻia ai kou poʻe ʻenemi i mua ou, ke kūʻē mai iā ʻoe: ma ka ʻaoʻao hoʻokahi lākou e kūʻē mai iā ʻoe, a ma nā ʻaoʻao ʻehiku e puehu ʻia aku ai i mua ou. | The Lord will grant that the enemies who rise up against you will be defeated before you. They will come at you from one direction but flee from you in seven. |
| Na Iēhova e hoʻokūpaʻa iā ʻoe i poʻe kānaka laʻa nona, e like me kāna i hoʻohiki mai ai iā ʻoe, ke mālama ʻoe i nā kauoha a Iēhova kou Akua, ke hoʻi ma kona ʻaoʻao. | The Lord will establish you as his holy people, as he promised you on oath, if you keep the commands of the Lord your God and walk in obedience to him. |
| Mai kāpae aʻe ʻoe, mai kekahi hua ʻōlelo aku aʻu e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoe i kēia lā, ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema, e ma muli o nā akua ʻē, e mālama iā lākou. | Do not turn aside from any of the commands I give you today, to the right or to the left, following other gods and serving them. |
| E pōʻino ʻoe i kou komo ʻana i loko, e pōʻino hoʻi ʻoe i kou ʻana i waho. | You will be cursed when you come in and cursed when you go out. |
| Na Iēhova e hoʻopili mai ke ahulau iā ʻoe, a pau loa ʻoe i ka make iā ia ma ka ʻāina āu e aku nei a noho. | The Lord will plague you with diseases until he has destroyed you from the land you are entering to possess. |
| A e hoʻolilo ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe i ka pepehi ʻia i mua o kou poʻe ʻenemi: ma ke ala hoʻokahi ʻoe e kūʻē aku iā lākou, a ma nā ala ʻehiku ʻoe e heʻe aku ai i mua o lākou, a e puehu liʻiliʻi iā ʻoe ma nā aupuni a pau o ka honua. | The Lord will cause you to be defeated before your enemies. You will come at them from one direction but flee from them in seven, and you will become a thing of horror to all the kingdoms on earth. |
| A e like me kā Iēhova i ʻoliʻoli ai ma luna o ʻoukou e hoʻopōmaikaʻi iā ʻoukou, a e hoʻonui iā ʻoukou; pēlā auaneʻi e ʻoliʻoli ai ʻo Iēhova ma luna o ʻoukou e luku iā ʻoukou, a e hoʻolilo iā ʻoukou i mea ʻole: a e lawe ʻia aku ʻoukou mai ka ʻāina aku āu e aku nei e noho. | Just as it pleased the Lord to make you prosper and increase in number, so it will please him to ruin and destroy you. You will be uprooted from the land you are entering to possess. |
| A hiki mai ʻoukou ma kēia wahi, ʻo Sihona ke aliʻi o Hesebona, a me ʻOga ke aliʻi o Basana, kūʻē maila lāua iā kākou i ke kaua, a pepehi akula kākou iā lāua. | When you reached this place, Sihon king of Heshbon and Og king of Bashan came out to fight against us, but we defeated them. |
| (No ka mea, ua ʻike ʻoukou i ko kākou noho ʻana ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, a i ko kākou ʻana ma waena o nā lāhui kanaka a ʻoukou i māʻalo aʻe; | You yourselves know how we lived in Egypt and how we passed through the countries on the way here. |
| O noho auaneʻi i waena o ʻoukou, he kanaka, he wahine paha, a he ʻohana paha, a he hanauna paha, a huli aʻe kona naʻau i kēia lā mai o Iēhova ko kākou Akua aku, a e mālama i nā akua o kēia mau lāhui kanaka, o kupu mai auaneʻi i waena o ʻoukou ka lāʻau e hua ana i ka mea make a me ka mea ʻawaʻawa: | Make sure there is no man or woman, clan or tribe among you today whose heart turns away from the Lord our God to go and worship the gods of those nations; make sure there is no root among you that produces such bitter poison. |
| A i kona lohe ʻana i nā ʻōlelo o kēia hōʻino, hoʻomaikaʻi ʻo ia iā ia iho ma kona naʻau, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, E malu auaneʻi au, ke au ma ka manaʻo ʻana o kuʻu naʻau, e hui aku i ka ʻona ʻana me ka make wai ʻana: | When such a person hears the words of this oath and they invoke a blessing on themselves, thinking, “I will be safe, even though I persist in going my own way,” they will bring disaster on the watered land as well as the dry. |
| No ia mea, e ʻōlelo auaneʻi ka hanauna ma hope o kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki e kū mai ana ma hope o ʻoukou, a ʻo ka malihini hoʻi e mai ana mai kahi lōʻihi mai, a ʻike lākou i nā mea ʻino o ia ʻāina, a me nā maʻi a Iēhova i kau mai ai ma luna ona; | Your children who follow you in later generations and foreigners who come from distant lands will see the calamities that have fallen on the land and the diseases with which the Lord has afflicted it. |
| A akula lākou, a mālama aku i nā akua ʻē, a hoʻomana aku iā lākou, i nā akua a lākou i ʻike ʻole ai, i nā mea āna i hoʻonoho ʻole ai no lākou: | They went off and worshiped other gods and bowed down to them, gods they did not know, gods he had not given them. |
| I kaʻu kauoha ʻana aku iā ʻoe i kēia lā e aloha aku iā Iēhova kou Akua, e ma kona ʻaoʻao, a e mālama i kāna mau kauoha, a i kona mau kānāwai, a me kāna mau ʻōlelo kūpaʻa, i ola ʻoe, a i māhuahua ʻoe; a e hoʻomaikaʻi mai ʻo Iēhova kou Akua iā ʻoe ma ka ʻāina āu e aku nei e noho ma laila. | For I command you today to love the Lord your God, to walk in obedience to him, and to keep his commands, decrees and laws; then you will live and increase, and the Lord your God will bless you in the land you are entering to possess. |
| Ke haʻi aku nei au iā ʻoukou i kēia lā, e make ʻiʻo nō ʻoukou, ʻaʻole e hoʻolōʻihi ʻoukou i nā lā ma ka ʻāina, kahi āu e aku ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane, e komo a e noho ma laila. | I declare to you this day that you will certainly be destroyed. You will not live long in the land you are crossing the Jordan to enter and possess. |
| akula ʻo Mose a haʻi akula i kēia mau ʻōlelo i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau. | Then Moses went out and spoke these words to all Israel: |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ia iā lākou, Hoʻokahi oʻu haneri makahiki a me ka iwakālua i kēia lā; ʻaʻole e hiki hou iaʻu ke aku i waho, a me ka hoʻi mai i loko: ua ʻōlelo mai nō hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, ʻAʻole ʻoe e ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o kēia Ioredane. | “I am now a hundred and twenty years old and I am no longer able to lead you. The Lord has said to me, ‘You shall not cross the Jordan.’ |
| ʻO Iēhova kou Akua, nāna nō e ma mua ou, a e luku aku ia i kēlā mau lāhui kanaka mai kou alo aku, a e lilo lākou nou: a ʻo Iosua, ʻo ia ke ma mua ou e like me kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai. | The Lord your God himself will cross over ahead of you. He will destroy these nations before you, and you will take possession of their land. Joshua also will cross over ahead of you, as the Lord said. |
| E ikaika ʻoukou, a e koa hoʻi; mai hopohopo ʻoukou, mai makaʻu iā lākou; no ka mea, ʻo Iēhova kou Akua, ʻo ia ke pū me ʻoe; ʻaʻole ia e kuʻu aku iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e haʻalele iā ʻoe. | Be strong and courageous. Do not be afraid or terrified because of them, for the Lord your God goes with you; he will never leave you nor forsake you.” |
| Hea akula ʻo Mose iā Iosua, ʻī akula iā ia i mua o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, E ikaika ʻoe, e koa hoʻi; no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe ke pū me kēia poʻe kānaka ma ka ʻāina a Iēhova i hoʻohiki ai i ko lākou mau kūpuna e hāʻawi mai no lākou nei; a nāu nō lākou e hoʻonoho ma laila. | Then Moses summoned Joshua and said to him in the presence of all Israel, “Be strong and courageous, for you must go with this people into the land that the Lord swore to their ancestors to give them, and you must divide it among them as their inheritance. |
| A ʻo Iēhova, ʻo ia ke i mua ou: ʻo ia pū kekahi me ʻoe, ʻaʻole ʻo ia e kuʻu aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi e haʻalele iā ʻoe: mai makaʻu ʻoe, mai hopohopo. | The Lord himself goes before you and will be with you; he will never leave you nor forsake you. Do not be afraid; do not be discouraged.” |
| Aia mai ka ʻIseraʻela a pau e hōʻike ʻia i mua o Iēhova kou Akua, ma kahi āna e wae ai, e heluhelu ʻoe i kēia kānāwai i mua o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, i lohe lākou. | when all Israel comes to appear before the Lord your God at the place he will choose, you shall read this law before them in their hearing. |
| A i lohe hoʻi kā lākou poʻe keiki ʻike ʻole, a i aʻo hoʻi e makaʻu iā Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i nā lā a pau o ko ʻoukou ola ʻana ma ka ʻāina, kahi a ʻoukou e aku nei ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane e noho. | Their children, who do not know this law, must hear it and learn to fear the Lord your God as long as you live in the land you are crossing the Jordan to possess.” |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, Aia hoʻi, ua kokoke mai kou manawa e make ai: e kāhea aku ʻoe iā Iosua, a e kū mai ʻolua ma ka halelewa o ke anaina, i kauoha aku ai au iā ia. akula ʻo Mose lāua ʻo Iosua, a kū akula lāua ma ka halelewa o ke anaina. | The Lord said to Moses, “Now the day of your death is near. Call Joshua and present yourselves at the tent of meeting, where I will commission him.” So Moses and Joshua came and presented themselves at the tent of meeting. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose, Aia hoʻi, e hiamoe iho ʻoe me ou poʻe kūpuna; a e kū aʻe auaneʻi kēia poʻe kānaka i luna, a e moekolohe lākou ma muli o nā akua o nā kānaka ʻē ma ka ʻāina a lākou e aku nei a noho i waena o lākou, a e haʻalele mai lākou iaʻu, a e uhaʻi i kaʻu berita aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā lākou. | And the Lord said to Moses: “You are going to rest with your ancestors, and these people will soon prostitute themselves to the foreign gods of the land they are entering. They will forsake me and break the covenant I made with them. |
| mai ʻo Mose a haʻi aku i nā pepeiao o kānaka i nā hua ʻōlelo a pau o kēia mele, ʻo ia a me Iosua, ke keiki a Nuna. | Moses came with Joshua son of Nun and spoke all the words of this song in the hearing of the people. |
| ʻAʻole kēia he mea lapuwale no ʻoukou, no ka mea, ʻo ko ʻoukou ola kēia; a ma kēia mea e hoʻolōʻihi ai ʻoukou i nā lā ma ka ʻāina, kahi a ʻoukou e aku nei i kēlā kapa o Ioredane e noho. | They are not just idle words for you — they are your life. By them you will live long in the land you are crossing the Jordan to possess.” |
| E ʻike nō naʻe ʻoe i ka ʻāina, akā, ʻaʻole ʻoe e aku i laila, i ka ʻāina aʻu e hāʻawi aku nei i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | Therefore, you will see the land only from a distance; you will not enter the land I am giving to the people of Israel.” |
| ʻĪ akula, Mai Sinai mai, i mai ai ʻo Iēhova, A mai Seira mai ia i puka mai ai ma luna o lākou. Mai ka mauna ʻo Parana ia i hoʻomālamalama mai, Ma waena mai o nā ʻumi tausani haipule ʻo ia i mai ai; Mai kona lima ʻākau aku ke kānāwai ahi no lākou. | He said: “The Lord came from Sinai and dawned over them from Seir; he shone forth from Mount Paran. He came with myriads of holy ones from the south, from his mountain slopes. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ia no Zebuluna, E ʻoliʻoli ʻoe, e Zebuluna, i kou ʻana i waho: ʻO ʻoe hoʻi, e ʻIsakara, ma kou mau halelewa. | About Zebulun he said: “Rejoice, Zebulun, in your going out, and you, Issachar, in your tents. |
| Wae ihola ia i ke kuleana maikaʻi nona, No ka mea, ma laila nō ke kuleana o ke alakaʻi i waiho ai; A akula ia me nā luna o kānaka, Hana akula ia i ka pono o Iēhova, A i kāna ʻōlelo kūpaʻa me ka ʻIseraʻela. | He chose the best land for himself; the leader’s portion was kept for him. When the heads of the people assembled, he carried out the Lord’s righteous will, and his judgments concerning Israel.” |
| Pōmaikaʻi ʻoe, e ka ʻIseraʻela: ʻO wai lā kou mea like, e nā kānaka, i hoʻōla ʻia e Iēhova, ʻO ia ka pākū nāna ʻoe e kōkua mai, ʻO ia ka pahi kaua o kou nani. E malimali mai kou poʻe ʻenemi i mua ou, A e auaneʻi ʻoe ma luna o ko lākou wahi kiʻekiʻe. | Blessed are you, Israel! Who is like you, a people saved by the Lord? He is your shield and helper and your glorious sword. Your enemies will cower before you, and you will tread on their heights.” |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia, Eia ka ʻāina aʻu i hoʻohiki aku ai iā ʻAberahama, iā ʻIsaʻaka, a me Iakoba, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, Naʻu nō ia e hāʻawi aku i kāu poʻe mamo: ua hōʻike aku au ia i kou mau maka, akā, ʻaʻole ʻoe e aku i laila. | Then the Lord said to him, “This is the land I promised on oath to Abraham, Isaac and Jacob when I said, ‘I will give it to your descendants.’ I have let you see it with your eyes, but you will not cross over into it.” |
| Ua make kaʻu kauā ʻo Mose, ʻānō e kū aʻe ʻoe, a e i kēlā kapa o Ioredane nei; ʻo ʻoe a me kēia poʻe kānaka a pau, a i ka ʻāina aʻu e hāʻawi aku nei iā lākou, i ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | “Moses my servant is dead. Now then, you and all these people, get ready to cross the Jordan River into the land I am about to give to them — to the Israelites. |
| E ikaika ʻiʻo, a e koa loa hoʻi, me ka hoʻolohe, a me ka hana aku, e like me ke kānāwai a pau a kuʻu kauā a Mose i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe; Mai huli iki aʻe ma ka lima ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka lima hema, i pōmaikaʻi ai ʻoe i ke ala a pau āu e ai. | “Be strong and very courageous. Be careful to obey all the law my servant Moses gave you; do not turn from it to the right or to the left, that you may be successful wherever you go. |
| ʻO ka palapala o kēia kānāwai, ʻaʻole ia e haʻalele i kou waha: e noʻonoʻo ʻoe ia mea, i ke ao a me ka pō, i hiki iā ʻoe ke mālama aku a e hana hoʻi e like me nā mea a pau i kākau ʻia ma laila. A laila e hoʻomalu ai ʻoe i kou ʻana a pau, a e pōmaikaʻi ʻiʻo ʻoe. | Keep this Book of the Law always on your lips; meditate on it day and night, so that you may be careful to do everything written in it. Then you will be prosperous and successful. |
| ʻAʻole anei au i kauoha aku iā ʻoe? E ikaika a e koa hoʻi. Mai makaʻu ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e weliweli, no ka mea, me ʻoe pū nō ʻo Iēhova ʻo kou Akua, ma ke ala a pau āu e ai. | Have I not commanded you? Be strong and courageous. Do not be afraid; do not be discouraged, for the Lord your God will be with you wherever you go.” |
| E aʻe ʻoukou ma waena o ka poʻe kānaka, a e kauoha aku iā lākou, penei, E hoʻomākaukau ʻoukou i ō na ʻoukou; no ka mea, ʻekolu lā i koe, a laila, e aku ʻoukou i kēlā kapa o Ioredane nei, e komo i ka ʻāina a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i hāʻawi mai ai i hoʻoilina no ʻoukou. | “Go through the camp and tell the people, ‘Get your provisions ready. Three days from now you will cross the Jordan here to go in and take possession of the land the Lord your God is giving you for your own.’” |
| ʻO kā ʻoukou poʻe wāhine, a me kā ʻoukou poʻe kamaliʻi, a me kā ʻoukou poʻe holoholona, e noho nō lākou ma ka ʻāina a Mose i hāʻawi mai ai no lākou ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane; a e mākaukau hoʻi ʻoukou, ka poʻe ikaika a pau i ke kaua, ma mua o ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau, a e kōkua aku iā lākou; | Your wives, your children and your livestock may stay in the land that Moses gave you east of the Jordan, but all your fighting men, ready for battle, must cross over ahead of your fellow Israelites. You are to help them |
| ʻŌlelo akula lākou iā Iosua, ʻī akula, ʻO nā mea a pau āu e kauoha mai nei iā mākou, ʻo ia kā mākou e hana ai: a ʻo nā wahi a pau āu e hoʻouna aku ai iā mākou, ma laila mākou e ai. | Then they answered Joshua, “Whatever you have commanded us we will do, and wherever you send us we will go. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Iosua, ke keiki a Nuna i nā kānaka ʻelua, mai Sitima aku e kiu malū, ʻī aʻela, Ō uhaele e mākaʻi i ka ʻāina iā Ieriko. aku lāua a komo i loko o ka hale o kekahi wahine hoʻokamakama, ʻo Rahaba kona inoa, a moe ihola lāua ma laila. | Then Joshua son of Nun secretly sent two spies from Shittim. “Go, look over the land,” he said, “especially Jericho.” So they went and entered the house of a prostitute named Rahab and stayed there. |
| Ua haʻi ʻia akula i ke aliʻi o Ieriko, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, Aia hoʻi, ua mai nei i ka pō, kekahi mau kānaka, no nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela e mākaʻi i ka ʻāina. | The king of Jericho was told, “Look, some of the Israelites have come here tonight to spy out the land.” |
| Hoʻouna akula ke aliʻi o Ieriko, ʻī akula iā Rahaba, E lawe mai ʻoe i waho i ua mau kānaka lā i mai i ou lā, a i komo i loko o kou hale; no ka mea, ua mai lāua e mākaʻi i ka ʻāina a pau. | So the king of Jericho sent this message to Rahab: “Bring out the men who came to you and entered your house, because they have come to spy out the whole land.” |
| Lawe aʻela ka wahine i ua mau kānaka lā ʻelua, hūnā ihola iā lāua a ʻōlelo akula penei, maila kekahi mau kānaka i oʻu nei, ʻaʻole hoʻi au i ʻike i kahi a lāua i mai ai: | But the woman had taken the two men and hidden them. She said, “Yes, the men came to me, but I did not know where they had come from. |
| A i ke pani ʻana o ka puka i ka pōʻeleʻele, akula ua mau kānaka lā i waho. ʻAʻole au i ʻike i ko lāua wahi i ai. E hahai koke aku iā lāua, a e loaʻa nō. | At dusk, when it was time to close the city gate, they left. I don’t know which way they went. Go after them quickly. You may catch up with them.” |
| ʻĪ akula ia iā lāua, E ʻolua i ka mauna, o loaʻa ʻolua i ka poʻe hahai; a e peʻe ma laila, i ʻekolu mau lā, a hoʻi mai ka poʻe hahai; a laila, e ʻolua i ko ʻolua wahi e ai. | She said to them, “Go to the hills so the pursuers will not find you. Hide yourselves there three days until they return, and then go on your way.” |
| ʻĪ akula kēia, E like me kā ʻolua ʻōlelo, pēlā nō. Kuʻu ihola ʻo ia iā lāua, a akula lāua; a hīkiʻi ihola ia i ke kaula ʻula ma ka puka. | “Agreed,” she replied. “Let it be as you say.” So she sent them away, and they departed. And she tied the scarlet cord in the window. |
| akula lāua a hiki i ka mauna, a noho ihola i laila i nā lā ʻekolu, a hoʻi mai ka poʻe hahai. Ua ʻimi akula ka poʻe hahai iā lāua, ma ke ala a pau, ʻaʻole hoʻi i loaʻa. | When they left, they went into the hills and stayed there three days, until the pursuers had searched all along the road and returned without finding them. |
| A hoʻi maila ua mau kānaka lā ʻelua, e iho ana mai ka mauna mai, aʻela lāua, a hiki akula i o Iosua lā, i ke keiki a Nuna, a haʻi akula iā ia i nā mea a pau i loaʻa iā lāua: | Then the two men started back. They went down out of the hills, forded the river and came to Joshua son of Nun and told him everything that had happened to them. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Iosua i kakahiaka, a akula, mai Sitima aku, a hiki akula i Ioredane, ʻo ia, a me nā mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela, a ma laila lākou i hoʻomoana ai ma mua o ko lākou ʻana aʻe i kēlā kapa. | Early in the morning Joshua and all the Israelites set out from Shittim and went to the Jordan, where they camped before crossing over. |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi, i ka pau ʻana o nā lā ʻekolu, aʻela nā luna ma waena o ka poʻe kānaka; | After three days the officers went throughout the camp, |
| I wahi kaʻawale hoʻi ma waena o ia mea a me ʻoukou, i ʻelua tausani kūbita paha ka lōʻihi. Mai hoʻokokoke aku, i ʻike ʻoukou i ke ala a ʻoukou e ai; no ka mea, ʻakahi nō ʻoukou a i kēia ala. | Then you will know which way to go, since you have never been this way before. But keep a distance of about two thousand cubits between you and the ark; do not go near it.” |
| ʻŌlelo maila, ʻo Iosua i nā kāhuna, ʻī maila, E hāpai i ka pahu berita, a e aʻe i mua o nā kānaka. Hāpai aʻela lākou i ka pahu berita, akula i mua o nā kānaka. | Joshua said to the priests, “Take up the ark of the covenant and pass on ahead of the people.” So they took it up and went ahead of them. |
| Aia hoʻi, ke aʻe nei ka pahu berita a ka Haku o ka honua a pau, ma mua o ʻoukou i loko o Ioredane. | See, the ark of the covenant of the Lord of all the earth will go into the Jordan ahead of you. |
| Pēlā ʻiʻo nō, i ka wā i aku ai nā kānaka, mai ko lākou wahi aku i hoʻomoana ai, e i kēlā kapa o Ioredane, a hāpai ka poʻe kāhuna i ka pahu berita i mua o nā kānaka. | So when the people broke camp to cross the Jordan, the priests carrying the ark of the covenant went ahead of them. |
| A laila, kū mālie nō nā wai i kahe ma luna mai, a piʻi akula, a lilo i puʻu lōʻihi loa a hiki wale aku i ke kūlanakauhale i ʻAdama, e pili ana i Zaretana: a ʻo ka wai i kahe ma ke kai o ka pāpū, ʻo ia hoʻi ka moana kai, moku ihola ia a maloʻo; a akula nā kānaka i kēlā kapa, ma ke alo o Ieriko. | the water from upstream stopped flowing. It piled up in a heap a great distance away, at a town called Adam in the vicinity of Zarethan, while the water flowing down to the Sea of the Arabah (that is, the Dead Sea) was completely cut off. So the people crossed over opposite Jericho. |
| Kū mālie ihola nā kāhuna, ka poʻe lawe i ka pahu berita o Iēhova, ma kahi maloʻo, ma waena o Ioredane, a ka ʻIseraʻela a pau ma ka ʻāina maloʻo, a pau loa ia lāhui kanaka i ka hala i kēlā kapa o Ioredane. | The priests who carried the ark of the covenant of the Lord stopped in the middle of the Jordan and stood on dry ground, while all Israel passed by until the whole nation had completed the crossing on dry ground. |
| A pau ka lāhui kanaka i ka i kēlā kapa o Ioredane, a laila ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Iosua, ʻī maila, | When the whole nation had finished crossing the Jordan, the Lord said to Joshua, |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iosua iā lākou, E aʻe ʻoukou ma mua o ka pahu o Iēhova, ʻo ko ʻoukou Akua, ma loko o Ioredane, a e lawe pākahi ke kanaka ma kona poʻohiwi i ka pōhaku no ʻoukou; e hoʻohālike i ka helu ʻana me nā ʻohana o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | and said to them, “Go over before the ark of the Lord your God into the middle of the Jordan. Each of you is to take up a stone on his shoulder, according to the number of the tribes of the Israelites, |
| A laila, e haʻi aku ʻoukou iā lākou, Ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā wai o Ioredane i mua o ka pahu berita o Iēhova. I ka wā i ai ia ma loko o Ioredane, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā wai o Ioredane; a e lilo nō kēia mau pōhaku i hōʻailona mau loa e hoʻomanaʻo ai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | tell them that the flow of the Jordan was cut off before the ark of the covenant of the Lord. When it crossed the Jordan, the waters of the Jordan were cut off. These stones are to be a memorial to the people of Israel forever.” |
| A ʻo nā kāhuna, ka poʻe i lawe i ka pahu, kū mālie lākou ma loko o Ioredane, a pau i ka hana ʻia nā mea a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā Iosua e ʻōlelo mai i kānaka, e like hoʻi me nā mea a pau a Mose i kauoha mai ai iā Iosua. Wikiwiki ihola nā kānaka, a akula i kēlā kapa. | Now the priests who carried the ark remained standing in the middle of the Jordan until everything the Lord had commanded Joshua was done by the people, just as Moses had directed Joshua. The people hurried over, |
| A pau nā kānaka i ka aʻe, a laila, aʻela no ka pahu o Iēhova, a me nā kāhuna i mua o nā kānaka. | and as soon as all of them had crossed, the ark of the Lord and the priests came to the other side while the people watched. |
| A ʻo nā mamo a Reubena, a me nā mamo a Gada a me ka ʻohana hapa a Manase, mākaukau lākou ma mua o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, e like me ka ʻōlelo a Mose iā lākou. | The men of Reuben, Gad and the half-tribe of Manasseh crossed over, ready for battle, in front of the Israelites, as Moses had directed them. |
| Hoʻokahi kanahā tausani o ia pūʻali mākaukau i ke kaua, i aʻe i mua o Iēhova i ke kaua i nā wahi pāpū o Ieriko. | About forty thousand armed for battle crossed over before the Lord to the plains of Jericho for war. |
| A laila, e hōʻike aku ʻoukou i kā ʻoukou poʻe keiki, me ka ʻī ʻana aku, Ma kahi maloʻo i mai ai ka ʻIseraʻela, a hiki i kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane nei. | tell them, ‘Israel crossed the Jordan on dry ground.’ |
| No ka mea, ua hoʻomaloʻo mai ʻo Iēhova, ko ʻoukou Akua i nā wai o Ioredane, ma mua o ʻoukou, a pau ʻoukou i ka aʻe, e like me kā Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i hana ai i ke Kaiʻula, i ka mea āna i hoʻomaloʻo ai ma mua o kākou, a hala aʻe kākou; | For the Lord your God dried up the Jordan before you until you had crossed over. The Lord your God did to the Jordan what he had done to the Red Sea when he dried it up before us until we had crossed over. |
| A lohe nā aliʻi a pau o ka ʻAmora, ka poʻe i noho ma ia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane ma ke komohana, a me nā aliʻi a pau o ko Kanaʻana, ka poʻe i noho ma kai, i hoʻomaloʻo ʻo Iēhova i nā wai o Ioredane, ma mua o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a pau kākou i ka aʻe, maʻule ihola ko lākou naʻau, ʻaʻole hoʻi i koe ke aho i loko o lākou i mua o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | Now when all the Amorite kings west of the Jordan and all the Canaanite kings along the coast heard how the Lord had dried up the Jordan before the Israelites until they had crossed over, their hearts melted in fear and they no longer had the courage to face the Israelites. |
| No kēia mea hoʻi i ʻoki poepoe ai ʻo Iosua iā lākou; ʻo nā kānaka a pau i mai, mai ʻAigupita mai, ʻo ka poʻe kāne i mākaukau i ke kaua, pau lākou i ka make ma ka wao nahele, ma ke ala a lākou i ai ma waho mai o ʻAigupita. | Now this is why he did so: All those who came out of Egypt — all the men of military age — died in the wilderness on the way after leaving Egypt. |
| Ua ʻoki poepoe ʻia nō nā kānaka a pau i mai ma waho; akā, ʻo ka poʻe i hānau ma ka wao nahele, i ka puka ʻana mai ma waho o ʻAigupita, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻoki poepoe ʻia. | All the people that came out had been circumcised, but all the people born in the wilderness during the journey from Egypt had not. |
| Hoʻokahi kanahā makahiki i ʻauana ai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ma ka wao nahele, a pau i ka make ka lāhui kaua, ka poʻe i mai mai ʻAigupita mai, i hoʻolohe ʻole i ka leo o Iēhova, Hoʻohiki nō ʻo Iēhova iā lākou, ʻaʻole e hōʻike mai iā lākou i ka ʻāina āna i hoʻohiki ai i ko lākou mau mākua, e hāʻawi mai no lākou, he ʻāina e kahe ana ʻo ka waiū a me ka meli. | The Israelites had moved about in the wilderness forty years until all the men who were of military age when they left Egypt had died, since they had not obeyed the Lord. For the Lord had sworn to them that they would not see the land he had solemnly promised their ancestors to give us, a land flowing with milk and honey. |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi, i ko Iosua noho ʻana i mua o Ieriko, ʻalawa aʻela kona maka i luna, nānā akula, aia hoʻi! Kū maila kekahi kanaka i mua ona, me ka pahi kaua i unuhi ʻia ma kona lima. akula ʻo Iosua i ona lā, ʻī akula, Ma o mākou nei anei ʻoe, ma ko mākou ʻenemi paha? | Now when Joshua was near Jericho, he looked up and saw a man standing in front of him with a drawn sword in his hand. Joshua went up to him and asked, “Are you for us or for our enemies?” |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, ʻAʻole, ua mai nei au i aliʻi koa no ko Iēhova pūʻali. Moe ihola ko Iosua alo ma ka honua, hoʻomana akula, ʻī akula iā ia, He aha kā kuʻu Haku e ʻōlelo mai nei i kau kauā? | “Neither,” he replied, “but as commander of the army of the Lord I have now come.” Then Joshua fell facedown to the ground in reverence, and asked him, “What message does my Lord have for his servant?” |
| ʻĪ maila ia i kānaka, Ō haele, a e pōʻai i ke kūlanakauhale, a ʻo ka mea i mākaukau i ke kaua, e ia ma mua o ka pahu o Iēhova. | And he ordered the army, “Advance! March around the city, with an armed guard going ahead of the ark of the Lord.” |
| A pau kā Iosua ʻōlelo ʻana i kānaka, a laila, aʻela i mua o Iēhova, nā kāhuna ʻehiku, e lawe ana i nā pū kiwi hipa ʻehiku, a puhi ihola lākou i ka pū; a aʻela ka pahu o Iēhova ma hope o lākou. | When Joshua had spoken to the people, the seven priests carrying the seven trumpets before the Lord went forward, blowing their trumpets, and the ark of the Lord’s covenant followed them. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe i mākaukau i ke kaua, lākou ma mua o nā kāhuna, ka poʻe i puhi i ka pū, a ka hunapaʻa ma hope o ka pahu, a lākou me ke puhi i ka pū. | The armed guard marched ahead of the priests who blew the trumpets, and the rear guard followed the ark. All this time the trumpets were sounding. |
| A ʻo nā kāhuna ʻehiku e lawe ana i nā pū kiwi hipa ʻehiku, ma mua o ka pahu o Iēhova, aʻela lākou me ke puhi i ka pū; a ʻo ka poʻe i mākaukau i ke kaua, aʻela lākou ma mua o nā kāhuna, a ʻo ka hunapaʻa, aʻela ia ma hope o ka pahu o Iēhova, a lākou me ke puhi i ka pū. | The seven priests carrying the seven trumpets went forward, marching before the ark of the Lord and blowing the trumpets. The armed men went ahead of them and the rear guard followed the ark of the Lord, while the trumpets kept sounding. |
| Kauoha akula ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻī akula, Aia hoʻi, e hoʻohālua ʻoukou i kēlā kūlanakauhale, ma ke kua o ke kūlanakauhale, mai i kahi lōʻihi ʻē aku o ua kūlanakauhale lā, e noho mākaukau hoʻi ʻoukou a pau. | with these orders: “Listen carefully. You are to set an ambush behind the city. Don’t go very far from it. All of you be on the alert. |
| A laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou, a akula lākou e hoʻohālua; a noho lākou ma waena o Betela a me ʻAi, ma ke komohana o ʻAi. Ia pō, moe pū ihola ʻo Iosua me nā kānaka. | Then Joshua sent them off, and they went to the place of ambush and lay in wait between Bethel and Ai, to the west of Ai — but Joshua spent that night with the people. |
| ʻAʻole i koe kekahi o nā ʻōlelo a pau, a Mose i kauoha mai ai; ua pau i ka heluhelu ʻia e Iosua, i mua o ke anaina a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a me nā wāhine pū, a me nā kamaliʻi, a me nā malihini, i pū me lākou. | There was not a word of all that Moses had commanded that Joshua did not read to the whole assembly of Israel, including the women and children, and the foreigners who lived among them. |
| A laila hana maʻalea ihola lākou, a akula, hoʻomākaukau ihola i ō na lākou; a lawe nō hoʻi lākou i nā pūʻolo kahiko ma ko lākou mau hoki, a me nā hue ʻili waina kahiko, a ua haehae, a ua pāhono ʻia; | they resorted to a ruse: They went as a delegation whose donkeys were loaded with worn-out sacks and old wineskins, cracked and mended. |
| A maila lākou i o Iosua lā, ma kahi a lākou i hoʻomoana ai ma Gilegala, ʻī maila iā ia, a me nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela, Ua mai nei mākou, mai ka ʻāina lōʻihi mai; no ia mea, e hana kākou i ʻōlelo kuʻikahi. | Then they went to Joshua in the camp at Gilgal and said to him and the Israelites, “We have come from a distant country; make a treaty with us.” |
| ʻĪ maila lākou iā Iosua, He poʻe kauā mākou nāu. ʻĪ akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou, ʻO wai ʻoukou? A mai hea mai ʻoukou i mai nei? | “We are your servants,” they said to Joshua. But Joshua asked, “Who are you and where do you come from?” |
| ʻĪ maila lākou iā ia, ʻO kāu poʻe kauā nei, ua mai mākou, mai ka ʻāina lōʻihi loa mai, no ka inoa ʻo Iēhova ʻo kou Akua: no ka mea, ua lohe mākou i kona kaulana ʻana, a me nā mea a pau āna i hana ai ma ʻAigupita, | They answered: “Your servants have come from a very distant country because of the fame of the Lord your God. For we have heard reports of him: all that he did in Egypt, |
| No laila i ʻōlelo mai ai ko mākou poʻe lunakahiko, a me ka poʻe a pau i noho i ko mākou ʻāina, ʻī maila iā mākou, E lawe ʻoukou ma ko ʻoukou lima i ō na ʻoukou ma ke ala, a e e hālāwai me lākou, a e ʻī aku iā lākou, ʻO kā ʻoukou kauā mākou, e hana kākou i ʻōlelo kuʻikahi. | And our elders and all those living in our country said to us, ‘Take provisions for your journey; go and meet them and say to them, “We are your servants; make a treaty with us.”’ |
| ʻO kēia berena a mākou, ʻo kā mākou ō no loko mai o ko mākou hale, ua hoʻomākaukau hou ʻia no mākou, i ko mākou lā i mai ai e hālāwai me ʻoukou, aia hoʻi, ua maloʻo, a ua heleleʻi. | This bread of ours was warm when we packed it at home on the day we left to come to you. But now see how dry and moldy it is. |
| aʻela nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a pōʻakolu hiki i ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale. Eia ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale, ʻo Gibeona, ʻo Hepira, ʻo Beʻerota a me Kiriatiarima. | So the Israelites set out and on the third day came to their cities: Gibeon, Kephirah, Beeroth and Kiriath Jearim. |
| E mai ʻoukou i oʻu nei, e kōkua mai iaʻu, i pepehi kākou i ko Gibeona; no ka mea, ua hoʻokuʻikahi lākou me Iosua a me nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | “Come up and help me attack Gibeon,” he said, “because it has made peace with Joshua and the Israelites.” |
| Hiki koke akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou, i kona ʻana, mai Gilegala aku i ka pō a ao. | After an all-night march from Gilgal, Joshua took them by surprise. |
| Kau mālie ihola ka lā, a kū mālie nō hoʻi ka mahina, a hoʻopaʻi akula nā kānaka i ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi. ʻAʻole anei kēia ka mea i palapala ʻia ma ka buke a Iasera? Kau mālie nō ka lā ma waena o ka lani, ʻaʻole i hoʻomau i kona a pau ka lā hoʻokahi. | So the sun stood still, and the moon stopped, till the nation avenged itself on its enemies, as it is written in the Book of Jashar. The sun stopped in the middle of the sky and delayed going down about a full day. |
| A i ka wā i lawe mai ai lākou i ua mau aliʻi nei i o Iosua lā, a laila, hea akula ʻo Iosua i kānaka a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻī akula i nā ʻalihi o ka poʻe koa, i pū me ia, E neʻeneʻe mai ʻoukou, a e hehi ko ʻoukou kapuaʻi ma luna o nā ʻāʻī o kēia poʻe aliʻi. Neʻeneʻe maila lākou a hehi akula ko lākou kapuaʻi, ma luna o ko lākou mau ʻāʻī. | When they had brought these kings to Joshua, he summoned all the men of Israel and said to the army commanders who had come with him, “Come here and put your feet on the necks of these kings.” So they came forward and placed their feet on their necks. |
| akula ʻo Iosua, a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau pū me ia, mai Makeda aku a hiki i Libena, a kaua akula iā Libena. | Then Joshua and all Israel with him moved on from Makkedah to Libnah and attacked it. |
| akula ʻo Iosua, a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau pū me ia mai Libena aku a Lakisa, hoʻomoana ihola ma ke alo o ia wahi, a kaua akula. | Then Joshua and all Israel with him moved on from Libnah to Lachish; he took up positions against it and attacked it. |
| A laila, aʻela ʻo Horama, ke aliʻi o Gezera, e kōkua ma muli o Lakisa. Luku akula ʻo Iosua iā ia, a me kona kānaka, a pau loa lākou i ka make, ʻaʻole i koe. | Meanwhile, Horam king of Gezer had come up to help Lachish, but Joshua defeated him and his army — until no survivors were left. |
| akula ʻo Iosua a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau pū me ia, mai Lakisa aku a ʻEgelona, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ke alo o ia wahi, a kaua akula iā ia. | Then Joshua and all Israel with him moved on from Lachish to Eglon; they took up positions against it and attacked it. |
| akula ʻo Iosua, a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau pū me ia, mai ʻEgelona aku a Heberona, a kaua akula ia wahi. | Then Joshua and all Israel with him went up from Eglon to Hebron and attacked it. |
| maila lākou, a me ko lākou poʻe koa pū a pau, he poʻe kānaka nui loa, e like me ke one ma kahakai ka nui, he poʻe lio kekahi me nā hale kaʻa he nui loa. | They came out with all their troops and a large number of horses and chariots — a huge army, as numerous as the sand on the seashore. |
| A pau kēia poʻe aliʻi i ke ʻākoakoa mai, maila lākou a hoʻomoana pū ihola ma nā wai o Meroma, e kaua i ka ʻIseraʻela. | All these kings joined forces and made camp together at the Waters of Merom to fight against Israel. |
| akula ʻo Iosua a me nā kānaka kaua a pau pū me ia, a hoʻohikilele akula kona hoʻouka ʻana iā lākou, ma nā wai o Meroma. | So Joshua and his whole army came against them suddenly at the Waters of Merom and attacked them, |
| Na Iēhova nō i hoʻopaʻakikī i ko lākou naʻau e i ke kaua me ka ʻIseraʻela, i ʻānai loa aku ai ʻo ia iā lākou, i ʻole hoʻi e loaʻa iā lākou ka lokomaikaʻi ʻia aku, i pau nō hoʻi lākou i ka luku ʻia, e like me kā Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā Mose. | For it was the Lord himself who hardened their hearts to wage war against Israel, so that he might destroy them totally, exterminating them without mercy, as the Lord had commanded Moses. |
| Ia manawa, aʻela ʻo Iosua, a luku akula i ka poʻe ʻAnakima, ma nā mauna, ma Heberona, ma Debira, a ma ʻAnaba, a ma nā mauna o Iuda a pau, a ma nā mauna a pau o ʻIseraʻela. Luku loa akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou, me ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale. | At that time Joshua went and destroyed the Anakites from the hill country: from Hebron, Debir and Anab, from all the hill country of Judah, and from all the hill country of Israel. Joshua totally destroyed them and their towns. |
| A laila maila ka poʻe mamo a Iuda iā Iosua lā ma Gilegala; a ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo Kaleba ke keiki a Iepune no Keneze penei, Ua ʻike nō ʻoe i ka mea a Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai iā Mose ke kauā a ke Akua noʻu a nou hoʻi ma Kadesabanea. | Now the people of Judah approached Joshua at Gilgal, and Caleb son of Jephunneh the Kenizzite said to him, “You know what the Lord said to Moses the man of God at Kadesh Barnea about you and me. |
| Akā, ʻo koʻu poʻe hoa, ka poʻe i piʻi pū me aʻu, hoʻonāwaliwali lākou i ka naʻau o kānaka; ʻo wau kai hahai ʻoiaʻiʻo ma muli o Iēhova ʻo koʻu Akua. | but my fellow Israelites who went up with me made the hearts of the people melt in fear. I, however, followed the Lord my God wholeheartedly. |
| A moe aʻela ma ka ʻaoʻao hema i Maʻaleakerabima, a aʻela i Zina, a piʻi aʻe i luna ma ka hema i Kadesabanea, a hiki aʻela i Hezerona, a piʻi hou i luna i ʻAdara a puni i Karekaʻa: | crossed south of Scorpion Pass, continued on to Zin and went over to the south of Kadesh Barnea. Then it ran past Hezron up to Addar and curved around to Karka. |
| A ma laila aʻe a i ʻAzemona, a aku i ka muliwai o ʻAigupita; a ʻo nā wēlau o ia ʻāina aia ma ke kai. ʻO ia ko lākou ʻaoʻao hema. | It then passed along to Azmon and joined the Wadi of Egypt, ending at the Mediterranean Sea. This is their southern boundary. |
| A ua piʻi i luna ka mokuna i Betehogala, a ia ma ka ʻākau aʻe o Betearaba, a piʻi aʻela ia ʻaoʻao i ka pōhaku o Bohana ke keiki a Reubena. | went up to Beth Hoglah and continued north of Beth Arabah to the Stone of Bohan son of Reuben. |
| A i kona ʻana i ona lā, koi aʻela ʻo ia iā ia e noi aku i kona makua kāne i ʻāina. A iho ihola ia mai luna mai o kona hoki. Nīnau aʻela ʻo Kaleba iā ia, He aha kāu? | One day when she came to Othniel, she urged him to ask her father for a field. When she got off her donkey, Caleb asked her, “What can I do for you?” |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Iosua i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, Pehea lā ka lōʻihi o ko ʻoukou molowā ʻana i ka e komo i ka ʻāina a Iēhova ke Akua o ko ʻoukou poʻe kūpuna i hāʻawi mai ai iā ʻoukou? | So Joshua said to the Israelites: “How long will you wait before you begin to take possession of the land that the Lord, the God of your ancestors, has given you? |
| A laila, kū i luna nā kānaka a akula: a kauoha akula ʻo Iosua i ka poʻe e kākau i ka ʻāina, ʻī akula, E pōʻai i ka ʻāina, a e kākau iho, a e hoʻi mai iaʻu, i hāʻawi aku au iā ʻoukou ma ka hailona i mua o Iēhova ma Silo nei. | As the men started on their way to map out the land, Joshua instructed them, “Go and make a survey of the land and write a description of it. Then return to me, and I will cast lots for you here at Shiloh in the presence of the Lord.” |
| A ua mau kānaka lā a pōʻai i ka ʻāina, a kākau lākou ia mea ma nā kūlanakauhale, i ʻehiku ʻāina i loko o ka buke; a hoʻi mai lākou i o Iosua lā ma kahi i hoʻomoana ai ma Silo. | So the men left and went through the land. They wrote its description on a scroll, town by town, in seven parts, and returned to Joshua in the camp at Shiloh. |
| A laila, huli ka mokuna ma ke komohana i ʻAzenotabora, a ma laila aku ia i Hukoka, a moe aʻela ia i Zebuluna ma ka ʻaoʻao hema, a moe aʻela ia i ʻAsera ma ke komohana, a iā Iuda hoʻi ma Ioredane ma ka hikina o ka lā. | The boundary ran west through Aznoth Tabor and came out at Hukkok. It touched Zebulun on the south, Asher on the west and the Jordan on the east. |
| A e noho ʻo ia ma ua kūlanakauhale lā, a hiki i ka wā o kona kū ʻana i mua o ke anaina no ka hoʻokolokolo ʻana, a hiki i ka wā o ka make ʻana o ke kahuna nui o ia mau lā; a laila, e hoʻi ua kanaka pepehi lā, e ʻo ia i kona kūlanakauhale, i kona hale iho, a i ke kūlanakauhale āna i haʻalele ai. | They are to stay in that city until they have stood trial before the assembly and until the death of the high priest who is serving at that time. Then they may go back to their own home in the town from which they fled.” |
| ʻĀnō lā, ua hoʻomaha mai ʻo Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau, e like me kāna ʻōlelo ʻana mai iā lākou; ʻānō lā, e hoʻi aku ʻoukou, a e hou i ko ʻoukou mau halelewa, i ka ʻāina i loaʻa iā ʻoukou, ua hāʻawi mai ʻo Mose, ke kauā a Iēhova iā ʻoukou i kēlā kapa o Ioredane. | Now that the Lord your God has given them rest as he promised, return to your homes in the land that Moses the servant of the Lord gave you on the other side of the Jordan. |
| Akā, e ao pono ʻoukou, e mālama i ke kauoha a me ke kānāwai i kauoha mai ai ʻo Mose, ke kauā a Iēhova iā ʻoukou, e aloha aku iā Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua, e aku ma kona ʻaoʻao a pau, e mālama aku hoʻi i kona kānāwai, e hoʻopili aku iā ia, a e hoʻokauā aku hoʻi nāna, me ko ʻoukou naʻau a pau, a me ko ʻoukou ʻuhane a pau. | But be very careful to keep the commandment and the law that Moses the servant of the Lord gave you: to love the Lord your God, to walk in obedience to him, to keep his commands, to hold fast to him and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul.” |
| A laila, hoʻomaikaʻi akula ʻo Iosua iā lākou, a hoʻokuʻu aku. A akula lākou i ko lākou mau halelewa. | Then Joshua blessed them and sent them away, and they went to their homes. |
| A hoʻi akula kā Reubena poʻe mamo, a me kā Gada a me ka ʻohana hapa a Manase, a lākou, mai ka ʻIseraʻela aku, a mai Silo ma ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana aku, e i ka ʻāina ʻo Gileada, i ka ʻāina a lākou i loaʻa mai, ua loaʻa hoʻi iā lākou e like me ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova ma ka lima o Mose. | So the Reubenites, the Gadites and the half-tribe of Manasseh left the Israelites at Shiloh in Canaan to return to Gilead, their own land, which they had acquired in accordance with the command of the Lord through Moses. |
| A lohe aʻela nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Aia hoʻi, ua hana aʻela kā Reubena a me kā Gada a me ka ʻohana hapa a Manase i ke kuahu i mua o ka ʻāina ʻo Kanaʻana, ma ke kapa o Ioredane, ma kahi e aʻe nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | And when the Israelites heard that they had built the altar on the border of Canaan at Geliloth near the Jordan on the Israelite side, |
| A lohe nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, hoʻākoakoa ihola ke anaina a pau o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ma Silo, e aku iā lākou e kaua aku. | the whole assembly of Israel gathered at Shiloh to go to war against them. |
| Hoʻouna akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela iā Pinehasa i ke keiki a ʻEleazara, ke kahuna, e i kā Reubena poʻe mamo a me kā Gada, a me ka ʻohana hapa a Manase i ka ʻāina ʻo Gileada, | So the Israelites sent Phinehas son of Eleazar, the priest, to the land of Gilead — to Reuben, Gad and the half-tribe of Manasseh. |
| A akula lākou i kā Reubena poʻe mamo, a me kā Gada, a me ka ʻohana hapa a Manase, i ka ʻāina i Gileada, a kamaʻilio pū me lākou, ʻī akula, | When they went to Gilead — to Reuben, Gad and the half-tribe of Manasseh — they said to them: |
| Akā, inā he ʻāina haumia, kā ʻoukou i loaʻa ai, e aku ʻoukou i kēlā kapa, i ka ʻāina a Iēhova i loaʻa ai, i kahi e noho ana kāna pahu berita; a e hoʻonoho ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho, ma waenakonu o mākou. Mai kipi hoʻi ʻoukou iā Iēhova, mai kipi nō hoʻi iā mākou, i ko ʻoukou kūkulu ʻana i ke kuahu no ʻoukou iho, ʻokoʻa ke kuahu o Iēhova ko kākou Akua. | If the land you possess is defiled, come over to the Lord’s land, where the Lord’s tabernacle stands, and share the land with us. But do not rebel against the Lord or against us by building an altar for yourselves, other than the altar of the Lord our God. |
| Mai pū ʻoukou me kēia mau lāhui kanaka, i ka poʻe i koe, ma waena o ʻoukou; mai hoʻohiki hoʻi i ka inoa o ko lākou mau akua, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻohiki ma o lākou lā: mai mālama iā lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e kūlou ʻoukou iā lākou: | Do not associate with these nations that remain among you; do not invoke the names of their gods or swear by them. You must not serve them or bow down to them. |
| No ka mea, inā e hoʻi hope iki ʻoukou, a e hoʻopili i nā lāhui kanaka i koe e noho ana ma waena o ʻoukou, a e mare pū me lākou, a i loko i o lākou lā, a hoʻi lākou i loko i o ʻoukou nei; | “But if you turn away and ally yourselves with the survivors of these nations that remain among you and if you intermarry with them and associate with them, |
| Aia hoʻi, i kēia lā, e ana au ma ka ʻaoʻao o ko ka honua a pau; a ua ʻike hoʻi ʻoukou ma ko ʻoukou naʻau a pau, a me ko ʻoukou ʻuhane a pau, ʻaʻole i hāʻule ka mea hoʻokahi o nā ʻōlelo maikaʻi a pau a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoukou, akā, ua kō ʻiʻo iā ʻoukou nā mea a pau, ʻaʻole i hāʻule ka mea hoʻokahi. | “Now I am about to go the way of all the earth. You know with all your heart and soul that not one of all the good promises the Lord your God gave you has failed. Every promise has been fulfilled; not one has failed. |
| Aia haʻihaʻi ʻoukou i ka berita a Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua, i ka mea āna i kauoha mai ai iā ʻoukou, a e ʻoukou, a e mālama aku i nā akua ʻē, a e kūlou hoʻi iā lākou; a laila e ʻā mai nō ka huhū o Iēhova iā ʻoukou, a e make koke auaneʻi, mai ka ʻāina maikaʻi aku, āna i hāʻawi mai ai no ʻoukou. | If you violate the covenant of the Lord your God, which he commanded you, and go and serve other gods and bow down to them, the Lord’s anger will burn against you, and you will quickly perish from the good land he has given you.” |
| A hāʻawi au na ʻIsaʻaka iā Iakoba a me ʻEsau: a hāʻawi au na ʻEsau i ka mauna ʻo Seira, i wahi e noho ai nona; akā, ʻo Iakoba a me kāna mau keiki, lākou i lalo i ʻAigupita. | and to Isaac I gave Jacob and Esau. I assigned the hill country of Seir to Esau, but Jacob and his family went down to Egypt. |
| A lawe mai nō au i ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua, mai ʻAigupita mai; a mai lākou a hiki i ke kai, a hahai mai ka poʻe ʻAigupita ma hope o ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua, me nā hale kaʻa, a me ko lākou poʻe holo lio, a hiki i ke Kaiʻula. | When I brought your people out of Egypt, you came to the sea, and the Egyptians pursued them with chariots and horsemen as far as the Red Sea. |
| A mai ʻoukou, ma luna, mai o Ioredane, a hiki i Ieriko; a kaua mai ka poʻe noho ma Ieriko iā ʻoukou, a me ka ʻAmora, a me ka Pereza, a me ko Kanaʻana: a me ka Heta, a me ka Giregasa, a me ka Heva, a me ka Iebusa; a hāʻawi au iā lākou i ko ʻoukou mau lima. | “‘Then you crossed the Jordan and came to Jericho. The citizens of Jericho fought against you, as did also the Amorites, Perizzites, Canaanites, Hittites, Girgashites, Hivites and Jebusites, but I gave them into your hands. |
| No ka mea, ʻo Iēhova, ko kākou Akua, ʻo ia nō ka mea nāna i lawe mai iā kākou, a me ko kākou poʻe mākua mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, mai loko mai hoʻi o ka hale hoʻoluhi; ka mea nāna i hana i nā mea nui i mua o ko kākou mau maka, a mālama mai ʻo ia iā kākou ma ke alanui a pau a kākou i mai ai, a ma waena o nā kānaka a pau ma kahi a kākou i ai. | It was the Lord our God himself who brought us and our parents up out of Egypt, from that land of slavery, and performed those great signs before our eyes. He protected us on our entire journey and among all the nations through which we traveled. |
| ʻĪ aʻela ka Iuda i ka Simeona, i kona kaikuaʻana, E pū ʻoe me aʻu, ma koʻu ʻana, i kaua aku kākou i ko Kanaʻana, a e pū nō hoʻi au me ʻoe, ma kou ʻana. A pū akula ka Simeona me ia. | The men of Judah then said to the Simeonites their fellow Israelites, “Come up with us into the territory allotted to us, to fight against the Canaanites. We in turn will go with you into yours.” So the Simeonites went with them. |
| A ma hope iho aʻela nā mamo a Iuda e kaua aku i ko Kanaʻana, i ka poʻe i noho ma ka mauna, a ma ka ʻaoʻao hema, a ma ka pāpū. | After that, Judah went down to fight against the Canaanites living in the hill country, the Negev and the western foothills. |
| kūʻē akula ka Iuda i ko Kanaʻana, i ka poʻe i noho ma Heberona; ʻo Kiriatareba ka inoa kahiko ʻo Heberona; a pepehi akula lākou iā Sesai, a me ʻAhimana, a me Talemai. | They advanced against the Canaanites living in Hebron (formerly called Kiriath Arba) and defeated Sheshai, Ahiman and Talmai. |
| A ma laila aku lākou i ai e kūʻē iā Debira; ʻo Kiriatesepera ka inoa kahiko ʻo Debira. | From there they advanced against the people living in Debir (formerly called Kiriath Sepher). |
| Piʻi akula nā mamo a ka mea no Keni, a ka makuahōnōwai kāne o Mose, mai ke kūlanakauhale o nā lāʻau pāma aku, me nā mamo a Iuda, a i ka wao nahele o ka Iuda, aia nō ia ma ka ʻaoʻao hema o ʻArada; a aʻela lākou a noho pū ihola me kānaka. | The descendants of Moses’ father-in-law, the Kenite, went up from the City of Palms with the people of Judah to live among the inhabitants of the Desert of Judah in the Negev near Arad. |
| pū akula ka Iuda, me ka Simeona, kona kaikuaʻana, a luku akula lākou i ko Kanaʻana, ka poʻe i noho ma Zepata, a hoʻōki loa ihola ia wahi. Ua kapa ʻia ka inoa o ia kūlanakauhale, ʻo Horema. | Then the men of Judah went with the Simeonites their fellow Israelites and attacked the Canaanites living in Zephath, and they totally destroyed the city. Therefore it was called Hormah. |
| ʻIke akula nā kiu i kekahi kanaka, mai ke kūlanakauhale ia i mai ai. ʻĪ akula lākou iā ia, E kuhikuhi mai ʻoe iā mākou, i kahi e komo aku ai i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, a e hana lokomaikaʻi aku mākou iā ʻoe. | the spies saw a man coming out of the city and they said to him, “Show us how to get into the city and we will see that you are treated well.” |
| A akula ua kanaka nei i ka ʻāina o ka Heta, kūkulu ihola i kūlanakauhale, a kapa akula i ka inoa, ʻo Luza, ʻo ia hoʻi kona inoa a hiki mai i nēia lā. | He then went to the land of the Hittites, where he built a city and called it Luz, which is its name to this day. |
| maila ka ʻānela o Iēhova, mai Gilegala mai, a i Bokima, ʻī maila, Ua lawe mai au iā ʻoukou mai ʻAigupita mai, a ua hoʻokomo mai au iā ʻoukou i ka ʻāina aʻu i hoʻohiki ai i ko ʻoukou mau kūpuna. ʻĪ ihola au, ʻAʻole au e uhaʻi i kaʻu berita, a hiki loa i ka hopena. | The angel of the Lord went up from Gilgal to Bokim and said, “I brought you up out of Egypt and led you into the land I swore to give to your ancestors. I said, ‘I will never break my covenant with you, |
| I ka wā i kuʻu aku ai ʻo Iosua i kānaka, a laila akula kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i kona hoʻoilina iho, a komo i ka ʻāina. | After Joshua had dismissed the Israelites, they went to take possession of the land, each to their own inheritance. |
| Ma nā wahi a pau a lākou i aku ai, kūʻē nō ka lima o Iēhova iā lākou i mea e hewa ai, e like me kā Iēhova i hoʻohiki mai ai iā lākou; a pilikia loa ihola lākou. | Whenever Israel went out to fight, the hand of the Lord was against them to defeat them, just as he had sworn to them. They were in great distress. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi lākou i hoʻolohe i nā luna kānāwai; akā, moekolohe lākou ma muli o nā akua ʻē, a kūlou hoʻomana akula iā lākou. Haʻalele koke lākou i ke ala a ko lākou poʻe mākua i ai, me ka hoʻolohe pono i ke kauoha a Iēhova; ʻaʻole hana kēia poʻe pēlā. | Yet they would not listen to their judges but prostituted themselves to other gods and worshiped them. They quickly turned from the ways of their ancestors, who had been obedient to the Lord’s commands. |
| I hoʻāʻo aku ai au i ka ʻIseraʻela ma o lākou lā, i mālama paha lākou i ka ʻaoʻao o Iēhova, e ma laila, e like me ka mālama ʻana o ko lākou poʻe mākua, ʻaʻole paha. | I will use them to test Israel and see whether they will keep the way of the Lord and walk in it as their ancestors did.” |
| Kau mai ka ʻUhane o Iēhova ma luna ona, a hoʻoponopono ia i ka ʻIseraʻela, a akula i ke kaua; a hāʻawi maila ʻo Iēhova ma kona lima, iā Kusanerisataima, ke aliʻi o Mesopotamia. A lanakila aʻela kona lima ma luna o Kusanerisataima. | The Spirit of the Lord came on him, so that he became Israel’s judge and went to war. The Lord gave Cushan-Rishathaim king of Aram into the hands of Othniel, who overpowered him. |
| Hoʻākoakoa maila ʻo ia i ona lā i nā mamo o ʻAmona, a me ʻAmaleka, aʻela, a luku akula i ka ʻIseraʻela, a loaʻa iā ia ke kūlanakauhale o nā lāʻau pāma. | Getting the Ammonites and Amalekites to join him, Eglon came and attacked Israel, and they took possession of the City of Palms. |
| Hoʻi hou akula ia, mai nā kiʻi o Gilegala aku, ʻī akula, He ʻōlelo malū kaʻu nāu, e ke aliʻi. ʻĪ aʻela kēlā, E noho mālie. A ʻo ka poʻe a pau e kū pū ana me ia, akula lākou i waho. | But on reaching the stone images near Gilgal he himself went back to Eglon and said, “Your Majesty, I have a secret message for you.” The king said to his attendants, “Leave us!” And they all left. |
| maila ʻo ʻEhuda i ona lā; e noho ana ia ma ke keʻena hōʻoluʻolu ma luna; nona wale nō ia wahi. ʻĪ aʻela ʻo ʻEhuda iā ia, He mea kaʻu iā ʻoe, na ke Akua mai. Kū maila ʻo ia, mai kona noho mai. | Ehud then approached him while he was sitting alone in the upper room of his palace and said, “I have a message from God for you.” As the king rose from his seat, |
| A laila, akula ʻo ʻEhuda i waho o ka lānai, a pani aʻela i nā puka o ke keʻena, a hoʻopaʻa ihola. | Then Ehud went out to the porch; he shut the doors of the upper room behind him and locked them. |
| A hala akula ia i waho, maila nā kauā a ʻEgelona, nānā aʻela, aia hoʻi, ua paʻa nā puka o ke keʻena. ʻĪ ihola lākou, Ke uhi wale nei ʻo ia i kona wāwae ma loko o ke keʻena hōʻoluʻolu. | After he had gone, the servants came and found the doors of the upper room locked. They said, “He must be relieving himself in the inner room of the palace.” |
| Pakele ʻo ʻEhuda, i ko lākou kakali ʻana, a akula, ma ʻō aku o nā kiʻi, a hiki i Seirata. | While they waited, Ehud got away. He passed by the stone images and escaped to Seirah. |
| ʻĪ akula ia iā lākou, E hahai ʻoukou ma muli oʻu, no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai ʻo Iēhova i ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻenemi, i ka Moaba i loko o ko ʻoukou lima. A hahai akula lākou ma muli ona, a lilo iā lākou nā āhua o Ioredane, e kū pono ana i Moaba, ʻaʻole i ʻae aku i kekahi kanaka ke i kēlā ʻaoʻao. | “Follow me,” he ordered, “for the Lord has given Moab, your enemy, into your hands.” So they followed him down and took possession of the fords of the Jordan that led to Moab; they allowed no one to cross over. |
| Noho ihola ia ma lalo iho o ka lāʻau pāma o Debora, ma waena o Harama a me Betela, ma ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima; a maila nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i ona lā i hoʻoponopono ʻia mai. | She held court under the Palm of Deborah between Ramah and Bethel in the hill country of Ephraim, and the Israelites went up to her to have their disputes decided. |
| Hoʻouna ʻo ia, a kiʻi akula iā Baraka, ke keiki a ʻAbinoama, ma Kedesa-Napetali, ʻī aʻela iā ia, ʻAʻole anei i kauoha mai ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, Ō, e hoʻokokoke aku ma ka mauna ʻo Tabora; e lawe pū me ʻoe, i ʻumi tausani kānaka, nā mamo a Napetali, a ʻo nā mamo a Zebuluna. | She sent for Barak son of Abinoam from Kedesh in Naphtali and said to him, “The Lord, the God of Israel, commands you: ‘Go, take with you ten thousand men of Naphtali and Zebulun and lead them up to Mount Tabor. |
| ʻĪ aʻela ʻo Baraka iā ia, Inā e pū ʻoe me aʻu, a laila, au; a i ʻole ʻoe e pū me aʻu, a laila, ʻaʻole au e. | Barak said to her, “If you go with me, I will go; but if you don’t go with me, I won’t go.” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ia, I ka ʻana, e pū nō au me ʻoe. Akā, ʻo kēia ʻana āu e ai, ʻaʻole ʻoe e hoʻonani ʻia i laila, no ka mea, e hāʻawi ana ʻo Iēhova iā Sisera i ka lima o kekahi wahine. Kū aʻela ʻo Debora, a pū akula me Baraka i Kedesa. | “Certainly I will go with you,” said Deborah. “But because of the course you are taking, the honor will not be yours, for the Lord will deliver Sisera into the hands of a woman.” So Deborah went with Barak to Kedesh. |
| ʻĪ aʻela ʻo Debora iā Baraka, E kū mai; no ka mea, eia ka lā e hāʻawi mai ai ʻo Iēhova iā Sisera i kou lima. ʻAʻole anei i aku ʻo Iēhova ma mua ou? Iho akula ʻo Baraka, mai ka mauna ʻo Tabora aku, a me nā kānaka he ʻumi tausani pū me ia. | Then Deborah said to Barak, “Go! This is the day the Lord has given Sisera into your hands. Has not the Lord gone ahead of you?” So Barak went down Mount Tabor, with ten thousand men following him. |
| aku ʻo Iaʻela i waho e hālāwai me Sisera, ʻī akula iā ia, E kipa mai ʻoe, e kuʻu haku, e kipa mai ʻoe i loko, ma oʻu nei; mai makaʻu. Kipa aʻela ʻo ia ma ona lā, i loko o ka halelewa, a uhi maila ʻo ia iā ia i ke kapa moe. | Jael went out to meet Sisera and said to him, “Come, my lord, come right in. Don’t be afraid.” So he entered her tent, and she covered him with a blanket. |
| ʻŌlelo hou mai kēlā iā ia, E kū ʻoe ma ka puka o ka halelewa, a hiki i ka manawa e mai ai ke kanaka e nīnau mai iā ʻoe, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, He kanaka anei ma ʻaneʻi? E ʻī aku ʻoe, ʻAʻole. | “Stand in the doorway of the tent,” he told her. “If someone comes by and asks you, ‘Is anyone in there?’ say ‘No.’” |
| Lālau ihola ʻo Iaʻela, ka wahine a Hebera, i ke kui o ka halelewa, a kau ka hāmare ma kekahi lima ona, a malū akula i ona lā, a mākia ihola i kona maha i ke kui, a paʻa i ka lepo; no ka mea, ua hiamoe paʻa loa ia, i kona unā ʻana. A make nō ia. | But Jael, Heber’s wife, picked up a tent peg and a hammer and went quietly to him while he lay fast asleep, exhausted. She drove the peg through his temple into the ground, and he died. |
| Aia hoʻi, i ko Baraka hahai ʻana iā Sisera, puka mai ʻo Iaʻela i waho, e hālāwai me ia, ʻī aʻela iā ia, E mai a e hōʻike aku au iā ʻoe i ke kanaka āu e ʻimi nei. Komo akula ia i ona lā, aia hoʻi, e waiho ana ia, ua make, a ʻo ke kui hoʻi, aia nō i loko o kona maha. | Just then Barak came by in pursuit of Sisera, and Jael went out to meet him. “Come,” she said, “I will show you the man you’re looking for.” So he went in with her, and there lay Sisera with the tent peg through his temple — dead. |
| E Iēhova, i kou puka ʻana i waho o Seira, I kou ʻana aku, mai ka pāpū aku o ʻEdoma, Naue aʻela ka honua, kulu ka lani, Nākulukulu nō hoʻi nā ao i ka wai. | “When you, Lord, went out from Seir, when you marched from the land of Edom, the earth shook, the heavens poured, the clouds poured down water. |
| I nā lā o Samegara, ke keiki a ʻAnata, I nā lā o Iaʻela, oki loa ihola nā huakaʻi, ʻO ka poʻe i i ke alanui, lākou ma nā ala malū. | “In the days of Shamgar son of Anath, in the days of Jael, the highways were abandoned; travelers took to winding paths. |
| E ka poʻe holo ma nā hoki keʻokeʻo, Ka poʻe noho e hoʻoponopono ana, Nā mea ma nā alanui, E noʻonoʻo ʻoukou. | “You who ride on white donkeys, sitting on your saddle blankets, and you who walk along the road, consider |
| mai nā aliʻi, a kaua, A laila, kaua nā aliʻi o Kanaʻana Ma Taʻanaka, ma nā wai o Megido; ʻAʻole lākou i lawe i ke kālā i mea waiwai. | “Kings came, they fought, the kings of Canaan fought. At Taanach, by the waters of Megiddo, they took no plunder of silver. |
| Na ka muliwai o Kisona lākou i lawe aku, ʻO ka muliwai kahiko, ka muliwai ʻo Kisona. E kuʻu ʻuhane, ua ʻoe me ka ikaika nui. | The river Kishon swept them away, the age-old river, the river Kishon. March on, my soul; be strong! |
| E hōʻino aku iā Meroza, Wahi a ka ʻānela o Iēhova, Me ka hōʻino nui e hōʻino ai i ka poʻe i noho i laila; No ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i e kōkua ma muli o Iēhova, E kōkua iā Iēhova i mua o ka poʻe ikaika. | ‘Curse Meroz,’ said the angel of the Lord. ‘Curse its people bitterly, because they did not come to help the Lord, to help the Lord against the mighty.’ |
| Ma ka puka makani i haka pono aku ai ka makuahine o Sisera, Ma ka puka ʻolu ʻo ia i hea aku ai, No ke aha lā i hoʻokaʻulua kona kaʻa kaua ke mai? Ua lohi nā pokakā o kona mau kaʻa kaua i ke aha? | “Through the window peered Sisera’s mother; behind the lattice she cried out, ‘Why is his chariot so long in coming? Why is the clatter of his chariots delayed?’ |
| A i ka manawa i lūlū ai ka ʻIseraʻela, a laila, piʻi maila ko Midiana, a me ka ʻAmaleka, a me ka poʻe noho ma ka hikina, kūʻē maila lākou. | Whenever the Israelites planted their crops, the Midianites, Amalekites and other eastern peoples invaded the country. |
| Piʻi maila lākou me ko lākou holoholona, a me ko lākou mau halelewa, mai lākou, e like me nā ʻūhini ka nui loa; ʻo lākou a me ko lākou poʻe kāmelo, he poʻe mea helu ʻole ʻia; a komo lākou i ka ʻāina, e luku iho. | They came up with their livestock and their tents like swarms of locusts. It was impossible to count them or their camels; they invaded the land to ravage it. |
| maila ka ʻānela o Iēhova, noho ihola ma lalo iho o kekahi lāʻau ʻoka, ma ʻOpera no Ioasa, he kanaka no ko ʻAbiezera. E hahi ana kāna keiki ʻo Gideona i ka huapalaoa, ma kahi kaomi waina, i nalo i ko Midiana. | The angel of the Lord came and sat down under the oak in Ophrah that belonged to Joash the Abiezrite, where his son Gideon was threshing wheat in a winepress to keep it from the Midianites. |
| Nānā maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia, ʻī maila, Ma kēia mana ou, e ai ʻoe, a e hoʻōla nō ʻoe i ka ʻIseraʻela mai ka lima aʻe o ko Midiana. ʻAʻole anei au i hoʻouna aku iā ʻoe? | The Lord turned to him and said, “Go in the strength you have and save Israel out of Midian’s hand. Am I not sending you?” |
| Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, Mai aku ʻoe, a hiki mai au i ou lā, a lawe mai i koʻu mōhai makana, a waiho i mua ou. ʻĪ maila kēlā, E kakali nō wau, a hoʻi hou mai ʻoe. | Please do not go away until I come back and bring my offering and set it before you.” And the Lord said, “I will wait until you return.” |
| akula ʻo Gideona i loko, a hoʻomākaukau ihola i keiki kao, a i palaoa hū ʻole, i hoʻokahi ʻepa; a waiho ihola i ka ʻiʻo i loko o ka hīnaʻi, a ʻo ke kai, waiho ihola ia ma loko o ka ipu, a lawe aʻela ia, i ona lā ma lalo o ka lāʻau ʻoka, a hāʻawi akula. | Gideon went inside, prepared a young goat, and from an ephah of flour he made bread without yeast. Putting the meat in a basket and its broth in a pot, he brought them out and offered them to him under the oak. |
| A laila, ʻō akula ka ʻānela o Iēhova i ka wēlau o ke koʻokoʻo, ma kona lima, a hoʻopā ihola i ka ʻiʻo, a me ka palaoa hū ʻole; a piʻi aʻela ke ahi, mai loko aʻe o ka pōhaku, a hoʻopau aʻela i ka ʻiʻo, a me ka palaoa hū ʻole. A laila, akula ka ʻānela o ka Haku, mai kona alo aku. | Then the angel of the Lord touched the meat and the unleavened bread with the tip of the staff that was in his hand. Fire flared from the rock, consuming the meat and the bread. And the angel of the Lord disappeared. |
| A laila ʻākoakoa maila ko Midiana a pau, a me ka ʻAmeleka, a me ka poʻe noho ma ka hikina, aʻela, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ka pāpū ʻo Iezereʻela. | Now all the Midianites, Amalekites and other eastern peoples joined forces and crossed over the Jordan and camped in the Valley of Jezreel. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Gideona, Ua nui loa nā kānaka i koe. E kaʻi mai ʻoe iā lākou i lalo i ka wai, a naʻu nō e hoʻāʻo iā lākou nou ma laila; a ʻo ka mea aʻu e ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoe, Eia ka mea me ʻoe, ʻo ia ke; a ʻo ka mea aʻu e ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole kēia me ʻoe, ʻaʻole ia e. | But the Lord said to Gideon, “There are still too many men. Take them down to the water, and I will thin them out for you there. If I say, ‘This one shall go with you,’ he shall go; but if I say, ‘This one shall not go with you,’ he shall not go.” |
| Akā, inā makaʻu ʻoe ke iho i lalo, e pū ʻolua me kou kanaka me Pura, a hiki i ka pūʻali. | If you are afraid to attack, go down to the camp with your servant Purah |
| A laila, maila ʻo Gideona, a me ka haneri kānaka pū me ia, a hiki i ka palena o kahi hoʻomoana ai, i ka mua o ka wati waena, ʻakahi nō lākou i hoʻonoho ia wati. Puhi ihola lākou i ka pū, a wāwahi aʻela nā ipu ma ko lākou mau lima. | Gideon and the hundred men with him reached the edge of the camp at the beginning of the middle watch, just after they had changed the guard. They blew their trumpets and broke the jars that were in their hands. |
| ʻŌlelo akula nā kānaka o ʻEperaima iā ia, He aha kēia mea āu i hana mai ai iā mākou, i kou hea ʻole ʻana mai iā mākou, i kou wā i aku ai e kaua me ko Midiana? Ikaika loa ko lākou hoʻopaʻapaʻa ʻana iā ia. | Now the Ephraimites asked Gideon, “Why have you treated us like this? Why didn’t you call us when you went to fight Midian?” And they challenged him vigorously. |
| maila ʻo Gideona i Ioredane, a māʻalo aʻela i kēlā ʻaoʻao, ʻo ia a me ia mau haneri kānaka ʻekolu pū me ia, ua maka pōniuniu, e hahai ana naʻe. | Gideon and his three hundred men, exhausted yet keeping up the pursuit, came to the Jordan and crossed it. |
| maila ia i kānaka o Sukota, ʻī aʻela, Eia hoʻi ʻo Zeba, lāua ʻo Zalemuna, nā mea a ʻoukou i hoʻowahāwahā mai ai iaʻu, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Ua loaʻa anei nā lima o Zeba lāua ʻo Zalemuna i kou lima, i hāʻawi aku ai mākou i ka berena na kou poʻe kānaka maka pōniuniu? | Then Gideon came and said to the men of Sukkoth, “Here are Zebah and Zalmunna, about whom you taunted me by saying, ‘Do you already have the hands of Zebah and Zalmunna in your possession? Why should we give bread to your exhausted men?’” |
| akula ʻo Ierubaʻala ke keiki a Ioasa, a noho ihola ma kona hale iho. | Jerub-Baal son of Joash went back home to live. |
| akula ʻo ʻAbimeleka, ke keiki a Ierubaʻala, i Sekema, i nā hoahānau o kona makuahine, a ʻōhumu pū ihola me lākou a me ka ʻohana a pau o ka makua kāne o kona makuahine, ʻī aʻela, | Abimelek son of Jerub-Baal went to his mother’s brothers in Shechem and said to them and to all his mother’s clan, |
| akula ʻo ia i ka hale o kona makua kāne, ma ʻOpera, a pepehi akula i kona poʻe hoahānau, i nā keiki a Ierubaʻala, he kanahiku kānaka, ma ka pōhaku hoʻokahi. Koe nō naʻe ʻo Iotama ke keiki kāne muli loa a Ierubaʻala, no ka mea, ua peʻe ʻo ia. | He went to his father’s home in Ophrah and on one stone murdered his seventy brothers, the sons of Jerub-Baal. But Jotham, the youngest son of Jerub-Baal, escaped by hiding. |
| ʻĀkoakoa maila nā kānaka a pau o Sekema, a me ko ka hale a pau o Milo, a aʻela, a hoʻāliʻi ihola iā ʻAbimeleka ma ka lāʻau ʻoka, ma ka pā kaua o Sekema. | Then all the citizens of Shechem and Beth Millo gathered beside the great tree at the pillar in Shechem to crown Abimelek king. |
| A haʻi aʻela lākou iā Iotama, a laila, akula ia, a kū ihola ma luna o ka piko o ka mauna ʻo Gerizima, a hoʻokiʻekiʻe aʻela i kona leo, hea akula, ʻī akula iā lākou, E hoʻolohe mai ʻoukou iaʻu, e nā kānaka o Sekema, a e hoʻolohe mai hoʻi ke Akua iā ʻoukou. | When Jotham was told about this, he climbed up on the top of Mount Gerizim and shouted to them, “Listen to me, citizens of Shechem, so that God may listen to you. |
| akula na lāʻau e poni i aliʻi no lākou. ʻĪ akula lākou i ka lāʻau ʻoliva, I aliʻi ʻoe ma luna o mākou. | One day the trees went out to anoint a king for themselves. They said to the olive tree, ‘Be our king.’ |
| ʻĪ maila ka lāʻau ʻoliva iā lākou, E haʻalele anei au i koʻu momona, ka mea a lākou e hoʻomaikaʻi ai i ke Akua, a me kānaka, ma oʻu nei, a e hoʻāliʻi ma luna o nā lāʻau? | “But the olive tree answered, ‘Should I give up my oil, by which both gods and humans are honored, to hold sway over the trees?’ |
| A laila, ʻōlelo akula nā lāʻau i ka lāʻau fiku, E mai ʻoe e noho aliʻi ma luna o mākou. | “Next, the trees said to the fig tree, ‘Come and be our king.’ |
| ʻĪ maila ka lāʻau fiku iā lākou, E haʻalele anei au i koʻu ʻono, a me koʻu hua maikaʻi, a e noho aliʻi ma luna o nā lāʻau? | “But the fig tree replied, ‘Should I give up my fruit, so good and sweet, to hold sway over the trees?’ |
| A laila, ʻōlelo akula nā lāʻau i ke kumu waina, E mai ʻoe, a noho i aliʻi ma luna o mākou. | “Then the trees said to the vine, ‘Come and be our king.’ |
| ʻĪ maila ke kumu waina iā lākou, E haʻalele anei au i koʻu waina, ka mea e leʻaleʻa ai ke Akua a me kānaka, a e noho aliʻi ma luna o nā lāʻau? | “But the vine answered, ‘Should I give up my wine, which cheers both gods and humans, to hold sway over the trees?’ |
| A laila, ʻōlelo akula nā lāʻau a pau i ka lāʻau ʻoʻoi, E mai ʻoe a noho aliʻi ma luna o mākou. | “Finally all the trees said to the thornbush, ‘Come and be our king.’ |
| ʻĪ maila ka lāʻau ʻoʻoi i nā lāʻau, Inā e poni ʻoiaʻiʻo mai ʻoukou iaʻu, i aliʻi ma luna o ʻoukou, a laila, e mai ʻoukou e kanāho ma lalo iho o koʻu malu; a i ʻole hoʻi, a laila, e puka aku nō ke ahi, mai ka lāʻau ʻoʻoi aku, a hoʻopau i nā lāʻau kedera o Lebanona. | “The thornbush said to the trees, ‘If you really want to anoint me king over you, come and take refuge in my shade; but if not, then let fire come out of the thornbush and consume the cedars of Lebanon!’ |
| Holo akula ʻo Iotama, a peʻe akula, a aku i Beʻera, a noho ihola ma laila, no ka makaʻu iā ʻAbimeleka i kona hoahānau. | Then Jotham fled, escaping to Beer, and he lived there because he was afraid of his brother Abimelek. |
| Hoʻonoho ihola nā luna o Sekema i poʻe hoʻohālua iā ia, ma luna iho o nā mauna; a hoʻohālua akula lākou i ka poʻe a pau i aʻe ma ia ala i o lākou lā, a ua haʻi ʻia iā ʻAbimeleka. | In opposition to him these citizens of Shechem set men on the hilltops to ambush and rob everyone who passed by, and this was reported to Abimelek. |
| maila ʻo Gaʻala ke keiki a ʻEbeda, ʻo ia, a me kona poʻe hoahānau, aʻela lākou, a Sekema; a hilinaʻi nā kānaka o Sekema iā ia. | Now Gaal son of Ebed moved with his clan into Shechem, and its citizens put their confidence in him. |
| akula lākou i nā mahina ʻai, hōʻiliʻili aʻela i ko ka māla waina o lākou, hahi ihola, a hula aʻela, a komo akula i loko o ka hale o ko lākou akua, ʻai ihola, a inu, a hōʻino akula iā ʻAbimeleka. | After they had gone out into the fields and gathered the grapes and trodden them, they held a festival in the temple of their god. While they were eating and drinking, they cursed Abimelek. |
| Hoʻouna akula ia i mau ʻelele iā ʻAbimeleka, me ka wahaheʻe aku, ʻī akula, Aia hoʻi, ʻo Gaʻala, ke keiki a ʻEbeda, a me kona poʻe hoahānau, ua mai i Sekema; aia hoʻi e hoʻopilikia ana lākou i ke kūlanakauhale, e kūʻē iā ʻoe. | Under cover he sent messengers to Abimelek, saying, “Gaal son of Ebed and his clan have come to Shechem and are stirring up the city against you. |
| akula ʻo Gaʻala, ke keiki a ʻEbeda i waho, a kū ma kahi e komo ai i ka puka o ke kūlanakauhale. Ala maila ʻo ʻAbimeleka, mai kona hoʻohālua ʻana, a me nā kānaka pū me ia. | Now Gaal son of Ebed had gone out and was standing at the entrance of the city gate just as Abimelek and his troops came out from their hiding place. |
| ʻŌlelo hou aku ʻo Gaʻala, ʻī akula, Aiʻa, ke iho mai nei nā kānaka ma waena pono o ka ʻāina, a aia kekahi poʻe, ke maila, ma ka lāʻau ʻoka o Meonenima. | But Gaal spoke up again: “Look, people are coming down from the central hill, and a company is coming from the direction of the diviners’ tree.” |
| A laila, ʻōlelo mai ʻo Zebula iā ia, ʻAuhea hoʻi kou waha, ka mea āu i ʻōlelo ai, ʻO wai ʻo ʻAbimeleka, i hoʻokauā aku kākou nāna? ʻAʻole anei kēia ka poʻe kānaka āu i hoʻowahāwahā ai? ʻO koʻu manaʻo, e aku ʻoe i waho, a kaua aku iā lākou. | Then Zebul said to him, “Where is your big talk now, you who said, ‘Who is Abimelek that we should be subject to him?’ Aren’t these the men you ridiculed? Go out and fight them!” |
| akula ʻo Gaʻala i mua o nā kānaka o Sekema, a kaua akula iā ʻAbimeleka. | So Gaal led out the citizens of Shechem and fought Abimelek. |
| A ia lā iho, akula nā kānaka, a i kahi pāpū, a ua haʻi ʻia iā ʻAbimeleka. | The next day the people of Shechem went out to the fields, and this was reported to Abimelek. |
| A laila, akula ʻo ʻAbimeleka, a Tebeza, a kaua akula iā Tebeza, a hoʻopio ihola ia wahi. | Next Abimelek went to Thebez and besieged it and captured it. |
| maila ʻo ʻAbimeleka i ka hale kaua, a kaua maila ia, a kokoke mai i ka puka o ka hale kaua, e puhi ia mea i ke ahi. | Abimelek went to the tower and attacked it. But as he approached the entrance to the tower to set it on fire, |
| aʻe nō hoʻi nā mamo a ʻAmona i kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, a kaua aʻela i ka Iuda, a i ka Beniamina, a i ko ka hale a ʻEperaima; no ia mea, kaumaha loa ka ʻIseraʻela. | The Ammonites also crossed the Jordan to fight against Judah, Benjamin and Ephraim; Israel was in great distress. |
| E ʻoukou, e hea aku i nā akua a ʻoukou i koho ai; na lākou e hoʻōla mai iā ʻoukou, i ka manawa o ko ʻoukou kaumaha. | Go and cry out to the gods you have chosen. Let them save you when you are in trouble!” |
| Holo akula ʻo Iepeta, mai ke alo aku o kona poʻe hoahānau, a noho ma ka ʻāina ʻo Toba. ʻĀkoakoa maila nā kānaka lapuwale i o Iepeta lā, a pū me ia. | So Jephthah fled from his brothers and settled in the land of Tob, where a gang of scoundrels gathered around him and followed him. |
| A i ka manawa i kaua aku ai nā mamo a ʻAmona i ka ʻIseraʻela, a laila, akula nā lunakahiko o Gileada e lawe mai iā Iepeta, mai ka ʻāina mai o Toba. | the elders of Gilead went to get Jephthah from the land of Tob. |
| ʻĪ akula lākou iā Iepeta, E mai ʻoe i luna kaua no mākou, i kaua aku mākou i nā mamo a ʻAmona. | “Come,” they said, “be our commander, so we can fight the Ammonites.” |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iepeta i nā lunakahiko o Gileada, ʻAʻole anei ʻoukou i hoʻowahāwahā mai iaʻu, a kipaku mai iaʻu, mai ka hale mai o koʻu makua kāne? No ke aha lā ʻoukou e mai ai i oʻu nei, i kēia wā a ʻoukou i pilikia ai? | Jephthah said to them, “Didn’t you hate me and drive me from my father’s house? Why do you come to me now, when you’re in trouble?” |
| ʻĪ akula nā lunakahiko o Gileada iā Iepeta, Ke hoʻi hou mai nei mākou iā ʻoe, e pū ʻoe me mākou, e kaua aku i nā mamo a ʻAmona, a i lilo ʻoe i poʻo ma luna o ka poʻe a pau e noho ana ma Gileada. | The elders of Gilead said to him, “Nevertheless, we are turning to you now; come with us to fight the Ammonites, and you will be head over all of us who live in Gilead.” |
| A laila pū ʻo Iepeta me nā lunakahiko o Gileada, a hoʻonoho ihola nā kānaka iā Iepeta, i poʻo, a i luna hoʻi ma luna o lākou. ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Iepeta i kāna ʻōlelo a pau i mua o Iēhova ma Mizepa. | So Jephthah went with the elders of Gilead, and the people made him head and commander over them. And he repeated all his words before the Lord in Mizpah. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Iepeta i ʻelele, i ke aliʻi o nā mamo a ʻAmona, ʻī akula, He aha kāu iaʻu, i mai ai ʻoe e kaua i koʻu ʻāina? | Then Jephthah sent messengers to the Ammonite king with the question: “What do you have against me that you have attacked my country?” |
| ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi o nā mamo a ʻAmona i nā ʻelele o Iepeta, No ka mea, lawe lilo ka ʻIseraʻela i koʻu ʻāina, mai ʻArenona a hiki i Iaboka, a me Ioredane, i ka wā a lākou i mai ai, mai loko mai o ʻAigupita; no laila, e hoʻihoʻi mai ʻoe ia, me ka malu. | The king of the Ammonites answered Jephthah’s messengers, “When Israel came up out of Egypt, they took away my land from the Arnon to the Jabbok, all the way to the Jordan. Now give it back peaceably.” |
| I ka manawa i mai ai ka ʻIseraʻela, mai ʻAigupita mai, nō lākou, ma ka wao nahele a hiki i ke Kaiʻula, a komo nō i Kadesa. | But when they came up out of Egypt, Israel went through the wilderness to the Red Sea and on to Kadesh. |
| A laila, hoʻouna ka ʻIseraʻela i ʻelele i ke aliʻi o ʻEdoma, ʻī akula, E paha wau ma waena o kou ʻāina. ʻAʻole hoʻolohe mai ke aliʻi o ʻEdoma. Pēlā nō lākou i hoʻouna aku ai i ke aliʻi o Moaba. ʻAʻole ia i ʻae, a noho nō ka ʻIseraʻela ma Kadesa. | Then Israel sent messengers to the king of Edom, saying, ‘Give us permission to go through your country,’ but the king of Edom would not listen. They sent also to the king of Moab, and he refused. So Israel stayed at Kadesh. |
| aʻela lākou ma ka wao nahele, a puni ka ʻāina ʻo ʻEdoma, a me ka ʻāina ʻo Moaba, ma ka ʻaoʻao hikina o Moaba ka ʻana; a hoʻomoana ihola ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ʻArenona, ʻaʻole hoʻi i komo ma loko o nā mokuna ʻo Moaba; no ka mea, ʻo ʻArenona ka mokuna ʻo Moaba. | “Next they traveled through the wilderness, skirted the lands of Edom and Moab, passed along the eastern side of the country of Moab, and camped on the other side of the Arnon. They did not enter the territory of Moab, for the Arnon was its border. |
| Hoʻouna akula ka ʻIseraʻela i ʻelele iā Sihona, i ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmora, ke aliʻi o Hesebona, ʻī akula ʻo ʻIseraʻela iā ia, E paha mākou ma waena o kou ʻāina, a hiki i koʻu wahi. | “Then Israel sent messengers to Sihon king of the Amorites, who ruled in Heshbon, and said to him, ‘Let us pass through your country to our own place.’ |
| ʻAʻole ʻoluʻolu ʻo Sihona ke ka ʻIseraʻela ma kona mokuna. Hoʻākoakoa maila ʻo Sihona i kona poʻe kānaka a pau, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Iahaza, a kaua maila i ka ʻIseraʻela. | Sihon, however, did not trust Israel to pass through his territory. He mustered all his troops and encamped at Jahaz and fought with Israel. |
| A laila kau maila ka ʻUhane o ke Akua ma luna o Iepeta, a kaʻahele aʻela ia i Gileada, a me ko Manase, a kaʻahele aku iā Mizepa o Gileada, a mai Mizepa o Gileada ia i aku ai a i nā mamo a ʻAmona. | Then the Spirit of the Lord came on Jephthah. He crossed Gilead and Manasseh, passed through Mizpah of Gilead, and from there he advanced against the Ammonites. |
| akula ʻo Iepeta i nā mamo a ʻAmona, e kaua aku iā lākou; a hāʻawi mai ʻo Iēhova iā lākou i kona lima. | Then Jephthah went over to fight the Ammonites, and the Lord gave them into his hands. |
| Hoʻi maila ʻo Iepeta i Mizepa, i kona hale; aia hoʻi kāna kaikamahine i mai i waho, e hālāwai me ia, me nā pahu kani, a me ka hula. ʻO kāna hānau kahi nō ia; ʻaʻole āna keiki kāne, ʻaʻole hoʻi kaikamahine ʻē aʻe. | When Jephthah returned to his home in Mizpah, who should come out to meet him but his daughter, dancing to the sound of timbrels! She was an only child. Except for her he had neither son nor daughter. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ia i kona makua kāne, E hana ʻia kēia mea noʻu; e waiho wale iaʻu, i ʻelua malama, i au a kaʻahele i nā mauna, a uē i koʻu puʻupaʻa ʻana, ʻo wau a me koʻu poʻe hoahānau. | But grant me this one request,” she said. “Give me two months to roam the hills and weep with my friends, because I will never marry.” |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, Ō. Hoʻouna aʻela ʻo ia iā ia i ʻelua malama. akula ia me kona mau hoalauna, a uē ihola ma nā mauna no kona puʻupaʻa ʻana. | “You may go,” he said. And he let her go for two months. She and her friends went into the hills and wept because she would never marry. |
| ʻO ka ʻana o nā kaikamāhine o ka ʻIseraʻela, i kēlā makahiki, i kēia makahiki, e hoʻomaikaʻi i ke kaikamahine a Iepeta, no Gileada, ʻehā lā i ka makahiki. | that each year the young women of Israel go out for four days to commemorate the daughter of Jephthah the Gileadite. |
| ʻĀkoakoa maila nā kānaka o ka ʻEperaima, a aʻela i ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau, ʻī akula iā Iepeta, No ke aha lā ʻoe i aku e kaua aku i nā mamo a ʻAmona, ʻaʻole kiʻi mai iā mākou e pū me ʻoe? E puhi ana mākou i kou hale i ke ahi ma luna ou. | The Ephraimite forces were called out, and they crossed over to Zaphon. They said to Jephthah, “Why did you go to fight the Ammonites without calling us to go with you? We’re going to burn down your house over your head.” |
| A ʻike akula au, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i hoʻopakele mai iaʻu, a laila waiho ihola au i koʻu ola ma kuʻu lima, a kūʻē akula i nā mamo a ʻAmona. Hāʻawi mai nō ʻo Iēhova iā lākou i loko o kuʻu lima. No ke aha lā hoʻi ʻoukou i mai ai iaʻu i kēia lā e kaua mai iaʻu? | When I saw that you wouldn’t help, I took my life in my hands and crossed over to fight the Ammonites, and the Lord gave me the victory over them. Now why have you come up today to fight me?” |
| Lilo ihola nā āhua o Ioredane i ka Gileada, ma mua o ka ʻEperaima. A inā i mai kekahi o ka ʻEperaima, i pakele, a ʻōlelo mai, E paha wau i kēlā ʻaoʻao; a laila nīnau aʻela nā kānaka o Gileada iā ia, No ka Eperaima ʻoe? A inā ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia, ʻAʻole; | The Gileadites captured the fords of the Jordan leading to Ephraim, and whenever a survivor of Ephraim said, “Let me cross over,” the men of Gilead asked him, “Are you an Ephraimite?” If he replied, “No,” |
| A laila, aʻela ka wahine, a haʻi aʻela i kāna kāne, ʻī aʻela, Ua mai nei ke kanaka o ke Akua iaʻu, ua like kona helehelena me ka helehelena o ka ʻānela o ke Akua, weliweli loa. ʻAʻole au i nīnau aku iā ia i kona wahi, ʻaʻole hoʻi ia i haʻi mai iaʻu i kona inoa. | Then the woman went to her husband and told him, “A man of God came to me. He looked like an angel of God, very awesome. I didn’t ask him where he came from, and he didn’t tell me his name. |
| A laila, nonoi akula ʻo Manoa iā Iēhova, ʻī akula, E kuʻu Haku ē, e kuʻu mai i ko ke Akua kanaka āu i hoʻouna mai ai, e hou mai iā māua, e aʻo mai iā māua i nā mea a māua e hana aku ai i ke keiki e hānau mai ana. | Then Manoah prayed to the Lord: “Pardon your servant, Lord. I beg you to let the man of God you sent to us come again to teach us how to bring up the boy who is to be born.” |
| Hoʻolohe maila ke Akua i ka leo o Manoa, a hou mai ka ʻānela o ke Akua i ua wahine lā, i kona noho ʻana, ma ke kula, akā, ʻo Manoa, ʻo kāna kāne ʻaʻole ia pū me ia. | God heard Manoah, and the angel of God came again to the woman while she was out in the field; but her husband Manoah was not with her. |
| Wikiwiki ihola ka wahine, a holo, a hōʻike aʻela i kāna kāne, ʻī akula iā ia, Aia hoʻi, ua ʻike hou ʻia maila iaʻu ke kanaka i mai ai iaʻu i kēlā lā. | The woman hurried to tell her husband, “He’s here! The man who appeared to me the other day!” |
| ʻĪ akula kona makua kāne, a me kona makuahine iā ia, ʻAʻole anei he wahine i waena o nā kaikamāhine o kou poʻe hoahānau, a me kou poʻe kānaka a pau, i aku ai ʻoe, e lawe i wahine no ka poʻe ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia o ko Pilisetia? ʻĪ maila ʻo Samesona i kona makua kāne, E kiʻi aku iā ia naʻu, no ka mea, ua pono ia i koʻu mau maka. | His father and mother replied, “Isn’t there an acceptable woman among your relatives or among all our people? Must you go to the uncircumcised Philistines to get a wife?” But Samson said to his father, “Get her for me. She’s the right one for me.” |
| Lālau akula kona mau lima ia mea, a i ka ʻana, nō ia e ʻai ana, a hiki i kona makua kāne, a me kona makuahine, a hāʻawi akula iā lāua, a ʻai ihola lāua; ʻaʻole naʻe ia i haʻi aku iā lāua, i kona lawe ʻana i ka meli, mai loko aku o ke kino o ka liona. | He scooped out the honey with his hands and ate as he went along. When he rejoined his parents, he gave them some, and they too ate it. But he did not tell them that he had taken the honey from the lion’s carcass. |
| A ma hope iho, i nā lā o ka hōʻiliʻili ʻana i ka huapalaoa, akula ʻo Samesona, me ke kao keiki, e ʻike i kāna wahine; ʻī ihola, E komo aku nō wau i loko o ke keʻena i kaʻu wahine. ʻAʻole naʻe i hāʻawi mai kona makua kāne iā ia ke komo i loko. | Later on, at the time of wheat harvest, Samson took a young goat and went to visit his wife. He said, “I’m going to my wife’s room.” But her father would not let him go in. |
| akula ʻo Samesona, hopu ihola i nā ʻalopeke, ʻekolu haneri, a lawe i nā lamakū, a hui aʻela i kahi huelo i kahi huelo, a waiho ihola i ka lamakū i waena o nā huelo ʻelua. | So he went out and caught three hundred foxes and tied them tail to tail in pairs. He then fastened a torch to every pair of tails, |
| A puhi iho ia i nā lama i ke ahi, a laila kuʻu akula, e lākou i loko o ka huapalaoa o ko Pilisetia e kū ana, a puhi i ke ahi i nā puʻu huapalaoa a me ka huapalaoa e kū ana, a me nā pā waina, a me nā ʻoliva. | lit the torches and let the foxes loose in the standing grain of the Philistines. He burned up the shocks and standing grain, together with the vineyards and olive groves. |
| A laila aʻela ko Pilisetia, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ko Iuda, a hoʻopālahalaha akula ma Lehi. | The Philistines went up and camped in Judah, spreading out near Lehi. |
| aʻela ia a Lehi, hoʻōho kūʻē maila ko Pilisetia iā ia; a kau maila ka ʻUhane o Iēhova ma luna ona, lilo ihola nā kaula ma luna o kona mau lima e like me ke olonā i pau i ke ahi, a popo ihola kona mea paʻa ma kona lima. | As he approached Lehi, the Philistines came toward him shouting. The Spirit of the Lord came powerfully upon him. The ropes on his arms became like charred flax, and the bindings dropped from his hands. |
| A laila, mākia ihola ia i ke kui, ʻī aʻela, Ma luna ou auaneʻi ko Pilisetia, e Samesona. Ala aʻela ia mai kona hiamoe ʻana, a akula me ke kui o ka mea nāna i ulana, a me ka lole pū. | and tightened it with the pin. Again she called to him, “Samson, the Philistines are upon you!” He awoke from his sleep and pulled up the pin and the loom, with the fabric. |
| ʻĪ maila ia, Ma luna ou auaneʻi ko Pilisetia, e Samesona. Ala aʻela ia, mai kona hiamoe ʻana, ʻī maila, E au i waho e like me nā wā ma mua, e hoʻoluliluli. ʻAʻole ia i ʻike, ua haʻalele ʻo Iēhova iā ia. | Then she called, “Samson, the Philistines are upon you!” He awoke from his sleep and thought, “I’ll go out as before and shake myself free.” But he did not know that the Lord had left him. |
| akula ua kanaka lā, mai ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Betelehemaiuda aku, e noho ma kahi e loaʻa ai, a i kona ʻana, hiki aʻela ia i ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, i ka hale o Mika. | left that town in search of some other place to stay. On his way he came to Micah’s house in the hill country of Ephraim. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Mika iā ia, Mai hea mai ʻoe i mai ai? ʻĪ akula ia, He Levi au, no Betelehemaiuda mai, a ke nei au e noho ma kahi e loaʻa ai. | Micah asked him, “Where are you from?” “I’m a Levite from Bethlehem in Judah,” he said, “and I’m looking for a place to stay.” |
| Hoʻouna aʻela nā mamo a Dana i ʻelima kānaka o kā lākou ʻohana, no ko lākou ʻāina, he poʻe kānaka koa, no Zora, a no ʻEsetaola, e kiu i ka ʻāina, a mākaʻikaʻi; a ʻī maila lākou, E, e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻāina. A hiki lākou i ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, i ka hale o Mika, kipa aʻela lākou i laila. | So the Danites sent five of their leading men from Zorah and Eshtaol to spy out the land and explore it. These men represented all the Danites. They told them, “Go, explore the land.” So they entered the hill country of Ephraim and came to the house of Micah, where they spent the night. |
| ʻĪ akula lākou iā ia, E nīnau aku paha ʻoe i ke Akua, i ʻike mākou, e pōmaikaʻi paha ko mākou, e nei. | Then they said to him, “Please inquire of God to learn whether our journey will be successful.” |
| ʻĪ maila ke kahuna iā lākou, Ō me ka pōmaikaʻi, he pololei iā Iēhova ka a ʻoukou e nei. | The priest answered them, “Go in peace. Your journey has the Lord’s approval.” |
| A laila, akula ua mau kānaka lā ʻelima, a hiki akula i Laisa, ʻike ihola i ko laila kānaka e noho makaʻu ʻole ana, ma ke ʻano o ko Zidona, ua mālie, ʻaʻole i makaʻu, ʻaʻole mea e noho aliʻi ana ma ka honua nei i hana ʻino mai; a ua lōʻihi lākou, mai Zidona aku, ʻaʻohe o lākou mea pū me kekahi kanaka ʻē. | So the five men left and came to Laish, where they saw that the people were living in safety, like the Sidonians, at peace and secure. And since their land lacked nothing, they were prosperous. Also, they lived a long way from the Sidonians and had no relationship with anyone else. |
| I ko ʻoukou ʻana, e hiki nō ʻoukou i ka poʻe kānaka, e makaʻu ʻole ana, a i ka ʻāina nui; no ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai ke Akua ia ʻāina i ko ʻoukou lima. ʻAʻole hoʻi i nele ia ʻāina i kekahi mea o ka honua. | When you get there, you will find an unsuspecting people and a spacious land that God has put into your hands, a land that lacks nothing whatever.” |
| akula, mai ia wahi aku, no ka ʻohana a Dana, mai Zora, a me ʻEsetaola aku, ʻeono haneri kānaka i kāhiko ʻia i nā mea kaua. | Then six hundred men of the Danites, armed for battle, set out from Zorah and Eshtaol. |
| A ma laila aku lākou i ai a i ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, a hiki akula i ka hale o Mika. | From there they went on to the hill country of Ephraim and came to Micah’s house. |
| A laila, nīnau aʻela nā kanaka ʻelima, i aku e mākaʻikaʻi i ka ʻāina ʻo Laisa, ʻī akula i ko lākou poʻe hoahānau, Ua ʻike anei ʻoukou, aia ma loko o kēia mau hale, he ʻēpoda, a he terapima, a me ke kiʻi, a me ke kiʻi hoʻoheheʻe ʻia? No laila ʻeā, e noʻonoʻo ʻoukou i kā ʻoukou mea e hana ai. | Then the five men who had spied out the land of Laish said to their fellow Danites, “Do you know that one of these houses has an ephod, some household gods and an image overlaid with silver? Now you know what to do.” |
| akula kēia poʻe i loko o ka hale o Mika, a lawe maila i ke kiʻi, a me ka ʻēpoda, a me ke terapima, a me ke kiʻi i hoʻoheheʻe ʻia. A laila, ʻī akula ke kahuna iā lākou, He aha kā ʻoukou e hana nei? | When the five men went into Micah’s house and took the idol, the ephod and the household gods, the priest said to them, “What are you doing?” |
| ʻĪ maila lākou iā ia, Hāmau, e kau ʻoe i kou lima ma kou waha, a e pū me mākou, i lilo ʻoe i makua no mākou, a i kahuna hoʻi. He mea maikaʻi anei iā ʻoe i kahuna ʻoe no ka hale o ke kanaka hoʻokahi, no ka ʻohana paha, a no ka hanauna i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela? | They answered him, “Be quiet! Don’t say a word. Come with us, and be our father and priest. Isn’t it better that you serve a tribe and clan in Israel as priest rather than just one man’s household?” |
| ʻOliʻoli ihola ka naʻau o ke kahuna, a lawe aʻela ʻo ia i ka ʻēpoda, a me ke terapima, a me ke kiʻi, a akula i waena o nā kānaka. | The priest was very pleased. He took the ephod, the household gods and the idol and went along with the people. |
| Huli aʻela lākou a akula, a hoʻonoho ihola i ka poʻe ʻōpio, a me nā holoholona, a me ka ukana i mua o lākou. | Putting their little children, their livestock and their possessions in front of them, they turned away and left. |
| ʻĪ akula kēia, Ua lawe aku ʻoukou i koʻu mau akua, aʻu i hana ai, a me ke kahuna, a ua ʻoukou. He aha hoʻi ka mea i koe iaʻu? He aha hoʻi kēia mea a ʻoukou i nīnau mai nei iaʻu? He aha kāu? | He replied, “You took the gods I made, and my priest, and went away. What else do I have? How can you ask, ‘What’s the matter with you?’” |
| akula nā mamo a Dana i ko lākou wahi i ai. A ʻike ihola ʻo Mika, ua ʻoi ko lākou ikaika i kona, huli maila ia, a hoʻi aʻela i kona hale. | So the Danites went their way, and Micah, seeing that they were too strong for him, turned around and went back home. |
| Lawe lākou i nā mea a Mika i hana ai, a me kona kahuna, a akula i Laisa, i ka poʻe kānaka e noho mālie ana, me ka makaʻu ʻole; a luku akula kēia poʻe iā lākou i ka maka o ka pahi kaua, a puhi akula i ko lākou kūlanakauhale i ke ahi. | Then they took what Micah had made, and his priest, and went on to Laish, against a people at peace and secure. They attacked them with the sword and burned down their city. |
| Moekolohe kūʻē maila kāna haiā wahine iā ia, a aku, mai ona aku lā, a i ka hale o kona makua kāne, ma Betelehemaiuda, a ma laila nō ia i nā malama ʻehā. | But she was unfaithful to him. She left him and went back to her parents’ home in Bethlehem, Judah. After she had been there four months, |
| A hiki i ka hā o ka lā, i ko lākou ala ʻana i kakahiaka nui, kū maila ia e. ʻĪ maila ka makua kāne o ka wahine i kāna hūnōna kāne, E hōʻoluʻolu i kou naʻau me kahi berena iki, a ma hope iho, e aku ʻolua. | On the fourth day they got up early and he prepared to leave, but the woman’s father said to his son-in-law, “Refresh yourself with something to eat; then you can go.” |
| A i ke ala ʻana o ke kanaka e, koi maila kona makuahōnōwai kāne iā ia; no laila, noho ihola ia ia pō. | And when the man got up to go, his father-in-law persuaded him, so he stayed there that night. |
| I ka lima o ka lā, ala aʻela ia i kakahiaka nui, e. ʻĪ maila ka makua kāne o ka wahine, E hōʻoluʻolu paha ʻoe i kou naʻau. Kakali ihola lāua a ʻaui aʻe ka lā, a ʻai ihola lāua. | On the morning of the fifth day, when he rose to go, the woman’s father said, “Refresh yourself. Wait till afternoon!” So the two of them ate together. |
| A i ke kū ʻana o ke kanaka e, ʻo ia a me kāna wahine, a me kāna kauā, a laila, ʻōlelo mai kona makuahōnōwai kāne iā ia, ʻo ka makua kāne hoʻi o ua wahine lā, Aia hoʻi, ua ʻaui aʻe ka lā, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e noho hou i kēia pō, kokoke pō ka lā, ʻeā, e moe ma ʻaneʻi i leʻaleʻa kou naʻau; a ʻapōpō e ʻoe i kakahiaka nui, a hoʻi aku i kou halelewa. | Then when the man, with his concubine and his servant, got up to leave, his father-in-law, the woman’s father, said, “Now look, it’s almost evening. Spend the night here; the day is nearly over. Stay and enjoy yourself. Early tomorrow morning you can get up and be on your way home.” |
| ʻAʻole i ʻae mai ua kanaka lā e moe ia pō, akā, kū aʻela ia e akula, a hiki ma ke ala o Iebusa, ʻo ia hoʻi ʻo Ierusalema; aia nō me ia pū nā hoki ʻelua, i paʻa i nā noho lio, a ʻo kāna wahine kekahi me ia. | But, unwilling to stay another night, the man left and went toward Jebus (that is, Jerusalem), with his two saddled donkeys and his concubine. |
| ʻĪ maila kona haku iā ia, ʻAʻole kākou e kipa aʻe i laila, i ke kūlanakauhale o kānaka ʻē, ʻaʻole no nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela; e aku kākou, a Gibea. | His master replied, “No. We won’t go into any city whose people are not Israelites. We will go on to Gibeah.” |
| ʻĪ maila ia i kāna kauā, ʻEā, e aku kākou e moe i ka pō ma Gibea, a i Rama paha. | He added, “Come, let’s try to reach Gibeah or Ramah and spend the night in one of those places.” |
| akula lākou i ko lākou wahi i ai; a ua pō ka lā iā lākou ma Gibea no Beniamina. | So they went on, and the sun set as they neared Gibeah in Benjamin. |
| Aia hoʻi i ke ahiahi, mai kekahi kanaka ʻelemakule, mai kāna hana, mai ke kula mai, he kanaka no ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, a noho ihola ma Gibea. Akā, no Beniamina nā kānaka o ia wahi. | That evening an old man from the hill country of Ephraim, who was living in Gibeah (the inhabitants of the place were Benjamites), came in from his work in the fields. |
| ʻAlawa aʻela kona mau maka i luna, ʻike ihola i ke kanaka, he malihini ma ke alanui o ke kūlanakauhale. ʻĪ aʻela ua kanaka ʻelemakule nei, E ana ʻoe i hea? A mai hea mai ʻoe i mai ai? | When he looked and saw the traveler in the city square, the old man asked, “Where are you going? Where did you come from?” |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iā ia, E ana mākou mai Betelehemaiuda, a i nā mokuna o ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, no laila hoʻi au, a aku au i Betelehemaiuda; a ke hoʻi aku nei au i ka hale o Iēhova, ʻaʻole hoʻi kanaka nāna wau i hoʻokipa aʻe i ka hale. | He answered, “We are on our way from Bethlehem in Judah to a remote area in the hill country of Ephraim where I live. I have been to Bethlehem in Judah and now I am going to the house of the Lord. No one has taken me in for the night. |
| A i ko lākou hoʻoleʻaleʻa ʻana i ko lākou naʻau, aia hoʻi nā kānaka o ke kūlanakauhale, he poʻe kānaka hewa, hoʻopuni maila lākou i ka hale, a kīkēkē i ka puka, ʻōlelo mai i ka mea hale, i ua kanaka ʻelemakule nei, ʻī maila, E lawe mai i waho nei i ke kanaka i mai i kou hale, i ʻike mākou iā ia. | While they were enjoying themselves, some of the wicked men of the city surrounded the house. Pounding on the door, they shouted to the old man who owned the house, “Bring out the man who came to your house so we can have sex with him.” |
| A ʻo ke kanaka, ka haku o ka hale, akula ia i waho i o lākou lā, ʻī akula iā lākou, Ua oki, e nā hoahānau, mai hana hewa ʻoukou pēlā. Ua mai kēia kanaka i koʻu hale, mai hana hoʻi ʻoukou i kēia mea lapuwale. | The owner of the house went outside and said to them, “No, my friends, don’t be so vile. Since this man is my guest, don’t do this outrageous thing. |
| I ka puka ʻana o ka mālamalama, mai ua wahine lā, a hina ihola ma ka puka o ka hale o ua kanaka lā, ma kahi a kona haku, a mālamalama aʻela. | At daybreak the woman went back to the house where her master was staying, fell down at the door and lay there until daylight. |
| Ala maila kona haku i kakahiaka, a wehe aʻela i ka puka o ka hale, a puka aku e ma kona ala; aia hoʻi, ua hina ka wahine āna ma ka puka o ka hale, aia hoʻi kona mau lima i luna o ka paepae. | When her master got up in the morning and opened the door of the house and stepped out to continue on his way, there lay his concubine, fallen in the doorway of the house, with her hands on the threshold. |
| ʻĪ akula kēia iā ia, E ala mai, e kāua. ʻAʻohe mea pane mai. A laila, hāpai aʻela ua kanaka lā iā ia, a kau ihola i luna o ka hoki. Kū aʻela ke kanaka a hoʻi akula i kona wahi. | He said to her, “Get up; let’s go.” But there was no answer. Then the man put her on his donkey and set out for home. |
| Eia hoʻi, ʻo ka poʻe a pau i ʻike ia mea, ʻī aʻela lākou, ʻAʻohe mea i hana ʻia e like me nēia, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻike ʻia, mai ka lā i mai ai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, a hiki mai i nēia lā. E noʻonoʻo ʻoukou ia mea, a e kūkākūkā iho, a e ʻōlelo mai. | Everyone who saw it was saying to one another, “Such a thing has never been seen or done, not since the day the Israelites came up out of Egypt. Just imagine! We must do something! So speak up!” |
| A laila, akula nā mamo a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a ʻākoakoa aʻela ia poʻe, me he kanaka hoʻokahi lā, mai Dana, a hiki i Beʻereseba, a me ko ka ʻāina ʻo Gileada, a i o Iēhova lā i Mizepa. | Then all Israel from Dan to Beersheba and from the land of Gilead came together as one and assembled before the Lord in Mizpah. |
| Kū maila nā luna o nā kānaka a pau, no nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela ma loko o ka ʻaha kanaka o ke Akua, ʻehā haneri tausani kānaka i wāwae, me ka unuhi i ka pahi kaua. | The leaders of all the people of the tribes of Israel took their places in the assembly of God’s people, four hundred thousand men armed with swords. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ka Levi, ke kāne a ka wahine i pepehi ʻia,ʻī akula, I koʻu ʻana i Gibea no Beniamina, ʻo wau a me kaʻu haiā wahine, a moe i laila; | So the Levite, the husband of the murdered woman, said, “I and my concubine came to Gibeah in Benjamin to spend the night. |
| Kū maila nā kānaka a pau me he kanaka hoʻokahi lā, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole kekahi o kākou e i kona halelewa, ʻaʻole hoʻi kekahi o kākou e hoʻi i kona hale. | All the men rose up together as one, saying, “None of us will go home. No, not one of us will return to his house. |
| Hoʻākoakoa maila nā mamo a Beniamina, mai loko mai o nā kūlanakauhale ma Gibea, e aku e kaua me nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | From their towns they came together at Gibeah to fight against the Israelites. |
| akula nā kānaka o ʻIseraʻela e kaua aku i ka Beniamina; a hoʻomākaukau iho nā kānaka o ʻIseraʻela e kaua aku iā lākou ma Gibea. | The Israelites went out to fight the Benjamites and took up battle positions against them at Gibeah. |
| ʻO Pinehasa, ke keiki a ʻEleazara ke keiki a ʻAʻarona, kai kū i mua ona ia mau lā,) ʻī akula, E hou anei au e kaua aku i nā mamo a Beniamina, a kuʻu kaikaina, e oki anei? ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova, Ō piʻi, no ka mea, ʻapōpō, e hāʻawi au iā lākou i loko o kou lima. | with Phinehas son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron, ministering before it.) They asked, “Shall we go up again to fight against the Benjamites, our fellow Israelites, or not?” The Lord responded, “Go, for tomorrow I will give them into your hands.” |
| kūʻē maila iā Gibea, he ʻumi tausani kānaka i wae ʻia mai loko mai o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, a ikaika loa ihola ke kaua; ʻaʻole naʻe lākou i ʻike, ua kokoke mai ka hewa iā lākou. | Then ten thousand of Israel’s able young men made a frontal attack on Gibeah. The fighting was so heavy that the Benjamites did not realize how near disaster was. |
| maila nā kānaka i ka hale o ke Akua, noho ihola ma laila a ahiahi i mua i ke alo o ke Akua, hoʻokiʻekiʻe aʻela i ko lākou leo, a uē nui ihola. | The people went to Bethel, where they sat before God until evening, raising their voices and weeping bitterly. |
| Nīnau aʻela nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ʻO wai ka mea i waena o nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, i pū ʻole mai me ka ʻaha kanaka iā Iēhova? No ka mea, hoʻohiki nui loa lākou no ke kanaka i piʻi ʻole mai iā Iēhova i Mizepa, ʻī aʻela, E ʻoiaʻiʻo nō e pepehi ʻia ʻo ia. | Then the Israelites asked, “Who from all the tribes of Israel has failed to assemble before the Lord?” For they had taken a solemn oath that anyone who failed to assemble before the Lord at Mizpah was to be put to death. |
| Nīnau akula lākou, ʻO wai kekahi ʻohana o ka ʻIseraʻela, i piʻi ʻole mai i Mizepa iā Iēhova? Aia hoʻi, ʻaʻohe mea i mai o nā kānaka o Iabesa Gileada i ka ʻaha kanaka i kahi hoʻomoana ai. | Then they asked, “Which one of the tribes of Israel failed to assemble before the Lord at Mizpah?” They discovered that no one from Jabesh Gilead had come to the camp for the assembly. |
| Hoʻouna akula ka ʻaha kanaka i ʻumikumamālua tausani kānaka, ʻo ka poʻe koa loa, a kauoha akula iā lākou, ʻī akula, E, e luku i kānaka o Iabesa Gileada, me ka maka o ka pahi kaua, i nā wāhine a me nā keiki. | So the assembly sent twelve thousand fighting men with instructions to go to Jabesh Gilead and put to the sword those living there, including the women and children. |
| A laila, kauoha akula lākou i nā mamo a Beniamina, ʻī akula, Ō a moe malū ma nā pā waina; | So they instructed the Benjamites, saying, “Go and hide in the vineyards |
| E nānā ʻoukou, aia mai nā kaikamāhine o Silo e hula ma nā hula, a laila e mai ʻoukou, mai loko mai o nā pā waina, a e hopu kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i wahine nāna, no nā kaikamāhine o Silo, a e hoʻi i ka ʻāina ʻo Beniamina. | and watch. When the young women of Shiloh come out to join in the dancing, rush from the vineyards and each of you seize one of them to be your wife. Then return to the land of Benjamin. |
| A hiki i ka manawa, e mai ai i o kākou nei, ko lākou mau mākua kāne, a ʻo ko lākou mau kaikunāne paha, e hoʻopiʻi mai, a laila, e ʻōlelo mākou iā lākou, E lokomaikaʻi mai ʻoukou iā mākou, ma o lākou lā; no ka mea, ʻaʻole mākou i mālama i wahine na kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka, ma ke kaua ʻana, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoukou i hāʻawi na lākou i kēia wā, i mea e hewa ai ʻoukou. | When their fathers or brothers complain to us, we will say to them, ‘Do us the favor of helping them, because we did not get wives for them during the war. You will not be guilty of breaking your oath because you did not give your daughters to them.’” |
| A hana ihola nā mamo a Beniamina pēlā, a lawe i nā wāhine a lākou i hopu ai ma ke kula, e like me ko lākou helu ʻana. A lākou, a hoʻi aku i ko lākou ʻāina, a hoʻomākaukau hou i nā kūlanakauhale, a noho ihola ma laila. | So that is what the Benjamites did. While the young women were dancing, each man caught one and carried her off to be his wife. Then they returned to their inheritance and rebuilt the towns and settled in them. |
| Ia manawa, akula nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, mai laila aku, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona ʻāina iho, a i kona hoahānau, a ma laila aku lākou i ai, ʻo kēlā kanaka, kēia kanaka, i kona ʻāina hoʻoili iho. | At that time the Israelites left that place and went home to their tribes and clans, each to his own inheritance. |
| Aia i ka wā i noho ai nā luna kānāwai i aliʻi, wī ihola ka ʻāina, a akula kekahi kanaka no Betelehemaiuda, e noho ma ka ʻāina i Moaba, ʻo ia a me kāna wahine, a me kāna mau keiki kāne ʻelua. | In the days when the judges ruled, there was a famine in the land. So a man from Bethlehem in Judah, together with his wife and two sons, went to live for a while in the country of Moab. |
| ʻO ʻElimeleka ka inoa o ua kanaka lā, a ʻo Naomi ka inoa o kāna wahine, ʻo Mahelona mā lāua ʻo Kiliona, nā inoa o kāna mau keiki kāne; no ʻEperata lākou, no Betelehemaiuda. A aku lākou i ka ʻāina i Moaba, a noho ihola ma laila. | The man’s name was Elimelek, his wife’s name was Naomi, and the names of his two sons were Mahlon and Kilion. They were Ephrathites from Bethlehem, Judah. And they went to Moab and lived there. |
| akula ʻo ia i waho o kahi āna i noho ai, me kāna mau hūnōna wahine ʻelua; a maila lākou ma ke ala, e hoʻi ai i ka ʻāina i Iuda. | With her two daughters-in-law she left the place where she had been living and set out on the road that would take them back to the land of Judah. |
| ʻĪ maila lāua iā ia, He ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, pū māua me ʻoe, i kou hoʻi ʻana i kou poʻe kānaka. | and said to her, “We will go back with you to your people.” |
| ʻŌlelo hou maila ʻo Naomi, E nā kaikamāhine aʻu, ō hoʻi. No ke aha lā ʻolua e pū ai me aʻu? He mau keiki hou anei i loko o koʻu ʻōpū, i mau kāne na ʻolua? | But Naomi said, “Return home, my daughters. Why would you come with me? Am I going to have any more sons, who could become your husbands? |
| E hoʻi ʻolua, e nā kaikamāhine aʻu, ō, no ka mea, ua luahine au, ʻaʻole e loaʻa ke kāne hou. A inā paha e ʻōlelo au, ua lana koʻu manaʻo, a, inā he kāne kaʻu i kēia pō, a hānau nā keiki kāne; | Return home, my daughters; I am too old to have another husband. Even if I thought there was still hope for me — even if I had a husband tonight and then gave birth to sons — |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Ruta iā ia, Mai nonoi mai ʻoe iaʻu, e haʻalele iā ʻoe, a e hoʻi aku, mai ka hahai ʻana iā ʻoe; no ka mea, ma kou wahi e ai, ma laila au e ai, ma kou wahi e moe ai, ma laila au e moe ai: ʻo kou poʻe kānaka, noʻu ia poʻe kānaka, ʻo kou Akua, noʻu ia Akua: | But Ruth replied, “Don’t urge me to leave you or to turn back from you. Where you go I will go, and where you stay I will stay. Your people will be my people and your God my God. |
| A ʻike mai ia, ua ikaika loa ko Ruta manaʻo e pū me ia, a laila, oki ihola kāna ʻōlelo ʻana iā ia. | When Naomi realized that Ruth was determined to go with her, she stopped urging her. |
| pū nō lāua, a hiki akula i Betelehema. A komo akula lāua i loko o Betelehema, piʻoloke ihola ke kūlanakauhale a pau no lāua; ʻī aʻela lākou, ʻO Naomi anei kēia? | So the two women went on until they came to Bethlehem. When they arrived in Bethlehem, the whole town was stirred because of them, and the women exclaimed, “Can this be Naomi?” |
| Ua lako aku au i waho, hoʻihoʻi nele mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu. No ke aha lā ʻoukou e kapa mai ai iaʻu ʻo Naomi? No ka mea, ua hoʻohaʻahaʻa mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, a ua hoʻokaumaha mai ʻo ka Mea mana iaʻu. | I went away full, but the Lord has brought me back empty. Why call me Naomi? The Lord has afflicted me; the Almighty has brought misfortune upon me.” |
| Pēlā i hoʻi mai ai ʻo Naomi, a me kāna hūnōna wahine pū me ia, ʻo Ruta, no Moaba, a mai no ka ʻāina ʻo Moaba mai; a hiki mai lāua i Betelehema i ka manawa o ka hōʻiliʻili mua ʻana i ka hua bale. | So Naomi returned from Moab accompanied by Ruth the Moabite, her daughter-in-law, arriving in Bethlehem as the barley harvest was beginning. |
| ʻĪ aʻela ʻo Ruta ka Moaba iā Naomi, E au i ka mahina ʻai ʻea, a hōʻiliʻili ma waena o nā ʻōpuʻu palaoa, ma muli o ka mea e aloha mai iaʻu. ʻĪ maila ia, Ō, e kuʻu kaikamahine. | And Ruth the Moabite said to Naomi, “Let me go to the fields and pick up the leftover grain behind anyone in whose eyes I find favor.” Naomi said to her, “Go ahead, my daughter.” |
| akula ia a hiki, a hōʻiliʻili ihola ma ka mahina ʻai, ma muli o ka poʻe ʻokiʻoki. A loaʻa kāna puʻu ma kahi kīhāpai no Boaza, no ka hanauna ia o ʻElimeleka. | So she went out, entered a field and began to glean behind the harvesters. As it turned out, she was working in a field belonging to Boaz, who was from the clan of Elimelek. |
| Aia hoʻi, maila ʻo Boaza, mai Betelehema mai, ʻī maila i ka poʻe ʻokiʻoki, ʻO Iēhova pū kekahi me ʻoukou. ʻĪ akula lākou iā ia, Na Iēhova nō e hoʻopōmaikaʻi mai iā ʻoe. | Just then Boaz arrived from Bethlehem and greeted the harvesters, “The Lord be with you!” “The Lord bless you!” they answered. |
| Nonoi mai ia, ʻEa, e hōʻiliʻili paha au, a hoʻāhu ma hope o ka poʻe ʻokiʻoki, i waena o nā pua. A laila, maila ʻo ia, a ua hoʻomau, mai ke kakahiaka a i kēia wā, hoʻomaha iki nō naʻe ma ka hale. | She said, ‘Please let me glean and gather among the sheaves behind the harvesters.’ She came into the field and has remained here from morning till now, except for a short rest in the shelter.” |
| A laila, ʻī aʻela ʻo Boaza iā Ruta, E kuʻu kaikamahine, ʻaʻole anei ʻoe i lohe? Mai ʻoe e hōʻiliʻili i ka mahina ʻai ʻē aʻe, mai haʻalele ʻoe i kēia wahi. E hoʻopili ʻoe me koʻu poʻe kaikamāhine ma ʻaneʻi. | So Boaz said to Ruth, “My daughter, listen to me. Don’t go and glean in another field and don’t go away from here. Stay here with the women who work for me. |
| E kau kou mau maka ma ke kīhāpai a lākou e ʻokiʻoki ai, a e hahai ʻoe ma muli o lākou. ʻAʻole anei au i kauoha aku i nā kānaka uʻi, i hoʻopā ʻole mai lākou iā ʻoe? A make wai ʻoe ʻea, e ʻoe a inu i ka mea a nā kanaka uʻi i ukuhi ai. | Watch the field where the men are harvesting, and follow along after the women. I have told the men not to lay a hand on you. And whenever you are thirsty, go and get a drink from the water jars the men have filled.” |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Boaza, ʻī akula, Ua hoʻākāka pono ʻia mai iaʻu nā mea a pau āu i hana aku ai i kou makuahōnōwai wahine, ma hope mai o ka make ʻana o kāu kāne; a ua haʻalele ʻoe i kou makua kāne, a me kou makuahine, a me kahi āu i hānau ai, a ua mai hoʻi i ka poʻe kānaka āu i ʻike ʻole ai ma mua. | Boaz replied, “I’ve been told all about what you have done for your mother-in-law since the death of your husband — how you left your father and mother and your homeland and came to live with a people you did not know before. |
| Na Iēhova nō e uku mai i kāu hana, a e hāʻawi ʻia mai nō hoʻi iā ʻoe ka uku nui loa e Iēhova, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela. Ua mai hoʻi ʻoe e hilinaʻi ma ka malu o kona mau ʻēheu. | May the Lord repay you for what you have done. May you be richly rewarded by the Lord, the God of Israel, under whose wings you have come to take refuge.” |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Boaza iā ia, I ka manawa e ʻai ai, e mai ʻoe e ʻai i ka berena, e hōʻū iho i kou hakina ma loko o ka vīnega. Noho ihola ia ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka poʻe ʻokiʻoki; hāʻawi aʻela ʻo ia iā ia i ʻai i pūlehu ʻia, a ʻai ihola ia a māʻona, a koe nō. | At mealtime Boaz said to her, “Come over here. Have some bread and dip it in the wine vinegar.” When she sat down with the harvesters, he offered her some roasted grain. She ate all she wanted and had some left over. |
| A lawe ihola ia, a akula i ke kūlanakauhale, a ʻike maila kona makuahōnōwai wahine i ka mea āna i hōʻiliʻili ai; a lawe maila ia a hāʻawi mai iā ia i ke koena āna i mālama ai ma hope o kona māʻona ʻana. | She carried it back to town, and her mother-in-law saw how much she had gathered. Ruth also brought out and gave her what she had left over after she had eaten enough. |
| ʻĪ mai ʻo Naomi iā Ruta, i kāna hūnōna wahine, E kuʻu kaikamahine, he mea maikaʻi ke pū ʻoe me kona mau kaikamāhine, i loaʻa ʻole ʻoe iā lākou ma ka mahina ʻai ʻē aʻe. | Naomi said to Ruth her daughter-in-law, “It will be good for you, my daughter, to go with the women who work for him, because in someone else’s field you might be harmed.” |
| A ʻai ʻo Boaza, a inu, a ʻoliʻoli kona naʻau, a laila, akula ia e moe ma ka wēlau a ka puʻu ʻai; a mālie maila ia, a wehe ihola i kona mau kapuaʻi, a moe ihola. | When Boaz had finished eating and drinking and was in good spirits, he went over to lie down at the far end of the grain pile. Ruth approached quietly, uncovered his feet and lay down. |
| Moe ihola ʻo ia ma kona mau kapuaʻi a kakahiaka. A ala maila ia ma mua o ka wā e hiki ai kekahi ke hoʻomaopopo i kona hoa. ʻĪ aʻela ia, Mai haʻi aku i ka ʻana mai o ka wahine i ke kahua hahi. | So she lay at his feet until morning, but got up before anyone could be recognized; and he said, “No one must know that a woman came to the threshing floor.” |
| A laila piʻi akula ʻo Boaza i ka puka pā, a noho ihola i laila; aia hoʻi, aʻela ka hoahānau a Boaza i ʻōlelo ai. ʻĪ akula kēia iā ia, Ē, ʻo mea, e huli mai ʻoe, a e noho iho ma ʻaneʻi. Huli maila ia a noho ihola. | Meanwhile Boaz went up to the town gate and sat down there just as the guardian-redeemer he had mentioned came along. Boaz said, “Come over here, my friend, and sit down.” So he went over and sat down. |
| ʻĪ maila nā kānaka a pau, ma ka puka pā, a me nā lunakahiko, He poʻe ʻike mākou. Na Iēhova nō e hoʻolilo mai i ka wahine i mai i loko o kou hale e like me Rāhela a me Lea, na lāua ʻelua i kūkulu i ka hale o ka ʻIseraʻela, a e waiwai hoʻi ʻoe ma ʻEperata, a e kaulana nō kou inoa ma Betelehema. | Then the elders and all the people at the gate said, “We are witnesses. May the Lord make the woman who is coming into your home like Rachel and Leah, who together built up the family of Israel. May you have standing in Ephrathah and be famous in Bethlehem. |
| I kēlā makahiki kēia makahiki, aku ua kanaka lā mai kona kūlanakauhale aku e hoʻomana, a e kaumaha aku iā Iēhova o nā lehulehu ma Silo; ma laila nā keiki ʻelua a ʻEli, ʻo Hopeni lāua ʻo Pinehasa, nā kāhuna a Iēhova. | Year after year this man went up from his town to worship and sacrifice to the Lord Almighty at Shiloh, where Hophni and Phinehas, the two sons of Eli, were priests of the Lord. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻEli, ʻī akula, Ō ʻoe me ke aloha: a na ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela e hoʻokō mai kāu mea āu i noi aku ai iā ia. | Eli answered, “Go in peace, and may the God of Israel grant you what you have asked of him.” |
| ʻĪ maila ia, I loaʻa i kāu kauā wahine ke aloha i mua o kou maka. A akula ua wahine lā ma kona wahi i ai, a ʻai ihola, ʻaʻole minamina hou kona maka. | She said, “May your servant find favor in your eyes.” Then she went her way and ate something, and her face was no longer downcast. |
| A ʻo ua kanaka lā, ʻo ʻElekana, a me ko kona hale a pau, akula e kaumaha aku iā Iēhova i ka mōhai makahiki, a me kona hoʻohiki ʻana. | When her husband Elkanah went up with all his family to offer the annual sacrifice to the Lord and to fulfill his vow, |
| A akula ʻo ʻElekana i kona hale ma Rama; a hoʻokauā aku ke keiki na Iēhova i mua o ʻEli ke kahuna. | Then Elkanah went home to Ramah, but the boy ministered before the Lord under Eli the priest. |
| Ua maʻa nō ia mea o nā kāhuna me nā kānaka, a i kaumaha aku kekahi kanaka i ka mōhai, mai ke kauā a ke kahuna me ke ʻō manamana kolu ma kona lima i ka manawa i hoʻolapalapa ai i ka ʻiʻo; | Now it was the practice of the priests that, whenever any of the people offered a sacrifice, the priest’s servant would come with a three-pronged fork in his hand while the meat was being boiled |
| A hoʻū ihola i loko o ka ipu, ʻo ka ipu lepo paha, ʻo ka ipu keleawe paha, ʻo ka ipu hao paha, a ʻo ka mea a pau i loaʻa i ke ʻō, na ke kahuna ia i lawe nāna iho. Pēlā nō lākou i hana ai ma Silo i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i ai i laila. | and would plunge the fork into the pan or kettle or caldron or pot. Whatever the fork brought up the priest would take for himself. This is how they treated all the Israelites who came to Shiloh. |
| Ma mua hoʻi o ke puhi ʻana i ka momona, maila ke kauā a ke kahuna, a ʻī maila i ke kanaka e kaumaha ana, E hāʻawi mai i ka ʻiʻo no ka ʻōhinu ʻana na ke kahuna; ʻaʻole ona makemake iā ʻoe i ka ʻiʻo i hoʻolapalapa ʻia, akā, he ʻiʻo maka nō. | But even before the fat was burned, the priest’s servant would come and say to the person who was sacrificing, “Give the priest some meat to roast; he won’t accept boiled meat from you, but only raw.” |
| Hana ihola kona makuahine i wahi lole komo ʻuʻuku nona, a lawe mai ia mea iā ia i kēlā makahiki kēia makahiki, iā ia i mai ai me kāna kāne e kaumaha aku i ka mōhai makahiki. | Each year his mother made him a little robe and took it to him when she went up with her husband to offer the annual sacrifice. |
| maila kekahi kanaka o ke Akua iā ʻEli, ʻī maila iā ia, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova pēnēia, Ua hōʻike akāka ʻia anei au i ko ka hale o kou makua kāne, iā lākou i noho ai i ʻAigupita ma ka hale o Paraʻo? | Now a man of God came to Eli and said to him, “This is what the Lord says: ‘Did I not clearly reveal myself to your ancestor’s family when they were in Egypt under Pharaoh? |
| No ia mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻĪ ihola au, ʻo ko ka hale ou, a me ko ka hale o kou makua kāne, e mau loa lākou i mua oʻu; akā ʻānō, ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova, Hōʻole akula au ia; no ka mea, ʻo nā mea e hoʻomaikaʻi mai iaʻu, naʻu lākou e hoʻomaikaʻi aku; a ʻo nā mea e hoʻowahāwahā mai iaʻu, e hoʻowahāwahā ʻia lākou. | “Therefore the Lord, the God of Israel, declares: ‘I promised that members of your family would minister before me forever.’ But now the Lord declares: ‘Far be it from me! Those who honor me I will honor, but those who despise me will be disdained. |
| A e hoʻokū auaneʻi au i kahuna pono naʻu, nāna e hana ka mea kū i koʻu manaʻo, a me koʻu naʻau: a naʻu nō e kūkulu i hale mau nona, a e mau loa nō ia i mua o koʻu mea i poni ʻia. | I will raise up for myself a faithful priest, who will do according to what is in my heart and mind. I will firmly establish his priestly house, and they will minister before my anointed one always. |
| A ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea i waiho ʻia i loko o kou hale e mai nō a e kūlou iho i mua ona no kekahi kālā ʻuʻuku, a me kekahi paʻi berena, a e ʻī mai, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hāʻawi mai iaʻu i wahi ʻoihana kahuna, i ʻai iho ai au i kahi berena. | Then everyone left in your family line will come and bow down before him for a piece of silver and a loaf of bread and plead, “Appoint me to some priestly office so I can have food to eat.”’” |
| A holo akula ia i o ʻEli lā, ʻī akula, Eia nō wau, no ka mea, ua kāhea mai ʻoe iaʻu. ʻĪ maila ia, ʻAʻole au i kāhea aku; e moe hou ʻoe. A akula ia, a moe ihola. | And he ran to Eli and said, “Here I am; you called me.” But Eli said, “I did not call; go back and lie down.” So he went and lay down. |
| Kāhea hou maila ʻo Iēhova, E Samuʻela. A ala mai ʻo Samuʻela, a i o ʻEli lā, ʻī akula, Eia nō wau; no ka mea, ua kāhea mai ʻoe iaʻu. ʻĪ maila ia, ʻAʻole au i kāhea aku, e kuʻu keiki; e moe hou ʻoe. | Again the Lord called, “Samuel!” And Samuel got up and went to Eli and said, “Here I am; you called me.” “My son,” Eli said, “I did not call; go back and lie down.” |
| Kāhea hou maila ʻo Iēhova iā Samuʻela, ʻo ke kolu kēia. Ala maila ia, a akula i o ʻEli lā, ʻī akula, Eia nō wau; no ka mea, ua kāhea mai ʻoe iaʻu. A ʻike ihola ʻo ʻEli, ua kāhea mai ʻo Iēhova i ke keiki. | A third time the Lord called, “Samuel!” And Samuel got up and went to Eli and said, “Here I am; you called me.” Then Eli realized that the Lord was calling the boy. |
| maila ʻo Iēhova, a hōʻike iā ia iho, a kāhea maila e like me nā manawa ma mua, E Samuʻela, e Samuʻela. ʻĪ akula ʻo Samuʻela, E ʻōlelo mai, no ka mea, ua lohe kāu kauā. | The Lord came and stood there, calling as at the other times, “Samuel! Samuel!” Then Samuel said, “Speak, for your servant is listening.” |
| A hiki aʻela ka ʻōlelo a Samuʻela i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau. kūʻē akula ka ʻIseraʻela i ko Pilisetia i ke kaua, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻEbenezera; a ʻo ko Pilisetia hoʻomoana ihola ma ʻApeka. | And Samuel’s word came to all Israel. Now the Israelites went out to fight against the Philistines. The Israelites camped at Ebenezer, and the Philistines at Aphek. |
| A kaua akula ko Pilisetia, a luku ʻia, ʻo ka ʻIseraʻela, a holo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona halelewa; a he nui loa nā mea i make, no ka mea, hāʻule ihola ʻo ka ʻIseraʻela, he kanakolu tausani koa wāwae. | So the Philistines fought, and the Israelites were defeated and every man fled to his tent. The slaughter was very great; Israel lost thirty thousand foot soldiers. |
| A lohe aʻela ʻo ʻEli i ka leo o ka uē ʻana, ʻī ihola ia, No ke aha lā ka leo o kēia haunaele? A koke mai ke kanaka, a haʻi iā ʻEli. | Eli heard the outcry and asked, “What is the meaning of this uproar?” The man hurried over to Eli, |
| ʻĪ maila ke kanaka iā ʻEli, ʻO wau nō ka mea i mai, mai ke kaua mai, i kēia lā wau i holo mai nei mai ke kaua mai. Nīnau akula ia, He aha ka ʻōlelo, e kuʻu keiki? | He told Eli, “I have just come from the battle line; I fled from it this very day.” Eli asked, “What happened, my son?” |
| No ia mea, ʻo nā kāhuna a Dagona, a me nā mea a pau e ma loko o ka hale o Dagona, ʻaʻole lākou e hehi ma luna o ka paepae o Dagona ma ʻAsedoda, a hiki i kēia wā. | That is why to this day neither the priests of Dagon nor any others who enter Dagon's temple at Ashdod step on the threshold. |
| No ke aha lā ʻoukou, e hoʻopaʻakikī nei i ko ʻoukou naʻau, e like me ko ʻAigupita, a me Paraʻo i hoʻopaʻakikī ai i ko lākou naʻau? Iā ia i hana mana ai i waena o lākou, ʻaʻole anei ia i kuʻu aku iā lākou, a lākou? | Why do you harden your hearts as the Egyptians and Pharaoh did? When he treated them harshly, did they not send the Israelites out so they could go on their way? |
| A e lawe aku ʻoukou i ka pahu o Iēhova, a kau ma luna o ke kaʻa, a e hahao i nā mea gula a ʻoukou e hoʻihoʻi aku i mōhai hala nona ma loko o kahi pahu ma ka ʻaoʻao; a e hoʻouna aku ʻoukou ia mea, i aku ia. | Take the ark of the LORD and put it on the cart, and in a chest beside it put the gold objects you are sending back to him as a guilt offering. Send it on its way, |
| A pololei akula nā bipi ma ke ala e hiki ai i Betesemesa, ma ke ala loa ka ʻana, a lāua me ka uō ʻana, ʻaʻole lāua i huli aʻe ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema; a nā haku o ko Pilisetia ma hope o lāua, a hiki i ka mokuna ʻo Betesemesa. | Then the cows went straight up toward Beth Shemesh, keeping on the road and lowing all the way; they did not turn to the right or to the left. The rulers of the Philistines followed them as far as the border of Beth Shemesh. |
| A akula ke kaʻa ma loko o ka mahina ʻai o Iosua no Betesemesa, a kū ma laila; a ma laila ka pōhaku nui; a wāwahi lākou i ka lāʻau o ke kaʻa, a kaumaha akula lākou i nā bipi i mōhai kuni iā Iēhova. | The cart came to the field of Joshua of Beth Shemesh, and there it stopped beside a large rock. The people chopped up the wood of the cart and sacrificed the cows as a burnt offering to the LORD. |
| ʻĪ aʻela nā kānaka o Betesemesa, ʻO wai lā ka mea hiki ke kū i mua o Iēhova kēia Akua Hemolele? A iā wai lā ʻo ia e aku mai o kākou aku? | and the men of Beth Shemesh asked, "Who can stand in the presence of the LORD, this holy God? To whom will the ark go up from here?" |
| A maila nā kānaka o Kiriatiarima, a lawe akula i ka pahu o Iēhova, a waiho ihola ia ma loko o ka hale o ʻAbinadaba ma ka puʻu, a hoʻolaʻa akula i kāna keiki iā ʻEleazara e mālama i ka pahu o Iēhova. | So the men of Kiriath Jearim came and took up the ark of the LORD. They took it to Abinadab's house on the hill and consecrated Eleazar his son to guard the ark of the LORD. |
| akula nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela ma waho o Mizepa, a hahai akula i ko Pilisetia, a luku akula iā lākou a hiki ma Betekara. | The men of Israel rushed out of Mizpah and pursued the Philistines, slaughtering them along the way to a point below Beth Car. |
| A pio ihola ko Pilisetia, ʻaʻole i hou mai lākou ma loko o ka mokuna o ka ʻIseraʻela; a kūʻē maila ka lima o Iēhova i ko Pilisetia i nā lā a pau o Samuʻela. | So the Philistines were subdued and did not invade Israelite territory again. Throughout Samuel's lifetime, the hand of the LORD was against the Philistines. |
| Akā, ʻaʻole i kāna mau keiki ma kona ʻaoʻao; huli aʻela lāua ma muli o ka waiwai ʻālunu, a lawe lāua i ke kīpē, a hoʻokahuli i ka pono. | But his sons did not walk in his ways. They turned aside after dishonest gain and accepted bribes and perverted justice. |
| A laila hoʻākoakoa ʻia aʻela nā lunakahiko a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a mai i o Samuʻela lā ma Rama, | So all the elders of Israel gathered together and came to Samuel at Ramah. |
| ʻĪ maila iā ia, Aia hoʻi, ua ʻelemakule ʻoe, ʻaʻole i kāu mau keiki ma kou ʻaoʻao: ʻānō e hoʻonoho ʻoe i aliʻi no mākou, nāna mākou e hoʻoponopono e like me nā lāhui kanaka a pau. | They said to him, "You are old, and your sons do not walk in your ways; now appoint a king to lead us, such as all the other nations have." |
| I like ai mākou me nā lāhui kanaka ʻē a pau; a i hoʻoponopono ko mākou aliʻi iā mākou, a e ia ma mua o mākou, a e kaua aku i ko mākou kaua. | Then we will be like all the other nations, with a king to lead us and to go out before us and fight our battles." |
| Ua nalowale nā hoki a Kisa, ka makua kāne o Saula; ʻī akula ʻo Kisa i kāna keiki, iā Saula, E lawe ʻoe i kekahi kauā me ʻoe, a e ʻimi i nā hoki. | Now the donkeys belonging to Saul's father Kish were lost, and Kish said to his son Saul, "Take one of the servants with you and go and look for the donkeys." |
| Kaʻahele nō ia ma ka mauna ʻo ʻEperaima, a kaʻahele hoʻi ma ka ʻāina ʻo Salisa, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lāua; a laila kaʻahele lāua ma ka ʻāina ʻo Salima, ʻaʻole ma laila; akula ia ma ka ʻāina o ka Beniamina, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lāua. | So he passed through the hill country of Ephraim and through the area around Shalisha, but they did not find them. They went on into the district of Shaalim, but the donkeys were not there. Then he passed through the territory of Benjamin, but they did not find them. |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iā ia, Aia hoʻi, ma kēia kūlanakauhale e noho ana kekahi kanaka o ke Akua, he kanaka kaulana: a ʻo ka mea a pau āna e ʻōlelo ai, e kō ʻiʻo nō ia: e kāua ma laila, malama e hiki iā ia ke kuhikuhi mai iā kaua i ke ala e pono ai kāua ke. | But the servant replied, "Look, in this town there is a man of God; he is highly respected, and everything he says comes true. Let's go there now. Perhaps he will tell us what way to take." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Saula i kāna kauā, Inā paha e kāua, he aha ko kāua e lawe aku ai i ua kanaka lā? No ka mea, ua pau ka berena ma loko o ko kāua ipu, ʻaʻole he manawaleʻa e lawe aku i ua kanaka lā o ke Akua: he aha ka mea iā kāua? | Saul said to his servant, "If we go, what can we give the man? The food in our sacks is gone. We have no gift to take to the man of God. What do we have?" |
| (I ka manawa ma mua i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela, a i ke kanaka e nīnau i ke Akua, pēnēia ia i ʻōlelo ai, Inā kākou e i ka mea ʻike; no ka mea, ʻo ke kāula i kēia manawa, ua kapa ʻia ʻo ia ma mua, he mea ʻike.) | (Formerly in Israel, if a man went to inquire of God, he would say, "Come, let us go to the seer," because the prophet of today used to be called a seer.) |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Saula i kāna kauā, Ua pono kāu ʻōlelo; inā kāua e aku: a akula lāua i ke kūlanakauhale, i kahi o ke kanaka o ke Akua. | "Good," Saul said to his servant. "Come, let's go." So they set out for the town where the man of God was. |
| A i kā lāua piʻi ʻana i ke kūlanakauhale, loaʻa iā lāua nā kaikamāhine e ana e huki wai, ʻī akula iā lākou, Ma ʻaneʻi anei ke kanaka ʻike? | As they were going up the hill to the town, they met some girls coming out to draw water, and they asked them, "Is the seer here?" |
| ʻŌlelo maila lākou iā lāua, ʻī maila, Ma ʻaneʻi nō: aia hoʻi ia ma mua ou, e wikiwiki, no ka mea, i mai ia i ke kūlanakauhale i kēia lā; no ka mea, he ʻahaʻaina na nā kānaka i kēia lā ma kahi kiʻekiʻe. | "He is," they answered. "He's ahead of you. Hurry now; he has just come to our town today, for the people have a sacrifice at the high place. |
| Ala aʻela lākou i kakahiaka nui; a i ka wanaʻao, kāhea akula ʻo Samuʻela iā Saula ma luna o ka hale, ʻī akula, E ala, a hoʻouna aku au iā ʻoe. Ala mai ʻo Saula, a akula lāua i waho, ʻo ia a me Samuʻela. | They rose about daybreak and Samuel called to Saul on the roof, "Get ready, and I will send you on your way." When Saul got ready, he and Samuel went outside together. |
| A i ko lāua iho ʻana ma ka mokuna o ke kūlanakauhale, ʻī akula ʻo Samuʻela iā Saula, E ʻī aku ʻoe i ke kauā, e ʻē aku ia ma mua o kāua, (a akula ia,) akā, e kū mālie ʻoe i kēia wā, i hōʻike aku ai au iā ʻoe i ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua. | As they were going down to the edge of the town, Samuel said to Saul, "Tell the servant to go on ahead of us"--and the servant did so--"but you stay here awhile, so that I may give you a message from God." |
| A hala ʻoe mai oʻu aku nei i kēia lā, a laila e loaʻa nō iā ʻoe nā kānaka ʻelua ma ka hale lua o Rāhela, ma ka mokuna o ka Beniamina, ma Zeleza; a e ʻī mai lāua iā ʻoe, Ua loaʻa nā hoki āu i ai e ʻimi: aia hoʻi, ua pau ka manaʻo ʻana o kou makua kāne i nā hoki, a ua kaumaha ʻo ia iā ʻolua, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, He aha kaʻu e hana ai no kuʻu keiki? | When you leave me today, you will meet two men near Rachel's tomb, at Zelzah on the border of Benjamin. They will say to you, 'The donkeys you set out to look for have been found. And now your father has stopped thinking about them and is worried about you. He is asking, "What shall I do about my son?" ' |
| A ma laila aku ʻoe e ai, a hiki ma ka lāʻau ʻoka o Tabora, a e hālāwai mai me ʻoe i laila nā kānaka ʻekolu e piʻi ana i ke Akua ma Betela: ʻo kekahi e hali ana i nā kao keiki ʻekolu, a ʻo kekahi e hali ana i nā paʻi palaoa ʻekolu, a ʻo kekahi e hali ana i ka hue waina. | "Then you will go on from there until you reach the great tree of Tabor. Three men going up to God at Bethel will meet you there. One will be carrying three young goats, another three loaves of bread, and another a skin of wine. |
| A i ka wā i huli aʻe ia e aku mai o Samuʻela aku, hāʻawi mai ke Akua i naʻau ʻokoʻa nona: a hiki ʻiʻo mai ua mau hōʻailona lā a pau ia lā. | As Saul turned to leave Samuel, God changed Saul's heart, and all these signs were fulfilled that day. |
| A pau kāna wānana ʻana, mai ia i kahi kiʻekiʻe. | After Saul stopped prophesying, he went to the high place. |
| Nīnau maila kekahi makua kāne o Saula iā ia, a i kāna kauā, I hea lā ʻolua i ai? ʻĪ akula kēlā, I kahi e ʻimi ai i nā hoki: a ʻike māua, ʻaʻole, māua i o Samuʻela lā. | Now Saul's uncle asked him and his servant, "Where have you been?" "Looking for the donkeys," he said. "But when we saw they were not to be found, we went to Samuel." |
| A hoʻi akula ʻo Saula i kona wahi ma Gibea; a pū me ia kekahi poʻe kānaka, na ke Akua i hoʻopā mai ko kākou naʻau. | Saul also went to his home in Gibeah, accompanied by valiant men whose hearts God had touched. |
| A mai ʻo Nahasa no ka ʻAmona, a hoʻomoana kūʻē iā Iabesa-gileada: a ʻōlelo maila nā kānaka a pau o Iabesa iā Nahasa, E hana ʻoe i kuʻikahi me mākou, a laila e hoʻokauā aku mākou nāu. | Nahash the Ammonite went up and besieged Jabesh Gilead. And all the men of Jabesh said to him, "Make a treaty with us, and we will be subject to you." |
| ʻŌlelo akula nā lunakahiko o Iabesa iā ia, E ahonui mai ʻoe iā mākou i na lā ʻehiku i hoʻouna aku ai mākou i nā ʻelele ma nā wahi a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela; inā paha ʻaʻohe mea nāna mākou e hoʻopakele, a laila e mākou i ou lā. | The elders of Jabesh said to him, "Give us seven days so we can send messengers throughout Israel; if no one comes to rescue us, we will surrender to you." |
| A mai nā ʻelele ma Gibea no Saula, a haʻi mai i nā ʻōlelo ma loko o ka pepeiao o nā kānaka: a hoʻokiʻekiʻe aʻela nā kānaka a pau i ko lākou leo i luna, a uē akula. | When the messengers came to Gibeah of Saul and reported these terms to the people, they all wept aloud. |
| Aia hoʻi, maila ʻo Saula ma hope o nā bipi mai ke kula mai, nīnau maila ʻo Saula, No ke aha lā i uē ai nā kānaka? A haʻi mai lākou iā ia i nā mea no nā kānaka o Iabesa. | Just then Saul was returning from the fields, behind his oxen, and he asked, "What is wrong with the people? Why are they weeping?" Then they repeated to him what the men of Jabesh had said. |
| Lawe aʻela ʻo Saula i mau bipi kāne kaulua, a ʻokiʻoki liʻiliʻi iā lāua, a hoʻouna akula ma nā lima o ka poʻe ʻelele i nā mokuna a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, Pēlā e hana ʻia ai nā bipi a ka mea ʻole ma muli o Saula a ma muli o Samuʻela. A kau maila ka makaʻu o Iēhova i nā kānaka, a mai lākou me ka manaʻo lōkahi. | He took a pair of oxen, cut them into pieces, and sent the pieces by messengers throughout Israel, proclaiming, "This is what will be done to the oxen of anyone who does not follow Saul and Samuel." Then the terror of the LORD fell on the people, and they turned out as one man. |
| ʻĪ akula lākou i nā ʻelele i mai. Pēnēia ʻoukou e ʻōlelo aku ai i nā kānaka o Iabesa-gileada, ʻApōpō a wela mai ka lā, e hoʻopakele ʻia ʻoukou. A hoʻi akula nā ʻelele, a hōʻike akula i nā kānaka o Iabesa; ʻoliʻoli ihola lākou. | They told the messengers who had come, "Say to the men of Jabesh Gilead, 'By the time the sun is hot tomorrow, you will be delivered.' " When the messengers went and reported this to the men of Jabesh, they were elated. |
| No ia mea, ʻī akula nā kānaka o Iabesa, ʻApōpō e aku mākou i waho i o ʻoukou lā, a e hana mai ʻoukou iā mākou i nā mea a pau a ʻoukou e makemake ai. | They said to the Ammonites, "Tomorrow we will surrender to you, and you can do to us whatever seems good to you." |
| A i ka lā ʻapōpō, hoʻonoho ihola ʻo Saula i nā kānaka i ʻekolu poʻe; a lākou i waenakonu o ka poʻe kaua i ka moku ʻana o ka pawa o ke ao, a pepehi ihola i ka ʻAmora a hiki i ka wela o ka lā: a ʻo ke koena, liʻiliʻi akula lākou, ʻaʻole ʻelua kānaka ma kahi hoʻokahi. | The next day Saul separated his men into three divisions; during the last watch of the night they broke into the camp of the Ammonites and slaughtered them until the heat of the day. Those who survived were scattered, so that no two of them were left together. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Samuʻela i nā kānaka, Inā kākou e ma Gilegala, a e hoʻokūpaʻa i laila i ke aupuni. | Then Samuel said to the people, "Come, let us go to Gilgal and there reaffirm the kingship." |
| A nā kānaka a pau ma Gilegala; a hoʻoaliʻi akula lākou iā Saula i laila i mua o Iēhova ma Gilegala: a i laila lākou i kaumaha aku ai i nā mōhai hoʻomalu i mua o Iēhova; a hauʻoli nui ihola ʻo Saula, a me nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i laila. | So all the people went to Gilgal and confirmed Saul as king in the presence of the LORD. There they sacrificed fellowship offerings before the LORD, and Saul and all the Israelites held a great celebration. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, ke nei ke aliʻi i mua o ʻoukou; a ua ʻelemakule wau, ua poʻo hina; a eia hoʻi kaʻu mau keiki me ʻoukou; a ua au i mua o ʻoukou mai kuʻu wā kamaliʻi a hiki i kēia lā. | Now you have a king as your leader. As for me, I am old and gray, and my sons are here with you. I have been your leader from my youth until this day. |
| I ka manawa a Iakoba i ai ma ʻAigupita, a i uē ai ko ʻoukou poʻe kūpuna iā Iēhova, a laila hoʻouna maila ʻo Iēhova iā Mose a me ʻAʻarona, a na lāua i alakaʻi ko ʻoukou mau kūpuna mai ʻAigupita mai, a hoʻonoho iā lākou ma kēia wahi. | "After Jacob entered Egypt, they cried to the LORD for help, and the LORD sent Moses and Aaron, who brought your forefathers out of Egypt and settled them in this place. |
| A ʻike ʻoukou iā Nahasa, ke aliʻi o nā mamo a ʻAmona e mai ana e kūʻē iā ʻoukou, ʻī maila ʻoukou iaʻu, ʻAʻole; akā e hoʻonoho ʻia ke aliʻi ma luna o mākou; i ka manawa o ko Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua aliʻi ʻana ma luna o ʻoukou. | "But when you saw that Nahash king of the Ammonites was moving against you, you said to me, 'No, we want a king to rule over us'--even though the LORD your God was your king. |
| Hoʻākoakoa aʻela ko Pilisetia e kaua aku i ka ʻIseraʻela, he kanakolu tausani hale kaʻa, ʻeono tausani hoʻoholo lio, a me nā kānaka e like me ke one ma kahakai he nui loa; a mai lākou, a hoʻomoana ma Mikemasa, ma ka hikina o Betavena. | The Philistines assembled to fight Israel, with three thousand chariots, six thousand charioteers, and soldiers as numerous as the sand on the seashore. They went up and camped at Micmash, east of Beth Aven. |
| A ʻo kekahi poʻe Hebera akula ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane ma ka ʻāina ʻo Gada, a ʻo Gileada: a ma Gilegala ʻo Saula, a haʻalulu nā kānaka ma muli ona. | Some Hebrews even crossed the Jordan to the land of Gad and Gilead. Saul remained at Gilgal, and all the troops with him were quaking with fear. |
| Noho ihola ia i nā lā ʻehiku e like me ka manawa a Samuʻela i ʻōlelo ai: ʻaʻole i hiki mai ʻo Samuʻela ma Gilegala; a ua liʻiliʻi nā kānaka mai ona aku lā. | He waited seven days, the time set by Samuel; but Samuel did not come to Gilgal, and Saul's men began to scatter. |
| A i ka manawa i pau ai kāna kaumaha ʻana aku i ka mōhai kuni, aia hoʻi, hiki maila ʻo Samuʻela; akula ʻo Saula e hālāwai me ia, e hoʻomaikaʻi aku iā ia. | Just as he finished making the offering, Samuel arrived, and Saul went out to greet him. |
| Nīnau akula ʻo Samuʻela, He aha kāu i hana ai? ʻĪ maila ʻo Saula, No kaʻu ʻike ʻana i nā kānaka e liʻiliʻi ana mai oʻu aku nei, a no kou hiki ʻole mai i nā lā i ʻōlelo ʻia ai, a no ka hoʻākoakoa ʻana o ko Pilisetia ma Mikemasa; | "What have you done?" asked Samuel. Saul replied, "When I saw that the men were scattering, and that you did not come at the set time, and that the Philistines were assembling at Micmash, |
| maila ka poʻe luku, mai ka poʻe koa o ko Pilisetia mai, ʻekolu poʻe: huli aʻela kekahi poʻe ma ke ala o ʻOpera ma ka ʻāina ʻo Suala. | Raiding parties went out from the Philistine camp in three detachments. One turned toward Ophrah in the vicinity of Shual, |
| Akā, nō ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i ko Pilisetia e hana ai i kāna ʻōʻō palau, a me kāna hō, a me kāna koʻi lipi, a me kāna ʻōʻō. | So all Israel went down to the Philistines to have their plowshares, mattocks, axes and sickles sharpened. |
| A akula ka poʻe koa o ko Pilisetia i ke ala ʻololī ʻo Mikemasa. | Now a detachment of Philistines had gone out to the pass at Micmash. |
| A i kekahi lā, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Ionatana ke keiki a Saula i ke kanaka uʻi, nāna i hali kāna mea kaua, ʻEā, e kāua i ka pā kaua o ko Pilisetia ma kēlā ʻaoʻao. Akā, ʻaʻole ia i haʻi aku i kona makua kāne. | One day Jonathan son of Saul said to the young man bearing his armor, "Come, let's go over to the Philistine outpost on the other side." But he did not tell his father. |
| A ma ke ala a Ionatana i ʻimi ai e i ka poʻe koa o ko Pilisetia, he pōhaku ʻoi ma kēia ʻaoʻao, a he pōhaku ʻoi ma kēlā ʻaoʻao: ʻo Bozeza ka inoa o kekahi, a ʻo Sene ka inoa o kekahi. | On each side of the pass that Jonathan intended to cross to reach the Philistine outpost was a cliff; one was called Bozez, and the other Seneh. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Ionatana i ke kanaka uʻi, nāna i hali kāna mea kaua, ʻEā, e kāua i kahi paʻa o ua poʻe lā i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia: e hana mai paha ʻo Iēhova no kāua; no ka mea, ʻaʻohe mea keʻakeʻa iā Iēhova, ke hoʻōla ma ka poʻe nui, a ma ka poʻe ʻuʻuku. | Jonathan said to his young armor-bearer, "Come, let's go over to the outpost of those uncircumcised fellows. Perhaps the LORD will act in our behalf. Nothing can hinder the LORD from saving, whether by many or by few." |
| ʻĪ maila ka mea nāna i hali kāna mea kaua iā ia, E hana ʻoe i ka mea a pau ma loko o kou naʻau: ō; aia hoʻi, ʻo wau pū kekahi me ʻoe e like me kou manaʻo. | "Do all that you have in mind," his armor-bearer said. "Go ahead; I am with you heart and soul." |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Ionatana, Aia hoʻi, e kāua i ua poʻe kānaka lā, a e hōʻike iā kāua iho iā lākou. | Jonathan said, "Come, then; we will cross over toward the men and let them see us. |
| Hōʻike akula lāua iā lāua iho i ka poʻe koa o ko Pilisetia: ʻī aʻela ko Pilisetia, E nānā i ka poʻe Hebera e mai ana mai loko mai o nā lua a lākou i peʻe ai. | So both of them showed themselves to the Philistine outpost. "Look!" said the Philistines. "The Hebrews are crawling out of the holes they were hiding in." |
| Nānā akula ka poʻe kiaʻi o Saula ma Gibea o Beniamina; aia hoʻi, ua heʻe akula ka poʻe nui, a holo lākou, a liʻiliʻi aku. | Saul's lookouts at Gibeah in Benjamin saw the army melting away in all directions. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Saula i nā kānaka me ia, E helu ʻānō, i ʻike kākou i ka mea i aʻe mai o kākou aku. Helu akula lākou, aia hoʻi, ʻaʻole ʻo Ionatana, a me ka mea nāna i hali kāna mea kaua. | Then Saul said to the men who were with him, "Muster the forces and see who has left us." When they did, it was Jonathan and his armor-bearer who were not there. |
| Hōʻuluʻulu ʻia aʻela ʻo Saula me nā kānaka a pau me ia, a aku i ke kaua: aia hoʻi, ua kūʻē ka pahi kaua a kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona hoa, a ua nui loa ka piʻoloke. | Then Saul and all his men assembled and went to the battle. They found the Philistines in total confusion, striking each other with their swords. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe Hebera i noho ai me ko Pilisetia ma mua, a i pū ai me lākou i kahi i hoʻomoana ai, mai kēlā wahi kēia wahi, ʻo lākou kekahi i hui pū ai me ka ʻIseraʻela me Saula a me Ionatana. | Those Hebrews who had previously been with the Philistines and had gone up with them to their camp went over to the Israelites who were with Saul and Jonathan. |
| A hoʻopakele mai ʻo Iēhova i ka ʻIseraʻela ia lā: a akula ke kaua ma Betavena. | So the LORD rescued Israel that day, and the battle moved on beyond Beth Aven. |
| A nā kānaka a pau ma ka ulu lāʻau: a he meli ma luna o ka ʻāina. | The entire army entered the woods, and there was honey on the ground. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Saula, E ʻoukou i waena o nā kānaka, e ʻī aku iā lākou, E lawe mai i oʻu nei kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kāna bipi a me kāna hipa, a e pepehi ma ʻaneʻi, a ʻai iho; a mai hana hewa iā Iēhova i ka ʻai ʻana me ke koko. A lawe maila nā kānaka a pau, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kāna bipi, me ia ia pō, a pepehi ihola ma laila. | Then he said, "Go out among the men and tell them, 'Each of you bring me your cattle and sheep, and slaughter them here and eat them. Do not sin against the LORD by eating meat with blood still in it.' " So everyone brought his ox that night and slaughtered it there. |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova o ke kaua, pēnēia, Ke hoʻomanaʻo nei au i ka mea a ka ʻAmaleka i hana mai ai i ka ʻIseraʻela, i kona kūʻē mai iā ia ma ke ala, i ka manawa i mai ai ia mai ʻAigupita mai. | This is what the LORD Almighty says: 'I will punish the Amalekites for what they did to Israel when they waylaid them as they came up from Egypt. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi e ʻoe, a e luku aku i ka ʻAmeleka, a e luku aku i ko lākou mea a pau loa, mai minamina iā lākou; akā, e luku aku i ke kāne a me ka wahine, i ke keiki a me ka mea omo waiū, i ka bipi a me ka hipa, i ke kāmelo a me ka hoki. | Now go, attack the Amalekites and totally destroy everything that belongs to them. Do not spare them; put to death men and women, children and infants, cattle and sheep, camels and donkeys.' " |
| Hōʻuluʻulu aʻela ʻo Saula i nā kānaka, a helu akula iā lākou ma Telaima, ʻelua haneri tausani kānaka koa wāwae, a he ʻumi tausani kānaka o ka Iuda. | So Saul summoned the men and mustered them at Telaim--two hundred thousand foot soldiers and ten thousand men from Judah. |
| A akula ʻo Saula i ke kūlanakauhale o ka ʻAmaleka, a kaua akula ma ke awāwa. | Saul went to the city of Amalek and set an ambush in the ravine. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Saula i ka poʻe Keni, E aku, e haʻalele, e iho i lalo mai waena mai o ka ʻAmaleka, o luku aku auaneʻi au iā ʻoukou me lākou: no ka mea, ua lokomaikaʻi ʻoukou i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, iā lākou i mai, mai ʻAigupita mai. akula ka poʻe Keni mai loko aku o ka ʻAmaleka. | Then he said to the Kenites, "Go away, leave the Amalekites so that I do not destroy you along with them; for you showed kindness to all the Israelites when they came up out of Egypt." So the Kenites moved away from the Amalekites. |
| I ka wanaʻao, ala aʻela ʻo Samuʻela e hālāwai me Saula i kakahiaka, ua haʻi ʻia mai iā Samuʻela, ʻī maila, Ua hiki mai ʻo Saula ma Karemela, a ua kūkulu i mea hoʻomanaʻo nona, a ua huli aʻe, a ua aku, a ua iho i lalo i Gilegala. | Early in the morning Samuel got up and went to meet Saul, but he was told, "Saul has gone to Carmel. There he has set up a monument in his own honor and has turned and gone on down to Gilgal." |
| A akula ʻo Samuʻela i o Saula lā; ʻī maila ʻo Saula iā ia, Pōmaikaʻi ʻoe iā Iēhova; ua hoʻokō nō wau i ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova. | When Samuel reached him, Saul said, "The LORD bless you! I have carried out the LORD's instructions." |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe ma ke ala, ʻī akula, E, a e luku loa aku i ka poʻe hewa o ka ʻAmaleka, a e kaua aku iā lākou, a pau lākou i ka luku ʻia. | And he sent you on a mission, saying, 'Go and completely destroy those wicked people, the Amalekites; make war on them until you have wiped them out.' |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Saula iā Samuʻela, Ua hoʻolohe nō wau i ka leo o Iēhova, a ua au ma ke ala a Iēhova i hoʻouna aku ai iaʻu, a ua lawe mai au iā ʻAgaga, i ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmaleka, a ua luku loa aku au i ka ʻAmaleka. | "But I did obey the LORD," Saul said. "I went on the mission the LORD assigned me. I completely destroyed the Amalekites and brought back Agag their king. |
| A i ka huli ʻana aʻe o Samuʻela e aku, lālau maila kēlā i ka lepa o kona ʻaʻahu, a nahae ihola ia. | As Samuel turned to leave, Saul caught hold of the hem of his robe, and it tore. |
| A laila, ʻī akula ʻo Samuʻela, E kaʻina mai ʻo ʻAgaga, ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmaleka i oʻu nei: a ʻoliʻoli mai ʻo ʻAgaga, ʻī maila, He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ua hala akula ka ʻawaʻawa o ka make. | Then Samuel said, "Bring me Agag king of the Amalekites." Agag came to him confidently, thinking, "Surely the bitterness of death is past." |
| A akula ʻo Samuʻela ma Rama; a piʻi aʻela ʻo Saula i kona hale ma Gibea o Saula. | Then Samuel left for Ramah, but Saul went up to his home in Gibeah of Saul. |
| ʻAʻole hou ʻo Samuʻela e ʻike iā Saula, a hiki i kona lā e make ai; akā, uē ihola ʻo Samuʻela iā Saula: a mihi ihola ʻo Iēhova i kona hoʻoaliʻi ʻana iā Saula ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Until the day Samuel died, he did not go to see Saul again, though Samuel mourned for him. And the LORD was grieved that he had made Saul king over Israel. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Samuʻela, Pehea lā ka lōʻihi o kou uē ʻana iā Saula, no ka mea, ua haʻalele au iā ia, ʻaʻole ʻo ia ke aliʻi ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela? E hoʻopiha ʻoe i kou pepeiaohao i ka ʻaila, a e, e hoʻouna aku au iā ʻoe i o Iese lā no Betelehema: no ka mea, ua wae iho au i aliʻi noʻu i waena o kāna mau keiki. | The LORD said to Samuel, "How long will you mourn for Saul, since I have rejected him as king over Israel? Fill your horn with oil and be on your way; I am sending you to Jesse of Bethlehem. I have chosen one of his sons to be king." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Samuʻela, Pehea lā wau e ai? Inā lohe ʻo Saula, e pepehi mai ia iaʻu. ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova, E lawe pū me ʻoe i bipi wahine, a e ʻī aku, Ua mai nei au e kaumaha aku iā Iēhova. | But Samuel said, "How can I go? Saul will hear about it and kill me." The LORD said, "Take a heifer with you and say, 'I have come to sacrifice to the LORD.' |
| A e kāhea aku ʻoe iā Iese e i ka mōhai, a e hōʻike aku au iā ʻoe i kāu mea e hana aku ai: a e poni iho ʻoe noʻu i ka mea aʻu e ʻōlelo aku ai iā ʻoe. | Invite Jesse to the sacrifice, and I will show you what to do. You are to anoint for me the one I indicate." |
| A hana akula ʻo Samuʻela i kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai, a akula i Betelehema: a haʻalulu nā lunakahiko o ke kūlanakauhale i kona hiki ʻana mai, ʻī maila, I mai nei ʻoe me ke aloha? | Samuel did what the LORD said. When he arrived at Bethlehem, the elders of the town trembled when they met him. They asked, "Do you come in peace?" |
| ʻĪ akula ia, Me ke aloha nō: i mai nei au e kaumaha aku iā Iēhova; e hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho, a e pū mai me aʻu i ka mōhai. Hoʻomaʻemaʻe akula ʻo ia iā Iese a me kāna mau keiki, a kāhea akula ʻo ia iā lākou i ka mōhai. | Samuel replied, "Yes, in peace; I have come to sacrifice to the LORD. Consecrate yourselves and come to the sacrifice with me." Then he consecrated Jesse and his sons and invited them to the sacrifice. |
| A laila lālau akula ʻo Samuʻela i ka pepeiaohao ʻaila, a poni iā ia i waena o kona mau hoahānau: a hiki maila ka ʻUhane o Iēhova ma luna o Dāvida ia lā, a ma ia hope aku. Kū aʻela ʻo Samuʻela, a aku ma Rama. | So Samuel took the horn of oil and anointed him in the presence of his brothers, and from that day on the Spirit of the LORD came upon David in power. Samuel then went to Ramah. |
| akula ʻo Dāvida i o Saula lā, a kū i mua ona: a ua nui kona aloha mai iā ia: a lilo ia i mea halihali i kāna mea kaua. | David came to Saul and entered his service. Saul liked him very much, and David became one of his armor-bearers. |
| A ʻo ke ʻau o kāna ihe, ua like ia me ka lāʻau o ka mea hana lole, a ʻo ka pahi o kāna ihe, he ʻaono haneri sekela hao, ma ke kaupaona: a kekahi kanaka i mua ona e hali ana i ka pale kaua. | His spear shaft was like a weaver's rod, and its iron point weighed six hundred shekels. His shield bearer went ahead of him. |
| Kū aʻela ia a kāhea maila i ka poʻe kaua o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻī maila iā lākou, No ke aha lā ʻoukou i mai ai e hoʻoponopono i ke kaua? ʻAʻole anei wau he Pilisetia, a ʻo ʻoukou he poʻe kauā na Saula? E wae ʻoukou i kekahi kanaka no ʻoukou, a e iho mai ia i oʻu nei. | Goliath stood and shouted to the ranks of Israel, "Why do you come out and line up for battle? Am I not a Philistine, and are you not the servants of Saul? Choose a man and have him come down to me. |
| A ʻo nā keiki mua ʻekolu a Iese lākou ma muli o Saula i ke kaua: a ʻo ka inoa o nā keiki ʻekolu i i ke kaua, ʻo ʻEliaba ka hānau mua, a ma hope mai ona, ʻo ʻAbinadaba, a ʻo Sama ke kolu. | Jesse's three oldest sons had followed Saul to the war: The firstborn was Eliab; the second, Abinadab; and the third, Shammah. |
| Akā, ʻo Dāvida, akula ia a hoʻi hou aʻe mai o Saula mai e mālama i nā hipa o kona makua kāne ma Betelehema. | but David went back and forth from Saul to tend his father's sheep at Bethlehem. |
| Ala aʻela ʻo Dāvida i kakahiaka nui, a waiho i nā hipa me ke kahu, a lawe aʻela a aku e like me kā Iese i kauoha mai ai iā ia; a hiki aku ia ma kahi o nā kaʻa, a e ana ka poʻe koa i ke kaua, a uō lākou i ke kaua. | Early in the morning David left the flock with a shepherd, loaded up and set out, as Jesse had directed. He reached the camp as the army was going out to its battle positions, shouting the war cry. |
| A waiho akula ʻo Dāvida i nā mea mai ona aku lā ma ka lima o ka mea mālama ia mea, a holo akula i ke kaua, a e nīnau i ka pono o kona mau hoahānau. | David left his things with the keeper of supplies, ran to the battle lines and greeted his brothers. |
| A lohe aʻela ʻo ʻEliaba kona kaikuaʻana i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana aku i nā kānaka; a ua hoʻā ʻia ka inaina o ʻEliaba iā Dāvida, ʻī aku ia, No ke aha lā ʻoe i mai i ʻaneʻi? Me wai lā ʻoe i waiho ai i kēlā poʻe hipa ʻuʻuku ma ka wao nahele? Ua ʻike au i kou haʻaheo, a me ka hewa o kou naʻau; no ka mea, ua mai ʻoe e ʻike i ke kaua. | When Eliab, David's oldest brother, heard him speaking with the men, he burned with anger at him and asked, "Why have you come down here? And with whom did you leave those few sheep in the desert? I know how conceited you are and how wicked your heart is; you came down only to watch the battle." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā Saula, Mai hoʻokaumaha ʻia ka naʻau o kekahi kanaka nona; e nō kāu kauā e kaua pū me ua kanaka Pilisetia lā. | David said to Saul, "Let no one lose heart on account of this Philistine; your servant will go and fight him." |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Saula iā Dāvida, ʻAʻole e hiki iā ʻoe ke kūʻē i kēia kanaka Pilisetia, e kaua pū me ia: no ka mea, he ʻōpiopio ʻoe, akā ʻo ia, he kanaka koa ia mai kona wā ʻōpiopio mai. | Saul replied, "You are not able to go out against this Philistine and fight him; you are only a boy, and he has been a fighting man from his youth." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā Saula, Ua mālama kāu kauā i nā hipa o kona makua kāne, a maila ka liona, a me ka bea, a lawe aku i kekahi keiki hipa no ka poʻe hipa. | But David said to Saul, "Your servant has been keeping his father's sheep. When a lion or a bear came and carried off a sheep from the flock, |
| ʻĪ akula hoʻi ʻo Dāvida, ʻO Iēhova, ka mea nāna au i hoʻopakele mai ka wāwae aku o ka liona, a mai ka wāwae aku o ka bea, nāna nō au e hoʻopakele mai ka lima aku o kēia kanaka Pilisetia. ʻĪ maila ʻo Saula iā Dāvida, Ō, ʻo Iēhova pū kekahi me ʻoe. | The LORD who delivered me from the paw of the lion and the paw of the bear will deliver me from the hand of this Philistine." Saul said to David, "Go, and the LORD be with you." |
| Kāʻei ihola ʻo Dāvida i kāna pahi kaua ma luna o nā mea kaua, a manaʻo ihola e; akā, no ka hoʻāʻo ʻole ʻia, ʻī akula ʻo Dāvida iā Saula, ʻAʻole au e hiki ke me kēia mau mea; no ka mea, ʻaʻole au i hoʻāʻo. Kala aʻela ʻo Dāvida ia mau mea mai ona aku lā. | David fastened on his sword over the tunic and tried walking around, because he was not used to them. "I cannot go in these," he said to Saul, "because I am not used to them." So he took them off. |
| A mai ke kanaka Pilisetia, a hoʻokokoke mai iā Dāvida, a i mua ona ke kanaka nāna i hali ka pale kaua. | Meanwhile, the Philistine, with his shield bearer in front of him, kept coming closer to David. |
| ʻĪ maila ke kanaka Pilisetia iā Dāvida, He ʻīlio anei wau, i mai ʻoe i oʻu nei me ke koʻokoʻo? A hōʻino maila ke kanaka Pilisetia iā Dāvida ma kona mau akua. | He said to David, "Am I a dog, that you come at me with sticks?" And the Philistine cursed David by his gods. |
| ʻĪ maila ka Pilisetia iā Dāvida, E mai i oʻu nei, a e hāʻawi aku au i kou ʻiʻo i nā manu o ka lewa, a me nā holoholona o ke kula. | "Come here," he said, "and I'll give your flesh to the birds of the air and the beasts of the field!" |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida i ka Pilisetia, Ke maila ʻoe i oʻu nei me ka pahi kaua, a me ka ihe, a me ka pale kaua: akā ʻo wau, ke aku nei au i ou lā ma ka inoa ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua, ke Akua o ko ʻIseraʻela poʻe kaua āu i ʻaʻa mai ai. | David said to the Philistine, "You come against me with sword and spear and javelin, but I come against you in the name of the LORD Almighty, the God of the armies of Israel, whom you have defied. |
| A i ka wā i kū aʻe ke kanaka Pilisetia, a, a hoʻokokoke e hālāwai me Dāvida, lalelale ihola ʻo Dāvida, a holo akula i ka poʻe kaua e hālāwai me ua kanaka Pilisetia lā. | As the Philistine moved closer to attack him, David ran quickly toward the battle line to meet him. |
| A ʻike akula ʻo Saula i ko Dāvida ʻana e hālāwai me ke kanaka Pilisetia, nīnau akula ʻo ia iā ʻAbenera, i ka luna o ke kaua, E ʻAbenera ē, he keiki na wai kēia kanaka ʻōpiopio? ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAbenera, Ma ke ola o kou ʻuhane, e ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole au i ʻike. | As Saul watched David going out to meet the Philistine, he said to Abner, commander of the army, "Abner, whose son is that young man?" Abner replied, "As surely as you live, O king, I don't know." |
| A akula ʻo Dāvida i nā wahi a pau a Saula i hoʻouna aku ai iā ia, ua hana naʻauao ia: a hoʻonoho akula ʻo Saula iā ia ma luna o nā kānaka kaua; a ua maikaʻi ʻo ia i nā maka o nā kānaka a pau, a i nā maka hoʻi o ka poʻe kauā a Saula. | Whatever Saul sent him to do, David did it so successfully that Saul gave him a high rank in the army. This pleased all the people, and Saul's officers as well. |
| A i ko lākou ʻana mai, i ka wā a Dāvida i hoʻi mai ai i ka pepehi ʻana i ke kanaka Pilisetia, maila nā wāhine mai nā kūlanakauhale a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela mai, e mele ana, a e haʻa ana, e hālāwai me Saula ke aliʻi, me nā kuolokani, a me ka ʻoliʻoli, a me nā mea kani. | When the men were returning home after David had killed the Philistine, the women came out from all the towns of Israel to meet King Saul with singing and dancing, with joyful songs and with tambourines and lutes. |
| No ia mea, hoʻonoho akula ʻo Saula iā ia mai ona aku lā, a hoʻolilo iā ia i luna tausani nona; a akula ia a hoʻi mai i mua o nā kānaka. | So he sent David away from him and gave him command over a thousand men, and David led the troops in their campaigns. |
| Akā, ʻo ka ʻIseraʻela a pau a me ka Iuda, aloha lākou iā Dāvida, no ka mea, aku nō ia a hoʻi mai i mua o lākou. | But all Israel and Judah loved David, because he led them in their campaigns. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida, a akula, ʻo ia me kona poʻe kānaka, a pepehi akula i ʻelua haneri kānaka o nā Pilisetia; a lawe mai ʻo Dāvida i ko lākou ʻōmaka, a hāʻawi lākou ia mau mea a pau i ke aliʻi, i mea e lilo ai ʻo ia i hūnōna kāne na ke aliʻi: a hāʻawi akula ʻo Saula iā Mikala, i kāna kaikamahine, i wahine nāna. | David and his men went out and killed two hundred Philistines. He brought their foreskins and presented the full number to the king so that he might become the king's son-in-law. Then Saul gave him his daughter Michal in marriage. |
| A akula nā aliʻi o nā Pilisetia: a mai ka manawa o ko lākou ʻana aku, ua ʻoi aku ka naʻauao o Dāvida i ko nā kauā a pau a Saula; no ia mea, ua manaʻo nui ʻia kona inoa. | The Philistine commanders continued to go out to battle, and as often as they did, David met with more success than the rest of Saul's officers, and his name became well known. |
| A e aku au ma waho a e kū me koʻu makua kāne ma ke kula, ma kou wahi, a e ʻōlelo aku au i koʻu makua kāne nou, a e haʻi aku au iā ʻoe i kaʻu mea i ʻike ai. | I will go out and stand with my father in the field where you are. I'll speak to him about you and will tell you what I find out." |
| A he kaua hou: a akula ʻo Dāvida, a kaua aku i ko Pilisetia, a pepehi akula iā lākou me ka luku nui: a holo lākou mai kona alo aku. | Once more war broke out, and David went out and fought the Philistines. He struck them with such force that they fled before him. |
| ʻImi akula ʻo Saula e hou aku iā Dāvida a i ka paia me ka ihe; a akula ia mai ke alo aku o Saula, a hou akula ia i ka ihe ma ka paia; a holo akula ʻo Dāvida, a pakele ihola ia pō. | Saul tried to pin him to the wall with his spear, but David eluded him as Saul drove the spear into the wall. That night David made good his escape. |
| Kuʻu ihola ʻo Mikala iā Dāvida ma ka puka makani: a akula ia a holo, a pakele akula. | So Michal let David down through a window, and he fled and escaped. |
| A holo akula ʻo Dāvida, a pakele akula, a i o Samuʻela lā ma Rama, a haʻi akula iā ia i nā mea a pau a Saula i hana mai ai iā ia; a akula lāua me Samuʻela a noho ma Naiota. | When David had fled and made his escape, he went to Samuel at Ramah and told him all that Saul had done to him. Then he and Samuel went to Naioth and stayed there. |
| A laila akula hoʻi ia ma Rama, a hiki ma ka pūnāwai nui ma Seku: nīnau akula ia, ʻī akula, Ma hea ʻo Samuʻela a me Dāvida? A haʻi ʻia mai, Aia ma Naiota i Rama. | Finally, he himself left for Ramah and went to the great cistern at Secu. And he asked, "Where are Samuel and David?" "Over in Naioth at Ramah," they said. |
| A akula ia ma Naiota i Rama: a hiki mai ka ʻUhane o ke Akua ma luna ona, a akula ia e wānana ana, a hiki ma Naiota i Rama. | So Saul went to Naioth at Ramah. But the Spirit of God came even upon him, and he walked along prophesying until he came to Naioth. |
| Holo akula ʻo Dāvida mai Naiota i Rama aku, a mai, a ʻī maila i mua o Ionatana, He aha lā kaʻu i hana ai? He aha koʻu hewa, he aha koʻu hala i mua o kou makua kāne, i ʻimi mai ai ia i kuʻu ola? | Then David fled from Naioth at Ramah and went to Jonathan and asked, "What have I done? What is my crime? How have I wronged your father, that he is trying to take my life?" |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Ionatana, ʻAʻole loa ia mea iā ʻoe: no ka mea, inā paha i ʻike pono wau, ua ʻino ka manaʻo ʻana o koʻu makua kāne e mai ma luna ou, ʻaʻole anei au i haʻi aku iā ʻoe? | "Never!" Jonathan said. "If I had the least inkling that my father was determined to harm you, wouldn't I tell you?" |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Ionatana iā Dāvida, ʻEā, e kāua i waho ma ke kula. A akula lāua ma ke kula. | "Come," Jonathan said, "let's go out into the field." So they went there together. |
| E hana mai ʻo Iēhova iā Ionatana pēlā, a nui aku hoʻi: inā paha i makemake koʻu makua kāne e hana ʻino iā ʻoe; a laila e haʻi aku au iā ʻoe, a e hoʻokuʻu aku iā ʻoe e ʻoe me ke aloha; a ʻo Iēhova pū kekahi me ʻoe, e like me ia ma mua me koʻu makua kāne. | But if my father is inclined to harm you, may the LORD deal with me, be it ever so severely, if I do not let you know and send you away safely. May the LORD be with you as he has been with my father. |
| Aia hoʻi, e hoʻouna aku au i kekahi keiki e e ʻimi i nā pua. A inā paha e ʻōlelo akāka aku au i ke keiki, Aia nā pua ma kēia ʻaoʻao ou, e lawe ia mau mea; a laila e mai ʻoe: no ka mea, he pōmaikaʻi nou, ʻaʻohe mea ʻino, ma ke ola o Iēhova. | Then I will send a boy and say, 'Go, find the arrows.' If I say to him, 'Look, the arrows are on this side of you; bring them here,' then come, because, as surely as the LORD lives, you are safe; there is no danger. |
| Akā, inā e ʻōlelo aku au i ke keiki pēnēia, Aia nā pua ma ʻō aku ou; a laila e ʻē aku ʻoe: no ka mea, na Iēhova ʻoe i hoʻouna aku ai. | But if I say to the boy, 'Look, the arrows are beyond you,' then you must go, because the LORD has sent you away. |
| A ia lā aʻe, ʻo ia ka pō ʻalua o ka malama, ua kaʻawale ko Dāvida wahi; nīnau akula ʻo Saula iā Ionatana i kāna keiki, No ke aha lā i ʻole mai ai ke keiki a Iese i ka ʻahaʻaina i nehinei a i kēia lā? | But the next day, the second day of the month, David's place was empty again. Then Saul said to his son Jonathan, "Why hasn't the son of Jesse come to the meal, either yesterday or today?" |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Ionatana iā Saula, Ua noi ikaika mai ʻo Dāvida iaʻu, e ia ma Betelehema. | Jonathan answered, "David earnestly asked me for permission to go to Bethlehem. |
| A ʻī maila ia, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e kuʻu mai ʻoe iaʻu e, no ka mea, he mōhai ʻohana no mākou ma ke kūlanakauhale, a ua kauoha mai kuʻu kaikuaʻana iaʻu; ʻānō hoʻi, inā ua loaʻa iaʻu ke aloha i kou maka, e ʻae mai ʻoe iaʻu e koke aku au e ʻike i koʻu mau hoahānau: ʻo ia ka mea i ʻole mai ai ia i ka papa ʻaina o ke aliʻi. | He said, 'Let me go, because our family is observing a sacrifice in the town and my brother has ordered me to be there. If I have found favor in your eyes, let me get away to see my brothers.' That is why he has not come to the king's table." |
| A i kakahiaka aʻe, akula ʻo Ionatana ma ke kula i ka manawa i ʻōlelo ʻia ai me Dāvida, a me ia pū kekahi keiki. | In the morning Jonathan went out to the field for his meeting with David. He had a small boy with him, |
| Hāʻawi akula ʻo Ionatana i kāna mea kaua ma kona keiki, ʻī akula iā ia, Ō, a lawe aku ma ke kūlanakauhale. | Then Jonathan gave his weapons to the boy and said, "Go, carry them back to town." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Ionatana iā Dāvida, Ō me ka malu, no ka mea, ua hoʻohiki kāua a ʻelua ma ka inoa ʻo Iēhova, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, ʻO Iēhova nō i waena oʻu a ʻo ʻoe, a i waena hoʻi o koʻu hua a ʻo kou hua i ka manawa a pau. Kū aʻela ia, a akula; a hoʻi akula ʻo Ionatana ma ke kūlanakauhale. | Jonathan said to David, "Go in peace, for we have sworn friendship with each other in the name of the LORD, saying, 'The LORD is witness between you and me, and between your descendants and my descendants forever.' " Then David left, and Jonathan went back to the town. |
| A akula ʻo Dāvida ma Noba i o ʻAhimeleka lā ke kahuna: a makaʻu ihola ʻo ʻAhimeleka i ka hālāwai ʻana me Dāvida, ʻī akula iā ia, No ke aha lā ʻo ʻoe wale nō, ʻaʻohe kanaka me ʻoe. | David went to Nob, to Ahimelech the priest. Ahimelech trembled when he met him, and asked, "Why are you alone? Why is no one with you?" |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Dāvida i ke kahuna, ʻī akula iā ia, He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ua hoʻokaʻawale ʻia nā wāhine mai o mākou aku i nēia mau lā ʻekolu paha, i koʻu ʻana mai, a ua maʻemaʻe nā ipu o nā kānaka uʻi nei, a ua like kēia me ka berena laʻa ʻole, ʻoiaʻiʻo hoʻi ka mea i hoʻolaʻa ʻia i kēia lā i lalo o nā ipu. | David replied, "Indeed women have been kept from us, as usual whenever I set out. The men's things are holy even on missions that are not holy. How much more so today!" |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida, a holo ia lā mai ke alo aku o Saula, a mai i o ʻAkisa lā ke aliʻi o Gata. | That day David fled from Saul and went to Achish king of Gath. |
| ʻo Dāvida mai laila aku, a holo akula ma ke ana ʻo ʻAdulama: a lohe aʻela kona mau hoahānau a me nā mea a pau o ka hale o kona makua kāne, lākou i ona lā i laila. | David left Gath and escaped to the cave of Adullam. When his brothers and his father's household heard about it, they went down to him there. |
| A ʻo Dāvida mai laila aku a Mizepa ma Moaba: ʻī akula ia i ke aliʻi o Moaba, Ke noi aku nei au, e ʻae mai ʻoe i koʻu makua kāne a me koʻu makuahine e mai e noho me ʻoe, a ʻike au i ka mea a ke Akua e hana mai ai noʻu. | From there David went to Mizpah in Moab and said to the king of Moab, "Would you let my father and mother come and stay with you until I learn what God will do for me?" |
| ʻŌlelo akula ke kāula a Gada iā Dāvida, Mai noho ʻoe ma ka puʻukaua; e aku, a hiki ʻoe ma ka ʻāina o ka Iuda. A akula ʻo Dāvida a hiki ma ka ulu lāʻau ʻo Hareta. | But the prophet Gad said to David, "Do not stay in the stronghold. Go into the land of Judah." So David left and went to the forest of Hereth. |
| A laila ʻōlelo mai ʻo Doega no ʻEdoma, ʻo ia ka luna o nā kauā a Saula, ʻī maila, Ua ʻike au i ke keiki a Iese e ana ma Noba i o ʻAhimeleka lā ke keiki a ʻAhituba. | But Doeg the Edomite, who was standing with Saul's officials, said, "I saw the son of Jesse come to Ahimelech son of Ahitub at Nob. |
| A laila hoʻouna aku ke aliʻi e hea iā ʻAhimeleka, ke kahuna, ke keiki a ʻAhituba, a me ko ka hale a pau o kona makua kāne, nā kāhuna ma Noba; a mai lākou a pau i ke aliʻi. | Then the king sent for the priest Ahimelech son of Ahitub and his father's whole family, who were the priests at Nob, and they all came to the king. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAhimeleka i ke aliʻi, ʻī maila, ʻO wai lā ka mea o kāu poʻe kauā i mālama pono e like me Dāvida, ka hūnōna kāne a ke aliʻi, a ua ia i kāu ʻī ʻana aku, a ua manaʻo nui ʻia ma kou hale? | Ahimelech answered the king, "Who of all your servants is as loyal as David, the king's son-in-law, captain of your bodyguard and highly respected in your household? |
| No ia mea, nīnau akula ʻo Dāvida iā Iēhova, ʻī akula, E anei au e pepehi i kēia poʻe o ko Pilisetia? ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā Dāvida, Ō a pepehi aku i ko Pilisetia, a e hoʻopakele i ko Keila. | he inquired of the LORD, saying, "Shall I go and attack these Philistines?" The LORD answered him, "Go, attack the Philistines and save Keilah." |
| ʻŌlelo mai nā kānaka o Dāvida iā ia, Aia hoʻi, ke makaʻu nei kākou ma ʻaneʻi ma loko o ka Iuda: ʻaʻole anei he nui aku, ke kākou ma Keila e kūʻē i ka poʻe kaua no ko Pilisetia? | But David's men said to him, "Here in Judah we are afraid. How much more, then, if we go to Keilah against the Philistine forces!" |
| A nīnau hou akula ʻo Dāvida iā Iēhova. ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia, ʻī maila, E kū aʻe e ma Keila; no ka mea, e hoʻolilo au i ko Pilisetia i loko o kou lima. | Once again David inquired of the LORD, and the LORD answered him, "Go down to Keilah, for I am going to give the Philistines into your hand. |
| A akula ʻo Dāvida me kona poʻe kānaka ma Keila, a kaua aku i ko Pilisetia, a lawe aku i ko lākou holoholona, a pepehi aku iā lākou me ka luku nui. A hoʻopakele ʻo Dāvida i nā kānaka o Keila. | So David and his men went to Keilah, fought the Philistines and carried off their livestock. He inflicted heavy losses on the Philistines and saved the people of Keilah. |
| A i ka holo ʻana o ʻAbiatara ke keiki a ʻAhimeleka i o Dāvida lā i Keila, ua nō ia me ka ʻēpoda ma kona lima. | (Now Abiathar son of Ahimelech had brought the ephod down with him when he fled to David at Keilah.) |
| Ua haʻi ʻia iā Saula ko Dāvida ʻana ma Keila. ʻĪ maila ʻo Saula, Ua hoʻolilo mai ke Akua iā ia i loko o kuʻu lima; no ka mea, ua paʻa ia ma loko, i kona komo ʻana i ke kūlanakauhale i paʻa i nā ʻīpuka a me nā kaola. | Saul was told that David had gone to Keilah, and he said, "God has handed him over to me, for David has imprisoned himself by entering a town with gates and bars." |
| Hōʻuluʻulu aʻela ʻo Saula i nā kānaka a pau i ke kaua, e ma Keila, e hoʻopaʻa aku iā Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka. | And Saul called up all his forces for battle, to go down to Keilah to besiege David and his men. |
| A laila ʻī akula ʻo Dāvida, E Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, ua lohe akāka iho nei kāu kauā i ka manaʻo ʻana o Saula e mai nei i Keila e luku i ke kūlanakauhale noʻu nei. | David said, "O LORD, God of Israel, your servant has heard definitely that Saul plans to come to Keilah and destroy the town on account of me. |
| A laila kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka, ʻaono haneri paha, a puka akula i waho o Keila, a akula i kā lākou wahi e ai. Ua haʻi ʻia mai iā Saula ka holo ʻana o Dāvida mai Keila aku, a haʻalele ia i ka mai. | So David and his men, about six hundred in number, left Keilah and kept moving from place to place. When Saul was told that David had escaped from Keilah, he did not go there. |
| A ʻike ihola ʻo Dāvida, ua mai ʻo Saula e ʻimi i kona ola: aia nō ʻo Dāvida ma ka wao nahele o Zipa ma loko o ka ulu lāʻau. | While David was at Horesh in the Desert of Ziph, he learned that Saul had come out to take his life. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Ionatana ke keiki a Saula, a i o Dāvida lā ma loko o ka ulu lāʻau, a hoʻoikaika akula i kona lima ma ke Akua. | And Saul's son Jonathan went to David at Horesh and helped him find strength in God. |
| Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoukou, e, e hoʻomākaukau hoʻi, a e nānā a ʻike i kona wahi a kona wāwae i ai, a ʻo ka mea i ʻike iā ia ma laila: no ka mea, ua haʻi ʻia mai iaʻu, ua hana maʻalea loa ʻo ia. | Go and make further preparation. Find out where David usually goes and who has seen him there. They tell me he is very crafty. |
| E nānā hoʻi ʻoukou, a ʻike i nā wahi peʻe a pau āna e peʻe ai, a hoʻi hou mai i oʻu nei me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, a e pū au me ʻoukou; a inā e noho ana ʻo ia ma ka ʻāina, e ʻimi au iā ia ma waena o nā tausani a pau o ka Iuda. | Find out about all the hiding places he uses and come back to me with definite information. Then I will go with you; if he is in the area, I will track him down among all the clans of Judah." |
| Kū aʻela lākou, a ma Zipa ma mua o Saula: a ʻo Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka aia i loko o ka wao nahele o Maona i ka pāpū ma ka ʻaoʻao hema o Iesimona. | So they set out and went to Ziph ahead of Saul. Now David and his men were in the Desert of Maon, in the Arabah south of Jeshimon. |
| akula ʻo Saula a me kona poʻe kānaka e ʻimi iā ia; a haʻi aku lākou iā Dāvida, a iho mai ia i ka pōhaku, a noho ma ka wao nahele o Maona. A lohe ʻo Saula, hahai akula ia ma hope o Dāvida ma ka wao nahele o Maona. | Saul and his men began the search, and when David was told about it, he went down to the rock and stayed in the Desert of Maon. When Saul heard this, he went into the Desert of Maon in pursuit of David. |
| A akula ʻo Saula ma kēia ʻaoʻao o ka mauna, aia ʻo Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ka mauna: koke akula ʻo Dāvida no ka makaʻu iā Saula; no ka mea, ua hoʻopuni ʻo Saula a me kona poʻe kānaka iā Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka e hopu iā lākou. | Saul was going along one side of the mountain, and David and his men were on the other side, hurrying to get away from Saul. As Saul and his forces were closing in on David and his men to capture them, |
| A mai he ʻelele iā Saula, ʻī maila, E wikiwiki ʻoe, e hoʻi mai; no ka mea, ua hiki mai ko Pilisetia ma ka ʻāina. | a messenger came to Saul, saying, "Come quickly! The Philistines are raiding the land." |
| No ia mea, hoʻi akula ʻo Saula mai ka hahai ʻana iā Dāvida, a kūʻē akula i ko Pilisetia: a kapa akula lākou i ka inoa o ia wahi, ʻo Selahamalekota. | Then Saul broke off his pursuit of David and went to meet the Philistines. That is why they call this place Sela Hammahlekoth. |
| A laila lawe aʻela ʻo Saula i ʻekolu tausani kānaka i wae ʻia no loko mai o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, a akula e ʻimi iā Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka ma luna o nā pōhaku o nā kao hihiu. | So Saul took three thousand chosen men from all Israel and set out to look for David and his men near the Crags of the Wild Goats. |
| Hoʻoikaika akula ʻo Dāvida i kona poʻe kānaka ma kēia ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole ia i ʻae aku iā lākou e kūʻē iā Saula. Kū aʻela ʻo Saula ma waho o ke ana, a akula ma ke ala. | With these words David rebuked his men and did not allow them to attack Saul. And Saul left the cave and went his way. |
| Ma hope iho, kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida a i waho o ke ana, a kāhea akula ma hope o Saula, ʻī akula, E kuʻu haku, e ke aliʻi. A nānā aʻela ʻo Saula ma hope ona, kūlou ihola ʻo Dāvida me kona maka ma ka honua, a hāʻule iho i lalo. | Then David went out of the cave and called out to Saul, "My lord the king!" When Saul looked behind him, David bowed down and prostrated himself with his face to the ground. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Dāvida i nā kānaka uʻi he ʻumi, a, ʻī akula ʻo Dāvida i nā kānaka uʻi, E piʻi aʻe ʻoukou ma Karemela, a i o Nabala lā, a e aloha aku iā ia ma kuʻu inoa. | So he sent ten young men and said to them, "Go up to Nabal at Carmel and greet him in my name. |
| E lawe anei au i kuʻu berena, a me koʻu wai, a me kaʻu holoholona aʻu i kālua ai na ka poʻe ʻako hulu hipa, a e hāʻawi aku na nā kānaka aʻu i ʻike ʻole ai i ko lākou wahi e mai nei? | Why should I take my bread and water, and the meat I have slaughtered for my shearers, and give it to men coming from who knows where?" |
| ʻĪ akula ia i kāna poʻe kauā, E ʻē ʻoukou ma mua oʻu, aia hoʻi, e hahai ana au ma hope o ʻoukou. ʻAʻole ia i haʻi aku iā Nabala kāna kāne. | Then she told her servants, "Go on ahead; I'll follow you." But she did not tell her husband Nabal. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e kuʻu haku, ma ke ola o Iēhova, a ma ke ola o kou ʻuhane, no ke keʻakeʻa ʻana o Iēhova i kou mai e hoʻokahe i ke koko, a me ka hoʻopaʻi ʻana nou me kou lima iho, ʻānō hoʻi, e lilo ana kou poʻe ʻenemi, a me ka poʻe ʻimi hewa i kuʻu haku, e like me Nabala. | "Now since the LORD has kept you, my master, from bloodshed and from avenging yourself with your own hands, as surely as the LORD lives and as you live, may your enemies and all who intend to harm my master be like Nabal. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, ʻo kēia manawaleʻa a kāu kauā wahine i lawe mai nei na kuʻu haku, e hāʻawi ʻia aku ia na ka poʻe kānaka uʻi e ana ma ka wāwae o kuʻu haku. | And let this gift, which your servant has brought to my master, be given to the men who follow you. |
| E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia kou naʻauao, a e hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia ʻoe i kou keʻakeʻa ʻana mai iaʻu i ka ʻana mai e hoʻokahe i ke koko, a me ka hoʻopaʻi ʻana noʻu me kuʻu lima iho. | May you be blessed for your good judgment and for keeping me from bloodshed this day and from avenging myself with my own hands. |
| He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ma ke ola o Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, nāna i keʻakeʻa mai iaʻu e hana hewa aku iā ʻoe, inā paha ʻaʻole ʻoe i koke mai e hālāwai me aʻu, inā ʻaʻole koe iā Nabala a hiki i ka mālamalama o ke ao kekahi o kona poʻe kāne. | Otherwise, as surely as the LORD, the God of Israel, lives, who has kept me from harming you, if you had not come quickly to meet me, not one male belonging to Nabal would have been left alive by daybreak." |
| A kū koke aʻela ʻo ʻAbigaila, a hoʻoholo ma luna o ka hoki me kona mau wāhine ʻelima i ma hope ona; a hahai akula ia ma hope o nā ʻelele a Dāvida, a lilo ia i wahine nāna. | Abigail quickly got on a donkey and, attended by her five maids, went with David's messengers and became his wife. |
| mai ko Zipa iā Saula ma Gibea, ʻī maila, ʻAʻole anei ʻo Dāvida i hūnā iā ia iho ma ka puʻu ʻo Hakila i mua o Iesimona? | The Ziphites went to Saul at Gibeah and said, "Is not David hiding on the hill of Hakilah, which faces Jeshimon?" |
| A kū aʻela ʻo Saula, a akula ma ka wao nahele o Zipa, a me ia nō ʻakolu tausani o ka ʻIseraʻela i wae ʻia e ʻimi iā Dāvida ma ka wao nahele o Zipa. | So Saul went down to the Desert of Ziph, with his three thousand chosen men of Israel, to search there for David. |
| A hoʻomoana ihola ʻo Saula mā i ka puʻu ʻo Hakila i mua o Iesimona ma ke ala. A noho ihola ʻo Dāvida ma ka wao nahele, a ʻike ihola ia, ua mai ʻo Saula ma hope ona ma ka wao nahele. | Saul made his camp beside the road on the hill of Hakilah facing Jeshimon, but David stayed in the desert. When he saw that Saul had followed him there, |
| A hoʻouna akula ʻo Dāvida i nā kiu, a ʻike ihola, he ʻoiaʻiʻo, ua mai ʻo Saula. | he sent out scouts and learned that Saul had definitely arrived. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida, a akula i kahi a Saula i hoʻomoana ai: a ʻike akula ʻo Dāvida i kahi a Saula i moe ai, a me ʻAbenera, ke keiki a Nera, ka luna o kona kaua: a e moe ana ʻo Saula ma waena o nā hale kaʻa, a ua hoʻonoho ʻia nā kānaka a puni ona. | Then David set out and went to the place where Saul had camped. He saw where Saul and Abner son of Ner, the commander of the army, had lain down. Saul was lying inside the camp, with the army encamped around him. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Dāvida, ʻī akula iā ʻAhimeleka ka Heta, a iā ʻAbisai ke keiki a Zeruia, ka hoahānau o Ioaba, nīnau aʻela, ʻO wai lā ka mea e pū me aʻu i o Saula lā ma kahi i hoʻomoana ai? ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAbisai, ʻO wau ke pū me ʻoe. | David then asked Ahimelech the Hittite and Abishai son of Zeruiah, Joab's brother, "Who will go down into the camp with me to Saul?" "I'll go with you," said Abishai. |
| A akula ʻo Dāvida, a me ʻAbisai i nā kānaka i ka pō, aia hoʻi, e hiamoe ana ʻo Saula ma waena o nā hale kaʻa, a ua hou ʻia kāna ihe i ka honua ma kona poʻo: a e moe ana ʻo ʻAbenera a me nā kānaka a puni ona. | So David and Abishai went to the army by night, and there was Saul, lying asleep inside the camp with his spear stuck in the ground near his head. Abner and the soldiers were lying around him. |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo Dāvida, Ma ke ola o Iēhova, e pepehi mai nō ʻo Iēhova iā ia; e hiki mai auaneʻi kona lā e make ai; a e paha ia i ke kaua, a e make ʻo ia ma laila. | As surely as the LORD lives," he said, "the LORD himself will strike him; either his time will come and he will die, or he will go into battle and perish. |
| Na Iēhova i hōʻole mai iaʻu, ʻaʻole au e kau aku i koʻu lima ma luna o ka mea a Iēhova i poni ai: akā, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e lawe aku ʻoe i ka ihe ma kona poʻo, a me ke kīʻaha wai, a e aku kāua. | But the LORD forbid that I should lay a hand on the LORD's anointed. Now get the spear and water jug that are near his head, and let's go." |
| A lawe aʻela ʻo Dāvida i ka ihe a me ke kīʻaha wai ma ke poʻo o Saula, a aku lāua; ʻaʻohe kanaka i nānā mai, ʻaʻole i ʻike, ʻaʻole i ala mai: ua paʻuhia lākou i ka hiamoe; no ka mea, ua hiki mai ka hiamoe nui mai Iēhova mai ma luna o lākou. | So David took the spear and water jug near Saul's head, and they left. No one saw or knew about it, nor did anyone wake up. They were all sleeping, because the LORD had put them into a deep sleep. |
| A laila akula ʻo Dāvida ma kēlā ʻaoʻao, a kū ma luna o ka puʻu ma ʻō lilo, a ua lōʻihi ka wahi i waena o lākou. | Then David crossed over to the other side and stood on top of the hill some distance away; there was a wide space between them. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā ʻAbenera, ʻAʻole anei ʻoe he kanaka koa? ʻO wai lā kou mea like i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela? No ke aha lā ʻoe i mālama ʻole ai i kou haku i ke aliʻi? No ka mea, ua aku kekahi o nā kānaka e pepehi i ke aliʻi i kou haku? | David said, "You're a man, aren't you? And who is like you in Israel? Why didn't you guard your lord the king? Someone came to destroy your lord the king. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hoʻolohe mai kuʻu haku ke aliʻi i ka ʻōlelo a kāna kauā. Inā paha i hoʻāla mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe e kūʻē mai iaʻu, e ʻoluʻolu ia i ka mōhai: akā, inā ʻo nā keiki a kānaka, e pōʻino lākou i mua o Iēhova; no ka mea, ua hoʻokuke mai lākou iaʻu i kēia lā mai ka noho ʻana ma ka ʻāina hoʻoili no Iēhova, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E e mālama i nā akua ʻē. | Now let my lord the king listen to his servant's words. If the LORD has incited you against me, then may he accept an offering. If, however, men have done it, may they be cursed before the LORD! They have now driven me from my share in the LORD's inheritance and have said, 'Go, serve other gods.' |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, mai hoʻokahe ʻia kuʻu koko ma ka honua i mua i ke alo o Iēhova: no ka mea, ua mai nei ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela e ʻimi i ʻuku lele, e like me kekahi e ʻimi ai i ka manu ma nā mauna. | Now do not let my blood fall to the ground far from the presence of the LORD. The king of Israel has come out to look for a flea--as one hunts a partridge in the mountains." |
| A laila ʻī akula ʻo Saula iā Dāvida, Pōmaikaʻi ʻoe, e kuʻu keiki, e Dāvida: e hana nui auaneʻi ʻoe, a e lanakila hoʻi ʻoe. A akula ʻo Dāvida i kona wahi e ai, a hoʻi akula ʻo Saula i kona wahi. | Then Saul said to David, "May you be blessed, my son David; you will do great things and surely triumph." So David went on his way, and Saul returned home. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida, a akula me nā kānaka ʻeono haneri me ia i o ʻAkisa lā, ke keiki a Maoka, ke aliʻi o Gata. | So David and the six hundred men with him left and went over to Achish son of Maoch king of Gath. |
| akula ʻo Dāvida me kona poʻe kānaka, a kaua akula i ko Gesura, a me ko Gerezi, a me ka ʻAmaleka: no ka mea, he poʻe kamaʻāina kahiko lākou o ka ʻāina, kahi e aku ai i Sura, a hiki loa i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita. | Now David and his men went up and raided the Geshurites, the Girzites and the Amalekites. (From ancient times these peoples had lived in the land extending to Shur and Egypt.) |
| ʻAʻole i hoʻopakele ʻo Dāvida i kekahi kanaka, ʻaʻole hoʻi i kekahi wahine e ola ana e ma Gata e ʻōlelo, o haʻi aku lākou no mākou, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, Pēlā ʻo Dāvida i hana ai, a pēlā hoʻi kāna e hana aku ai i nā manawa a pau o kona noho ʻana ma ka ʻāina o nā Pilisetia. | He did not leave a man or woman alive to be brought to Gath, for he thought, "They might inform on us and say, 'This is what David did.' " And such was his practice as long as he lived in Philistine territory. |
| A ia mau lā, hoʻākoakoa aʻela nā Pilisetia i ko lākou poʻe koa, no ke kaua e kaua aku ai i ka ʻIseraʻela. ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAkisa iā Dāvida, E ʻike pono ʻoe, ʻo ʻoe kekahi e pū me aʻu i ke kaua, ʻo ʻoe a me kou poʻe kānaka. | In those days the Philistines gathered their forces to fight against Israel. Achish said to David, "You must understand that you and your men will accompany me in the army." |
| Hoʻākoakoa ʻia aʻela ko Pilisetia, a mai, a hoʻomoana ma Sunema; a hoʻākoakoa aʻela ʻo Saula i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, a hoʻomoana ihola ma Gileboa. | The Philistines assembled and came and set up camp at Shunem, while Saul gathered all the Israelites and set up camp at Gilboa. |
| A laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo Saula i kāna poʻe kauā, E ʻimi ʻoukou noʻu i wahine nīnau ʻuhane, i aku ai au e nīnau iā ia. ʻĪ maila kāna mau kauā iā ia, Aia nō ka wahine nīnau i nā ʻuhane ma ʻEnedora. | Saul then said to his attendants, "Find me a woman who is a medium, so I may go and inquire of her." "There is one in Endor," they said. |
| Hōʻano ʻē ʻo Saula iā ia iho, a hoʻokomo i ka lole ʻē, a aku me nā kānaka ʻelua me ia, a hiki lākou i ka wahine i ka pō: ʻī akula ia, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hoʻākāka mai ʻoe iaʻu ma ka nīnau ʻuhane, a e hoʻāla mai noʻu i ka mea aʻu e hoʻohiki aku ai iā ʻoe. | So Saul disguised himself, putting on other clothes, and at night he and two men went to the woman. "Consult a spirit for me," he said, "and bring up for me the one I name." |
| A maila ka wahine iā Saula, a ʻike akula, ua pilikia loa ia, ʻī akula ʻo ia iā ia, Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻolohe kāu kauā wahine i kou leo, a ua waiho au i kuʻu ola i loko o kuʻu lima, a ua hoʻolohe aku au i kāu mau ʻōlelo āu i ʻōlelo mai ai iaʻu: | When the woman came to Saul and saw that he was greatly shaken, she said, "Look, your maidservant has obeyed you. I took my life in my hands and did what you told me to do. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hoʻolohe mai ʻoe i ka leo o kāu kauā wahine, a e waiho aku au i wahi berena i mua ou; a e ʻai iho ʻoe, i ikaika ai ʻoe i kou ʻana ma kou alanui. | Now please listen to your servant and let me give you some food so you may eat and have the strength to go on your way." |
| A lawe mai ia mea i mua o Saula, a i mua o kāna mau kauā, a ʻai ihola lākou. Kū aʻela lākou a akula ia pō. | Then she set it before Saul and his men, and they ate. That same night they got up and left. |
| A aʻela nā haku o nā Pilisetia ma nā haneri, a ma nā tausani: akā, ʻo Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka lākou ma hope me ʻAkisa. | As the Philistine rulers marched with their units of hundreds and thousands, David and his men were marching at the rear with Achish. |
| Huhū ihola nā aliʻi o nā Pilisetia iā ia, a ʻī akula nā aliʻi o nā Pilisetia iā ia, E hoʻihoʻi aku ʻoe i kēia kanaka ma kona wahi āu i hoʻonoho ai iā ia, a, mai pū ia me kākou i ke kaua, o lilo ia i ʻenemi no kākou i ke kaua ʻana: no ka mea, me ke aha lā e hōʻoluʻolu ai ia i kona haku? ʻAʻole anei me nā poʻo o kēia poʻe kānaka? | But the Philistine commanders were angry with him and said, "Send the man back, that he may return to the place you assigned him. He must not go with us into battle, or he will turn against us during the fighting. How better could he regain his master's favor than by taking the heads of our own men? |
| A laila hea akula ʻo ʻAkisa iā Dāvida, ʻī akula iā ia, He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ma ke ola o Iēhova, he pono kou, a ʻo kou ʻana aku, a ʻo kou hoʻi ʻana mai me aʻu ma ke kaua, ua maikaʻi nō ia i mua o koʻu maka: no ka mea, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iaʻu ka hewa i loko ou mai ka manawa āu i mai ai i oʻu nei, a hiki i kēia lā: akā, ʻaʻole ou pono i mua o nā haku. | So Achish called David and said to him, "As surely as the LORD lives, you have been reliable, and I would be pleased to have you serve with me in the army. From the day you came to me until now, I have found no fault in you, but the rulers don't approve of you. |
| No ia mea, e hoʻi ʻoe, a e me ke aloha, i ʻole ai ʻoe e hewa i mua o nā haku o nā Pilisetia. | Turn back and go in peace; do nothing to displease the Philistine rulers." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā ʻAkisa, He aha kaʻu i hana ai? A he aha lā i loaʻa ai iā ʻoe i loko o kāu kauā i koʻu manawa i noho pū ai me ʻoe a hiki i kēia lā, i ʻole ai au e e kaua aku i nā ʻenemi o kuʻu haku o ke aliʻi? | "But what have I done?" asked David. "What have you found against your servant from the day I came to you until now? Why can't I go and fight against the enemies of my lord the king?" |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAkisa, ʻī maila iā Dāvida, Ua ʻike au, he pono kou i mua oʻu me he ʻānela lā o ke Akua; akā, ua ʻī mai nā haku o nā Pilisetia, ʻAʻole ia e pū me kākou i ke kaua. | Achish answered, "I know that you have been as pleasing in my eyes as an angel of God; nevertheless, the Philistine commanders have said, 'He must not go up with us into battle.' |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e ala aʻe ʻoe i kakahiaka nui me nā kauā a kou haku i pū mai me ʻoe: a i ko ʻoukou ala ʻana i kakahiaka nui, a mālamalama, a laila aku. | Now get up early, along with your master's servants who have come with you, and leave in the morning as soon as it is light." |
| A ala aʻela ʻo Dāvida a me kona poʻe kānaka i kakahiaka nui e, a hoʻi aku i ka ʻāina o nā Pilisetia. A piʻi aʻela nā Pilisetia ma Iezereʻela. | So David and his men got up early in the morning to go back to the land of the Philistines, and the Philistines went up to Jezreel. |
| A i ka hiki ʻana aku o Dāvida me kona poʻe kānaka ma Zikelaga i ka pō ʻakolu, ua mai nā ʻAmaleka ma ka ʻaoʻao hema a ma Zikelaga, a ua luku aku iā Zikelaga, a puhi akula ia i ke ahi; | David and his men reached Ziklag on the third day. Now the Amalekites had raided the Negev and Ziklag. They had attacked Ziklag and burned it, |
| A ua lawe pio aku i nā wāhine o ia wahi; ʻaʻole lākou i pepehi i kekahi o ka mea nui, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ka mea ʻuʻuku: akā, alakaʻi akula iā lākou, a akula ma ko lākou ala. | and had taken captive the women and all who were in it, both young and old. They killed none of them, but carried them off as they went on their way. |
| A akula ʻo Dāvida, ʻo ia me nā kānaka pū me ia ʻeono haneri, a hiki lākou ma ke kahawai ʻo Besora, kahi i kali ai ka poʻe i waiho ʻia ma hope. | David and the six hundred men with him came to the Besor Ravine, where some stayed behind, |
| kaua akula mākou ma ka ʻaoʻao hema o ko Kereti, a ma kekahi ʻaoʻao no ka Iuda, a ma ka ʻaoʻao hema o Kaleba, a puhi akula mākou iā Zikelaga i ke ahi. | We raided the Negev of the Kerethites and the territory belonging to Judah and the Negev of Caleb. And we burned Ziklag." |
| A hoʻi mai ʻo Dāvida i nā haneri kānaka ʻelua, i ka poʻe i hiki ʻole ke hahai ma muli o Dāvida no ko lākou nāwaliwali, i nā mea a lākou i hoʻonoho ai ma ke kahawai ʻo Besora: a mai lākou e hālāwai me Dāvida, a e hālāwai hoʻi me nā kānaka me ia: a hiki mai ʻo Dāvida a kokoke i nā kānaka, aloha maila ʻo ia iā lākou. | Then David came to the two hundred men who had been too exhausted to follow him and who were left behind at the Besor Ravine. They came out to meet David and the people with him. As David and his men approached, he greeted them. |
| A laila ʻōlelo mai nā kānaka hewa a pau, a me ka poʻe Beliala, ʻo nā kānaka i pū me Dāvida, ʻī maila, No ko lākou pū ʻole me kākou, ʻaʻole kākou e hāʻawi aku iā lākou i kekahi o ka waiwai pio a kākou i loaʻa hou mai, akā, e lawe kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kāna wahine, a me kāna mau keiki, a alakaʻi aku, a. | But all the evil men and troublemakers among David's followers said, "Because they did not go out with us, we will not share with them the plunder we recovered. However, each man may take his wife and children and go." |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Dāvida, E nā hoahānau oʻu, mai hana ʻoukou pēlā i nā mea a Iēhova i hāʻawi mai ai iā kākou, nāna kākou i mālama mai, a hoʻolilo mai hoʻi i ka poʻe i kūʻē mai iā kākou i loko o ko kākou lima. | David replied, "No, my brothers, you must not do that with what the LORD has given us. He has protected us and handed over to us the forces that came against us. |
| ʻO wai ka mea e hoʻolohe mai iā ʻoukou i kēia mea? No ka mea, e like me kā ka mea i i ke kaua, pēlā nō kā ka mea i noho me nā ukana, e like pū kā lākou. | Who will listen to what you say? The share of the man who stayed with the supplies is to be the same as that of him who went down to the battle. All will share alike." |
| A ʻike aʻela nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ke awāwa, a me ka poʻe ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, ua heʻe akula nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela, a ua make hoʻi ʻo Saula me kāna mau keiki, haʻalele lākou i ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale, a holo akula; a mai nā Pilisetia a noho ihola ma laila. | When the Israelites along the valley and those across the Jordan saw that the Israelite army had fled and that Saul and his sons had died, they abandoned their towns and fled. And the Philistines came and occupied them. |
| A ia lā iho, aʻela nā Pilisetia e hao i ka poʻe i pepehi ʻia, loaʻa iā lākou ʻo Saula, a me kāna mau keiki ʻekolu i hāʻule ma ka mauna ʻo Gileboa. | The next day, when the Philistines came to strip the dead, they found Saul and his three sons fallen on Mount Gilboa. |
| Kū aʻela nā kanaka koa a pau, a aku ia pō a ao, a lawe lākou i ke kino o Saula, a me nā kino o kāna mau keiki mai ka pā pōhaku aku o Betesana, a mai ma Iabesa, a puhi akula iā lākou i ke ahi ma laila. | all their valiant men journeyed through the night to Beth Shan. They took down the bodies of Saul and his sons from the wall of Beth Shan and went to Jabesh, where they burned them. |
| A i ke kolu o ka lā, aia hoʻi, he kanaka i mai, mai ke kahua kaua, mai Saula mai, me kona kapa i haehae ʻia, a me ka lepo ma luna o kona poʻo; a hiki akula ia i o Dāvida lā, moe ihola ia ma ka honua, a hoʻomaikaʻi akula. | On the third day a man arrived from Saul's camp, with his clothes torn and with dust on his head. When he came to David, he fell to the ground to pay him honor. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā ia, Mai hea mai ʻoe i mai nei? ʻĪ maila kēlā iā ia, Ua pakele mai nei au mai ke kahua kaua mai o ka ʻIseraʻela. | "Where have you come from?" David asked him. He answered, "I have escaped from the Israelite camp." |
| akula ʻo Dāvida i laila, a me kāna mau wāhine ʻelua, ʻo ʻAhinoama no Iezereʻela, a me ʻAbigaila, ka wahine a Nabala no Karemela. | So David went up there with his two wives, Ahinoam of Jezreel and Abigail, the widow of Nabal of Carmel. |
| maila nā kānaka o ka Iuda, a ma laila lākou i poni ai iā ia i aliʻi ma luna o ka ʻohana a Iuda. Haʻi akula hoʻi lākou iā Dāvida, ʻī akula, ʻO nā kānaka o Iabesa-gileada, ka poʻe nāna i kanu iā Saula. | Then the men of Judah came to Hebron and there they anointed David king over the house of Judah. When David was told that it was the men of Jabesh Gilead who had buried Saul, |
| akula hoʻi ʻo Ioaba ke keiki a Zeruia, me nā kānaka o Dāvida, a hālāwai pū aʻela lākou ma ka pūnāwai ʻo Gibeona; a noho ihola lākou, ʻo kekahi poʻe ma kēia ʻaoʻao o ka pūnāwai, a ʻo kēlā poʻe ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ka pūnāwai. | Joab son of Zeruiah and David's men went out and met them at the pool of Gibeon. One group sat down on one side of the pool and one group on the other side. |
| A laila, kū aʻela a akula nā mea he ʻumikumamālua o ka Beniamina no ʻIseboseta ke keiki a Saula, a me nā kānaka o Dāvida he ʻumikumamālua. | So they stood up and were counted off--twelve men for Benjamin and Ish-Bosheth son of Saul, and twelve for David. |
| Alualu akula ʻo ʻAsahela iā ʻAbenera: a i ka ʻana, ʻaʻole ia i kāpae ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka hema, ma hope o ʻAbenera. | He chased Abner, turning neither to the right nor to the left as he pursued him. |
| Haele akula ʻo ʻAbenera me nā kānaka ona ma kahi pāpū, a akula ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, a haele aʻela ma Biterona a pau, a hiki aku i Mahanaima. | All that night Abner and his men marched through the Arabah. They crossed the Jordan, continued through the whole Bithron and came to Mahanaim. |
| ʻĪ akula kēlā, Pono; e hoʻokuʻikahi nō kāua: hoʻokahi hoʻi aʻu mea e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoe, wahi āna, ʻAʻole ʻoe e ʻike mai i kuʻu maka, ke lawe ʻole mai ʻoe ma mua iā Mikala ke kaikamahine a Saula, i kou ʻana mai e ʻike i kuʻu maka. | "Good," said David. "I will make an agreement with you. But I demand one thing of you: Do not come into my presence unless you bring Michal daughter of Saul when you come to see me." |
| pū maila kāna kāne me ia e uē ana ma hope iho ona, a hiki i Bahurima. A laila, ʻī aku ʻo ʻAbenera iā ia, Ō hoʻi. A hoʻi akula ia. | Her husband, however, went with her, weeping behind her all the way to Bahurim. Then Abner said to him, "Go back home!" So he went back. |
| ʻŌlelo akula hoʻi ʻo ʻAbenera ma loko o nā pepeiao o ka Beniamina: akula hoʻi ʻo ʻAbenera e haʻi aku ma loko o nā pepeiao o Dāvida ma Heberona i nā mea a pau a ka ʻIseraʻela i makemake ai, a me nā mea a pau i makemake ai ka Beniamina. | Abner also spoke to the Benjamites in person. Then he went to Hebron to tell David everything that Israel and the whole house of Benjamin wanted to do. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAbenera iā Dāvida, E kū aʻe au a aku e hōʻuluʻulu i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i kuʻu haku i ke aliʻi, i hana lākou i berita me ʻoe, i noho aliʻi hoʻi ʻoe ma luna o nā mea a pau a kou naʻau e makemake nei. Hoʻihoʻi akula ʻo Dāvida iā ʻAbenera, a akula ia me ka maluhia. | Then Abner said to David, "Let me go at once and assemble all Israel for my lord the king, so that they may make a compact with you, and that you may rule over all that your heart desires." So David sent Abner away, and he went in peace. |
| Aia hoʻi, maila nā kānaka o Dāvida me Ioaba mai ke kaua mai, a lawe pū maila me lākou i ka waiwai pio he nui: ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻo ʻAbenera me Dāvida i Heberona; no ka mea, ua hoʻihoʻi kēlā iā ia, a ua aku ia me ka maluhia. | Just then David's men and Joab returned from a raid and brought with them a great deal of plunder. But Abner was no longer with David in Hebron, because David had sent him away, and he had gone in peace. |
| A hiki maila ʻo Ioaba a me ka poʻe kaua a pau pū me ia, haʻi maila lākou iā Ioaba, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, I mai nei ʻo ʻAbenera ke keiki a Nera i ke aliʻi, a ua hoʻihoʻi aku kēlā iā ia, a ua hala aku ia me ka maluhia. | When Joab and all the soldiers with him arrived, he was told that Abner son of Ner had come to the king and that the king had sent him away and that he had gone in peace. |
| A laila, akula ʻo Ioaba i ke aliʻi, ʻī akula, He aha kāu i hana ai? Aia hoʻi, ua mai nei ʻo ʻAbenera; he aha hoʻi kāu i hoʻihoʻi aku ai iā ia, a ua hala loa kēlā? | So Joab went to the king and said, "What have you done? Look, Abner came to you. Why did you let him go? Now he is gone! |
| Ua ʻike ʻoe iā ʻAbenera ke keiki a Nera, i mai nei ia e hoʻopunipuni iā ʻoe, a e ʻike i kou ʻana aku a me kou hoʻi ʻana mai, a e ʻike hoʻi i nā mea a pau āu e hana nei. | You know Abner son of Ner; he came to deceive you and observe your movements and find out everything you are doing." |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Dāvida iā Ioaba a me ka poʻe a pau me ia, E haehae iho i ko ʻoukou kapa, a e kāʻei ʻoukou i ke kapa ʻinoʻino, a e kanikau i mua o ʻAbenera. A ʻo ke aliʻi ʻo Dāvida i ma hope o ka mānele. | Then David said to Joab and all the people with him, "Tear your clothes and put on sackcloth and walk in mourning in front of Abner." King David himself walked behind the bier. |
| A mai nā kānaka a pau e koi aku iā Dāvida e ʻai i ka ʻai ʻoiai ka lā: hoʻohiki akula Dāvida, ʻī akula, Pēlā ke Akua e hana mai ai iaʻu a nui aku, ke hoʻāʻo iho au i ka berena a i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe, a napoʻo ka lā. | Then they all came and urged David to eat something while it was still day; but David took an oath, saying, "May God deal with me, be it ever so severely, if I taste bread or anything else before the sun sets!" |
| akula ʻo Rekaba a me Baʻana nā keiki a Rimona no Beʻerota, a hoʻi maila lāua i ka hale o ʻIseboseta i ka manawa i wela ai ka lā, a e moe ana ia ma ka moe i ke awakea. | Now Recab and Baanah, the sons of Rimmon the Beerothite, set out for the house of Ish-Bosheth, and they arrived there in the heat of the day while he was taking his noonday rest. |
| akula lāua i laila i waenakonu o ka hale, e like me ke kiʻi i ka huapalaoa; a hou akula lāua iā ia ma lalo iho o ka lima o ka iwi ʻaoʻao: a pakele akula ʻo Rekaba a me Baʻana kona hoahānau. | They went into the inner part of the house as if to get some wheat, and they stabbed him in the stomach. Then Recab and his brother Baanah slipped away. |
| No ka mea, i ko lāua ʻana aku i loko o ka hale, e moe ana ia ma luna o kona moe i loko o kona keʻena moe, hou akula lāua iā ia, a make ia; a ʻoki ihola lāua i kona poʻo, a holoholo akula ma ka pāpū a ao ka pō. | They had gone into the house while he was lying on the bed in his bedroom. After they stabbed and killed him, they cut off his head. Taking it with them, they traveled all night by way of the Arabah. |
| A laila maila nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i o Dāvida lā i Heberona, a ʻōlelo maila lākou, Eia hoʻi, hoʻokahi nō ko kākou iwi a me ka ʻiʻo. | All the tribes of Israel came to David at Hebron and said, "We are your own flesh and blood. |
| Pēlā nā lunakahiko a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i mai ai i ke aliʻi ma Heberona; a hoʻopaʻa ihola ke aliʻi ʻo Dāvida i berita me lākou ma Heberona i mua o Iēhova: a poni ihola lākou iā Dāvida i aliʻi no ka ʻIseraʻela. | When all the elders of Israel had come to King David at Hebron, the king made a compact with them at Hebron before the LORD, and they anointed David king over Israel. |
| akula ke aliʻi a me nā kānaka ona i Ierusalema i ka poʻe Iebusi, nā kamaʻāina o ia wahi. ʻŌlelo maila lākou iā Dāvida, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Inā ʻaʻole ʻoe e lawe aku i ka poʻe makapō a me ka poʻe ʻoʻopa, ʻaʻole nō ʻoe e komo mai i ʻaneʻi: e manaʻo ana lākou ʻaʻole e komo ʻo Dāvida i laila. | The king and his men marched to Jerusalem to attack the Jebusites, who lived there. The Jebusites said to David, "You will not get in here; even the blind and the lame can ward you off." They thought, "David cannot get in here." |
| ʻĪ akula Dāvida ia lā, ʻO nā mea pepehi i ka Iebusi, e lākou i ke kahawai e luku i ka poʻe ʻoʻopa a me ka poʻe makapō, i ka poʻe i inaina ʻia e ko Dāvida naʻau; no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo nā mea makapō a me nā mea ʻoʻopa, ʻAʻole ia e hiki ma loko o ka hale. | On that day, David said, "Anyone who conquers the Jebusites will have to use the water shaft to reach those 'lame and blind' who are David's enemies. " That is why they say, "The 'blind and lame' will not enter the palace." |
| Lawe hou aʻela ʻo Dāvida i nā haiā wahine a me nā wāhine hoʻi nāna no Ierusalema, ma hope iho o kona ʻana mai mai Heberona mai: a hānau maila nā keiki kāne hou a me nā kaikamāhine hou na Dāvida. | After he left Hebron, David took more concubines and wives in Jerusalem, and more sons and daughters were born to him. |
| maila hoʻi ka poʻe Pilisetia, a hoʻomoana akula ma ke awāwa ʻo Repaima. | Now the Philistines had come and spread out in the Valley of Rephaim; |
| akula ʻo Dāvida i Baʻala-perazima, a luku akula ʻo Dāvida iā lākou ma laila, ʻī ihola ia, Ua pohā aku ʻo Iēhova ma luna o koʻu poʻe ʻenemi, e like me ka pohā ʻana o ka wai. No laila, kapa akula ia i ka inoa o ia wahi, ʻo Baʻala-perazima. | So David went to Baal Perazim, and there he defeated them. He said, "As waters break out, the LORD has broken out against my enemies before me." So that place was called Baal Perazim. |
| A lohe ʻoe i ka halulu o ka ʻana ma nā wēlau o nā lāʻau silika, a laila ʻoe e lalelale: no ka mea, a laila e aku ana ʻo Iēhova i mua ou e pepehi aku i nā Pilisetia. | As soon as you hear the sound of marching in the tops of the balsam trees, move quickly, because that will mean the LORD has gone out in front of you to strike the Philistine army." |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida, a pū akula me nā kānaka a pau me ia mai Baʻale o ka Iuda, e halihali mai laila mai i ka pahu o ke Akua, i ka mea i hea ʻia aku ai ka inoa, ka inoa ʻo Iēhova Sābāōta, ʻo ka Mea e noho ana ma waena o nā kerubima. | He and all his men set out from Baalah of Judah to bring up from there the ark of God, which is called by the Name, the name of the LORD Almighty, who is enthroned between the cherubim that are on the ark. |
| Lawe maila lākou ia mea mai loko mai o ka hale o ʻAbinadaba ma Gibea, e pū ana me ka pahu o ke Akua, a akula ʻo ʻAhio i mua o ka pahu. | with the ark of God on it, and Ahio was walking in front of it. |
| Haʻi akula lākou iā Dāvida i ke aliʻi, ʻī maila, Ē, ua hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻo Iēhova i ko ka hale o ʻObededoma, a me nā mea a pau iā ia, no ka pahu o ke Akua. A akula ʻo Dāvida, a lawe maila i ka pahu o ke Akua, mai ka hale o ʻObededoma mai, a i loko o ke kūlanakauhale o Dāvida me ka ʻoliʻoli. | Now King David was told, "The LORD has blessed the household of Obed-Edom and everything he has, because of the ark of God." So David went down and brought up the ark of God from the house of Obed-Edom to the City of David with rejoicing. |
| Aiʻa, akula ka poʻe halihali i ka pahu o Iēhova i nā ana ʻeono, mōhai akula ʻo ia i nā bipi a me nā mea i kūpalu ʻia. | When those who were carrying the ark of the LORD had taken six steps, he sacrificed a bull and a fattened calf. |
| Hoʻi hou akula ʻo Dāvida e hoʻoaloha i ko ka hale ona. maila ʻo Mikala ke kaikamahine a Saula e hālāwai me Dāvida, ʻī maila, Kai ka nani o ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela i kēia lā, nāna i wehe aʻe i kona kapa i kēia lā i mua o nā maka o nā kauā wahine a kona poʻe kānaka, e like me ka wehe hilahila ʻole ʻana o kekahi kanaka lapuwale. | When David returned home to bless his household, Michal daughter of Saul came out to meet him and said, "How the king of Israel has distinguished himself today, disrobing in the sight of the slave girls of his servants as any vulgar fellow would!" |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Natana i ke aliʻi, E ʻoe e hana i ka mea a pau i loko o kou naʻau; no ka mea, me ʻoe pū nō ʻo Iēhova. | Nathan replied to the king, "Whatever you have in mind, go ahead and do it, for the LORD is with you." |
| E ʻoe e haʻi aku i kuʻu kauā iā Dāvida, Eia kā Iēhova e ʻōlelo aku nei, E hana anei ʻoe i hale noʻu e noho ai? | "Go and tell my servant David, 'This is what the LORD says: Are you the one to build me a house to dwell in? |
| No ka mea, ʻaʻole nō au i noho i loko o ka hale maoli mai ka manawa mai aʻu i alakaʻi mai nei i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai ʻAigupita mai, a hiki i kēia lā; akā, ua nō wau ma loko o ka hale lole, a me ka halelewa. | I have not dwelt in a house from the day I brought the Israelites up out of Egypt to this day. I have been moving from place to place with a tent as my dwelling. |
| I koʻu ʻana a pau me nā mamo a pau a ʻIseraʻela, i ʻōlelo aku anei au i kekahi ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela, i ka mea aʻu i kauoha aku ai e hānai i koʻu poʻe kānaka i ka ʻIseraʻela, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, He aha ka mea e hana ʻole ai ʻoukou i hale kedera noʻu? | Wherever I have moved with all the Israelites, did I ever say to any of their rulers whom I commanded to shepherd my people Israel, "Why have you not built me a house of cedar?" ' |
| ʻO wau hoʻi kekahi pū me ʻoe i kou mau wahi i aku ai, a ua hōʻoki iho nō wau i ou poʻe ʻenemi a pau mai kou maka aku, a ua hoʻokaulana aku au i kou inoa, e like me ka inoa o ka poʻe nui ma ka honua. | I have been with you wherever you have gone, and I have cut off all your enemies from before you. Now I will make your name great, like the names of the greatest men of the earth. |
| Pepehi akula hoʻi ʻo Dāvida iā Hadadezera ke keiki a Rehoba, ke aliʻi o Zoba, iā ia i aku ai e hoʻopaʻa i kona palena ʻāina ma ka muliwai ʻo ʻEuperate. | Moreover, David fought Hadadezer son of Rehob, king of Zobah, when he went to restore his control along the Euphrates River. |
| Lawe pio akula hoʻi ʻo Dāvida mai ona aku lā i nā hoʻoholo lio hoʻokahi tausani me nā haneri ʻehiku, a me nā tausani kānaka wāwae he iwakālua; a ʻoki ihola ʻo Dāvida i ke olonā wāwae o nā lio no nā hale kaʻa; akā, ua hoʻokoe ia i hoʻokahi haneri o nā lio hale kaʻa. | David captured a thousand of his chariots, seven thousand charioteers and twenty thousand foot soldiers. He hamstrung all but a hundred of the chariot horses. |
| A i ka ʻana mai o ko Suria no Damaseko e kōkua ma muli o Hadadezera ke aliʻi o Zoba, pepehi ihola ʻo Dāvida i nā kānaka he iwakāluakumamālua tausani o ko Suria. | When the Arameans of Damascus came to help Hadadezer king of Zobah, David struck down twenty-two thousand of them. |
| A hana ihola ʻo Dāvida i nā pā kaua ma Suria o Damaseko; a lilo aʻela ko Suria i poʻe kauā na Dāvida, a lawe maila i ka waiwai hoʻokupu. A mālama maila ʻo Iēhova iā Dāvida i nā wahi a pau āna i ai. | He put garrisons in the Aramean kingdom of Damascus, and the Arameans became subject to him and brought tribute. The LORD gave David victory wherever he went. |
| Hana ihola hoʻi ia i nā pā kaua ma ʻEdoma; ma ʻEdoma a pau i hana iho ai ʻo ia i nā pā kaua; a lilo maila ko ʻEdoma a pau i kauā na Dāvida. A mālama maila ʻo Iēhova iā Dāvida i nā wahi a pau āna i aku ai. | He put garrisons throughout Edom, and all the Edomites became subject to David. The LORD gave David victory wherever he went. |
| Aia kekahi kauā no ka ʻohana o Saula, ʻo Ziba kona inoa: a kiʻi akula lākou iā ia e i o Dāvida lā, ʻī akula ke aliʻi iā ia, ʻO ʻoe nō ʻo Ziba? ʻĪ maila kēlā, ʻO wau nō ʻo kāu kauā. | Now there was a servant of Saul's household named Ziba. They called him to appear before David, and the king said to him, "Are you Ziba?" "Your servant," he replied. |
| maila ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona i waho, a hoʻonohonoho ihola i ke kaua ma kahi e komo ai i loko o ka puka; a kū kaʻawale maila ka poʻe Suria no Zoba, a no Rehoba, no ʻIsetoba, a no Maʻaka, ma ke kula. | The Ammonites came out and drew up in battle formation at the entrance to their city gate, while the Arameans of Zobah and Rehob and the men of Tob and Maacah were by themselves in the open country. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ia, Inā paha e ʻoi aku ka ikaika o ko Suria i koʻu, a laila e kōkua mai ʻoe iaʻu, akā, inā paha e ʻoi aku ka ikaika o ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona i kou, a laila au e aku ai e kōkua iā ʻoe. | Joab said, "If the Arameans are too strong for me, then you are to come to my rescue; but if the Ammonites are too strong for you, then I will come to rescue you. |
| A ʻike aʻela ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona, ua heʻe akula ko Suria, a laila heʻe akula hoʻi lākou i mua o ʻAbisai, a komo akula i loko o ke kūlanakauhale. A hoʻi hou maila ʻo Ioaba mai ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona mai, a maila i Ierusalema. | When the Ammonites saw that the Arameans were fleeing, they fled before Abishai and went inside the city. So Joab returned from fighting the Ammonites and came to Jerusalem. |
| Kiʻi akula ʻo Hadarezera, a kaʻi maila i ko Suria ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ka muliwai; a maila lākou i Helama: i mua hoʻi o lākou ʻo Sobaka ka luna kaua o Hadarezera. | Hadadezer had Arameans brought from beyond the River; they went to Helam, with Shobach the commander of Hadadezer's army leading them. |
| A haʻi ʻia mai ia iā Dāvida, hoʻākoakoa aʻe ia i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, a akula ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, a hiki akula i Helama: a hoʻonohonoho akula ko Suria iā lākou iho e kūʻē iā Dāvida, a kaua akula lākou iā ia. | When David was told of this, he gathered all Israel, crossed the Jordan and went to Helam. The Arameans formed their battle lines to meet David and fought against him. |
| A i ka makahiki hou, i ka manawa e aku ai nā aliʻi [i ke kaua,] hoʻouna akula ʻo Dāvida iā Ioaba, a me nā kauā āna me ia, a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau; a luku akula lākou i ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona; a puʻe akula iā Raba: akā, noho ihola ʻo Dāvida ma Ierusalema ia manawa. | In the spring, at the time when kings go off to war, David sent Joab out with the king's men and the whole Israelite army. They destroyed the Ammonites and besieged Rabbah. But David remained in Jerusalem. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Dāvida i nā mea kiʻi aku, a lālau akula iā ia: a maila ia i loko i ona lā, a moe ihola kēlā me ia; no ka mea, ua huikala ʻia ʻo ia i kona haumia ʻana: a hoʻi hou akula ia i kona hale. | Then David sent messengers to get her. She came to him, and he slept with her. (She had purified herself from her uncleanness.) Then she went back home. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā ʻUria, e iho iho ʻoe i kou hale, a e holoi i kou wāwae. A akula ʻo ʻUria i waho o ka hale o ke aliʻi, a ukali akula kekahi ʻai ma hope ona na ke aliʻi aku. | Then David said to Uriah, "Go down to your house and wash your feet." So Uriah left the palace, and a gift from the king was sent after him. |
| Akā, hiamoe ihola ʻo ʻUria ma ka puka o ka hale o ke aliʻi me nā kauā a pau a kona haku, ʻaʻole ia i aku i kona hale. | But Uriah slept at the entrance to the palace with all his master's servants and did not go down to his house. |
| Haʻi akula lākou iā Dāvida, ʻī akula, ʻAʻole i aku ʻo ʻUria i kona hale. Nīnau akula ʻo Dāvida iā ʻUria, ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i mai mai kou ʻana? He aha hoʻi kāu i ʻole aku ai i kou hale? | When David was told, "Uriah did not go home," he asked him, "Haven't you just come from a distance? Why didn't you go home?" |
| Kāhea akula ʻo Dāvida iā ia, a ʻai ihola ia a inu hoʻi i mua ona; hoʻīnu ihola ʻo Dāvida iā ia a ʻona: a ahiahi aʻela, akula ia i waho e moe ma kona wahi moe me nā kauā o kona haku, ʻaʻole naʻe ia i i kona hale. | At David's invitation, he ate and drank with him, and David made him drunk. But in the evening Uriah went out to sleep on his mat among his master's servants; he did not go home. |
| maila nā kānaka o ua kūlanakauhale lā i waho, a kaua maila iā Ioaba mā: a hina ihola kekahi poʻe kānaka o nā kauā a Dāvida, a make ihola hoʻi ʻo ʻUria ka Heta. | When the men of the city came out and fought against Joab, some of the men in David's army fell; moreover, Uriah the Hittite died. |
| Inā paha e huhū mai ke aliʻi, a e ʻī mai hoʻi iā ʻoe, No ke aha lā ʻoukou i aku ai pēlā a kokoke i ke kūlanakauhale i ke kaua ʻana o ʻoukou? ʻAʻole anei ʻoukou i ʻike, e pana mai lākou mai luna mai o ka pā? | the king's anger may flare up, and he may ask you, 'Why did you get so close to the city to fight? Didn't you know they would shoot arrows from the wall? |
| Na wai i pepehi iā ʻAbimeleka ke keiki a Ierubeseta? ʻAʻole anei he wahine i hoʻolei iho i ka ʻāpana pōhaku wili palaoa ma luna ona, i make ai ʻo ia ma Tebeza? No ke aha lā ʻoukou i aku ai a kokoke i ka pā? A laila e ʻī aku ʻoe, Ua make nō hoʻi kāu kauā ʻo ʻUria ʻo ka Heta. | Who killed Abimelech son of Jerub-Besheth ? Didn't a woman throw an upper millstone on him from the wall, so that he died in Thebez? Why did you get so close to the wall?' If he asks you this, then say to him, 'Also, your servant Uriah the Hittite is dead.' " |
| akula ka ʻelele, hiki akula a haʻi akula iā Dāvida i nā mea a pau a Ioaba i hoʻouna aku ai iā ia. | The messenger set out, and when he arrived he told David everything Joab had sent him to say. |
| ʻĪ akula ka ʻelele iā Dāvida, He ʻoiaʻiʻo ua lanakila mai kēlā poʻe kānaka ma luna o mākou, a maila lākou i waho i o mākou lā ma ke kula, a hahai akula mākou iā lākou a hiki i ke komo ʻana ma ka puka. | The messenger said to David, "The men overpowered us and came out against us in the open, but we drove them back to the entrance to the city gate. |
| Hoʻouna maila ʻo Iēhova iā Natana i o Dāvida lā: maila ia i ona lā, ʻī maila iā ia, ʻElua mau kānaka ma kekahi kūlanakauhale; ua waiwai kekahi, a ua ʻilihune kekahi. | The LORD sent Nathan to David. When he came to him, he said, "There were two men in a certain town, one rich and the other poor. |
| A maila he kanaka i ua kanaka waiwai lā, a ʻauʻa ihola ia ke lawe i ko kāna ʻohana hipa a me kāna ʻohana bipi e kālua na ua kanaka lā i mai i ona lā; akā, kiʻi akula ia i ke keiki hipa a ke kanaka ʻilihune, a kālua ihola na ke kanaka i mai i ona lā. | "Now a traveler came to the rich man, but the rich man refrained from taking one of his own sheep or cattle to prepare a meal for the traveler who had come to him. Instead, he took the ewe lamb that belonged to the poor man and prepared it for the one who had come to him." |
| Kū aʻela nā lunakahiko o kona hale, akula i ona lā e hoʻāla iā ia mai ka honua aʻe: ʻaʻole ia i ʻae aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻai i ka ʻai me lākou. | The elders of his household stood beside him to get him up from the ground, but he refused, and he would not eat any food with them. |
| A laila, kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida mai ka honua aku, ʻauʻau ihola, a hamo ihola i ka ʻaila, ʻaʻahu ihola iā ia i ka lole hou, akula i ka hale o Iēhova, a hoʻomana akula. A laila hoʻi maila ia i kona hale: a kēnā akula ia, a kau maila lākou i ka ʻai i mua ona, a ʻai ihola ia. | Then David got up from the ground. After he had washed, put on lotions and changed his clothes, he went into the house of the LORD and worshiped. Then he went to his own house, and at his request they served him food, and he ate. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, ua make ia: no ke aha hoʻi au e hoʻokē ʻai ai? E hiki anei iaʻu ke hoʻihoʻi mai iā ia? ʻO wau ke aku i ona lā, akā, ʻaʻole ia e hoʻi hou mai i oʻu nei. | But now that he is dead, why should I fast? Can I bring him back again? I will go to him, but he will not return to me." |
| Hoʻākoakoa pū aʻela ʻo Dāvida i nā kānaka a pau, a akula i Raba, kaua akula ia, a hoʻopio ihola ia wahi. | So David mustered the entire army and went to Rabbah, and attacked and captured it. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Ionadaba iā ia, E moe iho ʻoe ma kou wahi moe, a e hoʻomaʻimaʻi iho ʻoe: a mai kou makua kāne e ʻike iā ʻoe, e ʻī aku ʻoe iā ia, ʻEā, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai ʻoe e mai ʻo Tamara kuʻu kaikuahine e hāʻawi mai ia i ʻai naʻu, e hoʻomākaukau ia i ka ʻai i mua o koʻu mau maka, i ʻike au, a ʻai iho hoʻi ma kona lima. | "Go to bed and pretend to be ill," Jonadab said. "When your father comes to see you, say to him, 'I would like my sister Tamar to come and give me something to eat. Let her prepare the food in my sight so I may watch her and then eat it from her hand.' " |
| Moe ihola ʻo ʻAmenona, a hoʻomaʻimaʻi iā ia iho: a mai ke aliʻi e ʻike iā ia, ʻī akula ʻo ʻAmenona i ke aliʻi, Ē, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai ʻoe e mai ʻo Tamara kuʻu kaikuahine, a hana iho naʻu i ʻelua wahi pōpō palaoa i mua o kuʻu mau maka, i ʻai iho au ma kona lima. | So Amnon lay down and pretended to be ill. When the king came to see him, Amnon said to him, "I would like my sister Tamar to come and make some special bread in my sight, so I may eat from her hand." |
| A laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Dāvida i o Tamara lā ma kona wahi, ʻī akula, E ʻoe ʻānō i ka hale o kou kaikunāne ʻo ʻAmenona, a e hana ʻoe i wahi ʻai nāna. | David sent word to Tamar at the palace: "Go to the house of your brother Amnon and prepare some food for him." |
| akula ʻo Tamara i ka hale o kona kaikunāne ʻo ʻAmenona, a e moe ana nō ia. Lawe aʻela kēlā i ka palaoa, kāwili aʻela, a hana ihola i nā pōpō i mua o kona maka, a pūlehu ihola i ua mau pōpō lā. | So Tamar went to the house of her brother Amnon, who was lying down. She took some dough, kneaded it, made the bread in his sight and baked it. |
| Lawe aʻela ia i ke pā, a ninini akula ia mau mea i mua ona, ʻaʻole naʻe ia i ʻai. ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻAmenona, E i waho nā kānaka a pau mai oʻu aku nei; a akula nā kānaka a pau i waho mai ona aku lā. | Then she took the pan and served him the bread, but he refused to eat. "Send everyone out of here," Amnon said. So everyone left him. |
| Lū ihola ʻo Tamara i ka lehu ahi ma luna o kona poʻo, haehae aʻela i kona kapa ʻōniʻoniʻo ma luna ona, kau aʻela hoʻi ia i kona lima ma luna o kona poʻo, a akula e uē ana. | Tamar put ashes on her head and tore the ornamented robe she was wearing. She put her hand on her head and went away, weeping aloud as she went. |
| A hala aʻela nā makahiki ʻokoʻa ʻelua, he ʻaha ʻako hipa ko ʻAbesaloma ma Baʻalahazora e kokoke ana me ko ʻEperaima: a kono akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma i nā keiki kāne a pau a ke aliʻi e i laila. | Two years later, when Absalom's sheepshearers were at Baal Hazor near the border of Ephraim, he invited all the king's sons to come there. |
| maila ʻo ʻAbesaloma i ke aliʻi, ʻī maila, Aia he ʻaha ʻako hipa o kāu kauā; ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e pū ke aliʻi a me kāna poʻe kauā me kāu kauā. | Absalom went to the king and said, "Your servant has had shearers come. Will the king and his officials please join me?" |
| ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi iā ʻAbesaloma, ʻAʻole mākou a pau e, e kuʻu keiki, o hoʻokaumaha mākou iā ʻoe. Koi maila kēlā iā ia; ʻaʻole naʻe ia i manaʻo e, akā, hoʻomaikaʻi akula ʻo ia iā ia. | "No, my son," the king replied. "All of us should not go; we would only be a burden to you." Although Absalom urged him, he still refused to go, but gave him his blessing. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAbesaloma, A i ʻole, ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai i kuʻu kaikuaʻana iā ʻAmenona e pū me mākou. ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi iā ia, He aha lā kāna e pū aku ai me ʻoe? | Then Absalom said, "If not, please let my brother Amnon come with us." The king asked him, "Why should he go with you?" |
| Koi akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma iā ia, a ʻae maila ia e pū ʻo ʻAmenona, a ʻo nā keiki kāne a pau a ke aliʻi me ia. | But Absalom urged him, so he sent with him Amnon and the rest of the king's sons. |
| Mahuka akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma. A ʻo ke kanaka ʻōpiopio e kiaʻi ana, ʻalawa aʻela nā maka ona i luna, ʻike akula, aia lā, he nui nā kānaka e mai ana ma ke ala ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka puʻu ma hope ona. | Meanwhile, Absalom had fled. Now the man standing watch looked up and saw many people on the road west of him, coming down the side of the hill. The watchman went and told the king, "I see men in the direction of Horonaim, on the side of the hill." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Ionadaba i ke aliʻi, Aia lā, ke mai nei nā keiki kāne a ke aliʻi, e like me ka ʻōlelo ʻana a kāu kauā. | Jonadab said to the king, "See, the king's sons are here; it has happened just as your servant said." |
| Mahuka akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma, a akula i o Talemai lā i ke keiki a ʻAmihuda ke aliʻi no Gesura. Kanikau ihola ʻo [Dāvida] i kāna keiki i kēlā lā i kēia lā. | Absalom fled and went to Talmai son of Ammihud, the king of Geshur. But King David mourned for his son every day. |
| Mahuka akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma, a akula i Gesura, noho ihola i laila ʻekolu makahiki. | After Absalom fled and went to Geshur, he stayed there three years. |
| ʻIʻini loa ihola ʻo Dāvida ke aliʻi e aku i o ʻAbesaloma lā; no ka mea, ua hōʻoluʻolu ʻia ʻo ia no ʻAmenona, i kona make ʻana. | And the spirit of the king longed to go to Absalom, for he was consoled concerning Amnon's death. |
| ʻIke aʻela ʻo Ioaba ke keiki a Zeruia, ua aku ka naʻau o ke aliʻi i o ʻAbesaloma lā. | Joab son of Zeruiah knew that the king's heart longed for Absalom. |
| A e aku i ke aliʻi, a penei e ʻōlelo aku ai. A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Ioaba i nā hua ʻōlelo no kona waha. | Then go to the king and speak these words to him." And Joab put the words in her mouth. |
| Kū aʻela ʻo Ioaba, a akula i Gesura, a lawe maila iā ʻAbesaloma i Ierusalema. | Then Joab went to Geshur and brought Absalom back to Jerusalem. |
| No laila, kēnā akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma e kiʻi iā Ioaba, e hoʻouna aku iā ia e i ke aliʻi; ʻaʻole naʻe ia i mai i ona lā; a hoʻouna hou akula ia, ʻo ka lua ia o ke kiʻi ʻana, ʻaʻole hoʻi ia i mai. | Then Absalom sent for Joab in order to send him to the king, but Joab refused to come to him. So he sent a second time, but he refused to come. |
| A laila kū aʻela ʻo Ioaba, a mai i o ʻAbesaloma lā i kona hale, ʻī maila iā ia, Ē, he aha ka mea i puhi aku ai kāu poʻe kauā i kuʻu mahina ʻai i ke ahi. | Then Joab did go to Absalom's house and he said to him, "Why have your servants set my field on fire?" |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma iā Ioaba, Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻouna akula au i ou lā, me ka ʻī ʻana aku, E mai i ʻaneʻi, i hoʻouna aku ai au iā ʻoe i ke aliʻi, e ʻī aku iā ia, He aha ka mea i hoʻi mai nei au mai Gesura mai? E aho nō wau e noho ma laila a hiki i nēia wā: ʻānō hoʻi, e ʻae mai ʻoe e ʻike aku au i nā maka o ke aliʻi; a inā he hewa i loko oʻu, e pepehi mai kēlā iaʻu. | Absalom said to Joab, "Look, I sent word to you and said, 'Come here so I can send you to the king to ask, "Why have I come from Geshur? It would be better for me if I were still there!" ' Now then, I want to see the king's face, and if I am guilty of anything, let him put me to death." |
| A laila akula ʻo Ioaba i ke aliʻi, a haʻi akula iā ia: a hea maila ʻo ia iā ʻAbesaloma, a akula ia i ke aliʻi, a kūlou ihola ia ma ka honua i lalo kona alo i mua o ke aliʻi; a honi maila ke aliʻi iā ʻAbesaloma. | So Joab went to the king and told him this. Then the king summoned Absalom, and he came in and bowed down with his face to the ground before the king. And the king kissed Absalom. |
| Ala aʻela ʻo ʻAbesaloma i kakahiaka, a kū maila ma kapa alanui ma ka ʻīpuka: a aku kekahi kanaka i ke aliʻi iā ia ka mea hakakā e hoʻoponopono ʻia ai ma ke kānāwai, a laila hea akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma iā ia, ʻī akula, No ke kūlanakauhale hea ʻoe? ʻĪ maila kēlā, No kekahi ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela kāu kauā. | He would get up early and stand by the side of the road leading to the city gate. Whenever anyone came with a complaint to be placed before the king for a decision, Absalom would call out to him, "What town are you from?" He would answer, "Your servant is from one of the tribes of Israel." |
| ʻĪ akula hoʻi ʻo ʻAbesaloma, Inā paha e hoʻonoho ʻia au he luna kānāwai o ka ʻāina, a laila ʻo kēlā kanaka ʻo kēia kanaka iā ia ka mea e hoʻokolokolo ʻia ai, e mai ia i oʻu nei, a e hoʻoponopono aku au nona. | And Absalom would add, "If only I were appointed judge in the land! Then everyone who has a complaint or case could come to me and I would see that he gets justice." |
| A i ka wā i mai ai kekahi kanaka e uē aloha iā ia, ʻō akula ia i kona lima, lālau akula iā ia, a honi aʻela. | Also, whenever anyone approached him to bow down before him, Absalom would reach out his hand, take hold of him and kiss him. |
| Pēlā nō i hana aku ai ʻo Abesaloma i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i mai i ke aliʻi no ka hoʻoponopono ʻia. A ʻaihue aʻela ʻo ʻAbesaloma i nā naʻau o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Absalom behaved in this way toward all the Israelites who came to the king asking for justice, and so he stole the hearts of the men of Israel. |
| Ma hope iho o nā makahiki hoʻokahi kanahā, ʻī akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma i ke aliʻi, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai ʻoe e au i Heberona e hoʻokō aku i kuʻu hoʻohiki ʻana aʻu i hoʻohiki ai iā Iēhova. | At the end of four years, Absalom said to the king, "Let me go to Hebron and fulfill a vow I made to the LORD. |
| ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi iā ia, Ō ʻoe me ke aloha. Kū aʻela ia, a akula i Heberona. | The king said to him, "Go in peace." So he went to Hebron. |
| pū akula me ʻAbesaloma mai Ierusalema aku ʻelua haneri kānaka i wae ʻia; a naʻaupō wale nō lākou, ʻaʻole i ʻike i kekahi mea. | Two hundred men from Jerusalem had accompanied Absalom. They had been invited as guests and went quite innocently, knowing nothing about the matter. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻAbesaloma e kiʻi iā ʻAhitopela no Gilo, he kākāʻōlelo no Dāvida, e mai mai kona kūlanakauhale, mai Gilo mai, i ka wā āna i mōhai aku ai. Ua ikaika nō ka poʻe kipi; no ka mea, ua māhuahua mau mai a nui aʻe nā kānaka me ʻAbesaloma. | While Absalom was offering sacrifices, he also sent for Ahithophel the Gilonite, David's counselor, to come from Giloh, his hometown. And so the conspiracy gained strength, and Absalom's following kept on increasing. |
| maila kekahi kanaka i o Dāvida lā, ʻī maila, Aia ma muli o ʻAbesaloma nā naʻau o nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela. | A messenger came and told David, "The hearts of the men of Israel are with Absalom." |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Dāvida i nā kānaka ona a pau ma Ierusalema, E kū aʻe, a e holo aku kākou; no ka mea, pēlā wale nō e pakele ai kākou mai o ʻAbesaloma aku: e wikiwiki ka aku, o hiki koke mai ʻo ia i o kākou nei, a hoʻoili mai ʻo ia i ka ʻino ma luna o kākou, a pepehi mai i ke kūlanakauhale nei me ka maka o ka pahi kaua. | Then David said to all his officials who were with him in Jerusalem, "Come! We must flee, or none of us will escape from Absalom. We must leave immediately, or he will move quickly to overtake us and bring ruin upon us and put the city to the sword." |
| akula ke aliʻi i waho, a ʻo kona ʻohana a pau ma hope ona: waiho ihola ke aliʻi i nā wāhine he ʻumi, he mau haiā wahine e mālama i ka hale. | The king set out, with his entire household following him; but he left ten concubines to take care of the palace. |
| akula ke aliʻi i waho, a ʻo nā kānaka a pau ma hope ona, a kakali akula ma kahi mamao aku. | So the king set out, with all the people following him, and they halted at a place some distance away. |
| pū akula kāna poʻe kauā a pau me ia; akula hoʻi i mua o ke aliʻi ka poʻe Kereti a pau, a ʻo ka poʻe Peleti a pau, me ka poʻe Giti a pau, ʻeono haneri kānaka ka poʻe mai ma muli ona mai Gata mai. | All his men marched past him, along with all the Kerethites and Pelethites; and all the six hundred Gittites who had accompanied him from Gath marched before the king. |
| A laila ʻī akula ke aliʻi iā ʻItai ke Giti, No ke aha lā ʻoe e pū ai me mākou? E hoʻi hou i kou wahi, a e noho me ke aliʻi, no ka mea, he malihini ʻoe, a no ka ʻāina ʻē mai. | The king said to Ittai the Gittite, "Why should you come along with us? Go back and stay with King Absalom. You are a foreigner, an exile from your homeland. |
| I nehinei wale nō kou ʻana mai, a e pono nō anei e hoʻoʻauana aku au iā ʻoe i luna a i lalo me mākou? Ke nei au i kuʻu wahi e ai; no laila, e hoʻi ʻoe, a e kono pū me ʻoe i ou mau hoahānau: a me ʻoe nō ke aloha ʻia mai a me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo. | You came only yesterday. And today shall I make you wander about with us, when I do not know where I am going? Go back, and take your countrymen. May kindness and faithfulness be with you." |
| ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi iā ʻItai, E pū, a e aku hoʻi ʻoe ma kēlā ʻaoʻao. akula ʻo ʻItai ke Giti ma kēlā ʻaoʻao me nā kānaka ona a pau, a me nā kamaliʻi a pau me ia. | David said to Ittai, "Go ahead, march on." So Ittai the Gittite marched on with all his men and the families that were with him. |
| Uwē akula ko ka ʻāina a pau me ka leo nui, a nui akula nā kānaka ma kēlā ʻaoʻao: ʻo ke aliʻi nō hoʻi kekahi i aku ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ke kahawai ʻo Kederona; a akula nā kānaka a pau i ke ala o ka wao nahele. | The whole countryside wept aloud as all the people passed by. The king also crossed the Kidron Valley, and all the people moved on toward the desert. |
| Aia hoʻi ʻo Zadoka a me ka poʻe Levi a pau me ia, e halihali ana i ka pahu berita o ke Akua: kau ihola lākou i ka pahu o ke Akua i lalo; a piʻi akula ʻo ʻAbiatara, a pau mai nā kānaka i ka mai loko mai o ke kūlanakauhale. | Zadok was there, too, and all the Levites who were with him were carrying the ark of the covenant of God. They set down the ark of God, and Abiathar offered sacrifices until all the people had finished leaving the city. |
| Piʻi akula ʻo Dāvida ma ke alapiʻi o ʻOliveta, e uē ana ma kona ʻana, me ka uhi ʻia ʻo kona poʻo; a kāmaʻa ʻole ia: a uhi ihola kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka me ia i kona poʻo; a piʻi akula lākou, a uē ihola ma ko lākou ʻana. | But David continued up the Mount of Olives, weeping as he went; his head was covered and he was barefoot. All the people with him covered their heads too and were weeping as they went up. |
| A hiki akula ʻo Dāvida i luna, kahi āna i hoʻomana aku ai i ke Akua, aia hoʻi, maila ʻo Husai no ʻAreki e hālāwai me ia, ua haehae kona kapa, a he lepo ma luna o kona poʻo. | When David arrived at the summit, where people used to worship God, Hushai the Arkite was there to meet him, his robe torn and dust on his head. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Dāvida iā ia, Inā paha e pū ʻoe me aʻu, a laila e kaumaha wau iā ʻoe: | David said to him, "If you go with me, you will be a burden to me. |
| A laila hoʻi akula ʻo Husai ka hoalauna o Dāvida ma loko o ke kūlanakauhale; a maila hoʻi ʻo ʻAbesaloma i Ierusalema. | So David's friend Hushai arrived at Jerusalem as Absalom was entering the city. |
| A hiki akula ʻo Dāvida ke aliʻi i Bahurima, Aia hoʻi, puka maila i waho kekahi kanaka no ka ʻohana a Saula, ʻo Simei kona inoa, ʻo ke keiki a Gera; maila ia i waho, a kūamuamu maila i kona ʻana mai. | As King David approached Bahurim, a man from the same clan as Saul's family came out from there. His name was Shimei son of Gera, and he cursed as he came out. |
| A laila, ʻī akula ʻo ʻAbisai ke keiki a Zeruia i ke aliʻi, No ke aha lā e kūamuamu mai ai kēia ʻīlio make i kuʻu haku i ke aliʻi? E aku paha wau i ʻō, a e ʻoki aʻe i kona poʻo. | Then Abishai son of Zeruiah said to the king, "Why should this dead dog curse my lord the king? Let me go over and cut off his head." |
| A i ka ʻana o Dāvida a me nā kānaka ona ma ke ala, akula hoʻi ʻo Simei ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka puʻu e kū pono ana iā ia; a i kona ʻana, kūamuamu maila ia, nou maila i nā pōhaku iā ia, a hoʻolei maila hoʻi i ka lepo. | So David and his men continued along the road while Shimei was going along the hillside opposite him, cursing as he went and throwing stones at him and showering him with dirt. |
| maila ʻo ʻAbesaloma a me nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i Ierusalema, a ʻo ʻAhitopela kekahi me ia. | Meanwhile, Absalom and all the men of Israel came to Jerusalem, and Ahithophel was with him. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻAbesaloma iā Husai, ʻO ia anei kou aloha i kou hoalauna? He aha hoʻi kāu i ʻole aku ai me kou hoalauna? | Absalom asked Hushai, "Is this the love you show your friend? Why didn't you go with your friend?" |
| No laila, eia kuʻu manaʻo ke haʻi aku nei, I hoʻākoakoa ʻia mai ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i ou nei, mai Dana a hiki i Beʻeraseba, e like me ke one o ke kai ka nui loa; a e ʻoe iho nō i ke kaua. | "So I advise you: Let all Israel, from Dan to Beersheba--as numerous as the sand on the seashore--be gathered to you, with you yourself leading them into battle. |
| No laila, e hoʻouna koke aku ʻolua e haʻi iā Dāvida, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, Mai moe ʻoe i nēia pō ma nā pāpū o ka wao nahele, e koke ʻoe ma kēlā ʻaoʻao, o pau loa ke aliʻi a me nā kānaka me ia i ke ale ʻia. | Now send a message immediately and tell David, 'Do not spend the night at the fords in the desert; cross over without fail, or the king and all the people with him will be swallowed up.' " |
| A ua noho ʻo Ionatana lāua ʻo ʻAhimaʻaza ma ʻEnerogela, no ka mea, ʻaʻole pono e ʻike ʻia lāua ke komo i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, a akula kekahi kauā wahine, a haʻi akula iā lāua: akula hoʻi lāua, a haʻi akula i ke aliʻi iā Dāvida. | Jonathan and Ahimaaz were staying at En Rogel. A servant girl was to go and inform them, and they were to go and tell King David, for they could not risk being seen entering the city. |
| Akā, ua ʻike nō kekahi keiki iā lāua, a haʻi akula iā ʻAbesaloma; akā, koke akula lāua a hiki akula i ka hale o kekahi kanaka i Bahurima, a he luawai ma loko o ka pā hale ona, i laila lāua i iho ai. | But a young man saw them and told Absalom. So the two of them left quickly and went to the house of a man in Bahurim. He had a well in his courtyard, and they climbed down into it. |
| A hala akula lākou, piʻi maila lāua mai loko mai o ka luawai, akula, a haʻi akula i ke aliʻi iā Dāvida. ʻĪ akula iā Dāvida, E kū aʻe, e holo koke ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o ka wai; no ka mea, penei kā ʻAhitopela i ʻōlelo kūʻē ai iā ʻoukou. | After the men had gone, the two climbed out of the well and went to inform King David. They said to him, "Set out and cross the river at once; Ahithophel has advised such and such against you." |
| A laila kū aʻela ʻo Dāvida a me nā kānaka a pau me ia, a akula ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane: a i ka wanaʻao, ʻaʻole i koe kekahi o lākou i ka ʻole ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane. | So David and all the people with him set out and crossed the Jordan. By daybreak, no one was left who had not crossed the Jordan. |
| A laila akula ʻo Dāvida i Mahanaima: a akula hoʻi ʻo ʻAbesaloma ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, ʻo ia a me nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela me ia. | David went to Mahanaim, and Absalom crossed the Jordan with all the men of Israel. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Dāvida i ka hapakolu o nā kānaka ma lalo o ka lima o Ioaba, a ʻo kekahi hapakolu ma lalo o ka lima o ʻAbisai ke keiki a Zeruia, ʻo ko Ioaba kaikaina, a ʻo kekahi hapakolu ma lalo o ka lima o ʻItai ke Giti. ʻĪ akula hoʻi ke aliʻi i nā kānaka, ʻO wau ʻiʻo nō kekahi e aku ana me ʻoukou. | David sent the troops out--a third under the command of Joab, a third under Joab's brother Abishai son of Zeruiah, and a third under Ittai the Gittite. The king told the troops, "I myself will surely march out with you." |
| Akā, ʻī maila nā kānaka, ʻAʻole ʻoe e aku; no ka mea, a i heʻe aku mākou, ʻaʻole lākou e manaʻo mai iā mākou; a i make hoʻi kekahi hapalua o mākou, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi lākou e manaʻo mai iā mākou. Akā hoʻi, ua like ʻoe me ka ʻumi tausani o mākou; no laila, e aho nāu e kōkua mai iā mākou mai loko mai o ke kūlanakauhale. | But the men said, "You must not go out; if we are forced to flee, they won't care about us. Even if half of us die, they won't care; but you are worth ten thousand of us. It would be better now for you to give us support from the city." |
| A laila akula nā kānaka i waho ma ke kula e kūʻē i ka ʻIseraʻela: aia ma ka ulu lāʻau ʻo ʻEperaima ke kaua ʻana. | The army marched into the field to fight Israel, and the battle took place in the forest of Ephraim. |
| A hālāwai aʻela ʻo ʻAbesaloma me nā kauā a Dāvida. A holo aʻela ʻo ʻAbesaloma ma luna o ka hoki, a akula ka hoki ma lalo o nā lālā pilikia o kekahi lāʻau ʻoka nui, a hihia aʻela kona poʻo i ka lāʻau, a kaulia ʻo ia ma waena o ka lani a ʻo ka honua, a akula ka hoki mai lalo aku ona. | Now Absalom happened to meet David's men. He was riding his mule, and as the mule went under the thick branches of a large oak, Absalom's head got caught in the tree. He was left hanging in midair, while the mule he was riding kept on going. |
| A laila ʻī akula ʻo Ioaba iā Kusi, Ō ʻoe e haʻi i ke aliʻi i ka mea āu i ʻike iho nei. Kūlou ihola ʻo Kusi iā Ioaba, a holo akula. | Then Joab said to a Cushite, "Go, tell the king what you have seen." The Cushite bowed down before Joab and ran off. |
| ʻĪ maila ke kiaʻi, Ua like ka mea holo mua i kuʻu manaʻo me ka holo ʻana o ʻAhimaʻaza ke keiki a Zadoka. ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi, He kanaka maikaʻi ia, a ke mai nei ia me ka ʻōlelo maikaʻi. | The watchman said, "It seems to me that the first one runs like Ahimaaz son of Zadok." "He's a good man," the king said. "He comes with good news." |
| Aia hoʻi, maila ʻo Kusi: ʻī maila ʻo Kusi, He ʻōlelo kaʻu e kuʻu haku, e ke aliʻi; ua hoʻāpono mai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe i kēia lā i ka poʻe a pau i hōʻea mai e kūʻē iā ʻoe. | Then the Cushite arrived and said, "My lord the king, hear the good news! The LORD has delivered you today from all who rose up against you." |
| Haʻaloʻuloʻu nui ihola ke aliʻi, a piʻi akula i ke keʻena ma luna o ka puka, a uē ihola: a i kona ʻana, penei kāna i ʻōlelo ai, Auē! Kuʻu keiki e ʻAbesaloma ē! E kuʻu keiki, kuʻu keiki e ʻAbesaloma ē! Inā nō wau i make nou, e ʻAbesaloma kuʻu keiki, kuʻu keiki ē! | The king was shaken. He went up to the room over the gateway and wept. As he went, he said: "O my son Absalom! My son, my son Absalom! If only I had died instead of you--O Absalom, my son, my son!" |
| akula ʻo Ioaba i loko o ka hale i ke aliʻi, ʻī akula, Ua hoʻohilahila ʻoe i kēia lā i nā maka o kāu poʻe kauā a pau, ʻo ka poʻe nāna i mālama i kou ola, a me ke ola o kāu mau keiki kāne, a me kāu mau kaikamāhine, a me ke ola o kāu mau wāhine, a me ke ola o kāu mau haiā wahine; | Then Joab went into the house to the king and said, "Today you have humiliated all your men, who have just saved your life and the lives of your sons and daughters and the lives of your wives and concubines. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e ala aʻe ʻoe, e i waho, a e ʻōlelo hōʻoluʻolu aku i kāu poʻe kauā. Ke hoʻohiki aku nei au ma o Iēhova lā, a i ʻole aku ʻoe, ʻaʻole e noho kekahi me ʻoe i nēia pō; a e ʻino loa aku ia mea, i nā mea ʻino a pau i hiki mai i ou lā mai kou wā ʻōpiopio a hiki i ʻaneʻi. | Now go out and encourage your men. I swear by the LORD that if you don't go out, not a man will be left with you by nightfall. This will be worse for you than all the calamities that have come upon you from your youth till now." |
| A laila ala aʻela ke aliʻi, a noho ihola ma ka ʻīpuka o ka pā. Haʻi akula lākou i nā kānaka a pau, Aia hoʻi, ke noho maila ke aliʻi ma ka ʻīpuka. A maila nā kānaka a pau i mua o ke aliʻi; no ka mea, ua mahuka akula ka ʻIseraʻela ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka a pau i kona halelewa iho. | So the king got up and took his seat in the gateway. When the men were told, "The king is sitting in the gateway," they all came before him. Meanwhile, the Israelites had fled to their homes. |
| A laila hoʻi maila ke aliʻi, a hiki mai i Ioredane. A maila ka Iuda i Gilegala e hālāwai me ke aliʻi, a e alakaʻi i ke aliʻi ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane. | Then the king returned and went as far as the Jordan. Now the men of Judah had come to Gilgal to go out and meet the king and bring him across the Jordan. |
| Me ia pū nā kānaka o ka Beniamina he tausani, a ʻo Ziba ke kauā na ka ʻohana a Saula, a me ia hoʻi nā keiki kāne āna he ʻumikumamālima, a me nā kauā āna he iwakālua: maila lākou ma kēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane i mua o ke aliʻi. | With him were a thousand Benjamites, along with Ziba, the steward of Saul's household, and his fifteen sons and twenty servants. They rushed to the Jordan, where the king was. |
| No ka mea, ke ʻike nei kāu kauā; ua hana hewa nō wau: no laila, eia au i mai nei, ka mea mua o ka ʻohana a Iosepa, i iho mai e hālāwai me kuʻu haku me ke aliʻi. | For I your servant know that I have sinned, but today I have come here as the first of the whole house of Joseph to come down and meet my lord the king." |
| Iho akula hoʻi ʻo Mepiboseta ka moʻopuna a Saula e hālāwai me ke aliʻi; ʻaʻole ia i hoʻoponopono i kona mau wāwae, ʻaʻole i hoʻomaikaʻi i kona ʻumiʻumi, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i holoi i kona kapa, mai ka lā i aku ai ke aliʻi, a hiki i ka lā i hoʻi hou mai ai ia me ka malu. | Mephibosheth, Saul's grandson, also went down to meet the king. He had not taken care of his feet or trimmed his mustache or washed his clothes from the day the king left until the day he returned safely. |
| A hiki maila ia i Ierusalema e hālāwai me ke aliʻi, ʻī akula ke aliʻi iā ia, E Mepiboseta, he aha kāu i pū ʻole ai me aʻu? | When he came from Jerusalem to meet the king, the king asked him, "Why didn't you go with me, Mephibosheth?" |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā, E kuʻu haku, e ke aliʻi, ua hoʻopunipuni mai kuʻu kauā iaʻu: no ka mea, ʻī akula kāu kauā, e hoʻēʻe aku nō au i ka noho ma luna o ka hoki noʻu, i holo ai au ma luna, a aku i ke aliʻi; no ka mea, he ʻoʻopa kāu kauā. | He said, "My lord the king, since I your servant am lame, I said, 'I will have my donkey saddled and will ride on it, so I can go with the king.' But Ziba my servant betrayed me. |
| Iho maila hoʻi ʻo Barezilai no Gileada mai Rogelima mai, a pū mai me ke aliʻi ma kēia kapa o Ioredane, e alakaʻi iā ia ma nēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane. | Barzillai the Gileadite also came down from Rogelim to cross the Jordan with the king and to send him on his way from there. |
| ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi iā Barezilai, E pū ʻoe me aʻu, a e hānai aku nō au iā ʻoe ma Ierusalema. | The king said to Barzillai, "Cross over with me and stay with me in Jerusalem, and I will provide for you." |
| E ana kāu kauā ma ʻō iki aku o Ioredane me ke aliʻi: no ke aha hoʻi e hoʻouku mai ai ke aliʻi iaʻu ia uku nui? | Your servant will cross over the Jordan with the king for a short distance, but why should the king reward me in this way? |
| Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai ʻoe i kāu kauā e hoʻi hou aku ia, i make au ma loko o kuʻu kūlanakauhale, ma ka hale kupapaʻu o kuʻu makua kāne a me kuʻu makuahine. Akā, eia hoʻi kāu kauā ʻo Kimehama; e aho e pū ia me kuʻu haku me ke aliʻi; e hana aku ʻoe iā ia e like me ka mea pono iā ʻoe. | Let your servant return, that I may die in my own town near the tomb of my father and mother. But here is your servant Kimham. Let him cross over with my lord the king. Do for him whatever pleases you." |
| ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi, E pū ʻo Kimehama me aʻu, a e hana aku au iā ia ma ka mea pono iā ʻoe: a ʻo ka mea āu e makemake mai ai iaʻu, ʻo ia kaʻu e hana aku ai nou. | The king said, "Kimham shall cross over with me, and I will do for him whatever pleases you. And anything you desire from me I will do for you." |
| maila nā kānaka a pau ma nēia ʻaoʻao o Ioredane. A pae mai ke aliʻi, a laila honi aʻela ke aliʻi iā Barezilai, a hoʻomaikaʻi akula iā ia, a hoʻi hou akula ia i kona wahi, | So all the people crossed the Jordan, and then the king crossed over. The king kissed Barzillai and gave him his blessing, and Barzillai returned to his home. |
| A laila akula ke aliʻi i Gilegala, a pū akula ʻo Kimehama me ia: a alakaʻi akula nā kānaka a pau o ka Iuda i ke aliʻi, a pēlā hoʻi kekahi hapa o nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela. | When the king crossed over to Gilgal, Kimham crossed with him. All the troops of Judah and half the troops of Israel had taken the king over. |
| Aia hoʻi, maila nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i ke aliʻi, ʻī akula i ke aliʻi, No ke aha lā i ʻaihue aku ai ko mākou mau hoahānau nā kānaka o ka Iuda iā ʻoe, a ua kaʻi mai i ke aliʻi a me ko ka hale ona, a me nā kānaka o Dāvida a pau me ia ma kēia kapa o Ioredane? | Soon all the men of Israel were coming to the king and saying to him, "Why did our brothers, the men of Judah, steal the king away and bring him and his household across the Jordan, together with all his men?" |
| maila ʻo Dāvida i kona hale i Ierusalema: a lawe aʻela ke aliʻi i ua mau haiā wahine lā he ʻumi āna i waiho ai e kiaʻi i ka hale, a hahao aʻela iā lākou i loko o ka hale paʻahao, a hānai akula iā lākou; akā, ʻaʻole ia i komo aku i loko i o lākou lā. Pēlā lākou i paʻa ai e noho kāne ʻole ana, a hiki i ko lākou lā make. | When David returned to his palace in Jerusalem, he took the ten concubines he had left to take care of the palace and put them in a house under guard. He provided for them, but did not lie with them. They were kept in confinement till the day of their death, living as widows. |
| A laila akula ʻo ʻAmasa e hōʻuluʻulu i ka Iuda: akā, ua lohi kēlā a hala ka manawa i hāʻawi ʻia nona. | But when Amasa went to summon Judah, he took longer than the time the king had set for him. |
| A akula ma muli ona nā kānaka o Ioaba, me ka poʻe Kereti a me ka poʻe Peleti, a me ka poʻe kānaka ikaika a pau: puka akula lākou i waho o Ierusalema e alualu iā Seba ke keiki a Bikeri. | So Joab's men and the Kerethites and Pelethites and all the mighty warriors went out under the command of Abishai. They marched out from Jerusalem to pursue Sheba son of Bicri. |
| Aia hiki aku lākou ma ka pōhaku nui i Gibeona, akula ʻo ʻAmasa i mua o lākou. A ʻo ka ʻaʻahu a Ioaba i ʻaʻahu iho ai, ua kākua ʻia ia ma luna ona, a ma luna iho ke kāʻei; ua paʻa ʻia ma kona pūhaka ka pahi kaua ma loko o kona wahi: a i kona ʻana aku, hāʻule ihola ia mea. | While they were at the great rock in Gibeon, Amasa came to meet them. Joab was wearing his military tunic, and strapped over it at his waist was a belt with a dagger in its sheath. As he stepped forward, it dropped out of its sheath. |
| ʻOni aʻela ʻo ʻAmasa ma loko o ke koko, i waena o ke kuamoʻo. A ʻike aʻela ua kanaka lā, ua kū mālie ihola nā kānaka a pau, lawe akula ʻo ia iā ʻAmasa ma waho o ke kuamoʻo i ke kula, a hohola ihola i ke kapa ma luna ona, i kona ʻike ʻana ua kū mālie kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i mai ma ona lā. | Amasa lay wallowing in his blood in the middle of the road, and the man saw that all the troops came to a halt there. When he realized that everyone who came up to Amasa stopped, he dragged him from the road into a field and threw a garment over him. |
| A lawe ʻia aku ia ma waho o ke kuamoʻo, a laila akula nā kānaka a pau ma hope o Ioaba, e alualu iā Seba ke keiki a Bikeri. | After Amasa had been removed from the road, all the men went on with Joab to pursue Sheba son of Bicri. |
| akula ia ma nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a hiki i ʻAbela a i Betemaka, a i ka poʻe Beʻerota a pau: a ua hōʻuluʻulu ʻia aʻela hoʻi lākou a hahai akula ma hope ona. | Sheba passed through all the tribes of Israel to Abel Beth Maacah and through the entire region of the Berites, who gathered together and followed him. |
| A laila, hea maila kekahi wahine naʻauao mai loko mai o ke kūlanakauhale, E hoʻolohe mai, e hoʻolohe mai; ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoukou, e ʻī aku iā Ioaba, E mai a kokoke, i ʻōlelo aku ai au me ʻoe. | a wise woman called from the city, "Listen! Listen! Tell Joab to come here so I can speak to him." |
| A laila akula ua wahine lā i nā kānaka a pau ma kona akamai. A ʻoki ihola lākou i ke poʻo o Seba ke keiki a Bikeri, a kiola akula i waho i o Ioaba lā. Hoʻokani akula ia i ka pū, a hoʻi akula lākou, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona halelewa iho. A hoʻi akula ʻo Ioaba i Ierusalema a i ke aliʻi. | Then the woman went to all the people with her wise advice, and they cut off the head of Sheba son of Bicri and threw it to Joab. So he sounded the trumpet, and his men dispersed from the city, each returning to his home. And Joab went back to the king in Jerusalem. |
| akula ʻo Dāvida, a lawe maila ia i nā iwi o Saula a me nā iwi o Ionatana kāna keiki mai nā kānaka o Iabesagileada mai, ka poʻe nāna i lawe malū iā lāua mai ke alanui ʻo Betesana mai, kahi a ka poʻe Pilisetia i kau ai iā lāua, i ka wā i pepehi ai ka poʻe Pilisetia iā Saula i Gileboa. | he went and took the bones of Saul and his son Jonathan from the citizens of Jabesh Gilead. (They had taken them secretly from the public square at Beth Shan, where the Philistines had hung them after they struck Saul down on Gilboa.) |
| Kōkua maila ʻo ʻAbisai ke keiki a Zeruia iā ia, hahau akula ia i ke kanaka no Pilisetia, a pepehi ihola iā ia. A laila pāpā maila nā kānaka iā Dāvida, ʻī maila, Mai hou aku ʻoe me mākou i ke kaua, i kinai ʻole iho ai ʻoe i ke kukui no ka ʻIseraʻela. | But Abishai son of Zeruiah came to David's rescue; he struck the Philistine down and killed him. Then David's men swore to him, saying, "Never again will you go out with us to battle, so that the lamp of Israel will not be extinguished." |
| No ka mea, ua mālama aku au i nā ʻaoʻao o Iēhova, ʻAʻole hoʻi au i hewa aku mai koʻu Akua aku. | For I have kept the ways of the LORD; I have not done evil by turning from my God. |
| ʻĪ akula ia, E Iēhova, ʻaʻole loa au e hana ia mea; ʻaʻole anei kēia ke koko o nā kānaka, ʻo ka poʻe i a kokoke i ka make? No laila ʻaʻole ia i make inu ia. Pēlā i hana ai ia mau kānaka ikaika ʻekolu. | "Far be it from me, O LORD, to do this!" he said. "Is it not the blood of men who went at the risk of their lives?" And David would not drink it. Such were the exploits of the three mighty men. |
| Pepehi ihola hoʻi ʻo ia i kekahi kanaka no ʻAigupita, he mea helehelena maikaʻi: he ihe nō ma ka lima o ke kanaka no ʻAigupita, a akula kēlā i ona lā me ke koʻokoʻo, a kāʻili aʻela i ka ihe mai loko aʻe o ka lima o ke kanaka ʻAigupita, a pepehi ihola iā ia me kāna ihe. | And he struck down a huge Egyptian. Although the Egyptian had a spear in his hand, Benaiah went against him with a club. He snatched the spear from the Egyptian's hand and killed him with his own spear |
| ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi iā Ioaba ka luna kaua, e noho ana me ia, E pōʻai ʻoukou i nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, mai Dana a hiki aku i Beʻereseba, a e helu ʻoukou i nā kānaka, i ʻike hoʻi au i ka nui o nā kānaka. | So the king said to Joab and the army commanders with him, "Go throughout the tribes of Israel from Dan to Beersheba and enroll the fighting men, so that I may know how many there are." |
| akula lākou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, a kūkulu i nā halelewa ma ʻAroera ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau o ke kūlanakauhale ma waenakonu o ke awāwa ʻo Gada, ma ka ʻaoʻao ma Iazera: | After crossing the Jordan, they camped near Aroer, south of the town in the gorge, and then went through Gad and on to Jazer. |
| A laila akula lākou i Gileada, a ma ka ʻāina i Tahetima-hodesi; a akula hoʻi lākou i Daniaʻana, a pōʻai aʻela a hiki aku i Zidona. | They went to Gilead and the region of Tahtim Hodshi, and on to Dan Jaan and around toward Sidon. |
| Hiki akula lākou i ka pā kaua paʻa i Turo, a i nā kūlanakauhale o ka Hivi, a me ka Kanaʻana: a akula lākou ma ke kūkulu hema o ka Iuda ma Beʻereseba. | Then they went toward the fortress of Tyre and all the towns of the Hivites and Canaanites. Finally, they went on to Beersheba in the Negev of Judah. |
| E ʻoe, e ʻī aku iā Dāvida, Penei kā Iēhova ʻōlelo, Ke hōʻike aku nei au i ʻekolu mau mea nou; e koho ʻoe i kekahi o ia mau mea, i hana aku ai au iā ʻoe i laila. | "Go and tell David, 'This is what the LORD says: I am giving you three options. Choose one of them for me to carry out against you.' " |
| maila ʻo Gada i o Dāvida lā, a haʻi maila iā ia, ʻī maila, E hiki mai anei nā makahiki wī ʻehiku i kou ʻāina? A e ʻauheʻe paha ʻoe i ʻekolu malama i mua o kou poʻe ʻenemi i ko lākou alualu ʻana mai iā ʻoe? A e hiki mai paha nā lā ahulau ʻekolu ma kou ʻāina? E kūkā iho ʻoe, a e noʻonoʻo iho i ka ʻōlelo aʻu e hoʻihoʻi aku ai i ka mea nāna au i hoʻouna mai nei. | So Gad went to David and said to him, "Shall there come upon you three years of famine in your land? Or three months of fleeing from your enemies while they pursue you? Or three days of plague in your land? Now then, think it over and decide how I should answer the one who sent me." |
| akula ʻo Gada i o Dāvida lā ia lā, ʻī maila iā ia, E piʻi aku ʻoe, e kūkulu i kuahu no Iēhova ma kahi hehi palaoa no ʻArauna ka Iebusi. | On that day Gad went to David and said to him, "Go up and build an altar to the LORD on the threshing floor of Araunah the Jebusite." |
| Nānā akula ʻo ʻArauna, a ʻike akula i ke aliʻi a me kāna poʻe kauā e mai ana i ona lā. akula ʻo ʻArauna i waho, a kūlou ihola i mua o ke aliʻi i lalo kona alo i ka honua. | When Araunah looked and saw the king and his men coming toward him, he went out and bowed down before the king with his face to the ground. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻArauna i ke aliʻi, No ke aha lā i mai nei kuʻu haku ke aliʻi i kāna kauā? ʻĪ maila ʻo Dāvida, E kūʻai me ʻoe i kahi hehi palaoa, i wahi e hana ai i kuahu no Iēhova, i hoʻōki ʻia ai ke ahulau mai nā kānaka aku. | Araunah said, "Why has my lord the king come to his servant?" "To buy your threshing floor," David answered, "so I can build an altar to the LORD, that the plague on the people may be stopped." |
| A laila ʻimi aʻela lākou i wahine hou maikaʻi ma nā ʻāina a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a loaʻa iā lākou ʻo ʻAbisaga no Sunama, a alakaʻi aʻela lākou iā ia i ke aliʻi. | Then they searched throughout Israel for a beautiful girl and found Abishag, a Shunammite, and brought her to the king. |
| E ʻoe a e komo aku i ke aliʻi Dāvida, a e ʻōlelo aku iā ia, ʻAʻole anei ʻoe i hoʻohiki no kāu kauā wahine, e kuʻu haku ke aliʻi, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, ʻOiaʻiʻo e aliʻi ana ʻo Solomona ʻo kāu keiki ma hope iho oʻu, a e noho ʻo ia ma luna o koʻu noho aliʻi? No ke aha lā hoʻi e aliʻi nei ʻo ʻAdoniia? | Go in to King David and say to him, 'My lord the king, did you not swear to me your servant: "Surely Solomon your son shall be king after me, and he will sit on my throne"? Why then has Adonijah become king?' |
| A laila ʻōlelo maila ke aliʻi Dāvida, ʻī maila, E kāhea aku iā Bateseba i oʻu nei. A mai ia i mua i ke alo o ke aliʻi, a kū ihola ia i mua o ke aliʻi. | Then King David said, "Call in Bathsheba." So she came into the king's presence and stood before him. |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ke aliʻi Dāvida, E kāhea aku iā Zadoka i oʻu nei ke kahuna, a me Natana ke kāula, a me Benaia ke keiki a Iehoiada. A maila lākou i mua i ke alo o ke aliʻi. | King David said, "Call in Zadok the priest, Nathan the prophet and Benaiah son of Jehoiada." When they came before the king, |
| A laila e mai ʻoukou ma muli ona, i mai ʻo ia e noho ma luna o koʻu noho aliʻi; no ka mea, e lilo ʻo ia i aliʻi ma koʻu hakahaka, a ua hoʻomaopopo aʻe nei au iā ia i aliʻi ma luna o ʻIseraʻela a ma luna hoʻi o Iuda. | Then you are to go up with him, and he is to come and sit on my throne and reign in my place. I have appointed him ruler over Israel and Judah." |
| A laila akula Zadoka ke kahuna, a me Natana ke kāula, a me Benaia ke keiki a Iehoiada, a me nā Kereta a me nā Pelita a hoʻoholo lākou iā Solomona ma luna o ka hoki o ke aliʻi ʻo Dāvida, a lawe aʻela lākou iā ia i Gihona. | So Zadok the priest, Nathan the prophet, Benaiah son of Jehoiada, the Kerethites and the Pelethites went down and put Solomon on King David's mule and escorted him to Gihon. |
| A ua mai hoʻi nā kauā a ke aliʻi e hoʻomaikaʻi i ko kākou haku ke aliʻi Dāvida, e ʻī ana, E hoʻonui ke Akua i ka maikaʻi o ka inoa ʻo Solomona i kou inoa, a e hoʻopākela i kona noho aliʻi ma mua o kou noho aliʻi. A kūlou iho ke aliʻi ma luna iho o kona wahi moe. | Also, the royal officials have come to congratulate our lord King David, saying, 'May your God make Solomon's name more famous than yours and his throne greater than yours!' And the king bowed in worship on his bed |
| Makaʻu ihola nā hoa ʻai a pau nā mea me ʻAdoniia, kū aʻela lākou a kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona wahi e ai. | At this, all Adonijah's guests rose in alarm and dispersed. |
| Makaʻu ihola hoʻi ʻo ʻAdoniia i mua o Solomona, kū aʻela ia, a aku, a lālau aʻela i nā pepeiaohao o ke kuahu. | But Adonijah, in fear of Solomon, went and took hold of the horns of the altar. |
| A laila hoʻouna aʻela ke aliʻi Solomona, a lawe mai lākou iā ia mai luna mai o ke kuahu. maila ia a kūlou ihola i ke aliʻi iā Solomona, a ʻōlelo maila Solomona iā ia, E ʻoe i kou hale. | Then King Solomon sent men, and they brought him down from the altar. And Adonijah came and bowed down to King Solomon, and Solomon said, "Go to your home." |
| Ke nei au i ka ʻaoʻao o ko ka honua a pau: e hoʻoikaika ʻoe, a e hoʻokanaka hoʻi; | "I am about to go the way of all the earth," he said. "So be strong, show yourself a man, |
| A e mālama ʻoe i ke kauoha a Iēhova kou Akua, e ma kona mau ʻaoʻao, me ka mālama i kona mau kapu, a me kāna mau kauoha, a me kona mau kānāwai, a me kāna mau ʻōlelo me ia i kākau ʻia ai ma ke kānāwai iā Mose, i pōmaikaʻi ʻoe ma nā mea a pau āu e hana aku ai, a i nā wahi a pau e huli aʻe ai ʻoe: | and observe what the LORD your God requires: Walk in his ways, and keep his decrees and commands, his laws and requirements, as written in the Law of Moses, so that you may prosper in all you do and wherever you go, |
| I hoʻokō iho ai ʻo Iēhova i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana i ʻōlelo mai ai noʻu, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Inā e mālama kāu mau keiki i ko lākou ʻaoʻao, e i mua oʻu me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, me ko lākou naʻau a pau, a me ko lākou ʻuhane a pau, ʻaʻole ʻoe e nele i ke kanaka ʻole (wahi āna) e noho ma luna o ka noho aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela. | and that the LORD may keep his promise to me: 'If your descendants watch how they live, and if they walk faithfully before me with all their heart and soul, you will never fail to have a man on the throne of Israel.' |
| Akā, e lokomaikaʻi aku ʻoe i nā keiki a Barezilai no Gileada, ʻo lākou kekahi o ka poʻe e ʻai ana ma kou papa ʻaina; no ka mea, pēlā lākou i mai ai iaʻu i koʻu heʻe ʻana i mua o ʻAbesaloma kou hoahānau. | "But show kindness to the sons of Barzillai of Gilead and let them be among those who eat at your table. They stood by me when I fled from your brother Absalom. |
| Aia hoʻi me ʻoe ʻo Simei ke keiki a Gera ka Beniamina no Bahurima, ua hōʻino wale mai ʻo ia iaʻu me ka ʻōlelo hōʻino loa i ka lā i aku ai au i Mahanaima; akā, ua aʻe ia e hālāwai me aʻu ma Ioredane, a hoʻohiki akula au nona, ma o Iēhova lā, ʻī akula, ʻAʻole au e pepehi aku iā ʻoe me ka pahi kaua. | "And remember, you have with you Shimei son of Gera, the Benjamite from Bahurim, who called down bitter curses on me the day I went to Mahanaim. When he came down to meet me at the Jordan, I swore to him by the LORD: 'I will not put you to death by the sword.' |
| A laila maila ʻo ʻAdoniia ke keiki a Hagita i o Bateseba lā ka makuahine o Solomona. Nīnau akula ʻo ia, Ua mai nei anei ʻoe me ke aloha? ʻĪ maila ia, Me ke aloha. | Now Adonijah, the son of Haggith, went to Bathsheba, Solomon's mother. Bathsheba asked him, "Do you come peacefully?" He answered, "Yes, peacefully." |
| akula ʻo Bateseba i ke aliʻi iā Solomona, e ʻī aku iā ia no ʻAdoniia. Kū aʻela hoʻi ke aliʻi i luna e hālāwai me ia, a kūlou ihola iā ia, a noho ihola ma kona noho aliʻi, a ua hoʻonoho iho i ka noho no ka makuahine o ke aliʻi; a noho iho ʻo ia ma kona lima ʻākau. | When Bathsheba went to King Solomon to speak to him for Adonijah, the king stood up to meet her, bowed down to her and sat down on his throne. He had a throne brought for the king's mother, and she sat down at his right hand. |
| A ʻōlelo maila ke aliʻi iā ʻAbiatara ke kahuna, E aku ʻoe i ʻAnatota, i kāu mau mahina ʻai ponoʻī; no ka mea, he pono ke make ʻoe: akā, ʻaʻole au e pepehi aku iā ʻoe i kēia mau lā, no ka mea, ua hali ʻoe i ka pahu berita o ka Haku Iēhova i mua o Dāvida koʻu makua kāne, a ua hoʻokaumaha ʻia ʻoe i nā mea a pau i hoʻokaumaha ʻia ai koʻu makua kāne. | To Abiathar the priest the king said, "Go back to your fields in Anathoth. You deserve to die, but I will not put you to death now, because you carried the ark of the Sovereign LORD before my father David and shared all my father's hardships." |
| A ua haʻi ʻia aku i ke aliʻi iā Solomona, Ua holo aku ʻo Ioaba i ka halelewa o Iēhova, aia hoʻi ia ma ke kuahu. A laila kēnā aʻela ʻo Solomona iā Benaia ke keiki a Iehoiada, ʻī aʻela, E ʻoe e lele aku iā ia. | King Solomon was told that Joab had fled to the tent of the LORD and was beside the altar. Then Solomon ordered Benaiah son of Jehoiada, "Go, strike him down!" |
| A akula ʻo Benaia i ka halelewa o Iēhova, ʻī akula iā ia, Ke ʻī mai nei ke aliʻi, E mai ʻoe. ʻĪ mai kēlā, ʻAʻole, akā, ma ʻaneʻi au e make ai. A hoʻi hōʻike ʻo Benaia i ke aliʻi, ʻī akula, Pēlā i ʻōlelo mai ai ʻo Ioaba, a pēlā i hōʻike mai ai ʻo ia iaʻu. | So Benaiah entered the tent of the LORD and said to Joab, "The king says, 'Come out!' " But he answered, "No, I will die here." Benaiah reported to the king, "This is how Joab answered me." |
| akula hoʻi ʻo Benaia ke keiki a Iehoiada, lele akula iā ia, a pepehi aku iā ia; a ua kanu ʻia ʻo ia i loko o kona hale i ka wao nahele. | So Benaiah son of Jehoiada went up and struck down Joab and killed him, and he was buried on his own land in the desert. |
| Hoʻouna aʻela ke aliʻi e kiʻi iā Simei, a ʻī aʻela iā ia, E kūkulu ʻoe i hale nou ma Ierusalema, a ma laila e noho ai, mai aku ʻoe mai ia wahi aku. | Then the king sent for Shimei and said to him, "Build yourself a house in Jerusalem and live there, but do not go anywhere else. |
| Haʻi ʻia akula iā Solomona, ua aku ʻo Simei mai Ierusalema aku i Gata, a ua hoʻi mai. | When Solomon was told that Shimei had gone from Jerusalem to Gath and had returned, |
| Hoʻouna aʻe ke aliʻi e kiʻi iā Simei, a ʻī aʻela iā ia, ʻAʻole anei naʻu i hoʻohiki ai ʻoe ma o Iēhova lā, a i ʻōlelo aku au iā ʻoe penei, I kou lā e puka aku ai a ma waho i kahi ʻē, e ʻike ʻoe he ʻoiaʻiʻo, e make ʻiʻo nō ʻoe? A ʻōlelo maila ʻoe iaʻu, He pono ka ʻōlelo aʻu e lohe nei. | the king summoned Shimei and said to him, "Did I not make you swear by the LORD and warn you, 'On the day you leave to go anywhere else, you can be sure you will die'? At that time you said to me, 'What you say is good. I will obey.' |
| Ua aloha aku nō hoʻi ʻo Solomona iā Iēhova, e ana ma nā kauoha a Dāvida kona makua kāne, mōhai akula naʻe ʻo ia a kuni akula hoʻi i ka mea ʻala ma nā wahi kiʻekiʻe. | Solomon showed his love for the LORD by walking according to the statutes of his father David, except that he offered sacrifices and burned incense on the high places. |
| akula ke aliʻi i Gibeona e kaumaha aku ma laila, no ka mea, he wahi kiʻekiʻe nui nō hoʻi ia; hoʻokahi tausani mōhai kuni kā Solomona i mōhai ai ma kēlā kuahu. | The king went to Gibeon to offer sacrifices, for that was the most important high place, and Solomon offered a thousand burnt offerings on that altar. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Solomona, Nui maila kou lokomaikaʻi i kāu kauā iā Dāvida koʻu makua kāne, e like me kona ʻana i mua ou ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, a me ka pololei, a me ke kūpono o ka naʻau iā ʻoe; a ua mālama hoʻi ʻoe i kēia lokomaikaʻi nui nona, i kou hāʻawi ʻana mai i keiki nāna e noho ma luna o kona noho aliʻi, me nēia i kēia lā. | Solomon answered, "You have shown great kindness to your servant, my father David, because he was faithful to you and righteous and upright in heart. You have continued this great kindness to him and have given him a son to sit on his throne this very day. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi e Iēhova koʻu Akua, ua hoʻolilo mai ʻoe i kāu kauā nei i aliʻi ma kahi o Dāvida koʻu makua kāne: he keiki ʻuʻuku wale nō au: ʻaʻole ʻike au i ka aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ka hoʻi mai. | "Now, O LORD my God, you have made your servant king in place of my father David. But I am only a little child and do not know how to carry out my duties. |
| A inā e ʻoe ma koʻu mau ʻaoʻao, a e mālama mai i koʻu mau kānāwai, a me kaʻu mau kauoha, e like me ka ʻana o Dāvida kou makua kāne, a laila e hoʻolōʻihi aku au i kou mau lā. | And if you walk in my ways and obey my statutes and commands as David your father did, I will give you a long life." |
| Ala aʻela ʻo Solomona, aia hoʻi, he moeʻuhane. A maila ia i Ierusalema, a kū ihola i mua o ka pahu berita o ka Haku, a kaumaha akula i nā mōhai kuni, a kaumaha akula i nā mōhai hoʻomalu, a hana hoʻi ia i ka ʻahaʻaina na kāna mau kauā a pau. | Then Solomon awoke--and he realized it had been a dream. He returned to Jerusalem, stood before the ark of the Lord's covenant and sacrificed burnt offerings and fellowship offerings. Then he gave a feast for all his court. |
| A laila maila nā wāhine moekolohe ʻelua i ke aliʻi, a kū maila lāua i mua ona. | Now two prostitutes came to the king and stood before him. |
| A ua hoʻomākaukau kēlā mau luna i ʻai na Solomona ke aliʻi, a na ka poʻe a pau i mai i ka papa ʻaina o Solomona ke aliʻi, kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona malama, ʻaʻole nele iki lākou. | The district officers, each in his month, supplied provisions for King Solomon and all who came to the king's table. They saw to it that nothing was lacking. |
| maila hoʻi ko nā lāhui kanaka a pau e hoʻolohe i ke akamai o Solomona, mai nā aliʻi a pau o ka honua, i lohe i kona akamai. | Men of all nations came to listen to Solomon's wisdom, sent by all the kings of the world, who had heard of his wisdom. |
| ʻO kēia hale āu e hana nei, inā e ʻoe ma koʻu mau kapu, a e hana ma koʻu mau kānāwai, a e mālama hoʻi i kaʻu mau kauoha a pau e ma ia mau mea, a laila e hoʻokō iho au i kaʻu ʻōlelo me ʻoe aʻu i ʻōlelo aku ai iā Dāvida i kou makua kāne. | "As for this temple you are building, if you follow my decrees, carry out my regulations and keep all my commands and obey them, I will fulfill through you the promise I gave to David your father. |
| He keiki ia a ka wahine kāne make no ka ʻohana a Napetali, a no Turo kona makua kāne, he mea hana keleawe; a piha ia i ke akamai a me ka naʻauao, a me ka maʻalea e hana i nā hana me ke keleawe a pau: maila hoʻi ia i o Solomona lā, a hana ʻo ia ma kāna hana. | whose mother was a widow from the tribe of Naphtali and whose father was a man of Tyre and a craftsman in bronze. Huram was highly skilled and experienced in all kinds of bronze work. He came to King Solomon and did all the work assigned to him. |
| A mai nā lunakahiko a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a kaʻikaʻi aʻela nā kāhuna i ka pahu berita. | When all the elders of Israel had arrived, the priests took up the ark, |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ia, E Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻaʻohe akua ma ka lani i luna, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka honua i lalo nei, e like me ʻoe ka mea nāna e mālama mai i ka berita a me ke aloha me kāu mau kauā ka poʻe e ana ma kou alo me ko lākou naʻau a pau; | and said: "O LORD, God of Israel, there is no God like you in heaven above or on earth below--you who keep your covenant of love with your servants who continue wholeheartedly in your way. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, e kāohi ʻoe me kāu kauā ʻo Dāvida koʻu makua kāne, i ka mea āu i ʻōlelo hoʻopōmaikaʻi ai iā ia, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, ʻAʻole ʻoe e nele i ke kanaka i mua o koʻu alo, e noho ma luna o ka noho aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ke mālama kāu mau keiki i ko lākou ʻana, e i mua oʻu, me ʻoe i ai i mua oʻu; | "Now LORD, God of Israel, keep for your servant David my father the promises you made to him when you said, 'You shall never fail to have a man to sit before me on the throne of Israel, if only your sons are careful in all they do to walk before me as you have done.' |
| A laila e hoʻolohe mai ʻoe ma ka lani, a e kala mai i ka hewa o kāu poʻe kauā, a me kou poʻe kānaka ʻIseraʻela, i aʻo mai ʻoe iā lākou i ka ʻaoʻao maikaʻi e ai lākou, a e hāʻawi mai hoʻi i ka ua ma luna iho o ka ʻāina āu i hāʻawi mai ai i waiwai no kou poʻe kānaka. | then hear from heaven and forgive the sin of your servants, your people Israel. Teach them the right way to live, and send rain on the land you gave your people for an inheritance. |
| A, no ka malihini hoʻi, ʻaʻole o kou poʻe kānaka ʻIseraʻela, akā, ua mai, mai ka ʻāina lōʻihi aku, no kou inoa; | "As for the foreigner who does not belong to your people Israel but has come from a distant land because of your name-- |
| (No ka mea, e lohe nō lākou i kou inoa nui, a me kou lima ikaika, a me kou lima kākāuha;) aia mai ia a e pule i kēia hale; | for men will hear of your great name and your mighty hand and your outstretched arm--when he comes and prays toward this temple, |
| A inā e aku kou poʻe kānaka e kaua i ko lākou ʻenemi, ma kou wahi e hoʻouna aku ai iā lākou, a e pule aku lākou iā Iēhova i ke kūlanakauhale āu i koho ai, a i ka hale aʻu i kūkulu aʻe nei no kou inoa; | "When your people go to war against their enemies, wherever you send them, and when they pray to the LORD toward the city you have chosen and the temple I have built for your Name, |
| E hoʻohāliu aʻe ʻo ia i ko kākou naʻau iā ia e ma kona mau ʻaoʻao a pau, a mālama i kāna mau kauoha, a me kona mau kānāwai, a me kona mau kapu, āna i kauoha mai ai i ko kākou poʻe kūpuna. | May he turn our hearts to him, to walk in all his ways and to keep the commands, decrees and regulations he gave our fathers. |
| No laila, e hemolele mai ko ʻoukou mau naʻau iā Iēhova ko kākou Akua, e ma kona mau kānāwai, a e mālama hoʻi i kāna mau kauoha, me ia i kēia lā. | But your hearts must be fully committed to the LORD our God, to live by his decrees and obey his commands, as at this time." |
| A i ka walu o ka lā hoʻokuʻu aʻela ʻo ia i nā kānaka; a hoʻomaikaʻi akula lākou i ke aliʻi, a aku i ko lākou mau hale lole, e hauʻoli ana me ka ʻoliʻoli o ka naʻau no ka pono a pau a Iēhova i hana mai ai no Dāvida i kāna kauā, a me ka ʻIseraʻela i kona poʻe kānaka. | On the following day he sent the people away. They blessed the king and then went home, joyful and glad in heart for all the good things the LORD had done for his servant David and his people Israel. |
| A inā e ʻoe ma koʻu alo, me Dāvida kou makua kāne i ai, me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo o ka naʻau a me ka pololei, e hana i kaʻu mea a pau i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe, a e mālama hoʻi ʻoe i koʻu mau kapu a me koʻu mau kānāwai; | "As for you, if you walk before me in integrity of heart and uprightness, as David your father did, and do all I command and observe my decrees and laws, |
| Akā, inā e kāpae aʻe ʻoukou mai ka hahai ʻana iaʻu, ʻo ʻoukou, a ʻo kā ʻoukou mau keiki paha, ʻaʻole hoʻi e mālama mai i kaʻu mau kauoha, a me koʻu mau kānāwai aʻu i hoʻonoho ai i mua o ko ʻoukou alo, a e aku ʻoukou a e mālama i nā akua ʻē, a e hoʻomana aku iā lākou: | "But if you or your sons turn away from me and do not observe the commands and decrees I have given you and go off to serve other gods and worship them, |
| A mai ʻo Hirama mai Turo mai e ʻike i nā kūlanakauhale a Solomona i hāʻawi ai iā ia; ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻo ia i ʻoluʻolu ia mau mea. | But when Hiram went from Tyre to see the towns that Solomon had given him, he was not pleased with them. |
| maila naʻe ke kaikamahine a Paraʻo mai ke kūlanakauhale mai o Dāvida, i ka hale a Solomona i kūkulu ai nona; a laila kūkulu aʻela ʻo ia iā Milo. | After Pharaoh's daughter had come up from the City of David to the palace Solomon had built for her, he constructed the supporting terraces. |
| A lohe aʻela ke aliʻi wahine o Seba i ke kaulana o Solomona, no ka inoa ʻo Iēhova, maila ʻo ia e hoʻāʻo iā ia i nā mea pohihihi. | When the queen of Sheba heard about the fame of Solomon and his relation to the name of the LORD, she came to test him with hard questions. |
| maila hoʻi ʻo ia i Ierusalema me ka huakaʻi nui loa, a me nā kāmelo e halihali ana i nā mea ʻala, a me ke gula he nui loa, a me nā pōhaku makamae; a hiki mai ia i o Solomona lā, kamaʻilio maila ʻo ia me ia i nā mea a pau i loko o kona naʻau. | Arriving at Jerusalem with a very great caravan--with camels carrying spices, large quantities of gold, and precious stones--she came to Solomon and talked with him about all that she had on her mind. |
| A hana ʻino aʻela ʻo Solomona ma ke alo o Iēhova, ʻaʻole ʻokoʻa ma muli o Iēhova, e like me Dāvida kona makua kāne. | So Solomon did evil in the eyes of the LORD; he did not follow the LORD completely, as David his father had done. |
| No ka mea, ʻo kēia kekahi, i ka wā i noho ai ʻo Dāvida ma ʻEdoma, aʻela ʻo Ioaba ka luna o ka poʻe koa e kanu i ka poʻe i pepehi ʻia, ma hope o kona pepehi ʻana aʻe i nā kāne a pau ma ʻEdoma; | Earlier when David was fighting with Edom, Joab the commander of the army, who had gone up to bury the dead, had struck down all the men in Edom. |
| Holo akula ʻo Hadada, ʻo ia me kekahi poʻe kānaka o ʻEdoma pū o nā kauā o kona makua kāne me ia, e pū i ʻAigupita; he keiki ʻuʻuku ʻo Hadada. | But Hadad, still only a boy, fled to Egypt with some Edomite officials who had served his father. |
| Puka aʻela lākou mai loko aʻe o Midiana, a i Parana; a lawe pū lākou i kānaka mai loko aʻe o Parana, a i ʻAigupita iā Paraʻo ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita, nāna nō i hāʻawi i hale nona, a hoʻoponopono i ʻai nāna, a hāʻawi hoʻi i kahi ʻāina iā ia. | They set out from Midian and went to Paran. Then taking men from Paran with them, they went to Egypt, to Pharaoh king of Egypt, who gave Hadad a house and land and provided him with food. |
| A lohe ʻo Hadada ma ʻAigupita, ua hiamoe ʻo Dāvida me kona mau mākua, a ua make hoʻi ʻo Ioaba ka luna o ka poʻe koa, ʻī akula ʻo Hadada iā Paraʻo, E hoʻokuʻu aʻe iaʻu e aʻe i koʻu ʻāina. | While he was in Egypt, Hadad heard that David rested with his fathers and that Joab the commander of the army was also dead. Then Hadad said to Pharaoh, "Let me go, that I may return to my own country." |
| Ua hoʻākoakoa aʻela ʻo ia i kānaka i ona iho nō, a lilo ʻo ia i luna koa ma luna o ka papa, i ka wā i pepehi ai ʻo Dāvida iā lākou; a aʻela lākou i Damaseko, a noho ma laila, a ua aliʻi aʻela hoʻi ma Damaseko. | He gathered men around him and became the leader of a band of rebels when David destroyed the forces ; the rebels went to Damascus, where they settled and took control. |
| No ka mea, ua haʻalele mai lākou iaʻu, a ua hoʻomana aʻe iā ʻAseterota ke akua wahine o ko Sidona, iā Kemosa ke akua o ka Moaba, a iā Milekoma ke akua o nā mamo a ʻAmona, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ma koʻu mau ʻaoʻao, e hana i ka mea pono i koʻu mau maka, i ka mālama i koʻu mau kānāwai a me koʻu mau kapu, e like me Dāvida kona makua kāne. | I will do this because they have forsaken me and worshiped Ashtoreth the goddess of the Sidonians, Chemosh the god of the Moabites, and Molech the god of the Ammonites, and have not walked in my ways, nor done what is right in my eyes, nor kept my statutes and laws as David, Solomon's father, did. |
| Pēnēia auaneʻi hoʻi, inā e hoʻolohe mai ʻoe i ka mea a pau aʻu e kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe, a e hoʻi ma koʻu mau ʻaoʻao, a hana hoʻi i ka mea pono i koʻu mau maka, i ka mālama i koʻu mau kānāwai, a me kaʻu mau kauoha me Dāvida kaʻu kauā i hana ai; a laila ʻo wau pū auaneʻi me ʻoe, a e kūkulu au i hale kūpaʻa nou me kaʻu i kūkulu ai no Dāvida, a e hāʻawi au i ka ʻIseraʻela iā ʻoe. | If you do whatever I command you and walk in my ways and do what is right in my eyes by keeping my statutes and commands, as David my servant did, I will be with you. I will build you a dynasty as enduring as the one I built for David and will give Israel to you. |
| akula ʻo Rehoboama i Sekema, no ka mea, ua ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i Sekema e hoʻoaliʻi iā ia. | Rehoboam went to Shechem, for all the Israelites had gone there to make him king. |
| Hoʻouna akula lākou a kiʻi iā ia; a mai Ieroboama a me ke anaina a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, a ʻōlelo akula lākou iā Rehoboama, ʻī akula, | So they sent for Jeroboam, and he and the whole assembly of Israel went to Rehoboam and said to him: |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā lākou, Ō hoʻi ʻoukou i nā lā ʻekolu, a laila e hou mai i oʻu nei. Hoʻi akula nō hoʻi nā kānaka. | Rehoboam answered, "Go away for three days and then come back to me." So the people went away. |
| A laila hoʻouna aʻela ʻo Rehoboama iā ʻAdorama, ka luna ʻauhau, a hailuku ka ʻIseraʻela a pau iā ia me nā pōhaku a make ia. No laila wikiwiki aʻela ʻo Rehoboama ke aliʻi e eʻe aʻe i kona kaʻa, e holo i Ierusalema. | King Rehoboam sent out Adoniram, who was in charge of forced labor, but all Israel stoned him to death. King Rehoboam, however, managed to get into his chariot and escape to Jerusalem. |
| Eia kekahi, i ka lohe ʻana o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, ua hoʻi mai ʻo Ieroboama, kiʻi akula lākou iā ia e mai i ke anaina, a hoʻoaliʻi lākou iā ia ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau. ʻAʻohe mea i hahai i ka ʻohana a Dāvida, ʻo ka Iuda wale nō. | When all the Israelites heard that Jeroboam had returned, they sent and called him to the assembly and made him king over all Israel. Only the tribe of Judah remained loyal to the house of David. |
| A laila kūkulu aʻela ʻo Ieroboama iā Sekema ma ka mauna ʻEperaima, a noho aʻela ma laila; a aku ma laila aku, a kūkulu aʻela iā Penuʻela. | Then Jeroboam fortified Shechem in the hill country of Ephraim and lived there. From there he went out and built up Peniel. |
| No laila kūkā ihola ke aliʻi, a hana i nā keiki bipi gula ʻelua, a ʻī maila ʻo ia iā lākou, He nui ko ʻoukou ʻana i Ierusalema: Eia hoʻi kou mau akua, e ʻIseraʻela, i lawe mai iā ʻoe mai ka ʻāina mai ʻo ʻAigupita. | After seeking advice, the king made two golden calves. He said to the people, "It is too much for you to go up to Jerusalem. Here are your gods, O Israel, who brought you up out of Egypt." |
| Lilo aʻela kēia mea i hewa, no ka mea, ua aʻela nā kānaka i mua o kekahi i Dana. | And this thing became a sin; the people went even as far as Dan to worship the one there. |
| Aia hoʻi, aʻela ke kanaka o ke Akua mai loko aʻe o Iuda ma ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, i Betela, e kū ana ʻo Ieroboama ma ke kuahu e kuni i ka mea ʻala. | By the word of the LORD a man of God came from Judah to Bethel, as Jeroboam was standing by the altar to make an offering. |
| ʻŌlelo maila hoʻi ke aliʻi i ke kanaka o ke Akua, E mai ʻoe me aʻu i ka hale, a e hōʻoluʻolu iā ʻoe iho, a e hāʻawi aku au i ka makana nou. | The king said to the man of God, "Come home with me and have something to eat, and I will give you a gift." |
| No ka mea, pēlā nō i kauoha ʻia mai ai au ma ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Mai ʻai i ka berena ʻaʻole hoʻi e inu i ka wai, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻi mai ma ke ala ou i aku ai. | For I was commanded by the word of the LORD: 'You must not eat bread or drink water or return by the way you came.' " |
| Pēlā hoʻi i ai ʻo ia ma ke ala ʻē, ʻaʻole i hoʻi mai ma ke ala i aku ai ʻo ia i Betela. | So he took another road and did not return by the way he had come to Bethel. |
| E noho ana kekahi kāula kahiko ma Betela, a maila kāna mau keiki, a haʻi maila iā ia i nā hana a pau a ke kanaka o ke Akua i hana ai ia lā ma Betela; ʻo nā ʻōlelo āna i ʻōlelo ai i ke aliʻi, ʻo ia kā lākou i haʻi ai i ko lākou makua kāne. | Now there was a certain old prophet living in Bethel, whose sons came and told him all that the man of God had done there that day. They also told their father what he had said to the king. |
| A ʻōlelo akula ko lākou makua kāne iā lākou, Ma ke ala hea i ai ia? Ua ʻike hoʻi kāna mau keiki i ke ala i ai ke kanaka o ke Akua, i ka mea i mai, mai Iuda mai. | Their father asked them, "Which way did he go?" And his sons showed him which road the man of God from Judah had taken. |
| Hahai akula ʻo ia ma muli o ke kanaka o ke Akua, a loaʻa ʻo ia iā ia e noho ana ma lalo aʻe o ka lāʻau ʻoka; a ʻī akula ʻo ia iā ia, ʻO ʻoe anei ke kanaka o ke Akua i mai mai Iuda mai? ʻĪ maila ʻo ia, ʻO wau nō. | and rode after the man of God. He found him sitting under an oak tree and asked, "Are you the man of God who came from Judah?" "I am," he replied. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ia iā ia, E mai me aʻu i ka hale e ʻai i ka berena. | So the prophet said to him, "Come home with me and eat." |
| No ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻia mai iaʻu ma ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, Mai ʻai i ka berena, ʻaʻole hoʻi e inu i ka wai ma laila, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻi mai ma ke ala ou e aku ai. | I have been told by the word of the LORD: 'You must not eat bread or drink water there or return by the way you came.' " |
| A kāhea akula ʻo ia i ke kanaka o ke Akua i aku mai Iuda aku, ʻī akula, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, No ka mea, ua hoʻokuli ʻoe i ka waha o Iēhova, ʻaʻole ʻoe i mālama i ke kauoha a Iēhova kou Akua i kauoha mai ai iā ʻoe, | He cried out to the man of God who had come from Judah, "This is what the LORD says: 'You have defied the word of the LORD and have not kept the command the LORD your God gave you. |
| A aʻe ia, hālāwai ka liona me ia, a pepehi maila iā ia: a ua hoʻolei ʻia kona kupapaʻu ma ke alanui; a kū maila ka hoki kokoke iā ia, a ʻo ka liona kekahi i kū mai kokoke i ke kupapaʻu. | As he went on his way, a lion met him on the road and killed him, and his body was thrown down on the road, with both the donkey and the lion standing beside it. |
| Aia hoʻi, māʻalo aʻela nā kānaka a ʻike aʻela hoʻi i ke kupapaʻu, i hoʻolei ʻia i ke alanui, a e kū ana hoʻi ka liona kokoke i ke kupapaʻu; a lākou a haʻi ma ke kūlanakauhale i noho ai ke kāula ʻelemakule. | Some people who passed by saw the body thrown down there, with the lion standing beside the body, and they went and reported it in the city where the old prophet lived. |
| ʻĪ aʻela ʻo Ieroboama i kāna wahine, Ke noi aku nei au e kū aʻe ʻoe i luna, a e hoʻokamani wale iā ʻoe iho i ʻole ai ʻoe e ʻike ʻia ʻo ka wahine a Ieroboama; a e aku i Silo: aia hoʻi ma laila ʻo ʻAhiia ke kāula, ka mea i haʻi mai iaʻu e aliʻi ana au ma luna o kēia lāhui kanaka. | and Jeroboam said to his wife, "Go, disguise yourself, so you won't be recognized as the wife of Jeroboam. Then go to Shiloh. Ahijah the prophet is there--the one who told me I would be king over this people. |
| E lawe pū i kou lima i nā pāpaʻa palaoa, a me nā pōpō berena he ʻumi, a me ka ʻōmole meli, a e aku i ona lā; a e haʻi mai ʻo ia iā ʻoe i ka mea e loaʻa mai i ke keiki. | Take ten loaves of bread with you, some cakes and a jar of honey, and go to him. He will tell you what will happen to the boy." |
| Pēlā hoʻi i hana aku ai ka wahine a Ieroboama, kū aʻela hoʻi ia i luna, a aku i Silo, a hiki i ka hale o ʻAhiia; ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻike ʻo ʻAhiia, no ka mea, ua paʻa kona mau maka i kona ʻelemakule ʻana. | So Jeroboam's wife did what he said and went to Ahijah's house in Shiloh. Now Ahijah could not see; his sight was gone because of his age. |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iā ʻAhiia, Aia hoʻi ke mai nei ka wahine a Ieroboama e nīnau iā ʻoe i kekahi mea no kāna keiki; no ka mea, he maʻi nō kona; penei, a penei hoʻi e ʻōlelo aku ai ʻoe iā ia, no ka mea, eia kēia, i kona komo ʻana aʻe e hana hoʻopunipuni ʻo ia. | But the LORD had told Ahijah, "Jeroboam's wife is coming to ask you about her son, for he is ill, and you are to give her such and such an answer. When she arrives, she will pretend to be someone else." |
| E ʻoe, e ʻōlelo aku iā Ieroboama, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o ʻIseraʻela, No ka mea, ua hoʻokiʻekiʻe aku au iā ʻoe mai waena aku o nā kānaka, a hoʻolilo hoʻi au iā ʻoe i aliʻi ma luna o koʻu lāhui kanaka ʻIseraʻela, | Go, tell Jeroboam that this is what the LORD, the God of Israel, says: 'I raised you up from among the people and made you a leader over my people Israel. |
| Akā, pākela kāu hana hewa ʻana ma mua o kā nā mea a pau ma mua ou; a ua ʻoe a hana i nā akua ʻē nou, a me nā kiʻi hoʻoheheʻe ʻia, e hoʻonāukiuki mai iaʻu, a ua kiola mai ʻoe iaʻu i hope o kou kua. | You have done more evil than all who lived before you. You have made for yourself other gods, idols made of metal; you have provoked me to anger and thrust me behind your back. |
| E kū aʻe hoʻi ʻoe, a e i kou hale, a komo kou mau wāwae i ke kūlanakauhale, e make nō ke keiki. | "As for you, go back home. When you set foot in your city, the boy will die. |
| A kū aʻela ka wahine a Ieroboama, a hoʻi, a i Tireza; a hiki ʻo ia i ka paepae puka o ka hale, make ihola ke keiki. | Then Jeroboam's wife got up and left and went to Tirzah. As soon as she stepped over the threshold of the house, the boy died. |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi i ka lima o ka makahiki o Rehoboama ke aliʻi, kūʻē maila iā Ierusalema ʻo Sisaka ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita. | In the fifth year of King Rehoboam, Shishak king of Egypt attacked Jerusalem. |
| aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia ma nā hewa a pau o kona makua kāne āna i hana ai ma mua ona; ʻaʻole hoʻi i hemolele kona naʻau iā Iēhova kona Akua, e like me ka naʻau o Dāvida kona kupuna kāne. | He committed all the sins his father had done before him; his heart was not fully devoted to the LORD his God, as the heart of David his forefather had been. |
| aʻela ʻo Baʻasa ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, a kūkulu aʻela iā Rama, i ʻole e ʻae ʻo ia i kekahi e puka aku a e komo mai paha i o ʻAsa lā ke aliʻi o Iuda. | Baasha king of Israel went up against Judah and fortified Ramah to prevent anyone from leaving or entering the territory of Asa king of Judah. |
| He berita i waena o kāua, a i waena o koʻu makua kāne a me kou makua kāne: eia hoʻi ua hoʻouna aku nei au i ou lā i ka makana, he kālā, a he gula; e mai ʻoe e uhaki i kāu ʻōlelo kuʻikahi me Baʻasa ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, i aku ʻo ia mai oʻu aku nei. | "Let there be a treaty between me and you," he said, "as there was between my father and your father. See, I am sending you a gift of silver and gold. Now break your treaty with Baasha king of Israel so he will withdraw from me." |
| Hana hewa aʻela ʻo ia ma nā maka o Iēhova, a aʻela ʻo ia ma ka ʻaoʻao o kona makua kāne, a ma nā hewa ona i hoʻolilo ai ʻo ia i ka ʻIseraʻela e lawehala. | He did evil in the eyes of the LORD, walking in the ways of his father and in his sin, which he had caused Israel to commit. |
| Kipi aʻela hoʻi iā ia ʻo Baʻasa ke keiki a ʻAhiia no ka ʻohana a ʻIsekara; a pepehi aʻela ʻo Baʻasa iā ia ma Gibetona, no ko Pilisetia; no ka mea, kaua aʻela ʻo Baʻasa a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau iā Gibetona; | Baasha son of Ahijah of the house of Issachar plotted against him, and he struck him down at Gibbethon, a Philistine town, while Nadab and all Israel were besieging it. |
| Hana hewa aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia ma nā maka o Iēhova, a aʻela hoʻi ia ma ka ʻaoʻao o Ieroboama, a ma kona hewa i hoʻolilo ai ʻo ia i ka ʻIseraʻela e lawehala. | He did evil in the eyes of the LORD, walking in the ways of Jeroboam and in his sin, which he had caused Israel to commit. |
| No ka mea, ua hoʻokiʻekiʻe aʻe au iā ʻoe mai ka lepo aʻe, a hoʻolilo au iā ʻoe i aliʻi ma luna o koʻu poʻe kānaka ʻIseraʻela; a ua hoʻi ʻoe ma ka ʻaoʻao o Ieroboama, a ua hoʻolilo aʻe ʻoe i koʻu poʻe kānaka ʻIseraʻela e lawehala, e hoʻonāukiuki mai lākou iaʻu me ko lākou mau hewa; | "I lifted you up from the dust and made you leader of my people Israel, but you walked in the ways of Jeroboam and caused my people Israel to sin and to provoke me to anger by their sins. |
| No kona mau hewa āna i hana ai, i kāna hana ʻino ʻana i mua o nā maka o Iēhova, a i kona ʻana ma ka ʻaoʻao o Ieroboama, a me kona hewa āna i hana ai, i lawehala ai ka ʻIseraʻela. | because of the sins he had committed, doing evil in the eyes of the LORD and walking in the ways of Jeroboam and in the sin he had committed and had caused Israel to commit. |
| No ka mea, ua aʻela ʻo ia ma nā ʻaoʻao a pau o Ieroboama ke keiki a Nebata, a me kona hewa i hoʻolilo ai ʻo ia i ka ʻIseraʻela e lawehala, e hoʻonāukiuki iā Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela ma ko lākou mau mea lapuwale. | He walked in all the ways of Jeroboam son of Nebat and in his sin, which he had caused Israel to commit, so that they provoked the LORD, the God of Israel, to anger by their worthless idols. |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi, me he mea lā, he mea ʻuʻuku nona ke ma nā hewa o Ieroboama ke keiki a Nebata, lawe ihola ʻo ia iā Iesebela ke kaikamahine a ʻEtebaʻala ke aliʻi o ko Sidona, i wahine, a hoʻi ia e mālama iā Baʻala, a hoʻomana aʻela iā ia. | He not only considered it trivial to commit the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat, but he also married Jezebel daughter of Ethbaal king of the Sidonians, and began to serve Baal and worship him. |
| E ʻoe mai kēia wahi aku, a huli hikina aʻe, a e peʻe aku ma ke kahawai Kerita ma mua o Ioredane. | "Leave here, turn eastward and hide in the Kerith Ravine, east of the Jordan. |
| akula hoʻi ʻo ia a hana e like me ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova; no ka mea, ua ia a noho ma ke kahawai Kerita ma mua o Ioredane. | So he did what the LORD had told him. He went to the Kerith Ravine, east of the Jordan, and stayed there. |
| E kū aʻe, a ʻoe i Sarepeta no Sidona, a e noho ma laila: eia hoʻi, ua kauoha aʻe nei au i kahi wahine kāne make ma laila e hānai iā ʻoe. | "Go at once to Zarephath of Sidon and stay there. I have commanded a widow in that place to supply you with food." |
| Kū aʻela hoʻi, a ia i Sarepeta; a hiki i ka puka o ke kūlanakauhale, aia hoʻi, ma laila ka wahine kāne make e ʻohi ana i nā lālā lāʻau; a kāhea aku ʻo ia i ka wahine, ʻī akula, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e lawe mai i wahi wai ʻuʻuku ma loko o ka ipu, e inu au. | So he went to Zarephath. When he came to the town gate, a widow was there gathering sticks. He called to her and asked, "Would you bring me a little water in a jar so I may have a drink?" |
| A i kona ʻana e lawe mai, kāhea akula ʻo ia iā ia, ʻī akula, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e lawe mai naʻu i kāu wahi berena ʻuʻuku ma loko o kou lima. | As she was going to get it, he called, "And bring me, please, a piece of bread." |
| ʻĪ maila ka wahine, Ma ke ola ʻana o Iēhova ʻo kou Akua, ʻaʻole oʻu pōpō palaoa, hoʻokahi wale nō piha o ka lima o ka palaoa wali ʻole, ma loko o ka barela, a he wahi ʻaila ʻuʻuku i loko o kahi ʻōmole: eia hoʻi, e ʻohi ana au i nā lālā lāʻau ʻelua e au i loko, a e hoʻomoʻa aʻe ia na māua me kuʻu keiki, e ʻai māua, a make. | "As surely as the LORD your God lives," she replied, "I don't have any bread--only a handful of flour in a jar and a little oil in a jug. I am gathering a few sticks to take home and make a meal for myself and my son, that we may eat it--and die." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo Elia iā ia, Mai makaʻu ʻoe; akā, e a e hana ʻoe e like me kāu ʻōlelo; akā, e hana mua ʻoe i wahi pōpō palaoa ʻuʻuku naʻu, a e lawe mai i oʻu nei, a ma muli e hana ʻoe na ʻolua me kāu keiki. | Elijah said to her, "Don't be afraid. Go home and do as you have said. But first make a small cake of bread for me from what you have and bring it to me, and then make something for yourself and your son. |
| aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia a hana e like me ka ʻōlelo a ʻElia; a ʻai ihola ko kona hale i nā lā he nui. | She went away and did as Elijah had told her. So there was food every day for Elijah and for the woman and her family. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ka wahine iā ʻElia, He aha ko kāua, e ke kanaka o ke Akua? Ua mai nei anei ʻoe i oʻu nei e hoʻākāka mai i koʻu hewa, a e pepehi mai hoʻi i kaʻu keiki? | She said to Elijah, "What do you have against me, man of God? Did you come to remind me of my sin and kill my son?" |
| Eia kekahi, a i nā lā he nui, hiki maila ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua iā ʻElia i ke kolu o ka makahiki, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E, a e hōʻike iā ʻoe iho iā ʻAhaba; a e hoʻohāʻule au i ka ua ma luna o ka ʻili o ka honua. | After a long time, in the third year, the word of the LORD came to Elijah: "Go and present yourself to Ahab, and I will send rain on the land." |
| aʻela hoʻi ʻo ʻElia e hōʻike iā ia iho iā ʻAhaba: a he wī nui ma Samaria. | So Elijah went to present himself to Ahab. Now the famine was severe in Samaria, |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo ʻAhaba iā ʻObadia, E ʻoe ma ka ʻāina i nā kumu wai a pau, a me nā kahawai a pau; e loaʻa paha auaneʻi iā kāua ka mauʻu e mālama ai i nā lio me nā hoki i ola, o hoʻonele iā kāua iho i nā holoholona a pau. | Ahab had said to Obadiah, "Go through the land to all the springs and valleys. Maybe we can find some grass to keep the horses and mules alive so we will not have to kill any of our animals." |
| Māhele aʻela hoʻi lāua i ka ʻāina e pau ia i ka ʻia. aʻela ʻo ʻAhaba ma kekahi ʻaoʻao, ʻo ia iho nō; a aʻela hoʻi ʻo ʻObadia ma kekahi ʻaoʻao, ʻo ia iho nō. | So they divided the land they were to cover, Ahab going in one direction and Obadiah in another. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā ia, ʻO wau nō: e ʻoe e hā aku i koʻu haku, Aia hoʻi ʻo ʻElia. | "Yes," he replied. "Go tell your master, 'Elijah is here.' " |
| ʻĀnō hoi, ke ʻōlelo nei ʻoe, E e haʻi aku i koʻu haku, Aia hoʻi ʻo ʻElia! | But now you tell me to go to my master and say, 'Elijah is here.' |
| Eia hoʻi auaneʻi kēia, a hala au mai ou aku nei, e lawe aku ka ʻUhane o Iēhova iā ʻoe ma kahi e ʻike ʻole ai au; a au e haʻi aku iā ʻAhaba, ʻaʻole hoʻi e loaʻa ʻoe iā ia, e pepehi mai auaneʻi ʻo ia iaʻu; akā, ke weliweli nei au kāu kauā iā Iēhova mai koʻu wā kamaliʻi mai. | I don't know where the Spirit of the LORD may carry you when I leave you. If I go and tell Ahab and he doesn't find you, he will kill me. Yet I your servant have worshiped the LORD since my youth. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻoe, E e haʻi aku i koʻu haku, Aia hoʻi ʻo ʻElia! A e pepehi mai nō ʻo ia iaʻu. | And now you tell me to go to my master and say, 'Elijah is here.' He will kill me!" |
| akula hoʻi ʻo ʻObadia e hālāwai me ʻAhaba, a haʻi akula hoʻi iā ia; a maila ʻo ʻAhaba e hālāwai me ʻElia. | So Obadiah went to meet Ahab and told him, and Ahab went to meet Elijah. |
| maila hoʻi ʻo ʻElia i ka poʻe kānaka a pau, ʻī maila hoʻi, Pehea lā ka lōʻihi o ko ʻoukou kāpekepeke ʻana i waena o nā manaʻo ʻelua? Inā ʻo Iēhova ke Akua, e hahai ʻoukou ma muli ona; akā, inā ʻo Baʻala, e hahai ma muli ona. ʻAʻole ʻōlelo aku nā kānaka i kekahi ʻōlelo iā ia. | Elijah went before the people and said, "How long will you waver between two opinions? If the LORD is God, follow him; but if Baal is God, follow him." But the people said nothing. |
| Eia kekahi, a awakea aʻela, hoʻomāʻewaʻewa aʻela ʻo ʻElia iā lākou, ʻī aʻela, E kāhea me ka leo nui, no ka mea, he akua ia; e kūkākūkā ana paha ia, e hahai ana paha ia, e lōʻihi ana paha, a e hiamoe ana paha ia, e pono hoʻi ke hoʻāla ʻia aʻe. | At noon Elijah began to taunt them. "Shout louder!" he said. "Surely he is a god! Perhaps he is deep in thought, or busy, or traveling. Maybe he is sleeping and must be awakened." |
| A laila ʻōlelo maila ʻo ia i kāna kauā, E piʻi aʻe ʻoe ʻānō, e nānā i kai. Piʻi aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia, a nānā akula, a ʻī akula, ʻAʻole. ʻŌlelo maila hoʻi ʻo ia, E hou i ʻehiku ʻana. | "Go and look toward the sea," he told his servant. And he went up and looked. "There is nothing there," he said. Seven times Elijah said, "Go back." |
| Eia kekahi i ka hiku o kona ʻana, ʻī akula ʻo ia, Aia hoʻi, ke hōʻea maila he wahi ao ʻuʻuku me he lima lā o ke kanaka, mai loko mai o ke kai. A ʻōlelo maila ʻo ia, E ʻoe e ʻōlelo aku iā ʻAhaba, E hoʻomākaukau aʻe ʻoe, a e iho aʻe, o paʻa mai ʻoe i ka ua. | The seventh time the servant reported, "A cloud as small as a man's hand is rising from the sea." So Elijah said, "Go and tell Ahab, 'Hitch up your chariot and go down before the rain stops you.' " |
| A aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia, i ka ʻana o kekahi lā, i loko aʻe o ka wao nahele, hoʻi a noho iho ma lalo iho o ka lāʻau iunipera; a nonoi akula hoʻi nona iho e make ia; ʻī akula hoʻi, Ua nui; ʻānō hoʻi, e Iēhova, e lawe aku i kuʻu ola nei; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoi aku koʻu maikaʻi ma mua o koʻu mau mākua. | while he himself went a day's journey into the desert. He came to a broom tree, sat down under it and prayed that he might die. "I have had enough, LORD," he said. "Take my life; I am no better than my ancestors." |
| hou maila ka ʻānela o Iēhova, ʻo ka lua ia, a hoʻopā mai iā ia, ʻī maila hoʻi, E ala, e ʻai, no ka mea, he lōʻihi ka ʻana nou. | The angel of the LORD came back a second time and touched him and said, "Get up and eat, for the journey is too much for you." |
| Ala aʻela ia, a ʻai ihola, a inu nō hoʻi, a ma ka ikaika nō ua ʻai lā, i ai ʻo ia i nā lā he kanahā, a i nā pō he kanahā, i Horeba, ka mauna o ke Akua. | So he got up and ate and drank. Strengthened by that food, he traveled forty days and forty nights until he reached Horeb, the mountain of God. |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iā ia, E, e hoʻi ma kou ʻaoʻao i ka wao nahele ʻo Damaseko; a hiki aku ʻoe, e poni aku iā Hazaʻela i aliʻi ma luna o Suria; | The LORD said to him, "Go back the way you came, and go to the Desert of Damascus. When you get there, anoint Hazael king over Aram. |
| akula hoʻi ʻo ia mai laila aku, a loaʻa iā ia ʻo Elisai ke keiki a Sapata, e ʻōʻō palau ana ia, ʻo nā paʻa bipi kauō he ʻumikumamālua ma mua ona, a ʻo ia me ka ʻumikumamālua; a māʻalo aʻe ʻo ʻElia iā ia, a kau aʻe hoʻi i kona ʻaʻahu ma luna ona. | So Elijah went from there and found Elisha son of Shaphat. He was plowing with twelve yoke of oxen, and he himself was driving the twelfth pair. Elijah went up to him and threw his cloak around him. |
| aʻela ke kāula i ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻī aʻela iā ia, E, e hoʻokūpaʻa iā ʻoe iho, a e noʻonoʻo, a e ʻike i kāu mea e hana aku ai; no ka mea, aia puni ka makahiki, e piʻi kūʻē hou mai ke aliʻi o Suria iā ʻoe. | Afterward, the prophet came to the king of Israel and said, "Strengthen your position and see what must be done, because next spring the king of Aram will attack you again." |
| A ua helu ʻia aʻela nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, e noho mākaukau ana nō hoʻi lākou a pau, a kūʻē akula iā lākou; a hoʻomoana ihola ʻo nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i mua o lākou, e like me nā ʻohana liʻiliʻi ʻelua o nā keiki kao; akā, ʻo ko Suria, ua paʻapū ka ʻāina iā lākou. | When the Israelites were also mustered and given provisions, they marched out to meet them. The Israelites camped opposite them like two small flocks of goats, while the Arameans covered the countryside. |
| maila ke kanaka o ke Akua, a ʻōlelo maila i ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻī maila, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, No ka mea, ke ʻōlelo nei lākou, He Akua no nā puʻu o Iēhova, ʻaʻole he Akua ia no nā awāwa, no laila e hāʻawi aku ai au i kēia poʻe lehulehu nui i loko o kou lima, a e ʻike ʻoukou ʻo wau nō Iēhova. | The man of God came up and told the king of Israel, "This is what the LORD says: 'Because the Arameans think the LORD is a god of the hills and not a god of the valleys, I will deliver this vast army into your hands, and you will know that I am the LORD.' " |
| Hoʻomoana aʻela lākou kekahi i mua o kekahi i nā lā ʻehiku. Eia hoʻi i ka hiku o ka lā kaua ihola lākou; pepehi ihola nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i ko Suria i hoʻokahi haneri tausani kānaka wāwae, i ka lā hoʻokahi. | For seven days they camped opposite each other, and on the seventh day the battle was joined. The Israelites inflicted a hundred thousand casualties on the Aramean foot soldiers in one day. |
| Kau ihola lākou i ke kapa ʻeleʻele ma ko lākou mau pūhaka, a kau i nā kaula ma luna o ko lākou mau poʻo, a i ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻī maila hoʻi, Ke ʻī mai nei kāu kauā Benehadada, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe e ola au. ʻĪ akula ʻo ia, E ola ana anei ia? ʻO koʻu hoahānau nō ia. | Wearing sackcloth around their waists and ropes around their heads, they went to the king of Israel and said, "Your servant Ben-Hadad says: 'Please let me live.' " The king answered, "Is he still alive? He is my brother." |
| Haka pono maila nā kānaka i puka mai paha mai loko ona, a hopu koke aʻe, a ʻōlelo maila lākou, ʻO kou hoahānau Benehadada. A laila ʻōlelo akula ia, E kiʻi aku ʻoukou, a lawe mai iā ia. A laila maila ʻo Benehadada i ona lā, a hoʻoʻēʻe aʻela ʻo ia iā ia i loko o ke kaʻa. | The men took this as a good sign and were quick to pick up his word. "Yes, your brother Ben-Hadad!" they said. "Go and get him," the king said. When Ben-Hadad came out, Ahab had him come up into his chariot. |
| A laila ʻōlelo aʻela ʻo ia iā ia, No kou hoʻolohe ʻole ʻana i ka leo o Iēhova, eia hoʻi, i kou ʻana mai oʻu aku nei, e pepehi koke nō ka liona iā ʻoe. A aʻela ia mai ona aku lā, a loaʻa koke ihola i ka liona, a make iā ia i ka pepehi ʻia. | So the prophet said, "Because you have not obeyed the LORD, as soon as you leave me a lion will kill you." And after the man went away, a lion found him and killed him. |
| akula hoʻi ke kāula, a kali i ke aliʻi ma ke alanui, a hoʻonalonalo i kona ʻano me ka lehu ma luna o kona wahi maka. | Then the prophet went and stood by the road waiting for the king. He disguised himself with his headband down over his eyes. |
| A māʻalo aʻela ke aliʻi, kāhea akula ʻo ia i ke aliʻi, ʻī akula hoʻi, akula kāu kauā i waenakonu o ke kaua; aia hoʻi, kāpae aʻela kekahi kanaka, a lawe mai i kekahi kanaka i oʻu nei, ʻī maila, E mālama iā ia nei: inā paha i nalo, a laila e lilo kou ola no kona ola, a i ʻole ia, e uku ʻoe i hoʻokahi tālena kālā. | As the king passed by, the prophet called out to him, "Your servant went into the thick of the battle, and someone came to me with a captive and said, 'Guard this man. If he is missing, it will be your life for his life, or you must pay a talent of silver.' |
| aʻela hoʻi ʻo ʻAhaba i loko o kona hale me ke kaumaha, a me ka huhū, no ka ʻōlelo a Nabota no Iezereʻela i ʻōlelo aku ai iā ia; no ka mea, ua ʻōlelo ʻo ia, ʻAʻole au e hāʻawi aku i ka hoʻoilina o koʻu mau mākua iā ʻoe. Moe ihola ʻo ia ma kona wahi moe, hāliu ʻē aku i kona maka, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻai i ka berena. | So Ahab went home, sullen and angry because Naboth the Jezreelite had said, "I will not give you the inheritance of my fathers." He lay on his bed sulking and refused to eat. |
| A laila aʻela kāna wahine ʻo Iezebela i ona lā, nīnau akula hoʻi, No ke aha lā e kaumaha nei kou ʻuhane, i ʻole ai ʻoe e ʻai i ka berena? | His wife Jezebel came in and asked him, "Why are you so sullen? Why won't you eat?" |
| A maila nā kānaka ʻelua, nā keiki a Beliala, a noho ihola i mua ona: hōʻike kūʻē aʻela ua mau kānaka lā o Beliala iā ia, iā Nabota, ma ke alo o nā kānaka, ʻī aʻela, Ua hōʻino wale ʻo Nabota i ke Akua a i ke aliʻi. A laila lawe aʻela lākou iā ia ma waho o ke kūlanakauhale, a hailuku akula lākou iā ia me nā pōhaku a make ia. | Then two scoundrels came and sat opposite him and brought charges against Naboth before the people, saying, "Naboth has cursed both God and the king." So they took him outside the city and stoned him to death. |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi, i ka lohe ʻana o ʻAhaba i kēia mau ʻōlelo, uhae aʻela ʻo ia i kona kapa, a kau i ke kapa ʻeleʻele i kona ʻiʻo, a hoʻokē ʻai iho, a moe ihola i loko o ke kapa ʻeleʻele, a mālie nō hoʻi. | When Ahab heard these words, he tore his clothes, put on sackcloth and fasted. He lay in sackcloth and went around meekly. |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo ia iā Iehosapata, E anei ʻoe me aʻu i ke kaua iā Ramotagileada? ʻĪ akula hoʻi ʻo Iehosapata i ke aliʻi o ʻIseraʻela, Ua like nō wau me ʻoe, a me koʻu poʻe kānaka me kou poʻe kānaka, a me koʻu poʻe lio, me kou poʻe lio. | So he asked Jehoshaphat, "Will you go with me to fight against Ramoth Gilead?" Jehoshaphat replied to the king of Israel, "I am as you are, my people as your people, my horses as your horses." |
| A ʻo ka luna i e kāhea iā Mikaia, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā ia, ʻī akula, Aia hoʻi, ʻo nā ʻōlelo a ka poʻe kāula, he maikaʻi i ke aliʻi me ka waha hoʻokahi; a ke noi aku nei au, e like kāu ʻōlelo me ka ʻōlelo a kekahi o lākou, e ʻōlelo hoʻi ʻoe ma ka maikaʻi. | The messenger who had gone to summon Micaiah said to him, "Look, as one man the other prophets are predicting success for the king. Let your word agree with theirs, and speak favorably." |
| maila ʻo ia i ke aliʻi. A nīnau akula ke aliʻi iā ia, E Mikaia, e piʻi kūʻē anei mākou i Ramotagileada e kaua aku, ʻaʻole paha ia? ʻĪ maila ʻo ia iā ia, E piʻi a e pōmaikaʻi; no ka mea, e hāʻawi mai nō ʻo Iēhova i loko o ka lima o ke aliʻi. | When he arrived, the king asked him, "Micaiah, shall we go to war against Ramoth Gilead, or shall I refrain?" "Attack and be victorious," he answered, "for the LORD will give it into the king's hand." |
| ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo ia, Ua ʻike au i ka ʻIseraʻela e liʻiliʻi ana ma luna o nā puʻu, e like me nā hipa kahu ʻole: a ʻōlelo maila Iēhova, ʻAʻole o lākou haku, a hoʻi lākou, kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona hale iho me ka maluhia. | Then Micaiah answered, "I saw all Israel scattered on the hills like sheep without a shepherd, and the LORD said, 'These people have no master. Let each one go home in peace.' " |
| mai kekahi ʻuhane, a kū ihola i mua o Iēhova, ʻī akula, ʻO wau nō ke malimali aku iā ia. | Finally, a spirit came forward, stood before the LORD and said, 'I will entice him.' |
| Nīnau maila hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iā ia, Pehea lā? Haʻi akula ʻo ia, E au a e lilo i ʻuhane wahaheʻe i loko o ka waha o kāna poʻe kāula a pau. ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo ia, E malimali auaneʻi ʻoe iā ia, a e lanakila nō hoʻi; e aku, a e hana pēlā. | " 'By what means?' the LORD asked. " 'I will go out and be a lying spirit in the mouths of all his prophets,' he said. " 'You will succeed in enticing him,' said the LORD. 'Go and do it.' |
| Hoʻokokoke aʻela nō naʻe ʻo Zedekia ke keiki a Kenaʻana, a kuʻi akula iā Mikaia ma kona pāpālina, nīnau akula, Ma ka ʻaoʻao hea i ai ka ʻuhane o Iēhova mai oʻu aku nei e ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoe? | Then Zedekiah son of Kenaanah went up and slapped Micaiah in the face. "Which way did the spirit from the LORD go when he went from me to speak to you?" he asked. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ke aliʻi o ʻIseraʻela iā Iehosapata, E hoʻonalonalo iho au iaʻu iho e i loko o ke kaua, akā, e ʻaʻahu ʻoe i kou kapa aliʻi. Hoʻonalonalo ihola ke aliʻi o ʻIseraʻela iā ia iho, a akula i loko o ke kaua. | The king of Israel said to Jehoshaphat, "I will enter the battle in disguise, but you wear your royal robes." So the king of Israel disguised himself and went into battle. |
| aʻe hoʻi ʻo ia ma nā ʻaoʻao a pau o ʻAsa kona makua kāne, ʻaʻole ʻo ia i kāpae aʻe mai laila aʻe, e hana ana i ka mea pono ma nā maka o Iēhova; akā, ʻaʻole i hoʻopau ʻia aʻe nā wahi kiʻekiʻe; kaumaha aʻela nā kānaka, a kuni aʻela i ka mea ʻala ma nā wahi kiʻekiʻe. | In everything he walked in the ways of his father Asa and did not stray from them; he did what was right in the eyes of the LORD. The high places, however, were not removed, and the people continued to offer sacrifices and burn incense there. |
| A laila ʻōlelo maila ʻo ʻAhazia ke keiki a ʻAhaba, iā Iehosapata, E pū paha kaʻu mau kauā, me kāu mau kauā, ma ia mau moku; ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻo Iehosapata i ʻae aku. | At that time Ahaziah son of Ahab said to Jehoshaphat, "Let my men sail with your men," but Jehoshaphat refused. |
| Hana hewa aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia i mua o Iēhova, a aʻela hoʻi ma ka ʻaoʻao o kona makua kāne, a ma ka ʻaoʻao o kona makuahine, a ma ka ʻaoʻao hoʻi o Ieroboama ke keiki a Nebata ka mea i hoʻolilo i ka ʻIseraʻela e lawehala. | He did evil in the eyes of the LORD, because he walked in the ways of his father and mother and in the ways of Jeroboam son of Nebat, who caused Israel to sin. |
| A hāʻule ihola ʻo ʻAhazia i lalo i kona papaholo, mai luna mai o ka pā hale ma Samaria, a maʻi ihola: a hoʻouna akula ia i nā ʻelele, a ʻī akula iā lākou, E ʻoukou e nīnau aku iā Baʻalazebuba, ke akua o ʻEkerona, i koʻu ola ʻana i kēia maʻi. | Now Ahaziah had fallen through the lattice of his upper room in Samaria and injured himself. So he sent messengers, saying to them, "Go and consult Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron, to see if I will recover from this injury." |
| ʻŌlelo maila ka ʻānela o Iēhova iā ʻElia no Tiseba, E kū, a aku e hālāwai me nā ʻelele o ke aliʻi o Samaria, a e ʻī aku iā lākou, No ka nele anei o ka ʻIseraʻela i ke Akua, no laila ai ʻoukou e nīnau iā Baʻalazebuba, ke akua o ʻEkerona? | But the angel of the LORD said to Elijah the Tishbite, "Go up and meet the messengers of the king of Samaria and ask them, 'Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are going off to consult Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron?' |
| ʻĪ akula lākou iā ia, I mai kekahi kanaka e hālāwai me mākou, a ʻī maila iā mākou, Ō uhaele, e hoʻi hou i ke aliʻi, nāna ʻoukou i hoʻouna mai nei, a e ʻōlelo aku iā ia, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova pēnēia, No ka nele anei o ka ʻIseraʻela i ke Akua, no laila anei i hoʻouna aku ai ʻoe e nīnau iā Baʻalazebuba ke akua o ʻEkerona? No ia mea, ʻaʻole ʻoe e iho i lalo mai kahi moe mai āu i piʻi aku ai, akā, e make ʻiʻo nō ʻoe. | "A man came to meet us," they replied. "And he said to us, 'Go back to the king who sent you and tell him, "This is what the LORD says: Is it because there is no God in Israel that you are sending men to consult Baal-Zebub, the god of Ekron? Therefore you will not leave the bed you are lying on. You will certainly die!" ' " |
| A hoʻouna hou akula ia i luna o ke kolu o ke kanalima me kona poʻe he kanalima; a piʻi akula ke kolu o ka luna kanalima, a aku a kukuli ihola i mua o ʻElia, a nonoi aku iā ia, ʻī akula iā ia, E ke kanaka o ke Akua, ke nonoi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e mālama ʻia koʻu ola, a me ke ola o kēia kanalima, kāu poʻe kauā i mua o kou maka. | So the king sent a third captain with his fifty men. This third captain went up and fell on his knees before Elijah. "Man of God," he begged, "please have respect for my life and the lives of these fifty men, your servants! |
| A i ke kokoke e lawe aku ʻo Iēhova iā ʻElia i ka lani ma ka puahiohio, pū akula ʻo ʻElia me ʻElisai mai Gilegala aku. | When the LORD was about to take Elijah up to heaven in a whirlwind, Elijah and Elisha were on their way from Gilgal. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻElia iā ʻElisai, Ke nonoi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e noho ʻoe i ʻaneʻi; no ka mea, ua hoʻouna ʻo Iēhova iaʻu i Betela. ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻElisai, Ma ke ola o Iēhova, a ma ke ola o kou ʻuhane, ʻaʻole au e haʻalele iā ʻoe. A pū lāua i Betela. | Elijah said to Elisha, "Stay here; the LORD has sent me to Bethel." But Elisha said, "As surely as the LORD lives and as you live, I will not leave you." So they went down to Bethel. |
| A mai nā haumāna a ka poʻe kāula ma Betela i o ʻElisai lā, ʻī maila iā ia, Ua ʻike anei ʻoe e lawe auaneʻi ʻo Iēhova i kēia lā i kou haku mai kou poʻo aku? ʻĪ maila ia, ʻAe, ua ʻike au; e hāmau ʻoukou. | The company of the prophets at Bethel came out to Elisha and asked, "Do you know that the LORD is going to take your master from you today?" "Yes, I know," Elisha replied, "but do not speak of it." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻElia iā ia, E ʻElisai ē, ke nonoi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e noho ʻoe ma ʻaneʻi; no ka mea, ua hoʻouna mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu i Ieriko. ʻĪ maila kēlā, Ma ke ola o Iēhova a ma ke ola o kou ʻuhane, ʻaʻole au e haʻalele iā ʻoe. A pū lāua i Ieriko. | Then Elijah said to him, "Stay here, Elisha; the LORD has sent me to Jericho." And he replied, "As surely as the LORD lives and as you live, I will not leave you." So they went to Jericho. |
| A maila nā haumāna a ka poʻe kāula ma Ieriko i o ʻElisai lā, ʻī maila iā ia, Ua ʻike anei ʻoe, e lawe auaneʻi ʻo Iēhova i kēia lā i kou haku mai kou poʻo aku? ʻĪ akula kēlā, ʻAe, ua ʻike au; e hāmau ʻoukou. | The company of the prophets at Jericho went up to Elisha and asked him, "Do you know that the LORD is going to take your master from you today?" "Yes, I know," he replied, "but do not speak of it." |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻElia iā ia, ke nonoi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e noho ʻoe ma ʻaneʻi; no ka mea, ua hoʻouna mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu i Ioredane. ʻĪ maila kēlā, Ma ke ola o Iēhova a ma ke ola o kou ʻuhane, ʻaʻole au e haʻalele iā ʻoe. A akula lāua a ʻelua. | Then Elijah said to him, "Stay here; the LORD has sent me to the Jordan." And he replied, "As surely as the LORD lives and as you live, I will not leave you." So the two of them walked on. |
| A akula nā kānaka he kanalima no nā haumāna a ka poʻe kāula, a kū mai ma kahi lōʻihi aku; a kū nō lāua a ʻelua ma Ioredane. | Fifty men of the company of the prophets went and stood at a distance, facing the place where Elijah and Elisha had stopped at the Jordan. |
| A lawe akula ʻo ʻElia i kona ʻaʻahu, a ʻopiʻopi ihola, a hahau ihola i ka wai, a hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻela ia, ma ʻō a ma ʻō; a aku lāua a ʻelua i kēlā kapa ma ka ʻāina maloʻo. | Elijah took his cloak, rolled it up and struck the water with it. The water divided to the right and to the left, and the two of them crossed over on dry ground. |
| A i ko lāua ʻana aku, e kamaʻilio pū ana, aia hoʻi, he hale kaʻa ahi, a me nā lio ahi, a hoʻokaʻawale ʻia lāua a ʻelua, a piʻi aʻela ʻo ʻElia i loko o ka puahiohio i ka lani. | As they were walking along and talking together, suddenly a chariot of fire and horses of fire appeared and separated the two of them, and Elijah went up to heaven in a whirlwind. |
| Lawe akula ia i ka ʻaʻahu o ʻElia, ka mea i hāʻule mai ona mai lā, a hahau ihola i ka wai, ʻī akula, ʻAuhea lā ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o ʻElia? A i kona hahau ʻana i ka wai, hoʻokaʻawale ʻia aʻela ia ma ʻō a ma ʻō; a mai ʻo ʻElisai ma kēia ʻaoʻao. | Then he took the cloak that had fallen from him and struck the water with it. "Where now is the LORD, the God of Elijah?" he asked. When he struck the water, it divided to the right and to the left, and he crossed over. |
| A ʻo nā haumāna a ka poʻe kāula ma Ieriko, i kū maila, ʻike akula lākou iā ia, ʻī aʻela, Ua kau mai ka ʻuhane o ʻElia ma luna o ʻElisai. A akula lākou e hālāwai me ia, a kūlou ihola lākou ma ka honua i mua ona. | The company of the prophets from Jericho, who were watching, said, "The spirit of Elijah is resting on Elisha." And they went to meet him and bowed to the ground before him. |
| A ʻī akula lākou iā ia, Aia hoʻi, eia nō me kāu poʻe kauā he kanalima nā kānaka ikaika; ke nonoi aku nei mākou iā ʻoe, e lākou e ʻimi i kou haku; malia paha ua lawe aku ka makani o Iēhova iā ia, a ua hoʻolei iā ia ma kekahi mauna, a ma kekahi awāwa paha. ʻĪ maila ia, Mai hoʻouna aku ʻoukou. | "Look," they said, "we your servants have fifty able men. Let them go and look for your master. Perhaps the Spirit of the LORD has picked him up and set him down on some mountain or in some valley." "No," Elisha replied, "do not send them." |
| A hoʻi hou maila lākou iā ia, (no ka mea, e noho ana nō ia ma Ieriko,) ʻī akula ia iā lākou, ʻAʻole anei au i ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoukou, Mai ʻoukou? | When they returned to Elisha, who was staying in Jericho, he said to them, "Didn't I tell you not to go?" |
| A aku ia i ke kumu o nā wai, a hoʻolei ihola i ka paʻakai ma loko, ʻī akula, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova pēnēia, Ua hoʻomaikaʻi au i kēia wai: ʻaʻole he make hou mai laila mai, ʻaʻole hoʻi he hoʻohānau hapa. | Then he went out to the spring and threw the salt into it, saying, "This is what the LORD says: 'I have healed this water. Never again will it cause death or make the land unproductive.' " |
| Piʻi aʻela ia mai laila aku i Betela; a i kona ʻana ma ke ala, nā kamaliʻi mai loko aʻe o ke kūlanakauhale, a hoʻomāʻewaʻewa akula iā ia, ʻī akula iā ia, E piʻi ʻoe i luna, e ka ʻōhule; e piʻi ʻoe i luna, e ka ʻōhule. | From there Elisha went up to Bethel. As he was walking along the road, some youths came out of the town and jeered at him. "Go on up, you baldhead!" they said. "Go on up, you baldhead!" |
| Hāliu aʻela ia, a nānā maila iā lākou, a hōʻino maila iā lākou ma ka inoa ʻo Iēhova: a mai nā bea wahine ʻelua, mai ka ulu lāʻau mai, a haehae i nā kamaliʻi, he kanahākumamālua o lākou. | He turned around, looked at them and called down a curse on them in the name of the LORD. Then two bears came out of the woods and mauled forty-two of the youths. |
| akula ia mai laila aku i ka mauna ʻo Karemela: a mai laila aku, hoʻi akula ia i Samaria. | And he went on to Mount Carmel and from there returned to Samaria. |
| A akula ʻo Iorama ke aliʻi mai Samaria aku, a helu aku i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau. | So at that time King Joram set out from Samaria and mobilized all Israel. |
| akula ia, a hoʻouna aku i o Iehosapata lā ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ʻī akula, Ua kipi mai ke aliʻi o ka Moaba iaʻu: e pū anei ʻoe me aʻu e kaua aku i ka Moaba? ʻĪ maila ia, E nō wau; ua like au me ʻoe, ua like koʻu kānaka me kou kānaka, ua like koʻu mau lio me kou mau lio. | He also sent this message to Jehoshaphat king of Judah: "The king of Moab has rebelled against me. Will you go with me to fight against Moab?" "I will go with you," he replied. "I am as you are, my people as your people, my horses as your horses." |
| A akula ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, a me ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a me ke aliʻi o ka ʻEdoma; a pōʻai lākou i ka ʻana i nā lā ʻehiku, ʻaʻohe wai no ka poʻe kaua, a no nā holoholona ma hope o lākou. | So the king of Israel set out with the king of Judah and the king of Edom. After a roundabout march of seven days, the army had no more water for themselves or for the animals with them. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iehosapata, Iā ia nō ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova. A akula ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, a me Iehosapata, a me ke aliʻi o ka ʻEdoma, i ona lā. | Jehoshaphat said, "The word of the LORD is with him." So the king of Israel and Jehoshaphat and the king of Edom went down to him. |
| Nīnau maila ʻo ʻElisai i ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, He aha kaʻu iā ʻoe? E ʻoe i nā kāula a kou makua kāne, a me nā kāula a kou makuahine. ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela iā ia, ʻAʻole, no ka mea, ua hoʻākoakoa mai ʻo Iēhova i kēia mau aliʻi ʻekolu, e hoʻolilo iā lākou i loko o ka lima o ka Moaba. | Elisha said to the king of Israel, "What do we have to do with each other? Go to the prophets of your father and the prophets of your mother." "No," the king of Israel answered, "because it was the LORD who called us three kings together to hand us over to Moab." |
| A lohe ka Moaba a pau, ua mai nā aliʻi e kaua me lākou, hoʻākoakoa aʻela lākou i nā mea a pau e kāʻei ana i ke kāʻei kaua, a keu aku, a kū lākou ma ka mokuna. | Now all the Moabites had heard that the kings had come to fight against them; so every man, young and old, who could bear arms was called up and stationed on the border. |
| ʻĪ akula ia, E ʻoe, e noi aku i kou mau hoalauna a pau i nā ipu nou, i nā ipu kaʻawale hoʻi; mai noi ʻuʻuku. | Elisha said, "Go around and ask all your neighbors for empty jars. Don't ask for just a few. |
| A ia mai ona aku lā, a pani akula i ka puka ma hope ona a ma hope o kāna mau keiki kāne, nā mea i lawe mai iā ia, a ninini ihola ia. | She left him and afterward shut the door behind her and her sons. They brought the jars to her and she kept pouring. |
| A laila ia a haʻi aku i ke kanaka o ke Akua: ʻī maila kēlā iā ia, E ʻoe, a e kūʻai aku i ka ʻaila, a hoʻokaʻa aku i kāu ʻaiʻē, a e ola ʻoe, a me kāu mau keiki i ke koena. | She went and told the man of God, and he said, "Go, sell the oil and pay your debts. You and your sons can live on what is left." |
| A i kekahi lā, akula ʻo ʻElisai i Sunema, a ma laila he wahine koʻikoʻi, a koi maila kēlā iā ia e ʻai i ka ʻai. A i kona manawa i aʻe ai ma ia wahi; kipa aʻela ia ma laila e ʻai i ka ʻai. | One day Elisha went to Shunem. And a well-to-do woman was there, who urged him to stay for a meal. So whenever he came by, he stopped there to eat. |
| Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e hana kāua i wahi keʻena ʻuʻuku ma luna o ka pā pōhaku, a e waiho ma laila i wahi moe, a i wahi papa ʻaina a i wahi noho, a i wahi ipukukui; a i ka manawa e mai ai ia i o kāua nei, e kipa aʻe ia ma laila. | Let's make a small room on the roof and put in it a bed and a table, a chair and a lamp for him. Then he can stay there whenever he comes to us." |
| A i kekahi lā, akula ia ma laila, a kipa aʻela ia ma ke keʻena ma luna, a moe ihola i laila. | One day when Elisha came, he went up to his room and lay down there. |
| A nui aʻela ke keiki; a i kekahi lā, akula ia i kona makua kāne, i ka poʻe e ʻoki ʻai ana. | The child grew, and one day he went out to his father, who was with the reapers. |
| Piʻi aʻela ia, a waiho iā ia ma luna o kahi moe o ke kanaka o ke Akua, a pani ʻia akula ma hope ona, a akula i waho. | She went up and laid him on the bed of the man of God, then shut the door and went out. |
| Nīnau maila ia, No ke aha lā ʻoe e aku ai i ona lā i kēia lā? ʻAʻole he mahina hou, ʻaʻole hoʻi he Sābati. ʻĪ akula kēlā iā ia, E pono ana mai ia. | "Why go to him today?" he asked. "It's not the New Moon or the Sabbath." "It's all right," she said. |
| Kau akula ia i ka noho ma luna o ka hoki, ʻī akula i kona kanaka uʻi, E hoʻoikaika a aku, mai lohi ʻoe noʻu i ka holo ʻana, ke ʻōlelo ʻole aku au iā ʻoe. | She saddled the donkey and said to her servant, "Lead on; don't slow down for me unless I tell you." |
| A akula ia, a hiki aku i ke kanaka o ke Akua, ma ka mauna ʻo Karemela. A ʻike maila ke kanaka o ke Akua iā ia ma ʻō aku, ʻī akula ʻo ia iā Gehazi i kāna kauā, Aia hoʻi kēlā wahine no Sunema. | So she set out and came to the man of God at Mount Carmel. When he saw her in the distance, the man of God said to his servant Gehazi, "Look! There's the Shunammite! |
| A hiki akula ia i ke kanaka o ke Akua ma ka mauna, hoʻopaʻa akula ia ma kona wāwae; a kokoke mai ʻo Gehazi e hoʻokuke aku iā ia. ʻĪ maila ke kanaka o ke Akua, E waiho mālie iā ia nei, no ka mea, ua ʻeha kona naʻau i loko ona: a ua hūnā mai ʻo Iēhova ia mea iaʻu, ʻaʻole ia i haʻi mai iaʻu. | When she reached the man of God at the mountain, she took hold of his feet. Gehazi came over to push her away, but the man of God said, "Leave her alone! She is in bitter distress, but the LORD has hidden it from me and has not told me why." |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ia iā Gehazi, e kāʻei ʻoe i kou pūhaka, a e lawe i koʻu koʻokoʻo ma kou lima, a e ma kou ala: inā e hālāwai ʻoe me kekahi kanaka, mai uē aku ʻoe iā ia; a inā e uē mai kekahi iā ʻoe, mai ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā ia; a kau aku ʻoe i kuʻu koʻokoʻo ma luna o ka maka o ke keiki. | Elisha said to Gehazi, "Tuck your cloak into your belt, take my staff in your hand and run. If you meet anyone, do not greet him, and if anyone greets you, do not answer. Lay my staff on the boy's face." |
| ʻŌlelo maila ka makuahine o ke keiki, Ma ke ola o Iēhova, a ma ke ola o kou ʻuhane, ʻaʻole au e haʻalele iā ʻoe. Kū aʻela ia a aku ma muli ona. | But the child's mother said, "As surely as the LORD lives and as you live, I will not leave you." So he got up and followed her. |
| A akula ʻo Gehazi i mua o lākou, a kau akula i ke koʻokoʻo ma luna o ka maka o ke keiki; akā, ʻaʻohe leo, ʻaʻole hoʻi he lohe: a hoʻi akula ʻo ia e hālāwai me ia, a ʻōlelo akula iā ia, ʻī akula, ʻAʻole i ala mai ke keiki. | Gehazi went on ahead and laid the staff on the boy's face, but there was no sound or response. So Gehazi went back to meet Elisha and told him, "The boy has not awakened." |
| A komo maila ia ma loko, a hāʻule ma kona wāwae, a kūlou ihola ma ka honua, a kaʻikaʻi aʻela i kāna keiki, a akula i waho. | She came in, fell at his feet and bowed to the ground. Then she took her son and went out. |
| A akula kekahi ma ke kula, a ʻohi i ka lau nahele, a loaʻa iā ia ke gepena, a hōʻiliʻili i nā gepena a piha kona kīhei; a ʻokiʻoki ihola ma loko o ka ipu hao ʻai: no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike i ke ʻano. | One of them went out into the fields to gather herbs and found a wild vine. He gathered some of its gourds and filled the fold of his cloak. When he returned, he cut them up into the pot of stew, though no one knew what they were. |
| A maila he kanaka mai Baʻalasalisa mai, a lawe mai i berena na ke kanaka o ke Akua no ka hua mua, he iwakālua pōpō bale, a me ka hua bale i loko o ka ʻaʻa ona; ʻī maila ia, E hāʻawi aku na nā kānaka, i ʻai ai lākou. | A man came from Baal Shalishah, bringing the man of God twenty loaves of barley bread baked from the first ripe grain, along with some heads of new grain. "Give it to the people to eat," Elisha said. |
| A ua aku ka poʻe koa hao wale, no ko Suria, a ua lawe pio mai lākou i kekahi kaikamahine ʻōpiopio mai ka ʻāina o ka ʻIseraʻela mai; a ua lawelawe ia na ka wahine a Naʻamana. | Now bands from Aram had gone out and had taken captive a young girl from Israel, and she served Naaman's wife. |
| A aku kekahi, a haʻi akula i kona haku, ʻī akula, Penei a penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana a ke kaikamahine no ka ʻāina o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Naaman went to his master and told him what the girl from Israel had said. |
| ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi o Suria, Ō, ō, a e hoʻouna aku au i palapala na ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela. A akula ia, a lawe akula ia ma kona lima i ʻumi tālena kālā, a me nā ʻāpana gula ʻeono tausani, a me nā lole ʻaʻahu he ʻumi. | "By all means, go," the king of Aram replied. "I will send a letter to the king of Israel." So Naaman left, taking with him ten talents of silver, six thousand shekels of gold and ten sets of clothing. |
| A i ka manawa i lohe ai ʻo ʻElisai ke kanaka o ke Akua ua haehae ke aliʻi i kona ʻaʻahu, hoʻouna akula ia i ke aliʻi, ʻī akula, No ke aha lā ʻoe i haehae ai i kou ʻaʻahu? E mai ia ʻānō i oʻu nei, a e ʻike auaneʻi ia, he kāula nō i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela. | When Elisha the man of God heard that the king of Israel had torn his robes, he sent him this message: "Why have you torn your robes? Have the man come to me and he will know that there is a prophet in Israel." |
| A mai ʻo Naʻamana me kona mau lio, a me kona hale kaʻa, a kū ma ka puka o ka hale o ʻElisai. | So Naaman went with his horses and chariots and stopped at the door of Elisha's house. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻElisai i ʻelele i ona lā, ʻī akula, E ʻoe e ʻauʻau i loko o Ioredane, ʻehiku ʻauʻau ʻana, a e hoʻi hou mai nō kou ʻiʻo iā ʻoe, a e maʻemaʻe ʻoe. | Elisha sent a messenger to say to him, "Go, wash yourself seven times in the Jordan, and your flesh will be restored and you will be cleansed." |
| Huhū ihola ʻo Naʻamana, a akula, ʻī ihola, Aia hoʻi, ua ʻī iho au iaʻu iho, E ʻiʻo mai auaneʻi ia i waho, a e kū, a e kāhea aku i ka inoa ʻo Iēhova ʻo kona Akua, a hāpai i kona lima ma luna o ka wahi, a e hoʻōla i ka lēpera. | But Naaman went away angry and said, "I thought that he would surely come out to me and stand and call on the name of the LORD his God, wave his hand over the spot and cure me of my leprosy. |
| ʻAʻole anei e ʻoi aku ka pono o ʻAbana, a me Parepara, nā muliwai o Damaseko, ma mua o ko nā wai a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela? ʻAʻole anei e pono iaʻu ke holoi i loko o ia mau mea, a maʻemaʻe? A huli aʻela ia a akula me ka huhū. | Are not Abana and Pharpar, the rivers of Damascus, better than any of the waters of Israel? Couldn't I wash in them and be cleansed?" So he turned and went off in a rage. |
| mai kāna poʻe kauā a kokoke, ʻōlelo akula iā ia, ʻī akula, E kuʻu makua, inā i ʻōlelo mai ke kāula iā ʻoe i kekahi mea nui, ʻaʻole anei ʻoe i hana? ʻOiaʻiʻo hoʻi, i kāna ʻī ʻana mai iā ʻoe, E ʻauʻau ʻoe, a e maʻemaʻe? | Naaman's servants went to him and said, "My father, if the prophet had told you to do some great thing, would you not have done it? How much more, then, when he tells you, 'Wash and be cleansed'!" |
| A laila akula ia i lalo, a lū ihola i loko o Ioredane, ʻehiku lū ʻana, e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke kanaka o ke Akua; a hoʻi hou mai kona ʻiʻo e like me ka ʻiʻo o ke keiki ʻuʻuku, a ua maʻemaʻe ia. | So he went down and dipped himself in the Jordan seven times, as the man of God had told him, and his flesh was restored and became clean like that of a young boy. |
| E kala mai ʻo Iēhova i kēia mea i kāu kauā, i ka ʻana o kuʻu haku i loko o ka hale o Rimona e hoʻomana ma laila, a e hilinaʻi ia ma luna o kuʻu lima, a e hoʻomana au ma ka hale o Rimona; i kuʻu hoʻomana ʻana ma ka hale o Rimona, e kala mai ʻo Iēhova i kēia mea i kāu kauā. | But may the LORD forgive your servant for this one thing: When my master enters the temple of Rimmon to bow down and he is leaning on my arm and I bow there also--when I bow down in the temple of Rimmon, may the LORD forgive your servant for this." |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iā ia E ʻoe me ke aloha. A ia mai ona aku lā, ʻaʻole lōʻihi. | "Go in peace," Elisha said. After Naaman had traveled some distance, |
| Komo akula ia ma loko, a kū i mua o kona haku; nīnau maila ʻo ʻElisai iā ia, Mai hea mai ʻoe, e Gehazi? ʻĪ akula ia, ʻAʻole i kāu kauā i ʻō, a i ʻaneʻi. | Then he went in and stood before his master Elisha. "Where have you been, Gehazi?" Elisha asked. "Your servant didn't go anywhere," Gehazi answered. |
| ʻĪ maila kēlā iā ia, ʻAʻole anei i kuʻu naʻau, i ka manawa i huli aʻe ke kanaka mai kona hale kaʻa mai e hālāwai me ʻoe? He manawa anei kēia e lawe i ke kālā, a e lawe i nā ʻaʻahu, me nā ʻoliva, a me nā pā waina, a me nā hipa, a me nā bipi, a me nā kauā kāne a me nā kauā wahine? | But Elisha said to him, "Was not my spirit with you when the man got down from his chariot to meet you? Is this the time to take money, or to accept clothes, olive groves, vineyards, flocks, herds, or menservants and maidservants? |
| No laila e pili mau loa mai ko Naʻamana lēpera iā ʻoe, a me kou hua. A ia mai kona alo aku me ka maʻi lēpera e like me ka hau. | Naaman's leprosy will cling to you and to your descendants forever." Then Gehazi went from Elisha's presence and he was leprous, as white as snow. |
| Ke noi aku nei, e ʻae mai ʻoe, e mākou i Ioredane, a e lawe kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka, mai laila mai, i kahi lāʻau, a e hana kākou ma laila i wahi no kākou e noho ai. ʻĪ maila kēlā, E ʻoukou. | Let us go to the Jordan, where each of us can get a pole; and let us build a place there for us to live." And he said, "Go." |
| A ʻī akula kekahi, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai ʻoe i ka pū me mākou. ʻĪ maila ia, E nō wau. | Then one of them said, "Won't you please come with your servants?" "I will," Elisha replied. |
| A pū akula ia me lākou. A hiki lākou ma Ioredane, a kua lāʻau lākou. | And he went with them. They went to the Jordan and began to cut down trees. |
| A hoʻouna akula ke kanaka o ke Akua i ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻī akula, E mālama ʻoe, mai ʻoe ma kēlā wahi; no ka mea, ua iho mai ko Suria ma laila. | The man of God sent word to the king of Israel: "Beware of passing that place, because the Arameans are going down there." |
| ʻĪ akula ia, E ʻoukou a ʻike i kona wahi, i hoʻouna aku ai au e kiʻi iā ia. A haʻi ʻia mai iā ia, Aia nō ia ma Dotana. | "Go, find out where he is," the king ordered, "so I can send men and capture him." The report came back: "He is in Dothan." |
| Hoʻouna akula ia ma laila i nā lio, a me nā hale kaʻa, a me ka poʻe koa, he nui: a aku lākou i ka pō, a hoʻopuni aʻela i ke kūlanakauhale. | Then he sent horses and chariots and a strong force there. They went by night and surrounded the city. |
| A i ke ala ʻana o ke kauā a ke kanaka o ke Akua i kakahiaka nui, a i waho, aia hoʻi, ua puni ke kūlanakauhale i ka poʻe kaua, i nā lio, a me nā hale kaʻa: ʻī akula kāna kauā iā ia, Auē, e kuʻu haku! Pehea lā e hana ʻia ai? | When the servant of the man of God got up and went out early the next morning, an army with horses and chariots had surrounded the city. "Oh, my lord, what shall we do?" the servant asked. |
| A hoʻomākaukau ihola ia i ʻahaʻaina nui na lākou, a pau ko lākou ʻai ʻana, a me ka inu ʻana, hoʻokuʻu akula ia iā lākou, a akula lākou i ko lākou haku. ʻAʻole i hou mai ka poʻe hao wale o Suria i ka ʻāina o ka ʻIseraʻela. | So he prepared a great feast for them, and after they had finished eating and drinking, he sent them away, and they returned to their master. So the bands from Aram stopped raiding Israel's territory. |
| A i ka ʻana aʻe o ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela ma luna o ka pā pōhaku, kāhea maila kekahi wahine iā ia, ʻī maila, E kōkua mai, e kuʻu haku, e ke aliʻi. | As the king of Israel was passing by on the wall, a woman cried to him, "Help me, my lord the king!" |
| A lohe aʻela ke aliʻi i ka ʻōlelo a ka wahine, haehae ihola ia i kona ʻaʻahu; a aʻela ia ma luna o ka pā pōhaku, a nānā maila nā kānaka, aia hoʻi, he kapa ʻinoʻino ma luna o kona kino ma loko. | When the king heard the woman's words, he tore his robes. As he went along the wall, the people looked, and there, underneath, he had sackcloth on his body. |
| A e noho ana ʻo ʻElisai i loko o kona hale, a e noho pū ana me ia nā lunakahiko; a hoʻouna aku ke aliʻi i ke kanaka mai kona alo aku: akā, ma mua o ka hiki ʻana aku o ke ʻelele i ona lā, ʻī maila ia i nā lunakahiko, E nānā ʻoukou ua hoʻouna mai nei kēia keiki a ka mea pepehi kanaka e lawe i kuʻu poʻo: e nānā, i ka manawa e mai ai ke ʻelele, e pani aku i ka puka, a e hoʻopaʻa aku ʻoukou iā ia ma ka puka: ʻaʻole anei e kani ana nā wāwae o kona haku ma hope ona? | Now Elisha was sitting in his house, and the elders were sitting with him. The king sent a messenger ahead, but before he arrived, Elisha said to the elders, "Don't you see how this murderer is sending someone to cut off my head? Look, when the messenger comes, shut the door and hold it shut against him. Is not the sound of his master's footsteps behind him?" |
| Kū aʻela lākou i ka wanaʻao e aku i kahi hoʻomoana o ko Suria: a hiki lākou ma ka palena o kahi hoʻomoana o ko Suria, aia hoʻi, ʻaʻohe kanaka ma laila. | At dusk they got up and went to the camp of the Arameans. When they reached the edge of the camp, not a man was there, |
| No ka mea, ua hāʻawi mai ʻo Iēhova i ka poʻe kaua o ko Suria i ka lohe i ka halulu o nā hale kaʻa, a me ka halulu o nā lio, ka halulu o ke kaua nui; ʻī aʻela lākou i kekahi i kekahi, Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻolimalima ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela i nā aliʻi o ka Heta e kūʻē mai iā kākou, a me nā aliʻi o ʻAigupita e mai ma luna o kākou. | for the Lord had caused the Arameans to hear the sound of chariots and horses and a great army, so that they said to one another, "Look, the king of Israel has hired the Hittite and Egyptian kings to attack us!" |
| A hiki akula nā lēpero ma ka palena o kahi hoʻomoana, komo akula lākou i loko o kekahi halelewa, a ʻai ihola lākou, a inu hoʻi, a lawe aku lākou i ke kālā a me ke gula, a me nā ʻaʻahu mai laila aku, aku, a hūnā; a hoʻi mai a komo aku i loko o kekahi halelewa ʻē aʻe, a lawe aku nō hoʻi mai laila aku, a aku, a hūnā. | The men who had leprosy reached the edge of the camp and entered one of the tents. They ate and drank, and carried away silver, gold and clothes, and went off and hid them. They returned and entered another tent and took some things from it and hid them also. |
| ʻĪ aʻela lākou i kekahi i kekahi, ʻAʻole pono kā kākou hana ʻana; ʻo kēia lā, he lā pōmaikaʻi, a ke noho mālie nei kākou; a i noho a hiki i ka mālamalama o ke ao, e loaʻa uaneʻi iā kākou ka hewa: ʻānō hoʻi e aku kākou, a e haʻi aku i ko ka hale o ke aliʻi. | Then they said to each other, "We're not doing right. This is a day of good news and we are keeping it to ourselves. If we wait until daylight, punishment will overtake us. Let's go at once and report this to the royal palace." |
| A lākou, a kāhea aku i ke kiaʻi-puka o ke kūlanakauhale; a haʻi aku iā lākou, ʻī akula, aku mākou i kahi hoʻomoana o ko Suria, aia hoʻi, ʻaʻohe kanaka ma laila, ʻaʻohe leo o ke kanaka, ʻo nā lio wale nō i nākiʻi ʻia, a me nā hoki i nākiʻi ʻia, a me nā halelewa e waiho ana pēlā. | So they went and called out to the city gatekeepers and told them, "We went into the Aramean camp and not a man was there--not a sound of anyone--only tethered horses and donkeys, and the tents left just as they were." |
| Ala mai ke aliʻi i ka pō, ʻī akula i kāna poʻe kauā, ʻĀnō e hōʻike aku au iā ʻoukou i ka mea a ko Suria i hana mai ai iā kākou. Ua ʻike lākou i ko kākou pōloli ʻana; no laila, ua aku lākou mai ko lākou wahi hoʻomoana aku e peʻe ma ke kula, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, Aia puka lākou mai loko mai o ke kūlanakauhale, a laila lawe pio kākou iā lākou e ola ana, a komo i loko o ke kūlanakauhale. | The king got up in the night and said to his officers, "I will tell you what the Arameans have done to us. They know we are starving; so they have left the camp to hide in the countryside, thinking, 'They will surely come out, and then we will take them alive and get into the city.' " |
| A lawe lākou i ʻelua kaulua lio, a hoʻouna akula ke aliʻi ma hope o ka poʻe kaua o ko Suria, ʻī akula, E aku a ʻike. | So they selected two chariots with their horses, and the king sent them after the Aramean army. He commanded the drivers, "Go and find out what has happened." |
| A aku lākou ma hope o lākou lā, a Ioredane; aia hoʻi, ua paʻapū ke alanui a pau i nā ʻaʻahu, a me nā mea kaua a ko Suria i hoʻolei ai i ko lākou holo kikī ʻana. A hoʻi mai nā ʻelele, a haʻi mai i ke aliʻi. | They followed them as far as the Jordan, and they found the whole road strewn with the clothing and equipment the Arameans had thrown away in their headlong flight. So the messengers returned and reported to the king. |
| A aku nā kānaka, a hao lākou i ko kahi hoʻomoana o ko Suria. No ia mea, ua lilo ka bākeke palaoa no ka sekela hoʻokahi, a ʻelua bākeke bale no ka sekela hoʻokahi, e like me ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova. | Then the people went out and plundered the camp of the Arameans. So a seah of flour sold for a shekel, and two seahs of barley sold for a shekel, as the LORD had said. |
| A hoʻonoho akula ke aliʻi i ka luna kiaʻi, i ka mea āna i hilinaʻi ai ma kona lima, e mālama i ka ʻīpuka; a hehi ihola nā kānaka ma luna ona, a make ihola ia, e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke kanaka o ke Akua, āna i ʻōlelo ai i ka ʻana o ke aliʻi i ona lā. | Now the king had put the officer on whose arm he leaned in charge of the gate, and the people trampled him in the gateway, and he died, just as the man of God had foretold when the king came down to his house. |
| A laila ʻōlelo akula ʻo ʻElisai i ka wahine, i ka mea nāna ke keiki āna i hoʻōla ai, ʻī akula, E kū aʻe, a aku, ʻo ʻoe, a me kāu ʻohana, a noho ma kahi āu e hiki ai ke noho: no ka mea, ua haʻi mai ʻo Iēhova, he wī, a e hiki mai nō ia ma luna o ka ʻāina i nā makahiki ʻehiku. | Now Elisha had said to the woman whose son he had restored to life, "Go away with your family and stay for a while wherever you can, because the LORD has decreed a famine in the land that will last seven years." |
| Kū aʻela ka wahine, a hana akula e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke kanaka o ke Akua; a aku ia me kona ʻōhua, a noho ihola ma ka ʻāina o ko Pilisetia i nā makahiki ʻehiku. | The woman proceeded to do as the man of God said. She and her family went away and stayed in the land of the Philistines seven years. |
| A i ka pau ʻana o nā makahiki ʻehiku, hoʻi maila ka wahine mai ka ʻāina o ko Pilisetia mai; a e nonoi aku i ke aliʻi no kona hale, a no kona ʻāina. | At the end of the seven years she came back from the land of the Philistines and went to the king to beg for her house and land. |
| A mai ʻo ʻElisai i Damaseko: a he maʻi ko Benehadada ke aliʻi o Suria: a ua haʻi ʻia iā ia, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, Ua hiki mai ke kanaka o ke Akua i ʻaneʻi. | Elisha went to Damascus, and Ben-Hadad king of Aram was ill. When the king was told, "The man of God has come all the way up here," |
| ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi iā Hazaʻela, E lawe ʻoe i ka makana ma kou lima, a aku e hālāwai me ke kanaka o ke Akua, a nīnau aku iā Iēhova ma ona lā, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, E ola anei au i kēia maʻi? | he said to Hazael, "Take a gift with you and go to meet the man of God. Consult the LORD through him; ask him, 'Will I recover from this illness?' " |
| A akula ʻo Hazaʻela e hālāwai me ia, a lawe aku i ka makana ma kona lima, i kēlā mea, kēia mea maikaʻi o Damaseko, i kaumaha nā kāmelo he kanahā, a aku a kū i mua ona, ʻī akula, ʻO kāu keiki, ʻo Benehadada, ke aliʻi o Suria, ua hoʻouna mai iaʻu i ou lā, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, E ola anei au i kēia maʻi? | Hazael went to meet Elisha, taking with him as a gift forty camel-loads of all the finest wares of Damascus. He went in and stood before him, and said, "Your son Ben-Hadad king of Aram has sent me to ask, 'Will I recover from this illness?' " |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo ʻElisai iā ia, Ō, e ʻī aku iā ia, He mea hiki ke ola ʻiʻo nō ʻoe; akā, ua hōʻike mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, e make ʻiʻo nō ia. | Elisha answered, "Go and say to him, 'You will certainly recover'; but the LORD has revealed to me that he will in fact die." |
| A akula ia mai o ʻElisai aku a hoʻi aku ia i kona haku; a nīnau maila kēlā iā ia, He aha kā Elisai i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoe? ʻĪ akula iā ia, Ua ʻī mai kēlā iaʻu, e ola ʻiʻo nō ʻoe. | Then Hazael left Elisha and returned to his master. When Ben-Hadad asked, "What did Elisha say to you?" Hazael replied, "He told me that you would certainly recover." |
| A nō ia ma ka ʻaoʻao o nā aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela e like me ka hana ʻana a ko ka hale o ʻAhaba, no ka mea, ʻo ke kaikamahine a ʻAhaba, ʻo ia kāna wahine: a ua hana hewa ia i mua o Iēhova. | He walked in the ways of the kings of Israel, as the house of Ahab had done, for he married a daughter of Ahab. He did evil in the eyes of the LORD. |
| A akula ʻo Iehorama i Zaira, a me nā hale kaʻa a pau me ia; a kū aʻela ia i ka pō, a luku akula i ka ʻEdoma e puni ana iā ia, a me nā luna o nā hale kaʻa: a holo akula nā kānaka i ko lākou halelewa. | So Jehoram went to Zair with all his chariots. The Edomites surrounded him and his chariot commanders, but he rose up and broke through by night; his army, however, fled back home. |
| A nō ia ma ka ʻaoʻao o ko ka hale o ʻAhaba, a hana hewa nō ia i mua o Iēhova, e like me ko ka hale o ʻAhaba: no ka mea, he hūnōna kāne nō ia no ko ka hale o ʻAhaba. | He walked in the ways of the house of Ahab and did evil in the eyes of the LORD, as the house of Ahab had done, for he was related by marriage to Ahab's family. |
| A pū akula ia me Iorama ke keiki a ʻAhaba e kaua aku iā Hazaʻela ke aliʻi o Suria ma Ramota-Gileada: a hahau mai ko Suria iā Iorama. | Ahaziah went with Joram son of Ahab to war against Hazael king of Aram at Ramoth Gilead. The Arameans wounded Joram; |
| A hoʻi akula ʻo Iorama ke aliʻi i Iezereʻela e hoʻōla ʻia i ka ʻeha a ko Suria i hana ʻeha ai iā ia ma Ramota, i ka manawa āna i kaua aku ai iā Hazaʻela ke aliʻi o Suria. A mai ʻo ʻAhazia, ke keiki a Iehorama, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, e ʻike iā Iorama, no ka mea, ua ʻeha ia. | so King Joram returned to Jezreel to recover from the wounds the Arameans had inflicted on him at Ramoth in his battle with Hazael king of Aram. Then Ahaziah son of Jehoram king of Judah went down to Jezreel to see Joram son of Ahab, because he had been wounded. |
| A kāhea akula ʻo ʻElisai ke kāula i kekahi o nā haumāna a ka poʻe kāula, ʻī akula iā ia, E kāʻei ʻoe i kou pūhaka, a lawe i kēia hue ʻaila ma kou lima, a e aku i Ramota-Gileada. | The prophet Elisha summoned a man from the company of the prophets and said to him, "Tuck your cloak into your belt, take this flask of oil with you and go to Ramoth Gilead. |
| A akula ke kanaka uʻi i Ramota-Gileada, he kāula hoʻi ua kanaka uʻi lā. | So the young man, the prophet, went to Ramoth Gilead. |
| A laila puka i waho ʻo Iehu i nā kauā a kona haku, a nīnau mai kekahi iā ia, He pono anei? No ke aha lā i mai ai kēia hehena i ou lā? ʻĪ akula ia iā lākou, Ua ʻike ʻoukou i ke kanaka, a me kāna ʻōlelo. | When Jehu went out to his fellow officers, one of them asked him, "Is everything all right? Why did this madman come to you?" "You know the man and the sort of things he says," Jehu replied. |
| A ua hoʻi aku ʻo Iorama ke aliʻi ma Iezereʻela e hoʻōla ʻia i kona ʻeha a ko Suria i hana ʻeha ai iā ia, i kona manawa i kaua aku ai iā Hazaʻela ke aliʻi o Suria.) A ʻī akula ʻo Iehu, Inā ʻoukou e manaʻo, mai puka aku e pakele kekahi mai ke kūlanakauhale aku e ia e haʻi aku ma Iezereʻela. | but King Joram had returned to Jezreel to recover from the wounds the Arameans had inflicted on him in the battle with Hazael king of Aram.) Jehu said, "If this is the way you feel, don't let anyone slip out of the city to go and tell the news in Jezreel." |
| A holo akula ʻo Iehu ma ka hale kaʻa, a akula i Iezereʻela; no ka mea, e waiho ana ʻo Iorama ma laila. A ua iho mai ʻo ʻAhazia, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, e ʻike iā Iorama. | Then he got into his chariot and rode to Jezreel, because Joram was resting there and Ahaziah king of Judah had gone down to see him. |
| A e kū ana ke kanaka kiaʻi ma luna o ka hale kiaʻi ma Iezereʻela, a ʻike akula ia i ka poʻe nui o Iehu i kona ʻana mai, ʻī akula ia, Ke ʻike nei au i ka poʻe nui. ʻĪ maila ʻo Iorama, e lawe ʻoe i ka hoʻoholo lio, a e hoʻouna aku e hālāwai me lākou, a e nīnau aku ia, He aloha anei? | When the lookout standing on the tower in Jezreel saw Jehu's troops approaching, he called out, "I see some troops coming." "Get a horseman," Joram ordered. "Send him to meet them and ask, 'Do you come in peace?' " |
| A holo akula kekahi ma luna o ka lio e hālāwai me ia, a ʻī akula, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ke aliʻi pēnēia, He aloha anei? ʻĪ akula ʻo Iehu, He aha kāu i ke aloha? E huli aʻe ʻoe ma hope oʻu. A haʻi akula ke kanaka kiaʻi, ʻī akula, akula ka ʻelele i o lākou lā, ʻaʻole i hoʻi hou mai. | The horseman rode off to meet Jehu and said, "This is what the king says: 'Do you come in peace?' " "What do you have to do with peace?" Jehu replied. "Fall in behind me." The lookout reported, "The messenger has reached them, but he isn't coming back." |
| A haʻi akula ke kiaʻi, ʻī akula, Ua aku ia i o lākou lā, ʻaʻole i hoʻi hou mai; a ʻo ka holo ʻana, ua like me ka holo ʻana o Iehu ke keiki a Nimesi, no ka mea, ke holo lā ia e like me ka hehena huhū. | The lookout reported, "He has reached them, but he isn't coming back either. The driving is like that of Jehu son of Nimshi--he drives like a madman." |
| ʻĪ aku ʻo Iorama, E hoʻomākaukau; a hoʻomākaukau ʻia ihola kona hale kaʻa. A akula ʻo Iorama ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, a ʻo ʻAhazia ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ʻo kēlā kēia ma kona hale kaʻa iho, a aku e hālāwai me Iehu, a loaʻa iā lākou ia ma ka ʻāina ʻo Nabota no Iezereʻela. | "Hitch up my chariot," Joram ordered. And when it was hitched up, Joram king of Israel and Ahaziah king of Judah rode out, each in his own chariot, to meet Jehu. They met him at the plot of ground that had belonged to Naboth the Jezreelite. |
| A komo akula ia ma loko, a ʻai ihola ia, a inu hoʻi, a ʻī akula, E, e nānā aku ʻānō i kēia mea i hōʻino ʻia, a e kanu aku iā ia, no ka mea, he kaikamahine ia a kekahi aliʻi. | Jehu went in and ate and drank. "Take care of that cursed woman," he said, "and bury her, for she was a king's daughter." |
| A akula lākou e kanu iā ia, ʻaʻole i loaʻa iā lākou kekahi mea ona, ʻo ka pūniu wale nō, a me nā wāwae, a me nā poho lima. | But when they went out to bury her, they found nothing except her skull, her feet and her hands. |
| A laila palapala hou akula ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻī akula, Inā noʻu ʻoukou, a e hoʻolohe hoʻi i koʻu leo, a laila, e lawe ʻoukou i nā poʻo o nā kānaka, ʻo nā keiki a ko ʻoukou haku, a e mai i oʻu nei i Iezereʻela ma kēia manawa i ka lā ʻapōpō. (A ʻo nā keiki a ke aliʻi, he kanahiku lākou e noho ana me nā kānaka koʻikoʻi o ke kūlanakauhale, nāna lākou i hānai.) | Then Jehu wrote them a second letter, saying, "If you are on my side and will obey me, take the heads of your master's sons and come to me in Jezreel by this time tomorrow." Now the royal princes, seventy of them, were with the leading men of the city, who were rearing them. |
| A mai kekahi ʻelele a haʻi aku iā ia, ʻī akula, Ua lawe mai lākou i nā poʻo o nā keiki a ke aliʻi. ʻĪ maila ia, E waiho iā lākou ma nā puʻu ʻelua, ma kahi i komo ai i ka ʻīpuka, a kakahiaka. | When the messenger arrived, he told Jehu, "They have brought the heads of the princes." Then Jehu ordered, "Put them in two piles at the entrance of the city gate until morning." |
| A i kakahiaka, aku ia, a kū, ʻī akula i nā kānaka a pau, Ua pono ʻoukou: aia hoʻi, ua kipi aku au i kuʻu haku, a pepehi aku iā ia: akā, ʻo wai lā kai pepehi i kēia mau mea a pau? | The next morning Jehu went out. He stood before all the people and said, "You are innocent. It was I who conspired against my master and killed him, but who killed all these? |
| A kū aʻela ia, a akula a hiki i Samaria. Aia nō ia ma ka hale hoʻopaʻa o nā kahu hipa ma ke ala. | Jehu then set out and went toward Samaria. At Beth Eked of the Shepherds, |
| A ia mai laila aku a loaʻa iā ia ʻo Iehonadaba ke keiki a Rekaba e hālāwai me ia: a hoʻomaikaʻi aku ʻo Iehu iā ia, ʻī akula, Ua pono anei kou naʻau, e like me koʻu naʻau me kou naʻau? ʻĪ maila ʻo Iehonadaba, ʻO ia nō. Inā pēlā, e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i kou lima. A hāʻawi aku ia i kona lima, a hoʻēʻe akula iā ia ma ka hale kaʻa me ia. | After he left there, he came upon Jehonadab son of Recab, who was on his way to meet him. Jehu greeted him and said, "Are you in accord with me, as I am with you?" "I am," Jehonadab answered. "If so," said Jehu, "give me your hand." So he did, and Jehu helped him up into the chariot. |
| ʻĪ akula ia, E pū ʻoe me aʻu, a ʻike ʻoe i kuʻu ikaika no Iēhova. A hoʻoholo lākou iā ia ma kona hale kaʻa. | Jehu said, "Come with me and see my zeal for the LORD." Then he had him ride along in his chariot. |
| A hoʻouna akula ʻo Iehu i ka ʻIseraʻela a puni; a mai nā kauā a pau a Baʻala, ʻaʻole i koe aku kekahi i ʻole mai. A komo lākou i ka hale o Baʻala, a piha loa ka hale o Baʻala mai kēlā ʻaoʻao a i kēia ʻaoʻao. | Then he sent word throughout Israel, and all the ministers of Baal came; not one stayed away. They crowded into the temple of Baal until it was full from one end to the other. |
| A pau kāna kaumaha ʻana aku i ka mōhai kuni, ʻī akula ʻo Iehu i ka poʻe kiaʻi, a i nā luna, E komo i loko, e luku iā lākou; mai puka i waho kekahi. A luku akula ua poʻe lā iā lākou me ka maka o ka pahi kaua; a ʻo ka poʻe kiaʻi a me nā luna hoʻolei akula iā lākou, a akula i ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Baʻala. | As soon as Jehu had finished making the burnt offering, he ordered the guards and officers: "Go in and kill them; let no one escape." So they cut them down with the sword. The guards and officers threw the bodies out and then entered the inner shrine of the temple of Baal. |
| Akā, ʻaʻole ʻo Iehu i mālama i ka ʻana ma ke kānāwai o Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela me kona naʻau a pau: no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia i haʻalele i nā hewa o Ieroboama, nāna i hoʻolilo ka ʻIseraʻela i ka hewa. | Yet Jehu was not careful to keep the law of the LORD, the God of Israel, with all his heart. He did not turn away from the sins of Jeroboam, which he had caused Israel to commit. |
| Kauoha akula ʻo ia iā lākou, ʻī akula, ʻO kēia kā ʻoukou e hana ai: ʻO ka hapakolu o ʻoukou, nā mea i i ka Sābati e lilo i poʻe kiaʻi e kiaʻi ai i ka hale o ke aliʻi. | He commanded them, saying, "This is what you are to do: You who are in the three companies that are going on duty on the Sabbath--a third of you guarding the royal palace, |
| A ʻelua poʻe o ʻoukou a pau i aku i ka lā Sābati, e mālama lākou i ke kiaʻi o ka hale o Iēhova no ke aliʻi. | and you who are in the other two companies that normally go off Sabbath duty are all to guard the temple for the king. |
| A e noho ʻoukou a puni i ke aliʻi, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka me ka mea kaua ma kona lima: a ʻo ka mea e komo i waena o nā papa koa, e pepehi ʻia ʻo ia: a ʻo ʻoukou pū me ke aliʻi i kona ʻana i waho, a me kona komo ʻana i loko. | Station yourselves around the king, each man with his weapon in his hand. Anyone who approaches your ranks must be put to death. Stay close to the king wherever he goes." |
| A hana akula nā luna haneri, e like me nā mea a pau a Iehoiada ke kahuna i kauoha mai ai: a lawe akula kēlā mea kēia mea i kona poʻe kānaka e komo ana i loko i ka Sābati, me ka poʻe e ana i waho i ka Sābati, a mai lākou i o Iehoiada lā ke kahuna. | The commanders of units of a hundred did just as Jehoiada the priest ordered. Each one took his men--those who were going on duty on the Sabbath and those who were going off duty--and came to Jehoiada the priest. |
| A lohe ʻo ʻAtalia i ka leo o ka poʻe kiaʻi, a me nā kānaka, mai nō ia i nā kānaka i loko o ka hale o Iēhova. | When Athaliah heard the noise made by the guards and the people, she went to the people at the temple of the LORD. |
| A kau akula lākou i nā lima ma luna ona; a aku ia ma ke ala i ai nā lio i ka hale o ke aliʻi; a pepehi ʻia ʻo ia ma laila. | So they seized her as she reached the place where the horses enter the palace grounds, and there she was put to death. |
| A lawe akula ia i nā luna haneri, a me nā kāpena, me ka poʻe kiaʻi, a me nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻāina, a lawe mai lākou i ke aliʻi mai ka hale o Iēhova mai, a mai lākou ma ke ala o ka ʻīpuka o ka poʻe kiaʻi i ka hale o ke aliʻi; a noho ihola ia ma luna o ka noho aliʻi o nā aliʻi. | He took with him the commanders of hundreds, the Carites, the guards and all the people of the land, and together they brought the king down from the temple of the LORD and went into the palace, entering by way of the gate of the guards. The king then took his place on the royal throne, |
| Akā, lawe akula ʻo Iehoiada ke kahuna i kahi pahu, a wili ihola i puka ma kona pani, a waiho ihola ia mea kokoke i ke kuahu ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau i ka ʻana a ke kanaka i loko o ka hale o Iēhova; a ʻo nā kāhuna, nāna i mālama i ka paepae puka, hahao lākou i loko i ke kālā a pau i lawe ʻia mai i ka hale o Iēhova. | Jehoiada the priest took a chest and bored a hole in its lid. He placed it beside the altar, on the right side as one enters the temple of the LORD. The priests who guarded the entrance put into the chest all the money that was brought to the temple of the LORD. |
| A mai ʻo Hazaʻela ke aliʻi o Suria, a kaua mai i Gata, a hoʻopio ihola ia: a manaʻo ihola ʻo Hazaʻela e piʻi i Ierusalema. | About this time Hazael king of Aram went up and attacked Gath and captured it. Then he turned to attack Jerusalem. |
| A lawe akula ʻo Iehoasa ke aliʻi o ka Iuda i nā mea a pau i hoʻolaʻa ʻia, a Iehosapata, a me Iehorama, a me ʻAhazia, a kona mau mākua, nā aliʻi o ka Iuda i hoʻolaʻa ai, a me kona mau mea i hoʻolaʻa ʻia, a me ke gula a pau i loaʻa ma loko o ka waihona kālā ma ka hale o Iēhova, a me ka hale o ke aliʻi, a hoʻouna akula iā Hazaʻela ke aliʻi o Suria; a aku ia mai Ierusalema aku. | But Joash king of Judah took all the sacred objects dedicated by his fathers--Jehoshaphat, Jehoram and Ahaziah, the kings of Judah--and the gifts he himself had dedicated and all the gold found in the treasuries of the temple of the LORD and of the royal palace, and he sent them to Hazael king of Aram, who then withdrew from Jerusalem. |
| A hana ʻino akula ia i mua o Iēhova, a akula ia ma muli o ka hewa o Ieroboama ke keiki a Nebata, nāna i hoʻolilo ka ʻIseraʻela i ka hewa; ʻaʻole ia i haʻalele ia mea. | He did evil in the eyes of the LORD by following the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat, which he had caused Israel to commit, and he did not turn away from them. |
| A i waiho ihola ia i nā kānaka no Iehoahaza, he kanalima hoʻoholo lio, he ʻumi nā hale kaʻa, a he ʻumi tausani koa wāwae wale nō; no ka mea, ua luku aku ke aliʻi o Suria iā lākou, a ua hoʻolike aku iā lākou me ka lepo no ka hehi ʻana. | Nothing had been left of the army of Jehoahaz except fifty horsemen, ten chariots and ten thousand foot soldiers, for the king of Aram had destroyed the rest and made them like the dust at threshing time. |
| A hana ʻino akula ia i mua o Iēhova, ʻaʻole ia i haʻalele i nā hewa a pau o Ieroboama ke keiki a Nebata, nāna i hoʻolilo ka ʻIseraʻela i ka hewa; akā, nō ia ma laila. | He did evil in the eyes of the LORD and did not turn away from any of the sins of Jeroboam son of Nebat, which he had caused Israel to commit; he continued in them. |
| A make ihola ʻo ʻElisai, a kanu ihola lākou iā ia. A mai ka poʻe hao wale o ka Moaba i ka ʻāina, i ka hiki ʻana mai o ka makahiki. | Elisha died and was buried. Now Moabite raiders used to enter the country every spring. |
| A hoʻouna maila ʻo Iehoasa ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela i o ʻAmazia lā, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ʻī maila, Hoʻouna akula ka pua kala ma Lebanona i ka lāʻau kedara ma Lebanona, ʻī akula, E hāʻawi mai ʻoe i kāu kaikamahine i wahine na kaʻu keiki kāne! A aʻela ka holoholona o Lebanona, a hehi ihola i ka pua kala. | But Jehoash king of Israel replied to Amaziah king of Judah: "A thistle in Lebanon sent a message to a cedar in Lebanon, 'Give your daughter to my son in marriage.' Then a wild beast in Lebanon came along and trampled the thistle underfoot. |
| A ʻo Iehoasa ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, lawe pio akula ʻo ia iā ʻAmazia, i ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ke keiki a Iehoasa, ke keiki a ʻAhazia ma Betesemesa, a mai i Ierusalema, a hoʻohiolo i ka pā pōhaku o Ierusalema, mai ka ʻīpuka o ʻEperaima, a hiki i ka ʻīpuka kihi, ʻehā haneri haʻilima. | Jehoash king of Israel captured Amaziah king of Judah, the son of Joash, the son of Ahaziah, at Beth Shemesh. Then Jehoash went to Jerusalem and broke down the wall of Jerusalem from the Ephraim Gate to the Corner Gate--a section about six hundred feet long. |
| No ka mea, piʻi aʻela ʻo Menahema, ke keiki a Gadi mai Tireza aku, a mai i Samaria, a pepehi akula iā Saluma ke keiki a Iabesa ma Samaria, a make, a noho aliʻi ihola ia ma kona hakahaka. | Then Menahem son of Gadi went from Tirzah up to Samaria. He attacked Shallum son of Jabesh in Samaria, assassinated him and succeeded him as king. |
| mai ʻo Pula ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria i ka ʻāina; a hāʻawi akula ʻo Menahema iā Pula i hoʻokahi tausani tālena kālā, i kōkua mai ai kēlā iā ia e hoʻokūpaʻa i ke aupuni i loko o kona lima. | Then Pul king of Assyria invaded the land, and Menahem gave him a thousand talents of silver to gain his support and strengthen his own hold on the kingdom. |
| I ka manawa iā Peka ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, mai ʻo Tigelatepilesera ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, a hoʻopio i ko ʻIiona, a me ko ʻAbelebetemaʻaka, a me ko Ianoa, a me ko Kadesa, a me ko Hazora, a me ko Gileada, a me ko Galilaia, i ko ka ʻāina a pau ʻo Napetali, a lawe pio akula iā lākou i ʻAsuria. | In the time of Pekah king of Israel, Tiglath-Pileser king of Assyria came and took Ijon, Abel Beth Maacah, Janoah, Kedesh and Hazor. He took Gilead and Galilee, including all the land of Naphtali, and deported the people to Assyria. |
| Akā, nō ia ma ka ʻaoʻao o nā aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, a hoʻohele aku hoʻi i kāna keiki i loko o ke ahi, e like me nā mea hoʻowahāwahā ʻia o nā lāhui kanaka a Iēhova i kipaku aʻe mai ke alo aku o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela. | He walked in the ways of the kings of Israel and even sacrificed his son in the fire, following the detestable ways of the nations the LORD had driven out before the Israelites. |
| A laila mai ʻo Rezina, ke aliʻi o Suria, a me Peka ke keiki a Remalia, ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, i Ierusalema i ke kaua; a hoʻopilikia lākou iā ʻAhaza, ʻaʻole e hiki iā lākou ke hoʻopio iā ia. | Then Rezin king of Aram and Pekah son of Remaliah king of Israel marched up to fight against Jerusalem and besieged Ahaz, but they could not overpower him. |
| Ia manawa, hoʻihoʻi akula ʻo Rezina, ke aliʻi o Suria, iā ʻElata no Suria, a kipaku akula i nā Iudaio mai ʻElata aku: a mai ko Suria i ʻElata, a noho i laila a hiki i kēia manawa. | At that time, Rezin king of Aram recovered Elath for Aram by driving out the men of Judah. Edomites then moved into Elath and have lived there to this day. |
| A hoʻolohe mai ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria iā ia; a akula ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria i Damaseko, a hoʻopio akula ia, a lawe pio akula i ko laila ma Kira, a pepehi akula iā Rezina. | The king of Assyria complied by attacking Damascus and capturing it. He deported its inhabitants to Kir and put Rezin to death. |
| A akula ʻo ʻAhaza ke aliʻi e hālāwai me Tigelatepilesera ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria ma Damaseko; a ʻike akula ia i kekahi kuahu ma Damaseko; a hoʻouna akula ʻo ʻAhaza ke aliʻi i o ʻUriia lā ke kahuna i ke ʻano o ke kuahu a me kāna kiʻi, e like me ka hana ʻana o ia mea a pau. | Then King Ahaz went to Damascus to meet Tiglath-Pileser king of Assyria. He saw an altar in Damascus and sent to Uriah the priest a sketch of the altar, with detailed plans for its construction. |
| A hiki mai ke aliʻi mai Damaseko mai, ʻike akula ke aliʻi i ke kuahu, a akula a kokoke i ke kuahu, a kaumaha aku ma luna ona. | When the king came back from Damascus and saw the altar, he approached it and presented offerings on it. |
| kūʻē maila ʻo Salemanesera ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria iā ia; a lilo ʻo Hosea i kauā nāna, a hoʻokupu aku nona. | Shalmaneser king of Assyria came up to attack Hoshea, who had been Shalmaneser's vassal and had paid him tribute. |
| A laila piʻi maila ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria ma loko o ka ʻāina a pau, a mai i Samaria, a hoʻopilikia akula ia wahi i nā makahiki ʻekolu. | The king of Assyria invaded the entire land, marched against Samaria and laid siege to it for three years. |
| A ua lākou ma nā kānāwai o nā lāhui kanaka ʻē, nā mea a Iēhova i kipaku aʻe mai ke alo aku o nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a me ko nā aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela a lākou i hana ai. | and followed the practices of the nations the LORD had driven out before them, as well as the practices that the kings of Israel had introduced. |
| A hoʻowahāwahā lākou i kona mau kānāwai, a me kāna berita āna i hana ai me ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, a me nā kauoha āna i hāʻawi mai ai iā lākou; a lākou ma muli o nā kiʻi lapuwale, a lilo lākou i poʻe lapuwale, a ma muli o nā lāhui kanaka e puni ana iā lākou, nā mea a Iēhova i kauoha mai ai, mai hana like ʻoukou me lākou. | They rejected his decrees and the covenant he had made with their fathers and the warnings he had given them. They followed worthless idols and themselves became worthless. They imitated the nations around them although the LORD had ordered them, "Do not do as they do," and they did the things the LORD had forbidden them to do. |
| ʻAʻole nō hoʻi i mālama ka Iuda i nā kauoha a Iēhova ko lākou Akua; akā, nō lākou ma nā kānāwai o ka ʻIseraʻela a lākou i hana ai. | and even Judah did not keep the commands of the LORD their God. They followed the practices Israel had introduced. |
| No ka mea, nō nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela i loko o nā hewa a pau o Ieroboama āna i hana ai; ʻaʻole lākou i haʻalele ia mea; | The Israelites persisted in all the sins of Jeroboam and did not turn away from them |
| A laila kauoha maila ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, ʻī maila, E lawe aku i laila i kekahi o nā kāhuna a ʻoukou i lawe mai nei mai laila mai; a e lākou a noho ma laila, a e hōʻike aku ʻo ia iā lākou i ke ʻano o ke Akua o ka ʻāina. | Then the king of Assyria gave this order: "Have one of the priests you took captive from Samaria go back to live there and teach the people what the god of the land requires." |
| A laila mai kekahi o nā kāhuna a lākou i lawe aʻe mai Samaria aku, a noho ma Betela, a aʻo aku ia iā lākou e makaʻu lākou iā Iēhova. | So one of the priests who had been exiled from Samaria came to live in Bethel and taught them how to worship the LORD. |
| A ʻo Iēhova pū kekahi me ia, a ua pōmaikaʻi nō ia i nā wahi a pau āna i aku ai: a kipi akula ia i ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, ʻaʻole ia i mālama aku iā ia. | And the LORD was with him; he was successful in whatever he undertook. He rebelled against the king of Assyria and did not serve him. |
| A i ka hā o ka makahiki o Hezekia, ʻo ia ka hiku o ka makahiki o Hosea, ke keiki a ʻEla, ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, kūʻē mai ʻo Salemanesera, ke aliʻi o Asuria, i Samaria, a hoʻopilikia iā ia. | In King Hezekiah's fourth year, which was the seventh year of Hoshea son of Elah king of Israel, Shalmaneser king of Assyria marched against Samaria and laid siege to it. |
| A i ka ʻumikumamāhā o ka makahiki o Hezekia ke aliʻi, kūʻē mai ʻo Senakeriba, ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, i nā kūlanakauhale a pau o ka Iuda, i paʻa i ka pā pōhaku, a hoʻopio ihola iā lākou. | In the fourteenth year of King Hezekiah's reign, Sennacherib king of Assyria attacked all the fortified cities of Judah and captured them. |
| A hoʻouna maila ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria iā Taretana, a iā Rabesarisa, a me Rabesake mai Lakisa aku i o Hezekia lā ke aliʻi, me ka poʻe kaua nui i Ierusalema. Piʻi aʻela lākou, a mai i Ierusalema. A i ko lākou piʻi ʻana, mai lākou a kū ma ke kahawai o ka loko ma luna ma ke ala o ke kīhāpai o ka mea holoi. | The king of Assyria sent his supreme commander, his chief officer and his field commander with a large army, from Lachish to King Hezekiah at Jerusalem. They came up to Jerusalem and stopped at the aqueduct of the Upper Pool, on the road to the Washerman's Field. |
| A i ko lākou kāhea ʻana aku i ke aliʻi, mai i o lākou lā ʻo ʻEliakima, ke keiki a Hilekia, ka luna o ko ka hale, a ʻo Sebena, ke kākau ʻōlelo, a me Ioa ke keiki a ʻAsapa ke kākau moʻoʻōlelo. | They called for the king; and Eliakim son of Hilkiah the palace administrator, Shebna the secretary, and Joah son of Asaph the recorder went out to them. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, ua wale mai anei au, ʻaʻole ʻo Iēhova kekahi, e kūʻē i kēia wahi e luku aku ai? ʻO Iēhova kai ʻōlelo mai iaʻu, E piʻi kūʻē ʻoe i kēia wahi, a e luku aku ia. | Furthermore, have I come to attack and destroy this place without word from the LORD? The LORD himself told me to march against this country and destroy it.' " |
| Mai hoʻolohe ʻoukou iā Hezekia: no ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria pēnēia, E hana ʻoukou i haʻawina naʻu, a e mai ʻoukou i waho i oʻu nei, a laila e ʻai ʻoukou, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona hua waina iho, a ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona hua fiku iho, a e inu ʻoukou, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i ka wai o kāna lua iho; | "Do not listen to Hezekiah. This is what the king of Assyria says: Make peace with me and come out to me. Then every one of you will eat from his own vine and fig tree and drink water from his own cistern, |
| A laila mai ʻo ʻEliakima, ke keiki a Hilekia, ka luna o ko ka hale, a ʻo Sebena ke kākau ʻōlelo, a ʻo Ioa ke keiki a ʻAsapa ke kākau moʻoʻōlelo, iā Hezekia, me nā ʻaʻahu i haehae ʻia, a haʻi mai iā ia i nā ʻōlelo a Rabesake. | Then Eliakim son of Hilkiah the palace administrator, Shebna the secretary and Joah son of Asaph the recorder went to Hezekiah, with their clothes torn, and told him what the field commander had said. |
| A lohe ia no Tirehaka ke aliʻi o ʻAitiopa, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, Aia hoʻi, ua mai ia e kaua mai iā ʻoe: a hoʻouna hou akula ia i nā ʻelele i o Hezekia lā, ʻī akula, | Now Sennacherib received a report that Tirhakah, the Cushite king , was marching out to fight against him. So he again sent messengers to Hezekiah with this word: |
| Akā, ua ʻike au i kou noho ʻana, a me kou ʻana i waho, a me kou komo ʻana i loko, a me kou inaina ʻana iaʻu. | " 'But I know where you stay and when you come and go and how you rage against me. |
| No kou inaina ʻana mai iaʻu, a no ka piʻi ʻana mai o kou haʻaheo i loko o koʻu pepeiao, no laila, e hoʻokomo au i koʻu lou i kou ihu, a me koʻu kaula waha i kou lehelehe, a e hoʻihoʻi aku au iā ʻoe ma ke ala āu i mai nei. | Because you rage against me and your insolence has reached my ears, I will put my hook in your nose and my bit in your mouth, and I will make you return by the way you came.' |
| No ia mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei no ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, ʻAʻole ia e komo ma loko o kēia kūlanakauhale, ʻaʻole hoʻi e pana aku i ka pua ma laila, ʻaʻole hoʻi e mai i mua ona me ka pale kaua, ʻaʻole e hoʻāhu i puʻu e kū pono ana iā ia. | "Therefore this is what the LORD says concerning the king of Assyria: "He will not enter this city or shoot an arrow here. He will not come before it with shield or build a siege ramp against it. |
| Ma ke ala āna i mai ai, ma laila ʻo ia e hoʻi aku ai, ʻaʻole ia e komo i loko o kēia kūlanakauhale, wahi a Iēhova. | By the way that he came he will return; he will not enter this city, declares the LORD. |
| A ia pō iho, akula ka ʻānela o Iēhova, a luku akula, ma kahi hoʻomoana o ko ʻAsuria, i hoʻokahi haneri a me kanawalukumamālima tausani: a ala aʻela lākou i kakahiaka nui, aia hoʻi, he poʻe kupapaʻu make lākou a pau. | That night the angel of the LORD went out and put to death a hundred and eighty-five thousand men in the Assyrian camp. When the people got up the next morning--there were all the dead bodies! |
| A haʻalele akula ʻo Senakeriba ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, aku a hoʻi akula, a noho ihola ma Nineve. | So Sennacherib king of Assyria broke camp and withdrew. He returned to Nineveh and stayed there. |
| Ia mau lā he maʻi make ko Hezekia. A akula o ʻIsaia ke kāula, ke keiki a ʻAmoza, i ona lā, ʻī akula iā ia, Pēnēia ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, E kauoha aku ʻoe i ko ka hale ou, no ka mea, e make nō ʻoe, ʻaʻole e ola. | In those days Hezekiah became ill and was at the point of death. The prophet Isaiah son of Amoz went to him and said, "This is what the LORD says: Put your house in order, because you are going to die; you will not recover." |
| Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e Iēhova, ʻānō e hoʻomanaʻo mai ʻoe i kuʻu ʻana i mua ou me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, a me ka naʻau kūpono, a ua hana pono aku au i mua o kou maka. Auē nui ihola ʻo Hezekia. | "Remember, O LORD, how I have walked before you faithfully and with wholehearted devotion and have done what is good in your eyes." And Hezekiah wept bitterly. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻIsaia, Eia ka hōʻailona na Iēhova mai nou, e hana mai ia i ka mea āna i ʻōlelo ai: E ma mua anei ke aka i nā degere he ʻumi, a e hoʻi hope anei i nā degere he ʻumi? | Isaiah answered, "This is the LORD's sign to you that the LORD will do what he has promised: Shall the shadow go forward ten steps, or shall it go back ten steps?" |
| ʻĪ maila ia, He mea ʻuʻuku ke ma mua ke aka i nā degere he ʻumi; ʻaʻole ia, akā, e hoʻi i hope ke aka i nā degere he ʻumi. | "It is a simple matter for the shadow to go forward ten steps," said Hezekiah. "Rather, have it go back ten steps." |
| A laila mai ʻo ʻIsaia ke kāula iā Hezekia ke aliʻi, nīnau mai iā ia, He aha kā kēia poʻe kānaka i ʻōlelo ai? A no hea lākou i mai nei i ou lā? ʻĪ akula ʻo Hezekia, No ka ʻāina lōʻihi aku lākou i mai nei, no Babulona. | Then Isaiah the prophet went to King Hezekiah and asked, "What did those men say, and where did they come from?" "From a distant land," Hezekiah replied. "They came from Babylon." |
| A aku ia ma nā ʻaoʻao a pau a kona makua kāne i ai, a mālama aku i nā kiʻi a kona makua kāne i mālama ai, a hoʻomana akula iā lākou. | He walked in all the ways of his father; he worshiped the idols his father had worshiped, and bowed down to them. |
| Haʻalele nō ʻo ia iā Iēhova ke Akua o kona poʻe kūpuna, ʻaʻole ia i ma ka ʻaoʻao o Iēhova. | He forsook the LORD, the God of his fathers, and did not walk in the way of the LORD. |
| A hana pono akula ia i mua o Iēhova, a nō ia ma nā ʻaoʻao o Dāvida kona kupuna, ʻaʻole ia i huli aʻe ma ka ʻākau, ʻaʻole ma ka hema. | He did what was right in the eyes of the LORD and walked in all the ways of his father David, not turning aside to the right or to the left. |
| A akula ʻo Sapana ke kākau ʻōlelo i ke aliʻi, a haʻi aku i ka ʻōlelo i ke aliʻi, ʻī akula, Ua ninini kāu mau kauā i ke kālā i loaʻa i loko o ka hale, a ua hāʻawi aku ia mea i ka poʻe hana i ka hana, i nā luna o ka hale o Iēhova. | Then Shaphan the secretary went to the king and reported to him: "Your officials have paid out the money that was in the temple of the LORD and have entrusted it to the workers and supervisors at the temple." |
| E ʻoukou, a e nīnau aku iā Iēhova noʻu, a no nā kānaka, a no ka Iuda a pau, i nā ʻōlelo o kēia buke i loaʻa; no ka mea, ua nui ka inaina o Iēhova i hoʻā ʻia no kākou, i ka hoʻolohe ʻole o ko kākou poʻe mākua i nā ʻōlelo o kēia buke, e hana like me nā mea a pau i kākau ʻia no kākou. | "Go and inquire of the LORD for me and for the people and for all Judah about what is written in this book that has been found. Great is the LORD's anger that burns against us because our fathers have not obeyed the words of this book; they have not acted in accordance with all that is written there concerning us." |
| A akula ʻo Hilekia ke kahuna, a me ʻAhikama, a me ʻAkebora, a me Sapana, a me ʻAsakia, i o Huleda lā ke kāula wahine, ka wahine a Saluma, ke keiki a Tikeva, ke keiki a Harehasa, nāna i mālama i nā ʻaʻahu; (a e noho ana ua wahine lā ma Ierusalema, ma kekahi hapa,) a kamaʻilio pū lākou me ia. | Hilkiah the priest, Ahikam, Acbor, Shaphan and Asaiah went to speak to the prophetess Huldah, who was the wife of Shallum son of Tikvah, the son of Harhas, keeper of the wardrobe. She lived in Jerusalem, in the Second District. |
| A lawe aku ia i nā lio, i nā mea a nā aliʻi o ka Iuda i kūkulu ai no ka lā, ma ke komo ʻana i ka hale o Iēhova ma ke keʻena ma luna o Natanemeleka, ka luna, ka mea ma nā wahi e pili ana, a puhi akula i ke ahi i nā hale kaʻa no ka lā. | He removed from the entrance to the temple of the LORD the horses that the kings of Judah had dedicated to the sun. They were in the court near the room of an official named Nathan-Melech. Josiah then burned the chariots dedicated to the sun. |
| A nīnau akula ia, He aha kēia kia aʻu e ʻike nei? ʻĪ maila nā kānaka o ke kūlanakauhale iā ia, ʻO ka hale lua ia o ke kanaka o ke Akua, ka mea i mai Iuda mai, a haʻi mai i kēia mau mea āu i hana ai i ke kuahu o Betela. | The king asked, "What is that tombstone I see?" The men of the city said, "It marks the tomb of the man of God who came from Judah and pronounced against the altar of Bethel the very things you have done to it." |
| A ʻī akula ia, E waiho mālie iā ia, mai lawelawe kekahi kanaka i kona mau iwi. A hoʻopakele lākou i kona mau iwi me nā iwi o ke kāula, ka mea i aʻe mai Samaria mai. | "Leave it alone," he said. "Don't let anyone disturb his bones." So they spared his bones and those of the prophet who had come from Samaria. |
| I kona manawa, piʻi aʻela ʻo Paraʻo-neko, ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita, e kūʻē i ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria ma ka muliwai ʻo ʻEuperate; a kūʻē akula ʻo Iosia iā ia: a pepehi mai kēlā iā ia ma Megido, i kona manawa i ʻike ai iā ia. | While Josiah was king, Pharaoh Neco king of Egypt went up to the Euphrates River to help the king of Assyria. King Josiah marched out to meet him in battle, but Neco faced him and killed him at Megiddo. |
| ʻAʻole i hou mai ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita mai kona ʻāina mai: no ka mea, ua lawe ke aliʻi o Babulona i nā mea a pau a ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita, mai ka muliwai o ʻAigupita a hiki i ka muliwai ʻo ʻEuperate. | The king of Egypt did not march out from his own country again, because the king of Babylon had taken all his territory, from the Wadi of Egypt to the Euphrates River. |
| A ʻo Nebukaneza ke aliʻi o Babulona, kūʻē maila ia i ke kūlanakauhale, a hoʻopilikia akula kāna poʻe kauā ia wahi. | and Nebuchadnezzar himself came up to the city while his officers were besieging it. |
| A akula Iehoiakina ke aliʻi o ka Iuda i ke aliʻi o Babulona, ʻo ia, a me kona makuahine, a me kāna poʻe kauā, a me kona poʻe aliʻi, a me kona poʻe luna hale, a lawe ke aliʻi o Babulona iā ia i ka walu o ka makahiki o kona aliʻi ʻana. | Jehoiachin king of Judah, his mother, his attendants, his nobles and his officials all surrendered to him. In the eighth year of the reign of the king of Babylon, he took Jehoiachin prisoner. |
| A i ka iwa o ka makahiki o kona aliʻi ʻana, i ka ʻumi o ka malama, i ka lā ʻumi o ka malama, mai ʻo Nebukaneza ke aliʻi o Babulona, a me kona poʻe kaua a pau, i Ierusalema, a kūʻē ia wahi; a hana ihola i pā a puni ona. | So in the ninth year of Zedekiah's reign, on the tenth day of the tenth month, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon marched against Jerusalem with his whole army. He encamped outside the city and built siege works all around it. |
| A ua hoʻopio ʻia ke kūlanakauhale, a holo akula nā kānaka koa a pau i ka pō, ma ke ala o ka ʻīpuka ma waena o nā pā pōhaku ʻelua, ma ke kīhāpai o ke aliʻi; (a ʻo ko Kaledea e noho ana a puni ke kūlanakauhale;) a akula [ke aliʻi] i ke ala o ka pāpū. | Then the city wall was broken through, and the whole army fled at night through the gate between the two walls near the king's garden, though the Babylonians were surrounding the city. They fled toward the Arabah, |
| A i ka lima o ka malama, i ka hiku o ka lā o ka malama, ʻo ia ka ʻumikumamāiwa o nā makahiki o ke aliʻi, ʻo Nebukaneza, ke aliʻi o Babulona, mai i Ierusalema ʻo Nebuzaradana, ka luna o ka poʻe koa, ke kauā a ke aliʻi o Babulona. | On the seventh day of the fifth month, in the nineteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, Nebuzaradan commander of the imperial guard, an official of the king of Babylon, came to Jerusalem. |
| A lohe nā luna a pau o nā kaua, ʻo lākou, a me ko lākou poʻe kānaka, ua hoʻonoho ke aliʻi o Babulona iā Gedalia i luna, mai i o Gedalia lā ma Mizepa, ʻo ʻIsemaʻela ke keiki a Netania, a ʻo Iohanana ke keiki a Karea, a ʻo Seraia ke keiki a Tanehumeta no Netopa, a ʻo Iaʻazania ke keiki a ke kanaka no Maʻaka, ʻo lākou, a me ko lākou poʻe kānaka. | When all the army officers and their men heard that the king of Babylon had appointed Gedaliah as governor, they came to Gedaliah at Mizpah--Ishmael son of Nethaniah, Johanan son of Kareah, Seraiah son of Tanhumeth the Netophathite, Jaazaniah the son of the Maacathite, and their men. |
| Akā, i ka hiku o ka malama, mai ʻo ʻIsemaʻela, ke keiki a Netania ke keiki a ʻElisama, no ka ʻohana aliʻi, a he ʻumi nā kānaka me ia, a pepehi ihola iā Gedalia, a make ihola ia, a me nā Iudaio, me ko Kaledea me ia ma Mizepa. | In the seventh month, however, Ishmael son of Nethaniah, the son of Elishama, who was of royal blood, came with ten men and assassinated Gedaliah and also the men of Judah and the Babylonians who were with him at Mizpah. |
| A kū aʻela nā kānaka a pau, nā mea ʻuʻuku, a me nā mea nui, a me nā luna o nā kaua, a akula i ʻAigupita; no ka mea, ua makaʻu lākou i ko Kaledea. | At this, all the people from the least to the greatest, together with the army officers, fled to Egypt for fear of the Babylonians. |
| A akula lākou ma ke komo ʻana o Gedora, ma ka ʻaoʻao hikina o ke awāwa, e ʻimi ana i wahi e hānai ai i nā holoholona no lākou. | and they went to the outskirts of Gedor to the east of the valley in search of pasture for their flocks. |
| A akula kēia poʻe i kākau ʻia ma ka inoa, i ka wā o Hezekia ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a hahau ihola i ko lākou mau halelewa, a me nā hale i loaʻa i laila, a hōkai loa iā lākou a hiki i kēia manawa, a noho ihola ma ko lākou wahi; no ka mea, he wahi hānai ia no ko lākou holoholona. | The men whose names were listed came in the days of Hezekiah king of Judah. They attacked the Hamites in their dwellings and also the Meunites who were there and completely destroyed them, as is evident to this day. Then they settled in their place, because there was pasture for their flocks. |
| A ʻo kekahi poʻe o lākou, ʻo nā mamo a Simeona, he ʻelima haneri kānaka i aku i ka mauna Seira, ʻo Pelatia, ʻo Nearia, ʻo Repaia, a ʻo ʻUziʻela, nā keiki a ʻIsi, ko lākou mau luna koa. | And five hundred of these Simeonites, led by Pelatiah, Neariah, Rephaiah and Uzziel, the sons of Ishi, invaded the hill country of Seir. |
| ʻO nā mamo a Reubena a me ka Gada, a me ka ʻohana hapa a Manase, nā kānaka koa, nā kānaka hiki ke lawe i ka pale kaua a me ka pahi kaua, a ke pana aku me ke kakaka, a he akamai i ke kaua, he kanahākumamāhā tausani, ʻehiku haneri a me ke kanaono, i aku i ke kaua. | The Reubenites, the Gadites and the half-tribe of Manasseh had 44,760 men ready for military service--able-bodied men who could handle shield and sword, who could use a bow, and who were trained for battle. |
| A ua lawehala lākou i ke Akua o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna, a akula e moekolohe ma muli o nā akua o nā kānaka o ka ʻāina, ka poʻe a ke Akua i luku ai i mua o lākou. | But they were unfaithful to the God of their fathers and prostituted themselves to the gods of the peoples of the land, whom God had destroyed before them. |
| A akula ʻo Iehozadaka, i ka wā a Iēhova i lawe pio aku ai i ka Iuda, a me ko Ierusalema ma ka lima o Nebukaneza. | Jehozadak was deported when the LORD sent Judah and Jerusalem into exile by the hand of Nebuchadnezzar. |
| ʻO kēia poʻe a pau nā keiki a Iediaʻela; ma nā poʻo o ko lākou mau kūpuna, he poʻe kānaka koa ikaika, he ʻumikumamāhiku tausani a me nā haneri keu ʻelua, ua mākaukau e aku i ke kaua e kaua aku. | All these sons of Jediael were heads of families. There were 17,200 fighting men ready to go out to war. |
| Kanikau ihola ʻo ʻEperaima ko lāua makua kāne i nā lā he nui loa, a maila kona poʻe hoahānau e hōʻoluʻolu iā ia. | Their father Ephraim mourned for them many days, and his relatives came to comfort him. |
| A hala aʻela nā lā ʻehiku, maila nā hoahānau o lākou, mai nā kūlanahale o lākou mai, i kēlā manawa i kēia manawa me lākou. | Their brothers in their villages had to come from time to time and share their duties for seven-day periods. |
| A laila, ʻī akula ʻo Saula i ke kanaka hali i kāna mea kaua, E unuhi ʻoe i kāu pahi kaua, a e hou mai iaʻu me ia, o mai kēia poʻe ʻoki poepoe ʻole, a e hoʻomāʻewaʻewa mai iaʻu. Akā, ʻaʻole i makemake ka mea hali i kāna mea kaua; no ka mea, ua makaʻu loa ia. No laila, lālau akula ʻo Saula i ka pahi kaua, a hāʻule ihola i luna. | Saul said to his armor-bearer, "Draw your sword and run me through, or these uncircumcised fellows will come and abuse me." But his armor-bearer was terrified and would not do it; so Saul took his own sword and fell on it. |
| A ʻike aʻela nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela, ma ke awāwa, heʻe akula lākou; a ua make hoʻi ʻo Saula a me kāna mau keiki kāne, a laila haʻalele lākou i ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale, a holo akula; a maila ko Pilisetia a noho ihola ma laila. | When all the Israelites in the valley saw that the army had fled and that Saul and his sons had died, they abandoned their towns and fled. And the Philistines came and occupied them. |
| A ia lā aʻe, a maila ko Pilisetia e hao i ka poʻe make, loaʻa ihola iā lākou ʻo Saula a me kāna mau keiki i hāʻule ma ka mauna ʻo Gileboa. | The next day, when the Philistines came to strip the dead, they found Saul and his sons fallen on Mount Gilboa. |
| No laila, i mai nā lunakahiko a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i ke aliʻi ma Heberona; a hoʻopaʻa ihola ʻo Dāvida i berita me lākou ma Heberona, i mua o Iēhova: a poni ihola lākou iā Dāvida i aliʻi no ka ʻIseraʻela, e like me ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova ma o Samuʻela lā. | When all the elders of Israel had come to King David at Hebron, he made a compact with them at Hebron before the LORD, and they anointed David king over Israel, as the LORD had promised through Samuel. |
| akula ʻo Dāvida me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i Ierusalema, ʻo ia ʻo Iebusa, kahi i noho ai ka Iebusa, nā kānaka o ia ʻāina. | David and all the Israelites marched to Jerusalem (that is, Jebus). The Jebusites who lived there |
| ʻŌlelo maila nā kānaka o Iebusa iā Dāvida, ʻAʻole ʻoe e mai i ʻaneʻi. Akā, lawe lilo ʻo Dāvida i ka pā kaua o Ziona, ʻo ia ke kūlanakauhale o Dāvida. | said to David, "You will not get in here." Nevertheless, David captured the fortress of Zion, the City of David. |
| Aia hoʻi ka poʻe i mai i o Dāvida lā ma Zikelaga, i kona manawa i noho paʻa ai no Saula ke keiki a Kisa; i waena lākou o nā kānaka ikaika, ka poʻe i kōkua i ke kaua. | These were the men who came to David at Ziklag, while he was banished from the presence of Saul son of Kish (they were among the warriors who helped him in battle; |
| ʻO lākou ka poʻe i ma kēlā kapa o Ioredane i ka malama mua, i ka manawa i hoʻopiha ai ia ma luna o kona mau kapa a pau: a hoʻopuehu akula lākou i nā mea a pau o nā awāwa ma ka hikina a ma ke komohana. | It was they who crossed the Jordan in the first month when it was overflowing all its banks, and they put to flight everyone living in the valleys, to the east and to the west. |
| A maila kekahi poʻe mamo a Beniamina a me Iuda i kahi paʻa i o Dāvida lā. | Other Benjamites and some men from Judah also came to David in his stronghold. |
| akula ʻo Dāvida i waho e hālāwai me lākou; ʻōlelo akula ia, ʻī akula iā lākou, Inā e aloha mai nō ʻoukou i oʻu nei e kōkua mai iaʻu, e hoʻokahi ana koʻu naʻau me ko ʻoukou: akā, inā no ka hāʻawi aku iaʻu i koʻu poʻe ʻenemi, na ke Akua o ko kākou poʻe kūpuna e nānā mai, a e pāpā mai; no ka mea, ʻaʻole i loaʻa ka hewa ma koʻu mau lima. | David went out to meet them and said to them, "If you have come to me in peace, to help me, I am ready to have you unite with me. But if you have come to betray me to my enemies when my hands are free from violence, may the God of our fathers see it and judge you." |
| A kaʻana maila kekahi poʻe o Manase iā Dāvida, iā ia i pū ai me ko Pilisetia i ke kaua iā Saula: akā, ʻaʻole i kōkua aku lākou nei ma muli o lākou, no ka mea, na nā aliʻi o ko Pilisetia i kūkākūkā pū, a hoʻihoʻi aku iā ia, me ka ʻī ʻana, E kaʻa aku auaneʻi ia i kona haku iā Saula, ma luna o ko kākou mau poʻo. | Some of the men of Manasseh defected to David when he went with the Philistines to fight against Saul. (He and his men did not help the Philistines because, after consultation, their rulers sent him away. They said, "It will cost us our heads if he deserts to his master Saul.") |
| I kona ʻana i Zikelaga, kaʻana maila kekahi poʻe o ka Manase iā ia, ʻo ʻAdena, ʻo Iozabada, ʻo Iediaʻela, ʻo Mikaʻela, ʻo Iozabada, ʻo ʻElihu, a ʻo Ziletai, nā luna tausani o ka Manase. | When David went to Ziklag, these were the men of Manasseh who defected to him: Adnah, Jozabad, Jediael, Michael, Jozabad, Elihu and Zillethai, leaders of units of a thousand in Manasseh. |
| Eia ka helu ʻana i nā poʻe i mākaukau no ke kaua, i mai i o Dāvida lā ma Heberona, e hoʻohuli aʻe i ke aupuni o Saula i ona lā, e like me ka ʻōlelo ʻana a Iēhova. | These are the numbers of the men armed for battle who came to David at Hebron to turn Saul's kingdom over to him, as the LORD had said: |
| A ʻo ka ʻohana hapa a Manase, he ʻumikumamāwalu tausani, i kāhea ʻia ma ka inoa e mai e hoʻoaliʻi iā Dāvida. | men of half the tribe of Manasseh, designated by name to come and make David king--18,000; |
| ʻO ka Zebuluna, ka poʻe aku i ke kaua, i mākaukau i ke kaua me nā mea kaua a pau, he kanalima tausani o lākou i ʻike i ka hoʻouka kaua, ʻaʻole he naʻau lua. | men of Zebulun, experienced soldiers prepared for battle with every type of weapon, to help David with undivided loyalty--50,000; |
| A ʻo ka ʻAsera, ka poʻe aku i ke kaua, i mākaukau i ke kaua, he kanahā tausani. | men of Asher, experienced soldiers prepared for battle--40,000; |
| ʻO kēia poʻe kānaka kaua a pau, i ʻike i ka hoʻouka i ke kaua, i mai me ka naʻau lōkahi ma Heberona, e hoʻāliʻi iā Dāvida ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau: a ua lōkahi hoʻi ka naʻau o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i koe e hoʻāliʻi iā Dāvida. | All these were fighting men who volunteered to serve in the ranks. They came to Hebron fully determined to make David king over all Israel. All the rest of the Israelites were also of one mind to make David king. |
| A lohe aʻela nā Pilisetia, ua poni ʻia ʻo Dāvida i aliʻi ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, piʻi maila nā Pilisetia a pau e ʻimi iā Dāvida. A lohe akula ʻo Dāvida, a akula ia a kūʻē iā lākou. | When the Philistines heard that David had been anointed king over all Israel, they went up in full force to search for him, but David heard about it and went out to meet them. |
| maila nā Pilisetia, a hoʻomoana ihola ma ke awāwa ʻo Repaima. | Now the Philistines had come and raided the Valley of Rephaim; |
| maila lākou i Baʻalaperazima, a luku akula ʻo Dāvida iā lākou ma laila. A laila, ʻī akula ʻo Dāvida, Ua pohā akula ʻo Iēhova ma luna o koʻu poʻe ʻenemi, e like me ka pohā ʻana o ka wai. No laila, kapa akula lākou i ka inoa o ia wahi, ʻo Baʻala-perazima. | So David and his men went up to Baal Perazim, and there he defeated them. He said, "As waters break out, God has broken out against my enemies by my hand." So that place was called Baal Perazim. |
| Aia lohe ʻoe i ka halulu o ka ʻana ma nā wēlau o nā lāʻau silika, a laila e aku ʻoe e hoʻouka i ke kaua: no ka mea, ua hala aku ke Akua i mua ou e pepehi i ka poʻe kaua o nā Pilisetia. | As soon as you hear the sound of marching in the tops of the balsam trees, move out to battle, because that will mean God has gone out in front of you to strike the Philistine army." |
| Pēlā ʻo Dāvida me nā lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela a me nā luna tausani i aku ai, e lawe mai i ka pahu berita o Iēhova, mai ka hale o ʻObededoma mai me ka ʻoliʻoli. | So David and the elders of Israel and the commanders of units of a thousand went to bring up the ark of the covenant of the LORD from the house of Obed-Edom, with rejoicing. |
| I ka manawa i ai lākou mai kekahi lāhui kanaka a kekahi lāhui kanaka, A mai kahi aupuni a hiki i kēlā aupuni; | they wandered from nation to nation, from one kingdom to another. |
| E hāʻawi aku iā Iēhova i ka nani no kona inoa: E hō mai i ka mōhai, a e mai i mua ona: E hoʻomana iā Iēhova ma ka nani o ka hemolele. | ascribe to the LORD the glory due his name. Bring an offering and come before him; worship the LORD in the splendor of his holiness. |
| A laila e kani aku ai nā lāʻau o ka nahele, I ka hiki ʻana mai o Iēhova; No ka mea, ke maila ia e hoʻoponopono i ko ka honua. | Then the trees of the forest will sing, they will sing for joy before the LORD, for he comes to judge the earth. |
| A akula nā kānaka a pau o kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona hale iho: a hoʻi hou akula ʻo Dāvida e hoʻomaikaʻi i ko ka hale ona. | Then all the people left, each for his own home, and David returned home to bless his family. |
| E aku ʻoe, e haʻi iā Dāvida i kuʻu kauā, Penei kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai nei, Mai hana ʻoe i hale noʻu e noho ai: | "Go and tell my servant David, 'This is what the LORD says: You are not the one to build me a house to dwell in. |
| No ka mea, ʻaʻole au i noho i loko o ka hale maoli, mai ka manawa mai aʻu i kaʻi mai nei i ka ʻIseraʻela a hiki i kēia manawa: akā, ua au mai kekahi hale lole, a hiki i kekahi hale lole, a mai kekahi halelewa a kekahi halelewa. | I have not dwelt in a house from the day I brought Israel up out of Egypt to this day. I have moved from one tent site to another, from one dwelling place to another. |
| I nā wahi aʻu i pū ai me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, i ʻōlelo anei au i kekahi luna kānāwai o ka ʻIseraʻela, aʻu i kauoha aku ai e hānai i koʻu poʻe kānaka, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, No ke aha lā ʻoukou i hana ʻole ai i hale kedera noʻu? | Wherever I have moved with all the Israelites, did I ever say to any of their leaders whom I commanded to shepherd my people, "Why have you not built me a house of cedar?" ' |
| ʻO wau nō kekahi pū me ʻoe i nā wahi a pau āu i ai, a ua hōʻoki iho nō wau i nā ʻenemi ou a pau mai kou maka aku, a ua hoʻokaulana au i kou inoa, e like me ka inoa o nā kānaka nui ma ka honua nei. | I have been with you wherever you have gone, and I have cut off all your enemies from before you. Now I will make your name like the names of the greatest men of the earth. |
| A i ka manawa i hala aʻe kou mau lā, a ʻoe me ou mau mākua, naʻu nō e hoʻokū aʻe i kāu hua ma hope ou, no nā keiki āu; a e hoʻokūpaʻa auaneʻi au i kona aupuni. | When your days are over and you go to be with your fathers, I will raise up your offspring to succeed you, one of your own sons, and I will establish his kingdom. |
| A akula ʻo Dāvida ke aliʻi, a noho akula i mua o Iēhova, ʻōlelo akula, ʻO wai lā wau, e Iēhova ke Akua, he aha hoʻi kaʻu ʻohana i mālama mai ai ʻoe iaʻu a hiki i nēia wā? | Then King David went in and sat before the LORD, and he said: "Who am I, O LORD God, and what is my family, that you have brought me this far? |
| Pepehi akula hoʻi ʻo Dāvida iā Hadarezera ke aliʻi o Zoba, a hiki i Hamata, iā ia i aku ai e hoʻopaʻa i kona aupuni ma ka muliwai ʻo ʻEuperate. | Moreover, David fought Hadadezer king of Zobah, as far as Hamath, when he went to establish his control along the Euphrates River. |
| A i ka ʻana mai o ko Suria no Damaseko e kōkua ma muli o Hadarezera, ke aliʻi o Zoba, pepehi akula ʻo Dāvida i ko Suria he iwakāluakumamālua nā tausani kānaka. | When the Arameans of Damascus came to help Hadadezer king of Zobah, David struck down twenty-two thousand of them. |
| A hana ihola ʻo Dāvida i nā pā kaua ma Suria no Damaseko, a lilo aʻela ko Suria i poʻe kauā nā Dāvida, a lawe maila i ka waiwai hoʻokupu. Pēlā ʻo Iēhova i mālama mai ai iā Dāvida i nā wahi a pau āna i ai. | He put garrisons in the Aramean kingdom of Damascus, and the Arameans became subject to him and brought tribute. The LORD gave David victory everywhere he went. |
| Hana ihola hoʻi ʻo ia i nā pā kaua ma ʻEdoma: a lilo aʻela ka ʻEdoma a pau i poʻe kauā nā Dāvida. Pēlā ʻo Iēhova i mālama mai ai iā Dāvida i nā wahi a pau āna i aku ai. | He put garrisons in Edom, and all the Edomites became subject to David. The LORD gave David victory everywhere he went. |
| Akā, ʻo nā aliʻi o nā mamo a ʻAmona, ʻī akula lākou iā Hanuna, Ke manaʻo nei anei ʻoe, e hoʻomaikaʻi mai ʻo Dāvida i kou makua kāne i kona hoʻouna ʻana mai i ou lā i nā mea hōʻoluʻolu? ʻAʻole anei i mai kāna mau kauā i ou nei e mākaʻikaʻi, a e hoʻokahuli, a e hoʻomakākiu mai i ka ʻāina? | the Ammonite nobles said to Hanun, "Do you think David is honoring your father by sending men to you to express sympathy? Haven't his men come to you to explore and spy out the country and overthrow it?" |
| maila kekahi, a haʻi akula iā Dāvida i ka mea i hana ʻia mai i ua mau kānaka lā. Hoʻouna akula ia e hālāwai me lākou: no ka mea, ua hilahila loa lākou. ʻĪ akula ke aliʻi, E noho ʻoukou ma Ieriko, a ulu aʻe ko ʻoukou ʻumiʻumi, a laila e hoʻi mai. | When someone came and told David about the men, he sent messengers to meet them, for they were greatly humiliated. The king said, "Stay at Jericho till your beards have grown, and then come back." |
| Hoʻolimalima aʻela lākou i nā kaʻa he kanakolukumamālua tausani, a me ke aliʻi o Maʻaka, a me kona poʻe kānaka; a mai lākou a hoʻomoana i mua o Medeba. ʻĀkoakoa maila nā mamo a ʻAmona mai loko mai o ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale, a mai i ke kaua. | They hired thirty-two thousand chariots and charioteers, as well as the king of Maacah with his troops, who came and camped near Medeba, while the Ammonites were mustered from their towns and moved out for battle. |
| maila ka poʻe mamo a ʻAmona i waho, a hoʻonohonoho i ke kaua ma ke alo o ka puka e komo ai i loko o ke kūlanakauhale: a kū ʻokoʻa aʻela nā aliʻi i hiki mai ma ke kula. | The Ammonites came out and drew up in battle formation at the entrance to their city, while the kings who had come were by themselves in the open country. |
| A ʻike akula nā mamo a ʻAmona, ua heʻe akula ko Suria, a laila heʻe akula hoʻi lākou i mua o ʻAbisai kona kaikaina, a komo akula i loko o ke kūlanakauhale. A laila maila ʻo Ioaba i Ierusalema. | When the Ammonites saw that the Arameans were fleeing, they too fled before his brother Abishai and went inside the city. So Joab went back to Jerusalem. |
| A haʻi akula kekahi iā Dāvida: a hoʻākoakoa aʻela ʻo ia i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, a akula ma kēlā ʻaoʻao o Ioredane, a hiki akula i o lākou lā, a hoʻonohonoho akula i ke kaua kūʻē iā lākou. Aia hoʻonohonoho aku ai ʻo Dāvida i ke kaua kūʻē iā lākou, a laila lākou i kaua mai me ia. | When David was told of this, he gathered all Israel and crossed the Jordan; he advanced against them and formed his battle lines opposite them. David formed his lines to meet the Arameans in battle, and they fought against him. |
| A i ka makahiki hou, i ka manawa e aku ai nā aliʻi, alakaʻi akula ʻo Ioaba i ka poʻe ikaika o nā koa, a luku ihola i ka ʻāina o nā mamo a ʻAmona, a akula, a hoʻopilikia akula iā Raba: akā, noho ihola ʻo Dāvida i Ierusalema. A pepehi akula ʻo Ioaba iā Raba, a luku ihola ia wahi. | In the spring, at the time when kings go off to war, Joab led out the armed forces. He laid waste the land of the Ammonites and went to Rabbah and besieged it, but David remained in Jerusalem. Joab attacked Rabbah and left it in ruins. |
| Akā, ua ikaika ka ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi ma luna o Ioaba. No laila, akula ʻo Ioaba, a kaʻahele ma waena o ʻIseraʻela a pau, a hoʻi maila i Ierusalema. | The king's word, however, overruled Joab; so Joab left and went throughout Israel and then came back to Jerusalem. |
| Ō e haʻi iā Dāvida, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, Eia kā Iēhova e ʻōlelo mai nei, Ke hōʻike aku nei au nou i ʻekolu mau mea; e koho ʻoe i kekahi o lākou, i hana aku ai au ia iā ʻoe. | "Go and tell David, 'This is what the LORD says: I am giving you three options. Choose one of them for me to carry out against you.' " |
| A maila ʻo Gada, ʻī maila iā ia, Eia kā Iēhova e ʻōlelo mai nei, e koho ʻoe nou, | So Gad went to David and said to him, "This is what the LORD says: 'Take your choice: |
| A i ka ʻana mai o Dāvida i o ʻOrenana lā, nānā aʻela ʻo ʻOrenana, a ʻike akula iā Dāvida, a akula ia i waho o kahi hehi palaoa, a kūlou ihola ia i mua o Dāvida, i lalo ke alo ma ka honua. | Then David approached, and when Araunah looked and saw him, he left the threshing floor and bowed down before David with his face to the ground. |
| Akā, ʻaʻole i hiki iā Dāvida ke i laila e nīnau i ke Akua i mua ona: no ka mea, ua makaʻu ʻo ia i ka pahi kaua o ka ʻānela o Iēhova. | But David could not go before it to inquire of God, because he was afraid of the sword of the angel of the LORD. |
| ʻO ia ka hoʻonoho papa ʻana iā lākou no kā lākou hana e mai ai i loko o ka hale o Iēhova, e like me kā lākou i hana ai ma muli o ʻAʻarona ʻo ko lākou makua kāne, me kā Iēhova ke Akua o ʻIseraʻela i kauoha mai ai iā ia. | This was their appointed order of ministering when they entered the temple of the LORD, according to the regulations prescribed for them by their forefather Aaron, as the LORD, the God of Israel, had commanded him. |
| A ʻo nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela ma ko lākou helu ʻia ʻana, ʻo nā mākua aliʻi, nā luna tausani, nā luna haneri, a ʻo ko lākou poʻe ilāmuku i hoʻokauā na ke aliʻi i kekahi mea o nā papa, nā poʻe i mai i loko a puka aku i waho ma ka malama, i nā malama a pau o ka makahiki; no kēlā papa kēia papa a pau he iwakāluakumamāhā tausani lākou. | This is the list of the Israelites--heads of families, commanders of thousands and commanders of hundreds, and their officers, who served the king in all that concerned the army divisions that were on duty month by month throughout the year. Each division consisted of 24,000 men. |
| A akula ʻo Solomona, a me ia pū ka ʻaha kanaka a pau, i kahi kiʻekiʻe, aia nō ma Gibeona; no ka mea, ma laila nō ka halelewa o ke anaina kanaka o ke Akua, ka mea a Mose ke kauā a Iēhova i hana ai ma ka wao nahele. | and Solomon and the whole assembly went to the high place at Gibeon, for God's Tent of Meeting was there, which Moses the LORD's servant had made in the desert. |
| maila ʻo Solomona mai kahi kiʻekiʻe mai, ma Gibeona, a hiki i Ierusalema, mai mua mai o ka halelewa o ke anaina kanaka, a noho aliʻi ihola ia ma luna o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Then Solomon went to Jerusalem from the high place at Gibeon, from before the Tent of Meeting. And he reigned over Israel. |
| ʻAʻohe mea ʻē i loko o ka pahu, ʻo nā papa ʻelua wale nō a Mose i hoʻokomo ai i loko ma Horeba, i ka manawa i hoʻohiki ai ke Akua me ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela i ko lākou ʻana mai ʻAigupita mai. | There was nothing in the ark except the two tablets that Moses had placed in it at Horeb, where the LORD made a covenant with the Israelites after they came out of Egypt. |
| ʻŌlelo akula ia, E Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻaʻohe Akua e like me ʻoe ma ka lani, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka honua, e mālama ana i ka berita a me ke aloha no kāu poʻe kauā, no ka poʻe e ana i mua ou me ko lākou naʻau a pau. | He said: "O LORD, God of Israel, there is no God like you in heaven or on earth--you who keep your covenant of love with your servants who continue wholeheartedly in your way. |
| ʻĀnō, e Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, e hoʻokō mai nō kāu kauā no Dāvida, no koʻu makua kāne i ka mea āu i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ia, ʻī mai ana, ʻAʻole ʻoe e nele i ke kanaka i mua oʻu e noho ma luna o ka noho aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ke mālama kāu poʻe mamo i ko lākou ʻaoʻao e ma koʻu kānāwai e like me kou ʻana i mua oʻu. | "Now LORD, God of Israel, keep for your servant David my father the promises you made to him when you said, 'You shall never fail to have a man to sit before me on the throne of Israel, if only your sons are careful in all they do to walk before me according to my law, as you have done.' |
| A laila, e hoʻolohe mai ʻoe mai ka lani mai, a e kala mai i ka hewa o kāu poʻe kauā, a me kou poʻe kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela i ka wā e aʻo ai ʻoe iā lākou i ka ʻaoʻao maikaʻi kahi a lākou e ai; a e hāʻawi mai ʻoe i ka ua ma luna o ka ʻāina āu i hāʻawi ai i kou poʻe kānaka i mea e ili mau ana no lākou. | then hear from heaven and forgive the sin of your servants, your people Israel. Teach them the right way to live, and send rain on the land you gave your people for an inheritance. |
| I makaʻu lākou iā ʻoe, i ma kou ʻaoʻao i nā lā a pau loa o ko lākou ola ʻana ma ka ʻāina āu i hāʻawi mai ai i ko mākou poʻe kūpuna. | so that they will fear you and walk in your ways all the time they live in the land you gave our fathers. |
| A ʻo ka malihini, ka mea ʻaʻole no kou poʻe kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela, ka mea i mai, mai ka ʻāina lōʻihi ʻē mai, no kou inoa nui, a no kou lima ikaika, a me kou lima kākāuha; a mai lākou e pule ma kēia hale; | "As for the foreigner who does not belong to your people Israel but has come from a distant land because of your great name and your mighty hand and your outstretched arm--when he comes and prays toward this temple, |
| I ka wā i aku ai kou poʻe kānaka e kaua aku i ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi ma ka ʻaoʻao āu e hoʻouna aku ai lākou, a e pule lākou ma ke alo ma kēia kūlanakauhale āu i wae mai ai, a ma ka hale aʻu i hana ai no kou inoa; | "When your people go to war against their enemies, wherever you send them, and when they pray to you toward this city you have chosen and the temple I have built for your Name, |
| A ʻo ʻoe, inā e i mua oʻu e like me Dāvida kou makua kāne i ai, e hana e like me nā mea aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe, a e mālama ʻoe i koʻu kānāwai a me kaʻu mau kauoha; | "As for you, if you walk before me as David your father did, and do all I command, and observe my decrees and laws, |
| Akā, inā e huli ʻē aʻe ʻoukou, a e haʻalele i koʻu kānāwai, a me nā kauoha aʻu i hāʻawi aku ai iā ʻoukou, a e a e hoʻokauā aku na nā akua ʻē, a e kūlou i mua o lākou; | "But if you turn away and forsake the decrees and commands I have given you and go off to serve other gods and worship them, |
| akula ʻo Solomona i Hamata-zoba, a lanakila ma luna ona. | Solomon then went to Hamath Zobah and captured it. |
| A laila, ʻo Solomona i ʻEziona-gebera, a i ʻElota ma kahakai i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻEdoma. | Then Solomon went to Ezion Geber and Elath on the coast of Edom. |
| A hāʻawi maila ʻo Hurama iā Solomona ma nā lima o kāna poʻe kauā, i nā moku a me nā kauā ʻike i ke kai; a pū lākou me nā kauā a Solomona i ʻOpira, a lawe mai laila mai i ʻehā haneri a me kanalima tālena gula, a hali maila i o Solomona lā i ke aliʻi. | And Hiram sent him ships commanded by his own officers, men who knew the sea. These, with Solomon's men, sailed to Ophir and brought back four hundred and fifty talents of gold, which they delivered to King Solomon. |
| A lohe ke aliʻi wahine ʻo Seba i ke kaulana o Solomona, mai ʻo ia i Ierusalema e hoʻāʻo iā Solomona i nā mea pohihihi, me ka huakaʻi nui, me nā kāmelo e lawe ana i nā mea ʻala, a me ke gula he nui, a me nā pōhaku makamae; a hiki kēlā i o Solomona lā, kamaʻilio pū ʻo ia me ia i nā mea a pau loa i loko o kona naʻau. | When the queen of Sheba heard of Solomon's fame, she came to Jerusalem to test him with hard questions. Arriving with a very great caravan--with camels carrying spices, large quantities of gold, and precious stones--she came to Solomon and talked with him about all she had on her mind. |
| A hāʻawi akula ke aliʻi ʻo Solomona i ke aliʻi wahine no Seba i kona makemake a pau, nā mea āna i noi mai ai, ʻo nā mea kekahi āna i hāʻawi mai ai na ke aliʻi: a laila, huli aʻela ʻo ia a akula i kona ʻāina, ʻo ia a me kāna poʻe kauā. | King Solomon gave the queen of Sheba all she desired and asked for; he gave her more than she had brought to him. Then she left and returned with her retinue to her own country. |
| akula ʻo Rehoboama i Sekema, no ka mea, ua hiki mai ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i Sekema e hoʻonoho iā ia i aliʻi. | Rehoboam went to Shechem, for all the Israelites had gone there to make him king. |
| A hoʻouna akula lākou a kāhea aku iā ia; a mai ʻo Ieroboama a me ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, a ʻōlelo maila lākou iā Rehoboama, ʻī maila, | So they sent for Jeroboam, and he and all Israel went to Rehoboam and said to him: |
| ʻŌlelo akula ʻo ia iā lākou, A hala nā lā ʻekolu, e hoʻi hou mai ʻoukou i oʻu nei. A akula nā kānaka. | Rehoboam answered, "Come back to me in three days." So the people went away. |
| Penei ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, Mai piʻi aku ʻoukou, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e kaua aku i ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau; e hoʻi kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona hale iho; no ka mea, naʻu aku nēia mea: a lohe lākou a pau i ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, a hoʻi lākou mai ko lākou ʻana aku e kaua iā Ieroboama. | 'This is what the LORD says: Do not go up to fight against your brothers. Go home, every one of you, for this is my doing.' " So they obeyed the words of the LORD and turned back from marching against Jeroboam. |
| A ʻo nā kāhuna, a me nā Levi i waena o ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, mai lākou i ona lā, mai kauwahi o lākou a pau mai. | The priests and Levites from all their districts throughout Israel sided with him. |
| No ka mea, haʻalele ka poʻe Levi i nā wahi o lākou, a me ko lākou hoʻoilina, a lākou i Iuda, a i Ierusalema, no ka mea, kipaku ʻo Ieroboama a me kāna mau keiki iā lākou mai loko aku o ka ʻoihana kahuna no Iēhova: | The Levites even abandoned their pasturelands and property, and came to Judah and Jerusalem because Jeroboam and his sons had rejected them as priests of the LORD. |
| A ma hope o kēia mau mea, ʻo ka poʻe a pau no loko o nā ʻohana a pau o ka ʻIseraʻela i hāʻawi aku i ko lākou mau naʻau e ʻimi iā Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, mai lākou i Ierusalema e mōhai aku iā Iēhova, i ke Akua o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna. | Those from every tribe of Israel who set their hearts on seeking the LORD, the God of Israel, followed the Levites to Jerusalem to offer sacrifices to the LORD, the God of their fathers. |
| A hoʻokūpaʻa ihola lākou i ke aupuni o Iuda, a hoʻokūpaʻa nō hoʻi iā Rehoboama i ke keiki a Solomona i nā makahiki ʻekolu; no ka mea, i nā makahiki ʻekolu, lākou ma ka ʻaoʻao o Dāvida a me Solomona. | They strengthened the kingdom of Judah and supported Rehoboam son of Solomon three years, walking in the ways of David and Solomon during this time. |
| Me nā kaʻa kaua he ʻumikumamālua tausani, a me nā hoʻoholo lio kanaono tausani, a me nā kānaka i pau ʻole i ka helu ʻia ka poʻe i pū me ia mai ʻAigupita mai; ka Luba, a me ka Suka, a me ka Kusa. | With twelve hundred chariots and sixty thousand horsemen and the innumerable troops of Libyans, Sukkites and Cushites that came with him from Egypt, |
| A laila, mai ʻo Semaia, ke kāula, i o Rehoboama lā, a i nā aliʻi o Iuda i hoʻākoakoa ʻia ma Ierusalema mai mua mai o Sisaka, ʻī akula iā lākou, Penei i ʻōlelo mai ai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoukou, Ua haʻalele ʻoukou iaʻu, no ia mea, ua haʻalele aku au iā ʻoukou i loko o ka lima o Sisaka. | Then the prophet Shemaiah came to Rehoboam and to the leaders of Judah who had assembled in Jerusalem for fear of Shishak, and he said to them, "This is what the LORD says, 'You have abandoned me; therefore, I now abandon you to Shishak.' " |
| A mai i o lākou lā ʻo Zera no ʻAitiopa mai, me ka poʻe koa, hoʻokahi tausani tausani, a me nā kaʻa kaua ʻekolu haneri, a hiki mai lākou i Maresa. | Zerah the Cushite marched out against them with a vast army and three hundred chariots, and came as far as Mareshah. |
| A kūʻē ʻo ʻAsa iā ia, a hoʻonohonoho i ke kaua ma ke awāwa ʻo Zepata ma Maresa. | Asa went out to meet him, and they took up battle positions in the Valley of Zephathah near Mareshah. |
| A kāhea akula ʻo ʻAsa iā Iēhova, i kona Akua, ʻī akula, E Iēhova, ua like wale nō iā ʻoe ke kōkua ma muli o ka poʻe lehulehu, a ma muli hoʻi o ka poʻe ikaika ʻole: e kōkua mai iā mākou, e Iēhova ko mākou Akua; no ka mea, ke hilinaʻi aku nei mākou iā ʻoe, a ma kou inoa mākou e kūʻē aku ai i kēia poʻe lehulehu. E Iēhova, ʻo ʻoe nō ko mākou Akua; mai noho ʻoe a lanakila ke kanaka ma luna ou. | Then Asa called to the LORD his God and said, "LORD, there is no one like you to help the powerless against the mighty. Help us, O LORD our God, for we rely on you, and in your name we have come against this vast army. O LORD, you are our God; do not let man prevail against you." |
| akula ia e hālāwai pū me ʻAsa, ʻī akula iā ia, E hoʻolohe mai iaʻu, e ʻAsa, a me ka Iuda a pau, a me ka Beniamina; ʻo Iēhova pū kekahi me ʻoukou i ko ʻoukou noho pū ʻana me ia; inā e ʻimi ʻoukou iā ia, e loaʻa nō ʻo ia iā ʻoukou; akā, inā e haʻalele ʻoukou iā ia, e haʻalele kēlā iā ʻoukou. | He went out to meet Asa and said to him, "Listen to me, Asa and all Judah and Benjamin. The LORD is with you when you are with him. If you seek him, he will be found by you, but if you forsake him, he will forsake you. |
| He berita nō ma waena oʻu a me ʻoe, a ma waena o koʻu makua, a me kou makua; eia hoʻi, ke hoʻouka aku nei au iā ʻoe i ke kālā a me ke gula, e hoʻōki ʻoe i kāu berita me Baʻasa ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, i ia mai oʻu aku nei. | "Let there be a treaty between me and you," he said, "as there was between my father and your father. See, I am sending you silver and gold. Now break your treaty with Baasha king of Israel so he will withdraw from me." |
| Ia manawa, maila ʻo Hanani ke kāula i o ʻAsa lā, i ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ʻōlelo maila iā ia, No kou hilinaʻi ʻana i ke aliʻi o Suria, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hilinaʻi iā Iēhova i kou Akua, no ia mea, e pakele ka poʻe koa o ke aliʻi o Suria mai kou lima aku. | At that time Hanani the seer came to Asa king of Judah and said to him: "Because you relied on the king of Aram and not on the LORD your God, the army of the king of Aram has escaped from your hand. |
| Aia pū ʻo Iēhova me Iehosapata, no ka mea, ʻo ia ma nā ʻaoʻao mua o Dāvida ʻo kona kupuna, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻimi ʻo ia iā Baʻala. | The LORD was with Jehoshaphat because in his early years he walked in the ways his father David had followed. He did not consult the Baals |
| Akā, ʻimi akula ʻo ia i ke Akua o kona makua kāne; a ma kona kānāwai, ʻaʻole e like me kā ka ʻIseraʻela hana ʻana. | but sought the God of his father and followed his commands rather than the practices of Israel. |
| A aʻo aku lākou ma Iuda, a lawe pū me lākou i ka buke o ke kānāwai o Iēhova, a lākou a puni nā kūlanakauhale a pau o Iuda, a aʻo aku i nā kānaka. | They taught throughout Judah, taking with them the Book of the Law of the LORD; they went around to all the towns of Judah and taught the people. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ʻAhaba ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela iā Iehosapata i ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ʻAʻole anei ʻoe e pū me aʻu i Ramota-Gileada? ʻĪ akula kēlā, E like me ʻoe, pēlā nō au, e like me kou poʻe kānaka, pēlā koʻu poʻe kānaka, ʻo kākou pū ma ke kaua. | Ahab king of Israel asked Jehoshaphat king of Judah, "Will you go with me against Ramoth Gilead?" Jehoshaphat replied, "I am as you are, and my people as your people; we will join you in the war." |
| A laila hōʻuluʻulu aʻela ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela i nā kāula ʻehā haneri kānaka, a ʻōlelo akula iā lākou, E anei mākou i Ramota-Gileada i ke kaua? A e oki paha? ʻĪ maila lākou iā ia, Ō piʻi, a na ke Akua ia e hāʻawi mai i loko o ka lima o ke aliʻi. | So the king of Israel brought together the prophets--four hundred men--and asked them, "Shall we go to war against Ramoth Gilead, or shall I refrain?" "Go," they answered, "for God will give it into the king's hand." |
| A ʻo ka ʻelele, ka mea i aʻe e kiʻi aku iā Mikaia, ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā ia, ʻī akula, Aia hoʻi, ʻo nā ʻōlelo a pau a nā kāula e wānana ai, hoʻokahi wale nō ia, ʻo ka pōmaikaʻi no ke aliʻi; i hoʻokahi hoʻi kāu ʻōlelo me kā lākou, e ʻōlelo ʻoe ma ka pōmaikaʻi. | The messenger who had gone to summon Micaiah said to him, "Look, as one man the other prophets are predicting success for the king. Let your word agree with theirs, and speak favorably." |
| ʻĪ akula kēlā, E au a e lilo au i ʻuhane wahaheʻe i loko o nā waha o kona poʻe kāula a pau. ʻĪ aʻela ʻo Iēhova, E hoʻowalewale ʻoe, a e lanakila hoʻi; e ʻoe a hana nō pēlā. | " 'I will go and be a lying spirit in the mouths of all his prophets,' he said. " 'You will succeed in enticing him,' said the LORD. 'Go and do it.' |
| A laila, hoʻokokoke ʻo Zedakia ke keiki a Kenaʻana, a kuʻi mai iā Mikaia ma ka pāpālina, me ka ʻī ʻana mai, Ma ka ʻaoʻao hea i ai ka ʻuhane o Iēhova mai oʻu aku nei e ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoe. | Then Zedekiah son of Kenaanah went up and slapped Micaiah in the face. "Which way did the spirit from the LORD go when he went from me to speak to you?" he asked. |
| aʻela i waho e hālāwai pū me ia ʻo Iehu, ke keiki a Hanani ke kāula, ʻōlelo akula i ke aliʻi iā Iehosapata, E pono anei ʻoe ke kōkua i ka poʻe hewa, a e aloha i ka poʻe i inaina aku iā Iēhova? No kēia mea, aia ma luna ou ka huhū, mai o Iēhova mai. | Jehu the seer, the son of Hanani, went out to meet him and said to the king, "Should you help the wicked and love those who hate the LORD? Because of this, the wrath of the LORD is upon you. |
| maila kekahi poʻe a haʻi mai iā Iehosapata, ʻī maila, E hiki mai ana i ou lā he poʻe nui, mai kēlā ʻaoʻao mai o ke kai mai Suria mai; aia hoʻi lākou ma Hazezonatamara, ʻo ia ʻo ʻEnegedi. | Some men came and told Jehoshaphat, "A vast army is coming against you from Edom, from the other side of the Sea. It is already in Hazazon Tamar" (that is, En Gedi). |
| A hoʻākoakoa maila ka Iuda e ʻimi iā Iēhova; no loko mai o nā kūlanakauhale a pau o Iuda i mai ai lākou e ʻimi iā Iēhova. | The people of Judah came together to seek help from the LORD; indeed, they came from every town in Judah to seek him. |
| ʻĀnō, eia hoʻi ka ʻAmona, a me ka Moaba, a me ko ka mauna ʻo Seira, ka poʻe āu i hāʻawi ʻole ai i ka ʻIseraʻela e i o lākou lā, i ko lākou ʻana mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, no ia mea, huli lākou mai o lākou aku, ʻaʻole i luku iā lākou. | "But now here are men from Ammon, Moab and Mount Seir, whose territory you would not allow Israel to invade when they came from Egypt; so they turned away from them and did not destroy them. |
| Eia hoʻi ko lākou uku ʻana mai iā mākou, mai lākou e kipaku mai iā mākou mai ko mākou ʻāina hoʻoili aku, ka mea āu i hāʻawi mai ai iā mākou. | See how they are repaying us by coming to drive us out of the possession you gave us as an inheritance. |
| E ko mākou Akua ē, ʻaʻole anei ʻoe e hoʻopaʻi iā lākou? No ka mea, ʻaʻole o mākou mana i mua o kēia poʻe nui, ka poʻe i kūʻē mai iā mākou; ʻaʻole mākou i ʻike i ka mea e pono ai mākou ke hana, akā, iā ʻoe ko mākou mau maka. | O our God, will you not judge them? For we have no power to face this vast army that is attacking us. We do not know what to do, but our eyes are upon you." |
| ʻAʻole ʻoukou e kaua i kēia manawa, e hoʻomākaukau ʻoukou, e kū mālie, a e nānā i ko Iēhova hoʻōla ʻana mai iā ʻoukou, e ka Iuda, a me ko Ierusalema; mai makaʻu ʻoukou, mai hopohopo; i ka lā ʻapōpō, e kūʻē aku ʻoukou i o lākou lā. ʻO Iēhova pū kekahi me ʻoukou. | You will not have to fight this battle. Take up your positions; stand firm and see the deliverance the LORD will give you, O Judah and Jerusalem. Do not be afraid; do not be discouraged. Go out to face them tomorrow, and the LORD will be with you.' " |
| Ala lākou i ke kakahiaka nui, a lākou i ka wao nahele ʻo Tekoa; a i ko lākou ʻana aku, kū i luna ʻo Iehosapata, ʻōlelo akula, E hoʻolohe mai iaʻu, e ka Iuda, a me ko Ierusalema; e manaʻoʻiʻo iā Iēhova i ko ʻoukou Akua, i hoʻokūpaʻa ʻia ʻoukou; e manaʻoʻiʻo i kāna poʻe kāula, i lanakila ʻoukou. | Early in the morning they left for the Desert of Tekoa. As they set out, Jehoshaphat stood and said, "Listen to me, Judah and people of Jerusalem! Have faith in the LORD your God and you will be upheld; have faith in his prophets and you will be successful." |
| A kūkākūkā pū ʻo ia me nā kānaka, a hoʻonoho ʻo ia i kekahi poʻe hoʻoleʻa mele iā Iēhova e hoʻomaikaʻi aku i ka nani o kona hemolele, i ko lākou ʻana i mua o ka poʻe kaua, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, E hoʻoleʻa aku iā Iēhova; no ka mea, ua mau loa kona aloha. | After consulting the people, Jehoshaphat appointed men to sing to the LORD and to praise him for the splendor of his holiness as they went out at the head of the army, saying: "Give thanks to the LORD, for his love endures forever." |
| A i ka wā o ko lākou hoʻoleʻa ʻana, a hoʻomaikaʻi aku, hoʻonoho ihola ʻo Iēhova i poʻe hoʻohālua ma hope o nā mamo a ʻAmona, a me Moaba, a me ko ka mauna ʻo Seira, i ko lākou kūʻē ʻana iā Iuda; a ua luku ʻia lākou. | As they began to sing and praise, the LORD set ambushes against the men of Ammon and Moab and Mount Seir who were invading Judah, and they were defeated. |
| A ia ma ka ʻaoʻao o kona makua kāne ʻo ʻAsa, ʻaʻole i huli mai ia ʻaoʻao aku; ua hana ʻo ia i nā mea pololei i nā maka o Iēhova. | He walked in the ways of his father Asa and did not stray from them; he did what was right in the eyes of the LORD. |
| A ia ma ka ʻaoʻao o nā aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, ma nā mea a ko ka hale o ʻAhaba i hana ai; no ka mea, ʻo ke kaikamahine a ʻAhaba ʻo ia kāna wahine, a hana ihola ʻo ia ma ka hewa i mua o Iēhova. | He walked in the ways of the kings of Israel, as the house of Ahab had done, for he married a daughter of Ahab. He did evil in the eyes of the LORD. |
| A laila i waho ʻo Iehorama me kona poʻe luna, a me nā kaʻa a pau me ia; a kū aʻela ia i luna i ka pō, a luku i ka ʻEdoma, i ka poʻe i hoʻopuni mai iā ia a me nā luna no nā kaʻa. | So Jehoram went there with his officers and all his chariots. The Edomites surrounded him and his chariot commanders, but he rose up and broke through by night. |
| A hiki mai i ona lā kekahi palapala na ʻElia mai na ke kāula, ʻī maila, Penei i ʻōlelo mai ai ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o Dāvida ʻo kou makua, I kou ʻole ʻana ma nā ʻaoʻao o Iehosapata kou makua kāne, a me nā ʻaoʻao o ʻAsa, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, | Jehoram received a letter from Elijah the prophet, which said: "This is what the LORD, the God of your father David, says: 'You have not walked in the ways of your father Jehoshaphat or of Asa king of Judah. |
| Akā, ʻoe ma ka ʻaoʻao o nā aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, a hoʻomoekolohe i ka Iuda, a me ko Ierusalema, e like me ka moekolohe o ko ka hale o ʻAhaba, a ua pepehi nō hoʻi i kou poʻe hoahānau, i ko ka hale o kou makua kāne, ka poʻe i ʻoi aku ko lākou maikaʻi i kou; | But you have walked in the ways of the kings of Israel, and you have led Judah and the people of Jerusalem to prostitute themselves, just as the house of Ahab did. You have also murdered your own brothers, members of your father's house, men who were better than you. |
| Kanakolu ona mau makahiki a me kumamālua i kona wā i noho aliʻi ai, a noho aliʻi ihola ia i nā makahiki ʻewalu ma Ierusalema, a akula ia me ka makemake ʻole ʻia mai: a ua kanu ʻia ʻo ia i loko o ke kūlanakauhale o Dāvida, ʻaʻole naʻe i loko o nā ilina o nā aliʻi. | Jehoram was thirty-two years old when he became king, and he reigned in Jerusalem eight years. He passed away, to no one's regret, and was buried in the City of David, but not in the tombs of the kings. |
| Hoʻoaliʻi ihola ko Ierusalema iā ʻAhazia i kāna keiki pōkiʻi, ma hope ona; no ka mea, ʻo ka poʻe koa, ka poʻe i pū me ko ʻArabia i kahi hoʻomana ai, ua pepehi lākou i kāna poʻe keiki mua a pau. Pēlā i noho aliʻi ai ʻo ʻAhazia ke keiki a Iehorama a ke aliʻi o ka Iuda. | The people of Jerusalem made Ahaziah, Jehoram's youngest son, king in his place, since the raiders, who came with the Arabs into the camp, had killed all the older sons. So Ahaziah son of Jehoram king of Judah began to reign. |
| A nō hoʻi ʻo ia ma nā ʻaoʻao o ko ka hale o ʻAhaba; no ka mea, ʻo kona makuahine, ua ʻōlelo aʻo maila ʻo ia iā ia e hana hewa. | He too walked in the ways of the house of Ahab, for his mother encouraged him in doing wrong. |
| nō hoʻi ia ma muli o kā lākou ʻōlelo aʻo, a pū ʻo ia me Iehorama, ke keiki a ʻAhaba ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela e kaua aku iā Hazaʻela i ke aliʻi o Suria, i Ramota-Gileada; a hōʻeha maila ko Suria iā Iehorama. | He also followed their counsel when he went with Joram son of Ahab king of Israel to war against Hazael king of Aram at Ramoth Gilead. The Arameans wounded Joram; |
| No ke Akua mai ka make ʻana o ʻAhazia i kona ʻana i o Iorama lā. A i kona hiki ʻana aku, pū ia me Iehorama e kūʻē iā Iehu, ke keiki a Nimesi, ka mea a Iēhova i poni ai e luku i ko ka hale o ʻAhaba. | Through Ahaziah's visit to Joram, God brought about Ahaziah's downfall. When Ahaziah arrived, he went out with Joram to meet Jehu son of Nimshi, whom the LORD had anointed to destroy the house of Ahab. |
| A kaʻahele aʻela lākou ma Iuda a hoʻākoakoa lākou i nā Levi mai loko mai o nā kūlanakauhale a pau o Iuda, a me ka poʻe koʻikoʻi o nā mākua o ka ʻIseraʻela, a maila lākou i Ierusalema. | They went throughout Judah and gathered the Levites and the heads of Israelite families from all the towns. When they came to Jerusalem, |
| A hana ihola nā Levi, a me ka Iuda a pau loa e like me nā mea a pau a Iehoiada ke kahuna i kauoha mai ai; a lawe lākou kēlā mea kēia mea i kona poʻe kānaka i ka poʻe i komo mai i ka lā Sābati, a me ka poʻe i i waho i ka lā Sābati, no ka mea, ʻaʻole hoʻokuʻu ʻo Iehoiada ke kahuna i nā papa. | The Levites and all the men of Judah did just as Jehoiada the priest ordered. Each one took his men--those who were going on duty on the Sabbath and those who were going off duty--for Jehoiada the priest had not released any of the divisions. |
| A lohe ʻo ʻAtalia i ka halulu o kānaka e mokuāwai ana, a e hoʻomaikaʻi ana i ke aliʻi, maila ʻo ia i nā kānaka i loko o ka hale o Iēhova. | When Athaliah heard the noise of the people running and cheering the king, she went to them at the temple of the LORD. |
| A laila, aʻela nā kānaka a pau i ka hale o Baʻala, a wāwahi ihola ia mea, a me kona kuahu, a kuʻi palu nō hoʻi lākou i nā kiʻi, a pepehi lākou iā Matana ke kahuna no Baʻala i mua o nā kuahu. | All the people went to the temple of Baal and tore it down. They smashed the altars and idols and killed Mattan the priest of Baal in front of the altars. |
| Hoʻākoakoa aʻela ʻo ia i ka poʻe kāhuna, a me nā Levi, a ʻōlelo akula iā lākou, E ʻoukou i nā kūlanakauhale ʻo Iuda, a e hōʻuluʻulu i kahi kālā a ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i mea e hoʻomaikaʻi hou ai i ka hale o ko ʻoukou Akua, i kēlā makahiki kēia makahiki; e wikiwiki ʻoukou i kēia hana. Akā, ʻaʻole i hana wawe nā Levi. | He called together the priests and Levites and said to them, "Go to the towns of Judah and collect the money due annually from all Israel, to repair the temple of your God. Do it now." But the Levites did not act at once. |
| A i ka wā i lawe ʻia mai ai ka pahu i mua o nā luna o ke aliʻi e nā Levi, a ʻike lākou ua nui ke kālā, a laila mai ka luna kākau o ke aliʻi, a me ka luna o ke kahuna nui, a hoʻohuli lākou i ka pahu, a lawe aʻe ia mea, a hoʻihoʻi aku i kona wahi; pēlā lākou i hana ai i kēlā lā i kēia lā, a hōʻiliʻili lākou i ke kālā he nui loa. | Whenever the chest was brought in by the Levites to the king's officials and they saw that there was a large amount of money, the royal secretary and the officer of the chief priest would come and empty the chest and carry it back to its place. They did this regularly and collected a great amount of money. |
| A ma hope o ka make ʻana o Iehoiada, mai nā kaukaualiʻi o Iuda, a kūlou i mua o ke aliʻi; a laila, hoʻolohe ke aliʻi iā lākou. | After the death of Jehoiada, the officials of Judah came and paid homage to the king, and he listened to them. |
| No ka mea, he poʻe ʻuʻuku ko Suria poʻe i mai, akā, ua hāʻawi mai ʻo Iēhova i loko o ko lākou lima i ka poʻe nui loa, no ka mea, ua haʻalele lākou nei iā Iēhova ke Akua o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna. Pēlā lākou i hoʻopaʻi mai ai iā Ioasa. | Although the Aramean army had come with only a few men, the LORD delivered into their hands a much larger army. Because Judah had forsaken the LORD, the God of their fathers, judgment was executed on Joash. |
| A hoʻākoakoa ʻAmazia i ka Iuda, a hoʻonoho iā lākou ma ko ka hale o nā mākua, i poʻe luna no nā tausani, a i poʻe luna no nā haneri, no ka Iuda a pau, a me ka Beniamina; a helu ʻo ia iā lākou mai ka makahiki iwakālua aku, a loaʻa iā ia ʻekolu haneri tausani kānaka i wae ʻia, ka poʻe hiki ke i ke kaua, ka poʻe i mākaukau i ka ihe a me ka pale kaua. | Amaziah called the people of Judah together and assigned them according to their families to commanders of thousands and commanders of hundreds for all Judah and Benjamin. He then mustered those twenty years old or more and found that there were three hundred thousand men ready for military service, able to handle the spear and shield. |
| A mai i ona lā ke kanaka o ke Akua, ʻī maila, E ke aliʻi, ʻaʻole pono e pū me ʻoe ka poʻe koa o ka ʻIseraʻela; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻo Iēhova pū me ka ʻIseraʻela, me nā mamo a pau a ʻEperaima. | But a man of God came to him and said, "O king, these troops from Israel must not march with you, for the LORD is not with Israel--not with any of the people of Ephraim. |
| Akā, inā e nō ʻoe, e hana nō pēlā, e ikaika hoʻi i ke kaua; akā, e ʻoupē mai ke Akua iā ʻoe i mua o ka ʻenemi; no ka mea, aia i ke Akua ka mana e kōkua mai ai, a e hoʻohina mai ai nō hoʻi. | Even if you go and fight courageously in battle, God will overthrow you before the enemy, for God has the power to help or to overthrow." |
| A laila, hoʻokaʻawale aʻela ʻo ʻAmazia i ka poʻe koa i mai i ona lā, mai loko mai o ʻEperaima e i ko lākou wahi; a ua nui loa maila ko lākou huhū i ka Iuda, a hoʻi lākou i ko lākou wahi me ka huhū wela. | So Amaziah dismissed the troops who had come to him from Ephraim and sent them home. They were furious with Judah and left for home in a great rage. |
| A hoʻoikaika ihola ʻo ʻAmazia, a alakaʻi i kona poʻe kānaka, a akula i ke awāwa paʻakai, a luku ihola i ko Seira he ʻumi tausani. | Amaziah then marshaled his strength and led his army to the Valley of Salt, where he killed ten thousand men of Seir. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe koa a ʻAmazia i hoʻihoʻi aku ai, i ʻole lākou me ia i ke kaua, hana ʻino lākou ma nā kūlanakauhale ʻo Iuda mai Samaria a hiki i Betehorona, a luku ihola lākou i ʻekolu tausani kānaka, a lawe aku i ka waiwai pio he nui loa. | Meanwhile the troops that Amaziah had sent back and had not allowed to take part in the war raided Judean towns from Samaria to Beth Horon. They killed three thousand people and carried off great quantities of plunder. |
| Hoʻouna maila ʻo Ioasa ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela i o ʻAmazia lā, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ʻī maila, Hoʻouna ke kākalaioa ma Lebanona i ka lāʻau kedera ma Lebanona, ʻī akula, E hāʻawi mai ʻoe i kāu kaikamahine na kaʻu keiki i wahine nāna; a aʻela kekahi holoholona o ke kula ma Lebanona, a hehi ihola ma luna o ke kākalaioa. | But Jehoash king of Israel replied to Amaziah king of Judah: "A thistle in Lebanon sent a message to a cedar in Lebanon, 'Give your daughter to my son in marriage.' Then a wild beast in Lebanon came along and trampled the thistle underfoot. |
| A akula ia a kaua aku i ko Pilisetia, a wāwahi ia i ka pā o Gata, a me ka pā o Iabena, a me ka pā o ʻAsedoda, a kūkulu ihola ia i nā kūlanakauhale ma ʻAsedoda, a ma Pilisetia. | He went to war against the Philistines and broke down the walls of Gath, Jabneh and Ashdod. He then rebuilt towns near Ashdod and elsewhere among the Philistines. |
| Aia hoʻi iā ʻUzia he poʻe koa, iā lākou ke kaua, a akula lākou i ke kaua ma nā papa ma lalo o Hanania kekahi luna o ke aliʻi, e like me ka helu ʻana o ko lākou poʻe luna e Ieiʻela, ka mea nāna e helu, a me Maʻaseia ka luna. | Uzziah had a well-trained army, ready to go out by divisions according to their numbers as mustered by Jeiel the secretary and Maaseiah the officer under the direction of Hananiah, one of the royal officials. |
| A kūʻē lākou iā ʻUzia i ke aliʻi, ʻōlelo akula lākou iā ia, ʻAʻole iā ʻoe, e ʻUzia, ke kuni i mea ʻala iā Iēhova, na ka poʻe kāhuna nō, na ka poʻe mamo a ʻAʻarona, ka poʻe i hoʻolaʻa ʻia e kuni i ka mea ʻala; e ʻoe i waho o ka luakini, no ka mea, ua hana hewa ʻoe; ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka nani ma kēia mea mai o Iēhova ke Akua mai. | They confronted him and said, "It is not right for you, Uzziah, to burn incense to the LORD. That is for the priests, the descendants of Aaron, who have been consecrated to burn incense. Leave the sanctuary, for you have been unfaithful; and you will not be honored by the LORD God." |
| Akā, ia ma nā ʻaoʻao o nā aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, a hana ihola ia i nā kiʻi i hoʻoheheʻe ʻia no Baʻala. | He walked in the ways of the kings of Israel and also made cast idols for worshiping the Baals. |
| Aia ma laila kekahi kāula o Iēhova, ʻOdeda kona inoa; ia i waho e hālāwai pū me ka poʻe koa i ko lākou komo ʻana i loko o Samaria, a ʻōlelo akula ʻo ia iā lākou, Aia hoʻi, i ka huhū ʻana o Iēhova ke Akua o ko ʻoukou poʻe kūpuna i ka Iuda, ua hāʻawi mai ʻo ia iā lākou i loko o ko ʻoukou mau lima, a ua luku ʻoukou iā lākou me ka huhū i hiki loa aku i ka lani. | But a prophet of the LORD named Oded was there, and he went out to meet the army when it returned to Samaria. He said to them, "Because the LORD, the God of your fathers, was angry with Judah, he gave them into your hand. But you have slaughtered them in a rage that reaches to heaven. |
| No ka mea, ua hou mai ka ʻEdoma, a pepehi i ka Iuda, a lawe pio i kekahi poʻe. | The Edomites had again come and attacked Judah and carried away prisoners, |
| A maila i ona lā ʻo Tilegata-pilenesera, ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, a hoʻopilikia iā ia, ʻaʻole hoʻi i kōkua iā ia. | Tiglath-Pileser king of Assyria came to him, but he gave him trouble instead of help. |
| A hōʻuluʻulu lākou i ko lākou poʻe hoahānau, a huikala iā lākou iho, a mai e like me ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, a me ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, e hoʻomaʻemaʻe i ka hale o Iēhova. | When they had assembled their brothers and consecrated themselves, they went in to purify the temple of the LORD, as the king had ordered, following the word of the LORD. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Hezekia, ʻī maila, ʻĀnō, ua hoʻolaʻa ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho no Iēhova, e mai, a e lawe mai i nā mōhai, a me nā mōhai aloha i ka hale o Iēhova. A lawe mai ka ʻaha kanaka i nā ʻālana, a me nā mōhai aloha; a ʻo ka poʻe a pau i makemake ka naʻau, lawe mai lākou i nā mōhai kuni. | Then Hezekiah said, "You have now dedicated yourselves to the LORD. Come and bring sacrifices and thank offerings to the temple of the LORD." So the assembly brought sacrifices and thank offerings, and all whose hearts were willing brought burnt offerings. |
| Hoʻouna akula ʻo Hezekia a i ka ʻIseraʻela a pau, a me ka Iuda, a kākau nō hoʻi ʻo ia i nā palapala na ka ʻEperaima, a me Manase, e mai i ka hale o Iēhova ma Ierusalema, e hana i ka ʻahaʻaina mōliaola na Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela. | Hezekiah sent word to all Israel and Judah and also wrote letters to Ephraim and Manasseh, inviting them to come to the temple of the LORD in Jerusalem and celebrate the Passover to the LORD, the God of Israel. |
| A kau lākou i ke kānāwai, e kūkala aku ma ʻIseraʻela a pau loa, mai Beʻereseba a hiki i Dana, e mai lākou e hana i ka ʻahaʻaina mōliaola no Iēhova, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela ma Ierusalema; no ka mea, ua lōʻihi ka manawa i hana ʻole ai lākou e like me ka mea i kākau ʻia ai. | They decided to send a proclamation throughout Israel, from Beersheba to Dan, calling the people to come to Jerusalem and celebrate the Passover to the LORD, the God of Israel. It had not been celebrated in large numbers according to what was written. |
| A laila, akula ka poʻe kūkini me nā palapala a ke aliʻi, a me kona poʻe aliʻi ma ʻIseraʻela a pau a me Iuda, e ʻōlelo ana e like me ke kauoha a ke aliʻi, E nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, e huli mai iā Iēhova ke Akua o ʻAberahama, a me ʻIsaʻaka, a me ʻIseraʻela, a e huli mai nō kēlā i ke koena, i ka poʻe o ʻoukou i pakele, mai ka lima mai, o nā aliʻi o ʻAsuria. | At the king's command, couriers went throughout Israel and Judah with letters from the king and from his officials, which read: "People of Israel, return to the LORD, the God of Abraham, Isaac and Israel, that he may return to you who are left, who have escaped from the hand of the kings of Assyria. |
| Akā, ʻo kekahi poʻe no ʻAsera, a me Manase, a no Zebuluna, hoʻohaʻahaʻa lākou iā lākou iho, a mai i Ierusalema. | Nevertheless, some men of Asher, Manasseh and Zebulun humbled themselves and went to Jerusalem. |
| Hauʻoli nō ka ʻaha kanaka a pau o ka Iuda, ʻo nā kāhuna, a me nā Levi, a ʻo ka ʻaha kanaka a pau i mai, no ka ʻIseraʻela, a me nā malihini i mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻIseraʻela mai, a me ka poʻe i noho ma Iuda. | The entire assembly of Judah rejoiced, along with the priests and Levites and all who had assembled from Israel, including the aliens who had come from Israel and those who lived in Judah. |
| A pau aʻela kēia mau mea a pau, i waho ka ʻIseraʻela a pau i hoʻākoakoa ʻia ma nā kūlanakauhale o ka Iuda, a kuʻi palu ihola i nā kiʻi, a ʻoki liʻiliʻi i nā kiʻi no ʻAsetarota, a wāwahi i nā wahi kiʻekiʻe, a me nā kuahu ma Iuda a pau, a me Beniamina, a me ʻEperaima nō hoʻi, a me Manase, a pau aʻela ia mau mea. A laila, hoʻi nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela a pau, kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona ʻāina hoʻoili, i ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale iho. | When all this had ended, the Israelites who were there went out to the towns of Judah, smashed the sacred stones and cut down the Asherah poles. They destroyed the high places and the altars throughout Judah and Benjamin and in Ephraim and Manasseh. After they had destroyed all of them, the Israelites returned to their own towns and to their own property. |
| Hoʻākoakoa ʻia nā kānaka he nui loa, a pani lākou i nā pūnāwai a pau, a me ke kahawai i kahe mai ma waenakonu o ka ʻāina, ʻī ihola, No ke aha lā e mai ai nā aliʻi o ʻAsuria, a loaʻa iā lākou ka wai he nui loa? | A large force of men assembled, and they blocked all the springs and the stream that flowed through the land. "Why should the kings of Assyria come and find plenty of water?" they said. |
| Hana ʻo ia ma ka pololei i mua o Iēhova, nō hoʻi ia ma nā ʻaoʻao o Dāvida, kona kupuna, ʻaʻole ia i huli aʻe ma ka lima ʻākau, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma ka lima hema. | He did what was right in the eyes of the LORD and walked in the ways of his father David, not turning aside to the right or to the left. |
| E ʻoukou e nīnau iā Iēhova noʻu, a no ke koena o ka ʻIseraʻela a me ka Iuda, no nā ʻōlelo o ka buke i loaʻa iho nei; no ka mea, ua nui ka huhū o Iēhova i ninini ʻia ma luna o kākou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole i mālama ko kākou poʻe kūpuna i ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, e hana e like me nā mea a pau i kākau ʻia i loko o kēia buke. | "Go and inquire of the LORD for me and for the remnant in Israel and Judah about what is written in this book that has been found. Great is the LORD's anger that is poured out on us because our fathers have not kept the word of the LORD; they have not acted in accordance with all that is written in this book." |
| A laila, ʻo Hilikia, a me ka poʻe i wae ʻia e ke aliʻi, i o Huleda lā ke kāula wahine, ka wahine a Saluma ke keiki a Tikevata, ke keiki a Hasera ka mea mālama kapa; (ua noho ia ma kēlā hapa o Ierusalema;) a ʻōlelo akula lākou iā ia e like me ia. | Hilkiah and those the king had sent with him went to speak to the prophetess Huldah, who was the wife of Shallum son of Tokhath, the son of Hasrah, keeper of the wardrobe. She lived in Jerusalem, in the Second District. |
| A kū aʻela i luna ke aliʻi ma kona ʻāwai, a hana i berita i mua o Iēhova, e ma muli o Iēhova, e mālama i kona kānāwai, a me kāna mau kauoha, a me kona kapu, me kona naʻau a pau, a me kona ʻuhane a pau, e hana i nā mea o ka berita, nā mea i kākau ʻia i loko o kēia buke. | The king stood by his pillar and renewed the covenant in the presence of the LORD--to follow the LORD and keep his commands, regulations and decrees with all his heart and all his soul, and to obey the words of the covenant written in this book. |
| A kiola ʻo Iosia i nā mea i hoʻopailua ʻia a pau mai nā ʻāina aku a pau, no ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela, a koi aku ia i nā mea a pau ma ʻIseraʻela e hoʻokauā aku na Iēhova ko lākou Akua. A i kona mau lā a pau, ʻaʻole lākou i haʻalele i ka ʻana ma muli o Iēhova ke Akua o ko lākou poʻe kūpuna. | Josiah removed all the detestable idols from all the territory belonging to the Israelites, and he had all who were present in Israel serve the LORD their God. As long as he lived, they did not fail to follow the LORD, the God of their fathers. |
| A ma hope o kēia mau mea a pau, a Iosia i hoʻoponopono ai ma ka luakini, piʻi maila ʻo Neko ke aliʻi o ʻAigupita e kaua iā Karekemisa aia nō ma ʻEuperate; a kūʻē aku ʻo Iosia iā ia. | After all this, when Josiah had set the temple in order, Neco king of Egypt went up to fight at Carchemish on the Euphrates, and Josiah marched out to meet him in battle. |
| ʻAʻole i hāliu aʻe ʻo Iosia mai ona aku lā, akā, hūnā ʻo ia iā ia iho, a kaua aku iā ia; ʻaʻole ia i hoʻolohe i nā ʻōlelo a Neko mai ka waha o ke Akua mai, a ia e kaua ma ke awāwa ʻo Megido. | Josiah, however, would not turn away from him, but disguised himself to engage him in battle. He would not listen to what Neco had said at God's command but went to fight him on the plain of Megiddo. |
| A ʻo kekahi poʻe koʻikoʻi o nā mākua, i ko lākou ʻana i ka hale o Iēhova ma Ierusalema, hāʻawi ʻoluʻolu akula lākou no ka hale o ke Akua, e hana aku ia mea ma kona wahi: | When they arrived at the house of the LORD in Jerusalem, some of the heads of the families gave freewill offerings toward the rebuilding of the house of God on its site. |
| A i ka lua o ka makahiki o ko lākou ʻana mai i ka hale o ke Akua ma Ierusalema, i ka lua o ka malama, i hoʻomaka ai ʻo Zerubabela ke keiki a Sealetiʻela, a ʻo Iesua ke keiki a Iozadaka, a me ke koena o ko lākou poʻe hoahānau nā kāhuna, a me nā Levi, a me ka poʻe a pau i mai, mai ke pio ʻana mai a Ierusalema; a hoʻonoho i nā Levi, mai ka iwakālua o nā makahiki a i keu aku, i nānā lākou i ka hana o ka hale no Iēhova. | In the second month of the second year after their arrival at the house of God in Jerusalem, Zerubbabel son of Shealtiel, Jeshua son of Jozadak and the rest of their brothers (the priests and the Levites and all who had returned from the captivity to Jerusalem) began the work, appointing Levites twenty years of age and older to supervise the building of the house of the LORD. |
| A laila mai lākou i o Zerubabela lā, a i ka poʻe koʻikoʻi o nā mākua, a ʻōlelo mai iā lākou, E hana pū mākou me ʻoukou; no ka mea, e like me kā ʻoukou, pēlā nō kā mākou e ʻimi nei i ko ʻoukou Akua, a ua kaumaha aku mākou iā ia, mai ka manawa o ʻEsarehadona ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, nāna mākou i lawe mai i ʻaneʻi. | they came to Zerubbabel and to the heads of the families and said, "Let us help you build because, like you, we seek your God and have been sacrificing to him since the time of Esarhaddon king of Assyria, who brought us here." |
| E ʻike pono ke aliʻi, ʻo nā Iudaio i piʻi mai, mai ou mai lā i o mākou nei, ua mai lākou i Ierusalema e hana ana i ke kūlanakauhale kipi a hewa, a ua hoʻopaʻa lākou i nā pā pōhaku, a ua hana hou lākou i ke kumu. | The king should know that the Jews who came up to us from you have gone to Jerusalem and are rebuilding that rebellious and wicked city. They are restoring the walls and repairing the foundations. |
| A i ka wā i heluhelu ʻia ka palapala a ʻAretasaseta, a ke aliʻi, i mua o Rehuma, a me Simesai ke kākau ʻōlelo, a me ko lākou poʻe hoa lawehana, koke akula lākou i Ierusalema i nā Iudaio, a hoʻoʻōki akula iā lākou me ka lima ikaika. | As soon as the copy of the letter of King Artaxerxes was read to Rehum and Shimshai the secretary and their associates, they went immediately to the Jews in Jerusalem and compelled them by force to stop. |
| A ia wā hoʻi, mai i o lākou lā ʻo Tatenai, ke kiaʻāina o kēia ʻaoʻao o ka muliwai, a me Setare-bozenai, a me ko lāua mau hoa lawehana, a ʻōlelo mai iā lākou pēnēia, Na wai ʻoukou i kauoha mai e hana i kēia hale, a e hoʻopaʻa hoʻi i kēia pā pōhaku. | At that time Tattenai, governor of Trans-Euphrates, and Shethar-Bozenai and their associates went to them and asked, "Who authorized you to rebuild this temple and restore this structure?" |
| E hōʻike ʻia i ke aliʻi, i ai mākou i ka ʻāina o ka Iuda i ka hale o ke Akua nui, ka mea i hana ʻia i ka pōhaku i kālai ʻia a me ka lāʻau i hoʻonoho ʻia ma loko o nā pā pōhaku, a ke hana wikiwiki ʻia kēia hana, a e kō ana ia i loko o ko lākou lima. | The king should know that we went to the district of Judah, to the temple of the great God. The people are building it with large stones and placing the timbers in the walls. The work is being carried on with diligence and is making rapid progress under their direction. |
| ʻĪ akula iā ia, E lawe i kēia mau kīʻaha, e e hali aku ia mau mea i ka luakini ma Ierusalema, a e hana ʻia ka hale o ke Akua ma kona wahi. | and he told him, 'Take these articles and go and deposit them in the temple in Jerusalem. And rebuild the house of God on its site.' |
| A laila mai ʻo ua Sesebazara lā, a hoʻonoho i ke kahua o ka hale o ke Akua ma Ierusalema: a mai ia manawa a kēia wā ka hana ʻana, ʻaʻole naʻe i paʻa. | So this Sheshbazzar came and laid the foundations of the house of God in Jerusalem. From that day to the present it has been under construction but is not yet finished." |
| A mai ia i Ierusalema i ka lima o ka malama, ʻo ia hoʻi ka hiku o ka makahiki o ke aliʻi. | Ezra arrived in Jerusalem in the fifth month of the seventh year of the king. |
| Naʻu nō e kauoha aku, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea o nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻo nā kāhuna, a me nā Levi i loko o koʻu aupuni, i makemake e i Ierusalema, e nō me ʻoe. | Now I decree that any of the Israelites in my kingdom, including priests and Levites, who wish to go to Jerusalem with you, may go. |
| A haʻalele mākou i ka muliwai o ʻAhava, i ka lā ʻumikumamālua o ka malama mua, e i Ierusalema; a ma luna o mākou ka lima o ko mākou Akua, a hoʻopakele nō ʻo ia iā mākou i ka lima o ka ʻenemi, a me ka poʻe hoʻohālua ma ke ala. | On the twelfth day of the first month we set out from the Ahava Canal to go to Jerusalem. The hand of our God was on us, and he protected us from enemies and bandits along the way. |
| A mai mākou i Ierusalema, a noho ma laila i nā lā ʻekolu. | So we arrived in Jerusalem, where we rested three days. |
| A pau kēia mau mea i ka hana ʻia, mai nā luna iaʻu, ʻī maila, ʻO nā kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela, a me nā kāhuna, a me nā Levi, ʻaʻole lākou i hoʻokaʻawale iā lākou iho mai nā kānaka o nā ʻāina aku, e hana ana nō e like me nā mea hoʻopailua o ka Kanaʻana, ʻo ka Heta, ʻo ka Periza, ʻo ka Iebusa, ʻo ka ʻAmona, a me ka ʻAigupita, a me ka ʻAmora. | After these things had been done, the leaders came to me and said, "The people of Israel, including the priests and the Levites, have not kept themselves separate from the neighboring peoples with their detestable practices, like those of the Canaanites, Hittites, Perizzites, Jebusites, Ammonites, Moabites, Egyptians and Amorites. |
| Nā mea āu i kauoha mai ai ma ka lima o kāu poʻe kauā, nā kāula, ʻī maila, ʻO ka ʻāina, kahi a ʻoukou e ai a komo, he ʻāina haumia i ka mea haumia o nā kānaka o nā ʻāina, me ko lākou mea hoʻopailua, nā mea a lākou i hoʻopiha ai me ko lākou mau mea pelapela mai kēlā ʻaoʻao, a hiki i kēia ʻaoʻao. | you gave through your servants the prophets when you said: 'The land you are entering to possess is a land polluted by the corruption of its peoples. By their detestable practices they have filled it with their impurity from one end to the other. |
| A ʻo nā mea a pau i ʻole mai i nā lā ʻekolu, e like me ke kauoha a nā luna, a me ka poʻe kahiko, e hoʻolaʻa ʻia kona waiwai a pau, a e hoʻokaʻawale ʻia ʻo ia mai ke anaina kanaka aku o ka poʻe pio i lawe pio ʻia aku. | Anyone who failed to appear within three days would forfeit all his property, in accordance with the decision of the officials and elders, and would himself be expelled from the assembly of the exiles. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e hoʻonoho ʻia nā luna o ka ʻaha kanaka a pau, a ʻo nā mea a pau ma ko kākou mau kūlanakauhale i lawe i nā wāhine ʻē, e mai lākou i ka manawa maopopo, a me lākou pū nō nā lunakahiko o kēlā kūlanakauhale kēia kūlanakauhale, a me nā luna kānāwai ona, a e hoʻohuli aʻe i ka inaina o ko kākou Akua mai o kākou aku no kēia hewa. | Let our officials act for the whole assembly. Then let everyone in our towns who has married a foreign woman come at a set time, along with the elders and judges of each town, until the fierce anger of our God in this matter is turned away from us." |
| A ʻī maila ke aliʻi iaʻu, (ʻo ke aliʻi wahine kekahi e noho pū ana me ia,) Pehea ka lōʻihi o kou manawa e ai? Āhea lā ʻoe e hoʻi mai ai? A he mea ʻoluʻolu ia i ke aliʻi e hoʻouna iaʻu; a haʻi aku au iā ia i manawa. | Then the king, with the queen sitting beside him, asked me, "How long will your journey take, and when will you get back?" It pleased the king to send me; so I set a time. |
| A aku au ma ka puka awāwa i ka pō, ma ke alo o ka pūnāwai, a ka puka lepo, a nānā akula au i nā pā o Ierusalema i hoʻohiolo ʻia a me nā pani puka ona i hoʻopau ʻia i ke ahi. | By night I went out through the Valley Gate toward the Jackal Well and the Dung Gate, examining the walls of Jerusalem, which had been broken down, and its gates, which had been destroyed by fire. |
| A aku au a i ka puka wai puna, a i ka loko hoʻi o ke aliʻi: a ʻaʻohe wahi no ka holoholona ma lalo oʻu e hiki aku ai. | Then I moved on toward the Fountain Gate and the King's Pool, but there was not enough room for my mount to get through; |
| A ʻo nā luna, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike i kahi aʻu i ai, a me ka mea aʻu i hana ai; ʻaʻole hoʻi au i hōʻike aku ia i ka Iuda, ʻaʻole nō hoʻi i nā kāhuna, a me ka poʻe kaukaualiʻi, a me ka poʻe luna, a me ka poʻe i koe nāna ka hana. | The officials did not know where I had gone or what I was doing, because as yet I had said nothing to the Jews or the priests or nobles or officials or any others who would be doing the work. |
| A ʻōhumu pū aʻe iā lākou a pau e mai a e kaua mai iā Ierusalema, a e hana i ka mea e keʻakeʻa ai. | They all plotted together to come and fight against Jerusalem and stir up trouble against it. |
| A ʻī akula au, ʻAʻole pono kēia mea a ʻoukou e hana nei: ʻaʻole anei e ʻoukou ma ka makaʻu o ko kākou Akua no ka hoʻowahāwahā ʻana mai o ko nā ʻāina ʻē, ko kākou poʻe ʻenemi? | So I continued, "What you are doing is not right. Shouldn't you walk in the fear of our God to avoid the reproach of our Gentile enemies? |
| A ʻo ka poʻe o Iuda, a me nā luna ma kaʻu papa ʻaina hoʻokahi haneri a me kanalima kānaka, a me ka poʻe nō hoʻi i maila i o mākou nei no ko nā ʻāina ʻē mai a puni mākou. | Furthermore, a hundred and fifty Jews and officials ate at my table, as well as those who came to us from the surrounding nations. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ia iā lākou, E aku ʻoukou e ʻai i nā mea momona, e inu hoʻi i nā mea ʻono, a e hāʻawi aku i kauwahi na ka poʻe i mākaukau ʻole kahi mea no lākou; no ka mea, he lā hoʻāno kēia no ko kākou Haku: a mai noho a kaumaha; no ka mea, ʻo ka ʻoliʻoli o Iēhova ʻo ia nō ko ʻoukou pā kaua. | Nehemiah said, "Go and enjoy choice food and sweet drinks, and send some to those who have nothing prepared. This day is sacred to our Lord. Do not grieve, for the joy of the LORD is your strength." |
| A akula ka ʻaha kanaka a pau e ʻai, a e inu, a e hāʻawi aku i kauwahi, a e hana i ka ʻoliʻoli nui, no ka mea, ua ʻike lākou i nā ʻōlelo i haʻi ʻia aku ai iā lākou. | Then all the people went away to eat and drink, to send portions of food and to celebrate with great joy, because they now understood the words that had been made known to them. |
| Hoʻokaʻawale aʻela nō hoʻi ʻoe i ke kai i mua o lākou, i lākou i waenakonu o ke kai ma ka ʻāina maloʻo; a kiola akula ʻoe i ka poʻe e alualu ana iā lākou i loko o ka hohonu, me he pōhaku lā i loko o nā wai nui. | You divided the sea before them, so that they passed through it on dry ground, but you hurled their pursuers into the depths, like a stone into mighty waters. |
| Me ke kia ao nō ʻoe i alakaʻi ai iā lākou i ke ao; a, me ke kia ahi nō hoʻi i ka pō i mālamalama no lākou ma ke alanui a lākou e ai. | By day you led them with a pillar of cloud, and by night with a pillar of fire to give them light on the way they were to take. |
| A laila, ʻaʻole ʻoe i haʻalele iā lākou ma ka wao nahele, no kou lokomaikaʻi he nui loa; ʻaʻole nō i haʻalele ke kia ao iā lākou i ke ao, e alakaʻi ana iā lākou ma ke alanui; ʻaʻole hoʻi i haʻalele ke kia ahi i ka pō i mālamalama no lākou ma ke alanui a lākou e ai. | "Because of your great compassion you did not abandon them in the desert. By day the pillar of cloud did not cease to guide them on their path, nor the pillar of fire by night to shine on the way they were to take. |
| Hoʻopili maila lākou i ko lākou mau hoahānau, i nā luna o lākou, a hoʻohiki ihola me ka hoʻopaʻa loa ʻana e ma ke kānāwai o ke Akua, ka mea i hāʻawi ʻia mai ma ka lima o Mose ke kauā a ke Akua, a e mālama a e hana i nā kauoha a pau a Iēhova ko kākou Haku, a me kāna mau ʻōlelo kūpaʻa a me kona mau kapu; | all these now join their brothers the nobles, and bind themselves with a curse and an oath to follow the Law of God given through Moses the servant of God and to obey carefully all the commands, regulations and decrees of the LORD our Lord. |
| A laila alakaʻi aʻela au i nā luna o ka Iuda ma luna aʻe o ka pā, a hoʻomākaukau ihola au i ʻelua poʻe nui e hoʻoleʻa, e aʻe ma ka ʻaoʻao ʻākau aku kekahi, ma luna aʻe o ka pā a i ka puka lepo. | I had the leaders of Judah go up on top of the wall. I also assigned two large choirs to give thanks. One was to proceed on top of the wall to the right, toward the Dung Gate. |
| A aʻela ma hope o lākou ʻo Hosaia, a me ka hapalua o nā luna o ka Iuda, | Hoshaiah and half the leaders of Judah followed them, |
| A ʻo ka lua o ka poʻe hoʻoleʻa, aʻela lākou ma ka ʻaoʻao hema aku, a ʻo wau ma hope o lākou, a me ka hapalua o ka poʻe kānaka ma luna aʻe o ka pā, a ma luna aʻe o ka hale kiaʻi ma kahi o nā umu a hiki i ka pā pālahalaha; | The second choir proceeded in the opposite direction. I followed them on top of the wall, together with half the people--past the Tower of the Ovens to the Broad Wall, |
| No ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i aku e hālāwai me ka ʻIseraʻela me ka berena a me ka wai, akā, kūʻē iā lākou a hoʻolimalima iā Balaʻama e hōʻino iā lākou; hoʻololi nō naʻe ko kākou Akua i ka hōʻino ʻana i hoʻomaikaʻi ana. | because they had not met the Israelites with food and water but had hired Balaam to call a curse down on them. (Our God, however, turned the curse into a blessing.) |
| A ʻōlelo akula au i nā Levi, i huikala lākou iā lākou iho, a i mai lākou a e mālama i nā puka i hoʻāno ka lā Sābati. No kēia mea hoʻi, e hoʻomanaʻo mai ʻoe iaʻu, e koʻu Akua, a e ahonui mai ʻoe iaʻu e like me ka nui o kou lokomaikaʻi. | Then I commanded the Levites to purify themselves and go and guard the gates in order to keep the Sabbath day holy. Remember me for this also, O my God, and show mercy to me according to your great love. |
| Hōʻole aʻela ke aliʻi wahine, ʻo Vaseti, ʻaʻole e ma ka ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi, āna i kauoha aʻe i nā luna. No laila, ukiuki loa ihola ke aliʻi, a wela ihola kona huhū i loko ona. | But when the attendants delivered the king's command, Queen Vashti refused to come. Then the king became furious and burned with anger. |
| No ka mea, e kaulana aku nō ia hana a ke aliʻi wahine, i nā wāhine a pau, no laila, e hoʻowahāwahā ʻia ai kā lākou poʻe kāne e lākou, i ka wā e kaulana ai ke kauoha ʻana a ke aliʻi a ʻAhasuero e lawe ʻia mai i mua ona ʻo Vaseti ke aliʻi wahine, ʻaʻole ia i mai. | For the queen's conduct will become known to all the women, and so they will despise their husbands and say, 'King Xerxes commanded Queen Vashti to be brought before him, but she would not come.' |
| Inā he maikaʻi i ko ke aliʻi manaʻo, e hoʻolaha ʻia aku nō kekahi ʻōlelo no ke aupuni, a e kākau ʻia nō hoʻi ia ma nā kānāwai o Peresia a me Media, i hāʻule ʻole ia, ʻaʻole loa e hou mai ʻo Vaseti i mua i ke alo o ke aliʻi, ʻo ʻAhasuero; a e hāʻawi aku hoʻi ke aliʻi i ko Vaseti waiwai aliʻi na kekahi i ʻoi aku ka pono ma mua o kona. | "Therefore, if it pleases the king, let him issue a royal decree and let it be written in the laws of Persia and Media, which cannot be repealed, that Vashti is never again to enter the presence of King Xerxes. Also let the king give her royal position to someone else who is better than she. |
| A hiki i ka manawa pono e aku ai kēlā kaikamahine kēia kaikamahine i loko i ke aliʻi iā ʻAhasuero, ma hope iho o kona noho ʻana he ʻumi a me kumamālua malama, e like me ka hana mau ʻana a nā wāhine, (no ka mea, penei i mālama ʻia ai nā lā o ka hoʻomaʻemaʻe ʻana: ʻeono malama me ka ʻaila mura, a ʻeono malama me nā mea ʻala, a me nā mea e maʻemaʻe ai nā wāhine:) | Before a girl's turn came to go in to King Xerxes, she had to complete twelve months of beauty treatments prescribed for the women, six months with oil of myrrh and six with perfumes and cosmetics. |
| Pēlā i ai nā kaikamāhine i ke aliʻi. ʻO ka mea āna i makemake ai, hāʻawi ʻia mai nō ia nāna, e lawe pū me ia, mai ka hale o nā wāhine aku, a ka hale o ke aliʻi. | And this is how she would go to the king: Anything she wanted was given her to take with her from the harem to the king's palace. |
| A ʻo ia i mua o ka puka pā o ke aliʻi; no ka mea, ʻaʻole e komo i loko o ka puka pā o ke aliʻi ka mea i ʻaʻahu ʻia i ke kapa ʻinoʻino. | But he went only as far as the king's gate, because no one clothed in sackcloth was allowed to enter it. |
| A akula nā wāhine a me nā luna o ʻEsetera, a haʻi akula iā ia. A laila, ʻehaʻeha loa ke aliʻi wahine, a hoʻouna aʻela ia i ka ʻaʻahu e hōʻaʻahu ai iā Moredekai, a e lawe aku hoʻi i kona kapa ʻinoʻino. ʻAʻole naʻe ia i lawe ia mea. | When Esther's maids and eunuchs came and told her about Mordecai, she was in great distress. She sent clothes for him to put on instead of his sackcloth, but he would not accept them. |
| A laila, akula ʻo Hataka iā Moredekai, ma ke alanui o ke kūlanakauhale, ma ke alo o ka puka pā o ke aliʻi. | So Hathach went out to Mordecai in the open square of the city in front of the king's gate. |
| A hāʻawi nō hoʻi iā ia i ke kope o ka palapala o ke kānāwai i kau ʻia ma Susana, e luku iā lākou, e hōʻike aku ai iā ʻEsetera, a e haʻi aku iā ia, a e kauoha aku iā ia e aku i loko i ke aliʻi e ʻōlelo aku iā ia, a e noi aku no kona poʻe kānaka. | He also gave him a copy of the text of the edict for their annihilation, which had been published in Susa, to show to Esther and explain it to her, and he told him to urge her to go into the king's presence to beg for mercy and plead with him for her people. |
| Ua ʻike nō nā kānaka a pau o ke aliʻi, a me nā lāhui kanaka o nā ʻāina o ke aliʻi, ʻo ka mea i ke aliʻi lā, ma ka pā hale o loko, ʻo ke kāne a me ka wahine, me ke kiʻi ʻole ʻia mai, hoʻokahi kānāwai nona, e make ia, ke ʻō ʻole mai ke aliʻi i ke koʻokoʻo aliʻi gula iā ia, i mea e ola ai. ʻAʻole hoʻi au i kiʻina mai e i ke aliʻi lā, i kēia mau lā he kanakolu. | "All the king's officials and the people of the royal provinces know that for any man or woman who approaches the king in the inner court without being summoned the king has but one law: that he be put to death. The only exception to this is for the king to extend the gold scepter to him and spare his life. But thirty days have passed since I was called to go to the king." |
| Ō, a e hoʻākoakoa mai i nā Iudaio a pau i loaʻa ma Susana nei, a e hoʻokē ʻai ʻoukou noʻu, mai ʻai, mai inu hoʻi, i nā lā ʻekolu, ʻaʻole i ka pō, ʻaʻole i ke ao; a ʻo wau nō kekahi e hoʻokē ʻai, a me koʻu poʻe wāhine, a pēlā wau e komo aku ai i ke aliʻi lā: ʻaʻole ia i kūpono i ke kānāwai; akā, inā e make au, make nō. | "Go, gather together all the Jews who are in Susa, and fast for me. Do not eat or drink for three days, night or day. I and my maids will fast as you do. When this is done, I will go to the king, even though it is against the law. And if I perish, I perish." |
| A laila, akula ʻo Moredekai, a hana ihola e like me nā mea a pau a ʻEsetera i kauoha mai ai iā ia. | So Mordecai went away and carried out all of Esther's instructions. |
| ʻĪ akula ʻo ʻEsetera, Inā he maikaʻi ia i ke aliʻi, e mai ke aliʻi a me Hamana, i kēia lā, i ka ʻaha inu aʻu i hoʻomākaukau ai nona. | "If it pleases the king," replied Esther, "let the king, together with Haman, come today to a banquet I have prepared for him." |
| A laila, ʻōlelo aku ke aliʻi, E hoʻolalelale iā Hamana, e hana ʻo ia i ka mea a ʻEsetera i ʻōlelo ai. A maila ke aliʻi a me Hamana i ka ʻaha inu a ʻEsetera i hoʻomākaukau ai. | "Bring Haman at once," the king said, "so that we may do what Esther asks." So the king and Haman went to the banquet Esther had prepared. |
| Inā i loaʻa iaʻu ke aloha ʻia mai e ke aliʻi, a inā i leʻaleʻa ke aliʻi i ka hāʻawi mai i kaʻu mea e noi aku ai, a e hana hoʻi e like me kaʻu kauoha ʻana, e mai ke aliʻi a me Hamana i ka ʻaha inu aʻu e hoʻomākaukau ai no lāua, a ʻapōpō e hana nō wau e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke aliʻi. | If the king regards me with favor and if it pleases the king to grant my petition and fulfill my request, let the king and Haman come tomorrow to the banquet I will prepare for them. Then I will answer the king's question." |
| ʻŌlelo akula nō hoʻi ʻo Hamana, He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻaʻole i hoʻokomo ʻo ʻEsetera ke aliʻi wahine, i kekahi mea ʻē aʻe me ke aliʻi i ka ʻaha inu, āna i hoʻomākaukau ai, iaʻu wale nō. A ua kiʻina mai hoʻi au e i ona lā me ke aliʻi i ka lā ʻapōpō. | "And that's not all," Haman added. "I'm the only person Queen Esther invited to accompany the king to the banquet she gave. And she has invited me along with the king tomorrow. |
| A laila, ʻōlelo maila iā ia ʻo Zeresa kāna wahine, a me kona poʻe makamaka a pau, E hana ʻia he ʻolokeʻa, i kanalima kūbita ke kiʻekiʻe; a ʻapōpō, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe i ke aliʻi, i lī ʻia ʻo Moredekai ma luna o laila. A laila, e ʻoliʻoli ʻoe i ka ʻaha inu me ke aliʻi. Ua maikaʻi ia i ka manaʻo o Hamana, a hana ihola ʻo ia i ke ʻolokeʻa. | His wife Zeresh and all his friends said to him, "Have a gallows built, seventy-five feet high, and ask the king in the morning to have Mordecai hanged on it. Then go with the king to the dinner and be happy." This suggestion delighted Haman, and he had the gallows built. |
| ʻĪ akula nā kauā a ke aliʻi iā ia, Aiʻa, ke kū maila ʻo Hamana ma ka pā hale. ʻĪ maila ke aliʻi, E mai ia i loko. | His attendants answered, "Haman is standing in the court." "Bring him in," the king ordered. |
| hou akula ʻo Moredekai i ka puka pā o ke aliʻi; akā, ʻo Hamana, wikiwiki aʻela ia i kona hale, me ke kaniʻuhū, a ua pūloʻu ʻia kona poʻo. | Afterward Mordecai returned to the king's gate. But Haman rushed home, with his head covered in grief, |
| maila nō hoʻi ke aliʻi a me Hamana e ʻaha inu me ʻEsetera. | So the king and Haman went to dine with Queen Esther, |
| Kū aʻela ke aliʻi mai ka ʻaha inu waina, me ka huhū, a akula i ka pā kanu o ka hale aliʻi: a kū maila Hamana i mua o ʻEsetera, ke aliʻi wahine, e nonoi iā ia i ke ola nona; no ka mea, ua ʻike ʻo ia, ua hoʻomākaukau ʻia ka hewa nona, e ke aliʻi. | The king got up in a rage, left his wine and went out into the palace garden. But Haman, realizing that the king had already decided his fate, stayed behind to beg Queen Esther for his life. |
| Ia lā, hāʻawi aʻela ke aliʻi ʻo ʻAhasuero i ko ka hale o Hamana ka ʻenemi o nā Iudaio no ʻEsetera, ke aliʻi wahine. A aku ʻo Moredekai i mua i ke alo o ke aliʻi, no ka mea, ua haʻi aku ʻo Esetera i kona wahi i pili ai iā ia. | That same day King Xerxes gave Queen Esther the estate of Haman, the enemy of the Jews. And Mordecai came into the presence of the king, for Esther had told how he was related to her. |
| A akula ʻo Moredekai, mai ke alo aku o ke aliʻi, me ka ʻaʻahu poni uliuli, a me ke keʻokeʻo, a me ka lei aliʻi gula nui, a me ka lole hoʻoluʻeluʻe keʻokeʻo, a me ka poni. ʻOliʻoli ihola ke kūlanakauhale ʻo Susana, a hauʻoli aʻela. | Mordecai left the king's presence wearing royal garments of blue and white, a large crown of gold and a purple robe of fine linen. And the city of Susa held a joyous celebration. |
| A akula ʻo ʻEsetera i mua i ke alo o ke aliʻi, kauoha aʻela ia ma nā palapala, e hoʻihoʻi ʻia ma luna o kona poʻo iho ka manaʻo hewa āna i manaʻo ai i nā Iudaio, a e lī ʻia hoʻi ʻo ia a me kāna mau keiki kāne ma luna o ke ʻolokeʻa. | But when the plot came to the king's attention, he issued written orders that the evil scheme Haman had devised against the Jews should come back onto his own head, and that he and his sons should be hanged on the gallows. |
| A akula kāna mau keiki kāne, a ʻahaʻaina ihola ma ka hale, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea o lākou i kona lā; a hoʻouna akula, a hea aku i ko lākou mau kaikuāhine ʻekolu, e ʻai pū a e inu pū me lākou. | His sons used to take turns holding feasts in their homes, and they would invite their three sisters to eat and drink with them. |
| A i kekahi lā, i ka manawa i ai nā keiki a ke Akua e hōʻike aku iā lākou iho i mua o Iēhova, i mai hoʻi ʻo Sātana i waena o lākou. | One day the angels came to present themselves before the LORD, and Satan also came with them. |
| A ʻī maila ʻo Iēhova iā Sātana, No hea ʻoe i mai nei? ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Sātana iā Iēhova, Mai ka ʻauana ʻana ma ka honua, a mai ka ʻana i ʻō i ʻaneʻi ma laila. | The LORD said to Satan, "Where have you come from?" Satan answered the LORD, "From roaming through the earth and going back and forth in it." |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Sātana, Aia hoʻi, i loko o kou lima kāna mau mea a pau; akā, ma luna ona mai kau aku ʻoe i kou lima. A akula ʻo Sātana mai ke alo aku o Iēhova. | The LORD said to Satan, "Very well, then, everything he has is in your hands, but on the man himself do not lay a finger." Then Satan went out from the presence of the LORD. |
| mai kekahi ʻelele i o Ioba lā, ʻī maila, ʻO nā bipi kauō e hoʻopalau ana, a ʻo nā hoki wahine e ʻai ana ma ko lākou ʻaoʻao; | a messenger came to Job and said, "The oxen were plowing and the donkeys were grazing nearby, |
| A i kāna kamaʻilio ʻana, mai kekahi, ʻī maila, Ua lele mai ke ahi a ke Akua mai ka lani mai, a ua ʻai iho i nā hipa a me nā kahu, a ua hoʻopau iā lākou; a ʻo wau wale nō kai pakele e haʻi aku iā ʻoe. | While he was still speaking, another messenger came and said, "The fire of God fell from the sky and burned up the sheep and the servants, and I am the only one who has escaped to tell you!" |
| A i kāna kamaʻilio ʻana, mai kekahi ʻē aʻe, ʻī maila, Hoʻonohonoho ihola ka poʻe Kaledea i ʻekolu poʻe kaua, a lele mai lākou ma luna o nā kāmelo, a lawe pio aku iā lākou, a pepehi ihola i nā kauā ʻōpiopio me ka maka o ka pahi kaua; a ʻo wau wale nō kai pakele e haʻi aku iā ʻoe. | While he was still speaking, another messenger came and said, "The Chaldeans formed three raiding parties and swept down on your camels and carried them off. They put the servants to the sword, and I am the only one who has escaped to tell you!" |
| I kāna kamaʻilio ʻana, mai kekahi ʻē aʻe, ʻī maila, ʻO kāu mau keiki kāne, a me kāu mau kaikamāhine, e ʻai ana a e inu waina ana i loko o ka hale o ko lākou hānau mua: | While he was still speaking, yet another messenger came and said, "Your sons and daughters were feasting and drinking wine at the oldest brother's house, |
| ʻĪ ihola, I kohana mai nō au mai ka ʻōpū mai o koʻu makuahine, a e hoʻi kohana aku au i laila: na Iēhova i hāʻawi mai, na Iēhova hoʻi i lawe aku; e hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia ka inoa ʻo Iēhova. | and said: "Naked I came from my mother's womb, and naked I will depart. The LORD gave and the LORD has taken away; may the name of the LORD be praised." |
| A i kekahi lā hoʻi i nā keiki a ke Akua e hōʻike iā lākou iho i mua o Iēhova, ʻo Sātana hoʻi kekahi i mai i waena o lākou e hōʻike iā ia iho i mua o Iēhova. | On another day the angels came to present themselves before the LORD, and Satan also came with them to present himself before him. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Sātana, No hea ʻoe i mai nei? ʻŌlelo akula ʻo Sātana iā Iēhova, ʻī akula, Mai ka ʻauana ʻana ma ka honua, a mai ka ʻana i ʻō i ʻaneʻi ma laila. | And the LORD said to Satan, "Where have you come from?" Satan answered the LORD, "From roaming through the earth and going back and forth in it." |
| A akula ʻo Sātana mai ke alo aku o Iēhova, a hahau akula ʻo ia iā Ioba i nā maʻi heheʻe ʻehaʻeha, mai ka poho o kona wāwae a kona piko poʻo. | So Satan went out from the presence of the LORD and afflicted Job with painful sores from the soles of his feet to the top of his head. |
| A lohe nā makamaka ʻekolu o Ioba i kēia ʻino i hiki mai ma luna ona, mai kēlā mea kēia mea mai kona wahi mai; ʻo ʻElipaza no Temana, a ʻo Biledada no Suha, a ʻo Zopara no Naʻama: no ka mea, ua kūkā pū lākou e hālāwai e uē pū me ia, a e hōʻoluʻolu iā ia. | When Job's three friends, Eliphaz the Temanite, Bildad the Shuhite and Zophar the Naamathite, heard about all the troubles that had come upon him, they set out from their homes and met together by agreement to go and sympathize with him and comfort him. |
| No ka mea, ua makaʻu au i ka mea makaʻu, a ua hiki mai ia ma luna oʻu, A ʻo ka mea aʻu i weliweli ai ua mai ia i oʻu nei. | What I feared has come upon me; what I dreaded has happened to me. |
| ʻO ka liona, ua make ia no ka nele o ka mea pio, A ʻo nā keiki o ka liona wahine, ua liʻiliʻi lākou. | The lion perishes for lack of prey, and the cubs of the lioness are scattered. |
| E auaneʻi ʻoe i ka lua kupapaʻu me ka ikaika nui, E like me nā puʻu huapalaoa i kona manawa. | You will come to the grave in full vigor, like sheaves gathered in season. |
| Ua huli aʻe nā huakaʻi ma ko lākou ala i laila; lākou a nalowale, a pau. | Caravans turn aside from their routes; they go up into the wasteland and perish. |
| Nānā akula, nā huakaʻi o Tema, A ʻo nā poʻe o Seba, i kakali aku iā lākou. | The caravans of Tema look for water, the traveling merchants of Sheba look in hope. |
| Ua hoka lākou, no ka mea, ua lana wale ka manaʻo: lākou i laila, a hoʻohilahila ʻia lākou. | They are distressed, because they had been confident; they arrive there, only to be disappointed. |
| E like me ke ao e nalowale ana a e aku ana; Pēlā ka mea e iho ana i ka lua kupapaʻu, ʻaʻole ia e ea hou aʻe i luna. | As a cloud vanishes and is gone, so he who goes down to the grave does not return. |
| ʻO ka mea wale nō nāna i hohola nā lani, A hoʻi ma luna o nā ʻale kiʻekiʻe o ke kai; | He alone stretches out the heavens and treads on the waves of the sea. |
| Aia hoʻi, māʻalo aʻe ia ma oʻu nei, ʻaʻole au i ʻike: mai hoʻi ʻo ia, akā, ʻaʻole au i hoʻomaopopo iā ia. | When he passes me, I cannot see him; when he goes by, I cannot perceive him. |
| Ma mua o kuʻu ʻana aku i kahi ʻaʻole au e hoʻi hou mai, I ka ʻāina pouli, a me ka malu make; | before I go to the place of no return, to the land of gloom and deep shadow, |
| E hāmau ʻoukou i mua oʻu, a e ʻōlelo aku au, A ʻo ka mea e mai ana ma luna oʻu e mai nō ia. | "Keep silent and let me speak; then let come to me what may. |
| E lilo hoʻi ia i ola noʻu; No ka mea, ʻaʻole e mai ka ʻaiā i mua ona. | Indeed, this will turn out for my deliverance, for no godless man would dare come before him! |
| Ke lanakila mau nei ʻoe ma luna ona, a aku nō ia: Ke hoʻopāhaʻohaʻo nei ʻoe i kona maka, a hoʻouna aku iā ia. | You overpower him once for all, and he is gone; you change his countenance and send him away. |
| No lākou wale nō i hāʻawi ʻia ka honua, ʻAʻole i ka malihini i waena o lākou. | (to whom alone the land was given when no alien passed among them): |
| He leo hoʻoweliweli ma loko o kona pepeiao; I loko ia o ka pōmaikaʻi, A e mai ka mea luku ma luna ona. | Terrifying sounds fill his ears; when all seems well, marauders attack him. |
| A hala he hapa nā makahiki, A laila e aku au i ke ala ʻaʻole au e hoʻi hou mai. | "Only a few years will pass before I go on the journey of no return. |
| E hoʻopilikia ʻia kona ikaika, A e hoʻokulaʻina kona noʻonoʻo ʻana iā ia. | The vigor of his step is weakened; his own schemes throw him down. |
| No ka mea, ua hoʻohei ʻia ʻo ia i ka ʻupena ma kona wāwae, A e ana nō ia ma luna o ka pahele. | His feet thrust him into a net and he wanders into its mesh. |
| Ua alalai mai ia i koʻu ala, ʻaʻole au e hiki ke aku, A ua kau nō ia i ka pouli ma kuʻu mau alanui. | He has blocked my way so I cannot pass; he has shrouded my paths in darkness. |
| A ʻōlelo iho lākou i ke Akua, E ʻoe mai o mākou aku; A ʻo ka ʻike i kou mau ʻaoʻao, ʻaʻohe mākou makemake. | Yet they say to God, 'Leave us alone! We have no desire to know your ways. |
| No ka makaʻu iā ʻoe, e hoʻopaʻapaʻa mai anei ia iā ʻoe? E mai anei ia me ʻoe ma ka hoʻoponopono ʻana? | "Is it for your piety that he rebukes you and brings charges against you? |
| ʻO nā ao nāulu ka uhi nona, i ʻike ʻole ai ia, A nō ia ma ka pōʻai o ka lani. | Thick clouds veil him, so he does not see us as he goes about in the vaulted heavens.' |
| Ua noʻonoʻo pono anei ʻoe i ka ʻaoʻao kahiko, Kahi a ka poʻe hewa i ai? | Will you keep to the old path that evil men have trod? |
| Ka poʻe i ʻōlelo aku i ke Akua, E, mai o mākou aku; A he aha kā ka Mea mana e hana mai ai no lākou? | They said to God, 'Leave us alone! What can the Almighty do to us?' |
| Inā paha e ʻike au i kahi e loaʻa ai iaʻu ia, E aku auaneʻi au a kona wahi! | If only I knew where to find him; if only I could go to his dwelling! |
| Aia hoʻi, aku au ma ka hikina, ʻaʻole ia ma laila; A ma ke komohana, ʻaʻole au e ʻike iā ia: | "But if I go to the east, he is not there; if I go to the west, I do not find him. |
| Ua hoʻopaʻa koʻu wāwae i kona ʻana, Ua mālama au i kona ʻaoʻao, ʻaʻole au i haʻalele. | My feet have closely followed his steps; I have kept to his way without turning aside. |
| Mai ke kauoha o kona mau lehelehe aku, ʻaʻole au i; Ua mālama au i nā ʻōlelo a kona waha ma mua o kuʻu haʻawina ʻai. | I have not departed from the commands of his lips; I have treasured the words of his mouth more than my daily bread. |
| Aia hoʻi, me nā hoki hihiu ma ka wao nahele, aku lākou i kā lākou hana; E ʻimi ana i ka mea pio; ʻO ka wao nahele ʻo ia ka ʻai na lākou, a na kā lākou poʻe keiki. | Like wild donkeys in the desert, the poor go about their labor of foraging food; the wasteland provides food for their children. |
| Na ka makani hikina ia e lawe aku, a aku ia, A ʻo ka ʻino e lawe iā ia mai kona wahi aku. | The east wind carries him off, and he is gone; it sweeps him out of his place. |
| I ka wā i lilelile ai kona kukui ma luna o kuʻu poʻo, A ma kona mālamalama nō au ma waena o ka pouli! | when his lamp shone upon my head and by his light I walked through darkness! |
| I kuʻu ʻana aku ma ka puka pā i ke kūlanakauhale, Ma ke alanui hoʻomākaukau iho au i kuʻu wahi noho! | "When I went to the gate of the city and took my seat in the public square, |
| mai lākou me he pohā nui maila: Ma kahi nahae, hoʻokaʻa maila lākou ma luna oʻu. | They advance as through a gaping breach; amid the ruins they come rolling in. |
| Ua hiki mai nā mea hoʻoweliweli ma luna oʻu: Hoʻomaʻau lākou i kuʻu lokomaikaʻi e like me ka makani; A me he ao lā, ke aku nei kuʻu pōmaikaʻi. | Terrors overwhelm me; my dignity is driven away as by the wind, my safety vanishes like a cloud. |
| Ke ʻeleʻele nei au, ʻaʻole naʻe i ka lā: Kū nō au i luna ma loko o ka ʻaha kanaka, a uē aku au. | I go about blackened, but not by the sun; I stand up in the assembly and cry for help. |
| Inā ua au ma ka wahaheʻe, Inā ua lalelale kuʻu wāwae i ka hoʻopunipuni; | "If I have walked in falsehood or my foot has hurried after deceit-- |
| Inā ua kāpae kuʻu ʻana mai ke ala aku, A ua kuʻu naʻau ma muli o koʻu mau maka, Inā ua pili ke kīnā i kuʻu mau lima; | if my steps have turned from the path, if my heart has been led by my eyes, or if my hands have been defiled, |
| Inā ua ʻike au i ka lā i kona lilelile ʻana, A i ka mahina i kona aʻiaʻi ʻana; | if I have regarded the sun in its radiance or the moon moving in splendor, |
| ʻAʻole i moe ma waho ka malihini, Ua wehe aʻe nō au i koʻu puka no ka mea. | but no stranger had to spend the night in the street, for my door was always open to the traveler-- |
| A laila e hoʻohilahila ʻia au i mua o ka ʻaha nui, A na ka wahāwahā o nā ʻohana e hoʻoweliweli iaʻu, A noho mālie nō au, a ʻole i waho o ka puka. | because I so feared the crowd and so dreaded the contempt of the clans that I kept silent and would not go outside-- |
| E hoʻopakele nō ia i kona ʻuhane mai ka ʻana i ka lua, A e ʻike kona mau maka i ka mālamalama. | He redeemed my soul from going down to the pit, and I will live to enjoy the light.' |
| Ka mea e pū ana me ka poʻe e hana ana i ka hewa, E ana hoʻi me nā kānaka ʻaiā? | He keeps company with evildoers; he associates with wicked men. |
| No laila, e ka uē ʻana o ka mea hune i ona lā, A ua hoʻolohe ia i ka uē ʻana o ka poʻe i hoʻoluhi ʻia. | They caused the cry of the poor to come before him, so that he heard the cry of the needy. |
| Mai ke kūkulu hema i mai ka puahiohio, A mai ke kūkulu ʻākau ke anu. | The tempest comes out from its chamber, the cold from the driving winds. |
| ʻĀnō ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike i ka mālamalama ʻālohilohi i loko o nā ao A aʻela ka makani a hoʻomaʻemaʻe iā lākou. | Now no one can look at the sun, bright as it is in the skies after the wind has swept them clean. |
| Mai ke kūkulu ʻākau ke ʻālohilohi gula i mai ai; Aia i ke Akua ka nani weliweli. | Out of the north he comes in golden splendor; God comes in awesome majesty. |
| A ua ʻī aku, Ma ʻaneʻi ʻoe e mai ai, ʻaʻole aku; Ma ʻaneʻi hoʻi e hoʻopale ʻia kou mau nalu kiʻekiʻe. | when I said, 'This far you may come and no farther; here is where your proud waves halt'? |
| Ua komo anei ʻoe i nā kumu o ke kai? A ua aʻe i ka ʻimi ʻana i ka hohonu? | "Have you journeyed to the springs of the sea or walked in the recesses of the deep? |
| E hiki anei iā ʻoe ke hoʻouna aku i nā uwila, a aku lākou, A e ʻōlelo mai lākou, Eia mākou? | Do you send the lightning bolts on their way? Do they report to you, 'Here we are'? |
| Ua ikaika kā lākou poʻe keiki, Nui aʻela lākou, ma ka wao nahele; aku lākou ʻaʻole e hoʻi hou mai i o lākou lā. | Their young thrive and grow strong in the wilds; they leave and do not return. |
| ʻO ka ʻēheu o ka iana ke wikiwiki; He ʻēheu anei a he hulu kona e like me ko ka setoreka? | "The wings of the ostrich flap joyfully, but they cannot compare with the pinions and feathers of the stork. |
| Helu nō ʻo ia ma ke awāwa, a ʻoliʻoli ikaika: aku e hālāwai me ka mea kaua. | He paws fiercely, rejoicing in his strength, and charges into the fray. |
| Mai loko mai o kona waha aku nā lapalapa, A lele aku nā hunaahi. | Firebrands stream from his mouth; sparks of fire shoot out. |
| ʻĀnō hoʻi, e lawe ʻoukou no ʻoukou iho i ʻehiku bipi kāne, a i ʻehiku hipa kāne, a e aku i kaʻu kauā iā Ioba, a e kaumaha i mōhai kuni no ʻoukou; a e pule aku ʻo Ioba kaʻu kauā no ʻoukou; no ka mea, ʻo ia kaʻu e maliu ai, o hana aku au iā ʻoukou e like me kā ʻoukou lapuwale; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i ʻōlelo mai noʻu i ka mea pono e like me kaʻu kauā, ʻo Ioba. | So now take seven bulls and seven rams and go to my servant Job and sacrifice a burnt offering for yourselves. My servant Job will pray for you, and I will accept his prayer and not deal with you according to your folly. You have not spoken of me what is right, as my servant Job has." |
| A ʻo ʻElipaza no Temana, ʻo Biledada no Suha, a me Zopara no Naʻama, akula lākou, a hana aku e like me kā Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iā lākou: a maliu mai ʻo Iēhova iā Ioba. | So Eliphaz the Temanite, Bildad the Shuhite and Zophar the Naamathite did what the LORD told them; and the LORD accepted Job's prayer. |
| A laila mai i o Ioba lā kona mau hoahānau a pau, a me kona mau kaikuāhine a pau, a me kona poʻe ʻike a pau ma mua, a ʻai pū ihola lākou me ia i ka ʻai ma kona hale; a uē lākou iā ia, a hōʻoluʻolu aku iā ia no nā mea ʻino a pau a Iēhova i lawe mai ai ma luna ona; a hāʻawi aku kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka iā ia i wahi kālā, a ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i wahi apo gula. | All his brothers and sisters and everyone who had known him before came and ate with him in his house. They comforted and consoled him over all the trouble the LORD had brought upon him, and each one gave him a piece of silver and a gold ring. |
| Pōmaikaʻi ke kanaka i ʻole ma ke aʻo ʻia o ka poʻe ʻaiā, I kū ʻole hoʻi ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka poʻe hewa, I noho ʻole hoʻi ma ka noho o ka poʻe haʻakei. | Blessed is the man who does not walk in the counsel of the wicked or stand in the way of sinners or sit in the seat of mockers. |
| E aku mai oʻu aku nei, e ka poʻe hana ʻino a pau; No ka mea, ua lohe mai ʻo Iēhova i ka leo o koʻu uē ʻana. | Away from me, all you who do evil, for the LORD has heard my weeping. |
| E ana nō ka poʻe hewa i kēlā ʻaoʻao a i kēia ʻaoʻao, I ka manawa i hoʻokiʻekiʻe ʻia ai nā kānaka ʻino loa. | The wicked freely strut about when what is vile is honored among men. |
| ʻO ka mea i ma ka pololei a i hana ma ka pono; A i ʻōlelo hoʻi ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo i loko o kona naʻau: | He whose walk is blameless and who does what is righteous, who speaks the truth from his heart |
| E hoʻokūpono mai ʻoe i koʻu ʻana ma kou mau alanui, I ʻole ai koʻu mau kapuaʻi e paheʻe. | My steps have held to your paths; my feet have not slipped. |
| Ua hoʻopuni iho nei lākou iā mākou i ko mākou ʻana, Ua haka ko lākou maka me ke kūlou ʻana ma ka lepo; | They have tracked me down, they now surround me, with eyes alert, to throw me to the ground. |
| No ka mea, ua mālama aku au i nā ʻaoʻao o Iēhova, ʻAʻole hoʻi au i hewa aku mai koʻu Akua aku. | For I have kept the ways of the LORD; I have not done evil by turning from my God. |
| ʻO ke Akua kai kākoʻo mai iaʻu me ka ikaika; Nāna nō i hoʻopololei mai i koʻu ʻana. | It is God who arms me with strength and makes my way perfect. |
| Mai ka wēlau mai o ka lani kona ʻana; A ua hiki kona pōʻai ʻana i nā welelau o ke ao: ʻAʻole mea i hūnā ʻia i kona wela. | It rises at one end of the heavens and makes its circuit to the other; nothing is hidden from its heat. |
| E mai nō lākou, e haʻi ana i kona pono I ka lāhui kanaka e hānau ana, ʻo ia kāna i hana ai. | They will proclaim his righteousness to a people yet unborn-- for he has done it. |
| ʻOiaʻiʻo, inā e au ma ke awāwa malu o ka make, ʻAʻole au e weliweli i ka pōʻino: no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe pū kekahi me aʻu; ʻO kou mana, a me kou koʻokoʻo, ʻo koʻu mau mea ia e ʻoluʻolu ai. | Even though I walk through the valley of the shadow of death, I will fear no evil, for you are with me; your rod and your staff, they comfort me. |
| E hoʻopono mai ʻoe iaʻu, e Iēhova, no ka mea, ua au me koʻu pono: Ua hilinaʻi au iā Iēhova, ʻaʻole au e paheʻe. | Vindicate me, O LORD, for I have led a blameless life; I have trusted in the LORD without wavering. |
| No ka mea, i mua o koʻu mau maka kou lokomaikaʻi; A ma kāu ʻōlelo ʻoiaʻiʻo i ai au. | for your love is ever before me, and I walk continually in your truth. |
| A ʻo wau nei lā, e au me kuʻu pono; E hoʻōla mai ʻoe iaʻu, a e aloha mai iaʻu. | But I lead a blameless life; redeem me and be merciful to me. |
| E aʻo aku au iā ʻoe, a hōʻike iā ʻoe i kou ala e ai; E alakaʻi au iā ʻoe me koʻu maka. | I will instruct you and teach you in the way you should go; I will counsel you and watch over you. |
| Mai hoʻohālike ʻoukou me ka lio a me ka hoki, nā mea ʻike ʻole; E pono ke kāohi ʻia kona waha me ka hao waha, a me ke kaula waha, o kokoke ia iā ʻoe. | Do not be like the horse or the mule, which have no understanding but must be controlled by bit and bridle or they will not come to you. |
| E mai, e nā kamaliʻi, e hoʻolohe mai iaʻu; A e aʻo aku au iā ʻoukou i ka weliweli iā Iēhova: | Come, my children, listen to me; I will teach you the fear of the LORD. |
| Ua au me he mea lā ʻo koʻu hoaaloha, a ʻo koʻu hoahānau paha ia: Ua kūlou iho au me ke kaumaha, E like me ka mea kanikau no kona makuahine. | I went about mourning as though for my friend or brother. I bowed my head in grief as though weeping for my mother. |
| Ua unuhi aʻela ka poʻe hewa i ka pahi kaua, Ua lena hoʻi i kā lākou kakaka, E hoʻolilo i ka poʻe ʻilihune a me ka poʻe haʻahaʻa, A e hoʻomake hoʻi i ka poʻe e pono ana. | The wicked draw the sword and bend the bow to bring down the poor and needy, to slay those whose ways are upright. |
| Ua hoʻokūpono ʻia e Iēhova nā kapuaʻi o ke kanaka pono; ʻOluʻolu mai nō ʻo ia i kona ʻana. | If the LORD delights in a man's way, he makes his steps firm; |
| ʻĪ ihola au, e mālama au i koʻu ʻana, O hana hewa au me kuʻu alelo: E mālama au i kuʻu waha me ka paʻawaha, I ka wā o ka mea lawehala i mua oʻu. | I said, "I will watch my ways and keep my tongue from sin; I will put a muzzle on my mouth as long as the wicked are in my presence." |
| ʻOiaʻiʻo, ke nei kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka me he aka ʻoiaʻiʻo ʻole lā: He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ma ka mea lapuwale i pīhoihoi ai lākou: Hoʻāhu aʻela ia i ka waiwai ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻike i ka mea nāna ia e ʻohi. | Man is a mere phantom as he goes to and fro: He bustles about, but only in vain; he heaps up wealth, not knowing who will get it. |
| E hoʻokoe mai iaʻu, i loaʻa hou mai ka ikaika iaʻu. Ma mua o koʻu ʻana aku, a e ʻole loa hoʻi. | Look away from me, that I may rejoice again before I depart and am no more." |
| Ua lawe mai ʻo ia iaʻu mai loko mai o ka lua weliweli, Mai loko mai o ka lepo pohō, A ua hoʻokū i koʻu mau kapuaʻi ma luna o ka pōhaku, A ua hoʻokū pono ʻo ia i kuʻu ʻana. | He lifted me out of the slimy pit, out of the mud and mire; he set my feet on a rock and gave me a firm place to stand. |
| A laila ʻī akula au, Eiʻa, ke mai nei au; Ma ka buke palapala i kākau ʻia ai noʻu, | Then I said, "Here I am, I have come-- it is written about me in the scroll. |
| Inā i mai ia e ʻike mai, Ua ʻōlelo nō ia ma ka lapuwale; Hōʻuluʻulu hoʻi kona naʻau i ka hewa nona iho; A puka ia i waho, haʻi akula nō ia | Whenever one comes to see me, he speaks falsely, while his heart gathers slander; then he goes out and spreads it abroad. |
| A hoʻomanaʻo aku au ia mau mea, ninini iho au i koʻu ʻuhane i loko oʻu: No ka mea, ua au me ka lehulehu, pū nō wau me lākou i ka hale o ke Akua, Me ka leo o ka ʻoliʻoli, a me ka hoʻoleʻa, Me ke anaina mālama i ka ʻahaʻaina. | These things I remember as I pour out my soul: how I used to go with the multitude, leading the procession to the house of God, with shouts of joy and thanksgiving among the festive throng. |
| A laila e au i ke kuahu o ke Akua, I ke Akua koʻu ʻoliʻoli nui: ʻOiaʻiʻo, ma ka lira e hoʻoleʻa aku ai au iā ʻoe, e ke Akua koʻu Akua. | Then will I go to the altar of God, to God, my joy and my delight. I will praise you with the harp, O God, my God. |
| Akā, ua haʻalele aʻe nei ʻoe a ua hoʻohilahila iā mākou; ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoe i pū me ko mākou poʻe kaua. | But now you have rejected and humbled us; you no longer go out with our armies. |
| E mai e nānā i nā hana a Iēhova, I kona hoʻoneoneo ʻana ma ka honua. | Come and see the works of the LORD, the desolations he has brought on the earth. |
| E kaʻahele ʻoukou iā Ziona, E pōʻai iā ia a puni; E helu i kona mau hale kaua. | Walk about Zion, go around her, count her towers, |
| E nō ʻo ia i ka hanauna o kona mau mākua; ʻAʻole lākou e ʻike i ka mālamalama. | he will join the generation of his fathers, who will never see the light . |
| E mai ana nō ko kākou Akua, ʻaʻole e noho wale: E ʻai nō hoʻi ke ahi i mua ona, A e ikaika mai ka ʻino a puni ia. | Our God comes and will not be silent; a fire devours before him, and around him a tempest rages. |
| ʻO ka mea mōhai i ka hoʻoleʻa noʻu ʻo ia ke hoʻonani mai iaʻu: ʻO ka mea hoʻopono i kona ʻana ʻo kaʻu ia e hōʻike ai i ke ola o ke Akua. | He who sacrifices thank offerings honors me, and he prepares the way so that I may show him the salvation of God." |
| Aia hoʻi e kaʻawale loa aku au, A e noho ma ka wao nahele. Sila. | I would flee far away and stay in the desert; "Selah" |
| Ua kamaʻilio ʻoluʻolu pū kāua, A ua pū i ka hale o ke Akua me ka lehulehu. | with whom I once enjoyed sweet fellowship as we walked with the throng at the house of God. |
| No ka mea, ua hoʻopakele ʻoe i koʻu ʻuhane i ka make: ʻAʻole anei e hoʻopakele i koʻu mau kapuaʻi i ka hina ʻana? I au i mua o ke Akua ma ka mālamalama o ka poʻe ola. | For you have delivered me from death and my feet from stumbling, that I may walk before God in the light of life. |
| Me he pūpū lā e heheʻe ana, e ʻē aku lākou a pau; Me he mea hānau ʻē lā ka wahine, e ʻike ʻole lākou i ka lā. | Like a slug melting away as it moves along, like a stillborn child, may they not see the sun. |
| E nō hoʻi i mua oʻu koʻu Akua aloha mai; E hāʻawi mai ke Akua iaʻu e nānā aku i koʻu poʻe ʻenemi. | my loving God. God will go before me and will let me gloat over those who slander me. |
| ʻAʻole anei ʻo ʻoe, ke Akua, ka mea i haʻalele mai iā mākou? A ʻo ʻoe, e ke Akua, kai pū ʻole me ko mākou poʻe kaua? | Is it not you, O God, you who have rejected us and no longer go out with our armies? |
| E ka mea lohe i ka pule, I ou lā e aku ai ka ʻiʻo a pau. | O you who hear prayer, to you all men will come. |
| E mai ʻoukou e ʻike i nā hana a ke Akua; He kupaianaha ia i kāna hana ʻana no nā keiki a kānaka. | Come and see what God has done, how awesome his works in man's behalf ! |
| Hoʻolilo maila ʻo ia i ke kai i ʻāina maloʻo: wāwae aʻela lākou i waena o ka muliwai: Ma laila kākou i hauʻoli aku ai iā ia. | He turned the sea into dry land, they passed through the waters on foot-- come, let us rejoice in him. |
| Ua hāʻawi mai ʻoe, e hoʻoholo nā kānaka ma luna o ko mākou mau poʻo: aʻela mākou i waena o ke ahi a me ka wai: Akā, ua lawe mai ʻoe iā mākou ma kahi waiwai. | You let men ride over our heads; we went through fire and water, but you brought us to a place of abundance. |
| E au i loko o kou hale me nā mōhai kuni: E hoʻokō aku au nou i kaʻu mau mea i hoʻohiki aku ai, | I will come to your temple with burnt offerings and fulfill my vows to you-- |
| E mai e hoʻolohe, e ka poʻe a pau i weliweli i ke Akua, A e haʻi aku au i ka mea āna i hana mai ai no kuʻu ʻuhane. | Come and listen, all you who fear God; let me tell you what he has done for me. |
| E ke Akua, i kou ʻana i mua o kou poʻe kānaka, I kou ʻeu ʻana aʻe i waena o ka wao nahele; Sila. | When you went out before your people, O God, when you marched through the wasteland, "Selah" |
| E hanapēpē ke Akua i ke poʻo o kona poʻe ʻenemi, A me ka pua lauoho o ka mea e ana aʻe ma kona mau hewa. | Surely God will crush the heads of his enemies, the hairy crowns of those who go on in their sins. |
| Ua ʻike lākou i kou ʻana, e ke Akua, Nā ʻana o koʻu Akua, kuʻu Aliʻi, ma kahi hoʻāno. | Your procession has come into view, O God, the procession of my God and King into the sanctuary. |
| Ua mua aʻe ka poʻe mele hīmeni, A ma hope iho ka poʻe hoʻokanikani i nā kaula: A i waena nā kaikamāhine e hoʻokani timerela ana. | In front are the singers, after them the musicians; with them are the maidens playing tambourines. |
| E mai nā luna mai loko mai o ʻAigupita; E kīkoʻo wawe aku ʻo ʻAitiopa i kona mau lima i ke Akua. | Envoys will come from Egypt; Cush will submit herself to God. |
| E nō wau ma ka ikaika o ka Haku Iēhova; E hoʻoleʻa au i kou pono, ʻo kou wale nō. | I will come and proclaim your mighty acts, O Sovereign LORD; I will proclaim your righteousness, yours alone. |
| No ka mea, aia hoʻi, ʻo ka poʻe mamao ʻē iā ʻoe, e make lākou; E luku mai hoʻi ʻoe i ka poʻe a pau e moekolohe ʻana mai ou aku lā. | Those who are far from you will perish; you destroy all who are unfaithful to you. |
| ʻAʻole lākou i mālama i ka berita o ke Akua, A hōʻole lākou i ka ma kona kānāwai: | they did not keep God's covenant and refused to live by his law. |
| No ka mea, hoʻomanaʻo ʻo ia, he palupalu lākou, He ea wale aku, ʻaʻole hoʻi mai. | He remembered that they were but flesh, a passing breeze that does not return. |
| I mua o ʻEperaima a me Beniamina, a me Manase, E hoʻāla ai ʻoe i kou ikaika, E mai hoʻi e hoʻōla iā mākou. | before Ephraim, Benjamin and Manasseh. Awaken your might; come and save us. |
| No ke aha lā ʻoe i hoʻohiolo ai i kona mau pā, I ʻako ai i kona ka poʻe a pau e aʻe ma ke ala? | Why have you broken down its walls so that all who pass by pick its grapes? |
| Kau nō ʻo ia i kēia i kānāwai no ka Iosepa, Iā ia i aku ai i waena o ʻAigupita; A lohe nō hoʻi au i ka ʻōlelo maopopo ʻole iaʻu. | He established it as a statute for Joseph when he went out against Egypt, where we heard a language we did not understand. |
| A laila, hāʻawi akula au iā lākou i ka paʻakikī o ko lākou naʻau; A hoʻi lākou ma ko lākou manaʻo iho. | So I gave them over to their stubborn hearts to follow their own devices. |
| Inā i hoʻolohe koʻu poʻe kānaka iaʻu, Inā i ʻo ka ʻIseraʻela ma koʻu ʻaoʻao! | "If my people would but listen to me, if Israel would follow my ways, |
| ʻĪ aʻela lākou, E mai, e hōʻoki kākou i ko lākou noho aupuni ʻana, I hoʻomanaʻo hou ʻole ʻia ka inoa o ka ʻIseraʻela. | "Come," they say, "let us destroy them as a nation, that the name of Israel be remembered no more." |
| Iā lākou e aʻe ma ke kahawai ʻo Baka, Hoʻolilo lākou iā ia i wai puna; Na ka ua hoʻi e hoʻopiha i nā pūnāwai. | As they pass through the Valley of Baca, they make it a place of springs; the autumn rains also cover it with pools. |
| nō lākou, mai kēlā ikaika, a i kēia ikaika aku, E ʻike ʻia mai lākou e ke Akua ma Ziona. | They go from strength to strength, till each appears before God in Zion. |
| No ka mea, ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua, he lā nō ia, a he pale kaua; E hāʻawi mai nō ʻo Iēhova i ka lokomaikaʻi, a me ka hanohano; ʻAʻole ia e ʻauʻa i kekahi mea maikaʻi i ka poʻe ma ka pololei. | For the LORD God is a sun and shield; the LORD bestows favor and honor; no good thing does he withhold from those whose walk is blameless. |
| E aʻe nō ka pono i mua o kona alo; A e alakaʻi hoʻi ʻo ia iā kākou ma ke ala o kona mau kapuaʻi. | Righteousness goes before him and prepares the way for his steps. |
| E mai nō ko nā ʻāina a pau āu i hana ai, A e kūlou hoʻomana i mua o kou alo, e ka Haku, A e hoʻonani aku i kou inoa. | All the nations you have made will come and worship before you, O Lord; they will bring glory to your name. |
| E kuhikuhi mai ʻoe i kou alanui, e Iēhova, a e nō wau ma kou ʻoiaʻiʻo; E hoʻolōkahi mai ʻoe i kou naʻau e makaʻu aku i kou inoa. | Teach me your way, O LORD, and I will walk in your truth; give me an undivided heart, that I may fear your name. |
| Ua hoʻokaʻawale loa aku ʻoe i koʻu makamaka mai oʻu aku, Ua hoʻolilo mai ʻoe iaʻu i mea hoʻopailua no lākou: Ua paʻa nō hoʻi au, ʻaʻole e hiki iaʻu ke aku. | You have taken from me my closest friends and have made me repulsive to them. I am confined and cannot escape; |
| Ua aʻe ma luna oʻu kou huhū wela; Ua hōʻoki loa hoʻi kou mau mea makaʻu iaʻu. | Your wrath has swept over me; your terrors have destroyed me. |
| pōʻai maila lākou iaʻu, me he wai lā; Hoʻopuni maila lākou iaʻu. | All day long they surround me like a flood; they have completely engulfed me. |
| ʻO ka pono, a me ka hoʻopono, ʻo ia ke kumu o kou noho aliʻi: E aʻe nō i mua o kou maka ka lokomaikaʻi, a me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo. | Righteousness and justice are the foundation of your throne; love and faithfulness go before you. |
| Pōmaikaʻi ka poʻe kānaka ʻike ia leo hauʻoli: E Iēhova, e nō lākou ma ka mālamalama o kou maka. | Blessed are those who have learned to acclaim you, who walk in the light of your presence, O LORD. |
| Inā haʻalele kāna poʻe keiki i koʻu kānāwai, ʻAʻole hoʻi e ma kou hoʻopono ʻana; | "If his sons forsake my law and do not follow my statutes, |
| E kākou i mua o kona alo me ka hoʻālohaloha aku, E kāhea ʻoliʻoli aku kākou iā ia ma nā hīmeni. | Let us come before him with thanksgiving and extol him with music and song. |
| E mai kākou, e kūlou hoʻomana, a e moe hoʻi; A e kukuli iho i mua o Iēhova nāna kākou i hana. | Come, let us bow down in worship, let us kneel before the LORD our Maker; |
| I mua o Iēhova; no ka mea, ke mai nei ʻo ia, No ka mea hoʻi, ke mai nei ʻo ia, E hoʻoponopono mai i ka honua. E hoʻoponopono mai nei ʻo ia i kēia ao ma ka pololei, A me nā kānaka hoʻi ma kona ʻoiaʻiʻo. | they will sing before the LORD, for he comes, he comes to judge the earth. He will judge the world in righteousness and the peoples in his truth. |
| Ke aku nei ke ahi ma kona alo, A hoʻopau nō ʻo ia i kona poʻe ʻenemi a puni. | Fire goes before him and consumes his foes on every side. |
| I mua o Iēhova; No ka mea, ua mai ia e hoʻoponopono i ka honua; E hoʻoponopono mai nō ʻo ia i kēia ao ma ka pono, A me nā kānaka hoʻi ma ka pololei. | let them sing before the LORD, for he comes to judge the earth. He will judge the world in righteousness and the peoples with equity. |
| E mālama iā Iēhova me ka hauʻoli: E aku i mua ona me ka ʻoli ʻana. | Worship the LORD with gladness; come before him with joyful songs. |
| E hana naʻauao nō wau ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka pono. Āhea lā ʻoe e mai ai iaʻu? E holoholo nō wau ma loko o koʻu hale, Me ka pono o koʻu naʻau. | I will be careful to lead a blameless life-- when will you come to me? I will walk in my house with blameless heart. |
| Aia nō koʻu mau maka ma ka poʻe ʻoiaʻiʻo o ka ʻāina, I noho mai ai lākou me aʻu. ʻO ka mea ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka pono, Nāna nō e hoʻokauā mai naʻu. | My eyes will be on the faithful in the land, that they may dwell with me; he whose walk is blameless will minister to me. |
| aku nō ke kanaka i kāna hana, A i kona hoʻoikaika hoʻi, a ahiahi. | Then man goes out to his work, to his labor until evening. |
| Iā lākou i ai, mai kekahi ʻāina, a i kekahi ʻāina, A mai kekahi aupuni aku, a i kekahi lāhui kanaka ʻē; | they wandered from nation to nation, from one kingdom to another. |
| aʻela ʻo ʻIseraʻela i ʻAigupita; Noho malihini ihola ʻo Iakoba ma ka ʻāina ʻo Hama. | Then Israel entered Egypt; Jacob lived as an alien in the land of Ham. |
| ʻAʻole anei ʻoe, e ke Akua, ka mea i kipaku mai iā mākou? E ke Akua, ʻaʻole anei ʻoe e pū me ko mākou mau kaua? | Is it not you, O God, you who have rejected us and no longer go out with our armies? |
| Ua aku au e like me ke aka i kona ʻaui ʻana, Ua kūehuehu ʻia au me he ʻūhini lā. | I fade away like an evening shadow; I am shaken off like a locust. |
| He mau lima nō ko lākou, ʻaʻole naʻe e lawelawe; He mau wāwae nō ko lākou, ʻaʻole naʻe e; ʻAʻole hoʻi e ʻōlelo lākou, ma ko lākou kaniʻāʻī. | they have hands, but cannot feel, feet, but they cannot walk; nor can they utter a sound with their throats. |
| E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia ka mea e mai ana ma ka inoa ʻo Iēhova; Ua hoʻomaikaʻi aku mākou iā ʻoukou mai loko aku o ka hale o Iēhova. | Blessed is he who comes in the name of the LORD. From the house of the LORD we bless you. |
| Pōmaikaʻi ka poʻe i pono ka noho ʻana, A hoʻi ma ke kānāwai o Iēhova. | Blessed are they whose ways are blameless, who walk according to the law of the LORD. |
| ʻAʻole lākou e hana hewa, Ma kona ʻaoʻao nō lākou e ai. | They do nothing wrong; they walk in his ways. |
| Ua pāpā mai nō ʻoe i ka poʻe kaena wale, a pōʻino, Ka poʻe i hewa mai kou mau kauoha aku. | You rebuke the arrogant, who are cursed and who stray from your commands. |
| Ma mua o koʻu hoʻopilikia ʻia, hewa au; I kēia wā, ke mālama nei au i kāu ʻōlelo. | Before I was afflicted I went astray, but now I obey your word. |
| E aku ʻoukou, e ka poʻe hewa, mai oʻu aku; No ka mea, e mālama nō wau i kou kānāwai, e Iēhova, | Away from me, you evildoers, that I may keep the commands of my God! |
| Ua hewa au, e like me ka hipa nalowale, E kiʻi mai ʻoe i kāu kauā; No ka mea, ʻaʻole au i hoʻopoina i kāu mau kauoha. | I have strayed like a lost sheep. Seek your servant, for I have not forgotten your commands. |
| ʻOliʻoli akula au, iā lākou i ʻōlelo mai ai iaʻu, E kākou i loko o ka hale o Iēhova. | I rejoiced with those who said to me, "Let us go to the house of the LORD." |
| He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻo ka mea, a uē, I kona lawe ʻana i ka hua e lūlū ai, He ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, e hoʻi mai ʻo ia me ka hauʻoli, E amo pū ana i kona mau pua. | He who goes out weeping, carrying seed to sow, will return with songs of joy, carrying sheaves with him. |
| Pōmaikaʻi ka poʻe a pau i makaʻu aku iā Iēhova, A hoʻi ma kona mau alanui. | Blessed are all who fear the LORD, who walk in his ways. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi e ʻōlelo mai ka poʻe e aʻe, Ma luna o ʻoukou auaneʻi ka hoʻomaikaʻi ʻana o Iēhova; Ke hoʻomaikaʻi aku nei mākou iā ʻoukou ma ka inoa ʻo Iēhova. | May those who pass by not say, "The blessing of the LORD be upon you; we bless you in the name of the LORD." |
| E IĒHOVA, ʻaʻole i hoʻokiʻekiʻe koʻu naʻau, ʻAʻole hoʻokano koʻu mau maka; ʻAʻole au i ma muli o nā mea nunui, A me nā mea hākālia iaʻu. | My heart is not proud, O LORD, my eyes are not haughty; I do not concern myself with great matters or things too wonderful for me. |
| Inā paha e wau i loko o ka pilikia, Nāu nō wau e hoʻōla mai. Ma luna o ka huhū o koʻu poʻe ʻenemi, e ʻō mai ai ʻoe i kou lima, A me kou lima ʻākau ʻoe e hoʻopakele mai ai iaʻu. | Though I walk in the midst of trouble, you preserve my life; you stretch out your hand against the anger of my foes, with your right hand you save me. |
| Ma hea lā wau e ai, mai kou Uhane aku? Ma hea lā wau e peʻe aku ai, mai kou alo aku? | Where can I go from your Spirit? Where can I flee from your presence? |
| E pepehi ʻiʻo mai nō ʻoe i ka poʻe hewa, e ke Akua; E nā kānaka koko, e aku ʻoukou, mai oʻu aku nei. | If only you would slay the wicked, O God! Away from me, you bloodthirsty men! |
| I ka maʻule ʻana o koʻu ʻuhane i loko oʻu, A laila ʻike pono nō ʻoe i koʻu alanui. Ma ke ala aʻu i aku ai, hana lākou i hei noʻu. | When my spirit grows faint within me, it is you who know my way. In the path where I walk men have hidden a snare for me. |
| E hāʻawi mai ʻoe iaʻu i ka hoʻolohe i kou lokomaikaʻi i ke kakahiaka, No ka mea, ke hilinaʻi aku nei au iā ʻoe: E hōʻike mai ʻoe iaʻu i ke ala āu e ai, No ka mea, ke hāpai aku nei au i koʻu ʻuhane iā ʻoe. | Let the morning bring me word of your unfailing love, for I have put my trust in you. Show me the way I should go, for to you I lift up my soul. |
| Ua like ke kanaka me ka māhu; A ʻo kona mau lā hoʻi me he aka lā i aku. | Man is like a breath; his days are like a fleeting shadow. |
| Ua hoʻokumupaʻa mai ʻo ia iā lākou, a i ka manawa pau ʻole: Ua hāʻawi mai ʻoe i ka mokuna, ʻaʻole lākou aʻe ma ia ʻaoʻao aku | He set them in place for ever and ever; he gave a decree that will never pass away. |
| Inā lākou e ʻōlelo mai, Ē, e pū kākou, E hoʻohālua no ke koko, E hoʻohālua wale i ka mea hala ʻole; | If they say, "Come along with us; let's lie in wait for someone's blood, let's waylay some harmless soul; |
| E kuʻu keiki ē, mai pū ʻoe me lākou ma ke ala; E haʻalele kou wāwae i ko lākou mau kuamoʻo; | my son, do not go along with them, do not set foot on their paths; |
| Hoʻāno ʻē ʻo ia i ke ola no ka poʻe pono; He pākū ia no ka poʻe pololei; | He holds victory in store for the upright, he is a shield to those whose walk is blameless, |
| Haʻalele lākou i ka ʻaoʻao pololei, I ai hoʻi ma nā ala o ka pouli. | who leave the straight paths to walk in dark ways, |
| ʻO lākou ke hoʻokekeʻe i ko lākou ʻana, Kekeʻe wale hoʻi ma ko lākou ʻaoʻao: | whose paths are crooked and who are devious in their ways. |
| I ʻoe ma ke ala o ka poʻe pono, I mālama hoʻi ʻoe i ka ʻaoʻao o ka poʻe pololei. | Thus you will walk in the ways of good men and keep to the paths of the righteous. |
| Ma kou ʻaoʻao a pau iā ia nō ʻoe e nānā aku ai, A nāna nō e hoʻopololei i kou ʻana. | in all your ways acknowledge him, and he will make your paths straight. |
| A laila, e makaʻu ʻole ʻoe ma kou ala, A ʻo kou wāwae hoʻi, ʻaʻole ia e palaha. | Then you will go on your way in safety, and your foot will not stumble; |
| Mai ʻōlelo ʻoe i kou hoa noho, Ō ʻoe a hoʻi mai, ʻapōpō e hāʻawi aku au, Ke waiho wale ia mea iā ʻoe. | Do not say to your neighbor, "Come back later; I'll give it tomorrow"-- when you now have it with you. |
| I kou ʻana, ʻaʻole e hihia kou kapuaʻi; A inā e holo ʻoe ʻaʻole e hina. | When you walk, your steps will not be hampered; when you run, you will not stumble. |
| Ma ke alanui o ka poʻe hewa, mai ʻoe, Mai hoʻi ma ka ʻaoʻao o ka poʻe hewa. | Do not set foot on the path of the wicked or walk in the way of evil men. |
| E haʻalele ia wahi, mai māʻalo i laila, E huli aʻe mai ia wahi mai, a e aku. | Avoid it, do not travel on it; turn from it and go on your way. |
| E hoʻopololei aʻe i ke ala no kou mau kapuaʻi, A e pololei hoʻi kou ʻana a pau. | Make level paths for your feet and take only ways that are firm. |
| E hoʻoneʻeneʻe loa aku i kou ʻana mai ona aku, Mai hoʻokokoke aku ʻoe i ka puka o kona hale: | Keep to a path far from her, do not go near the door of her house, |
| E make ʻo ia me ke aʻo ʻole ʻia mai; A e hewa ʻo ia i ka nui o kona naʻaupō ʻana. | He will die for lack of discipline, led astray by his own great folly. |
| ʻĀnō lā, e kuʻu keiki, e hana ʻoe i kēia, i pakele, I kou lilo ʻana i ka lima o kou hoalauna: Ō, e hoʻohaʻahaʻa iā ʻoe iho, e hoʻolauleʻa i kou hoalauna. | then do this, my son, to free yourself, since you have fallen into your neighbor's hands: Go and humble yourself; press your plea with your neighbor! |
| E ka mea hiamoe, e ʻoe i ka ʻanonanona, E nānā i kona ʻaoʻao a e hoʻonaʻauao iho | Go to the ant, you sluggard; consider its ways and be wise! |
| A e hiki mai kou ʻilihune me he kanaka lā, A me kou nele e like me ke kanaka kaua. | and poverty will come on you like a bandit and scarcity like an armed man. |
| ʻO ke kanaka ʻaiā, ʻo ke kanaka hewa, nō ʻo ia me ka waha hoʻopunipuni. | A scoundrel and villain, who goes about with a corrupt mouth, |
| I kou ʻana, ʻeā, e kaʻi aku ia iā ʻoe; I kou moe ʻana e kiaʻi ʻo ia ma luna ou; I kou ala ʻana i luna, ʻo ia ke kamaʻilio pū me ʻoe. | When you walk, they will guide you; when you sleep, they will watch over you; when you awake, they will speak to you. |
| Inā e ke kanaka ma nā nānahu e ʻaʻā ana, ʻAʻole anei e wela kona kapuaʻi? | Can a man walk on hot coals without his feet being scorched? |
| aʻela ia ma ke ala e kokoke ana i kona huina, aʻela ʻo ia ma ke kuamoʻo e hiki aku ai i kona hale; | He was going down the street near her corner, walking along in the direction of her house |
| No laila, i mai nei au e hālāwai me ʻoe, E ʻimi hoʻi iā ʻoe, a ua loaʻa iho nei. | So I came out to meet you; I looked for you and have found you! |
| No ka mea, ʻo ke kāne, ʻaʻole ia ma kona hale, Ua ʻo ia ma kahi lōʻihi ʻē aku. | My husband is not at home; he has gone on a long journey. |
| Ukali koke ʻo ia ma hope ona, E like me ka ʻana o ka bipi i kona wahi e make ai; E like hoʻi me ka naʻaupō i hoʻopaʻi ʻia mai ma ka lāʻau kūpeʻe; | All at once he followed her like an ox going to the slaughter, like a deer stepping into a noose |
| Mai huli aʻe kou naʻau ma kona ʻaoʻao; Mai hewa ʻoe ma kona alanui. | Do not let your heart turn to her ways or stray into her paths. |
| E haʻalele i ka poʻe manaʻo ʻole, i ola ʻoukou, E hoʻi ma ke ala o ka naʻauao. | Leave your simple ways and you will live; walk in the way of understanding. |
| E hea aku i ka poʻe ma ke ala, Ka poʻe pololei ma ke alanui; | calling out to those who pass by, who go straight on their way. |
| ʻO ka mea ma ka pololei, paʻa pono nō ia; A ʻo ka mea hoʻokekeʻe i kona ʻaoʻao, e ʻike ʻia ʻo ia. | The man of integrity walks securely, but he who takes crooked paths will be found out. |
| Na ka pono e kiaʻi i ka mea pololei; Na ka hewa hoʻi e hoʻohiolo i ka mea lawehala. | Righteousness guards the man of integrity, but wickedness overthrows the sinner. |
| E liʻiliʻi ka waiwai i haʻāpuka wale ʻia; ʻO ka mea hōʻiliʻili ma ka hana, e māhuahua nō. | Dishonest money dwindles away, but he who gathers money little by little makes it grow. |
| ʻO ka mea pū me ka poʻe akamai, akamai nō ia; ʻO ka hoalauna o ka poʻe lapuwale, e māhuahua ka hewa. | He who walks with the wise grows wise, but a companion of fools suffers harm. |
| ʻO ka mea ma kona pololei, ʻo ia kai makaʻu iā Iēhova; ʻO ka mea i hoʻokekeʻe i kona ʻaoʻao, ʻo ia kai hoʻowahāwahā iā ia. | He whose walk is upright fears the LORD, but he whose ways are devious despises him. |
| Manaʻoʻiʻo nō ka mea noʻonoʻo ʻole i nā ʻōlelo a pau; Akā, ʻo ka mea maʻalea, nānā pono ʻo ia i kona ʻana. | A simple man believes anything, but a prudent man gives thought to his steps. |
| ʻAʻole i aloha aku ka mea hoʻowahāwahā i ka mea i aʻo mai iā ia; ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻo ia e i ka poʻe naʻauao. | A mocker resents correction; he will not consult the wise. |
| ʻO ka hana lapuwale, he ʻoliʻoli ia i ka naʻaupō; ʻO ke kanaka naʻauao hoʻi, ʻo ia kai pololei. | Folly delights a man who lacks judgment, but a man of understanding keeps a straight course. |
| ʻO ke alanui o ka poʻe pololei, aʻela ia mai ka hewa aku; ʻO ka mea mālama i kona ʻuhane, ʻo ia ke kiaʻi i kona ʻaoʻao. | The highway of the upright avoids evil; he who guards his way guards his life. |
| Ua pono ka mea i hoʻopiʻi ʻia i kāna ʻōlelo mua ʻana; Akā, mai kona hoa noho a ʻimi aʻe i kona ʻano. | The first to present his case seems right, till another comes forward and questions him. |
| Maikaʻi ka mea ʻilihune i ma kona pololei, Ma mua o ka mea lehelehe wahaheʻe, a lapuwale hoʻi. | Better a poor man whose walk is blameless than a fool whose lips are perverse. |
| ʻO ka ʻuhane i nele i ka ʻike, he pono ʻole ia; ʻO ka mea i wikiwiki nā wāwae, hewa nō ia. | It is not good to have zeal without knowledge, nor to be hasty and miss the way. |
| ʻO ka mea ma kona pololei, he mea pono ʻo ia; E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia hoʻi kāna poʻe keiki ma hope ona. | The righteous man leads a blameless life; blessed are his children after him. |
| He ʻino, he ʻino, wahi a ka mea kūʻai mai; A i kona ʻana aku, a laila, haʻanui ʻo ia. | "It's no good, it's no good!" says the buyer; then off he goes and boasts about his purchase. |
| Na Iēhova mai ka ʻana o ke kanaka; Pehea hoʻi e hiki ai i ke kanaka ke ʻike i kona ʻaoʻao iho? | A man's steps are directed by the LORD. How then can anyone understand his own way? |
| ʻO ke kanaka hewa mai ka ʻaoʻao aʻe o ka naʻauao, E noho nō ʻo ia ma ke anaina o ka poʻe malu make. | A man who strays from the path of understanding comes to rest in the company of the dead. |
| Nānā aʻela ka mea noʻonoʻo i ka ʻino, a hūnā iā ia iho; wale aku hoʻi ka mea naʻaupō a hihia ʻo ia. | A prudent man sees danger and takes refuge, but the simple keep going and suffer for it. |
| Aia nā kākalaioa a me nā mea hihia ma ke ala o ka mea kekeʻe; ʻO ka mea mālama i kona ʻuhane, kaʻawale nō ʻo ia ia mau mea. | In the paths of the wicked lie thorns and snares, but he who guards his soul stays far from them. |
| Mai hoʻolauna aku ʻoe me ka mea huhū, A, me ke kanaka inaina hoʻi, mai pū ʻoe; | Do not make friends with a hot-tempered man, do not associate with one easily angered, |
| I ka poʻe e hoʻomau ana ma ka waina, I ka poʻe e ana e ʻimi i ka waina i kāwili ʻia. | Those who linger over wine, who go to sample bowls of mixed wine. |
| A e hiki mai kou ʻilihune me he kanaka lā, A me kou nele e like me ke kanaka kaua. | and poverty will come on you like a bandit and scarcity like an armed man. |
| Ua oki kou wāwae i ka i ka hale o kou hoa noho, O luhi ʻo ia iā ʻoe a e inaina mai nō hoʻi. | Seldom set foot in your neighbor's house-- too much of you, and he will hate you. |
| ʻO ka mea noʻonoʻo lā, ʻike ʻē ʻo ia ma mua i ka pōʻino a hūnā iā ia iho; wale aku hoʻi ka poʻe nanea a hihia ihola. | The prudent see danger and take refuge, but the simple keep going and suffer for it. |
| E aho ka mea ʻilihune ke ʻo ia ma ka pololei, I ka mea waiwai i hoʻokekeʻe i kona ʻaoʻao. | Better a poor man whose walk is blameless than a rich man whose ways are perverse. |
| ʻO ka mea pololei e ola ʻo ia; ʻO ka mea hoʻokekeʻe i kona ʻaoʻao, e hāʻule koke nō ia. | He whose walk is blameless is kept safe, but he whose ways are perverse will suddenly fall. |
| ʻO ka mea paulele i kona naʻau iho, ʻo ia ka mea naʻaupō: ʻO ka mea ma ka naʻauao, e hoʻopakele ʻia ʻo ia. | He who trusts in himself is a fool, but he who walks in wisdom is kept safe. |
| I ʻole ke aʻo ʻia mai, hewa nā kānaka; A ʻo ka mea mālama i ke kānāwai, pōmaikaʻi ʻo ia. | Where there is no revelation, the people cast off restraint; but blessed is he who keeps the law. |
| ʻO ka poʻe ʻūhini, ʻaʻole o lākou aliʻi, papa nō hoʻi lākou. | locusts have no king, yet they advance together in ranks; |
| ʻEkolu mau mea, i maikaʻi ka ʻana, ʻEhā hoʻi i maikaʻi ke aʻe. | "There are three things that are stately in their stride, four that move with stately bearing: |
| Kiaʻi ʻo ia i ka ʻana o ko kona hale, A ʻo ka ʻai no ka palaualelo, ʻaʻole ʻo ia e ʻai iho. | She watches over the affairs of her household and does not eat the bread of idleness. |
| akula kekahi hanauna, a maila kekahi hanauna; akā, ua mau nō ka honua. | Generations come and generations go, but the earth remains forever. |
| ʻO ka mea naʻauao, aia kona mau maka i kona poʻo, akā, e ana ka mea naʻaupō ma ka pouli; a ʻike nō hoʻi au e loaʻa iā lākou a pau ka hopena hoʻokahi. | The wise man has eyes in his head, while the fool walks in the darkness; but I came to realize that the same fate overtakes them both. |
| Ua lākou a pau i kahi hoʻokahi; no ka lepo mai lākou a pau, a e hoʻi hou aku ana lākou i ka lepo. | All go to the same place; all come from dust, and to dust all return. |
| ʻIke ihola au i ka poʻe ola a pau e ana ma lalo iho o ka lā, me ka lua o ke keiki, i kū i kona hakahaka. | I saw that all who lived and walked under the sun followed the youth, the king's successor. |
| E mālama ʻoe i kou wāwae i kou ʻana i ka hale o ke Akua, e hoʻolohe koke, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e hāʻawi i ka mōhai a ka poʻe naʻaupō, no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i manaʻo pono, ua hana hewa lākou. | Guard your steps when you go to the house of God. Go near to listen rather than to offer the sacrifice of fools, who do not know that they do wrong. |
| Eia ka mea pono ʻole; e like loa me kona puka ʻana mai, pēlā nō kona ʻana aku. He aha kona pono i kāna hana ʻana no ka makani? | This too is a grievous evil: As a man comes, so he departs, and what does he gain, since he toils for the wind? |
| No ka mea, ua puka mai ʻo ia ma ka lapuwale, a akula ia ma ka pouli, a ua uhi ʻia kona inoa i ka pouli. | It comes without meaning, it departs in darkness, and in darkness its name is shrouded. |
| ʻO ia, inā e ola ia i nā makahiki hoʻokahi tausani ke pālua ʻia, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻo ia i ʻike i ka maikaʻi. ʻAʻole anei e nā mea a pau i kahi hoʻokahi? | even if he lives a thousand years twice over but fails to enjoy his prosperity. Do not all go to the same place? |
| Ma nā mea hea i ʻoi aku ai ka mea naʻauao ma mua o ka mea naʻaupō? He aha ka mea i loaʻa i ka ʻilihune, ka mea i ʻike i ka ʻana i mua o ka poʻe ola? | What advantage has a wise man over a fool? What does a poor man gain by knowing how to conduct himself before others? |
| Ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o ka ʻike maka ʻana ma mua o ka ʻana aku o ka manaʻo. He mea lapuwale kēia, a me ka luhi hewa. | Better what the eye sees than the roving of the appetite. This too is meaningless, a chasing after the wind. |
| Ua ʻoi aku ka maikaʻi o ka ʻana i ka hale kanikau ma mua o ka ʻana i ka hale ʻahaʻaina; no ka mea, ma laila ka hopena o nā kānaka a pau, a e hoʻopili ke kanaka ola ia mea i kona naʻau iho. | It is better to go to a house of mourning than to go to a house of feasting, for death is the destiny of every man; the living should take this to heart. |
| Mai wikiwiki ʻoe i kou ʻana mai kona alo aku: mai kūpaʻa ʻoe ma ka mea ʻino; no ka mea, ke hana lā ia i nā mea a pau loa āna i makemake ai. | Do not be in a hurry to leave the king's presence. Do not stand up for a bad cause, for he will do whatever he pleases. |
| A pēlā nō, ua ʻike au i ke kanu ʻia o ka poʻe hewa, ua lākou i loko o kahi hemolele, a hoʻi mai, a ua poina lākou ma ke kūlanakauhale, kahi a lākou i hana ai pēlā. He mea lapuwale kēia. | Then too, I saw the wicked buried--those who used to come and go from the holy place and receive praise in the city where they did this. This too is meaningless. |
| He mea pono ʻole kēia ma nā mea i hana ʻia ma lalo iho o ka lā; aia hoʻokahi hope i loaʻa mai i nā kānaka a pau. ʻOiaʻiʻo, ʻo ka naʻau o nā keiki a kānaka, ua piha i ka ʻino, aia nō ka ʻūlala i loko o ko lākou naʻau i ko lākou ola ʻana, a laila, [hele lākou] i ka make. | This is the evil in everything that happens under the sun: The same destiny overtakes all. The hearts of men, moreover, are full of evil and there is madness in their hearts while they live, and afterward they join the dead. |
| E ʻoe, e ʻai i kāu berena, me ka ʻoluʻolu, a e inu hoʻi i kou waina me ka naʻau ʻoliʻoli; no ka mea, ʻānō, ua maliu mai ke Akua i kāu hana ʻana. | Go, eat your food with gladness, and drink your wine with a joyful heart, for it is now that God favors what you do. |
| ʻO nā mea a pau i loaʻa mai i kou lima e hana ai, e hana ʻoe me kou ikaika; no ka mea, ma ka lua kupapaʻu kahi āu e aku nei, ʻaʻole hana, ʻaʻole noʻonoʻo, ʻaʻole ʻike, ʻaʻole naʻauao. | Whatever your hand finds to do, do it with all your might, for in the grave, where you are going, there is neither working nor planning nor knowledge nor wisdom. |
| Aia hoʻi i ka ʻana o ka mea naʻaupō ma ke alanui, ua nalowale kona ʻike, a ua ʻī ihola ia no nā mea a pau, he naʻaupō ia. | Even as he walks along the road, the fool lacks sense and shows everyone how stupid he is. |
| Ua ʻike au i nā kauā ma luna o nā lio, a i nā aliʻi e wāwae ana ma ka honua, me he poʻe kauā lā. | I have seen slaves on horseback, while princes go on foot like slaves. |
| ʻO ka hana a ka poʻe naʻaupō, he mea ia e hoʻomāluhiluhi ai iā lākou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia i ʻike i ka i ke kūlanakauhale. | A fool's work wearies him; he does not know the way to town. |
| E ke kanaka uʻi, e ʻoliʻoli ʻoe i kou wā uʻi, a e hoʻohauʻoli kou naʻau iā ʻoe iho i kou mau lā ʻōpiopio, a e ma nā ʻaoʻao o kou naʻau iho, a ma ka ʻike ʻana o kou mau maka; akā hoʻi, e ʻike pono ʻoe, e hoʻokomo ana ke Akua iā ʻoe i loko o ka hoʻokolokolo ʻia, no kēia mau mea a pau. | Be happy, young man, while you are young, and let your heart give you joy in the days of your youth. Follow the ways of your heart and whatever your eyes see, but know that for all these things God will bring you to judgment. |
| A makaʻu lākou i nā mea kiʻekiʻe; Aia hoʻi ma ke alanui nā mea e weliweli ai, Ua hoʻopailua hoʻi ka lāʻau ʻalemona, A ʻo ka ʻūhini, he mea ia e kaumaha ai, A lilo nō hoʻi ka hua kepa i mea mikomiko ʻole; No ka mea, ke kanaka i kona hale mau, A ka poʻe kanikau ma nā alanui: | when men are afraid of heights and of dangers in the streets; when the almond tree blossoms and the grasshopper drags himself along and desire no longer is stirred. Then man goes to his eternal home and mourners go about the streets. |
| Inā, ʻaʻole ʻoe i ʻike, E ka mea maikaʻi ma waena o nā wāhine, E ʻoe ma nā kapuaʻi o ka poʻe hipa, E hānai i kāu poʻe kao keiki, Ma kahi kokoke i nā halelewa o ka poʻe kahu hipa. | If you do not know, most beautiful of women, follow the tracks of the sheep and graze your young goats by the tents of the shepherds. |
| ʻŌlelo maila kaʻu mea i aloha ai, ʻī mai iaʻu, E kaʻu mea i aloha ai, e koʻu mea nani, e kū aʻe, a e mai ʻoe: | My lover spoke and said to me, "Arise, my darling, my beautiful one, and come with me. |
| ʻO ka lāʻau fiku ua hua mai ia i kona hua ʻōpiopio, Ua ʻaʻala mai ka pua o ka waina. E kaʻu mea i aloha ai, e koʻu mea maikaʻi, e ala, a e mai ʻoe. | The fig tree forms its early fruit; the blossoming vines spread their fragrance. Arise, come, my darling; my beautiful one, come with me." |
| E kū au i luna, ʻānō, e a puni ke kūlanakauhale, Ma nā alanui, a me nā wahi ākea, E ʻimi i ka mea a koʻu ʻuhane i aloha ai; Ua ʻimi au iā ia, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa. | I will get up now and go about the city, through its streets and squares; I will search for the one my heart loves. So I looked for him but did not find him. |
| Ua loaʻa au i ka poʻe kiaʻi, Ka poʻe a puni ke kūlanakauhale; ʻĪ akula au, Ua ʻike anei ʻoukou i kaʻu mea i aloha ai? | The watchmen found me as they made their rounds in the city. "Have you seen the one my heart loves?" |
| ʻAʻole liʻuliʻu koʻu ʻana mai o lākou aku, A loaʻa mai iaʻu ka mea a koʻu ʻuhane i aloha ai; Ua lālau au iā ia, ʻaʻole naʻe e hoʻokuʻu aku; A hoʻokomo au iā ia i loko o ka hale o koʻu makuahine, A i loko o ke keʻena o ka mea nāna au i hānau mai. | Scarcely had I passed them when I found the one my heart loves. I held him and would not let him go till I had brought him to my mother's house, to the room of the one who conceived me. |
| Ua like kou mau niho me ka poʻe hipa i ʻako ʻia, E mai ana, mai ka ʻauʻau ʻana mai; Ua hānau pālua lākou a pau, ʻAʻohe mea pā ma waena o lākou a pau. | Your teeth are like a flock of sheep just shorn, coming up from the washing. Each has its twin; not one of them is alone. |
| A i ka wā ʻoluʻolu o ka lā, a ʻauheʻe nā aka, E au i ka mauna mura, a i ka puʻu libano. | Until the day breaks and the shadows flee, I will go to the mountain of myrrh and to the hill of incense. |
| E pū me aʻu, mai Lebanona mai, e kaʻu wahine, Me aʻu pū, mai Lebanona mai, E nānā mai ka piko mai o ʻAmana, Mai ka piko mai o Sinera, a me Heremona, Mai ka lua mai o nā liona, A mai ka mauna mai o nā leopadi. | Come with me from Lebanon, my bride, come with me from Lebanon. Descend from the crest of Amana, from the top of Senir, the summit of Hermon, from the lions' dens and the mountain haunts of the leopards. |
| E ala mai, e ka makani kūkulu ʻākau, E ka makani kūkulu hema, e mai; E pā mai i koʻu kīhāpai i moani aku kona mea ʻala. E komo mai, ʻo kaʻu mea i aloha ai i loko o kona kīhāpai, E ʻai ia i ka hua o kona kīhāpai. | Awake, north wind, and come, south wind! Blow on my garden, that its fragrance may spread abroad. Let my lover come into his garden and taste its choice fruits. |
| Ua wehe aʻe au no kaʻu mea i aloha ai; Akā, ʻo kaʻu mea i aloha ai, ua huli aʻe ia, a akula; Ua lele koʻu ʻōʻili i kāna ʻōlelo ʻana mai; Ua ʻimi au iā ia, ʻaʻole naʻe i loaʻa, Ua kāhea aku au iā ia, ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻekemu mai. | I opened for my lover, but my lover had left; he was gone. My heart sank at his departure. I looked for him but did not find him. I called him but he did not answer. |
| Ua loaʻa au i ka poʻe kiaʻi i ko lākou ʻana a puni ke kūlanakauhale, Ua pepehi mai lākou iaʻu a ʻeha au; ʻO ka poʻe kiaʻi ma luna o ka pā, ua kāʻili aʻe lākou i koʻu ʻaʻahu. | The watchmen found me as they made their rounds in the city. They beat me, they bruised me; they took away my cloak, those watchmen of the walls! |
| Ai lā i hea i ai kaʻu mea i aloha ai, E ka mea maikaʻi ma waena o nā wāhine? Ma hea lā i huli aku ai kāu mea i aloha ai, I ʻimi pū hoʻi kākou iā ia? | Where has your lover gone, most beautiful of women? Which way did your lover turn, that we may look for him with you? |
| Inā kāua, e kaʻu mea i aloha ai, e kāua i ke kula, E noho kāua ma nā kauhale. | Come, my lover, let us go to the countryside, let us spend the night in the villages. |
| Iā ʻoukou e mai ai, e hōʻike i mua oʻu, Na wai i ʻimi i kēia ma ko ʻoukou lima, e hahi ma koʻu pā hale? | When you come to appear before me, who has asked this of you, this trampling of my courts? |
| E mai hoʻi, e kīkē kākou, wahi a Iēhova: Inā paha i like ko ʻoukou hewa me nā kapa ʻula, E keʻokeʻo auaneʻi ia me he hau lā; Inā paha i ʻula loa e like me ka mea ʻulaʻula, E like auaneʻi ia me he hulu hipa lā. | "Come now, let us reason together," says the LORD. "Though your sins are like scarlet, they shall be as white as snow; though they are red as crimson, they shall be like wool. |
| A e nui loa nā kānaka e me ka ʻōlelo, E mai e piʻi kākou i ka mauna o Iēhova, I ka hale hoʻi o ke Akua o Iakoba; Nāna nō e aʻo mai iā kākou i kona mau ʻaoʻao, I ai kākou ma kona mau alanui. No ka mea, mai Ziona aku e laha aku ai ke kānāwai, A ʻo ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova hoʻi, mai Ierusalema aku. | Many peoples will come and say, "Come, let us go up to the mountain of the LORD, to the house of the God of Jacob. He will teach us his ways, so that we may walk in his paths." The law will go out from Zion, the word of the LORD from Jerusalem. |
| E ko ka hale o Iakoba, e mai, E kākou ma ka mālamalama o Iēhova. | Come, O house of Jacob, let us walk in the light of the LORD. |
| A lākou i loko o nā ana pōhaku, I loko hoʻi o nā lua ma ka pali paʻa, No ka makaʻu iā Iēhova, A no ka nani hoʻi o kona hanohano, Iā ia e kū ai i luna e hoʻonāueue ai i ka honua. | They will flee to caverns in the rocks and to the overhanging crags from dread of the LORD and the splendor of his majesty, when he rises to shake the earth. |
| E mai ana nō ʻo Iēhova e hoʻopaʻi, I nā lunakahiko o kona poʻe kānaka, a me ko lākou poʻe aliʻi. Ua hoʻopau ʻoukou i nā pā waina; Aia hoʻi ma ko ʻoukou hale ka waiwai kāʻili wale ʻia o ka poʻe hune. | The LORD enters into judgment against the elders and leaders of his people: "It is you who have ruined my vineyard; the plunder from the poor is in your houses. |
| Ua ʻōlelo mai nō hoʻi ʻo Iēhova, No ka lana haʻakei o nā kaikamāhine o Ziona, A me ka oeoe o nā ʻāʻī, A me ka maka leho hilahila ʻole; He hōʻoiʻoi ko lākou, A kanikani nā kūpeʻe o ko lākou wāwae: | The LORD says, "The women of Zion are haughty, walking along with outstretched necks, flirting with their eyes, tripping along with mincing steps, with ornaments jingling on their ankles. |
| No laila, pio akula koʻu poʻe kānaka, no ka ʻike ʻole; A make nō ko lākou poʻe hanohano i ka pōloli, A maloʻo ko lākou lehulehu i ka make wai. | Therefore my people will go into exile for lack of understanding; their men of rank will die of hunger and their masses will be parched with thirst. |
| E kau nō naʻe ʻo ia i ka hae, no nā ʻāina ma kahi lōʻihi, A pio aku nō ʻo ia iā lākou ma nā wēlau o ka honua; Aia hoʻi! Me ka wikiwiki loa lākou e mai ai. | He lifts up a banner for the distant nations, he whistles for those at the ends of the earth. Here they come, swiftly and speedily! |
| A lohe ihola nō hoʻi au i ka leo o ka Haku, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Iā wai lā wau e hoʻouna aku ai? A ʻo wai ka mea nāna e no kākou? A laila, ʻī akula au, Eia nō wau, e hoʻouna iaʻu. | Then I heard the voice of the Lord saying, "Whom shall I send? And who will go for us?" And I said, "Here am I. Send me!" |
| ʻĪ maila ia, Ō, e ʻōlelo aku i kēia poʻe kānaka, I ka lohe ʻana, e lohe nō ʻoukou, ʻaʻole naʻe e hoʻomaopopo, I ka ʻike ʻana, e ʻike nō, ʻaʻole naʻe e akāka ka ʻike ʻana. | He said, "Go and tell this people: " 'Be ever hearing, but never understanding; be ever seeing, but never perceiving.' |
| I ke kau iā ʻAhaza, ke keiki a Iotama, ke keiki a ʻUzia, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, mai ʻo Rezina, ke aliʻi o Suria, a me Peka, ke keiki a Remalia, ke aliʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela, e kūʻē iā Ierusalema, kaua mai, ʻaʻole naʻe i hiki iā lākou ke lanakila ma luna o ia wahi. | When Ahaz son of Jotham, the son of Uzziah, was king of Judah, King Rezin of Aram and Pekah son of Remaliah king of Israel marched up to fight against Jerusalem, but they could not overpower it. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova iā ʻIsaia, Ō, ʻānō, e hālāwai me ʻAhaza, ʻo ʻoe, a me Seariasuba, kāu keiki, ma ka wēlau o ka ʻauwai o ka wai puna luna, ma ke ala e hiki aku ai i ke kula holoi lole; | Then the LORD said to Isaiah, "Go out, you and your son Shear-Jashub, to meet Ahaz at the end of the aqueduct of the Upper Pool, on the road to the Washerman's Field. |
| A e mai hoʻi lākou, a e kau mai lākou a pau, Ma nā kahawai ʻōlohelohe, a ma nā lua o nā pōhaku, A ma ka nahele ʻoʻoi a pau, A ma nā kula holoholona a pau. | They will all come and settle in the steep ravines and in the crevices in the rocks, on all the thornbushes and at all the water holes. |
| Me nā pua a me nā kakaka lākou e ai i laila, No ka mea, e nāhelehele ana nō ka ʻāina a pau, I ka lāʻau kalakala a me ka nahele ʻoʻoi. | Men will go there with bow and arrow, for the land will be covered with briers and thorns. |
| Ma nā mauna a pau i ʻōlaʻolaʻo ʻia i ka ʻōʻō, ʻAʻohe mea i laila, No ka makaʻu i ka lāʻau kalakala, a me ka nahele ʻoʻoi: He wahi ia e hoʻouna aku ai i ka bipi, He wahi hoʻi e hahi ai nā hipa. | As for all the hills once cultivated by the hoe, you will no longer go there for fear of the briers and thorns; they will become places where cattle are turned loose and where sheep run. |
| ʻŌlelo ʻo Iēhova iaʻu penei, ma ke koi ʻana mai o ka lima, A aʻo maila ʻo ia iaʻu ʻaʻole e ma ka ʻaoʻao o kēia poʻe kānaka, ʻī maila, | The LORD spoke to me with his strong hand upon me, warning me not to follow the way of this people. He said: |
| A ʻōlelo mai lākou iā ʻoukou, E i ka poʻe nīnau kupapaʻu, a i nā kupua hoʻi, I ka poʻe mūkī, a me ka mea namu liʻiliʻi; ʻAʻole anei e nā kānaka i ko lākou Akua? E anei i ka poʻe make no nā mea e ola ana? | When men tell you to consult mediums and spiritists, who whisper and mutter, should not a people inquire of their God? Why consult the dead on behalf of the living? |
| ʻO nā kānaka i ma ka pouli, E ʻike auaneʻi lākou i ka mālamalama nui; ʻO ka poʻe i noho ma ka ʻāina o ke aka o ka make, E ʻalohi mai auaneʻi ka mālamalama ma luna o lākou. | The people walking in darkness have seen a great light; on those living in the land of the shadow of death a light has dawned. |
| Ua mai ia i ʻAiata, ua hala loa aku i Migerona, Ua waiho nō i kāna ukana ma Mikemasa: | They enter Aiath; they pass through Migron; they store supplies at Micmash. |
| Ua mai lākou ma kēia ʻaoʻao o ke ʻāhua; Aia ma Geba ko lākou wahi moe i ka pō: Ua makaʻu ko Rama; ua holo ko Gibea Saula. | They go over the pass, and say, "We will camp overnight at Geba." Ramah trembles; Gibeah of Saul flees. |
| E hoʻomaloʻo nō ʻo Iēhova i ke kaikūʻono o ke kai ʻo ʻAigupita; A e hohola aku hoʻi kona lima ma luna o ka muliwai me kona makani ikaika; E hahau nō hoʻi ʻo ia, a e lilo ia i ʻehiku kahawai, I lākou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao me nā kāmaʻa. | The LORD will dry up the gulf of the Egyptian sea; with a scorching wind he will sweep his hand over the Euphrates River. He will break it up into seven streams so that men can cross over in sandals. |
| A e hoʻomākaukau ʻia he alanui no ke koena o kona poʻe kānaka, Ka poʻe i koe ma ʻAsuria; E like hoʻi me ka mea o ka ʻIseraʻela, I ko lākou wā i mai ai, Mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai. | There will be a highway for the remnant of his people that is left from Assyria, as there was for Israel when they came up from Egypt. |
| mai nō lākou, mai ka ʻāina mamao aku, A mai ka wēlau mai o ka lani; ʻO Iēhova, a me nā mea hoʻopaʻi o kona ukiuki, E ʻānai i ka ʻāina a pau. | They come from faraway lands, from the ends of the heavens-- the LORD and the weapons of his wrath-- to destroy the whole country. |
| Aia hoʻi! Ka lā o Iēhova, ke maila, He weliweli loa nō ka ukiuki, a me ka inaina nui, E hoʻolilo i ka ʻāina i auakua, A e ʻānai aku i ka poʻe hewa. | See, the day of the LORD is coming --a cruel day, with wrath and fierce anger-- to make the land desolate and destroy the sinners within it. |
| ʻO nā hōkū o ka lani a me nā huihui ona, ʻAʻole lākou e hāʻawi mai i ka mālamalama; E pōʻeleʻele nō ka lā i kona ʻana, ʻAʻole hoʻi e hoʻomālamalama mai ka mahina. | The stars of heaven and their constellations will not show their light. The rising sun will be darkened and the moon will not give its light. |
| E hiki mai auaneʻi, a e ʻike ʻia nō, Ka luhi ʻana o ko Moaba ma luna o nā wahi kiʻekiʻe, E nō ʻo ia i kona wahi kapu e nonoi ai, ʻAʻole naʻe e loaʻa. | When Moab appears at her high place, she only wears herself out; when she goes to her shrine to pray, it is to no avail. |
| Ka mea i hoʻouna i nā ʻelele ma ke kai, Ma nā moku kome ma luna o nā wai. Ō, e nā luna māmā, I ka lāhui kanaka ikaika, a koa hoʻi, I ka lāhui kanaka weliweli, mai ka wā kahiko mai, I ka lāhui kanaka mana i ka luku aku, A hālana ʻia ko lākou ʻāina e nā muliwai. | which sends envoys by sea in papyrus boats over the water. Go, swift messengers, to a people tall and smooth-skinned, to a people feared far and wide, an aggressive nation of strange speech, whose land is divided by rivers. |
| Ka wānana no ʻAigupita. Aia hoʻi, ke holo lā ʻo Iēhova ma luna o ke ao māmā, A mai hoʻi ia i ʻAigupita. E haʻalulu auaneʻi nā akua kiʻi o ʻAigupita i mua o kona alo, E maʻule hoʻi ka naʻau o ko ʻAigupita i loko o lākou. | An oracle concerning Egypt: See, the LORD rides on a swift cloud and is coming to Egypt. The idols of Egypt tremble before him, and the hearts of the Egyptians melt within them. |
| Ia lā lā, e loaʻa nō ke alanui, mai ʻAigupita aku a ʻAsuria, A e nō ko ʻAsuria i ʻAigupita, A me ko ʻAigupita hoʻi i ʻAsuria; A e mālama pū nō ko ʻAigupita me ko ʻAsuria. | In that day there will be a highway from Egypt to Assyria. The Assyrians will go to Egypt and the Egyptians to Assyria. The Egyptians and Assyrians will worship together. |
| I ka makahiki i mai ai ʻo Taretana i ʻAsedoda, kahi āna i hoʻouna ʻia mai ai e Saregona, ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, a kaua mai ʻo ia iā ʻAsedoda, a hoʻopio hoʻi ia; | In the year that the supreme commander, sent by Sargon king of Assyria, came to Ashdod and attacked and captured it-- |
| Ia manawa, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova ma o ʻIsaia lā, ʻo ke keiki a ʻAmosa, ʻī maila, Ō, e wehe i ke kapa ʻino mai kou pūhaka aku, A e wehe hoʻi i kou kāmaʻa mai kou kapuaʻi aku. Hana nō ʻo ia pēlā, a ihola, he kapa ʻole, a he kāmaʻa ʻole. | at that time the LORD spoke through Isaiah son of Amoz. He said to him, "Take off the sackcloth from your body and the sandals from your feet." And he did so, going around stripped and barefoot. |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova, Me ʻIsaia kaʻu kauā i ai, he kapa ʻole, a he kāmaʻa ʻole, I hōʻailona, a i ʻōuli hoʻi no nā makahiki ʻekolu, Ma luna o ʻAigupita, a ma luna o ʻAitiopa; | Then the LORD said, "Just as my servant Isaiah has gone stripped and barefoot for three years, as a sign and portent against Egypt and Cush, |
| Ka wānana no ka wao nahele o ka moana. Like me ka holo ʻana o ka puahiohio ma ke kūkulu hema, Pēlā nō kona ʻana, mai ka wao nahele mai, Mai ka ʻāina weliweli mai hoʻi. | An oracle concerning the Desert by the Sea: Like whirlwinds sweeping through the southland, an invader comes from the desert, from a land of terror. |
| No ka mea, penei i ʻōlelo mai ai ka Haku iaʻu, Ō, e hoʻonoho i ke kiaʻi ma ka hale kiaʻi, E haʻi mai ʻo ia i kona mea e ʻike ai. | This is what the Lord says to me: "Go, post a lookout and have him report what he sees. |
| Aia hoʻi, mai kekahi mau holo lio kaua, ʻo nā holo lio pāpālua. ʻŌlelo maila, ʻī mai, Ua hāʻule ʻo Babulona, ua hāʻule; Ua hoʻohiolo ʻo ia i kona poʻe akua kiʻi i lalo i ka honua. | Look, here comes a man in a chariot with a team of horses. And he gives back the answer: 'Babylon has fallen, has fallen! All the images of its gods lie shattered on the ground!' " |
| Ka wānana no ʻArabia. Ma ka ulu lāʻau ʻo ʻArabia ʻoukou e moe ai, E nā huakaʻi o Dedana! | An oracle concerning Arabia: You caravans of Dedanites, who camp in the thickets of Arabia, |
| ʻŌlelo mai ka Haku, ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua, penei, Ō, a hiki aku ʻoe i kēia puʻukū iā Sebena i ka mea ma luna o ka hale, a e ʻōlelo aku, | This is what the Lord, the LORD Almighty, says: "Go, say to this steward, to Shebna, who is in charge of the palace: |
| E aʻe ʻoukou i Taresisa, E ʻaoa ʻoukou, e ka poʻe noho ma kahakai. | Cross over to Tarshish; wail, you people of the island. |
| E ʻoe ma luna o kou ʻāina e like me ka waikahe, E ke kaikamahine o Taresisa, ʻaʻole kāʻei i koe. | Till your land as along the Nile, O Daughter of Tarshish, for you no longer have a harbor. |
| A ua ʻōlelo mai ia, ʻAʻole ʻoe e hoʻōho lanakila hou, E ka wahine puʻupaʻa i puʻe wale ʻia, ke kaikamahine a Zidona; E kū i luna, e i kēlā ʻaoʻao, i Kitima; ʻAʻole naʻe e loaʻa iā ʻoe ka maha ma laila. | He said, "No more of your reveling, O Virgin Daughter of Sidon, now crushed! "Up, cross over to Cyprus; even there you will find no rest." |
| E mai, e koʻu poʻe kānaka, E komo ʻoukou i loko o ko ʻoukou keʻena malu, E pani hoʻi i ko ʻoukou puka ma hope o ʻoukou; E hūnā iā ʻoe iho no ka manawa ʻuʻuku, A hala aku ka inaina. | Go, my people, enter your rooms and shut the doors behind you; hide yourselves for a little while until his wrath has passed by. |
| ʻAʻohe huhū i loko oʻu, ʻO wai ka mea nāna e hoʻonoho i ke kākalaioa, a me ka pua kala, E kūʻē mai iaʻu ma ke kaua ʻana? E kūʻē nō wau iā lākou, E puhi nō wau iā lākou pū. | I am not angry. If only there were briers and thorns confronting me! I would march against them in battle; I would set them all on fire. |
| A maloʻo kona mau lālā, a laila, e uhaʻi ʻia nō lākou; E mai nō nā wāhine, a e puhi ia mau mea i ke ahi, No ka mea, he lāhui kanaka noʻonoʻo ʻole ʻia; No laila, ʻo ka mea nāna ia i hana, ʻaʻole ia e aloha mai iā ia, A ʻo ka mea nāna ia i kūkulu, ʻaʻole ia e hana lokomaikaʻi mai iā ia. | When its twigs are dry, they are broken off and women come and make fires with them. For this is a people without understanding; so their Maker has no compassion on them, and their Creator shows them no favor. |
| A hiki aku ia lā, E puhi ʻia ka pū nui, A e mai ka poʻe ʻaneʻane make ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAsuria, A ʻo ka poʻe i puehu ʻia ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, A e hoʻomana lākou iā Iēhova, Ma ka mauna hoʻāno ma Ierusalema. | And in that day a great trumpet will sound. Those who were perishing in Assyria and those who were exiled in Egypt will come and worship the LORD on the holy mountain in Jerusalem. |
| No laila i hiki ai ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova iā lākou, He rula ma luna o ka rula, He rula ma luna o ka rula; He loina ma luna o ka loina, He loina ma luna o ka loina; He ʻuʻuku ma kēia wahi, He ʻuʻuku ma kēlā wahi; I ai lākou a hina i hope, a luku ʻia, I hoʻopahele ʻia hoʻi, a paʻa. | So then, the word of the LORD to them will become: Do and do, do and do, rule on rule, rule on rule; a little here, a little there-- so that they will go and fall backward, be injured and snared and captured. |
| E hoʻohikilele mai ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua iā ʻoe, Me ka hekili a me ke ōlaʻi, Me ka uwalaʻau nui, a me ka puahiohio, Me ka ʻino, a me ka lapalapa ahi e hoʻopau ana. | the LORD Almighty will come with thunder and earthquake and great noise, with windstorm and tempest and flames of a devouring fire. |
| Ka poʻe i i lalo i ʻAigupita, ʻAʻole naʻe i nīnau ma kuʻu waha; A hoʻoikaika lākou iā lākou iho ma ka ikaika o Paraʻo, A hilinaʻi aku ma ke aka o ʻAigupita. | who go down to Egypt without consulting me; who look for help to Pharaoh's protection, to Egypt's shade for refuge. |
| Ō hoʻi, e palapala ia mea ma ka papa i mua o lākou, A e kahakaha hoʻi ma ka buke, I mea no nā lā ma hope, no nā manawa mau loa aku: | Go now, write it on a tablet for them, inscribe it on a scroll, that for the days to come it may be an everlasting witness. |
| E lohe nō kou mau pepeiao i ka ʻōlelo ma hope ou, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Eia ke ala, e ma loko o laila, Inā paha ʻoukou e huli ma ka ʻākau, A inā paha ʻoukou e huli ma ka hema. | Whether you turn to the right or to the left, your ears will hear a voice behind you, saying, "This is the way; walk in it." |
| E hoʻohaumia nō hoʻi ʻoukou i ke poʻi kālā o ko ʻoukou mau kiʻi i kālai ʻia, A me ka wahi gula o kou mau kiʻi hoʻoheheʻe ʻia; E kiola ana ʻoukou ia, e like me ka welu peʻa, A e ʻōlelo ana nō ʻoe iā ia, pēlā. | Then you will defile your idols overlaid with silver and your images covered with gold; you will throw them away like a menstrual cloth and say to them, "Away with you!" |
| Aia hoʻi, ke mai nei ka inoa ʻo Iēhova mai kahi lōʻihi mai, Ua wela kona ukiuki, a nui loa ke ʻā ʻana; Ua piha kona mau lehelehe i ka inaina, A ua like nō kona elelo me ke ahi e hoʻopau ana. | See, the Name of the LORD comes from afar, with burning anger and dense clouds of smoke; his lips are full of wrath, and his tongue is a consuming fire. |
| He mele nō ko ʻoukou, E like me ko ka pō i ka wā e mālama ai i ka ʻahaʻaina; He ʻoliʻoli o ka naʻau, e like me ka mea ma muli o ka hōkiokio, A hiki aku i ka mauna o Iēhova, i ka pōhaku hoʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela. | And you will sing as on the night you celebrate a holy festival; your hearts will rejoice as when people go up with flutes to the mountain of the LORD, to the Rock of Israel. |
| E like me nā manu lele, pēlā nō ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua e mālama mai ai iā Ierusalema; I kona mālama ʻana, e hoʻopakele nō ʻo ia ia wahi, I kona ʻana aʻe, e hoʻōla mai nō ʻo ia. | Like birds hovering overhead, the LORD Almighty will shield Jerusalem; he will shield it and deliver it, he will 'pass over' it and will rescue it." |
| E aku nō ia i kona pōhaku, no ka makaʻu, A e makaʻu nō kona poʻe aliʻi no ka hae, Wahi a Iēhova, ka mea nāna ke ahi ma Ziona, A nāna hoʻi ke kapuahi ma Ierusalema. | Their stronghold will fall because of terror; at sight of the battle standard their commanders will panic," declares the LORD, whose fire is in Zion, whose furnace is in Jerusalem. |
| Ua haʻalele ʻia nā alanui, Ua oki ka mea; Ua uhaʻi ʻo ia i ka berita, Ua hoʻowahāwahā ʻo ia i nā kūlanakauhale; ʻAʻole ia i manaʻo i ke kanaka. | The highways are deserted, no travelers are on the roads. The treaty is broken, its witnesses are despised, no one is respected. |
| ʻO ka mea ma ka pono, a ʻōlelo hoʻi ma ka pololei; ʻO ka mea hoʻowahāwahā i ka waiwai o ka hoʻokaumaha ʻana, ʻO ka mea lūlū ma waho aku o kona lima i ka waiwai i loaʻa ma ke kīpē ʻana; ʻO ka mea pani i kona mau pepeiao o lohe i ke koko, ʻO ka mea hoʻopili i kona mau maka, i ʻike ʻole ia i ka hewa; | He who walks righteously and speaks what is right, who rejects gain from extortion and keeps his hand from accepting bribes, who stops his ears against plots of murder and shuts his eyes against contemplating evil-- |
| ʻAʻole ia e hoʻopio ʻia i ka pō, ʻaʻole i ke ao; A e pūnohu mau loa aku nō kona uwahi; E waiho kaha wale ʻia nō ia, mai kēia hanauna, a ia hanauna aku, ʻAʻohe mea e ma waena o laila, a hiki i ka manawa pau ʻole. | It will not be quenched night and day; its smoke will rise forever. From generation to generation it will lie desolate; no one will ever pass through it again. |
| E ʻōlelo aku ʻoukou i ka poʻe makaʻu o ka naʻau, I nui ka ikaika, mai makaʻu ʻoukou; Aia hoʻi ko ʻoukou Akua! E mai nō ia e hoʻopaʻi, ʻo ke Akua hoʻi me ka hoʻouku; E mai nō ʻo ia, a e hoʻōla iā ʻoukou. | say to those with fearful hearts, "Be strong, do not fear; your God will come, he will come with vengeance; with divine retribution he will come to save you." |
| A ma laila nō ke kuamoʻo, he alanui hoʻi, A e kapa ʻia nō ia, Ke alanui o ka pono. ʻAʻole ma laila ka mea haumia; E pū nō ʻo ia me lākou ma ke ala, ʻAʻole lalau ka poʻe naʻaupō ma laila. | And a highway will be there; it will be called the Way of Holiness. The unclean will not journey on it; it will be for those who walk in that Way; wicked fools will not go about on it. |
| ʻAʻole liona ma ia wahi, ʻAʻole piʻi aku ma laila kekahi holoholona hae, ʻAʻole e loaʻa ia ma ia wahi; Akā, ma laila nō e ai ka poʻe i hoʻōla pānaʻi ʻia. | No lion will be there, nor will any ferocious beast get up on it; they will not be found there. But only the redeemed will walk there, |
| A e hoʻi mai nō ko Iēhova poʻe i kūʻai hoʻōla ʻia, E mai nō lākou i Ziona me ke ʻoli, A me ka hauʻoli mau ma luna o ko lākou mau poʻo; E loaʻa nō iā lākou ka ʻoliʻoli, a me ka hauʻoli, A e ʻauheʻe aku nō ke kaumaha, a me ke kaniʻuhū. | and the ransomed of the LORD will return. They will enter Zion with singing; everlasting joy will crown their heads. Gladness and joy will overtake them, and sorrow and sighing will flee away. |
| A laila, akula i ona lā, ʻo ʻEliakima, ke keiki a Hilekia, ʻo ka mea ma luna o ko ka hale, a me Sebena, ke kākau ʻōlelo, a me Ioa, ke keiki a ʻAsapa, ke kākau moʻoʻōlelo. | Eliakim son of Hilkiah the palace administrator, Shebna the secretary, and Joah son of Asaph the recorder went out to him. |
| A laila, maila ʻo ʻEliakima, ke keiki a Hilekia, ka mea ma luna o ko ka hale, a me Sebena, ke kākau ʻōlelo, a me Ioa, ke keiki a ʻAsapa, ke kākau moʻoʻōlelo, i o Hezekia lā, me ka haehae ʻia o ka lole, a haʻi aʻela iā ia i nā ʻōlelo a Rabesake. | Then Eliakim son of Hilkiah the palace administrator, Shebna the secretary, and Joah son of Asaph the recorder went to Hezekiah, with their clothes torn, and told him what the field commander had said. |
| A laila, lohe aʻela ʻo ia iā Tirehaka, i ke aliʻi o ʻAitiopa, i ka ʻī ʻana mai, Ke mai nei ia e kaua iā ʻoe. A i kona lohe ʻana, hoʻouna maila ia i mau ʻelele iā Hezekia, ʻī maila. | Now Sennacherib received a report that Tirhakah, the Cushite king , was marching out to fight against him. When he heard it, he sent messengers to Hezekiah with this word: |
| No ka mea, ʻo kou ukiuki mai iaʻu, a me kou hoʻokiʻekiʻe, Ua piʻi mai nō, a i loko o koʻu mau pepeiao; No laila, e hoʻokomo nō wau i koʻu lou i loko o kou ihu, A me koʻu kaula waha ma kou mau lehelehe, A e hoʻohuli aku nō au iā ʻoe ma ke ala āu i mai ai. | Because you rage against me and because your insolence has reached my ears, I will put my hook in your nose and my bit in your mouth, and I will make you return by the way you came. |
| Ma ke ala āna i mai ai, ma laila nō ia e hoʻi aku, ʻAʻole ia e komo i loko o kēia kūlanakauhale, wahi a Iēhova. | By the way that he came he will return; he will not enter this city," declares the LORD. |
| aʻela ka ʻānela o Iēhova, a luku akula ma loko o kahi hoʻomoana o ko ʻAsuria, hoʻokahi haneri me kanawalukumamālima tausani. A ala aʻela lākou i kakahiaka nui, aia hoʻi! He poʻe kupapaʻu make lākou a pau. | Then the angel of the LORD went out and put to death a hundred and eighty-five thousand men in the Assyrian camp. When the people got up the next morning--there were all the dead bodies! |
| A laila, akula ʻo Sanekariba, ke aliʻi o ʻAsuria, a haʻalele aʻela ia wahi, a hoʻi akula, a noho ihola ma Nineva. | So Sennacherib king of Assyria broke camp and withdrew. He returned to Nineveh and stayed there. |
| Ia mau lā, he maʻi make ko Hezekia; a maila ʻo ʻIsaia, ke kāula, ke keiki a ʻAmosa i ona lā, ʻī maila iā ia, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, E kauoha ʻoe i ko kou hale, no ka mea, e make ana ʻoe, ʻaʻole ʻoe e ola. | In those days Hezekiah became ill and was at the point of death. The prophet Isaiah son of Amoz went to him and said, "This is what the LORD says: Put your house in order, because you are going to die; you will not recover." |
| ʻĪ akula ia, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e Iēhova, ʻānō lā e hoʻomanaʻo ʻoe i koʻu ʻana i mua ou ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, me ka naʻau pono, a ua hana i ka maikaʻi ma kou alo. A uē ihola ʻo Hezekia, he uē nui loa. | "Remember, O LORD, how I have walked before you faithfully and with wholehearted devotion and have done what is good in your eyes." And Hezekiah wept bitterly. |
| Ō, e ʻōlelo aku iā Hezekia, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua o Dāvida, kou kupuna, penei, Ua lohe au i kāu pule, a ua ʻike nō wau i kou waimaka; aia hoʻi, e hoʻolōʻihi aku au i kou mau lā, i ʻumikumamālima makahiki. | "Go and tell Hezekiah, 'This is what the LORD, the God of your father David, says: I have heard your prayer and seen your tears; I will add fifteen years to your life. |
| He aha kaʻu e ʻōlelo aku ai? No ka mea, ua ʻōlelo mai ʻo ia iaʻu, a ua hana ʻiʻo mai nō ʻo ia: E mālie nō wau i koʻu mau makahiki a pau, No ke kaumaha loa o kuʻu ʻuhane. | But what can I say? He has spoken to me, and he himself has done this. I will walk humbly all my years because of this anguish of my soul. |
| A laila, maila ʻo ʻIsaia, ke kāula i ke aliʻi, iā Hezekia, ʻī maila iā ia, He aha kā kēia poʻe kānaka i ʻōlelo mai ai? Mai hea mai hoʻi lākou i mai ai i ou lā? ʻĪ akula ʻo Hezekia, Mai ka ʻāina mamao aku lākou i mai ai i oʻu nei, mai Babulona mai hoʻi. | Then Isaiah the prophet went to King Hezekiah and asked, "What did those men say, and where did they come from?" "From a distant land," Hezekiah replied. "They came to me from Babylon." |
| Aia hoʻi, e mai ana ka Haku, ʻo Iēhova me ka ikaika, Na kona lima nō e mālama ia; Aia hoʻi, me ia pū nō kāna uku mai, A ʻo kāna uku hana hoʻi ma kona alo. | See, the Sovereign LORD comes with power, and his arm rules for him. See, his reward is with him, and his recompense accompanies him. |
| Akā, ʻo ka poʻe hilinaʻi aku iā Iēhova, e ulu hou nō ko lākou ikaika; E piʻi ʻēheu aku nō lākou i luna, e like me nā ʻaito; E holo nō lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e māloʻeloʻe, E mua nō lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi e maʻule. | but those who hope in the LORD will renew their strength. They will soar on wings like eagles; they will run and not grow weary, they will walk and not be faint. |
| Na wai i hoʻāla mai i ka mea pono, mai ka hikina mai, A kauoha hoʻi iā ia e ma kona wāwae? A hāʻawi aʻela ia i nā lāhui kanaka i mua ona, A hoʻonoho iā ia ma luna o nā aliʻi? A hāʻawi hoʻi iā lākou e like me ka lepo i mua o kāna pahi kaua, E like hoʻi me ka ʻōpala lele i mua o kona kakaka? | "Who has stirred up one from the east, calling him in righteousness to his service ? He hands nations over to him and subdues kings before him. He turns them to dust with his sword, to windblown chaff with his bow. |
| Alualu ʻo ia iā lākou, a maluhia hoʻi kona ʻana; Ma ke ala hoʻi i hahi ʻole ʻia ma mua e kona mau wāwae. | He pursues them and moves on unscathed, by a path his feet have not traveled before. |
| ʻIke maila nā ʻāina, a makaʻu ihola, Weliweli nō nā kūkulu o ka honua, Hoʻokokoke mai lākou, a maila. | The islands have seen it and fear; the ends of the earth tremble. They approach and come forward; |
| Ua hoʻāla aku au i kekahi, mai ka ʻākau mai, a e ʻiʻo mai nō ia; E kāhea mai nō ʻo ia i koʻu inoa, mai kahi e puka mai ai ka lā; A e mai nō ʻo ia ma luna o nā aliʻi e like me ka lepo, E like hoʻi me ko ka potera hahi ʻana i ka lepo kāwili. | "I have stirred up one from the north, and he comes-- one from the rising sun who calls on my name. He treads on rulers as if they were mortar, as if he were a potter treading the clay. |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ke Akua, ʻo Iēhova, penei, Ka mea nāna i hana nā lani, a hohola aʻela iā lākou; Ka mea i hoʻopālahalaha aʻe i ka honua, a me kona mau mea ulu; Ka mea hāʻawi i ka hanu no nā kānaka ma luna ona, A me ke ea hoʻi i ka poʻe e ana ma luna ona: | This is what God the LORD says-- he who created the heavens and stretched them out, who spread out the earth and all that comes out of it, who gives breath to its people, and life to those who walk on it: |
| Na wai i hāʻawi iā Iakoba i pio, A i ka ʻIseraʻela hoʻi no ka poʻe pōwā? ʻAʻole anei na Iēhova, ka mea a kākou i hana ʻino aku ai? No ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i i kona mau alanui, ʻAʻole lākou i hoʻolohe i kona kānāwai. | Who handed Jacob over to become loot, and Israel to the plunderers? Was it not the LORD, against whom we have sinned? For they would not follow his ways; they did not obey his law. |
| Iā ʻoe e ma waena o nā wai, ʻo wau pū nō me ʻoe; A ma loko hoʻi o nā muliwai, ʻaʻole ʻoe e hālana ʻia iā lākou; Iā ʻoe e aʻe ma loko o ke ahi, ʻaʻole ʻoe e wela; ʻAʻole hoʻi e ʻai aku ka lapalapa ahi iā ʻoe. | When you pass through the waters, I will be with you; and when you pass through the rivers, they will not sweep over you. When you walk through the fire, you will not be burned; the flames will not set you ablaze. |
| E nō wau i mua ou, a e hoʻolaumania i nā wahi ʻāpuʻupuʻu, E wāwahi nō au i nā pani puka keleawe, A e uhaki iaʻu nā kaola hao. | I will go before you and will level the mountains; I will break down gates of bronze and cut through bars of iron. |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, E mai nō i ʻaneʻi, i ou lā, Ka waiwai o ʻAigupita, a me ka mea kūʻai o ʻAitiopa, A me ko Seba, ka poʻe kānaka nunui, a e lilo lākou nou. E hahai nō lākou iā ʻoe; me ka paʻa ʻana i nā kaula hao lākou e mai ai, A e moe nō lākou i lalo i mua ou, E nonoi aku nō lākou iā ʻoe, me ka ʻōlelo iho, He ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, me ʻoe nō ke Akua, ʻaʻohe Akua ʻē aʻe. | This is what the LORD says: "The products of Egypt and the merchandise of Cush, and those tall Sabeans-- they will come over to you and will be yours; they will trudge behind you, coming over to you in chains. They will bow down before you and plead with you, saying, 'Surely God is with you, and there is no other; there is no other god.' " |
| E hoʻākoakoa ʻoukou, a mai, E hōʻuluʻulu pū ʻoukou, e ka poʻe i pakele o nā ʻāina. He poʻe ʻike ʻole ka poʻe kūkulu i ka lāʻau o ko lākou akua kālai ʻia, A pule aku i ke akua hiki ʻole ke hoʻōla. | "Gather together and come; assemble, you fugitives from the nations. Ignorant are those who carry about idols of wood, who pray to gods that cannot save. |
| He ʻoiaʻiʻo, e ʻōlelo mai iaʻu, ma loko o Iēhova nā mea pono, a me ka ikaika, Iā ia nō lākou e mai ai; A e hilahila auaneʻi ka poʻe a pau i inaina aku iā ia. | They will say of me, 'In the LORD alone are righteousness and strength.' " All who have raged against him will come to him and be put to shame. |
| Kūlou nō lākou, a kukuli pū nō hoʻi i lalo; ʻAʻole hiki iā lākou ke hoʻokuʻu i ka ukana, Ua nō lākou i loko o ke pio ʻana. | They stoop and bow down together; unable to rescue the burden, they themselves go off into captivity. |
| E lawe i ka mea kaʻa palaoa, a e kaʻa hoʻi i ka palaoa, E wehe i kou pale maka, e waiho aku ka huʻa kapu, E wehe i ka ʻūhā, a e aʻe i kēlā ʻaoʻao o nā muliwai. | Take millstones and grind flour; take off your veil. Lift up your skirts, bare your legs, and wade through the streams. |
| E noho ʻekemu ʻole ʻoe, a e aku hoʻi, a i loko o ka pouli, E ke kaikamahine o ko Kaledea; No ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoe e kapa hou ʻia, He haku wahine o nā aupuni. | "Sit in silence, go into darkness, Daughter of the Babylonians; no more will you be called queen of kingdoms. |
| No laila, e hiki mai nō ka hewa ma luna ou, ʻAʻole ʻoe e ʻike i kahi e hiki mai ai; E hāʻule mai nō ka pōpilikia ma luna ou, ʻAʻole hiki iā ʻoe ke kala aku ia. E hoʻohikilele mai nō ka make ma luna ou, ʻAʻole ʻoe e ʻike aku. | Disaster will come upon you, and you will not know how to conjure it away. A calamity will fall upon you that you cannot ward off with a ransom; a catastrophe you cannot foresee will suddenly come upon you. |
| ʻO wau hoʻi, ua ʻōlelo nō ʻo wau, ʻO ia, ua hea aku nō au iā ia; A naʻu hoʻi ia i lawe mai nei, A e hoʻopōmaikaʻi ʻo ia i kona ʻana. | I, even I, have spoken; yes, I have called him. I will bring him, and he will succeed in his mission. |
| Penei hoʻi ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai a Iēhova, a kou Hoʻōla pānaʻi, Ka Mea Hemolele hoʻi o ka ʻIseraʻela; ʻO wau nō Iēhova, kou Akua, Ka mea aʻo aku iā ʻoe i ka mea e pono ai, Ka mea alakaʻi iā ʻoe ma kahi e pono ai ʻoe ke. | This is what the LORD says-- your Redeemer, the Holy One of Israel: "I am the LORD your God, who teaches you what is best for you, who directs you in the way you should go. |
| Iā lākou i ai ma nā wahi maloʻo, ʻaʻole lākou i make wai: Hoʻokahe ʻo ia i ka wai, mai loko mai o ka pōhaku no lākou; Wāwahi nō ʻo ia i ka pōhaku, a huaʻi maila nā wai. | They did not thirst when he led them through the deserts; he made water flow for them from the rock; he split the rock and water gushed out. |
| I ʻōlelo nō hoʻi ʻoe i ka poʻe i paʻa, E i waho, A i ka poʻe ma ka pouli, E hōʻike iā ʻoukou iho. E ʻai nō lākou ma nā alanui, A ma nā puʻu a pau kā lākou ʻai. | to say to the captives, 'Come out,' and to those in darkness, 'Be free!' "They will feed beside the roads and find pasture on every barren hill. |
| Aia hoʻi, e mai nō kēia poʻe, ma kahi lōʻihi mai; Aia hoʻi, ʻo kēia poʻe, mai ke kūkulu ʻākau, a mai ke komohana mai; A ʻo kēia poʻe hoʻi, mai ka ʻāina ʻo Sinima mai. | See, they will come from afar-- some from the north, some from the west, some from the region of Aswan. " |
| E ʻalawa aʻe ʻoe i kou mau maka ma ʻō, a ma ʻō, e nānā hoʻi; ʻĀkoakoa mai lākou a pau, a mai i ou lā. Me aʻu e ola nei, wahi a Iēhova, E ʻaʻahu ʻiʻo nō ʻoe iā lākou a pau me he kāhiko lā, A e kākoʻo hoʻi iā lākou, e like me ka wahine mare. | Lift up your eyes and look around; all your sons gather and come to you. As surely as I live," declares the LORD, "you will wear them all as ornaments; you will put them on, like a bride. |
| Iaʻu i mai ai, he aha ka mea i kanaka ʻole ai? A iaʻu i hea aku ai, ʻaʻohe mea nāna i ō mai? Ua hoʻopōkole loa ʻia anei koʻu lima, i ʻole au e hoʻōla aku? ʻAʻole anei oʻu mana e hoʻopakele ai? Aia hoʻi, i kuʻu pāpā ʻana, hoʻomaloʻo nō wau i ke kai, A hoʻolilo nō wau i nā muliwai, i wao nahele; Pilau maila ko lākou iʻa, no ka mea, ʻaʻohe wai, e make hoʻi, no ka make wai. | When I came, why was there no one? When I called, why was there no one to answer? Was my arm too short to ransom you? Do I lack the strength to rescue you? By a mere rebuke I dry up the sea, I turn rivers into a desert; their fish rot for lack of water and die of thirst. |
| ʻO wai lā ka mea i waena o ʻoukou i makaʻu aku iā Iēhova, E hoʻolohe ana hoʻi i ka leo o kāna kauā, Ka mea e ana ma ka pouli, ʻaʻole ona mālamalama? E hilinaʻi aku ʻo ia ma ka inoa ʻo Iēhova, A e hoʻomaha hoʻi ma kona Akua. | Who among you fears the LORD and obeys the word of his servant? Let him who walks in the dark, who has no light, trust in the name of the LORD and rely on his God. |
| Aia hoʻi, ʻo ʻoukou a pau, ka poʻe hoʻā i ke ahi, Ka poʻe i kākoʻo iā ʻoukou iho i nā lamakū; E ʻoukou ma ka mālamalama o ko ʻoukou ahi, A me nā lamakū a ʻoukou i kuni ai. E loaʻa nō kēia iā ʻoukou ma kuʻu lima, E moe ana nō ʻoukou i lalo i loko o ka ʻeha. | But now, all you who light fires and provide yourselves with flaming torches, go, walk in the light of your fires and of the torches you have set ablaze. This is what you shall receive from my hand: You will lie down in torment. |
| Ua kokoke mai nō koʻu pono, ua aku hoʻi koʻu ola, Na kuʻu lima nō e hoʻoponopono i kānaka; E kali nō nā mokupuni iaʻu, a ma koʻu lima lākou e hilinaʻi ai. | My righteousness draws near speedily, my salvation is on the way, and my arm will bring justice to the nations. The islands will look to me and wait in hope for my arm. |
| ʻAʻole anei ʻoe ka mea nāna i hoʻomaloʻo i ke kai? I nā wai hoʻi o ka hohonu nui? A hoʻolilo hoʻi i nā wahi hohonu o ke kai, I alanui e ai ka poʻe i hoʻōla pānaʻi ʻia? | Was it not you who dried up the sea, the waters of the great deep, who made a road in the depths of the sea so that the redeemed might cross over? |
| E hoʻi mai nō hoʻi ko Iēhova poʻe i hoʻōla pānaʻi ʻia, E mai nō lākou i Ziona me ke ʻoli; He hauʻoli mau loa ma luna o ko lākou mau poʻo: E loaʻa nō iā lākou ka ʻoliʻoli, a me ka hauʻoli, A e heʻe loa aku nō ke kaumaha, a me ke kaniʻuhū. | The ransomed of the LORD will return. They will enter Zion with singing; everlasting joy will crown their heads. Gladness and joy will overtake them, and sorrow and sighing will flee away. |
| Akā, e waiho aku au ia mea i loko o ka lima o ka poʻe hoʻokaumaha iā ʻoe, ʻO ka poʻe i ʻōlelo iā ʻoe, E moe i lalo, i aku mākou ma luna aʻe; A ua hoʻomoe ʻoe i kou kua e like me ka lepo, Me he alanui lā hoʻi, no ka poʻe i aʻe. | I will put it into the hands of your tormentors, who said to you, 'Fall prostrate that we may walk over you.' And you made your back like the ground, like a street to be walked over." |
| E ala, e ala, e ʻaʻahu i kou ikaika, e Ziona; E komo i kou mau lole nani, e Ierusalema, Ke kūlanakauhale laʻa; No ka mea, ma kēia wā aku, ʻaʻole e hou i loko ou, ka mea i ʻoki poepoe ʻole ʻia, a me ka haumia. | Awake, awake, O Zion, clothe yourself with strength. Put on your garments of splendor, O Jerusalem, the holy city. The uncircumcised and defiled will not enter you again. |
| E ʻoukou ma waho, e ʻoukou ma waho, e puka aku ma waho o laila, Mai pā aku i ka mea haumia; E puka aku mai loko aku ona; E hoʻohuikala ʻoukou iā ʻoukou, e ka poʻe halihali i nā ipu o Iēhova. | Depart, depart, go out from there! Touch no unclean thing! Come out from it and be pure, you who carry the vessels of the LORD. |
| No ka mea, ʻaʻole ʻoukou e puka aku me ka holo, ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e me ka ʻauheʻe; No ka mea, e nō ʻo Iēhova i mua o ʻoukou, A ʻo ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela auaneʻi ka mea ma hope o ʻoukou. | But you will not leave in haste or go in flight; for the LORD will go before you, the God of Israel will be your rear guard. |
| Ua hewa kākou a pau e like me nā hipa; Ua huli kēlā mea kēia mea o kākou i kona ʻaoʻao iho; A ua kau nō ʻo Iēhova ma luna ona i ka hewa o kākou a pau. | We all, like sheep, have gone astray, each of us has turned to his own way; and the LORD has laid on him the iniquity of us all. |
| ʻEa! Nā mea a pau e make wai, E mai ʻoukou i nā wai, A ʻo ka mea kālā ʻole, e mai hoʻi ʻoukou, e kūʻai nō, a e ʻai iho; ʻO ia, e mai, e kūʻai i ka waina, a me ka waiū, me ke kālā ʻole, a me ke kumu ʻole. | "Come, all you who are thirsty, come to the waters; and you who have no money, come, buy and eat! Come, buy wine and milk without money and without cost. |
| E hāliu mai i ko ʻoukou pepeiao, a e mai iaʻu; A hoʻolohe mai, a e ola nō ko ʻoukou ʻuhane; A e hana nō au me ʻoukou i berita mau loa, I ka lokomaikaʻi ʻoiaʻiʻo hoʻi o Dāvida. | Give ear and come to me; hear me, that your soul may live. I will make an everlasting covenant with you, my faithful love promised to David. |
| E nā holoholona a pau o ke kula, e mai ʻoukou e ʻai; ʻO nā holoholona hoʻi a pau o ka ulu lāʻau. | Come, all you beasts of the field, come and devour, all you beasts of the forest! |
| E mai, a naʻu nō e lawe mai i ka waina, [wahi a lākou,] A e inu kākou i ka mea ʻawaʻawa a ʻona; A e like pū ana ka lā ʻapōpō me kēia lā, a e ʻoi nui aku nō hoʻi. | "Come," each one cries, "let me get wine! Let us drink our fill of beer! And tomorrow will be like today, or even far better." |
| E aku nō ʻo ia me ka malu, E hoʻomaha lākou ma ko lākou wahi moe, ʻO ka mea hoʻi i ma kona pololei. | Those who walk uprightly enter into peace; they find rest as they lie in death. |
| aku nō ʻoe i ke aliʻi me ka ʻaila ʻala, A ua hoʻomāhuahua ʻoe i kou mau mea manoʻi, A ua hoʻouna aku ʻoe i kou poʻe ʻelele i kahi lōʻihi, A ua hoʻopohō nō ʻoe iā ʻoe iho, a lilo i ka pō. | You went to Molech with olive oil and increased your perfumes. You sent your ambassadors far away; you descended to the grave itself ! |
| I ka lōʻihi o kou ʻana, ua māloʻeloʻe ʻoe, ʻAʻole naʻe ʻoe i ʻōlelo, ua makehewa; Ua loaʻa iā ʻoe ke ola ʻana o kou lima, No laila, ʻaʻole ʻoe i paupauaho. | You were wearied by all your ways, but you would not say, 'It is hopeless.' You found renewal of your strength, and so you did not faint. |
| No ka hewa o kona ʻālunu i huhū aku ai au, a hahau akula iā ia; Hūnā nō wau i koʻu maka, a huhū aku nō; Akā, nō ʻo ia ma ke kolohe, ma ka ʻaoʻao nō o kona naʻau. | I was enraged by his sinful greed; I punished him, and hid my face in anger, yet he kept on in his willful ways. |
| ʻAʻole anei penei, ka hoʻokē ʻai aʻu i makemake ai? ʻO ka wehe i nā mea paʻa o ka hoʻokaumaha, E hoʻokuʻu iho i nā hāʻawe kaumaha, A e kuʻu aku hoʻi e ka poʻe i hoʻokaumaha ʻia, A i uhaki nō hoʻi ʻoukou i nā ʻauamo a pau? | "Is not this the kind of fasting I have chosen: to loose the chains of injustice and untie the cords of the yoke, to set the oppressed free and break every yoke? |
| A laila, e pohā aku nō kou mālamalama, e like me ko ke kakahiaka, A e puka koke mai nō kou ola; A e nō kou pono ma kou alo, A ʻo ka nani o Iēhova auaneʻi ka mea ma hope ou. | Then your light will break forth like the dawn, and your healing will quickly appear; then your righteousness will go before you, and the glory of the LORD will be your rear guard. |
| ʻAʻole lākou ʻike i ka ʻaoʻao o ka malu, ʻAʻole hoʻi he pono ma ko lākou ʻana; Ua hana lākou i ala kekeʻe no lākou; ʻO ka mea ma laila, ʻaʻole ia e ʻike i ka malu. | The way of peace they do not know; there is no justice in their paths. They have turned them into crooked roads; no one who walks in them will know peace. |
| No laila, ua lōʻihi ka pono mai o mākou aku, ʻAʻole hahai ka hoʻoponopono iā mākou a loaʻa; Kakali nō mākou i ka mālamalama, aia hoʻi, he pouli; A i ke ʻālohilohi hoʻi, akā, ke nei mākou ma ka pōʻeleʻele. | So justice is far from us, and righteousness does not reach us. We look for light, but all is darkness; for brightness, but we walk in deep shadows. |
| A e mai nō ka Hoʻōla pānaʻi i Ziona, A i ka poʻe nō hoʻi i huli, mai ka hewa mai, ma waena o ka Iakoba, wahi a Iēhova. | "The Redeemer will come to Zion, to those in Jacob who repent of their sins," declares the LORD. |
| A e mai nō ko nā ʻāina ʻē i kou mālamalama, A ʻo nā aliʻi hoʻi i ka ʻālohilohi o kou puka ʻana i luna. | Nations will come to your light, and kings to the brightness of your dawn. |
| E ʻalawa aʻe i kou mau maka i luna, e nānā mai ʻō a ʻō; Ua ʻākoakoa mai nei lākou a pau, ua mai i ou lā: E mai nō kāu mau keiki kāne mai kahi lōʻihi mai, A e halihali ʻia kāu mau kaikamāhine ma ka ʻaoʻao. | "Lift up your eyes and look about you: All assemble and come to you; your sons come from afar, and your daughters are carried on the arm. |
| A laila, e ʻike aku ʻoe, a e ʻoliʻoli hoʻi, A e lelele kou houpo i ka ʻoliʻoli, a e hoʻākea ʻia kou naʻau, I ka wā e hoʻohuli ʻia mai i ou lā ka waiwai o ka moana, A mai hoʻi iā ʻoe nā mea ikaika o nā ʻāina ʻē. | Then you will look and be radiant, your heart will throb and swell with joy; the wealth on the seas will be brought to you, to you the riches of the nations will come. |
| E uhi mai nō ka lehulehu o nā kāmelo iā ʻoe, ʻO nā kāmelo māmā hoʻi o Midiana, a me ʻEpa, E mai nō hoʻi nā mea a pau o Seba; E lawe mai nō lākou i ke gula a me ka libano, A e hōʻikeʻike lākou i nā mea nani o Iēhova. | Herds of camels will cover your land, young camels of Midian and Ephah. And all from Sheba will come, bearing gold and incense and proclaiming the praise of the LORD. |
| E mai nō i ou lā ka nani o Lebanona, ʻO ka lāʻau kaʻa, ʻo ka tidara, a me ka tiasura pū, E hoʻonani ai i kahi o koʻu keʻena kapu, A e hoʻohanohano wau i kahi o kou mau wāwae. | "The glory of Lebanon will come to you, the pine, the fir and the cypress together, to adorn the place of my sanctuary; and I will glorify the place of my feet. |
| ʻO nā keiki hoʻi a ka poʻe i hoʻokaumaha iā ʻoe, E kūlou mai nō lākou i mua ou; A ʻo ka poʻe a pau i hoʻowahāwahā iā ʻoe, E kūlou nō lākou ma nā kapuaʻi o kou mau wāwae; A e kapa aku nō lākou iā ʻoe, ʻO ke kūlanakauhale o Iēhova, ʻO ka Ziona hoʻi o ka Mea Hemolele o ka ʻIseraʻela. | The sons of your oppressors will come bowing before you; all who despise you will bow down at your feet and will call you the City of the LORD, Zion of the Holy One of Israel. |
| No kou haʻalele ʻia, a no kou huhū ʻia, I ʻole ai ke kanaka ma waena ou, E hoʻolilo nō wau iā ʻoe i mea hanohano mau loa, He mea ʻoliʻoli hoʻi, ia hanauna aku, ia hanauna aku. | "Although you have been forsaken and hated, with no one traveling through, I will make you the everlasting pride and the joy of all generations. |
| E aʻe, e aʻe, a i loko o nā puka pā, E hoʻomākaukau i ke ala no nā kānaka; E hoʻouka, e hoʻouka i ke kuamoʻo, E hoʻopau i nā pōhaku; E kau hoʻi i ka hae no nā kānaka. | Pass through, pass through the gates! Prepare the way for the people. Build up, build up the highway! Remove the stones. Raise a banner for the nations. |
| Aia hoʻi, ua hoʻolaha aku ʻo Iēhova a i nā kūkulu o ka honua, E ʻī aku ʻoukou i ke kaikamahine o Ziona, Aia hoʻi, ke mai nei kou Ola; Aia hoʻi, me ia pū nō kāna uku mai, A ʻo kāna uku hana hoʻi ma kona alo. | The LORD has made proclamation to the ends of the earth: "Say to the Daughter of Zion, 'See, your Savior comes! See, his reward is with him, and his recompense accompanies him.' " |
| ʻO wai kēia e mai nei, mai ʻEdoma mai? Me ka ʻaʻahu i hoʻoluʻu ʻula ʻia, mai Bozera mai? ʻO kēia mea hoʻi i nani kona lole komo, E ana me ka manomano o kona ikaika? ʻO wau, ka mea haʻi i ka pono, ka mea mana loa i ka hoʻōla. | Who is this coming from Edom, from Bozrah, with his garments stained crimson? Who is this, robed in splendor, striding forward in the greatness of his strength? "It is I, speaking in righteousness, mighty to save." |
| A pō ka lā, ua hohola aku au i koʻu mau lima i ka poʻe kānaka kipi, I ka poʻe i ma ka ʻaoʻao pono ʻole, ma muli o ko lākou manaʻo iho. | All day long I have held out my hands to an obstinate people, who walk in ways not good, pursuing their own imaginations-- |
| No ka mea, aia hoʻi, e mai nō ʻo Iēhova me ke ahi, A me kona mau kaʻa kaua, e like me ka puahiohio, E hoʻihoʻi mai i kona huhū me ka ukiuki, A me kona pāpā ʻana, me nā lapalapa o ke ahi. | See, the LORD is coming with fire, and his chariots are like a whirlwind; he will bring down his anger with fury, and his rebuke with flames of fire. |
| A e ʻike auaneʻi au i kā lākou hana, a me ko lākou manaʻo; No ka mea, e hoʻākoakoa ʻia ko nā ʻāina a pau, a me ka poʻe ʻōlelo ʻē, A e mai nō lākou, a e ʻike i koʻu nani. | "And I, because of their actions and their imaginations, am about to come and gather all nations and tongues, and they will come and see my glory. |
| A mai kekahi mahina hou, a i kekahi mahina hou, A mai kekahi sābati, a i kekahi sābati, E mai nō nā mea ʻiʻo a pau e hoʻomana i mua oʻu, wahi a Iēhova. | From one New Moon to another and from one Sabbath to another, all mankind will come and bow down before me," says the LORD. |
| Akā, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, Mai ʻōlelo ʻoe, He keiki nō wau; no ka mea, e aku nō ʻoe i ka poʻe a pau aʻu e hoʻouna aku ai iā ʻoe, a ʻo ka mea aʻu e kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe, ʻo kāu ia e ʻōlelo aku ai: | But the LORD said to me, "Do not say, 'I am only a child.' You must go to everyone I send you to and say whatever I command you. |
| No ka mea, aia hoʻi, e hea aku nō wau i nā ʻohana a pau o nā aupuni ma ke kūkulu ʻākau, wahi a Iēhova; a e mai nō lākou, a e hoʻonoho kēlā mea kēia mea o lākou i kona noho aliʻi ma kahi e komo aku ai i nā puka pā o Ierusalema, a ma nā pā a pau e puni ana ia wahi, a ma nā kūlanakauhale a pau o ka Iuda. | I am about to summon all the peoples of the northern kingdoms," declares the LORD. "Their kings will come and set up their thrones in the entrance of the gates of Jerusalem; they will come against all her surrounding walls and against all the towns of Judah. |
| Ō, e kala ma nā pepeiao o ko Ierusalema, e ʻī aku, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova, penei, Ua hoʻomanaʻo aku au iā ʻoe, i ka lokomaikaʻi o kou wā ʻōpiopio, i ke aloha o kou wā i mare hou ʻia ai, i kou hahai ʻana ma muli oʻu ma loko o ka wao nahele, ma ka ʻāina i lūlū ʻole ʻia. | "Go and proclaim in the hearing of Jerusalem: " 'I remember the devotion of your youth, how as a bride you loved me and followed me through the desert, through a land not sown. |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, He aha ka hewa i loaʻa i ko ʻoukou mau mākua i loko oʻu, i lōʻihi aku ai lākou mai oʻu aku nei, a ua hoʻi ma muli o ka lapuwale, a ua lilo lākou i mea lapuwale? | This is what the LORD says: "What fault did your fathers find in me, that they strayed so far from me? They followed worthless idols and became worthless themselves. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi lākou i nīnau iho, ʻAuhea ʻo Iēhova, ka mea nāna i lawe mai iā kākou, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita mai, a alakaʻi hoʻi iā kākou ma loko o ka wao nahele, ma loko hoʻi o ka ʻāina i paʻapū i nā auakua, a me nā lua, ma waena hoʻi o ka ʻāina maloʻo, a me ke aka o ka make, ma waena o ka ʻāina i ʻole ʻia e kanaka, a noho ʻole ʻia hoʻi e ke kanaka? | They did not ask, 'Where is the LORD, who brought us up out of Egypt and led us through the barren wilderness, through a land of deserts and rifts, a land of drought and darkness, a land where no one travels and no one lives?' |
| E aʻe hoʻi ma nā ʻāina ʻo Kitima, a e nānā; a e hoʻouna aku hoʻi i Kedara, a e noʻonoʻo pono, a ʻike, inā paha he mea like me ia. | Cross over to the coasts of Kittim and look, send to Kedar and observe closely; see if there has ever been anything like this: |
| He aha kou mea e nui aku ai, e hoʻololi hou i kou ʻaoʻao? E hilahila nō hoʻi ʻoe iā ʻAigupita, e like me ʻoe i hilahila ai iā ʻAsuria. | Why do you go about so much, changing your ways? You will be disappointed by Egypt as you were by Assyria. |
| ʻO ia, e aku nō ʻoe, mai ona aku lā, a aia hoʻi kou mau lima ma luna o kou poʻo: no ka mea, ua hoʻowahāwahā ʻo Iēhova i kou mea i hilinaʻi ai, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e pōmaikaʻi iā lākou. | You will also leave that place with your hands on your head, for the LORD has rejected those you trust; you will not be helped by them. |
| Ke ʻōlelo nei lākou, Inā kipaku ke kāne i kāna wahine, a aku ʻo ia, mai ona aku lā, a lilo na ke kanaka ʻē, e hoʻi hou anei kēlā iā ia? ʻAʻole anei e hoʻohaumia loa ʻia kēlā ʻāina? Ua moekolohe nō naʻe ʻoe me nā ipo he nui loa; akā, e hoʻi hou mai ʻoe iaʻu, wahi a Iēhova. | "If a man divorces his wife and she leaves him and marries another man, should he return to her again? Would not the land be completely defiled? But you have lived as a prostitute with many lovers-- would you now return to me?" declares the LORD. |
| ʻŌlelo mai nō hoʻi ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, i nā lā iā Iosia, i ke aliʻi, Ua ʻike anei ʻoe i ka mea a ka ʻIseraʻela hoʻi hope i hana ai? Ua nō ʻo ia ma luna o nā mauna kiʻekiʻe a pau, a ma lalo o nā lāʻau uliuli a pau, a ma laila i moekolohe ai. | During the reign of King Josiah, the LORD said to me, "Have you seen what faithless Israel has done? She has gone up on every high hill and under every spreading tree and has committed adultery there. |
| A ʻike akula au, a kipaku aku au i ka ʻIseraʻela no ka moekolohe ʻana, a hāʻawi iā ia i ka palapala hoʻohemo; a laila, ʻaʻole i makaʻu kona kaikuaʻana kipi, ʻo ka Iuda, aku nō hoʻi ia, a moekolohe ihola. | I gave faithless Israel her certificate of divorce and sent her away because of all her adulteries. Yet I saw that her unfaithful sister Judah had no fear; she also went out and committed adultery. |
| Ō, e kala aku i kēia mau ʻōlelo ma ke kūkulu ʻākau, a e ʻī aku, E hoʻi mai, e ka ʻIseraʻela hoʻi hope, wahi a Iēhova; ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻokau aku i koʻu ukiuki ma luna o ʻoukou; no ka mea, ua lokomaikaʻi au, wahi a Iēhova, ʻaʻole hoʻi au e hoʻomauhala mau loa. | Go, proclaim this message toward the north: " 'Return, faithless Israel,' declares the LORD, 'I will frown on you no longer, for I am merciful,' declares the LORD, 'I will not be angry forever. |
| A hiki aku i ka manawa e nui ai ʻoukou, a māhuahua ma ka ʻāina, ia mau lā, wahi a Iēhova, ʻaʻole lākou e ʻōlelo hou, ʻO ka pahu o ka berita o Iēhova; ʻaʻole hoʻi e komo ia i loko o ka naʻau, ʻaʻole lākou e hoʻomanaʻo ia mea, ʻaʻole lākou e e ʻike, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hana hou ʻia ia mea. | In those days, when your numbers have increased greatly in the land," declares the LORD, "men will no longer say, 'The ark of the covenant of the LORD.' It will never enter their minds or be remembered; it will not be missed, nor will another one be made. |
| Ia manawa, e kapa nō lākou iā Ierusalema, ʻo ka noho aliʻi o Iēhova; a e hoʻākoakoa ʻia mai ko nā ʻāina a pau i mua ona, i ka inoa ʻo Iēhova i Ierusalema; ʻaʻole hoʻi lākou e hou ma muli o ka paʻakikī o ka naʻau hewa. | At that time they will call Jerusalem The Throne of the LORD, and all nations will gather in Jerusalem to honor the name of the LORD. No longer will they follow the stubbornness of their evil hearts. |
| Ia mau lā, e pū nō ko ka hale o ka Iuda, me ko ka hale o ka ʻIseraʻela, a e pū mai nō lākou mai ka ʻāina o ka ʻākau mai, a i ka ʻāina aʻu i hāʻawi aku ai i ʻāina hoʻoili no kou poʻe mākua. | In those days the house of Judah will join the house of Israel, and together they will come from a northern land to the land I gave your forefathers as an inheritance. |
| E hoʻi mai ʻoukou, e nā keiki hoʻi hope, a e hoʻōla nō wau i ko ʻoukou hoʻi hope ʻana. Aia hoʻi, ke mai nei mākou i ou lā, no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe nō ʻo Iēhova, ʻo ko mākou Akua. | "Return, faithless people; I will cure you of backsliding." "Yes, we will come to you, for you are the LORD our God. |
| Ua piʻi mai ka liona, mai kona ulu lāʻau mai; ke maila hoʻi ka mea luku i nā ʻāina; ua puka aku ʻo ia, mai kona wahi aku e hoʻolilo i kou ʻāina i neoneo; a e ʻānai ʻia kou mau kūlanakauhale, ʻaʻohe mea koe e noho ana. | A lion has come out of his lair; a destroyer of nations has set out. He has left his place to lay waste your land. Your towns will lie in ruins without inhabitant. |
| He makani ikaika kai mai iaʻu, mai ia mau wahi mai: ʻānō hoʻi au e hoʻoponopono iā lākou. | a wind too strong for that comes from me. Now I pronounce my judgments against them." |
| E aku nō au i nā kānaka koʻikoʻi, a e ʻōlelo aku iā lākou; no ka mea, ua ʻike lākou i ka ʻaoʻao o Iēhova, i ka pono hoʻi o ko lākou Akua: akā, ʻo kēia poʻe, ua uhaki loa lākou i ka ʻauamo, ua moku iā lākou nā kaula e paʻa ai. | So I will go to the leaders and speak to them; surely they know the way of the LORD, the requirements of their God." But with one accord they too had broken off the yoke and torn off the bonds. |
| ʻAʻole anei ʻoukou e makaʻu mai iaʻu? wahi a Iēhova; ʻaʻole anei ʻoukou e haʻalulu i mua o koʻu alo, ka mea i hoʻonoho i ke one i mokuna no ke kai, ma muli o ka manaʻo paʻa mau loa, i piʻi ʻole ʻia a kēlā ʻaoʻao: a inā hoʻoleilei kona mau ʻale, ʻaʻole hiki iā lākou ke piʻi, a inā halulu mai, ʻaʻole nō lākou e mai i kēia ʻaoʻao? | Should you not fear me?" declares the LORD. "Should you not tremble in my presence? I made the sand a boundary for the sea, an everlasting barrier it cannot cross. The waves may roll, but they cannot prevail; they may roar, but they cannot cross it. |
| Ua momona aʻe nei lākou, ua hinuhinu hoʻi; ʻo ia, ua lākou, a ua pākela ma mua o ka hana ʻana a ka poʻe hewa; ʻaʻole lākou i kōkua i ka pono, i ka pono hoʻi o nā keiki makua ʻole, ua pōmaikaʻi naʻe lākou; ʻaʻole lākou i hoʻopono ma ka hoʻopiʻi ʻana o ka poʻe kaumaha. | and have grown fat and sleek. Their evil deeds have no limit; they do not plead the case of the fatherless to win it, they do not defend the rights of the poor. |
| E mai nō i ona lā nā kahu hipa, me ko lākou poʻe hipa, e kūkulu nō lākou i nā halelewa a puni ia wahi; e ʻai nō kēlā mea kēia mea i kona wahi iho. | Shepherds with their flocks will come against her; they will pitch their tents around her, each tending his own portion." |
| E kū mai, e hoʻi kākou i ka pō, a e wāwahi i kona mau hale aliʻi. | So arise, let us attack at night and destroy her fortresses!" |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, E kū mai ʻoukou ma nā alanui, a nānā, a e nīnau hoʻi no nā kuamoʻo kahiko. ʻAuhea ka ʻaoʻao maikaʻi? E ʻoukou ma loko o laila, a e loaʻa nō iā ʻoukou ka hoʻomaha no ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻuhane. Akā, ʻōlelo maila lākou, ʻAʻole mākou e. | This is what the LORD says: "Stand at the crossroads and look; ask for the ancient paths, ask where the good way is, and walk in it, and you will find rest for your souls. But you said, 'We will not walk in it.' |
| No ke aha lā e mai ai ka mea ʻala mai Seba mai noʻu? A me ka ʻohe ʻala mai ka ʻāina mamao aku mai? ʻAʻole i makemake ʻia e aʻu ko ʻoukou mōhai kuni, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ʻoluʻolu ko ʻoukou ʻālana. | What do I care about incense from Sheba or sweet calamus from a distant land? Your burnt offerings are not acceptable; your sacrifices do not please me." |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, Aia hoʻi, he poʻe kānaka e maila, mai ka ʻāina ʻākau mai; a e hoʻāla ʻia mai ka lāhui kanaka nui, mai nā ʻaoʻao mai o ka honua. | This is what the LORD says: "Look, an army is coming from the land of the north; a great nation is being stirred up from the ends of the earth. |
| Mai aku i loko o ke kula, mai hoʻi ma nā alanui; no ka mea, aia nō ka pahi kaua o ka ʻenemi, a me ka makaʻu ma nā ʻaoʻao a pau. | Do not go out to the fields or walk on the roads, for the enemy has a sword, and there is terror on every side. |
| E ke kaikamahine o koʻu poʻe kānaka, e hōʻaʻahu ʻoe i kapa kūmākena, a e lūlū i ka lehu ma luna ou; a e kūmākena hoʻi ʻoe, e like me ia no ka hānau kahi, he kūmākena ʻino loa; no ka mea, e hoʻohikilele mai ana ka mea ʻānai iā kākou. | O my people, put on sackcloth and roll in ashes; mourn with bitter wailing as for an only son, for suddenly the destroyer will come upon us. |
| He poʻe hoʻi hope ʻino lākou a pau, e pū ana me ka poʻe ahiahi; he keleawe lākou, a he hao hoʻi; he poʻe hoʻohaumia lākou a pau. | They are all hardened rebels, going about to slander. They are bronze and iron; they all act corruptly. |
| Inā hoʻokaumaha ʻole ʻoukou i ka malihini, i nā keiki makua ʻole, a me nā wāhine kāne make, a hoʻokahe ʻole i ke koko hala ʻole ma kēia wahi, ʻaʻole hoʻi e ma muli o nā akua ʻē, i mea e hewa ai ʻoukou; | if you do not oppress the alien, the fatherless or the widow and do not shed innocent blood in this place, and if you do not follow other gods to your own harm, |
| E ʻaihue anei ʻoukou, a pepehi kanaka, a moekolohe, a e hōʻike wahaheʻe, a e kuni i ka mea ʻala no Baʻala, a e ma muli o nā akua ʻē a ʻoukou i ʻike ʻole ai? | " 'Will you steal and murder, commit adultery and perjury, burn incense to Baal and follow other gods you have not known, |
| A e mai ʻaneʻi, a kū i mua oʻu i loko o kēia hale, ka mea i hea ʻia ma koʻu inoa, a e ʻōlelo iho, Ua hoʻōla ʻia mākou, i hana mākou i kēia mau mea hoʻopailua a pau? | and then come and stand before me in this house, which bears my Name, and say, "We are safe"--safe to do all these detestable things? |
| Akā, e ʻoukou, ʻānō, i koʻu hale ma Silo, i kahi aʻu i waiho ai i koʻu inoa i kinohi, a e ʻike hoʻi i ka mea aʻu i hana ai ia wahi no ka hewa o koʻu poʻe kānaka no ka ʻIseraʻela. | " 'Go now to the place in Shiloh where I first made a dwelling for my Name, and see what I did to it because of the wickedness of my people Israel. |
| Akā, ʻo kēia kaʻu i kauoha aku ai iā lākou, ʻī akula, E mālama i koʻu leo, a ʻo wau auaneʻi ko ʻoukou Akua, a ʻo ʻoukou auaneʻi koʻu poʻe kānaka, a e hoʻi ʻoukou ma nā ʻaoʻao a pau aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoukou, i mea e pōmaikaʻi ai ʻoukou. | but I gave them this command: Obey me, and I will be your God and you will be my people. Walk in all the ways I command you, that it may go well with you. |
| Akā, ʻaʻole lākou i hoʻolohe mai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hāliu mai i ko lākou pepeiao, akā, nō lākou ma ka noʻonoʻo ʻana a ma ka paʻakikī o ko lākou naʻau hewa, a hoʻi hope lākou, ʻaʻole i mua. | But they did not listen or pay attention; instead, they followed the stubborn inclinations of their evil hearts. They went backward and not forward. |
| Mai ka lā i mai ai ko ʻoukou poʻe kūpuna mai ʻAigupita mai, a hiki loa mai i kēia lā, ua hoʻouna aku au i o ʻoukou lā, i kaʻu poʻe kauā a pau, i nā kāula hoʻi, e ala ana i ka wanaʻao i kēlā lā i kēia lā no ka hoʻouna aku. | From the time your forefathers left Egypt until now, day after day, again and again I sent you my servants the prophets. |
| ʻO ia, ua ʻike nō ke setoreka ma ka lani i ka manawa pono; a mālama nō hoʻi ke kuhukukū, a me ka manu ʻū, a me ka manu ʻioʻio i ko lākou wā e mai ai: akā, ʻo koʻu poʻe kānaka, ʻaʻole ʻike lākou i ka hoʻopono o Iēhova. | Even the stork in the sky knows her appointed seasons, and the dove, the swift and the thrush observe the time of their migration. But my people do not know the requirements of the LORD. |
| ʻOiaʻiʻo, e hoʻopau nō au iā lākou, wahi a Iēhova; ʻaʻole e loaʻa nā hua ma ko lākou kumu waina, ʻaʻole hoʻi he fiku ma ka lāʻau fiku, a e mae wale ka lau; a e lilo ia mau mea na ka poʻe mai ma luna o lākou. | " 'I will take away their harvest, declares the LORD. There will be no grapes on the vine. There will be no figs on the tree, and their leaves will wither. What I have given them will be taken from them. ' " |
| Auē hoʻi! Inā iaʻu ma ka wao nahele ko ka poʻe wahi e moe ai; i haʻalele ai au i koʻu poʻe kānaka, a e, mai o lākou aku! No ka mea, he poʻe moekolohe lākou a pau, he ʻaha kanaka kipi. | Oh, that I had in the desert a lodging place for travelers, so that I might leave my people and go away from them; for they are all adulterers, a crowd of unfaithful people. |
| Lena nō lākou i ko lākou mau alelo, e like me ko lākou kakaka, no ka wahaheʻe. ʻAʻole lākou hoʻokoa ma ka ʻoiaʻiʻo ma luna o ka honua; no ka mea, nō lākou, mai kekahi hewa, a i kekahi hewa, ʻaʻole hoʻi lākou i ʻike mai iaʻu, wahi a Iēhova. | "They make ready their tongue like a bow, to shoot lies; it is not by truth that they triumph in the land. They go from one sin to another; they do not acknowledge me," declares the LORD. |
| E makaʻala kēlā mea kēia mea i kona hoalauna, mai hilinaʻi hoʻi i kekahi hoahānau; no ka mea, e wahaheʻe loa nō kēlā hoahānau, kēia hoahānau; a ahiahi nō nā hoalauna a pau. | "Beware of your friends; do not trust your brothers. For every brother is a deceiver, and every friend a slanderer. |
| E olo nō wau i ka pihe no nā mauna, me ka uē aku, a e kūmākena nō hoʻi no nā wahi mauʻu o ka wao nahele, no ka mea, ua pau lākou i ke ahi; no laila, ʻaʻole hiki kekahi ke ma laila, ʻaʻole hoʻi e lohe ʻia ka leo o nā holoholona. Ua holo aku nō ka manu o ka lewa, a me ka holoholona, ua hala lākou. | I will weep and wail for the mountains and take up a lament concerning the desert pastures. They are desolate and untraveled, and the lowing of cattle is not heard. The birds of the air have fled and the animals are gone. |
| ʻO wai ke kanaka akamai i hoʻomaopopo i kēia? A ua ʻōlelo hoʻi ka waha o Iēhova iā ia, a nāna hoʻi e haʻi aku i ka mea i make ai ka ʻāina, a neoneo e like me ka wao nahele, i ʻole e aʻe kekahi ma loko? | What man is wise enough to understand this? Who has been instructed by the LORD and can explain it? Why has the land been ruined and laid waste like a desert that no one can cross? |
| ʻĪ maila ʻo Iēhova, No ko lākou haʻalele ʻana i koʻu kānāwai, i ka mea aʻu i kau ai i mua o lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hoʻolohe i koʻu leo, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ma muli o ia; | The LORD said, "It is because they have forsaken my law, which I set before them; they have not obeyed me or followed my law. |
| Akā, ua lākou ma muli o ka paʻakikī o ko lākou naʻau iho, a ma muli o nā Baʻala hoʻi, nā mea a ko lākou poʻe mākua i aʻo mai ai iā lākou; | Instead, they have followed the stubbornness of their hearts; they have followed the Baals, as their fathers taught them." |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua penei, E hoʻonaʻauao ʻoukou, a e hea aku i nā wāhine e olo pihe ana, i mai lākou, a e kiʻi aku hoʻi i nā wāhine kūmākena, i mai lākou; | This is what the LORD Almighty says: "Consider now! Call for the wailing women to come; send for the most skillful of them. |
| Kū pono nō lākou, e like me ka lāʻau pāma, ʻaʻole naʻe i ʻōlelo; he ʻoiaʻiʻo nō, ua kaʻikaʻi ʻia lākou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole hiki iā lākou ke. Mai makaʻu iā lākou, no ka mea, ʻaʻole hiki iā lākou ke hana mai i ka hewa, ʻaʻole hoʻi i loko o lākou ke hana i ka maikaʻi. | Like a scarecrow in a melon patch, their idols cannot speak; they must be carried because they cannot walk. Do not fear them; they can do no harm nor can they do any good." |
| Ua wāwahi ʻia koʻu halelewa, a ua moku hoʻi koʻu mau kaula a pau. Ua aku kaʻu mau keiki, mai oʻu aku nei, a ua ʻole lākou; ʻaʻohe mea i koe nāna e hohola hou i koʻu halelewa, a e kūkulu i koʻu mau pākū. | My tent is destroyed; all its ropes are snapped. My sons are gone from me and are no more; no one is left now to pitch my tent or to set up my shelter. |
| E Iēhova, ua ʻike nō au, ʻaʻole i loko o ke kanaka kona ʻaoʻao iho; ʻaʻole no ke kanaka ke alakaʻi i kona mau kapuaʻi iho. | I know, O LORD, that a man's life is not his own; it is not for man to direct his steps. |
| Akā, ʻaʻole lākou i mālama, ʻaʻole i hāliu mai i ko lākou pepeiao; nō kēlā mea kēia mea ma muli o ka paʻakikī o kona naʻau hewa: no laila, e lawe nō wau ma luna o lākou i nā ʻōlelo a pau o kēia berita, aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā lākou e hana; a hana ʻole lākou. | But they did not listen or pay attention; instead, they followed the stubbornness of their evil hearts. So I brought on them all the curses of the covenant I had commanded them to follow but that they did not keep.' " |
| A laila, e nō ko nā kūlanakauhale o ka Iuda, a me ka poʻe e noho ana ma Ierusalema, a e kāhea aku i nā akua, i nā mea i kaumaha ai lākou i ka mea ʻala. Akā, ʻaʻole e hoʻōla iki mai kēlā poʻe akua iā lākou, i ka wā o ko lākou pōpilikia. | The towns of Judah and the people of Jerusalem will go and cry out to the gods to whom they burn incense, but they will not help them at all when disaster strikes. |
| Inā i holo pū ʻoe me ka poʻe wāwae, a ua hoʻomāloʻeloʻe mai lākou iā ʻoe, pehea lā e hiki ai iā ʻoe ke kūkini me nā lio? A inā hilinaʻi ʻoe ma ka ʻāina malu, pehea lā ʻoe e hana ai ma loko o ka nani o Ioredane? | "If you have raced with men on foot and they have worn you out, how can you compete with horses? If you stumble in safe country, how will you manage in the thickets by the Jordan? |
| He hiena hae koʻu ʻāina hoʻoili iaʻu; a hae mai iā ia nā mea a pau e puni ana. E mai ʻoukou, e ʻākoakoa mai, e nā holoholona a pau o ke kula, no ka ʻai aku. | Has not my inheritance become to me like a speckled bird of prey that other birds of prey surround and attack? Go and gather all the wild beasts; bring them to devour. |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova iaʻu penei, Ō, a e lawe nou i kāʻei olonā, a e hume ma kou pūhaka, a mai waiho hoʻi ia i loko o ka wai. | This is what the LORD said to me: "Go and buy a linen belt and put it around your waist, but do not let it touch water." |
| E lawe ʻoe i ke kāʻei i loaʻa iā ʻoe, ka mea ma kou pūhaka, a e kū i luna, a e i ʻEuperate, a e hūnā ia mea ma laila, ma ke ana o ka pōhaku. | "Take the belt you bought and are wearing around your waist, and go now to Perath and hide it there in a crevice in the rocks." |
| A akula au, a hūnā ihola ia, ma ʻEuperate, e like me kā Iēhova i kauoha mai ai iaʻu. | So I went and hid it at Perath, as the LORD told me. |
| A hala nā lā he nui, a laila, ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, E kū i luna, a e i ʻEuperate, a e lawe mai i ke kāʻei aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe e hūnā ma laila. | Many days later the LORD said to me, "Go now to Perath and get the belt I told you to hide there." |
| A laila, akula au i ʻEuperate, a kōhi ihola, a lawe aʻela i ke kāʻei, mai kahi aku aʻu i hūnā ai ia mea; a aia hoʻi, ua ʻino ke kāʻei, he mea waiwai ʻole loa hoʻi. | So I went to Perath and dug up the belt and took it from the place where I had hidden it, but now it was ruined and completely useless. |
| ʻO kēia poʻe kānaka hewa, ka poʻe manaʻo ʻole e hoʻolohe i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo, ka poʻe i ma ka paʻakikī o ko lākou naʻau, a hahai hoʻi ma muli o nā akua ʻē, e mālama iā lākou, a e hoʻomana iā lākou, e like auaneʻi lākou me kēia kāʻei, ka mea waiwai ʻole loa. | These wicked people, who refuse to listen to my words, who follow the stubbornness of their hearts and go after other gods to serve and worship them, will be like this belt--completely useless! |
| E ʻalawa aʻe i ko ʻoukou mau maka i luna, a e nānā i ka poʻe e ana, mai ke kūkulu ʻākau mai. ʻAuhea ka poʻe hipa i hāʻawi ʻia nāu, ʻo ka poʻe hipa hoʻi o kou nani? | Lift up your eyes and see those who are coming from the north. Where is the flock that was entrusted to you, the sheep of which you boasted? |
| ʻO ko laila poʻe koʻikoʻi, ua hoʻouna lākou i kā lākou poʻe ʻuʻuku e kiʻi i ka wai; ua mai hoʻi lākou i nā luawai, ʻaʻole loaʻa iā lākou ka wai: hoʻi aku nō lākou, ʻaʻohe mea i loko o ko lākou hue. Hilahila ihola lākou, a hoʻopalai maka, a pūloʻu ihola i ko lākou mau poʻo. | The nobles send their servants for water; they go to the cisterns but find no water. They return with their jars unfilled; dismayed and despairing, they cover their heads. |
| E ka mea e manaʻolana ai ʻo ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻo kona Hoʻōla i ka manawa o ka pōpilikia, no ke aha lā ʻoe e like ai me ka malihini ma loko o ka ʻāina, a e like hoʻi me ke kanaka, i kipa aʻe e moe i kekahi pō? | O Hope of Israel, its Savior in times of distress, why are you like a stranger in the land, like a traveler who stays only a night? |
| Penei i ʻōlelo mai ai ʻo Iēhova i kēia poʻe kānaka, ua makemake nō lākou e hewa pēlā, ʻaʻole lākou i kāohi i ko lākou mau wāwae; no laila, ʻaʻole i ʻae mai ʻo Iēhova iā lākou; e hoʻomanaʻo nō ʻo ia i ko lākou hewa, a e hoʻopaʻi hoʻi i ko lākou hala. | This is what the LORD says about this people: "They greatly love to wander; they do not restrain their feet. So the LORD does not accept them; he will now remember their wickedness and punish them for their sins." |
| Inā e aku au i ke kula, a laila, e nānā i ka poʻe i luku ʻia i ka pahi kaua! A inā komo wau i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, a laila, e nānā aku i ka poʻe i maʻi no ka wī! ʻO ia, kaʻahele aku nō ke kāula, a me ke kahuna i loko o ka ʻāina a lākou i ʻike ʻole ai. | If I go into the country, I see those slain by the sword; if I go into the city, I see the ravages of famine. Both prophet and priest have gone to a land they know not.' " |
| No ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, Mai komo ma loko o ka hale kūmākena, mai hoʻi e kanikau, a e uē iā lākou; no ka mea, ua lawe aku au i koʻu malu, mai kēia poʻe kānaka aku, wahi a Iēhova, i koʻu aloha hoʻi, a me koʻu lokomaikaʻi. | For this is what the LORD says: "Do not enter a house where there is a funeral meal; do not go to mourn or show sympathy, because I have withdrawn my blessing, my love and my pity from this people," declares the LORD. |
| A laila, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā lākou, No ka mea, ua haʻalele ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua iaʻu, wahi a Iēhova, a ua lākou ma muli o nā akua ʻē, a ua mālama iā lākou, a ua hoʻomana iā lākou, a ua haʻalele mai iaʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi i mālama i koʻu kānāwai: | then say to them, 'It is because your fathers forsook me,' declares the LORD, 'and followed other gods and served and worshiped them. They forsook me and did not keep my law. |
| A ua ʻoi aku kā ʻoukou hana ʻino ʻana ma mua o kā ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua; no ka mea, aia hoʻi, ke nei kēlā mea kēia mea o ʻoukou ma muli o ka paʻakikī o kona naʻau hewa, i hoʻolohe ʻole mai ai lākou iaʻu. | But you have behaved more wickedly than your fathers. See how each of you is following the stubbornness of his evil heart instead of obeying me. |
| E Iēhova, koʻu ikaika, koʻu pā kaua hoʻi, a me koʻu puʻuhonua i ka lā o ka pōpilikia, e mai nō ko nā ʻāina ʻē i ou lā, mai nā kūkulu o ka honua mai, a e ʻōlelo mai, He ʻoiaʻiʻo, ua ili mai nō ka hoʻopunipuni i ko mākou poʻe mākua, a me ka lapuwale, a me nā mea waiwai ʻole. | O LORD, my strength and my fortress, my refuge in time of distress, to you the nations will come from the ends of the earth and say, "Our fathers possessed nothing but false gods, worthless idols that did them no good. |
| A ʻo ʻoe, e aku nō ʻoe, mai kou hoʻoilina aku, ka mea aʻu i hāʻawi aku ai iā ʻoe; a e hoʻolilo aku au iā ʻoe i kauā na kou poʻe ʻenemi ma ka ʻāina āu i ʻike ʻole ai: no ka mea, ua hoʻā ʻoukou i ke ahi ma kuʻu ukiuki, a e ʻā mau loa aku nō ia. | Through your own fault you will lose the inheritance I gave you. I will enslave you to your enemies in a land you do not know, for you have kindled my anger, and it will burn forever." |
| Aia hoʻi, ke ʻōlelo mai nei lākou iaʻu, ʻAuhea ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova? E mai ia, ʻānō. | They keep saying to me, "Where is the word of the LORD? Let it now be fulfilled!" |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova iaʻu penei, Ō, e kū ma ka puka pā o nā keiki a koʻu poʻe kānaka, kahi e komo mai ai nā aliʻi o ka Iuda, ma kahi hoʻi e puka aku ai lākou i waho, a ma nā puka pā a pau hoʻi o Ierusalema; | This is what the LORD said to me: "Go and stand at the gate of the people, through which the kings of Judah go in and out; stand also at all the other gates of Jerusalem. |
| A e mai nō lākou, mai nā kūlanakauhale o ka Iuda mai, a no nā wahi ma waho o Ierusalema a puni, a mai ka ʻāina ʻo Beniamina mai, a mai nā pāpū mai, a mai nā mauna mai, a mai ke kūkulu hema mai, e lawe ana i nā mōhai kuni, a me nā ʻālana, a me nā mōhai makana, a me ka mea ʻala, e lawe ana hoʻi i nā mea aloha, a i ka hale o Iēhova. | People will come from the towns of Judah and the villages around Jerusalem, from the territory of Benjamin and the western foothills, from the hill country and the Negev, bringing burnt offerings and sacrifices, grain offerings, incense and thank offerings to the house of the LORD. |
| ʻĪ maila lākou, Makehewa; e nō mākou ma muli o ko mākou manaʻo iho a e hana nō kēlā mea kēia mea o mākou ma ka paʻakikī o kona naʻau hewa. | But they will reply, 'It's no use. We will continue with our own plans; each of us will follow the stubbornness of his evil heart.' " |
| No ka mea, ua hoʻopoina koʻu poʻe kānaka iaʻu; ua kuni lākou i ka mea ʻala no ka lapuwale, a ua hoʻohina iā lākou ma ko lākou kuamoʻo, nā kuamoʻo kahiko, e ma nā kuamoʻo ʻē, ma ke kuamoʻo i hoʻouka ʻole ʻia: | Yet my people have forgotten me; they burn incense to worthless idols, which made them stumble in their ways and in the ancient paths. They made them walk in bypaths and on roads not built up. |
| I lilo ko lākou ʻāina i neoneo, i mea hoʻowahāwahā mau loa ia. E kāhāhā auaneʻi nā mea a pau e aʻe ma laila, a e kunokunou i kona poʻo. | Their land will be laid waste, an object of lasting scorn; all who pass by will be appalled and will shake their heads. |
| A laila, ʻōlelo maila lākou, E mai, e ʻimi hala kākou no Ieremia, no ka mea, ʻaʻole e hāʻule ke kānāwai i ke kahuna, ʻaʻole hoʻi ka manaʻo akamai i ka poʻe akamai, a me ka ʻōlelo hoʻi i ke kāula. E mai, e hahau kākou iā ia i ke alelo; mai hoʻolohe kākou i kekahi o kāna mau ʻōlelo. | They said, "Come, let's make plans against Jeremiah; for the teaching of the law by the priest will not be lost, nor will counsel from the wise, nor the word from the prophets. So come, let's attack him with our tongues and pay no attention to anything he says." |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, Ō e kiʻi aku i hue lepo o ka potera, a i poʻe kahiko o nā kānaka, a i poʻe kahiko o nā kāhuna; | This is what the LORD says: "Go and buy a clay jar from a potter. Take along some of the elders of the people and of the priests |
| A e aku i ke awāwa o ke keiki a Hinoma, aia nō ia ma kahi e komo ai i ka puka hikina: a e kala aku ʻoe ma laila, i nā ʻōlelo aʻu e haʻi aku ai iā ʻoe; | and go out to the Valley of Ben Hinnom, near the entrance of the Potsherd Gate. There proclaim the words I tell you, |
| A e hoʻolilo wau i kēia kūlanakauhale i neoneo, a i mea hoʻowahāwahā; ʻo nā mea a pau e aʻe, e kāhāhā nō lākou, a e hoʻowahāwahā mai nō kona wāwahi ʻia a pau. | I will devastate this city and make it an object of scorn; all who pass by will be appalled and will scoff because of all its wounds. |
| A laila, e wāwahi ʻoe i ka hue i mua o nā maka o nā kānaka i pū me ʻoe; | "Then break the jar while those who go with you are watching, |
| A laila, maila ʻo Ieremia, mai Topeta mai, kahi a Iēhova i hoʻouna aku ai iā ia e wānana; a kū maila ʻo ia ma ke kahua o ka hale o Iēhova, a ʻī maila i nā kānaka a pau, | Jeremiah then returned from Topheth, where the LORD had sent him to prophesy, and stood in the court of the LORD's temple and said to all the people, |
| A ʻo ʻoe, e Pasehura, a me ka poʻe a pau e noho lā ma kou hale, e nō i loko o ke pio; a e hiki nō ʻoe i Babulona, a ma laila ʻoe e make ai, a ma laila ʻoe e kanu ʻia ai, ʻo ʻoe, a me kou mau makamaka a pau, ka poʻe āu i wānana aku ai ma ka wahaheʻe. | And you, Pashhur, and all who live in your house will go into exile to Babylon. There you will die and be buried, you and all your friends to whom you have prophesied lies.' " |
| A e nui loa auaneʻi nā lāhui kanaka e aʻe a hala kēia kūlanakauhale, a e ʻōlelo kēlā mea kēia mea o lākou i kona hoa, No ke aha lā i hana mai ai ʻo Iēhova ia mea i kēia kūlanakauhale nui? | "People from many nations will pass by this city and will ask one another, 'Why has the LORD done such a thing to this great city?' |
| Mai uē ʻoukou no ka mea i make, mai kanikau iā ia; e uē nui i ka mea i aku; no ka mea, ʻaʻole ia e hoʻi hou mai, ʻaʻole e ʻike hou i kona ʻāina hānau. | Do not weep for the dead or mourn his loss; rather, weep bitterly for him who is exiled, because he will never return nor see his native land again. |
| No ka mea, penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai a Iēhova no Saluma, ke keiki a Iosia, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ka mea i noho aupuni ma ka hakahaka o Iosia, ʻo kona makua, ka mea i, mai kēia wahi aku; ʻaʻole ia e hoʻi hou i laila: | For this is what the LORD says about Shallum son of Josiah, who succeeded his father as king of Judah but has gone from this place: "He will never return. |
| Na ka makani nō e hoʻopau i kou mau kahu a pau; a e nō kou poʻe ipo i loko o ke pio. ʻOiaʻiʻo, i kēlā wā, e hilahila nō ʻoe, a e hoʻopalai nō hoʻi, no kou hewa a pau. | The wind will drive all your shepherds away, and your allies will go into exile. Then you will be ashamed and disgraced because of all your wickedness. |
| No laila, penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai a Iēhova, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, no nā kahu, ka poʻe hānai i koʻu poʻe kānaka; Ua hoʻopuehu ʻoukou i kaʻu poʻe hipa, a ua kipaku iā lākou, ʻaʻole i mai e ʻike iā lākou; aia hoʻi, e hoʻopaʻi nō wau ma luna o ʻoukou, i ka hewa o kā ʻoukou hana ʻana, wahi a Iēhova. | Therefore this is what the LORD, the God of Israel, says to the shepherds who tend my people: "Because you have scattered my flock and driven them away and have not bestowed care on them, I will bestow punishment on you for the evil you have done," declares the LORD. |
| Ua ʻike nō hoʻi au i ka mea ʻinoʻino loa i loko o nā kāula o Ierusalema; moekolohe nō lākou, a ma ka wahaheʻe. Hoʻoikaika nō hoʻi lākou i nā lima o ka poʻe hana hewa, i hoʻi ʻole mai kekahi, mai kona hewa mai. Ua like nō lākou a pau iaʻu me ko Sodoma, a ʻo ka poʻe hoʻi e noho ana ma laila, ua like nō me ko Gomora. | And among the prophets of Jerusalem I have seen something horrible: They commit adultery and live a lie. They strengthen the hands of evildoers, so that no one turns from his wickedness. They are all like Sodom to me; the people of Jerusalem are like Gomorrah." |
| No laila, penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai a Iēhova o nā kaua, no nā kāula; Aia hoʻi, e hānai aku au iā lākou i ka lāʻau ʻawaʻawa, a e hoʻohāinu aku au iā lākou i ka wai o ke au; no ka mea, mai nā kāula o Ierusalema aku i aku ai ka ʻaiā, a i ka ʻāina a pau. | Therefore, this is what the LORD Almighty says concerning the prophets: "I will make them eat bitter food and drink poisoned water, because from the prophets of Jerusalem ungodliness has spread throughout the land." |
| Ke ʻōlelo ikaika mai nei lākou i ka poʻe hoʻowahāwahā mai iaʻu, Ua ʻōlelo mai ʻo Iēhova, E loaʻa iā ʻoukou ka maluhia: a ʻōlelo nō hoʻi lākou i kēlā mea i kēia mea i ma muli o ka paʻakikī o kona naʻau iho, ʻAʻohe hewa e hiki mai ana ma luna o ʻoukou. | They keep saying to those who despise me, 'The LORD says: You will have peace.' And to all who follow the stubbornness of their hearts they say, 'No harm will come to you.' |
| A mai hoʻi ma muli o nā akua ʻē, e mālama iā lākou, a e hoʻomana iā lākou; a mai hoʻonāukiuki mai ʻoukou iaʻu i nā hana a ko ʻoukou mau lima; a laila, ʻaʻole au e hana ʻino iā ʻoukou. | Do not follow other gods to serve and worship them; do not provoke me to anger with what your hands have made. Then I will not harm you." |
| No ka mea, aia hoʻi, ke hoʻomaka nei au e lawe mai i ka hewa ma luna o ke kūlanakauhale i kapa ʻia ma koʻu inoa, a e hoʻopaʻi ʻole loa ʻia anei ʻoukou? ʻAʻole ʻole ko ʻoukou hoʻopaʻi ʻia; no ka mea, e hea aku nō wau i ka pahi kaua, e aʻe ma luna o ka poʻe a pau e noho lā ma ka honua, wahi a Iēhova o nā kaua. | See, I am beginning to bring disaster on the city that bears my Name, and will you indeed go unpunished? You will not go unpunished, for I am calling down a sword upon all who live on the earth, declares the LORD Almighty.' |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei; E kū ʻoe ma ke kahua o ka hale o Iēhova, a e ʻōlelo aku i nā kūlanakauhale a pau o ka Iuda, nā mea mai e hoʻomana i loko o ka hale o Iēhova, i nā ʻōlelo a pau aʻu e kauoha aku nei iā ʻoe e ʻōlelo iā lākou: mai hōʻemi i kekahi ʻōlelo. | "This is what the LORD says: Stand in the courtyard of the LORD's house and speak to all the people of the towns of Judah who come to worship in the house of the LORD. Tell them everything I command you; do not omit a word. |
| A e ʻōlelo aku iā lākou, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei; Inā ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hoʻolohe mai iaʻu, e ma muli o koʻu kānāwai aʻu i kau ai i mua o ʻoukou, | Say to them, 'This is what the LORD says: If you do not listen to me and follow my law, which I have set before you, |
| A lohe nā aliʻi o ka Iuda i kēia mau mea, a laila, maila lākou, mai ka hale o ke aliʻi mai, a i ka hale o Iēhova, a noho ihola ma kahi e komo aku ai i loko o ka puka pā hou o ka hale o Iēhova. | When the officials of Judah heard about these things, they went up from the royal palace to the house of the LORD and took their places at the entrance of the New Gate of the LORD's house. |
| A e hoʻouka aku ia mau mea i ke aliʻi o ʻEdoma, a i ke aliʻi o Moaba, a i ke aliʻi o ka ʻAmona, a i ke aliʻi o Turo, a i ke aliʻi o Zidona, ma ka lima o nā ʻelele i mai i Ierusalema i o Zedekia lā, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda: | Then send word to the kings of Edom, Moab, Ammon, Tyre and Sidon through the envoys who have come to Jerusalem to Zedekiah king of Judah. |
| Akā, inā he poʻe kāula lākou, a inā iā lākou ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, e nonoi ʻuao aku lākou iā Iēhova o nā kaua, i ʻole aku ai i Babulona nā kīʻaha i waiho ʻia i loko o ka hale o Iēhova, a i loko o ka hale o ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a ma Ierusalema hoʻi. | If they are prophets and have the word of the LORD, let them plead with the LORD Almighty that the furnishings remaining in the house of the LORD and in the palace of the king of Judah and in Jerusalem not be taken to Babylon. |
| E lawe ʻia nō lākou i Babulona, a ma laila nō lākou e waiho ai, a hiki i ka lā e mai ai au e ʻike iā lākou, wahi a Iēhova; a laila, e lawe mai nō au iā lākou i luna, a e hoʻihoʻi mai iā lākou i kēia wahi. | 'They will be taken to Babylon and there they will remain until the day I come for them,' declares the LORD. 'Then I will bring them back and restore them to this place.' " |
| A e lawe hou mai nō wau i kēia wahi iā Iekonia, i ke keiki a Iehoiakima, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a me ka poʻe pio a pau o ka Iuda, ka poʻe i ma loko o Babulona, wahi a Iēhova; no ka mea, e uhaʻi au i ka ʻauamo o ke aliʻi o Babulona. | I will also bring back to this place Jehoiachin son of Jehoiakim king of Judah and all the other exiles from Judah who went to Babylon,' declares the LORD, 'for I will break the yoke of the king of Babylon.' " |
| A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Hanania i mua i ke alo o nā kānaka a pau, ʻī maila, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei; I waena o kēia mau makahiki ʻelua, pēlā nō wau e uhaʻi ai i ka ʻauamo o Nebukaneza, ke aliʻi o Babulona, mai ka ʻāʻī o nā kānaka a pau. A akula ʻo Ieremia, ke kāula i kona wahi i ai. | and he said before all the people, "This is what the LORD says: 'In the same way will I break the yoke of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon off the neck of all the nations within two years.' " At this, the prophet Jeremiah went on his way. |
| Ō, e haʻi aku iā Hanania, e ʻī aku, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei; Ua uhaʻi ʻoe i nā ʻauamo lāʻau, akā, e hana nō ʻoe i nā ʻauamo hao ma ko lākou hakahaka. | "Go and tell Hananiah, 'This is what the LORD says: You have broken a wooden yoke, but in its place you will get a yoke of iron. |
| (Ma hope iho o ka ʻana o Iekonia, ke aliʻi, a me ke aliʻi wahine, a me nā luna a me nā kaukaualiʻi o ka Iuda a me Ierusalema, a me nā kamanā, a me nā ʻāmara, a puka akula ma waho o Ierusalema;) | (This was after King Jehoiachin and the queen mother, the court officials and the leaders of Judah and Jerusalem, the craftsmen and the artisans had gone into exile from Jerusalem.) |
| A laila ʻoukou e hea mai ai iaʻu, a e hoʻi ʻoukou, a e pule mai iaʻu, a e hoʻolohe nō au iā ʻoukou. | Then you will call upon me and come and pray to me, and I will listen to you. |
| No ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova no ke aliʻi e noho ana ma ka noho aliʻi o Dāvida, a no nā kānaka a pau e noho lā i loko o kēia kūlanakauhale, a no ko ʻoukou poʻe hoahānau i pū ʻole me ʻoukou i loko o ke pio; | but this is what the LORD says about the king who sits on David's throne and all the people who remain in this city, your countrymen who did not go with you into exile-- |
| No laila, ʻo ka poʻe a pau i hoʻopau iā ʻoe, e hoʻopau ʻia lākou; a e nō kēlā mea, kēia mea o kou poʻe ʻenemi a i loko o ke pio ʻana; a ʻo ka poʻe i lawe pio i kāu, e lilo lākou i waiwai pio, a ʻo ka poʻe i hao i kāu, e hāʻawi nō wau iā lākou i ka hao ʻia. | " 'But all who devour you will be devoured; all your enemies will go into exile. Those who plunder you will be plundered; all who make spoil of you I will despoil. |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, ʻO nā kānaka i koe o ka pahi kaua, loaʻa nō iā lākou ka lokomaikaʻi ma ka wao nahele, ʻo ka ʻIseraʻela hoʻi, iaʻu i ai e hoʻomaha iā lākou. | This is what the LORD says: "The people who survive the sword will find favor in the desert; I will come to give rest to Israel." |
| E kūkulu hou ana nō wau iā ʻoe, a e kūkulu ʻia nō ʻoe, e ke kaikamahine puʻupaʻa o ka ʻIseraʻela. E kāhiko hou ʻia nō ʻoe i kou mau pahu kani, e aku nō i ka haʻa ʻana o ka poʻe ʻoliʻoli. | I will build you up again and you will be rebuilt, O Virgin Israel. Again you will take up your tambourines and go out to dance with the joyful. |
| E mai nō lākou me ka uē, iā lākou e pule ai, e alakaʻi nō wau iā lākou; e hoʻohele nō wau iā lākou ma nā kahawai, ma ke ala pololei; ʻaʻole lākou e kūlanalana ma laila, no ka mea, he Makua nō wau no ka ʻIseraʻela, a ʻo ʻEperaima kaʻu hiapo. | They will come with weeping; they will pray as I bring them back. I will lead them beside streams of water on a level path where they will not stumble, because I am Israel's father, and Ephraim is my firstborn son. |
| A e mai nō lākou a e ʻoli ma kahi kiʻekiʻe o Ziona, a holo pū nō lākou i ka maikaʻi o Iēhova, no ka huapalaoa, a no ka waina, a no ka ʻaila, a no nā keiki o nā hipa, a me nā bipi; a e like auaneʻi ko lākou ʻuhane me ka mahina ʻai i maʻū; ʻaʻole loa lākou e kaumaha hou aku. | They will come and shout for joy on the heights of Zion; they will rejoice in the bounty of the LORD-- the grain, the new wine and the oil, the young of the flocks and herds. They will be like a well-watered garden, and they will sorrow no more. |
| Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei; E ʻuʻumi ʻoe i kou leo i ka uē ʻana, a me kou mau maka i nā waimaka; no ka mea, e uku ʻia nō kāu hana, wahi a Iēhova; a e hou mai nō lākou, mai ka ʻāina mai o ka ʻenemi. | This is what the LORD says: "Restrain your voice from weeping and your eyes from tears, for your work will be rewarded," declares the LORD. "They will return from the land of the enemy. |
| He lana na ka manaʻo i kou hope, wahi a Iēhova, i hou mai nō nā keiki i ko lākou mokuna iho. | So there is hope for your future," declares the LORD. "Your children will return to their own land. |
| E kūkulu ʻoe i ahu, a hana hoʻi i puʻu kiʻekiʻe nou; e kau ʻoe i kou naʻau ma ke kuamoʻo, ma ke ala āu i ai. E huli hou ʻoe, e ke kaikamahine puʻupaʻa o ka ʻIseraʻela, e huli hou ʻoe i kēia mau kūlanakauhale ou. | "Set up road signs; put up guideposts. Take note of the highway, the road that you take. Return, O Virgin Israel, return to your towns. |
| A e aku ke kaula ana ma ʻō aku ma luna o ka puʻu Gareba, a e pōʻai mai i Goata. | The measuring line will stretch from there straight to the hill of Gareb and then turn to Goah. |
| Aia hoʻi, e mai ana i ou lā ʻo Hanameʻela ke keiki a Saluma kekahi makua kāne ou, e ʻī mai ana, E kūʻai ʻoe nou i kuʻu ʻāina ma ʻAnatota; no ka mea, ʻo ka pono no ka hoʻopānaʻi, nou nō ia e kūʻai. | Hanamel son of Shallum your uncle is going to come to you and say, 'Buy my field at Anathoth, because as nearest relative it is your right and duty to buy it.' |
| A maila i oʻu nei ʻo Hanameʻela ke keiki a kekahi makua kāne oʻu, i loko o ka pā hale o ka hale paʻahao, e like me ka ʻōlelo a ke Akua; ʻī maila ia iaʻu, Ke noi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e kūʻai ʻoe i kuʻu ʻāina ma ʻAnatota ma ka moku o ka Beniamina; no ka mea, nou no ka hoʻoili ʻana, a nou hoʻi ka hoʻopānaʻi ʻana; e kūʻai ʻoe nou. A laila, ʻike ihola au ʻo ka ʻōlelo ia a ke Akua. | "Then, just as the LORD had said, my cousin Hanamel came to me in the courtyard of the guard and said, 'Buy my field at Anathoth in the territory of Benjamin. Since it is your right to redeem it and possess it, buy it for yourself.' "I knew that this was the word of the LORD; |
| A komo maila lākou a noho ihola; akā, ʻaʻole lākou i hoʻolohe i kou leo, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ma kou kānāwai: ʻaʻole lākou i hana iki i ka mea a pau āu i kauoha mai ai iā lākou e hana; no laila ua kau mai ai ʻoe i kēia pōpilikia a pau ma luna iho o lākou. | They came in and took possession of it, but they did not obey you or follow your law; they did not do what you commanded them to do. So you brought all this disaster upon them. |
| A ʻo ka poʻe Kaledea e kaua mai ana i kēia kūlanakauhale, e mai lākou, a e puhi i kēia kūlanakauhale, a e hoʻopau lākou ia i ke ahi, me nā hale hoʻi, ma luna o laila kahi i puhi ai lākou nei i ka mea ʻala na Baʻala, a ninini iho ai i nā mōhai inu no nā akua ʻē, i mea e hoʻonāukiuki mai ai iaʻu. | The Babylonians who are attacking this city will come in and set it on fire; they will burn it down, along with the houses where the people provoked me to anger by burning incense on the roofs to Baal and by pouring out drink offerings to other gods. |
| A hana nō hoʻi lākou i nā wahi kiʻekiʻe o Baʻala, nā mea ma ke awāwa o ke keiki a Hinoma, i mea e ai kā lākou keiki kāne a me kā lākou kaikamāhine i Moleka, ka mea aʻu i kauoha ʻole aku ai iā lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi ia i komo i loko o koʻu manaʻo e hana lākou i kēia mea haumia e hewa ai ʻo ka Iuda. | They built high places for Baal in the Valley of Ben Hinnom to sacrifice their sons and daughters to Molech, though I never commanded, nor did it enter my mind, that they should do such a detestable thing and so make Judah sin. |
| Ke mai nei lākou e kaua me ko Kaledea, he mea naʻe ia e hoʻopiha ai iā lākou i nā kupapaʻu o nā kānaka, ka poʻe aʻu i luku ai i koʻu huhū, a i koʻu ukiuki, a ua hūnā hoʻi au i koʻu maka mai kēia kūlanakauhale aku, no ka hewa a pau o lākou. | in the fight with the Babylonians: 'They will be filled with the dead bodies of the men I will slay in my anger and wrath. I will hide my face from this city because of all its wickedness. |
| Ma nā kūlanakauhale o nā mauna, a ma nā kūlanakauhale o ke awāwa, a ma nā kūlanakauhale o ke kūkulu hema, a ma ka ʻāina o ka Beniamina, a ma nā wahi e puni ana iā Ierusalema, a ma nā kūlanakauhale o ka Iuda, e hou aʻe nō nā poʻe hipa ma lalo iho o ka lima o ka mea helu, wahi a Iēhova. | In the towns of the hill country, of the western foothills and of the Negev, in the territory of Benjamin, in the villages around Jerusalem and in the towns of Judah, flocks will again pass under the hand of the one who counts them,' says the LORD. |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, penei; Ō, a e ʻōlelo aku iā Zedekia, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, a e haʻi aku iā ia, Ke ʻī mai ʻo Iēhova penei; Aia hoʻi, e hāʻawi nō wau i kēia kūlanakauhale i loko o ka lima o ke aliʻi o Babulona, a e puhi nō ʻo ia ia wahi i ke ahi. | "This is what the LORD, the God of Israel, says: Go to Zedekiah king of Judah and tell him, 'This is what the LORD says: I am about to hand this city over to the king of Babylon, and he will burn it down. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoe e pakele mai kona lima aku, akā, e pio ʻiʻo nō ʻoe, a e hāʻawi ʻia i loko o kona lima; a e ʻike aku nō kou mau maka i nā maka o ke aliʻi o Babulona, a e kamaʻilio nō kona waha me kou waha, a e nō ʻoe i Babulona. | You will not escape from his grasp but will surely be captured and handed over to him. You will see the king of Babylon with your own eyes, and he will speak with you face to face. And you will go to Babylon. |
| A e hāʻawi nō wau i nā kānaka i lawehala i kaʻu berita, ʻo ka poʻe i hana ʻole ma nā ʻōlelo o ka berita a lākou i hana ai i mua oʻu, iā lākou i ʻoki aʻe i ke keiki hipa ma waena, a aʻe ma waena o kona mau ʻāpana. | The men who have violated my covenant and have not fulfilled the terms of the covenant they made before me, I will treat like the calf they cut in two and then walked between its pieces. |
| ʻO nā aliʻi o ka Iuda a me nā aliʻi o Ierusalema, nā luna a me nā kāhuna, a me nā kānaka a pau o ka ʻāina, ka poʻe i ma waena o nā ʻāpana o ke keiki bipi; | The leaders of Judah and Jerusalem, the court officials, the priests and all the people of the land who walked between the pieces of the calf, |
| Ō ʻoe i ka hale o ka Rekaba, a e ʻōlelo aku iā lākou, a e lawe mai iā lākou i ka hale o Iēhova, a i loko o kekahi keʻena, a e hoʻohāinu iā lākou i ka waina. | "Go to the Recabite family and invite them to come to one of the side rooms of the house of the LORD and give them wine to drink." |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela penei; Ō e haʻi aku i nā kānaka, i ka Iuda, a me ka poʻe noho ma Ierusalema, ʻAʻole anei ʻoukou e ʻae i ke aʻo ʻana, ʻaʻole anei ʻoukou e hoʻolohe i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo? wahi a Iēhova. | "This is what the LORD Almighty, the God of Israel, says: Go and tell the men of Judah and the people of Jerusalem, 'Will you not learn a lesson and obey my words?' declares the LORD. |
| Ua hoʻouna aku nō hoʻi au i o ʻoukou lā, i kaʻu poʻe kauā a pau, i nā kāula, e ala ana i ka wanaʻao e hoʻouna, me ka ʻōlelo aku, E hoʻi mai kēlā mea kēia mea o ʻoukou, mai kona ʻaoʻao hewa mai, a e hoʻoponopono i kā ʻoukou hana ʻana; a mai ma hope o nā akua ʻē, e mālama iā lākou, a e noho nō ʻoukou ma ka ʻāina aʻu i hāʻawi aku ai iā ʻoukou, a i ko ʻoukou poʻe mākua; ʻaʻole naʻe ʻoukou i hāliu mai i ko ʻoukou pepeiao, ʻaʻole i hoʻolohe mai iaʻu. | Again and again I sent all my servants the prophets to you. They said, "Each of you must turn from your wicked ways and reform your actions; do not follow other gods to serve them. Then you will live in the land I have given to you and your fathers." But you have not paid attention or listened to me. |
| A kauoha aʻela ʻo Ieremia iā Baruka, ʻī aʻela, Ua paʻa wau, ʻaʻole hiki iaʻu ke i loko o ka hale o Iēhova; | Then Jeremiah told Baruch, "I am restricted; I cannot go to the LORD's temple. |
| No laila, ō ʻoe e heluhelu i ka ʻōwili āu i kākau ai ma muli o koʻu waha, i nā ʻōlelo hoʻi a Iēhova ma nā pepeiao o nā kānaka ma loko o ka hale o Iēhova, i ka lā e hoʻokē ʻai ai. A e heluhelu nō hoʻi ʻoe ia ma nā pepeiao o ka Iuda a pau i mai, mai loko mai o ko lākou mau kūlanakauhale. | So you go to the house of the LORD on a day of fasting and read to the people from the scroll the words of the LORD that you wrote as I dictated. Read them to all the people of Judah who come in from their towns. |
| A i ka makahiki ʻelima o Iehoiakima, ke keiki a Iosia, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, i ka iwa o ka malama, kala aʻela lākou i ka hoʻokē ʻai o nā kānaka a pau ma Ierusalema i mua o Iēhova, a ʻo nā kānaka a pau i mai i Ierusalema, mai nā kūlanakauhale o ka Iuda mai. | In the ninth month of the fifth year of Jehoiakim son of Josiah king of Judah, a time of fasting before the LORD was proclaimed for all the people in Jerusalem and those who had come from the towns of Judah. |
| Hoʻouna akula nā aliʻi a pau iā Iehudi, ke keiki a Netania, ke keiki a Selemia, ke keiki a Kusi, i o Baruka lā, ʻī akula, E lawe ʻoe ma kou lima i ka ʻōwili, ka mea āu i heluhelu ai ma nā pepeiao o nā kānaka, a e mai. A laila, lawe ihola ʻo Baruka, ke keiki a Neria i ka ʻōwili ma kona lima, a aʻela i o lākou lā. | all the officials sent Jehudi son of Nethaniah, the son of Shelemiah, the son of Cushi, to say to Baruch, "Bring the scroll from which you have read to the people and come." So Baruch son of Neriah went to them with the scroll in his hand. |
| A laila, ʻōlelo maila nā aliʻi iā Baruka, ō, a peʻe, ʻo ʻoe, a me Ieremia. Mai hōʻike i kekahi kanaka i kahi o ʻolua. | Then the officials said to Baruch, "You and Jeremiah, go and hide. Don't let anyone know where you are." |
| A e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā Iehoiakima, i ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova, penei; Ua puhi ʻoe i kēia ʻōwili, me ka nīnau iho, No ke aha lā ʻoe i palapala ma loko, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, E ʻoiaʻiʻo nō e mai ke aliʻi o Babulona a e luku i kēia ʻāina, a e hoʻopau i ke kanaka a me ka holoholona, mai ia wahi aku? | Also tell Jehoiakim king of Judah, 'This is what the LORD says: You burned that scroll and said, "Why did you write on it that the king of Babylon would certainly come and destroy this land and cut off both men and animals from it?" |
| maila ʻo Ieremia i loko, a puka akula i waho i waena o nā kānaka; no ka mea, ia manawa ʻaʻole lākou i hoʻolei iā ia i loko o ka hale paʻahao. | Now Jeremiah was free to come and go among the people, for he had not yet been put in prison. |
| A laila, ua mai ka poʻe kaua o Paraʻo, mai ʻAigupita mai; a lohe ko Kaledea, ka poʻe e hoʻopilikia ana iā Ierusalema i ka ʻōlelo no lākou, a laila haʻalele lākou iā Ierusalema. | Pharaoh's army had marched out of Egypt, and when the Babylonians who were besieging Jerusalem heard the report about them, they withdrew from Jerusalem. |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela; Penei ʻoe e ʻōlelo aku ai i ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, ka mea i hoʻouna mai iā ʻoe i oʻu nei e nīnau mai iaʻu; Aia hoʻi, ʻo ka poʻe kaua o Paraʻo i e kōkua iā ʻoukou, e hoʻi hou nō lākou i ko lākou ʻāina iho. | "This is what the LORD, the God of Israel, says: Tell the king of Judah, who sent you to inquire of me, 'Pharaoh's army, which has marched out to support you, will go back to its own land, to Egypt. |
| A e hou mai nō ko Kaledea e kaua i kēia kūlanakauhale, a e hoʻopio nō lākou i kēia wahi, a e puhi hoʻi i ke ahi. | Then the Babylonians will return and attack this city; they will capture it and burn it down.' |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei; Mai hoʻopunipuni ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho, me ka ʻōlelo, E aku ko Kaledea, mai o kākou aku; no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou e aku. | "This is what the LORD says: Do not deceive yourselves, thinking, 'The Babylonians will surely leave us.' They will not! |
| A laila, akula ʻo Ieremia i waho o Ierusalema e i ka ʻāina o ka Beniamina, e hoʻokaʻawale iā ia iho ma laila i waena o nā kānaka. | Jeremiah started to leave the city to go to the territory of Benjamin to get his share of the property among the people there. |
| ʻAuhea ko ʻoukou poʻe kāula, ka poʻe i wānana mai iā ʻoukou me ka ʻōlelo iho, ʻAʻole kūʻē mai ke aliʻi o Babulona iā ʻoukou, ʻaʻole hoʻi kūʻē i kēia ʻāina? | Where are your prophets who prophesied to you, 'The king of Babylon will not attack you or this land'? |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova penei, ʻO ka mea hoʻomau i kona noho ʻana ma kēia kūlanakauhale, e make nō ia i ka pahi kaua, a i ka wī, a i ka maʻi ahulau. Akā, ʻo ka mea aku i ko Kaledea, e ola ia; no ka mea, e hāʻawi ʻia kona ola i waiwai pio nona, a e ola ia. | "This is what the LORD says: 'Whoever stays in this city will die by the sword, famine or plague, but whoever goes over to the Babylonians will live. He will escape with his life; he will live.' |
| A laila, aʻela ʻo ʻEbedemeleka mai loko aku o ka hale o ke aliʻi, a ʻōlelo aʻela i ke aliʻi, ʻī aʻela, | Ebed-Melech went out of the palace and said to him, |
| A laila, haʻi akula ʻo Ieremia iā Zedekia, Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova ke Akua o nā kaua, ke Akua o ʻIseraʻela, penei; Inā ʻiʻo aku ʻoe i nā luna o ke aliʻi o Babulona, a laila, e ola nō ʻoe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e puhi ʻia kēia kūlanakauhale; a pēlā nō ʻoe e ola ai, a me ko kou hale. | Then Jeremiah said to Zedekiah, "This is what the LORD God Almighty, the God of Israel, says: 'If you surrender to the officers of the king of Babylon, your life will be spared and this city will not be burned down; you and your family will live. |
| Akā, inā ʻaʻole ʻoe e aku i nā luna o ke aliʻi o Babulona, a laila, e hāʻawi ʻia nō kēia kūlanakauhale i ka lima o ko Kaledea, a e puhi nō lākou i kēia wahi i ke ahi, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e pakele mai loko aku o ko lākou lima. | But if you will not surrender to the officers of the king of Babylon, this city will be handed over to the Babylonians and they will burn it down; you yourself will not escape from their hands.' " |
| A inā hōʻole ʻoe, ʻaʻole aku, eia ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova āna i hōʻike mai ai iaʻu. | But if you refuse to surrender, this is what the LORD has revealed to me: |
| Aia hoʻi, ʻo nā wāhine a pau i koe ma ka hale o ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, e lawe ʻia aku lākou i nā luna o ke aliʻi o Babulona, a e ʻōlelo nō lākou, ʻO kou mau makamaka kai hoʻoikaika iā ʻoe, a ua lanakila lākou ma luna ou, a ua pohō kou mau wāwae i lalo i ka lepo, a ua hope lāua. | All the women left in the palace of the king of Judah will be brought out to the officials of the king of Babylon. Those women will say to you: " 'They misled you and overcame you-- those trusted friends of yours. Your feet are sunk in the mud; your friends have deserted you.' |
| Akā, inā lohe nā āliʻi ua kamaʻilio pū kāua me ʻoe, a mai lākou i ou nei, a ʻōlelo mai iā ʻoe, ʻEā, e haʻi mai ʻoe iā mākou i ka mea āu i haʻi aku ai i ke aliʻi, mai hūnā ia mea iā mākou, a laila, ʻaʻole mākou e pepehi aku iā ʻoe; a i ka mea hoʻi a ke aliʻi i ʻōlelo mai ai iā ʻoe. | If the officials hear that I talked with you, and they come to you and say, 'Tell us what you said to the king and what the king said to you; do not hide it from us or we will kill you,' |
| A mai nā aliʻi a pau i o Ieremia lā, a nīnau maila iā ia, a haʻi aku nō ʻo ia iā lākou, e like me nā ʻōlelo a pau a ke aliʻi nui i kauoha mai ai: no laila, haʻalele lākou iā ia, no ka mea, ʻaʻole i ʻike ʻia ia mea. | All the officials did come to Jeremiah and question him, and he told them everything the king had ordered him to say. So they said no more to him, for no one had heard his conversation with the king. |
| I ka iwa o ka makahiki o Zedekia, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, i ka ʻumi o ka malama, maila ʻo Nebukaneza ke aliʻi o Babulona, a me kona poʻe kaua a pau, e kūʻē iā Ierusalema, a hoʻopilikia ihola ʻo ia ia wahi. | This is how Jerusalem was taken: In the ninth year of Zedekiah king of Judah, in the tenth month, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon marched against Jerusalem with his whole army and laid siege to it. |
| A ʻike akula ʻo Zedekia, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda iā lākou, a me nā kānaka kaua a pau, a laila peʻe akula lākou, a akula i waho o ke kūlanakauhale i ka pō ma ke ala o ka mahina ʻai o ke aliʻi, ma ka puka pā i waena o nā pā ʻelua; a akula ʻo ia ma ke ala o ka pāpū. | When Zedekiah king of Judah and all the soldiers saw them, they fled; they left the city at night by way of the king's garden, through the gate between the two walls, and headed toward the Arabah. |
| Lawe pio akula nō hoʻi ʻo Nebuzaradana, ka luna kaua, i ke koena o nā kānaka e noho ana ma ke kūlanakauhale, a me ka poʻe, nā mea i i ona lā, a me ka poʻe i koe a pau e koe ana, a i Babulona. | Nebuzaradan commander of the imperial guard carried into exile to Babylon the people who remained in the city, along with those who had gone over to him, and the rest of the people. |
| Ō a e ʻōlelo aku iā ʻEbedemeleka i ka ʻAitiopa, i ka ʻī ʻana aku, Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela; Aia hoʻi, e hoʻokau mai nō wau i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo ma luna o kēia kūlanakauhale no ka hewa, ʻaʻole no ka maikaʻi; a e hiki mai nō ia i mua ou i kēlā lā. | "Go and tell Ebed-Melech the Cushite, 'This is what the LORD Almighty, the God of Israel, says: I am about to fulfill my words against this city through disaster, not prosperity. At that time they will be fulfilled before your eyes. |
| Aia hoʻi, ke kala aku nei au iā ʻoe i kēia lā, i nā kaula hao ma kou lima. Inā he mea maikaʻi i kou mau maka, ke pū me aʻu i Babulona, ō, a e kau nō koʻu mau maka ma luna ou. Akā, inā he mea ʻino i kou mau maka ke pū me aʻu i Babulona, ua oki nō: e nānā hoʻi, aia nō ka ʻāina a pau i mua ou, ma kahi maikaʻi a pono i kou mau maka ke ʻoe, ma laila ʻoe e ai. | But today I am freeing you from the chains on your wrists. Come with me to Babylon, if you like, and I will look after you; but if you do not want to, then don't come. Look, the whole country lies before you; go wherever you please." |
| A ma mua o kona hoʻi ʻana, ʻī aʻela ia, E hoʻi aku ʻoe iā Gedalia, i ke keiki a ʻAhikama, ke keiki a Sapana, ka mea a ke aliʻi o Babulona i hoʻonoho ai i kiaʻāina ma luna o nā kūlanakauhale o ka Iuda, a e noho ʻoe me ia i waena pū me nā kānaka; a ma kahi pono i kou mau maka ke, ma laila ʻoe e ai. A hāʻawi maila ka luna kaua, i ʻai nāna, a i makana nō hoʻi, a hoʻokuʻu maila iā ia. | However, before Jeremiah turned to go, Nebuzaradan added, "Go back to Gedaliah son of Ahikam, the son of Shaphan, whom the king of Babylon has appointed over the towns of Judah, and live with him among the people, or go anywhere else you please." Then the commander gave him provisions and a present and let him go. |
| A laila, aʻela ʻo Ieremia i o Gedalia lā i ke keiki a ʻAhikama, ma Mizepa; a noho pū me ia i waena o nā kānaka i koe ma ka ʻāina. | So Jeremiah went to Gedaliah son of Ahikam at Mizpah and stayed with him among the people who were left behind in the land. |
| A laila, maila iā Gedalia, ma Mizepa, ʻo ʻIsemaʻela, ke keiki a Netania, a me Iohanana, a me Ionatana, nā keiki a Karea, a me Saraia, ke keiki a Tanehumeta, a me nā keiki a ʻEpai no Netopati, a me Iezania, ke keiki a ka Maʻaka, ʻo lākou a me ko lākou poʻe kānaka. | they came to Gedaliah at Mizpah--Ishmael son of Nethaniah, Johanan and Jonathan the sons of Kareah, Seraiah son of Tanhumeth, the sons of Ephai the Netophathite, and Jaazaniah the son of the Maacathite, and their men. |
| ʻO wau hoʻi, e noho nō wau ma Mizepa, e hoʻolauleʻa i ko Kaledea i mai iā kākou. A ʻo ʻoukou hoʻi, e hōʻiliʻili ʻoukou i ka waina, a me nā hua o ke kau, a me ka ʻaila, a e ukuhi i loko o ko ʻoukou hue, a e noho ma nā kūlanakauhale a ʻoukou e noho nei. | I myself will stay at Mizpah to represent you before the Babylonians who come to us, but you are to harvest the wine, summer fruit and oil, and put them in your storage jars, and live in the towns you have taken over." |
| Hoʻi aʻela nā Iudaio a pau, mai loko mai o nā wahi a pau a lākou i kipaku ʻia ai, a maila i o Gedalia lā, ma Mizepa, a hōʻiliʻili i ka waina a me nā hua o ke kau he nui loa. | they all came back to the land of Judah, to Gedaliah at Mizpah, from all the countries where they had been scattered. And they harvested an abundance of wine and summer fruit. |
| A laila, maila ʻo Iohanana, ke keiki a Karea, a me nā luna o nā koa a pau e noho ana ma nā pāpū i o Gedalia lā, ma Mizepa, | Johanan son of Kareah and all the army officers still in the open country came to Gedaliah at Mizpah |
| A ʻōlelo malū maila ʻo Iohanana, ke keiki a Karea iā Gedalia, ma Mizepa, ʻī mai, Ke nonoi aku nei au iā ʻoe, e ʻae mai iaʻu, e, a e pepehi nō wau iā ʻIsemaʻela i ke keiki a Netania, me ka ʻike ʻole o kekahi kanaka. No ke aha lā ʻo ia e pepehi ai iā ʻoe, i hoʻoʻauheʻe ʻia ai nā Iudaio a pau i ʻākoakoa mai i ou lā, a make hoʻi ke koena o ka Iuda? | Then Johanan son of Kareah said privately to Gedaliah in Mizpah, "Let me go and kill Ishmael son of Nethaniah, and no one will know it. Why should he take your life and cause all the Jews who are gathered around you to be scattered and the remnant of Judah to perish?" |
| I ka hiku o ka malama, hiki maila kēia mau mea; ʻo ʻIsemaʻela, ke keiki a Netania, ke keiki a ʻElisama, no ka hanauna aliʻi, a me nā luna o ke aliʻi, he ʻumi kānaka pū me ia, maila lākou iā Gedalia, i ke keiki a ʻAhikama, ma Mizepa; a ma laila lākou i ʻai pū ai i ka berena ma Mizepa. | In the seventh month Ishmael son of Nethaniah, the son of Elishama, who was of royal blood and had been one of the king's officers, came with ten men to Gedaliah son of Ahikam at Mizpah. While they were eating together there, |
| A laila, maila kekahi mau kānaka, mai Sekema, a mai Silo, a mai Samaria mai, he kanawalu lākou, ua kahi ko lākou ʻumiʻumi, ua haehae ʻia ko lākou ʻaʻahu, ua ʻokiʻoki iā lākou iho: he mau mōhai, a he mea ʻala ma ko lākou lima e lawe i ka hale o Iēhova. | eighty men who had shaved off their beards, torn their clothes and cut themselves came from Shechem, Shiloh and Samaria, bringing grain offerings and incense with them to the house of the LORD. |
| A akula ʻo ʻIsemaʻela, ke keiki a Netania, mai Mizepa aku, e hālāwai me lākou, a uē nō hoʻi i kona ʻana; a i kona hālāwai ʻana me lākou, ʻī aʻela ia iā lākou, E mai iā Gedalia, i ke keiki a ʻAhikama. | Ishmael son of Nethaniah went out from Mizpah to meet them, weeping as he went. When he met them, he said, "Come to Gedaliah son of Ahikam." |
| A iā lākou i ai i loko o ke kūlanakauhale, Pepehi akula ʻo ʻIsemaʻela ke keiki a Netania iā lākou, a hoʻolei akula i loko o ka lua, ʻo ia, a me nā kānaka pū me ia. | When they went into the city, Ishmael son of Nethaniah and the men who were with him slaughtered them and threw them into a cistern. |
| A laila, lawe pio akula ʻo ʻIsemaʻela i ke koena a pau o nā kānaka ma Mizepa, i nā kaikamāhine a ke aliʻi, a me nā kānaka a pau i koe ma Mizepa, ka poʻe a Nebuzaredana, ka luna kaua i hāʻawi ai iā Gedalia, ke keiki a ʻAhikama; lawe pio akula ʻo ʻIsemaʻela ke keiki a Netania iā lākou, a akula, i hiki i ka ʻAmona. | Ishmael made captives of all the rest of the people who were in Mizpah--the king's daughters along with all the others who were left there, over whom Nebuzaradan commander of the imperial guard had appointed Gedaliah son of Ahikam. Ishmael son of Nethaniah took them captive and set out to cross over to the Ammonites. |
| A laila, lawe aʻela ia i nā kānaka a pau, a akula, e kaua me ʻIsemaʻela, i ke keiki a Netania, a loaʻa ʻo ia ma nā wai nui ma Gibeona. | they took all their men and went to fight Ishmael son of Nethaniah. They caught up with him near the great pool in Gibeon. |
| ʻO nā kānaka a pau a ʻIsemaʻela i lawe pio ai, huli lākou, a hoʻi, a iā Iohanana i ke keiki a Karea. | All the people Ishmael had taken captive at Mizpah turned and went over to Johanan son of Kareah. |
| Pakele akula ʻo ʻIsemaʻela ke keiki a Netania mai Iohanana aku, ʻo ia a me nā kānaka ʻewalu i pū me ia i ka ʻAmona. | But Ishmael son of Nethaniah and eight of his men escaped from Johanan and fled to the Ammonites. |
| A akula lākou, a noho ma kahi noho o Kimehama, aia kokoke i Betelehema, ma ke ala e komo aku ai i ʻAigupita, | And they went on, stopping at Geruth Kimham near Bethlehem on their way to Egypt |
| I hōʻike mai ai ʻo Iēhova, kou Akua iā mākou i ke ala e pono ai mākou ke, a i ka mea hoʻi e pono ai mākou ke hana. | Pray that the LORD your God will tell us where we should go and what we should do." |
| A ʻōlelo hoʻi, ʻAʻole; e nō mākou i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, ma kahi e ʻike ʻole ai mākou i ke kaua, ʻaʻole hoʻi e lohe i ke kani ʻana o ka pū, ʻaʻole hoʻi e pōloli i ka berena; a ma laila nō mākou e noho ai; | and if you say, 'No, we will go and live in Egypt, where we will not see war or hear the trumpet or be hungry for bread,' |
| No ia mea lā, ʻeā, e hoʻolohe ʻoukou i ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova, e ke koena o ka Iuda; Ke ʻī mai nei ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua, ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela, Inā ikaika ke kau ʻana o ko ʻoukou maka e i ʻAigupita, e hoʻi a noho ma laila; | then hear the word of the LORD, O remnant of Judah. This is what the LORD Almighty, the God of Israel, says: 'If you are determined to go to Egypt and you do go to settle there, |
| E hiki nō ia i nā kānaka a pau e kau ana i ko lākou maka e i ʻAigupita e noho ma laila: e make nō lākou i ka pahi kaua, a i ka wī, a i ka maʻi ahulau; ʻaʻohe mea e koe, ʻaʻole hoʻi e pakele i ka hewa aʻu e lawe ai ma luna o lākou. | Indeed, all who are determined to go to Egypt to settle there will die by the sword, famine and plague; not one of them will survive or escape the disaster I will bring on them.' |
| Ua ʻōlelo nō ʻo Iēhova no ʻoukou, Ē, ʻoukou ke koena o ka Iuda, Mai ʻoukou i ʻAigupita; e ʻike pono ʻoukou, ua hōʻike aku au iā ʻoukou i kēia lā. | "O remnant of Judah, the LORD has told you, 'Do not go to Egypt.' Be sure of this: I warn you today |
| Ua hewa ʻoukou e pilikia ai ko ʻoukou ola, i ka wā i hoʻouna aku ai ʻoukou iaʻu i o Iēhova lā, i ko ʻoukou Akua, i ka ʻī ʻana maila, E pule aku ʻoe iā Iēhova i ko mākou Akua no mākou; a e like me nā mea a pau a Iēhova, ko mākou Akua e ʻōlelo mai ai, pēlā nō ʻoe e haʻi mai iā mākou, a e hana nō mākou. | that you made a fatal mistake when you sent me to the LORD your God and said, 'Pray to the LORD our God for us; tell us everything he says and we will do it.' |
| No ia mea lā, ʻeā, e ʻike pono ʻoukou, e make ʻoukou i ka pahi kaua, a i ka wī, a i ka maʻi ahulau, ma kahi a ʻoukou e makemake ai e, a e noho. | So now, be sure of this: You will die by the sword, famine and plague in the place where you want to go to settle." |
| A laila, ʻōlelo maila ʻo ʻAzaria, ke keiki a Hosaia, a me Iohanana, ke keiki a Karea, a me nā kānaka hoʻokiʻekiʻe a pau, ʻī maila iā Ieremia, Ke ʻōlelo wahaheʻe mai nei ʻoe; ʻaʻole i hoʻouna mai nei ʻo Iēhova ko mākou Akua iā ʻoe, e ʻōlelo, Mai i ʻAigupita e noho ma laila; | Azariah son of Hoshaiah and Johanan son of Kareah and all the arrogant men said to Jeremiah, "You are lying! The LORD our God has not sent you to say, 'You must not go to Egypt to settle there.' |
| A mai lākou i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, no ka mea, ʻaʻole lākou i hoʻolohe i ka leo o Iēhova; a lākou i Tahepanesa. | So they entered Egypt in disobedience to the LORD and went as far as Tahpanhes. |
| A e hōʻaʻā nō wau i ke ahi ma loko o nā hale o nā akua o ʻAigupita; a e puhi nō ʻo ia ia mau mea, a e lawe pio aku iā lākou; a e ʻaʻahu nō ʻo ia iā ia iho i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, e like me kā ke kahu hipa ʻaʻahu ʻana i kona lole; a e aku ʻo ia ma laila aku me ka maluhia. | He will set fire to the temples of the gods of Egypt; he will burn their temples and take their gods captive. As a shepherd wraps his garment around him, so will he wrap Egypt around himself and depart from there unscathed. |
| No ko lākou hewa a lākou i hana ai e hoʻonāukiuki mai ai iaʻu, i ko lākou ʻana e puhi i ka mea ʻala, a e mālama i nā akua ʻē a lākou i ʻike ʻole ai, ʻaʻole lākou, ʻaʻole ʻoukou, ʻaʻole hoʻi ko ʻoukou mau mākua. | because of the evil they have done. They provoked me to anger by burning incense and by worshiping other gods that neither they nor you nor your fathers ever knew. |
| I ko ʻoukou hoʻonāukiuki ʻana iaʻu, i nā hana a ko ʻoukou lima, e puhi ana i ka mea ʻala no nā akua ʻē, ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, kahi o ʻoukou i aku ai e noho, i hōʻoki aʻe ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho, i lilo hoʻi ʻoukou i mea pōʻino, a i mea hoʻowahāwahā, ma nā ʻāina a pau o ka honua? | Why provoke me to anger with what your hands have made, burning incense to other gods in Egypt, where you have come to live? You will destroy yourselves and make yourselves an object of cursing and reproach among all the nations on earth. |
| ʻAʻole naʻe lākou i mihi, a hiki i kēia lā, ʻaʻole hoʻi i makaʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ma koʻu kānāwai, ʻaʻole hoʻi ma kaʻu mau kauoha, aʻu i kau ai i mua o ʻoukou, a i mua hoʻi o ko ʻoukou mau mākua. | To this day they have not humbled themselves or shown reverence, nor have they followed my law and the decrees I set before you and your fathers. |
| A e lālau aku au i ke koena o ka Iuda, ka poʻe i huli ko lākou maka e i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita, e noho ma laila, a e hoʻopau ʻia lākou a pau, a e hāʻule hoʻi ma ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita. E hoʻopau ʻia lākou i ka pahi kaua, a i ka wī, a e make lākou, mai ka mea ʻuʻuku a ka mea nui, i ka pahi kaua, a i ka wī; a e lilo lākou i mea hāʻiliʻili ʻia, a i mea e kāhāhā ai, a i mea pōʻino, a i mea hoʻowahāwahā. | I will take away the remnant of Judah who were determined to go to Egypt to settle there. They will all perish in Egypt; they will fall by the sword or die from famine. From the least to the greatest, they will die by sword or famine. They will become an object of cursing and horror, of condemnation and reproach. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi e pakele a koe kekahi koena o ka Iuda, i aku nei i ʻAigupita e noho ma laila, ʻaʻole hoʻi hou i ka ʻāina o ka Iuda, kahi i makemake ai ko lākou naʻau e hoʻi a noho ma laila; ʻaʻohe mea e hoʻi, ʻo nā mea pakele wale nō. | None of the remnant of Judah who have gone to live in Egypt will escape or survive to return to the land of Judah, to which they long to return and live; none will return except a few fugitives." |
| No ka mea, ua kuni ʻoukou i ka mea ʻala, a ua hana hewa ʻoukou iā Iēhova, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hoʻolohe i ka leo o Iēhova, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ma muli o kona kānāwai, ʻaʻole ma muli o kāna mau kauoha, a me kāna hōʻike ʻana; no laila i hiki mai ai kēia hewa ma luna o ʻoukou, me ia i kēia lā. | Because you have burned incense and have sinned against the LORD and have not obeyed him or followed his law or his decrees or his stipulations, this disaster has come upon you, as you now see." |
| E hoʻi naʻe kekahi poʻe ʻuʻuku, mai ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita aʻe a i ka ʻāina o ka Iuda, ʻo ka poʻe hoʻi i pakele i ka pahi kaua; akā, ʻo ke koena o ka Iuda a pau i i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita e noho ma laila, e ʻike auaneʻi lākou i ka ʻōlelo kūpaʻa, ʻo kaʻu paha, ʻo kā lākou paha. | Those who escape the sword and return to the land of Judah from Egypt will be very few. Then the whole remnant of Judah who came to live in Egypt will know whose word will stand--mine or theirs. |
| Ke ʻimi nei anei ʻoe i mea nui nou? Mai ʻimi ʻoe; no ka mea, aia hoʻi, e lawe mai nō wau i ka hewa ma luna o nā mea ola a pau, wahi a Iēhova; akā, e hāʻawi nō wau i kou ola iā ʻoe, i waiwai pio nou, ma nā wahi a pau āu e aku ai. | Should you then seek great things for yourself ? Seek them not. For I will bring disaster on all people, declares the LORD, but wherever you go I will let you escape with your life.' " |
| ʻO wai kēia mea e mai nei, me he wai piʻi lā, a kūpikipikiʻō nā wai, e like me ka waikahe lā? | "Who is this that rises like the Nile, like rivers of surging waters? |
| E piʻi mai, e nā lio, e holo ikaika hoʻi, e nā kaʻa kaua; e mai nā kānaka ikaika, ʻo ko ʻAitiopa, a me ko Libua, ka poʻe lawelawe i ka pale kaua, a me ka Ludia, ʻo ka poʻe i lawelawe, a lena ke kakaka. | Charge, O horses! Drive furiously, O charioteers! March on, O warriors-- men of Cush and Put who carry shields, men of Lydia who draw the bow. |
| Ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai iā Ieremia, i ke kāula, no ka ʻana mai o Nebukaneza, ke aliʻi o Babulona, e ʻānai i ka ʻāina ʻo ʻAigupita. | This is the message the LORD spoke to Jeremiah the prophet about the coming of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon to attack Egypt: |
| Me aʻu e ola nei, wahi a ke Aliʻi, nona ka inoa, ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua, ʻOiaʻiʻo, me Tabora i waena o nā mauna, a me Karemela ma kahakai, e mai nō ia. | "As surely as I live," declares the King, whose name is the LORD Almighty, "one will come who is like Tabor among the mountains, like Carmel by the sea. |
| E ke kaikamahine e noho lā ma ʻAigupita, e hoʻomākaukau ʻoe i kāhiko no kou pio ʻana; no ka mea, e ʻōlohelohe auaneʻi, a e mehameha hoʻi ʻo Nopa, ʻaʻohe mea noho ma laila. | Pack your belongings for exile, you who live in Egypt, for Memphis will be laid waste and lie in ruins without inhabitant. |
| He keiki bipi wahine maikaʻi ʻo ʻAigupita, ke mai nei kona make, mai ka ʻākau mai ka ʻana. | "Egypt is a beautiful heifer, but a gadfly is coming against her from the north. |
| E lohe ʻia ka leo ona me ko ka nahesa lā; no ka mea, e mai nō lākou me ka poʻe kaua, a e kūʻē iā ia me nā lipi, e like me ka poʻe kua lāʻau. | Egypt will hiss like a fleeing serpent as the enemy advances in force; they will come against her with axes, like men who cut down trees. |
| ʻAʻole e hoʻokiʻekiʻe hou ʻia ʻo Moaba ma Hesebona; ua noʻonoʻo hewa lākou iā ia; e mai, e hōʻoki kākou i kona aupuni ʻana. E ʻoki ʻia nō hoʻi ʻoe, e Mademena, e hahai nō ka pahi kaua iā ʻoe. | Moab will be praised no more; in Heshbon men will plot her downfall: 'Come, let us put an end to that nation.' You too, O Madmen, will be silenced; the sword will pursue you. |
| No ka mea, ua hilinaʻi ʻoe i kāu mau hana, a i kou waiwai, e pio auaneʻi ʻoe; a e aku ko Kemosa i loko o ke pio ʻana, me ko lākou poʻe kāhuna, a me ko lākou poʻe aliʻi. | Since you trust in your deeds and riches, you too will be taken captive, and Chemosh will go into exile, together with his priests and officials. |
| E mai nō ka mea ʻānai, ma luna o nā kūlanakauhale a pau, ʻaʻole pakele kekahi kūlanakauhale; e make pū nō ke awāwa, e luku ʻia hoʻi ka pāpū, e like me kā Iēhova i ʻōlelo mai ai. | The destroyer will come against every town, and not a town will escape. The valley will be ruined and the plateau destroyed, because the LORD has spoken. |
| Ua moe mālie ʻo Moaba, mai kona wā ʻōpiopio mai, ua lana mālie nō ma luna o kona mākū, ʻaʻole i ukuhi ʻia, mai kekahi hue a i kekahi hue, ʻaʻole hoʻi ia i i loko o ke pio ʻana, no laila i koe mai iā ia kona ʻono, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hoʻopau ʻia kona ʻala. | "Moab has been at rest from youth, like wine left on its dregs, not poured from one jar to another-- she has not gone into exile. So she tastes as she did, and her aroma is unchanged. |
| E ʻaoa, e Hesebona, no ka mea, ua ʻānai ʻia ʻo ʻAi; E uē aku, e nā kaikamāhine o Raba, E kāʻei ʻoukou iā ʻoukou iho i ke kapa ʻinoʻino; E kūmākena hoʻi, a e holoholo ma nā pā; No ka mea, e ʻo Malekama i loko o ke pio ʻana, ʻO kona poʻe kāhuna a me kāna mau aliʻi. | "Wail, O Heshbon, for Ai is destroyed! Cry out, O inhabitants of Rabbah! Put on sackcloth and mourn; rush here and there inside the walls, for Molech will go into exile, together with his priests and officials. |
| No ke aha lā ʻoe e hoʻokiʻekiʻe ai ma kou mau awāwa? A ma kou awāwa e kahe ana, e ke kaikamahine hoʻi hope? Ka mea hilinaʻi ma kou mau waiwai, i ka ʻī ʻana iho, ʻO wai ka mea mai i oʻu nei? | Why do you boast of your valleys, boast of your valleys so fruitful? O unfaithful daughter, you trust in your riches and say, 'Who will attack me?' |
| Aia hoʻi, e lawe mai nō wau i ka makaʻu ma luna ou, Wahi a Iēhova, ke Akua o nā kaua, Mai ka poʻe a pau e noho puni ana iā ʻoe; A e kipaku ʻia ʻoukou, kēlā kanaka, kēia kanaka mai kona maka aku. ʻAʻohe mea nāna e hoʻihoʻi mai i ka mea hewa. | I will bring terror on you from all those around you," declares the Lord, the LORD Almighty. "Every one of you will be driven away, and no one will gather the fugitives. |
| Inā mai i ou lā ka poʻe hōʻiliʻili hua waina, ʻAʻole anei lākou e hoʻokoe i kekahi koena hua? Inā he poʻe ʻaihue i ka pō, Hao iho nō lākou, a pau ko lākou makemake. | If grape pickers came to you, would they not leave a few grapes? If thieves came during the night, would they not steal only as much as they wanted? |
| Ua lohe nō wau i ka lono, mai Iēhova mai, Ua hoʻouna ʻia aku hoʻi ka ʻelele i ko nā ʻāina ʻē, E ʻākoakoa mai ʻoukou, E mai e kūʻē iā ia, e kū mai hoʻi e kaua. | I have heard a message from the LORD: An envoy was sent to the nations to say, "Assemble yourselves to attack it! Rise up for battle!" |
| E lilo nō hoʻi ʻo ʻEdoma i wao nahele; A e kāhāhā auaneʻi ka poʻe a pau e aʻe ma ia wahi, E hoʻowahāwahā hoʻi no kona mau ʻino a pau. | "Edom will become an object of horror; all who pass by will be appalled and will scoff because of all its wounds. |
| E kū i luna, e i ka lāhui kanaka waiwai, I ka poʻe noho mālama ʻole, wahi a Iēhova; I ka poʻe ʻaʻole o lākou pani puka pā, ʻaʻole kī kaola, Ua noho mehameha hoʻi. | "Arise and attack a nation at ease, which lives in confidence," declares the LORD, "a nation that has neither gates nor bars; its people live alone. |
| No ka mea, ke piʻi mai nei ka lāhui kanaka, mai ka ʻākau mai, e kūʻē iā ia, Nāna nō e hoʻolilo i ka ʻāina i wahi ʻalaneo, ʻAʻole noho kekahi mea ma laila; Mai ke kanaka a i ka holoholona, e neʻeneʻe, a e aku nō. | A nation from the north will attack her and lay waste her land. No one will live in it; both men and animals will flee away. |
| Ia mau lā, a i kēlā manawa, wahi a Iēhova, E mai nō nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, ʻO lākou a me nā mamo a Iuda pū, E nō lākou, a e uē iho i ko lākou ʻana; A e ʻimi iā Iēhova i ko lākou Akua. | "In those days, at that time," declares the LORD, "the people of Israel and the people of Judah together will go in tears to seek the LORD their God. |
| ʻO koʻu poʻe kānaka, he poʻe hipa nalowale lākou; Na ko lākou mau kahu i alakaʻi hewa iā lākou, Ua kuʻu wale aku nā kahu iā lākou ma nā mauna; Ua lākou, mai kekahi puʻu, a i kekahi puʻu, Ua poina iā lākou ko lākou wahi e hoʻomaha ai. | "My people have been lost sheep; their shepherds have led them astray and caused them to roam on the mountains. They wandered over mountain and hill and forgot their own resting place. |
| E puka aku ʻoukou mai waena aku o Babulona, A e aku hoʻi ma waho o ka ʻāina o ko Kaledea, E like hoʻi ʻoukou me nā kao kāne i mua o ka poʻe kao. | "Flee out of Babylon; leave the land of the Babylonians, and be like the goats that lead the flock. |
| E kūʻē mai ʻoukou iā ia, mai kēlā kihi mai, E wehe i kona mau hale papa; E hoʻouka aʻe iā ia e like me nā puʻu, E ʻānai loa aku iā ia, mai hoʻokoe i kekahi mea. | Come against her from afar. Break open her granaries; pile her up like heaps of grain. Completely destroy her and leave her no remnant. |
| Aia hoʻi, e mai nō kekahi lāhui kanaka mai ke kūkulu ʻākau mai, A e hoʻāla ʻia ka lāhui kanaka nui, a me nā aliʻi he lehulehu, Mai nā mokuna mai o ka honua. | "Look! An army is coming from the north; a great nation and many kings are being stirred up from the ends of the earth. |
| Hoʻōla aku nō mākou iā Babulona, ʻaʻole ia i ola: E haʻalele iā ia, e hoʻi kēlā mea kēia mea o kākou i kona ʻāina iho; No ka mea, ua pā aku kona hoʻopaʻi ʻia i ka lani, Ua hāpai ʻia hoʻi, a i nā aouli. | " 'We would have healed Babylon, but she cannot be healed; let us leave her and each go to his own land, for her judgment reaches to the skies, it rises as high as the clouds.' |
| Ua hoʻopuka mai ʻo Iēhova i ko kākou pono; E mai hoʻi, e haʻi aku kākou ma Ziona i ka hana a Iēhova ko kākou Akua. | " 'The LORD has vindicated us; come, let us tell in Zion what the LORD our God has done.' |
| Ua lilo kona mau kūlanakauhale i wahi neoneo, He ʻāina maloʻo hoʻi, a he wao nahele, He ʻāina noho ʻole ʻia e kekahi kanaka, ʻAʻole hoʻi e aʻe ke keiki a ke kanaka i laila. | Her towns will be desolate, a dry and desert land, a land where no one lives, through which no man travels. |
| E koʻu poʻe kānaka, e ʻoukou mai waena aku ona, A e hoʻopakele kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka i kona ola iho, Mai ka ukiuki nui o Iēhova; | "Come out of her, my people! Run for your lives! Run from the fierce anger of the LORD. |
| A laila e hoʻokani ʻoliʻoli ai ka lani, a me ka honua, a me nā mea a pau o loko, no Babulona; No ka mea, mai ke kūkulu ʻākau mai e mai ai i ona lā ka poʻe hao wale, wahi a Iēhova. | Then heaven and earth and all that is in them will shout for joy over Babylon, for out of the north destroyers will attack her," declares the LORD. |
| E ʻoukou, e ka poʻe i pakele i ka pahi kaua, Mai kū mālie; e hoʻomanaʻo iā Iēhova ma kahi lōʻihi aku, E hoʻomanaʻo hoʻi iā Ierusalema i loko o ko ʻoukou naʻau. | You who have escaped the sword, leave and do not linger! Remember the LORD in a distant land, and think on Jerusalem." |
| Inā paha i piʻi aku ʻo Babulona a i ka lani, A inā i hoʻopaʻa loa ʻo ia i nā puʻu kaua o kona ikaika, E aku naʻe ka poʻe hao wale, mai oʻu aku nei a i ona lā, wahi a Iēhova. | Even if Babylon reaches the sky and fortifies her lofty stronghold, I will send destroyers against her," declares the LORD. |
| No ka mea, ua mai ka mea hao wale ma luna ona, Ma luna hoʻi o Babulona; Ua lawe pio ʻia kona poʻe kānaka ikaika, Ua haʻi hoʻi nā kakaka a pau o lākou; No ka mea, ʻo Iēhova ke Akua hoʻopaʻi, ʻOiaʻiʻo nō, e hoʻopaʻi ʻo ia. | A destroyer will come against Babylon; her warriors will be captured, and their bows will be broken. For the LORD is a God of retribution; he will repay in full. |
| ʻO ka ʻōlelo a Ieremia a ke kāula i kauoha ai iā Seraia, i keiki a Neria, i ke keiki a Maʻaseia, i ka manawa āna i pū aku ai i Babulona me Zedekia, ke aliʻi o ka Iuda, i ka makahiki ʻahā o kona noho aliʻi ʻana. He luna noho mālie ʻo ua Seraia nei. | This is the message Jeremiah gave to the staff officer Seraiah son of Neriah, the son of Mahseiah, when he went to Babylon with Zedekiah king of Judah in the fourth year of his reign. |
| A hiki i ka makahiki ʻeiwa o ka makahiki o kona noho aupuni ʻana, i ka malama ʻumi, i ka ʻumi o ka lā o ka malama, maila ʻo Nebukaneza, ke aliʻi o Babulona, ʻo ia, a me kona poʻe kaua a pau e kūʻē iā Ierusalema, a hoʻomoana kūʻē ʻo ia ia wahi, a hana ihola i mau puʻu kaua a puni ia. | So in the ninth year of Zedekiah's reign, on the tenth day of the tenth month, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon marched against Jerusalem with his whole army. They camped outside the city and built siege works all around it. |
| A laila wāhi ʻia ke kūlanakauhale, a heʻe nā kānaka kaua a pau, a puka akula i waho o ke kūlanakauhale, ma ke ala o ka puka pā ma waena o nā pā ʻelua, aia ma ka mahina ʻai o ke aliʻi: (ua puni hoʻi ke kūlanakauhale i ko Kaledea;) a aʻela lākou ma ke ala o ka pāpū. | Then the city wall was broken through, and the whole army fled. They left the city at night through the gate between the two walls near the king's garden, though the Babylonians were surrounding the city. They fled toward the Arabah, |
| A i ka malama ʻelima, i ka ʻumi o ka lā o ka malama, ʻo ia hoʻi ka makahiki ʻumikumamāiwa o Nebukaneza, ke aliʻi o Babulona, a laila maila i Ierusalema ʻo Nebuzaredana, ka luna kaua, nāna i hoʻokauā na ke aliʻi o Babulona. | On the tenth day of the fifth month, in the nineteenth year of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, Nebuzaradan commander of the imperial guard, who served the king of Babylon, came to Jerusalem. |
| A laila, lawe pio akula ʻo Nebuzaredana, ka luna kaua i nā kānaka hune, a me nā kānaka i koe ma ke kūlanakauhale, a me ka poʻe i, nā mea hoʻi i i ke aliʻi o Babulona, a me ka nui o ka poʻe i koe. | Nebuzaradan the commander of the guard carried into exile some of the poorest people and those who remained in the city, along with the rest of the craftsmen and those who had gone over to the king of Babylon. |
| Kūmākena nō nā alanui o Ziona, No ka ʻole mai o lākou i ka ʻahaʻaina: Ua mehameha kona mau puka pā a pau; Ke kaniʻuhū nei kona mau kāhuna pule, Ua hoʻopilikia ʻia kona mau wāhine puʻupaʻa, A ua kaumaha loa nō ia. | The roads to Zion mourn, for no one comes to her appointed feasts. All her gateways are desolate, her priests groan, her maidens grieve, and she is in bitter anguish. |
| Ua lilo kona poʻe ʻenemi i poʻo, Ua maluhia hoʻi ka poʻe i huhū iā ia; No ka mea, ua hoʻokaumaha mai ʻo Iēhova iā ia no ka nui o kona hewa; Ua pio akula kāna poʻe keiki i mua o ke alo o ka ʻenemi. | Her foes have become her masters; her enemies are at ease. The LORD has brought her grief because of her many sins. Her children have gone into exile, captive before the foe. |
| Ua akula ka nani a pau o ke kaikamahine o Ziona; Ua like hoʻi kona mau aliʻi me nā dia loaʻa ʻole ka ʻai, Ua hoʻi lākou me ka ikaika ʻole i mua o ka mea nāna e hahai. | All the splendor has departed from the Daughter of Zion. Her princes are like deer that find no pasture; in weakness they have fled before the pursuer. |
| He mea ʻole ia iā ʻoukou a pau, e aʻe nei ma ke ala? E nānā mai naʻe, a e ʻike, Inā e like kekahi ʻehaʻeha me koʻu ʻehaʻeha, Ka mea i kau ʻia ma luna oʻu, Ka mea a Iēhova i hoʻokaumaha mai ai iaʻu, I ka lā o kona inaina nui. | "Is it nothing to you, all you who pass by? Look around and see. Is any suffering like my suffering that was inflicted on me, that the LORD brought on me in the day of his fierce anger? |
| ʻO Iēhova, ua hemolele ʻo ia; No ka mea, ua kūʻē aku au i kona waha; Ke noi aku nei au, e hoʻolohe mai, e nā kānaka a pau, E nānā mai hoʻi i koʻu ʻeha; Ua akula koʻu poʻe wāhine puʻupaʻa, a me koʻu poʻe kānaka uʻi i loko o ke pio. | "The LORD is righteous, yet I rebelled against his command. Listen, all you peoples; look upon my suffering. My young men and maidens have gone into exile. |
| ʻO ka poʻe a pau e aʻe nei ma ke alo, paʻipaʻi nō lākou i ko lākou lima iā ʻoe; E hoʻowahāwahā nō lākou, A e hoʻokunokunou i ko lākou mau poʻo, i ke kaikamahine o Ierusalema, ʻO kēia anei ke kūlanakauhale a lākou i kapa ai Ka mea nani loa, Ka mea e hauʻoli ai ko ka honua a pau? | All who pass your way clap their hands at you; they scoff and shake their heads at the Daughter of Jerusalem: "Is this the city that was called the perfection of beauty, the joy of the whole earth?" |
| Kāhea maila nā kānaka iā lākou, E aku, ua haumia; E aku, e aku, mai hoʻopā aku; Iā lākou i holo ai, a kuewa aku, ʻī aʻela lākou i waena o ko nā ʻāina ʻē, ʻAʻole lākou e noho hou. | "Go away! You are unclean!" men cry to them. "Away! Away! Don't touch us!" When they flee and wander about, people among the nations say, "They can stay here no longer." |
| Hoʻohālua lākou i ko mākou ʻana, I ʻole ai mākou e ma nā alanui; Ua kokoke ko mākou hope, ua piha ko mākou mau lā, no ka mea, ua hiki mai ko mākou hope. | Men stalked us at every step, so we could not walk in our streets. Our end was near, our days were numbered, for our end had come. |
| He mehameha ma luna o ka mauna ʻo Ziona, nō nā ʻalopeke ma luna o laila. | for Mount Zion, which lies desolate, with jackals prowling over it. |
| Nānā akula au, aia hoʻi he puahiohio e mai ana mai ke kūkulu ʻākau mai, he ao nui, a me ke ahi e pākaʻawili ana iā ia iho, he ʻōlinolino a puni ia, a mai waenakonu ona e like i ka nānā aku me ke keleawe ʻōlinolino mai loko mai o ke ahi. | I looked, and I saw a windstorm coming out of the north--an immense cloud with flashing lightning and surrounded by brilliant light. The center of the fire looked like glowing metal, |
| ʻO ko lākou mau ʻēheu ua hui pū kekahi me kekahi; ʻaʻole i hāliu aʻe i ko lākou ʻana, pololei lākou kēlā mea kēia mea ma mua. | and their wings touched one another. Each one went straight ahead; they did not turn as they moved. |
| pololei aʻe lākou ma mua kēlā mea kēia mea; ma kahi e ai ka ʻuhane, ma laila lākou i ai: ʻaʻole lākou i hāliu aʻe i ko lākou ʻana. | Each one went straight ahead. Wherever the spirit would go, they would go, without turning as they went. |
| A ʻo ka helehelena like ʻana o nā mea ola, ua like ko lākou ʻano i ka nānā aku me nā lānahu ahi e ʻā ana, a me nā ipukukui; ia i waena o nā mea ola; ʻōlinolino ke ahi, a mai loko aku o ke ahi i puka ai ka uwila. | The appearance of the living creatures was like burning coals of fire or like torches. Fire moved back and forth among the creatures; it was bright, and lightning flashed out of it. |
| I ko lākou ʻana, lākou ma ko lākou mau ʻaoʻao ʻehā, ʻaʻole i hāliu aʻe i ko lākou ʻana. | As they moved, they would go in any one of the four directions the creatures faced; the wheels did not turn about as the creatures went. |
| A nā mea ola, pū aʻela nā huila ma ka pili o lākou, a kaʻikaʻi ʻia aku nā mea ola mai ka honua aku, kaʻikaʻi ʻia aku nō hoʻi nā huila. | When the living creatures moved, the wheels beside them moved; and when the living creatures rose from the ground, the wheels also rose. |
| Aia ma kahi e ai ka ʻuhane, ma laila lākou i ai, ma laila e ai ka ʻuhane, ua kaʻikaʻi pū ʻia nā huila me lākou; no ka mea, ma loko o nā huila ka ʻuhane o ka mea ola. | Wherever the spirit would go, they would go, and the wheels would rise along with them, because the spirit of the living creatures was in the wheels. |
| A kēlā mau mea, hoʻi kēia mau mea, a kū kēlā mau mea, kū nō hoʻi kēia mau mea; a i ka wā i kaʻikaʻi ʻia aku kēlā mau mea mai ka honua aku, a laila kaʻikaʻi pū ʻia nā huila me lākou, no ka mea, ma loko o nā huila ka ʻuhane o ka mea ola. | When the creatures moved, they also moved; when the creatures stood still, they also stood still; and when the creatures rose from the ground, the wheels rose along with them, because the spirit of the living creatures was in the wheels. |
| A i ko lākou ʻana, lohe akula au i ka halulu ʻana o ko lākou mau ʻēheu e like me ka halulu ʻana o nā wai he nui nō, me he leo lā o ka Mea mana loa; ka leo o ka halulu e like me ka leo o ka pūʻali kaua; a kū lākou, kuʻu ihola lākou i ko lākou mau ʻēheu i lalo. | When the creatures moved, I heard the sound of their wings, like the roar of rushing waters, like the voice of the Almighty, like the tumult of an army. When they stood still, they lowered their wings. |
| ʻŌlelo maila hoʻi ʻo ia iaʻu, E ke keiki a ke kanaka, e ʻai ʻoe i ka mea i loaʻa iā ʻoe; e ʻai ʻoe i kēia ʻōwili, a e e ʻōlelo i ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela. | And he said to me, "Son of man, eat what is before you, eat this scroll; then go and speak to the house of Israel." |
| ʻŌlelo maila hoʻi ʻo ia iaʻu, E ke keiki a ke kanaka, e ʻoe i ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela, a e ʻōlelo aku i kaʻu mau ʻōlelo iā lākou. | He then said to me: "Son of man, go now to the house of Israel and speak my words to them. |
| E ʻeu ʻoe e aku i ka poʻe pio i nā keiki a kou poʻe kānaka, a e ʻōlelo aku iā lākou, a e haʻi aku iā lākou, Penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana a Iēhova ka Haku; inā paha e lohe lākou, a inā paha e lohe ʻole lākou. | Go now to your countrymen in exile and speak to them. Say to them, 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says,' whether they listen or fail to listen." |
| A laila kaʻikaʻi aʻela ka ʻuhane iaʻu, a lohe ihola au ma hope iho oʻu i ka leo me he kamumu o ka nui ʻana lā, e ʻī ana, E hoʻomaikaʻi ʻia aʻe ka nani o Iēhova mai kona wahi aʻe; | Then the Spirit lifted me up, and I heard behind me a loud rumbling sound--May the glory of the LORD be praised in his dwelling place!-- |
| A me ke kamumu ʻana o nā ʻēheu o nā mea ola i hoʻopā aku kekahi i kekahi, a me ke kamumu pū ʻana o nā huila me lākou, a me ke kamumu ʻana o ka nui ʻana. | the sound of the wings of the living creatures brushing against each other and the sound of the wheels beside them, a loud rumbling sound. |
| Kaʻikaʻi aʻela hoʻi ka ʻuhane iaʻu, a lawe aku iaʻu, a au me ke kaumaha loa a me ka wela o koʻu ʻuhane; akā, ua kau ikaika mai ka lima o Iēhova ma luna iho oʻu. | The Spirit then lifted me up and took me away, and I went in bitterness and in the anger of my spirit, with the strong hand of the LORD upon me. |
| A laila au i ka poʻe pio ma Telabiba, e noho ana ma ka muliwai Kebara, a noho ihola ma ko lākou wahi i noho ai, a noho pilihua nō au ma laila i waena o lākou i nā lā ʻehiku. | I came to the exiles who lived at Tel Abib near the Kebar River. And there, where they were living, I sat among them for seven days--overwhelmed. |
| A kau maila ka lima o Iēhova ma luna oʻu ma laila; a ʻōlelo maila ʻo ia iaʻu, E kū ʻoe i luna e aku i ka pāpū, a ma laila e kamaʻilio ai au me ʻoe. | The hand of the LORD was upon me there, and he said to me, "Get up and go out to the plain, and there I will speak to you." |
| A laila kū aʻela au i luna a akula i ka pāpū, aia hoʻi, kū maila ka nani o Iēhova ma laila, e like me ka nani aʻu i ʻike ai ma ka muliwai Kebara, a moe ihola au i lalo ke alo. | So I got up and went out to the plain. And the glory of the LORD was standing there, like the glory I had seen by the Kebar River, and I fell facedown. |
| A laila komo maila ka ʻuhane i loko oʻu, a hoʻokū maila iaʻu ma kuʻu mau wāwae, a kamaʻilio me aʻu, a ʻī maila iaʻu, E ʻoe a papani iā ʻoe iho i loko o kou hale; | Then the Spirit came into me and raised me to my feet. He spoke to me and said: "Go, shut yourself inside your house. |
| Akā, ʻo ʻoe, e ke keiki a ke kanaka, ʻeā, e kau lākou i kaula ma luna ou, a e hoʻopaʻa lākou iā ʻoe me ia, ʻaʻole hoʻi ʻoe e i waho i waena o lākou. | And you, son of man, they will tie with ropes; you will be bound so that you cannot go out among the people. |
| A ua ʻoi aku kona hoʻololi ʻana i kaʻu pono i hewa ma mua o ko nā lāhui kanaka, a me koʻu mau kānāwai ma mua o ko nā ʻāina e moe ana a puni ia; no ka mea, ua pale lākou i kaʻu mau kauoha, a me koʻu mau kānāwai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i lākou ma ia mau mea. | Yet in her wickedness she has rebelled against my laws and decrees more than the nations and countries around her. She has rejected my laws and has not followed my decrees. |
| No laila, ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku, penei; No ka mea, ua ʻoi aku kā ʻoukou lehulehu ʻana ma mua o ko nā lāhui kanaka e kokoke mai ana a puni ʻoe, ʻaʻole naʻe ʻoukou i ma koʻu mau kānāwai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i mālama i aʻu mau kauoha, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hana ma muli o nā kānāwai o nā lāhui kanaka e kokoke mai ana a puni ʻoukou; | "Therefore this is what the Sovereign LORD says: You have been more unruly than the nations around you and have not followed my decrees or kept my laws. You have not even conformed to the standards of the nations around you. |
| Pēlā e hoʻouna aku ai au ma luna o ʻoukou i ka wī, a me nā holoholona ʻino, a e hoʻonele lākou iā ʻoe; ʻo ka maʻi ahulau, a me ke koko ke ma waena ou; a e lawe au i ka pahi kaua ma luna ou. ʻO wau ʻo Iēhova kai ʻōlelo aku. | I will send famine and wild beasts against you, and they will leave you childless. Plague and bloodshed will sweep through you, and I will bring the sword against you. I the LORD have spoken." |
| A ʻo ko ʻoukou poʻe i pakele, e hoʻomanaʻo lākou iaʻu i waena o nā lāhui kanaka, kahi e lawe pio ʻia aku ai lākou, no ka mea, e hanapēpē au i ko lākou naʻau moekolohe, a me ko lākou mau maka i moekolohe ma muli o ko lākou mau akua kiʻi; a e hoʻowahāwahā lākou iā lākou iho no nā hewa a lākou i hana ai i ko lākou mau mea inaina a pau. | Then in the nations where they have been carried captive, those who escape will remember me--how I have been grieved by their adulterous hearts, which have turned away from me, and by their eyes, which have lusted after their idols. They will loathe themselves for the evil they have done and for all their detestable practices. |
| Ua hiki mai ka hopena ma luna ou ʻānō, a e hoʻouna au i koʻu huhū ma luna ou, a e hoʻāhewa au iā ʻoe e like me kou ʻana, a e uku aku au iā ʻoe no kou mau mea hoʻopailua a pau. | The end is now upon you and I will unleash my anger against you. I will judge you according to your conduct and repay you for all your detestable practices. |
| E pupuhi ʻoukou i ka pū, e hoʻomākaukau ai i nā mea a pau; ʻaʻole naʻe he mea i ke kaua; no ka mea, ma luna o ko laila lehulehu ʻokoʻa kuʻu inaina. | Though they blow the trumpet and get everything ready, no one will go into battle, for my wrath is upon the whole crowd. |
| E mai ana ka luku ʻana; a e ʻimi lākou i ka malu, ʻaʻole ia. | When terror comes, they will seek peace, but there will be none. |
| A ʻōlelo hou maila ia, E ke keiki a ke kanaka, ke ʻike nei anei ʻoe i ka mea a lākou e hana nei? Nā mea e inaina ʻia a ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela i hana ai ma kēia wahi, i lōʻihi aku ai au mai koʻu keʻena kapu aku? Akā, e hāliu hou aʻe ʻoe, a e ʻike ʻoe i nā mea e inaina ʻia he nui aku. | And he said to me, "Son of man, do you see what they are doing--the utterly detestable things the house of Israel is doing here, things that will drive me far from my sanctuary? But you will see things that are even more detestable." |
| Aia hoʻi, maila nā kānaka ʻeono mai ka ʻaoʻao mai o ka puka luna, e moe ana ma ke kūkulu ʻākau, e paʻa ana i ka lima o kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka kona mea ʻoi e luku ai; a i waena o lākou kekahi kanaka i ʻaʻahu ʻia i ke olonā, a he ipu ʻīnika o ka mea kākau ma kona ʻaoʻao; a komo lākou i loko, a kū iho ma ka ʻaoʻao o ke kuahu keleawe. | And I saw six men coming from the direction of the upper gate, which faces north, each with a deadly weapon in his hand. With them was a man clothed in linen who had a writing kit at his side. They came in and stood beside the bronze altar. |
| A ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā ia, E ʻoe ma waena o ke kūlanakauhale ma waenakonu o Ierusalema, a e kau i ka hōʻailona ma nā lae o nā kānaka e kaniʻuhū ana a e uē ana no nā mea e inaina ʻia ma waenakonu ona. | and said to him, "Go throughout the city of Jerusalem and put a mark on the foreheads of those who grieve and lament over all the detestable things that are done in it." |
| Kauoha maila ʻo ia iā lākou, E hoʻohaumia i ka hale, a e hoʻopiha i nā pā hale me nā mea i pepehi ʻia; a e aku. A aku lākou, a pepehi ihola i loko o ke kūlanakauhale. | Then he said to them, "Defile the temple and fill the courts with the slain. Go!" So they went out and began killing throughout the city. |
| ʻŌlelo ihola ʻo ia i ke kanaka i ʻaʻahu ʻia i ka lole olonā, ʻī ihola, E aʻe ʻoe i waena o nā huila a ma lalo iho o ke keruba, a e hoʻopiha i kou poho lima i nā lānahu ahi mai waena mai o nā keruba, a e lūlū ma ke kūlanakauhale. A komo akula hoʻi ia i mua o koʻu mau maka. | The LORD said to the man clothed in linen, "Go in among the wheels beneath the cherubim. Fill your hands with burning coals from among the cherubim and scatter them over the city." And as I watched, he went in. |
| I ko lākou ʻana, nō lākou ma ko lākou mau ʻaoʻao ʻehā; ʻaʻole lākou i hāliu aʻe i ko lākou ʻana, akā, ma kahi i nānā aku ai ke poʻo ma laila i hahai ai lākou; ʻaʻole lākou i hāliu aʻe i ko lākou ʻana. | As they moved, they would go in any one of the four directions the cherubim faced; the wheels did not turn about as the cherubim went. The cherubim went in whatever direction the head faced, without turning as they went. |
| A i ka ʻana o nā keruba, pū nā huila e pili ana me lākou; a hāpai nā keruba i ko lākou ʻēheu e lele i luna mai ka honua aku, ʻaʻole i luli aʻe ʻo ua mau huila lā mai o lākou aʻe. | When the cherubim moved, the wheels beside them moved; and when the cherubim spread their wings to rise from the ground, the wheels did not leave their side. |
| A laila, aʻe ka nani o Iēhova mai ka paepae puka aʻe o ka hale, a kū ihola ma luna o nā keruba. | Then the glory of the LORD departed from over the threshold of the temple and stopped above the cherubim. |
| A ʻo ke ʻano o ko lākou mau wahi maka, ʻo ia mau maka nō aʻu i ʻike ai ma ka muliwai Kebara, a me ko lākou helehelena a me ko lākou mau kino; pololei i mua kēlā mea kēia mea. | Their faces had the same appearance as those I had seen by the Kebar River. Each one went straight ahead. |
| A e ʻike ʻoukou ʻo wau nō Iēhova; e ka poʻe ʻole ma koʻu mau kānāwai, ʻaʻole hana i kaʻu mau ʻoihana, akā, ua hana ʻoukou ma muli o nā ʻoihana a nā lāhui kanaka e hoʻopuni ana iā ʻoukou. | And you will know that I am the LORD, for you have not followed my decrees or kept my laws but have conformed to the standards of the nations around you." |
| A e mai nō lākou i laila, a e lawe aku lākou i nā mea i hoʻowahāwahā ʻia a pau ona, a me nā mea i inaina ʻia a pau ona mai laila aku. | "They will return to it and remove all its vile images and detestable idols. |
| I lākou ma koʻu mau kānāwai, a e mālama hoʻi i kaʻu mau ʻoihana, a e hana hoʻi ia mau mea; a e lilo lākou i kānaka noʻu, a ʻo wau hoʻi i Akua no lākou. | Then they will follow my decrees and be careful to keep my laws. They will be my people, and I will be their God. |
| Akā, ʻo ka poʻe i ko lākou naʻau ma muli o ka naʻau o ko lākou mau mea i hoʻowahāwahā ʻia, a me ko lākou mau mea inaina ʻia, e uku aku au i ko lākou ʻaoʻao ma luna o ko lākou poʻo iho, wahi a Iēhova ka Haku. | But as for those whose hearts are devoted to their vile images and detestable idols, I will bring down on their own heads what they have done, declares the Sovereign LORD." |
| No laila, e ke keiki a ke kanaka, e hoʻomākaukau ʻoe i mau mea no ka ʻana; a e hoʻi ʻoe ma ka lā i mua o ko lākou mau maka, a e aʻe mai kou wahi aku, i kekahi wahi aku i mua o ko lākou mau maka; malia paha e noʻonoʻo lākou; he ʻohana kipi nō hoʻi lākou. | "Therefore, son of man, pack your belongings for exile and in the daytime, as they watch, set out and go from where you are to another place. Perhaps they will understand, though they are a rebellious house. |
| A laila ʻoe e lawe aʻe i waho i kou ukana ma ka lā nō, i mua o ko lākou mau maka, me he ukana lā no ka ʻana: a e aku i ke ahiahi i mua o ko lākou mau maka, me he ʻana lā i ke pio ʻana. | During the daytime, while they watch, bring out your belongings packed for exile. Then in the evening, while they are watching, go out like those who go into exile. |
| E ʻōlelo aʻe, ʻO wau nō ka hōʻailona no ʻoukou; e like me kaʻu i hana ai, pēlā e hana ʻia mai ai lākou; a e aku lākou, a e lilo i ke pio ʻana. | Say to them, 'I am a sign to you.' "As I have done, so it will be done to them. They will go into exile as captives. |
| Akā, e hoʻokoe au i kekahi mau kānaka o lākou, i ka pahi kaua, a i ka wī, a i ka maʻi ahulau; i haʻi aku lākou i ko lākou mau mea hoʻopailua a pau i waena o nā lāhui kanaka i ai lākou; a e ʻike lākou ʻo wau nō Iēhova. | But I will spare a few of them from the sword, famine and plague, so that in the nations where they go they may acknowledge all their detestable practices. Then they will know that I am the LORD." |
| A e ʻōlelo aku, ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku, penei; Auē ka poʻe wāhine i humuhumu i nā uluna ma lalo aʻe o nā kuʻekuʻe lima a pau, a e hana hoʻi i nā pale moe ma ke poʻo o kānaka o kēlā kiʻekiʻe kēia kiʻekiʻe, e hoʻohālua ai i nā ʻuhane! E ʻimi anei ʻoukou i nā ʻuhane o koʻu poʻe kānaka, a e hoʻōla anei ʻoukou i nā ʻuhane i o ʻoukou lā? | and say, 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says: Woe to the women who sew magic charms on all their wrists and make veils of various lengths for their heads in order to ensnare people. Will you ensnare the lives of my people but preserve your own? |
| A laila mai kekahi mau lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela, a noho iho i mua oʻu. | Some of the elders of Israel came to me and sat down in front of me. |
| No laila, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā lākou, a e ʻī aku iā lākou, Ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku penei; ʻO kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka o ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela i kūkulu i kona mau kiʻi i loko o kona naʻau, a i waiho iho i kona mea hoʻowalewale i ka hewa i mua o kona alo, a mai hoʻi i ke kāula; naʻu na Iēhova e haʻi aku i ka mea i mai e like me ka nui o kona poʻe kiʻi; | Therefore speak to them and tell them, 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says: When any Israelite sets up idols in his heart and puts a wicked stumbling block before his face and then goes to a prophet, I the LORD will answer him myself in keeping with his great idolatry. |
| No ka mea, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea o ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela, a ʻo ka malihini e noho iki ana i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela, i hoʻokaʻawale iā ia iho mai oʻu aku nei, a kūkulu hoʻi i kona mau kiʻi i loko o kona naʻau, a waiho iho hoʻi i kona mea e hoʻowalewale ai i ka hewa i mua o kona alo, a mai hoʻi i ke kāula e nīnau mai noʻu; naʻu na Iēhova e haʻi aku iā ia ma oʻu iho nō. | " 'When any Israelite or any alien living in Israel separates himself from me and sets up idols in his heart and puts a wicked stumbling block before his face and then goes to a prophet to inquire of me, I the LORD will answer him myself. |
| Inā e hoʻohele aʻe au i nā holoholona ʻino i waena o ka ʻāina, a oki loa iā lākou, a neoneo loa i ʻole ai e aʻe ke kanaka ma waena no ua poʻe holoholona lā; | "Or if I send wild beasts through that country and they leave it childless and it becomes desolate so that no one can pass through it because of the beasts, |
| A inā lawe au i ka pahi kaua ma luna o ka ʻāina, a e ʻōlelo aku, E ka pahi kaua, e ʻoe ma waena o ka ʻāina; a ʻoki aku au i nā kānaka a me nā holoholona mai ona aku lā; | "Or if I bring a sword against that country and say, 'Let the sword pass throughout the land,' and I kill its men and their animals, |
| Ua hāʻawi lākou i nā makana i nā wāhine hoʻokamakama a pau; akā, ua hāʻawi ʻoe i kāu mau makana i kāu mau ipo a pau, ua hoʻolimalima ʻoe iā lākou, e mai i ou lā ma kēlā ʻaoʻao kēia ʻaoʻao, no kou moekolohe ʻana. | Every prostitute receives a fee, but you give gifts to all your lovers, bribing them to come to you from everywhere for your illicit favors. |
| ʻAʻole naʻe ʻoe i ma ko lākou mau ʻaoʻao, ʻaʻole hoʻi i hana ma muli o ko lākou mau mea inaina ʻia; akā, me he mea ʻuʻuku lā, ua ʻoi aku kou haumia ʻana ma mua o ko lākou i kou mau ʻaoʻao a pau. | You not only walked in their ways and copied their detestable practices, but in all your ways you soon became more depraved than they. |
| A e ʻōlelo aku hoʻi iā lākou, Ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku penei; He ʻaeto nui, me nā ʻēheu nui loa, paʻapū i nā hulu, ʻōniʻoniʻo, mai ia i Lebanona, a lawe ʻo ia i ka lālā kiʻekiʻe loa o ka lāʻau kedera. | Say to them, 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says: A great eagle with powerful wings, long feathers and full plumage of varied colors came to Lebanon. Taking hold of the top of a cedar, |
| A e pau kona poʻe ʻauheʻe me ka pūʻali ona i ka hāʻule i ka pahi kaua, a ʻo ka poʻe koe, e liʻiliʻi lākou i kēlā makani kēia makani; a e ʻike ʻoukou naʻu na Iēhova i ʻōlelo aku. | All his fleeing troops will fall by the sword, and the survivors will be scattered to the winds. Then you will know that I the LORD have spoken. |
| Ua hoʻi ma koʻu mau kānāwai, a ua mālama i kaʻu mau kauoha, e hana pololei; he pono ia, e ola ʻiʻo ia, wahi a Iēhova ka Haku. | He follows my decrees and faithfully keeps my laws. That man is righteous; he will surely live, declares the Sovereign LORD. |
| Ua hoʻihoʻi mai i kona lima mai luna mai o ka mea ʻilihune, ʻaʻole i lawe i ke kuala, a me ka uku paneʻe; ua hana naʻe ma kuʻu kauoha, ua hoʻi ma koʻu mau kānāwai; ʻaʻole ia e make no ka hewa o kona makua kāne; e ola ʻiʻo nō ia. | He withholds his hand from sin and takes no usury or excessive interest. He keeps my laws and follows my decrees. He will not die for his father's sin; he will surely live. |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi, i ka hiku o ka makahiki, i ka lima o ka mahina, i ka lā ʻumi o ua mahina lā, mai kekahi poʻe o nā lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela e nīnau iā Iēhova, a noho ihola i mua o koʻu alo. | In the seventh year, in the fifth month on the tenth day, some of the elders of Israel came to inquire of the LORD, and they sat down in front of me. |
| E ke keiki a ke kanaka, e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe i nā lunakahiko o ka ʻIseraʻela, e ʻī aku iā lākou, Ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku penei; mai nei ʻoukou e nīnau iaʻu? Ma koʻu ola ʻana, ʻaʻole au e nīnau ʻia e ʻoukou, wahi a Iēhova ka Haku. | "Son of man, speak to the elders of Israel and say to them, 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says: Have you come to inquire of me? As surely as I live, I will not let you inquire of me, declares the Sovereign LORD.' |
| Akā, kipi maila ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela iaʻu ma ka wao nahele, ʻaʻole lākou i ma kaʻu mau kauoha, ua hoʻowahāwahā hoʻi lākou i koʻu mau kānāwai, ʻo nā mea ke mālama ʻia e ke kanaka, e ola ia i laila: a ua hoʻohaumia nui lākou i koʻu mau Sābati. A laila ʻōlelo akula au, E ninini aku au i koʻu ukiuki ma luna o lākou ma ka wao nahele, e hoʻopau ai iā lākou. | " 'Yet the people of Israel rebelled against me in the desert. They did not follow my decrees but rejected my laws--although the man who obeys them will live by them--and they utterly desecrated my Sabbaths. So I said I would pour out my wrath on them and destroy them in the desert. |
| No ka mea, ua hoʻowahāwahā lākou i koʻu mau kānāwai, ʻaʻole hoʻi i ma kaʻu mau kauoha, akā, ua hoʻohaumia lākou i koʻu mau Sābati; no ka mea, ua ko lākou naʻau ma muli o ko lākou mau kiʻi. | because they rejected my laws and did not follow my decrees and desecrated my Sabbaths. For their hearts were devoted to their idols. |
| Akā, ʻōlelo akula au i kā lākou mau keiki ma ka wao nahele, Mai ʻoukou ma nā ʻoihana a ko ʻoukou mau mākua kāne, ʻaʻole hoʻi e mālama i ko lākou mau kānāwai, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻohaumia iā ʻoukou iho me ko lākou mau akua kiʻi. | I said to their children in the desert, "Do not follow the statutes of your fathers or keep their laws or defile yourselves with their idols. |
| ʻO wau nō Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua; e hoʻi ʻoukou ma kaʻu mau kauoha, a e mālama i koʻu mau kānāwai, a e hana ʻoukou ma ia mau mea: | I am the LORD your God; follow my decrees and be careful to keep my laws. |
| Kipi maila naʻe nā keiki iaʻu; ʻaʻole lākou i ma kaʻu mau kauoha, ʻaʻole hoʻi lākou i mālama i koʻu mau kānāwai e hana ma laila, ʻo nā mea ke mālama ʻia e ke kanaka, e ola ia i laila: ua hoʻohaumia lākou i koʻu mau Sābati; a laila ʻōlelo ihola au, e ninini aku au i koʻu ukiuki ma luna o lākou, e hoʻokō ai i koʻu huhū iā lākou ma ka wao nahele. | " 'But the children rebelled against me: They did not follow my decrees, they were not careful to keep my laws--although the man who obeys them will live by them--and they desecrated my Sabbaths. So I said I would pour out my wrath on them and spend my anger against them in the desert. |
| A laila ʻōlelo akula au iā lākou, He aha ka wahi kiʻekiʻe e aku ai ʻoukou? A ua kapa ʻia kona inoa ʻo Bama a hiki i kēia lā. | Then I said to them: What is this high place you go to?' " (It is called Bamah to this day.) |
| A ʻoukou hoʻi, e ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela, ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku, penei; E ʻoukou, a e mālama kēlā mea kēia mea i kona mau kiʻi, a ma hope aku hoʻi, inā ʻaʻole ʻoukou e hoʻolohe mai iaʻu: akā, mai hoʻohaumia hou i koʻu inoa, me kā ʻoukou mau haʻawina a me ko ʻoukou mau akua kiʻi. | " 'As for you, O house of Israel, this is what the Sovereign LORD says: Go and serve your idols, every one of you! But afterward you will surely listen to me and no longer profane my holy name with your gifts and idols. |
| A no koʻu ʻoki ʻana aku mai ou aku nei i ka mea pono a me ka mea hewa, no laila e aku koʻu pahi kaua mai loko aku o kona wahi e kūʻē i nā ʻiʻo a pau, mai ke kūkulu hema, a ke kūkulu ʻākau; | Because I am going to cut off the righteous and the wicked, my sword will be unsheathed against everyone from south to north. |
| Eia hoʻi, i ko lākou nīnau ʻana iā ʻoe, No ke aha lā ʻoe e auē nei? E ʻōlelo aku ʻoe, No ka lono; no ka mea, e hiki mai ana nō; a e heheʻe nō nā naʻau a pau, a e pau nō nā lima i ka nāwaliwali, a e maʻule nō hoʻi nā kuli a pau me he wai lā: no ka mea, eia hoʻi, e mai nō ia, a e hoʻokō ʻia, wahi a Iēhova ka Haku. | And when they ask you, 'Why are you groaning?' you shall say, 'Because of the news that is coming. Every heart will melt and every hand go limp; every spirit will become faint and every knee become as weak as water.' It is coming! It will surely take place, declares the Sovereign LORD." |
| E hui pū, e ʻoe ma kekahi ʻaoʻao, ma ka lima ʻākau paha ma ka lima hema paha, ma kahi i kū pono ai kou alo. | O sword, slash to the right, then to the left, wherever your blade is turned. |
| ʻO ʻoe hoʻi, e ke keiki a ke kanaka, e hoʻomaopopo ʻoe i nā ala ʻelua, e mai ai ka pahi kaua a ke aliʻi o Babulona; e pū mai lāua a ʻelua mai ka ʻāina hoʻokahi mai; e koho ʻoe i kekahi wahi, e koho ma ke poʻo o ke ala e hiki ai i ke kūlanakauhale. | "Son of man, mark out two roads for the sword of the king of Babylon to take, both starting from the same country. Make a signpost where the road branches off to the city. |
| A laila ʻike akula au ua haumia ia, pū hoʻi lāua i ka ʻaoʻao hoʻokahi; | I saw that she too defiled herself; both of them went the same way. |
| maila hoʻi ko Babela i ona lā i loko o ka moe aloha, a hoʻohaumia iā ia me ko lākou moekolohe ʻana, a ua haumia ʻo ia iā lākou, a ua kūʻē kona manaʻo iā lākou. | Then the Babylonians came to her, to the bed of love, and in their lust they defiled her. After she had been defiled by them, she turned away from them in disgust. |
| A e kūʻē mai lākou iā ʻoe me nā kaʻa kaua, a me nā kaʻa waiwai, a me nā huila, a me ke anaina kanaka, e hoʻonoho kūʻē iā ʻoe i ka pale kaua, i ka pale umauma, a me ka mahiole a puni; a e hoʻonoho aku au i ka hoʻopaʻi ʻana i mua o lākou, a e hoʻopaʻi aku lākou iā ʻoe ma muli o ko lākou hoʻopaʻi ʻana. | They will come against you with weapons, chariots and wagons and with a throng of people; they will take up positions against you on every side with large and small shields and with helmets. I will turn you over to them for punishment, and they will punish you according to their standards. |
| E hana aku au i kēia mau mea iā ʻoe no kou moekolohe ʻana ma muli o nā lāhui kanaka, a no kou haumia ʻana i ko lākou mau akua kiʻi. | have brought this upon you, because you lusted after the nations and defiled yourself with their idols. |
| Ua ʻoe ma ka ʻaoʻao o kou kaikuaʻana; no laila e hāʻawi aku ai au i kona kīʻaha i loko o kou lima. | You have gone the way of your sister; so I will put her cup into your hand. |
| No ka mea, i ko lāua pepehi ʻana i kā lāua mau keiki, no ko lāua mau akua kiʻi, a laila mai lāua ia lā nō, i loko o koʻu wahi hoʻāno, e hoʻohaumia ia wahi; pēlā hoʻi i hana ai lāua, ʻeā, i waenakonu o kuʻu hale! | On the very day they sacrificed their children to their idols, they entered my sanctuary and desecrated it. That is what they did in my house. |
| Eia hou hoʻi, ua kiʻi aku ʻolua i nā kānaka e mai lākou mai kahi lōʻihi mai, iā lākou i hoʻouna ʻia aku ai ka ʻelele, ʻo ia hoʻi, ua hiki mai lākou; no lākou hoʻi i holoi ai ʻoe iā ʻoe iho, a pena hoʻi i kou mau maka, a kāhiko hoʻi iā ʻoe iho me nā mea e nani ai. | "They even sent messengers for men who came from far away, and when they arrived you bathed yourself for them, painted your eyes and put on your jewelry. |
| Akā, komo i loko lākou i ona lā e like me ko lākou ʻana aʻe i loko i ka wahine hoʻokamakama; pēlā e komo ai lākou i loko i o ʻAhola lā, a i o ʻAholiba lā i nā wāhine moe haumia. | And they slept with her. As men sleep with a prostitute, so they slept with those lewd women, Oholah and Oholibah. |
| A ʻo ka mea pakele ia lā, e mai nō ia iā ʻoe, e hoʻokomo i ka lono i kou pepeiao e lohe ai? | on that day a fugitive will come to tell you the news. |
| A e ʻōlelo aku i nā mamo a ʻAmona, E hoʻolohe i ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova ka Haku, Ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku, penei; No kāu ʻōlelo ʻana, ʻAikola, no kuʻu keʻena kapu i kona wā i hoʻohaumia ʻia ai, a no ka ʻāina o ʻIseraʻela i kona neoneo ʻana, a no ka ʻohana a Iuda i ko lākou pio ʻana; | Say to them, 'Hear the word of the Sovereign LORD. This is what the Sovereign LORD says: Because you said "Aha!" over my sanctuary when it was desecrated and over the land of Israel when it was laid waste and over the people of Judah when they went into exile, |
| ʻAʻole wāwae kanaka e ma waena ona, ʻaʻole wāwae holoholona e ma waena ona, ʻaʻole hoʻi e noho ʻia a kanahā nā makahiki. | No foot of man or animal will pass through it; no one will live there for forty years. |
| Ia lā nō e holo aku nā ʻelele mai oʻu aku nei ma nā moku e hoʻomakaʻu i ko ʻAitiopa poʻe nanea, a e hiki aʻe ka ʻeha nui ma luna o lākou, e like me ia i nā lā o ʻAigupita; no ka mea, eia aʻe, ke mai ia. | " 'On that day messengers will go out from me in ships to frighten Cush out of her complacency. Anguish will take hold of them on the day of Egypt's doom, for it is sure to come. |
| A e hāʻule ma ka pahi kaua ko ʻAvena a me ko Pibeseta poʻe kānaka uʻi, a e lāua i ke pio ʻana. | The young men of Heliopolis and Bubastis will fall by the sword, and the cities themselves will go into captivity. |
| Ma Tehapenesa e hoʻopouli ʻia ka lā i ka wā e uhaki ai au i laila i nā ʻauamo o ʻAigupita; a e oki ka hanohano o kona ikaika i loko ona: a ʻo ia hoʻi, e uhi mai kahi ao ma luna ona, a e kāna mau kaikamāhine i ke pio ʻana. | Dark will be the day at Tahpanhes when I break the yoke of Egypt; there her proud strength will come to an end. She will be covered with clouds, and her villages will go into captivity. |
| Aia ʻike ia i ka pahi kaua e mai ana ma luna o ka ʻāina, inā e pupuhi ʻo ia i ka pū e ao aku i kānaka; | and he sees the sword coming against the land and blows the trumpet to warn the people, |
| A laila, ʻo ka mea lohe i ke kani ʻana o ka pū, ʻaʻole hoʻi i mālama i ke ao ʻana; a inā mai ka pahi kaua, a lawe aku iā ia, aia nō kona koko ma luna o kona poʻo iho. | then if anyone hears the trumpet but does not take warning and the sword comes and takes his life, his blood will be on his own head. |
| Akā, inā ʻike ke kiaʻi i ka ʻana mai o ka pahi kaua, ʻaʻole hoʻi pupuhi i ka pū, ʻaʻole hoʻi e ao ʻia nā kānaka; a mai ka pahi kaua, a e lawe aku i kekahi mai waena aku o lākou, ua lawe ʻia aku ʻo ia ma loko o kona hewa; akā, e kiʻi aku au i kona koko ma ka lima o ke kiaʻi. | But if the watchman sees the sword coming and does not blow the trumpet to warn the people and the sword comes and takes the life of one of them, that man will be taken away because of his sin, but I will hold the watchman accountable for his blood.' |
| Inā e hoʻihoʻi aku ka mea hewa i ka waiwai kāohi a ka ʻaiʻē, a ua hoʻihoʻi aku hoʻi i ka waiwai āna i lawe wale ai, a ua hoʻi ma nā kānāwai e ola ai, me ka hana hewa ʻole; e ola ʻiʻo nō ia, ʻaʻole ia e make. | if he gives back what he took in pledge for a loan, returns what he has stolen, follows the decrees that give life, and does no evil, he will surely live; he will not die. |
| Eia kēia, i ka ʻumikumamālua o ka makahiki o ko kākou pio ʻana, i ka malama ʻumi, i ka lā ʻalima o ka malama, mai i oʻu nei kekahi i pakele, mai Ierusalema mai, ʻī maila, Ua pepehi ʻia ke kūlanakauhale. | In the twelfth year of our exile, in the tenth month on the fifth day, a man who had escaped from Jerusalem came to me and said, "The city has fallen!" |
| E hāʻawi au i ka ʻāina i neoneo loa, a e oki ka hanohano o kona ikaika; a e neoneo nō hoʻi nā mauna o ka ʻIseraʻela, ʻaʻole mea e aʻe ma waena. | I will make the land a desolate waste, and her proud strength will come to an end, and the mountains of Israel will become desolate so that no one will cross them. |
| A ʻo ʻoe, e ke keiki a ke kanaka, ke kamaʻilio kūʻē nei nā keiki a kou poʻe kānaka iā ʻoe, ma nā paia, a ma nā puka o nā hale, a ua ʻōlelo kekahi i kekahi, kēlā mea kēia mea i kona hoahānau, e ʻī ana, E mai ʻoukou, ʻeā, a e hoʻolohe i ka ʻōlelo i hiki mai, mai Iēhova mai. | "As for you, son of man, your countrymen are talking together about you by the walls and at the doors of the houses, saying to each other, 'Come and hear the message that has come from the LORD.' |
| A ua lākou i ou lā, e like me ka ʻana o kānaka, a ua noho lākou i mua ou e like me koʻu poʻe kānaka, a ua lohe lākou i kāu mau ʻōlelo, ʻaʻole hoʻi lākou e mālama aku ia; no ka mea, me ko lākou waha, ua hōʻike lākou i ke aloha nui, akā, me ko lākou naʻau, ua hahai lākou ma muli o ko lākou makeʻe waiwai. | My people come to you, as they usually do, and sit before you to listen to your words, but they do not put them into practice. With their mouths they express devotion, but their hearts are greedy for unjust gain. |
| A ua liʻiliʻi lākou no ke kahu hipa ʻole; a ua lilo lākou i ʻai na nā holoholona a pau o ke kula, i ko lākou hoʻopuehu ʻia aku. | So they were scattered because there was no shepherd, and when they were scattered they became food for all the wild animals. |
| Me ke kahu hipa i ʻimi ai i kāna ʻohana i ka lā i noho ai ia i waenakonu o kāna poʻe hipa, i liʻiliʻi; pēlā e ʻimi aku ai au i kaʻu poʻe hipa, a e hoʻihoʻi mai iā lākou, mai loko mai o nā wahi a pau i hoʻopuehu ʻia ai lākou, i ka lā paʻapū i nā ao a me ka pouli. | As a shepherd looks after his scattered flock when he is with them, so will I look after my sheep. I will rescue them from all the places where they were scattered on a day of clouds and darkness. |
| A e hoʻolilo aku au iā mauna Seira i neoneo loa, a e ʻoki aku au mai laila aku i ka mea aku, a me ka mea hoʻi mai. | I will make Mount Seir a desolate waste and cut off from it all who come and go. |
| E ke keiki a ke kanaka, i ka wā i noho ai ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela i ko lākou ʻāina ponoʻī, ua hoʻohaumia lākou iā ia me ko lākou ʻana a me kā lākou hana ʻana; me he haumia lā o ka wahine i hoʻokaʻawele ʻia aʻe ko lākou ʻana i mua oʻu. | "Son of man, when the people of Israel were living in their own land, they defiled it by their conduct and their actions. Their conduct was like a woman's monthly uncleanness in my sight. |
| Ua hoʻopuehu aku au iā lākou i waena o nā lāhui kanaka, a ua liʻiliʻi lākou ma nā ʻāina; ma muli o ko lākou ʻana, a ma muli o kā lākou hana ʻana i hoʻopaʻi aku ai au iā lākou. | I dispersed them among the nations, and they were scattered through the countries; I judged them according to their conduct and their actions. |
| A komo lākou i waena o nā lāhui kanaka, kahi i aku ai lākou, ua hoʻohaumia lākou i koʻu inoa hoʻāno, i kā lākou ʻōlelo ʻana iā lākou, Eia ka poʻe kānaka o Iēhova, a ua puka lākou mai kona ʻāina aku. | And wherever they went among the nations they profaned my holy name, for it was said of them, 'These are the LORD's people, and yet they had to leave his land.' |
| A ua minamina au i koʻu inoa hoʻāno a ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela i hoʻohaumia ai i waena o nā lāhui kanaka, kahi i aku ai lākou. | I had concern for my holy name, which the house of Israel profaned among the nations where they had gone. |
| No laila, e ʻōlelo aku i ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela, Ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku, penei; ʻAʻole no ʻoukou i hana aku ai au i kēia, e ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela, akā, no koʻu inoa hoʻāno a ʻoukou i hoʻohaumia ai i waena o nā lāhui kanaka, kahi i aku ai ʻoukou. | "Therefore say to the house of Israel, 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says: It is not for your sake, O house of Israel, that I am going to do these things, but for the sake of my holy name, which you have profaned among the nations where you have gone. |
| A e hoʻokomo hoʻi au i kuʻu ʻUhane i loko o ʻoukou, a e hana aku au iā ʻoukou e ma koʻu mau kānāwai, a e mālama ʻoukou i kaʻu mau kauoha, a e hana ma laila. | And I will put my Spirit in you and move you to follow my decrees and be careful to keep my laws. |
| A laila ʻōlelo maila ʻo ia iaʻu, E wānana ʻoe i ka makani, e wānana, e ke keiki a ke kanaka, a e ʻōlelo i ka makani, ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku, E mai, e ka makani, mai nā makani ʻehā mai, a e hā iho ma luna o kēia poʻe make i ka pepehi ʻia, i ola lākou. | Then he said to me, "Prophesy to the breath; prophesy, son of man, and say to it, 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says: Come from the four winds, O breath, and breathe into these slain, that they may live.' " |
| A e ʻōlelo aku ʻoe iā lākou, Ke ʻī mai nei Iēhova ka Haku, penei; Aia hoʻi, e lawe mai au i ka poʻe mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai waena mai o nā lāhui kanaka kahi i aku ai lākou, a e hōʻuluʻulu au iā lākou ma kēlā ʻaoʻao kēia ʻaoʻao, a e lawe mai iā lākou i loko o ko lākou ʻāina. | and say to them, 'This is what the Sovereign LORD says: I will take the Israelites out of the nations where they have gone. I will gather them from all around and bring them back into their own land. |
| A e lilo kaʻu kauā ʻo Dāvida i aliʻi ma luna o lākou, a no lākou a pau he kahu hipa hoʻokahi; e hoʻi lākou ma koʻu mau kānāwai, a mālama hoʻi lākou i kaʻu mau kauoha, a e hana hoʻi ma laila. | " 'My servant David will be king over them, and they will all have one shepherd. They will follow my laws and be careful to keep my decrees. |
| E piʻi aʻe nō ʻoe a e mai e like me ka ʻino, a e like auaneʻi ʻoe me ke ao e uhi mai i ka ʻāina, ʻo ʻoe, a me kou mau poʻe a pau, a me nā kānaka he nui nō me ʻoe. | You and all your troops and the many nations with you will go up, advancing like a storm; you will be like a cloud covering the land. |
| A e ʻōlelo ʻoe, E piʻi aku au i ka ʻāina kauhale paʻa ʻole i ka paia, e au i ka poʻe e noho maluhia ana, e noho ana lākou a pau me nā pā ʻole, ʻaʻole o lākou kaola pā, ʻaʻole o lākou puka pā; | You will say, "I will invade a land of unwalled villages; I will attack a peaceful and unsuspecting people--all of them living without walls and without gates and bars. |
| ʻO Seba a me Dedana, a me ka poʻe kālepa o Taresisa, a me ko laila poʻe liona ʻōpiopio a pau, ke ʻōlelo aku iā ʻoe, Ua mai anei ʻoe e lālau i ka waiwai pio? Ua hōʻuluʻulu anei ʻoe i kou anaina e lawe i ka waiwai kāʻili? E lawe aku hoʻi i ke kālā a me ke gula, e lawe aku hoʻi i nā holoholona a me nā ukana, a e lawe aku hoʻi i ka waiwai pio nui? | Sheba and Dedan and the merchants of Tarshish and all her villages will say to you, "Have you come to plunder? Have you gathered your hordes to loot, to carry off silver and gold, to take away livestock and goods and to seize much plunder?" ' |
| A e mai ʻoe mai kou wahi mai, mai loko mai o nā wahi kūkulu ʻākau, ʻo ʻoe a me nā kānaka he nui me ʻoe, e holo ana lākou a pau ma luna o nā lio, he lehulehu loa, he poʻe koa ikaika. | You will come from your place in the far north, you and many nations with you, all of them riding on horses, a great horde, a mighty army. |
| A e hiki nō kēia ia mau lā, i ka wā e mai ai ʻo Goga e kūʻē i ka ʻāina o ka ʻIseraʻela, wahi a Iēhova ka Haku, e piʻi mai nō kuʻu ukiuki i kuʻu maka. | This is what will happen in that day: When Gog attacks the land of Israel, my hot anger will be aroused, declares the Sovereign LORD. |
| A e hiki nō kēia ia lā, e hāʻawi aku au iā Goga i wahi lua kupapaʻu ma laila, ma loko o ka ʻIseraʻela, i ka pāpū o nā mea ma ka hikina o ke kai; e paʻa ai i laila ʻo ka poʻe: ma laila e kanu ai lākou iā Goga a me kona lehulehu a pau; a kapa lākou ia wahi Ka pāpū ʻo Hamonagoga. | " 'On that day I will give Gog a burial place in Israel, in the valley of those who travel east toward the Sea. It will block the way of travelers, because Gog and all his hordes will be buried there. So it will be called the Valley of Hamon Gog. |
| A e hoʻokaʻawale aʻe lākou i mau kānaka e mau i ka ʻana ma waena o ka ʻāina, e kanu me nā mea i ka poʻe e koe ana ma luna o ka honua, e hoʻomaʻemaʻe aʻe iā ia; a ma hope o nā malama ʻehiku e huli lākou. | " 'Men will be regularly employed to cleanse the land. Some will go throughout the land and, in addition to them, others will bury those that remain on the ground. At the end of the seven months they will begin their search. |
| A ʻo nā mea, e ana ma waena o ka ʻāina, a i ʻike kekahi i ka iwi kanaka, a laila e kūkulu ʻo ia i ka hōʻailona ma ia mea, a pau ia i ke kanu ʻia e ka poʻe kanu ma ka pāpū ʻo Hamonagoga. | As they go through the land and one of them sees a human bone, he will set up a marker beside it until the gravediggers have buried it in the Valley of Hamon Gog. |
| A e ʻike nā lāhui kanaka ua ka ʻohana a ʻIseraʻela i ke pio ʻana, no ko lākou hewa; no kā lākou hana hewa ʻana mai iaʻu, ua hūnā au i kuʻu maka iā lākou, a hāʻawi hoʻi iā lākou i loko o ka lima o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi, a pau lākou i ka hāʻule i ka pahi kaua. | And the nations will know that the people of Israel went into exile for their sin, because they were unfaithful to me. So I hid my face from them and handed them over to their enemies, and they all fell by the sword. |
| A laila aʻela ia i ka puka e nānā ana i ka hikina, a piʻi aʻe ʻo ia ma kona mau ʻanuʻu, a ana aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia i ka paepae o ka ʻīpuka hoʻokahi ʻohe ka laulā, a i kekahi paepae hoʻokahi nō ʻohe. | Then he went to the gate facing east. He climbed its steps and measured the threshold of the gate; it was one rod deep. |
| Aia komo nā kāhuna i laila, ʻaʻole lākou e aku mai loko aku o kahi hoʻāno a i ka pā hale ma waho, akā, ma laila nō e waiho iho ai lākou i ko lākou mau kapa komo i lawelawe ai lākou, no ka mea, he mau mea hoʻāno ia; a e hoʻokomo i nā kapa komo ʻē aʻe, a e hoʻokokoke i kahi o nā kānaka. | Once the priests enter the holy precincts, they are not to go into the outer court until they leave behind the garments in which they minister, for these are holy. They are to put on other clothes before they go near the places that are for the people." |
| Aia hoʻi, maila ka nani o ke Akua o ka ʻIseraʻela mai ka ʻaoʻao hikina mai; a ʻo kona leo, ua like ia me ka halulu ʻana o nā wai he nui; a ʻālohilohi aʻela ka honua i kona nani. | and I saw the glory of the God of Israel coming from the east. His voice was like the roar of rushing waters, and the land was radiant with his glory. |
| Ua like hoʻi ia i ka nānā aku me ka hihiʻo aʻu i ʻike ai, ka hihiʻo aʻu i ʻike ai i kuʻu ʻana mai no ka luku ʻana i ke kūlanakauhale; a ua like nā hihiʻo, me ka hihiʻo aʻu i ʻike ai ma ka muliwai Kebara, a hāʻule ihola au i lalo ke alo. | The vision I saw was like the vision I had seen when he came to destroy the city and like the visions I had seen by the Kebar River, and I fell facedown. |
| A ʻo nā mamo a Levi i mamao aku mai oʻu aku nei, i ko ʻIseraʻela ʻauana ʻana, nā mea i ʻauana aku mai oʻu aku nei, ma muli o ko lākou mau akua kiʻi; e halihali nō lākou i ko lākou hewa. | " 'The Levites who went far from me when Israel went astray and who wandered from me after their idols must bear the consequences of their sin. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi lākou e kokoke iaʻu e hana i ka ʻoihana kahuna noʻu, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻokokoke i nā mea hoʻāno oʻu ma kahi hoʻāno loa; akā, e halihali lākou i ko lākou hōʻino ʻia, a me ko lākou mau mea inaina ʻia a lākou i hana ai. | They are not to come near to serve me as priests or come near any of my holy things or my most holy offerings; they must bear the shame of their detestable practices. |
| Akā, ʻo nā kāhuna nā mamo a Levi, nā keiki a Zadoka, nā mea i mālama i ka ʻoihana o kuʻu wahi hoʻāno, i ka wā i ʻauana aku ai nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela mai oʻu aku nei, e kokoke mai lākou iaʻu, e lawelawe naʻu, a e kū lākou ma koʻu alo, e kaumaha mai noʻu i ke kaikea a me ke koko, wahi a Iēhova ka Haku. | " 'But the priests, who are Levites and descendants of Zadok and who faithfully carried out the duties of my sanctuary when the Israelites went astray from me, are to come near to minister before me; they are to stand before me to offer sacrifices of fat and blood, declares the Sovereign LORD. |
| ʻAʻole lākou e i ke kupapaʻu e hoʻohaumia iā lākou iho: akā, no ka makua kāne, a no ka makuahine, a me ke keiki kāne a me ke kaikamahine, a me ka hoahānau kāne, a me ke kaikuahine kāne ʻole, e hiki nō ke hoʻohaumia iā lākou iho. | " 'A priest must not defile himself by going near a dead person; however, if the dead person was his father or mother, son or daughter, brother or unmarried sister, then he may defile himself. |
| A e lilo ia ʻāpana hoʻāno o ka ʻāina no nā kāhuna, nā mea lawelawe o ka wahi hoʻāno, nā mea e kokoke mai e lawelawe na Iēhova; e lilo nō ia i kahua no ko lākou mau hale, a i wahi hoʻāno no ke keʻena kapu. | It will be the sacred portion of the land for the priests, who minister in the sanctuary and who draw near to minister before the LORD. It will be a place for their houses as well as a holy place for the sanctuary. |
| A e komo nō ka mōʻī ma ke ala o ka lānai o ka puka ma waho, a e kū nō ʻo ia ma ka lāʻau kū o ka puka, a e hoʻomākaukau ke kahuna i kāna mōhai kuni, a me kāna mau mōhai hoʻomalu, a e hoʻomana nō ʻo ia ma ka paepae o ka puka: a laila e aku nō ia: akā, ʻaʻole e pani ʻē ʻia ka puka a hiki i ke ahiahi. | The prince is to enter from the outside through the portico of the gateway and stand by the gatepost. The priests are to sacrifice his burnt offering and his fellowship offerings. He is to worship at the threshold of the gateway and then go out, but the gate will not be shut until evening. |
| Akā, aia mai nā kānaka o ka ʻāina i mua i ke alo o Iēhova i nā ʻahaʻaina, ʻo ka mea i komo ma ke ala o ka ʻīpuka kūkulu ʻākau, e hoʻomana, e puka aku nō ia ma ke ala o ka ʻīpuka kūkulu hema; a ʻo ka mea komo ma ke ala o ka ʻīpuka kūkulu hema, e puka nō ia ma ke ala o ka ʻīpuka kūkulu ʻākau; ʻaʻole ia e hoʻi aku ma ke ala o ka ʻīpuka i komo mai ai ia, akā, e puka aku nō ia ma kahi kū pono ia mea. | " 'When the people of the land come before the LORD at the appointed feasts, whoever enters by the north gate to worship is to go out the south gate; and whoever enters by the south gate is to go out the north gate. No one is to return through the gate by which he entered, but each is to go out the opposite gate. |
| A ʻaʻole e lawe ka mōʻī i kauwahi o kā kānaka hoʻoilina ma ka hoʻoluhi hewa, e kipaku aku ai iā lākou mai ko lākou hoʻoilina aʻe; akā, e hāʻawi ʻo ia i hoʻoilina no kāna mau keiki no loko o kona hoʻoilina iho, i ʻole e liʻiliʻi aʻe koʻu poʻe kānaka mai ko lākou hoʻoilina aʻe. | The prince must not take any of the inheritance of the people, driving them off their property. He is to give his sons their inheritance out of his own property, so that none of my people will be separated from his property.' " |
| A aku ma ka hikina ke kanaka ma loko o kona lima kahi kaula, ana aʻela hoʻi ʻo ia i hoʻokahi tausani kūbita, alakaʻi aʻela ʻo ia iaʻu ma waena o nā wai; a ua hiki mai nā wai i nā puʻupuʻu wāwae. | As the man went eastward with a measuring line in his hand, he measured off a thousand cubits and then led me through water that was ankle-deep. |
| A laila, ana hou aʻela ʻo ia i hoʻokahi tausani; he muliwai kā, ʻaʻole hiki iaʻu ke aʻe ma kēlā kapa; no ka mea, ua kiʻekiʻe aʻe nā wai, nā wai e ʻau ai, ʻaʻole hiki ke ʻia aʻe. | He measured off another thousand, but now it was a river that I could not cross, because the water had risen and was deep enough to swim in--a river that no one could cross. |
| Eia hoʻi ka palena o ka ʻāina ma ka ʻaoʻao kūkulu ʻākau mai ke kai nui ma ke alanui o Hetelona kahi e ai i Zedada; | "This is to be the boundary of the land: |
| I ka makahiki ʻekolu o ke au iā Iehoiakima ke aliʻi o Iuda, maila ʻo Nebukaneza ke aliʻi o Babulona i Ierusalema, a hoʻopuni akula ia wahi. | In the third year of the reign of Jehoiakim king of Judah, Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon came to Jerusalem and besieged it. |
| A laila, kauoha akula ke aliʻi e kiʻi aku i nā māgoi, a me ka poʻe kilo, a me ka poʻe hoʻopiʻopiʻo, a me ka poʻe Kaledea, i hoʻākāka mai lākou i ke aliʻi i kāna moe. A mai lākou a kū ihola i mua o ke aliʻi. | So the king summoned the magicians, enchanters, sorcerers and astrologers to tell him what he had dreamed. When they came in and stood before the king, |
| A laila, ʻōlelo akula ʻo Daniʻela me ka noʻonoʻo, a me ka naʻauao iā ʻArioka, i ka luna o ka poʻe ilāmuku o ke aliʻi, ka poʻe i aku e pepehi i ka poʻe naʻauao ma Babulona. | When Arioch, the commander of the king's guard, had gone out to put to death the wise men of Babylon, Daniel spoke to him with wisdom and tact. |
| A laila, akula ʻo Daniʻela i kona hale, a hōʻike aku ia mea iā Hanania, a me Misaʻela, a me ʻAzaria, kona mau hoa; | Then Daniel returned to his house and explained the matter to his friends Hananiah, Mishael and Azariah. |
| A laila, akula ʻo Daniʻela i o ʻArioka lā, i ka mea a ke aliʻi i hoʻonoho ai e pepehi i ka poʻe naʻauao ma Babulona; ʻī akula iā ia, Mai pepehi i ka poʻe naʻauao o Babulona; e alakaʻi ʻoe iaʻu i mua i ke alo o ke aliʻi, a naʻu nō e hoʻākāka i ke aliʻi i ka hōʻike. | Then Daniel went to Arioch, whom the king had appointed to execute the wise men of Babylon, and said to him, "Do not execute the wise men of Babylon. Take me to the king, and I will interpret his dream for him." |
| A laila, hoʻouna akula ʻo Nebukaneza ke aliʻi, e hoʻākoakoa mai i nā aliʻi, a me nā kiaʻāina, i nā luna koa, nā luna kānāwai, a me nā luna waiwai, i nā kākāʻōlelo, a me nā ilāmuku, a me nā luna a pau o nā ʻāina, e mai no ka hoʻolaʻa ʻana i ua kiʻi lā a Nebukaneza ke aliʻi i kūkulu ai. | He then summoned the satraps, prefects, governors, advisers, treasurers, judges, magistrates and all the other provincial officials to come to the dedication of the image he had set up. |
| A ia manawa nō, maila kekahi o ka poʻe Kaledea, a hoʻopiʻi aku nō kekahi o ka poʻe Iudaio. | At this time some astrologers came forward and denounced the Jews. |
| ʻŌlelo aku ʻo ia, ʻī akula, Aia hoʻi, ke ʻike nei au i nā kānaka ʻehā, ʻaʻole i nakinaki ʻia, e ana i loko o ke ahi, ʻaʻole o lākou wela; a ʻo ka hā, ua like ia me he keiki a ke Akua. | He said, "Look! I see four men walking around in the fire, unbound and unharmed, and the fourth looks like a son of the gods." |
| A laila, hoʻokokoke akula ʻo Nebukaneza ma ka puka o ka umu ahi e ʻaʻā ana, a ʻōlelo aku, ʻī akula, E Saderaka, a me Mesaka, a me ʻAbedenego, e nā kauā a ke Akua kiʻekiʻe loa, e puka mai ʻoukou, a e mai iaʻu: a laila puka mai ʻo Saderaka, a me Mesaka, a me ʻAbedenego, mai loko mai o ke ahi. | Nebuchadnezzar then approached the opening of the blazing furnace and shouted, "Shadrach, Meshach and Abednego, servants of the Most High God, come out! Come here!" So Shadrach, Meshach and Abednego came out of the fire, |
| A mai nō ka poʻe māgoi, a me ka poʻe hoʻopiʻopiʻo, a me ka poʻe Kaledea, a me ka poʻe kilokilo, a hōʻike aku au iā lākou i ka moe; ʻaʻole i hiki iā lākou ke haʻi mai i kona mea hōʻike. | When the magicians, enchanters, astrologers and diviners came, I told them the dream, but they could not interpret it for me. |
| Ma hope iho, mai i mua oʻu ʻo Daniʻela, ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo Beletesaza ma muli o ka inoa o koʻu akua, no ka mea, aia i loko ona ka ʻuhane o nā akua hemolele; a haʻi aku au iā ia i kaʻu moe; | Finally, Daniel came into my presence and I told him the dream. (He is called Belteshazzar, after the name of my god, and the spirit of the holy gods is in him.) |
| ʻĀnō ʻo wau ʻo Nebukaneza ke hoʻonani aku nei au, ke hoʻoleʻa aku hoʻi me ka mahalo i ke Aliʻi o ka lani, ʻo kāna mau hana ua pau i ka ʻoiaʻiʻo, a ʻo kona mau ʻaoʻao ua pololei loa; a ʻo ka poʻe e ana ma ka haʻaheo, e hiki nō iā ia ke hoʻohaʻahaʻa iho iā lākou. | Now I, Nebuchadnezzar, praise and exalt and glorify the King of heaven, because everything he does is right and all his ways are just. And those who walk in pride he is able to humble. |
| A mai nō ka poʻe naʻauao o ke aliʻi; ʻaʻole naʻe i hiki iā lākou ke heluhelu i ka palapala, ʻaʻole hoʻi ke hoʻākāka i ke aliʻi i ke ʻano. | Then all the king's wise men came in, but they could not read the writing or tell the king what it meant. |
| A ala aʻela ke aliʻi i luna i kakahiaka nui, a wikiwiki akula ma ia lua liona. | At the first light of dawn, the king got up and hurried to the lions' den. |
| A ʻike akula nō hoʻi au ma ka hihiʻo ʻana i ka pō, aia hoʻi, kekahi ua like ia me ke keiki a ke kanaka e mai ana ma nā ao o ka lani, a mai nō ia i ka Makamua o nā lā, a hoʻokokoke lākou iā ia i mua ona. | "In my vision at night I looked, and there before me was one like a son of man, coming with the clouds of heaven. He approached the Ancient of Days and was led into his presence. |
| A maila ia i ka hipa kāne nona ua mau pepeiaohao lā ʻelua, ka mea aʻu i ʻike ai e kū ana ma ka muliwai, a holo akula i ona lā, me ka huhū ikaika. | He came toward the two-horned ram I had seen standing beside the canal and charged at him in great rage. |
| ʻAʻole hoʻi mākou i hoʻolohe i ka leo o Iēhova, ko mākou Akua, e ma kona mau kānāwai, nā mea āna i haʻi mai ai i mua o mākou ma kāna poʻe kauā o nā kāula. | we have not obeyed the LORD our God or kept the laws he gave us through his servants the prophets. |
| A hoʻākāka maila ʻo ia iaʻu, a kamaʻilio pū me aʻu, ʻī mai, E Daniʻela, ua mai nei au e hāʻawi iā ʻoe i ke akamai, a me ka naʻauao. | He instructed me and said to me, "Daniel, I have now come to give you insight and understanding. |
| Ma ka hoʻomaka ʻana o kou noi, i puka mai ai ke kauoha, a ua mai hoʻi au e hoʻākāka iā ʻoe; no ka mea, ʻo ʻoe ke kanaka i aloha nui ʻia; no ia mea, e ʻike ʻoe i ka mea, a e noʻonoʻo ʻoe i ka hihiʻo. | As soon as you began to pray, an answer was given, which I have come to tell you, for you are highly esteemed. Therefore, consider the message and understand the vision: |
| A ma hope iho o ua mau hebedoma lā he kanaono me kumamālua, e ʻoki ʻia ana ka Mesia, ʻaʻole naʻe nona iho; a ʻo nā kānaka o ke aliʻi ka poʻe e mai ana, e luku auaneʻi lākou i ke kūlanakauhale a me ka hale hoʻāno; a ʻo kona hopena me he kai hoʻēʻe lā, a i ka hope o ua kaua lā e hoʻopaʻa ʻia mai ka hoʻoneoneo ʻana. | After the sixty-two 'sevens,' the Anointed One will be cut off and will have nothing. The people of the ruler who will come will destroy the city and the sanctuary. The end will come like a flood: War will continue until the end, and desolations have been decreed. |
| Akā, ʻo ke aliʻi o ke aupuni o Peresia, ua kūʻē mai iaʻu he iwakālua nā lā a me kumamākahi. Akā hoʻi, ua mai ʻo Mikaʻela, kekahi o nā aliʻi nui e kōkua mai iaʻu, a ua noho au ma laila me nā aliʻi o Peresia. | But the prince of the Persian kingdom resisted me twenty-one days. Then Michael, one of the chief princes, came to help me, because I was detained there with the king of Persia. |
| ʻĀnō, ua mai nei au e hoʻākāka i ʻike ʻoe i nā mea e hiki mai ana i kou poʻe kānaka i nā lā ma hope; no ka mea, ua nui nā lā i koe o ua hihiʻo lā. | Now I have come to explain to you what will happen to your people in the future, for the vision concerns a time yet to come." |
| A laila, hou mai kekahi e like me ke kanaka kona ʻano, a hoʻopā mai iaʻu, a hoʻoikaika mai iaʻu, | Again the one who looked like a man touched me and gave me strength. |
| A laila, ʻōlelo maila ʻo ia, Ua ʻike anei ʻoe i kaʻu mea i mai ai iā ʻoe? ʻĀnō e hoʻi ana au e kaua aku i ke aliʻi o Peresia: a i koʻu puka ʻana aku i waho, aia hoʻi, e hiki mai nō ke aliʻi o Helene. | So he said, "Do you know why I have come to you? Soon I will return to fight against the prince of Persia, and when I go, the prince of Greece will come; |
| A ma ka hope o nā makahiki e kuʻikahi lākou iā lākou kekahi me kekahi; no ka mea, e mai ke kaikamahine a ke aliʻi o ke kūkulu hema i ke aliʻi o ke kūkulu ʻākau e hoʻokuʻikahi; akā, ʻaʻole e mau iā ia ka ikaika o ka lima; ʻaʻole ia e kūpaʻa, ʻaʻole kona lima; akā, e hāʻawi ʻia aku ʻo ia, a me ka poʻe nāna ia i lawe mai, a me ka mea nāna ia i hānau, a me ka mea i hoʻoikaika iā ia ia mau lā. | After some years, they will become allies. The daughter of the king of the South will go to the king of the North to make an alliance, but she will not retain her power, and he and his power will not last. In those days she will be handed over, together with her royal escort and her father and the one who supported her. |
| Akā, e kū mai auaneʻi kekahi mai loko mai o ka lālā o kona kumu ma kona hakahaka, ka mea nāna e mai me nā koa, a e komo hoʻi i loko o ka hūlili o ke aliʻi o ke kūkulu ʻākau, a hana kūʻē nō hoʻi, a lanakila ma luna iho; | "One from her family line will arise to take her place. He will attack the forces of the king of the North and enter his fortress; he will fight against them and be victorious. |
| Akā, ʻo kāna poʻe keiki e hoʻāla ʻia mai lākou, a e hoʻākoakoa nō lākou i nā koa he lehulehu; ʻoiaʻiʻo, kekahi o lākou e mai nō ia, a e hoʻohālana, a kahe aku hoʻi; a laila, e hoʻi mai ia a hoʻāla ʻia e kūʻē aku i kona hūlili. | His sons will prepare for war and assemble a great army, which will sweep on like an irresistible flood and carry the battle as far as his fortress. |
| A e huhū ke aliʻi o ke kūkulu hema, a e mai ia e kaua pū me ia, me ke aliʻi nō o ka ʻākau; a e hoʻomākaukau ia i nā kānaka he lehulehu; akā, e hāʻawi ʻia ua poʻe lehulehu lā i loko o kona lima. | "Then the king of the South will march out in a rage and fight against the king of the North, who will raise a large army, but it will be defeated. |
| No ka mea, e hoʻi mai auaneʻi ke aliʻi o ke kūkulu ʻākau, a e hoʻomākaukau i kekahi poʻe nui e ʻoi aku ana i kēlā poʻe ma mua, a hala kekahi mau makahiki, e mai nō ʻo ia me ka poʻe koa he lehulehu, a me ka waiwai he nui. | For the king of the North will muster another army, larger than the first; and after several years, he will advance with a huge army fully equipped. |
| E mai ke aliʻi o ke kūkulu ʻākau e hana i puʻu, a e lawe pio i nā kūlanakauhale paʻa i ka pā; ʻaʻole e kūpaʻa nā lima o ke kūkulu hema, ʻaʻole hoʻi kona poʻe i wae ʻia, ʻaʻole hoʻi ona ikaika e kūʻē ai. | Then the king of the North will come and build up siege ramps and will capture a fortified city. The forces of the South will be powerless to resist; even their best troops will not have the strength to stand. |
| Akā, ʻo ka mea e kūʻē mai iā ia, e hana nō ia ma muli o kona makemake, ʻaʻole e hiki i kekahi ke kū i mua ona; a e kū iho ʻo ia ma ka ʻāina hanohano e hoʻopau ʻia ai e kona lima. | The invader will do as he pleases; no one will be able to stand against him. He will establish himself in the Beautiful Land and will have the power to destroy it. |
| A e kū mai nō i luna ma kona hakahaka kekahi mea ʻino, ʻaʻole lākou e hāʻawi iā ia i ka hanohano o ke aupuni; akā, e mai ʻo ia i ka wā maluhia, a e loaʻa iā ia ke aupuni ma nā ʻōlelo malimali. | "He will be succeeded by a contemptible person who has not been given the honor of royalty. He will invade the kingdom when its people feel secure, and he will seize it through intrigue. |
| I ka manawa i hoʻopaʻa ʻia ai e hoʻi hou mai nō ia, a nō hoʻi i ke kūkulu hema; akā, ʻaʻole e like me ko ka mua, ʻaʻole hoʻi me ko ka hope. | "At the appointed time he will invade the South again, but this time the outcome will be different from what it was before. |
| A i ka wā ma hope e pahu aku nō ke aliʻi o ka hema iā ia; a e mai nō hoʻi ke aliʻi o ka ʻākau me he puahiohio lā, e kūʻē mai iā ia me nā kaʻa kaua, a me nā hoʻoholo lio, a me nā moku he nui loa; a e komo ia i loko o nā ʻāina, a e hālana e aku ma kēlā ʻaoʻao. | "At the time of the end the king of the South will engage him in battle, and the king of the North will storm out against him with chariots and cavalry and a great fleet of ships. He will invade many countries and sweep through them like a flood. |
| Akā, no kona lono ʻana i nā ʻōlelo mai ka hikina mai, a mai ke kūkulu ʻākau mai, e pilikia ʻo ia; no ia mea, e aku ia me ka huhū nui e pepehi aku, a e luku loa aku i nā mea he nui wale. | But reports from the east and the north will alarm him, and he will set out in a great rage to destroy and annihilate many. |
| ʻŌlelo maila ʻo ia, Ō ʻoe, e Daniʻela, no ka mea, ua hoʻopaʻa ʻia kēia mau ʻōlelo, a ua hoʻopili ʻia hoʻi a hiki aku i ka manawa o ka hopena. | He replied, "Go your way, Daniel, because the words are closed up and sealed until the time of the end. |
| Akā, e ʻoe i kou wahi e ai a hiki aku i ka hope; no ka mea, e hoʻomaha ʻoe, a e kū aʻe ma kou kuleana ma ka hope o ua mau lā lā. | "As for you, go your way till the end. You will rest, and then at the end of the days you will rise to receive your allotted inheritance." |
| ʻO ka mua o ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova ma Hosea. ʻŌlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iā Hosea, e ʻoe, a e lawe i wahine moekolohe nāu, a i nā keiki moekolohe hoʻi: no ka mea, ua moekolohe nu ko ka ʻāina, i ka haʻalele ʻana iā Iēhova. | When the LORD began to speak through Hosea, the LORD said to him, "Go, take to yourself an adulterous wife and children of unfaithfulness, because the land is guilty of the vilest adultery in departing from the LORD." |
| A akula ia, a lawe iā Gomera, ke kaikamahine a Dibelaima; a hāpai aʻela ʻo ia, a hānau maila he keiki kāne nāna. | So he married Gomer daughter of Diblaim, and she conceived and bore him a son. |
| No ka mea, ua moekolohe ko lākou makuahine, Ua hana hilahila ka mea nāna lākou i hāpai: No ka mea, ʻī ihola ia, E aku au ma muli o kuʻu mau ipo, Ka poʻe i hāʻawi mai i kaʻu ʻai, a me koʻu wai, i koʻu hulu hipa a me kuʻu olonā, ʻo koʻu ʻaila, a me koʻu mea inu. | Their mother has been unfaithful and has conceived them in disgrace. She said, 'I will go after my lovers, who give me my food and my water, my wool and my linen, my oil and my drink.' |
| A hahai aku nō ia i kona mau hoaaloha, ʻaʻole e loaʻa lākou iā ia; A ʻimi aku hoʻi ia iā lākou, ʻaʻole e loaʻa; A laila, e ʻī iho ia, E au, a e hoʻi hou i kuʻu kāne ma mua; No ka mea, ua ʻoi aku koʻu pono i kēlā wā ma mua o kēia. | She will chase after her lovers but not catch them; she will look for them but not find them. Then she will say, 'I will go back to my husband as at first, for then I was better off than now.' |
| A laila ʻōlelo maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, E hoʻi, e aloha aku i ka wahine i aloha ʻia e ka hoalauna, akā, ke moekolohe naʻe: E like me ke aloha o Iēhova i nā mamo a ʻIseraʻela, I ka poʻe e huli ana i nā akua ʻē, A e makemake hoʻi i nā paʻi hua waina. | The LORD said to me, "Go, show your love to your wife again, though she is loved by another and is an adulteress. Love her as the LORD loves the Israelites, though they turn to other gods and love the sacred raisin cakes." |
| A ʻī akula au iā ia, E kali ʻoe iaʻu i nā lā he nui, ʻAʻole ʻoe e i ka moekolohe, ʻAʻole ʻoe e lilo i ke kanaka ʻē aʻe: Pēlā hoʻi e lilo ai au nāu. | Then I told her, "You are to live with me many days; you must not be a prostitute or be intimate with any man, and I will live with you." |
| Ke nīnau nei kuʻu poʻe kānaka i ko lākou kiʻi lāʻau, A ua hōʻike mai ko lākou koʻokoʻo iā lākou; No ka mea, ua hoʻoʻauana ka naʻau moekolohe iā lākou; Ua moekolohe lākou mai lalo aʻe o ko lākou Akua. | of my people. They consult a wooden idol and are answered by a stick of wood. A spirit of prostitution leads them astray; they are unfaithful to their God. |
| Inā ʻo ʻoe, e ka ʻIseraʻela, i moekolohe, mai hana hewa ʻo ka Iuda; A mai ʻoukou i Gilegala, Mai piʻi aʻe ʻoukou i Betavena, Mai hoʻohiki, E ola ʻo Iēhova. | "Though you commit adultery, O Israel, let not Judah become guilty. "Do not go to Gilgal; do not go up to Beth Aven. And do not swear, 'As surely as the LORD lives!' |
| A e lākou me kā lākou poʻe hipa, a me kā lākou poʻe bipi e ʻimi iā Iēhova, Akā, ʻaʻole e loaʻa iā lākou; Ua ia mai o lākou aku. | When they go with their flocks and herds to seek the LORD, they will not find him; he has withdrawn himself from them. |
| Ua hoʻoluhi ʻia ʻo ʻEperaima, ua hoʻokaumaha ʻia ma ka hoʻohewa, No ka mea, ua leʻaleʻa ʻo ia i ka ʻana ma muli o ke kauoha. | Ephraim is oppressed, trampled in judgment, intent on pursuing idols. |
| A ʻike ihola ʻo ʻEperaima i kona maʻi, a ʻo Iuda hoʻi i kona ʻeha, A laila, akula ʻo Eperaima i ʻAsuria, A hoʻouna akula i ke aliʻi kūʻē: ʻAʻole naʻe e hiki iā ia ke hoʻōla iā ʻoukou, ʻAʻole hoʻi e hoʻōla i ko ʻoukou ʻeha. | "When Ephraim saw his sickness, and Judah his sores, then Ephraim turned to Assyria, and sent to the great king for help. But he is not able to cure you, not able to heal your sores. |
| No ka mea, e like auaneʻi au me he liona lā iā ʻEperaima, A e like me he liona hou lā i ko ka hale o Iuda: ʻO wau, ʻo wau ke haehae, a aku, E lawe pio aku au, ʻaʻohe mea nāna e hoʻopakele. | For I will be like a lion to Ephraim, like a great lion to Judah. I will tear them to pieces and go away; I will carry them off, with no one to rescue them. |
| E au a e hoʻi aku i koʻu wahi, A e hoʻopaʻi ʻia lākou, a e ʻimi mai i kuʻu maka: I ko lākou wā pilikia e ʻimi koke mai lākou iaʻu. | Then I will go back to my place until they admit their guilt. And they will seek my face; in their misery they will earnestly seek me." |
| A laila e ʻike kākou, ke hahai kākou e ʻike iā Iēhova; Ua mākaukau kona ʻana aku, e like me ka wanaʻao: A e mai ia iā kākou e like me ka ua; E like me ke kuāua mua, a me ke kuāua hope ma luna o ka honua. | Let us acknowledge the LORD; let us press on to acknowledge him. As surely as the sun rises, he will appear; he will come to us like the winter rains, like the spring rains that water the earth." |
| Ua like hoʻi ʻo ʻEperaima me he manu nūnū lā i hāwāwā, ʻaʻohe ona manaʻo: Kāhea aku lākou i ko ʻAigupita, A lākou i ko ʻAsuria. | "Ephraim is like a dove, easily deceived and senseless-- now calling to Egypt, now turning to Assyria. |
| A i ka wā e ai lākou, e hohola aku au i kaʻu ʻupena ma luna o lākou; A e lawe mai au iā lākou i lalo, e like me nā manu o ka lewa; A e hahau aku au iā lākou, e like me ka mea a ko lākou ʻaha kanaka i lohe ai. | When they go, I will throw my net over them; I will pull them down like birds of the air. When I hear them flocking together, I will catch them. |
| E kau i ka pū ma kou waha, Me he ʻaeto lā e kūʻē mai i ka hale o Iēhova; No ka mea, ua haʻi iā lākou kuʻu berita, A ua ʻae lākou ma luna o koʻu kānāwai. | "Put the trumpet to your lips! An eagle is over the house of the LORD because the people have broken my covenant and rebelled against my law. |
| Mai hauʻoli, e ka ʻIseraʻela, me ka ʻoliʻoli, e like me nā lāhui kanaka; No ka mea, ua moekolohe aku ʻoe mai kou Akua aku, Ua makemake aku ʻoe i nā makana ma nā kahua hehi palaoa a pau. | Do not rejoice, O Israel; do not be jubilant like the other nations. For you have been unfaithful to your God; you love the wages of a prostitute at every threshing floor. |
| No ka mea, aia hoʻi, ua aku lākou mai ka luku aku: E hoʻākoakoa ʻo ʻAigupita iā lākou, E kanu aku nō ʻo Memepi iā lākou. A ʻo nā wahi maikaʻi i kūʻai ʻia no ko lākou kālā e paʻapū ia i ka pua kala; A ma loko o ko lākou mau halelewa e kupu ka lāʻau ʻoʻoi. | Even if they escape from destruction, Egypt will gather them, and Memphis will bury them. Their treasures of silver will be taken over by briers, and thorns will overrun their tents. |
| Ua loaʻa iaʻu ka ʻIseraʻela e like me nā hua waina ma ka wao nahele; Ua ʻike au i ko ʻoukou poʻe kūpuna, e like me ka hua mua ma ka lāʻau fiku i kona hua mua ʻana; Akā, akula lākou iā Baʻala-peora, a hoʻokaʻawale iā lākou iho no ka mea hilahila: A ʻo nā mea hoʻowahāwahā ʻia, ua like me ko lākou makemake. | "When I found Israel, it was like finding grapes in the desert; when I saw your fathers, it was like seeing the early fruit on the fig tree. But when they came to Baal Peor, they consecrated themselves to that shameful idol and became as vile as the thing they loved. |
| A ʻo ʻEperaima, ua like ia me ka bipi wahine ʻōpiopio i laka, a makemake hoʻi e hehi i ka palaoa: Akā, e aku nō au ma luna o kona ʻāʻī maikaʻi: E hoʻoholo au iā ʻEperaima; A e hana ʻo Iuda me ka ʻōʻō palau, A na Iakoba e kuʻikuʻi i puʻupuʻu lepo nona. | Ephraim is a trained heifer that loves to thresh; so I will put a yoke on her fair neck. I will drive Ephraim, Judah must plow, and Jacob must break up the ground. |
| I ko ʻIseraʻela wā kamaliʻi, a laila, ua aloha aku au iā ia, A kāhea aku au i kuʻu keiki e mai ʻAigupita mai. | "When Israel was a child, I loved him, and out of Egypt I called my son. |
| Like me lākou i kāhea aku ai iā lākou, pēlā nō lākou i aʻe ai mai o lākou aku; Kaumaha akula lākou i nā Baʻala, a kuni i ka mea ʻala i nā kiʻi kālai ʻia. | But the more I called Israel, the further they went from me. They sacrificed to the Baals and they burned incense to images. |
| Ua aʻo aku au iā ʻEperaima i ka, e alakaʻi ana iā lākou ma ko lākou lima; Akā, ʻaʻole lākou i ʻike, ʻo wau kai hoʻōla iā lākou. | It was I who taught Ephraim to walk, taking them by the arms; but they did not realize it was I who healed them. |
| ʻAʻole au e hoʻopaʻi aku me kuʻu inaina nui, ʻAʻole au e huli aʻe e luku aku iā ʻEperaima; No ka mea, ʻo wau nō ke Akua, ʻaʻole he kanaka, Ma loko ou ka Mea Hemolele; ʻAʻole au e mai me ka huhū. | I will not carry out my fierce anger, nor will I turn and devastate Ephraim. For I am God, and not man-- the Holy One among you. I will not come in wrath. |
| Ma muli o Iēhova lākou e ai; E uō ana nō ia e like me ka liona: A i ka wā e uō ai ʻo ia, a laila e haʻalulu nā keiki mai ke komohana mai. | They will follow the LORD; he will roar like a lion. When he roars, his children will come trembling from the west. |
| Inā ua māhuahua ʻo ia ma waena o kona mau hoahānau, E mai auaneʻi ka makani hikina, Ka makani o Iēhova e hiki mai, mai ka wao nahele mai: A e hoʻomaloʻo ʻia kona pūnāwai, A e maloʻo kona wai puna; A e hoʻopau aku ia i ka waiwai o nā ipu a pau i makemake ʻia. | even though he thrives among his brothers. An east wind from the LORD will come, blowing in from the desert; his spring will fail and his well dry up. His storehouse will be plundered of all its treasures. |
| ʻO wai ka mea naʻauao, i noʻonoʻo ai ʻo ia i kēia mau mea? A akamai hoʻi, i ʻike ai ʻo ia i kēia mau mea? No ka mea, ʻo nā ʻaoʻao o Iēhova, ua pololei, A e ka poʻe pono i loko o laila; Akā, ʻo ka poʻe lawehala, e hāʻule lākou i loko o laila. | Who is wise? He will realize these things. Who is discerning? He will understand them. The ways of the LORD are right; the righteous walk in them, but the rebellious stumble in them. |
| No ka mea, ua mai ka lāhui kanaka ma luna o koʻu ʻāina, he ikaika, ʻaʻole e pau i ka helu, ʻO kona mau niho, he niho o ka liona; A ʻo kona niho ʻaoʻao, he niho o ka liona wahine. | A nation has invaded my land, powerful and without number; it has the teeth of a lion, the fangs of a lioness. |
| E kāʻei iā ʻoukou iho, a e kanikau, e nā kāhuna: E ʻaoa ʻoukou, e nā lawehana o ke kuahu: E mai, e noho a ao ka pō i loko o ke kapa ʻinoʻino, e nā lawehana a kuʻu Akua: No ka mea, ua hoʻōki ʻia ka mōhai makana, a me ka mōhai inu mai ka hale aku o ko ʻoukou Akua. | Put on sackcloth, O priests, and mourn; wail, you who minister before the altar. Come, spend the night in sackcloth, you who minister before my God; for the grain offerings and drink offerings are withheld from the house of your God. |
| E like me nā kānaka ikaika e holo lākou: Like me nā kānaka kaua e piʻi lākou i ka pā; E kēlā mea kēia mea o lākou ma kona ala, ʻAʻole lākou e kāpae aʻe i ko lākou ʻana; | They charge like warriors; they scale walls like soldiers. They all march in line, not swerving from their course. |
| ʻAʻole kekahi e hoʻokē i kekahi; E no kēlā mea kēia mea ma kona ala; A inā e lele aku lākou i ka pahi kaua, ʻaʻole lākou e ʻeha. | They do not jostle each other; each marches straight ahead. They plunge through defenses without breaking ranks. |
| E lākou i ʻō i ʻō ma ke kūlanakauhale, E holo lākou ma luna o ka pā pōhaku; E piʻi lākou ma luna o nā hale; E komo lākou ma nā puka makani me he ʻaihue lā. | They rush upon the city; they run along the wall. They climb into the houses; like thieves they enter through the windows. |
| E hoʻākoakoa i nā kānaka; E hoʻomaʻemaʻe i ka ʻaha kanaka; E hōʻuluʻulu i ka poʻe kahiko; E hoʻākoakoa i nā keiki, a me nā mea omo waiū: E aku ke kāne mare i waho o kona keʻena, A me ka wahine mare i waho o kona keʻena moe. | Gather the people, consecrate the assembly; bring together the elders, gather the children, those nursing at the breast. Let the bridegroom leave his room and the bride her chamber. |
| E ʻākoakoa ʻoukou, e mai, e nā lāhui kanaka a pau, E hoʻākoakoa ʻia ʻoukou a puni; I laila hoʻi ʻoe, e Iēhova, e hoʻīho i lalo i kou poʻe ikaika. | Come quickly, all you nations from every side, and assemble there. Bring down your warriors, O LORD! |
| E hoʻokomo ʻoukou i ka pahi kākiwi, No ka mea, ua oʻo ka ʻai; E mai ʻoukou, e iho i lalo; No ka mea, ua piha ke kaomi waina, ua piha a hū i waho nā waihona waina; No ka mea, ua nui ko lākou hewa. | Swing the sickle, for the harvest is ripe. Come, trample the grapes, for the winepress is full and the vats overflow-- so great is their wickedness!" |
| Pēlā e ʻike ai ʻoukou, ʻo wau nō ʻo Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua, E noho ana ma Ziona, kuʻu mauna hoʻāno: A e lilo ʻo Ierusalema i hemolele, ʻAʻole e hou nā malihini ma waena ona. | "Then you will know that I, the LORD your God, dwell in Zion, my holy hill. Jerusalem will be holy; never again will foreigners invade her. |
| A e haki nō iaʻu ke kaola o Damaseko, A e hōʻoki aku au i nā kānaka mai ke awāwa ʻo ʻAvena aku, A me ka mea e hoʻopaʻa ana i ke koʻokoʻo aliʻi, mai ka hale o ʻEdena aku: A e pio akula nā kānaka o Suria i Kira, wahi a Iēhova. | I will break down the gate of Damascus; I will destroy the king who is in the Valley of Aven and the one who holds the scepter in Beth Eden. The people of Aram will go into exile to Kir," says the LORD. |
| A e aku nō ko lākou aliʻi i loko o ke pio, ʻO ia a me kāna mau kaukaualiʻi kekahi, wahi a Iēhova. | Her king will go into exile, he and his officials together," says the LORD. |
| Ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova, pēnēia; No nā hala ʻekolu o ka Iuda, a me ka hā, ʻaʻole au e hoʻololi aʻe i kona hoʻopaʻi ʻia; No ka mea, ua hoʻowahāwahā lākou i ke kānāwai o Iēhova, A ua mālama ʻole i kāna mau kauoha, A ua hōʻauana akula ko lākou mau mea wahaheʻe iā lākou, Ma muli o nā mea a ko lākou mau mākua i ai: | This is what the LORD says: "For three sins of Judah, even for four, I will not turn back . Because they have rejected the law of the LORD and have not kept his decrees, because they have been led astray by false gods, the gods their ancestors followed, |
| E hiki anei i nā mea ʻelua ke pū, ke kuʻikahi pū ʻole lāua? | Do two walk together unless they have agreed to do so? |
| No ia mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova ka Haku, pēnēia; E mai auaneʻi ka ʻenemi, a puni ka ʻāina; A e lawe aku ia i kou ikaika mai ou aku lā, A e hao ʻia kou mau hale aliʻi. | Therefore this is what the Sovereign LORD says: "An enemy will overrun the land; he will pull down your strongholds and plunder your fortresses." |
| E mai ʻoukou i Betela, a e hana hewa; E hoʻonui i ka hana hewa ma Gilegala; A lawe mai ʻoukou i kā ʻoukou mau mōhai no ke kakahiaka, A i nā hapaʻumi o ʻoukou no ke kolu o nā makahiki: | "Go to Bethel and sin; go to Gilgal and sin yet more. Bring your sacrifices every morning, your tithes every three years. |
| A aku ʻelua ʻekolu paha nā kūlanakauhale i kekahi kūlanakauhale e inu i ka wai, ʻaʻole naʻe i kena: Akā, ʻaʻole ʻoukou i hoʻi hou mai iaʻu, wahi a Iēhova. | People staggered from town to town for water but did not get enough to drink, yet you have not returned to me," declares the LORD. |
| No ka mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova ka Haku, pēnēia: ʻO ko ke kūlanakauhale i pātausani aku, e koe mai nō he haneri; A ʻo ka mea i pāhaneri aku, e koe mai nō he ʻumi, no ka hale o ka ʻIseraʻela. | This is what the Sovereign LORD says: "The city that marches out a thousand strong for Israel will have only a hundred left; the town that marches out a hundred strong will have only ten left." |
| Akā, mai ʻimi ʻoukou i Betela, ʻAʻole hoʻi e komo i Gilegala, ʻAʻole e aku i Beʻereseba; No ka mea, he ʻoiaʻiʻo, e pio aku ko Gilegala, A e lilo ʻo Betela i mea ʻole. | do not seek Bethel, do not go to Gilgal, do not journey to Beersheba. For Gilgal will surely go into exile, and Bethel will be reduced to nothing." |
| A ma nā pā waina a pau ka uē ʻana: No ka mea, e auaneʻi au i waena ou, wahi a Iēhova. | There will be wailing in all the vineyards, for I will pass through your midst," says the LORD. |
| Auē ka poʻe palaka ma Ziona, A hilinaʻi hoʻi ma ka mauna ʻo Samaria: Ka poʻe i ʻōlelo ʻia, ʻo nā poʻokela o nā lāhui kanaka, I o lākou lā i mai ka ʻIseraʻela! | Woe to you who are complacent in Zion, and to you who feel secure on Mount Samaria, you notable men of the foremost nation, to whom the people of Israel come! |
| E aku ʻoukou i Kalene, a e nānā; A mai laila aku e ai ʻoukou i Hamata nui; A laila, e iho aku i Gata o ko Pilisetia: Ua ʻoi anei ko lākou maikaʻi ma mua o ko kēia mau aupuni? Ua ʻoi anei ka pālahalaha o ko lākou mokuna ma mua o ko ʻoukou mokuna? | Go to Calneh and look at it; go from there to great Hamath, and then go down to Gath in Philistia. Are they better off than your two kingdoms? Is their land larger than yours? |
| No ia mea, ʻānō e pio aku ai lākou i waena o ka poʻe pio mua, A e lawe ʻia aku ka ʻoliʻoli o ka poʻe moe hoʻolei loa. | Therefore you will be among the first to go into exile; your feasting and lounging will end. |
| A ʻī maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, E ʻAmosa, he aha lā kāu e ʻike nei? A ʻī akula au, He mea hoʻokūpono. A laila, ʻī maila ʻo Iēhova. Aia hoʻi, e hoʻonoho aku au i ka mea hoʻokūpono i waena o kuʻu poʻe kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela: ʻAʻole au i hou aʻe mai o lākou aku. | And the LORD asked me, "What do you see, Amos?" "A plumb line," I replied. Then the Lord said, "Look, I am setting a plumb line among my people Israel; I will spare them no longer. |
| ʻŌlelo akula hoʻi ʻo ʻAmazia iā ʻAmosa, E ke kāula ʻike, ō, e holo aku ʻoe i ka ʻāina ʻo Iuda, a ma laila e ʻai ai i ka berena, a e wānana ma laila: | Then Amaziah said to Amos, "Get out, you seer! Go back to the land of Judah. Earn your bread there and do your prophesying there. |
| A lawe ʻo Iēhova iaʻu mai ka hahai ʻana i nā holoholona, a ʻōlelo mai ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, E, e wānana aku i kuʻu poʻe kānaka i ka ʻIseraʻela. | But the LORD took me from tending the flock and said to me, 'Go, prophesy to my people Israel.' |
| No ia mea, ke ʻōlelo mai nei ʻo Iēhova, penei: E moekolohe kāu wahine ma ke kūlanakauhale, a ʻo kāu mau keiki kāne, a me kāu mau kaikamāhine, e hāʻule lākou i ka pahi kaua, A e puʻunaue ʻia kou ʻāina me ke kaula ana: a e make ʻoe ma ka ʻāina haumia; A e pio aku ka ʻIseraʻela mai ko lākou ʻāina aku. | "Therefore this is what the LORD says: " 'Your wife will become a prostitute in the city, and your sons and daughters will fall by the sword. Your land will be measured and divided up, and you yourself will die in a pagan country. And Israel will certainly go into exile, away from their native land.' " |
| A ʻī maila ia, He aha kāu e ʻike nei, e ʻAmosa? ʻĪ akula au, He hīnaʻi hua oʻo. A laila, ʻī maila ʻo Iēhova iaʻu, Ua hiki mai ka hope ma luna o kuʻu poʻe kānaka o ka ʻIseraʻela; ʻAʻole au e hou aʻe mai o lākou aku. | "What do you see, Amos?" he asked. "A basket of ripe fruit," I answered. Then the LORD said to me, "The time is ripe for my people Israel; I will spare them no longer. |
| A inā e pio aku lākou i mua o ko lākou poʻe ʻenemi, Ma laila e kēnā aku au i ka pahi kaua, a e luku aku ia iā lākou; A e kau aku kuʻu mau maka ma luna o lākou no ka ʻino, ʻaʻole no ka maikaʻi. | Though they are driven into exile by their enemies, there I will command the sword to slay them. I will fix my eyes upon them for evil and not for good." |
| Inā i mai nā ʻaihue i ou lā, inā he poʻe pōwā i ka pō, (Nani kou luku ʻia!) ʻaʻole anei lākou e ʻaihue, a pau ko lākou makemake? Inā i mai nā ʻohi waina i ou lā, ʻaʻole anei lākou e waiho aku i ke koena? | "If thieves came to you, if robbers in the night-- Oh, what a disaster awaits you-- would they not steal only as much as they wanted? If grape pickers came to you, would they not leave a few grapes? |
| E kū ʻoe, e i Nineva, i kēlā kūlanakauhale nui, e kāhea aku iā ia; no ka mea, ua piʻi mai ko lākou hewa i mua oʻu. | "Go to the great city of Nineveh and preach against it, because its wickedness has come up before me." |
| A aku ke kahu moku iā ia, a ʻī akula iā ia, He aha kāu, e ka mea hiamoe? E ala, e hea aku i kou Akua, malia paha e manaʻo mai ke Akua iā kākou i make ʻole ai kākou. | The captain went to him and said, "How can you sleep? Get up and call on your god! Maybe he will take notice of us, and we will not perish." |
| I ka wā i maʻule ai kuʻu ʻuhane i loko oʻu, hoʻomanaʻo ihola au iā Iēhova; A aʻela kaʻu pule i ou lā i kou luakini hoʻāno. | "When my life was ebbing away, I remembered you, LORD, and my prayer rose to you, to your holy temple. |
| E kū i luna, a i Nineva, i kēlā kūlanakauhale nui, a e haʻi aku iā ia i ka ʻōlelo aʻu i kauoha aku ai iā ʻoe. | "Go to the great city of Nineveh and proclaim to it the message I give you." |
| A kū aʻela ʻo Iona, a aku i Nineva, e like me ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova. A ʻo Nineva he kūlanakauhale nui loa ia, ʻekolu lā o ka ʻana. | Jonah obeyed the word of the LORD and went to Nineveh. Now Nineveh was a very important city--a visit required three days. |
| A hoʻomaka ihola ʻo Iona e komo i ke kūlanakauhale, hoʻokahi lā, a kāhea aku ia, ʻī akula, Hoʻokahi kanahā nā lā i koe, a e luku ʻia ʻo Nineva. | On the first day, Jonah started into the city. He proclaimed: "Forty more days and Nineveh will be overturned." |
| A akula ʻo Iona i waho o ke kūlanakauhale, a noho ihola ma ka hikina o ke kūlanakauhale, a hana ihola i laila i wahi lānai nona, a noho ihola ma lalo o kona malu, i ʻike aku ia i ka mea e hana ʻia ma ke kūlanakauhale. | Jonah went out and sat down at a place east of the city. There he made himself a shelter, sat in its shade and waited to see what would happen to the city. |
| No ka mea, aia hoʻi, e mai ʻo Iēhova mai kona wahi mai, A e iho i lalo, a e hehi ma luna o nā wahi kiʻekiʻe o ka honua. | Look! The LORD is coming from his dwelling place; he comes down and treads the high places of the earth. |
| No kēia mea, e auē iho au, a e ʻaoa, A e wale au, me ke kapa ʻaʻahu ʻole; E hoʻohālike au i ka auē ʻana me ko ka ʻīlio hihiu, A i ka ʻalalā ʻana me ko ka iana wahine. | Because of this I will weep and wail; I will go about barefoot and naked. I will howl like a jackal and moan like an owl. |
| E aku ʻoe, e ka mea e noho ana ma Sapira, me kou hilahila uhi ʻole; ʻAʻole i mai i waho ka mea e noho ana ma Zaʻanana, ma ka auē ʻana o Betezela; E lawe nō ia i kona noho ʻana mai o ʻoukou aku. | Pass on in nakedness and shame, you who live in Shaphir. Those who live in Zaanan will not come out. Beth Ezel is in mourning; its protection is taken from you. |
| Akā hoʻi, e lawe mai nō au i hoʻoilina nou, e ka mea e noho ana ma Maresa: A e mai ka nani o ka ʻIseraʻela i ʻAdulama. | I will bring a conqueror against you who live in Mareshah. He who is the glory of Israel will come to Adullam. |
| E hoʻoʻōhule ʻoe, a e ʻako i ke oho no nā keiki o kou makemake; E hoʻomāhuahua ʻoe i kou ʻōhule ʻana, e like me ka ʻaeto; No ka mea, ua pio akula lākou mai ou aku lā. | Shave your heads in mourning for the children in whom you delight; make yourselves as bald as the vulture, for they will go from you into exile. |
| No ia mea, pēnēia i ʻōlelo mai ai ʻo Iēhova; Aia hoʻi, ke manaʻo nei au i ka hewa no kēia ʻohana, ʻAʻole ʻoukou e hiki ke hoʻoneʻe aku i ko ʻoukou mau ʻāʻī mai ia mea aku; ʻAʻole hoʻi ʻoukou e hoʻokiʻekiʻe, no ka mea, he manawa ʻino kēia. | Therefore, the LORD says: "I am planning disaster against this people, from which you cannot save yourselves. You will no longer walk proudly, for it will be a time of calamity. |
| E ka mea i kapa ʻia ʻo ka hale o Iakoba, ua pauaho anei ka ʻuhane o Iēhova? ʻO kēia anei kāna mau hana? ʻAʻole anei he maikaʻi kaʻu mau ʻōlelo i ka mea e pono ana? | Should it be said, O house of Jacob: "Is the Spirit of the LORD angry? Does he do such things?" "Do not my words do good to him whose ways are upright? |
| ʻĀnō iho nei ua kūʻē mai kuʻu poʻe kānaka me he ʻenemi lā: Ke kāʻili nei ʻoukou i ka ʻaʻahu, a me ka lole komo o ka poʻe e maluhia ana, me he poʻe lā e hoʻi ana, mai ke kaua mai. | Lately my people have risen up like an enemy. You strip off the rich robe from those who pass by without a care, like men returning from battle. |
| E kū mai ʻoukou, a aku, no ka mea, ʻaʻohe kēia ko ʻoukou wahi maha; No ka mea, ua haumia ia, e luku aku ia iā ʻoukou me ka luku nui. | Get up, go away! For this is not your resting place, because it is defiled, it is ruined, beyond all remedy. |
| Inā e ke kanaka ma ka makani, a ma ka hoʻopunipuni, a wahaheʻe ʻo ia, i ka ʻī ʻana aʻe, E wānana aku au iā ʻoe no ka waina, a me ka mea inu ʻawaʻawa; ʻO ia nō ke kāula o kēia poʻe kānaka. | If a liar and deceiver comes and says, 'I will prophesy for you plenty of wine and beer,' he would be just the prophet for this people! |
| Ua piʻi aʻe ka mea wāwahi i mua o lākou; Ua wāwahi iho lākou, a ua komo lākou ma ka puka pā, a ua aku ma laila; A e ko lākou aliʻi i mua o lākou, ʻo Iēhova ma ko lākou poʻo. | One who breaks open the way will go up before them; they will break through the gate and go out. Their king will pass through before them, the LORD at their head." |
| A e nā lāhui kanaka he nui, a e ʻōlelo aku, E mai, a e piʻi aku kākou i ka mauna o Iēhova, A i ka hale o ke Akua o Iakoba; A e aʻo mai ia iā kākou i kona mau ʻaoʻao, A e kākou ma kona mau alanui; No ka mea, e ke kānāwai mai Ziona aku, A ʻo ka ʻōlelo a Iēhova mai Ierusalema aku. | Many nations will come and say, "Come, let us go up to the mountain of the LORD, to the house of the God of Jacob. He will teach us his ways, so that we may walk in his paths." The law will go out from Zion, the word of the LORD from Jerusalem. |
| No ka mea, e nā kānaka a pau, ʻo kēlā kanaka kēia kanaka ma ka inoa o kona akua, A e kākou ma ka inoa ʻo Iēhova ko kākou Akua, ia ao aku ia ao aku. | All the nations may walk in the name of their gods; we will walk in the name of the LORD our God for ever and ever. |
| A ʻo ʻoe, e ka hale kiaʻi o ka poʻe holoholona, Ka puʻu o ke kaikamahine a Ziona, E mai nō ia i ou lā, ʻO ke aliʻi ʻana ma mua; E mai ke aupuni i ke kaikamahine o Ierusalema. | As for you, O watchtower of the flock, O stronghold of the Daughter of Zion, the former dominion will be restored to you; kingship will come to the Daughter of Jerusalem." |
| E haʻalulu, a e kuakoko, e ke kaikamahine o Ziona, me he wahine hānau lā: No ka mea, ʻānō e aku ʻoe mai ke kūlanakauhale aku, A e noho ʻoe ma ke kula, A e aku ʻoe a Babulona; A ma laila e hoʻopakele ʻia ʻoe; Ma laila e hoʻōla mai ai ʻo Iēhova iā ʻoe mai ka lima mai o ko ʻoukou poʻe ʻenemi. | Writhe in agony, O Daughter of Zion, like a woman in labor, for now you must leave the city to camp in the open field. You will go to Babylon; there you will be rescued. There the LORD will redeem you out of the hand of your enemies. |
| A ʻo ʻoe, Betelehema ʻEperata, Ka mea ʻuʻuku i waena o nā tausani o Iuda, Mai loko mai ou e mai ai i oʻu nei, Ka mea e aliʻi ana i loko o ka ʻIseraʻela; Ma mua mai kona puka ʻana, mai ka manawa kahiko loa mai. | "But you, Bethlehem Ephrathah, though you are small among the clans of Judah, out of you will come for me one who will be ruler over Israel, whose origins are from of old, from ancient times. " |
| A ʻo ia ka mea e maluhia ai, I ka manawa e mai ai ko ʻAsuria, ma ko kākou ʻāina; A i ka wā e ai ia i loko o ko kākou mau hale aliʻi, A laila, e hoʻokūʻē kākou iā ia i nā kahu hipa ʻehiku, A me nā aliʻi, nā kānaka ʻewalu. | And he will be their peace. When the Assyrian invades our land and marches through our fortresses, we will raise against him seven shepherds, even eight leaders of men. |
| A lilo ke koena o Iakoba i waena o ko nā ʻāina ʻē, I waena o nā lāhui kanaka he nui, e like me ka liona i waena o nā holoholona o ka ulu lāʻau, E like me ka liona ʻōpio i waena o ka ʻohana hipa; No ka mea, i kona ʻana aʻe, hehi iho i lalo, a e haehae wale, ʻaʻohe mea nāna e hoʻopakele. | The remnant of Jacob will be among the nations, in the midst of many peoples, like a lion among the beasts of the forest, like a young lion among flocks of sheep, which mauls and mangles as it goes, and no one can rescue. |
| Me ke aha lā wau e aku ai i mua o Iēhova, A kūlou iho i mua o ke Akua kiʻekiʻe? E anei au i mua ona me nā mōhai kuni, Me nā keiki bipi o ka makahiki hoʻokahi? | With what shall I come before the LORD and bow down before the exalted God? Shall I come before him with burnt offerings, with calves a year old? |
| Ua hōʻike mai nō ia iā ʻoe, e ke kanaka, i ka mea maikaʻi; A he aha ka mea a ke Akua i kauoha mai ai iā ʻoe, Ke ʻole e hana i ka pono, a e aloha i ka lokomaikaʻi, A e hoʻohaʻahaʻa i ka ʻana me ke Akua? | He has showed you, O man, what is good. And what does the LORD require of you? To act justly and to love mercy and to walk humbly with your God. |
| No ka mea, ua mālama ʻia nā kānāwai o ʻOmeri, A me nā hana a pau a ko ka hale o ʻAhaba, A ua ʻoukou ma ko lākou manaʻo; No laila, e hoʻolilo aku ai au iā ʻoe i neoneo, A i kona poʻe kānaka i mea hoʻowahāwahā ʻia; A e lawe ʻoukou i ka hōʻino o kuʻu poʻe kānaka. | You have observed the statutes of Omri and all the practices of Ahab's house, and you have followed their traditions. Therefore I will give you over to ruin and your people to derision; you will bear the scorn of the nations. " |
| Ia lā e mai ia i ou lā mai ʻAsuria mai, a i ʻAigupita, A mai ʻAigupita a ka muliwai, A mai ke kai a ke kai, A mai ka mauna a ka mauna. | In that day people will come to you from Assyria and the cities of Egypt, even from Egypt to the Euphrates and from sea to sea and from mountain to mountain. |
| Pēnēia i ʻōlelo mai ʻo Iēhova, Inā ua maluhia lākou, a nui hoʻi, A e hōʻoki ʻia lākou pēlā, a e aʻela ia: A ua hoʻohaʻahaʻa aku au iā ʻoe, ʻaʻole naʻe au e hoʻohaʻahaʻa hou aku iā ʻoe. | This is what the LORD says: "Although they have allies and are numerous, they will be cut off and pass away. Although I have afflicted you, I will afflict you no more. |
| Aia hoʻi, ma luna o nā mauna nā wāwae o ka mea e haʻi ana i ka mea maikaʻi, E hōʻike ana hoʻi i ka malu! E Iuda, e mālama i kāu mau ʻahaʻaina; E hoʻokō i kāu mau hoʻohiki ʻana: No ka mea, ʻaʻole e hou ka mea ʻaiā ma ou lā, Ua ʻoki loa ʻia aku ʻo ia. | Look, there on the mountains, the feet of one who brings good news, who proclaims peace! Celebrate your festivals, O Judah, and fulfill your vows. No more will the wicked invade you; they will be completely destroyed. |
| Hoʻomanaʻo nō ʻo ia i kona poʻe ikaika; E hina lākou i ko lākou ʻana, A holo lākou i kona pā pōhaku, A e hoʻomākaukau ʻia kahi e uhi ai. | He summons his picked troops, yet they stumble on their way. They dash to the city wall; the protective shield is put in place. |
| ʻAuhea ka noho ʻana o nā liona; A ma hea lā kahi e ʻai ai nā liona ʻōpio; Kahi i ai ka liona, ka liona wahine, A me ke keiki liona, ʻaʻohe mea nāna lākou e hoʻomakaʻu; | Where now is the lions' den, the place where they fed their young, where the lion and lioness went, and the cubs, with nothing to fear? |
| Akā, ua lawe ʻia aku ʻo ia, ua pio aku ia; A ua ʻulupā ʻia kāna mau keiki liʻiliʻi ma ke poʻo o nā alanui a pau: A hailona lākou no kona poʻe kānaka hanohano, A ua hoʻopaʻa ʻia kona mau kānaka nui a pau i nā kaula hao. | Yet she was taken captive and went into exile. Her infants were dashed to pieces at the head of every street. Lots were cast for her nobles, and all her great men were put in chains. |
| ʻAʻohe mea hoʻōla i kou ʻeha ʻana; ua nui kou ʻeha; ʻO ka poʻe a pau e lohe i kou lono, e paʻipaʻi lākou i ko lākou lima ma luna ou; No ka mea, ma luna o wai anei i mau ʻole aku ai kou hewa? | Nothing can heal your wound; your injury is fatal. Everyone who hears the news about you claps his hands at your fall, for who has not felt your endless cruelty? |
| No ia mea, ua nāwaliwali ke kānāwai, ʻaʻole e aku ka hoʻopono ʻana me ka ʻoiaʻiʻo; Akā, ʻo ka mea hewa ke hoʻopuni i ka mea pono; No laila, ua hoʻokahuli ʻia ka pono. | Therefore the law is paralyzed, and justice never prevails. The wicked hem in the righteous, so that justice is perverted. |
| No ka mea, aia hoʻi, e hoʻokū au i ko Kaledea, he lāhui kanaka hana ʻino, a me ka huhū, Ka mea e i nā wahi ākea o ka honua, e ʻimi i nā noho ʻana, nā mea ʻaʻole no lākou. | I am raising up the Babylonians, that ruthless and impetuous people, who sweep across the whole earth to seize dwelling places not their own. |
| Ua ʻoi ka māmā o kona poʻe lio ma mua o ka leopade, A ua ʻoi ko lākou māmā ma mua o nā ʻīlio hae i ke ahiahi; Holo haʻaheo kona poʻe holo lio, E mai kona poʻe hoʻoholo lio mai kahi lōʻihi mai; E lele lākou me he ʻaeto lā, e lalelale ana e ʻai. | Their horses are swifter than leopards, fiercer than wolves at dusk. Their cavalry gallops headlong; their horsemen come from afar. They fly like a vulture swooping to devour; |
| mai lākou a pau no ka hao wale; A ʻo ke ʻano o ko lākou maka, ua like me ka makani hikina; A hoʻākoakoa lākou i ka poʻe pio e like me ke one. | they all come bent on violence. Their hordes advance like a desert wind and gather prisoners like sand. |
| A laila, e hoʻomāhuahua ʻo ia i kona ikaika, a e aku, a e luku aku, e ʻī aku, A ʻo kona mana anei kēia, ʻo kona akua ia? | Then they sweep past like the wind and go on-- guilty men, whose own strength is their god." |
| ʻO ke Akua kai mai, mai Temana mai, A ʻo ka Mea Hemolele mai ka mauna ʻo Parana mai. Sila. Uhi mai kona nani i ka lani, A ua piha ka honua i kona hoʻoleʻa. | God came from Teman, the Holy One from Mount Paran. "Selah" His glory covered the heavens and his praise filled the earth. |
| I mua ona i aku ai ke ahulau, A ʻo ka make wela i aku ma kona mau wāwae. | Plague went before him; pestilence followed his steps. |
| ʻO ka lā, ʻo ka mahina, kū mālie ma ko lāua wahi: Ma ka mālamalama o kou mau pua, akula lākou, A ma ka wakawaka o kāu ihe huali. | Sun and moon stood still in the heavens at the glint of your flying arrows, at the lightning of your flashing spear. |
| Me ka inaina i aku ʻoe ma waena o ka ʻāina, Me ka huhū i hahi iho ʻoe i nā lāhui kanaka. | In wrath you strode through the earth and in anger you threshed the nations. |
| Ua aku ʻoe e hoʻōla i kou poʻe kānaka, E hoʻopakele i kou mea i poni ʻia; Ua ʻulupā ʻoe i ke poʻo o ka mea no ka ʻohana hewa, Ua hōʻike aʻe i ka hohonu, A hiki i ka ʻāʻī. Sila. | You came out to deliver your people, to save your anointed one. You crushed the leader of the land of wickedness, you stripped him from head to foot. "Selah" |
| Ua ʻoe i waena o ke kai me kou poʻe lio, Ma ke ʻaleʻale o nā wai nui. | You trampled the sea with your horses, churning the great waters. |
| A e hoʻopilikia nō wau i nā kānaka, I ai lākou e like me nā makapō, No ka mea, ua hana hewa aku lākou iā Iēhova; A e ninini ʻia aku ko lākou koko e like me ka lepo, A ʻo ko lākou ʻiʻo e like me ka ʻōpala. | I will bring distress on the people and they will walk like blind men, because they have sinned against the LORD. Their blood will be poured out like dust and their entrails like filth. |
| Ma mua o ka hiki ʻana mai o ka ʻōlelo paʻa, Ma mua o ka ʻana o ka lā e like me ka ʻōpala; Ma mua mai o ke kau ʻana mai o ka inaina ʻenaʻena o Iēhova iā ʻoukou; Ma mua mai o ke kau ʻana mai o ka lā o ko Iēhova inaina iā ʻoukou. | before the appointed time arrives and that day sweeps on like chaff, before the fierce anger of the LORD comes upon you, before the day of the LORD's wrath comes upon you. |
| Mai nā ʻāina mai o ka muliwai ʻo ʻAitiopa, E lawe mai ana koʻu poʻe haipule, ʻo ke kaikamahine o koʻu poʻe liʻiliʻi, i ʻālana naʻu. | From beyond the rivers of Cush my worshipers, my scattered people, will bring me offerings. |
| A paipai maila ʻo Iēhova i ka naʻau o Zerubabela ke keiki a Saletiʻela, ke kiaʻāina o Iuda, a me ka naʻau o Iosua ke keiki a Iosedeka, ke kahuna nui, a me ka naʻau o ke koena kanaka a pau; a akula lākou a hana ihola i ka hale o Iēhova o nā kaua, ʻo ko lākou Akua, | So the LORD stirred up the spirit of Zerubbabel son of Shealtiel, governor of Judah, and the spirit of Joshua son of Jehozadak, the high priest, and the spirit of the whole remnant of the people. They came and began to work on the house of the LORD Almighty, their God, |
| A e hoʻonaue hoʻi au i nā lāhui kanaka a pau, a e mai auaneʻi ka mea i makemake ʻia e nā lāhui kanaka a pau, a e hoʻopiha auaneʻi au i kēia hale i ka nani, wahi a Iēhova o nā kaua. | I will shake all nations, and the desired of all nations will come, and I will fill this house with glory,' says the LORD Almighty. |
| Mai ia manawa, inā aku kekahi i ka puʻu hua ʻai he iwakālua nā ana ona, a loaʻa he ʻumi; a i aku hoʻi kekahi i kahi kaomi waina e hoʻokahe ai i nā ana he kanalima mai loko mai o ke kaomi waina, a loaʻa iho he iwakālua wale nō. | When anyone came to a heap of twenty measures, there were only ten. When anyone went to a wine vat to draw fifty measures, there were only twenty. |
| ʻĪ akula au, He aha kā lākou nei e hana ai? ʻĪ maila kēlā, penei, ʻO kēia nō nā pepeiaohao, nāna i hoʻoʻauheʻe iā Iuda, i hoʻokiʻekiʻe ʻole ai kekahi i kona poʻo; a ua mai kēia poʻe e hoʻomakaʻu iā lākou, a e kipaku aku i nā pepeiaohao o ko nā ʻāina ʻē, ʻo ka poʻe hoʻokiʻekiʻe i ka pepeiaohao ma luna o ka ʻāina o ka Iuda e hoʻoʻauheʻe aku ai iā ia. | I asked, "What are these coming to do?" He answered, "These are the horns that scattered Judah so that no one could raise his head, but the craftsmen have come to terrify them and throw down these horns of the nations who lifted up their horns against the land of Judah to scatter its people." |
| ʻĪ akula au, Ai hea lā ʻoe e ana? ʻĪ maila kēlā iaʻu, E ana iho ai iā Ierusalema, i ʻike au i kona laulā a me kona loa. | I asked, "Where are you going?" He answered me, "To measure Jerusalem, to find out how wide and how long it is." |
| Aia hoʻi, akula ka ʻānela i kamaʻilio me aʻu, a akula hoʻi kekahi ʻānela ʻē aʻe e hālāwai me ia; | Then the angel who was speaking to me left, and another angel came to meet him |
| E ʻoliʻoli, e hauʻoli hoʻi, e ke kaikamahine o Ziona; no ka mea, aia hoʻi, e aku ana au, a e noho au i waena pū o ʻoukou, wahi a Iēhova. | "Shout and be glad, O Daughter of Zion. For I am coming, and I will live among you," declares the LORD. |
| Penei kā Iēhova o nā kaua i ʻōlelo mai ai, Inā e ʻoe ma kuʻu mau ʻaoʻao, a e mālama hoʻi i kaʻu mau kauoha iā ʻoe, a laila ʻoe e aliʻi ai ma luna o koʻu hale, a e mālama hoʻi i nā pā hale oʻu, a e hāʻawi hoʻi au nou i nā wahi e ai i waena o ka poʻe e kū nei. | "This is what the LORD Almighty says: 'If you will walk in my ways and keep my requirements, then you will govern my house and have charge of my courts, and I will give you a place among these standing here. |
| Na wai lā i hoʻowahāwahā i ka lā o nā mea liʻiliʻi? E ʻoliʻoli auaneʻi lākou, a e ʻike hoʻi i ka pōhaku kēpau ma ka lima o Zerubabela, ʻo lākou a ʻehiku. ʻO lākou nā maka o Iēhova e aʻe ana mai ʻō a i ʻaneʻi ma ka honua a pau. | "Who despises the day of small things? Men will rejoice when they see the plumb line in the hand of Zerubbabel. "(These seven are the eyes of the LORD, which range throughout the earth.)" |
| ʻŌlelo maila kēlā iaʻu, Eia ka hoʻāhewa ʻana e aku ma luna o ka ʻili a pau o ka honua. No ka mea, ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea ʻaihue, e hōʻoki ʻia auaneʻi ʻo ia ma kēia ʻaoʻao, e like me kā kēia; a ʻo kēlā mea kēia mea e hoʻohiki wahaheʻe ana, e hōʻoki ʻia aʻe ʻo ia ma kēlā ʻaoʻao, e like me kā kēlā. | And he said to me, "This is the curse that is going out over the whole land; for according to what it says on one side, every thief will be banished, and according to what it says on the other, everyone who swears falsely will be banished. |
| A laila, akula ka ʻānela i kamaʻilio pū me aʻu, a ʻī maila iaʻu, E nānā aʻe ʻoe i luna, a e ʻike i kēlā mea e aku ana. | Then the angel who was speaking to me came forward and said to me, "Look up and see what this is that is appearing." |
| ʻĪ akula au, He aha ia mea? ʻĪ maila kēlā, He ʻepa ia mea e aku ana. ʻĪ maila hoʻi ʻo ia, Eia ko lākou helehelena ma ka honua a pau. | I asked, "What is it?" He replied, "It is a measuring basket." And he added, "This is the iniquity of the people throughout the land." |
| ʻŌlelo maila ka ʻānela, i maila iaʻu, Eia nā ʻuhane ʻehā o ka lani, e aʻe ana mai kahi a lākou i kū aku ai i mua o ka Haku o ka honua a pau. | The angel answered me, "These are the four spirits of heaven, going out from standing in the presence of the Lord of the whole world. |
| A aku nō ko laila mau lio ʻeleʻele i ka ʻāina kūkulu ʻākau; a aku nā mea keʻokeʻo ma muli o lāua; a aku hoʻi nā mea kaliko ma ka ʻāina kūkulu hema. | The one with the black horses is going toward the north country, the one with the white horses toward the west, and the one with the dappled horses toward the south." |
| Akā, ihola nā mea mākuʻe e ʻimi e holoholo ma luna o ka honua: ʻī akula kēlā iā lākou, Ō uhaele, e holoholo aʻe ʻoukou mai ʻō a ʻō, ma ka honua. A holoholo aʻela lākou mai ʻō a ʻō, ma ka honua. | When the powerful horses went out, they were straining to go throughout the earth. And he said, "Go throughout the earth!" So they went throughout the earth. |
| A laila kāhea maila kēlā iaʻu, ʻī maila iaʻu, Aia hoʻi, ʻo ka poʻe i ma ka ʻāina kūkulu ʻākau, ua hoʻomālielie lākou i kuʻu inaina ma ka ʻāina kūkulu ʻākau. | Then he called to me, "Look, those going toward the north country have given my Spirit rest in the land of the north." |
| E kono ʻoe i kekahi poʻe i lawe pio, i ko Heledai, i ko Tobiia, a i ko Iedaia, i ko ka poʻe i hoʻi mai, mai Babulona mai, a ʻoe a e komo ia lā i loko o ka hale o Iosia ʻo ke keiki a Zepania; | "Take from the exiles Heldai, Tobijah and Jedaiah, who have arrived from Babylon. Go the same day to the house of Josiah son of Zephaniah. |
| A e mai auaneʻi ka poʻe mamao, a e hana lākou i ka luakini o Iēhova, a e ʻike auaneʻi ʻoukou, ua hoʻouna mai ʻo Iēhova o nā kaua iaʻu i o ʻoukou lā: a e kō auaneʻi kēia, ke hoʻolohe pono ʻoukou i ka leo o Iēhova ko ʻoukou Akua. | Those who are far away will come and help to build the temple of the LORD, and you will know that the LORD Almighty has sent me to you. This will happen if you diligently obey the LORD your God." |
| Akā, hoʻopuehu akula au iā lākou i waena o nā lāhui kanaka a pau a lākou i ʻike ʻole ai; a ua neoneo ka ʻāina ma hope o lākou, i hiki ʻole ai i kekahi e i laila, ʻaʻole hoʻi e hoʻi aʻe: no ka mea, ua hoʻoneoneo ʻia ka ʻāina maikaʻi. | 'I scattered them with a whirlwind among all the nations, where they were strangers. The land was left so desolate behind them that no one could come or go. This is how they made the pleasant land desolate.' " |
| No ka mea, ma mua o ia mau lā, ʻAʻole i loaʻa i ke kanaka ka uku, ʻAʻole hoʻi he uku no ka holoholona; ʻAʻole hoʻi i maluhia ka mea i aku i waho a i hoʻi mai i loko, no ka ʻenemi; No ka mea, hoʻokūʻēʻē akula au i nā kānaka a pau i ko lākou mau hoalauna. | Before that time there were no wages for man or beast. No one could go about his business safely because of his enemy, for I had turned every man against his neighbor. |
| Penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana a Iēhova o nā kaua, Ma ia hope aku nō, E mai ai nā kānaka, A me nā kamaʻāina o nā kūlanakauhale he nui; | This is what the LORD Almighty says: "Many peoples and the inhabitants of many cities will yet come, |
| A e aku nā kamaʻāina o kekahi wahi i kekahi, me ka ʻī aku, E haele pū kākou e pule i mua o Iēhova, A e ʻimi aku iā Iēhova o nā kaua: ʻO wau hoʻi kekahi e. | and the inhabitants of one city will go to another and say, 'Let us go at once to entreat the LORD and seek the LORD Almighty. I myself am going.' |
| A e mai nā kānaka he nui loa, A me nā lāhui kanaka ikaika, E ʻimi iā Iēhova o nā kaua ma Ierusalema, A e pule i mua o Iēhova. | And many peoples and powerful nations will come to Jerusalem to seek the LORD Almighty and to entreat him." |
| Penei ka ʻōlelo ʻana mai o Iēhova o nā kaua, ia manawa, E lālau mai nā kānaka he ʻumi no nā lāhui kanaka o nā ʻōlelo a pau, E lālau mai auaneʻi lākou i ke kapa o ke kanaka Iudaio, Me ka ʻī ʻana mai, E pū mākou me ʻoe; No ka mea, ua lohe mākou, me ʻoe pū nō ke Akua. | This is what the LORD Almighty says: "In those days ten men from all languages and nations will take firm hold of one Jew by the hem of his robe and say, 'Let us go with you, because we have heard that God is with you.' " AN ORACLE |
| E hoʻomoana nō wau a puni ka hale oʻu, no ka poʻe kaua, I ko lākou aʻe ʻana a i ka hoʻi mai ʻana; ʻAʻole hoʻi e puka hou aʻe kekahi aliʻi hoʻoluhi i waena o lākou; No ka mea, ua ʻike nō kaʻu mau maka. | But I will defend my house against marauding forces. Never again will an oppressor overrun my people, for now I am keeping watch. |
| E hauʻoli nui, e ke kaikamahine o Ziona, E hoʻōho ʻoliʻoli, e ke kaikamahine o Ierusalema; Aia hoʻi, e mai ana kou aliʻi i ou lā: He hoʻopono, a he hoʻōla nō kona; He akahai nō, a e noho ana ma luna o ka hoki, ʻo ke keiki hoʻi a ka hoki. | Rejoice greatly, O Daughter of Zion! Shout, Daughter of Jerusalem! See, your king comes to you, righteous and having salvation, gentle and riding on a donkey, on a colt, the foal of a donkey. |
| A e ʻikea auaneʻi ʻo Iēhova ma luna o lākou, A e lele aku kona pua e like me ka uila; A e hoʻokani ʻo Iēhova ka Haku i ka pū, A e aku nō ia i loko o nā makani ʻino o ke kūkulu hema. | Then the LORD will appear over them; his arrow will flash like lightning. The Sovereign LORD will sound the trumpet; he will march in the storms of the south, |
| Mai loko aʻe ona ka pōhaku kumu kihi, Mai loko aʻe ona ka mākia, Mai loko aʻe ona ke kakaka kaua; Mai loko pū aku nō hoʻi ona i mai ai nā mea hoʻokoʻikoʻi a pau. | From Judah will come the cornerstone, from him the tent peg, from him the battle bow, from him every ruler. |
| A e aku ia ma waena o ke kai me ka pilikia, Akā, e hahau ia i nā ʻale o ke kai, A e hoʻomaloʻo ia i nā wahi hohonu a pau o ka muliwai; E hoʻohiolo ʻia ke kiʻekiʻe o ʻAsuria, A e lawe ʻia aku ke koʻokoʻo mōʻī o ʻAigupita. | They will pass through the sea of trouble; the surging sea will be subdued and all the depths of the Nile will dry up. Assyria's pride will be brought down and Egypt's scepter will pass away. |
| A e hoʻoikaika aku au iā lākou ma o Iēhova lā, A ma kona inoa lākou e ai, wahi a Iēhova. | I will strengthen them in the LORD and in his name they will walk," declares the LORD. |
| Eia hoʻi kekahi ia lā, E ʻimi auaneʻi au e hoʻopau ai i nā lāhui kanaka a pau, E kūʻē mai ana iā Ierusalema. | On that day I will set out to destroy all the nations that attack Jerusalem. |
| Aia hoʻi, e mai ana ka lā o Iēhova, e puʻunaue ʻia ai kou waiwai pio ma waena ou. | A day of the LORD is coming when your plunder will be divided among you. |
| E hōʻuluʻulu auaneʻi au i nā lāhui kanaka a pau e kūʻē iā Ierusalema i ke kaua; A e hoʻopio ʻia auaneʻi ke kūlanakauhale, E hao ʻia nā hale, a e moe wale ʻia nā wāhine: A e pio aku kekahi hapalua a ko ke kūlanakauhale, Akā, ʻaʻole e hōʻoki ʻia aʻe ke koena o kānaka mai ke kūlanakauhale aku. | I will gather all the nations to Jerusalem to fight against it; the city will be captured, the houses ransacked, and the women raped. Half of the city will go into exile, but the rest of the people will not be taken from the city. |
| A laila hoʻi, e aku ai ʻo Iēhova, A e kaua aku i kēlā mau lāhui kanaka, E like me kāna i kaua aku ai i ka lā hoʻouka kaua. | Then the LORD will go out and fight against those nations, as he fights in the day of battle. |
| A e holo aku ʻoukou i ke awāwa o nā mauna oʻu, No ka mea, e hiki aku ana ke awāwa o nā mauna i ʻAzala; A e holo ʻoukou e like me ko ʻoukou holo ʻana i ke ōlaʻi, I nā lā o ʻUzia, ʻo ke aliʻi o ka Iuda: A e mai ana ʻo Iēhova ʻo koʻu Akua, a me nā haipule a pau me ia. | You will flee by my mountain valley, for it will extend to Azel. You will flee as you fled from the earthquake in the days of Uzziah king of Judah. Then the LORD my God will come, and all the holy ones with him. |
| Eia hoʻi kēia, ʻo nā mea a pau e koe, ʻO nā lāhui kanaka a pau i kūʻē mai iā Ierusalema, E piʻi aʻe lākou i kēlā makahiki i kēia makahiki, E hoʻomana i ke Aliʻi iā Iēhova o nā kaua, A e mālama i ka ʻahaʻaina kauhalelewa. | Then the survivors from all the nations that have attacked Jerusalem will go up year after year to worship the King, the LORD Almighty, and to celebrate the Feast of Tabernacles. |
| Inā paha hoʻi e piʻi ʻole mai, ʻAʻole hoʻi e mai ko ʻAigupita, kahi e ʻole ai ka ua, I laila nō e loʻohia ai ka maʻi a Iēhova e kau mai ai ma luna o nā lāhui kanaka, I piʻi ʻole e mālama i ka ʻahaʻaina kauhalelewa. | If the Egyptian people do not go up and take part, they will have no rain. The LORD will bring on them the plague he inflicts on the nations that do not go up to celebrate the Feast of Tabernacles. |
| A e lilo nā ipu a pau i loko o Ierusalema a i loko o ka Iuda, I laʻa no Iēhova o nā kaua; A e mai ka poʻe mōhai a pau, A e lawe i kēia mau mea, a e hoʻolapalapa i loko: Ia lā hoʻi, ʻaʻole e komo hou aku ko Kanaʻana, I loko o ka hale o Iēhova o nā kaua. | Every pot in Jerusalem and Judah will be holy to the LORD Almighty, and all who come to sacrifice will take some of the pots and cook in them. And on that day there will no longer be a Canaanite in the house of the LORD Almighty. |
| Ma loko o kona waha ka ʻōlelo ʻoiaʻiʻo, ʻAʻole nō i loaʻa ka hewa ma kona lehelehe: Ua pū nō ia me aʻu ma ke aloha a me ka pono, A hoʻohuli aʻela ia i nā mea he nui mai ka hewa aku. | True instruction was in his mouth and nothing false was found on his lips. He walked with me in peace and uprightness, and turned many from sin. |
| Aia hoʻi, e hoʻouna auaneʻi au i koʻu ʻelele, Nāna e hoʻomākaukau i ke alanui i mua oʻu: A e hikiwawe mai auaneʻi ka Haku, a ʻoukou e ʻimi nei, i loko o kona luakini, ʻO ia ke ʻelele o ka berita, ʻo ka mea a ʻoukou e makemake nei: ʻEā, e mai ana ia, wahi a Iēhova o nā kaua. | "See, I will send my messenger, who will prepare the way before me. Then suddenly the Lord you are seeking will come to his temple; the messenger of the covenant, whom you desire, will come," says the LORD Almighty. |
| Ua ʻōlelo ʻoukou, He mea ʻole ka mālama i ke Akua: He aha hoʻi ka pōmaikaʻi ke mālama kākou i ka mea āna i kauoha mai ai, A ke hoʻi me ke kapa ʻeleʻele i mua o Iēhova o nā kaua? | "You have said, 'It is futile to serve God. What did we gain by carrying out his requirements and going about like mourners before the LORD Almighty? |
| No ka mea, aia hoʻi! Ke maila ka lā e ʻenaʻena ana me he umu ahi lā, I laila ʻo ka poʻe hoʻokiʻekiʻe a pau, A me ka poʻe hana ʻino, he mauʻu lākou: A e hoʻopau ua lā lā e hiki mai ana iā lākou, Wahi a Iēhova o nā kaua, A e waiho ʻole ia i aʻa no lākou, ʻaʻole hoʻi lālā. | "Surely the day is coming; it will burn like a furnace. All the arrogant and every evildoer will be stubble, and that day that is coming will set them on fire," says the LORD Almighty. "Not a root or a branch will be left to them. |
| Akā, no ʻoukou ka poʻe weliweli i koʻu inoa, E puka mai ana ka Lā o ka pono, Me ka mea hoʻōla i loko o kona mau ʻēheu; A e aku ʻoukou, a e lele ʻoliʻoli, E like me nā bipi keiki i kūpalu ʻia. | But for you who revere my name, the sun of righteousness will rise with healing in its wings. And you will go out and leap like calves released from the stall. |
| A e hoʻohuli aʻe ʻo ia i ka naʻau o nā mākua i nā keiki, A me ka naʻau o nā keiki i nā mākua, O aku paha auaneʻi au, A hahau i ka honua i ka hōʻino ʻana. | He will turn the hearts of the fathers to their children, and the hearts of the children to their fathers; or else I will come and strike the land with a curse." |